Skip to main content

Full text of "The Buffalo Lake Métis site : a late nineteenth century settlement in the parkland of central Alberta"

See other formats


M-.a.aoco-aafc 
c.a 

PROVINCIAL  MUSEUM  OF  ALBERTA 


THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE: 

A  LATE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

SETTLEMENT  IN  THE  PARKLAND 

OF  CENTRAL  ALBERTA 


Human  History 
Occasional  Paper  No.  4 
1988 


Maurice  F.V.  Doll 
Robert  S.  Kidd 
John  P.  Day 


/dlbena 

CULTURE  AND  MULTICULTURALISM 
HISTORICAL  RESOURCES  DIVISION 


HUMAN  HISTORY  OCCASIONAL  PAPER  SERIES 


Occasional  Paper  titles  are  published  by  the  Provincial  Museum  of 
Alberta  on  subjects  pertaining  to  the  natural  and  human  history  of 
Alberta.    Potential  contributors  are  requested  to  submit  manuscript 
proposals  to  the  Assistant  Director,  Curatorial,  Provincial  Museum  of 
Alberta,  12845-102  Avenue,  Edmonton,  Alberta  T5N  0M6.    Manuscripts  will 
be  subjected  to  an  independent  review. 


Editorial  Staff  (Human  History  Subjects) 

David  J.  Goa 
Robert  S.  Kidd 
Patricia  A.  McCormack 


Philip  H.R.  Stepney 
W.  Bruce  McGillivray 
Maurice  F.V.  Doll 


Editorial  Assistant 
Laura  M.  Pretula 


i+i 


Library  and  Archives  Bibliotheque  et  Archives 
Canada  Canada 


Cover 

Standing  is  Abraham  Salois,  Metis  hunter  and  trader,  founder  of  the 
hivernant  camp  on  Buffalo  Lake.    Also  in  the  photograph  are  John 
Pritchard  (who  saved  Mrs.  Gowanlock  and  Mrs.  Delaney  at  Frog  Lake  in 
1885),  his  wife  Rose  Delorme,  young  son  Salomon  Pritchard,  and  infant 
daughter,  Marie-Rose  (Mrs.  Joseph  Sayers).    The  photograph  was  possibly 
taken  at  Red  River  in  1875.    Photograph  courtesy  of  Doug  Light,  Doug 
Light  Collection,  Calgary. 


THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE: 
A  LATE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  SETTLEMENT 
IN  THE  PARKLAND  OF  CENTRAL  ALBERTA 


Maurice  F.  V.  DoTl 
Robert  S.  Kidd 
John  P.  Day 


ProvinciaT  Museum  of  Alberta 
Human  History 
Occasional  Paper  No.  4 
March,  1988 


Prepared  for: 


Published  by: 


Curatorial  Section 
Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta 
12845  -  102  Avenue 
Edmonton,  Alberta  T5N  0M6 


Alberta  Culture 
and  Multicultural  ism 
Historical  Resources 
Division 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2015 


https://archive.0rg/detaiJ5/buffalolakemtissOOdoll 

'iin  1 


ABSTRACT 


Archaeological  Research  at  a  nineteenth  century  Metis  settlement  on 
Buffalo  Lake  in  the  Parkland  region  near  Stettler,  Alberta,  began  in  1970 
and  continued  until  1983.    This  historic  focus  was  soon  accompanied  by 
research  on  prehistoric  sites  in  the  immediate  vicinity,  producing  a 
chronology  that  now  spans  approximately  8,000  years. 

At  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  excavations  were  conducted  at  five 
cabin  locations  and  surface  collections  made  at  several  others.  Although 
no  building  foundations  were  entirely  excavated,  substantial  data  on 
sub-structures  were  obtained,  along  with  a  wide  range  of  late  nineteenth 
century  artifacts  and  abundant  faunal  remains 

Architectural  data,  notably  the  evidence  for  rejuventation  of 
fireplaces,  suggests  seasonal  occupation  of  substantial  cabins  ranging  up 
to  about  550  square  feet  in  floor  area.    Pits  initially  dug  to  obtain 
plastering  clays  seem  to  have  been  subsequently  used  for  storage  and 
finally  for  disposal  of  refuse.    Although  data  on  village  patterning  is 
not  conclusive,  cabins  appear  to  have  occurred  in  clusters  following  a 
ridge  of  high  ground  that  may  have  formed  virtually  an  island  during 
periods  of  high  water.    A  total  of  more  than  80  cabin  localities  have  now 
been  identified,  confirming  documentary  indications  that  the  village  was 
a  very  large  one,  supporting  at  certain  times  a  population  of  over  1,500 
people. 

Among  the  wide  range  of  artifact  types  recovered,  several  have  been 
particularly  useful  for  comparative  analysis.    Ammunition  and  ignition 
parts  suggest  a  wide  range  of  firearms,  perhaps  the  most  sophisticated 
arsenal  in  the  northwest  at  this  time.    A  large  number  of  ceramic 
patterns  compared  through  Lynn  Sussman's  work  suggest  the  relationship  of 
this  site  to  various  others  in  Canada. 

Historical  research,  particularly  in  the  Oblate  archives  and  in 
various  government  documents,  proceeded  concurrently  with  archaeological 
analysis.    This  research  complemented  archaeology  in  the  delineation  of 
superstructure  types  current  at  the  time,  and  it  provided  extensive  data 
on  population  sizes,  distributions,  and  movements  in  the  Battle  River 
area.    It  suggested  substantial  activity  prior  to  the  eventual  intensive 
occupation  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  site  between  1872  and  1878.    Notably,  it 
focused  on  several  major  crises  that  conditioned  the  initial  settlement 
of  Buffalo  Lake,  its  continued  occupation,  and  its  eventual  abandonment. 
These  were  the  devastating  smallpox  epidemic  of  1870,  the  threats  of 
native  warfare  that  preceeded  the  treaties,  climatic  calamities,  and  the 
substitution  of  Canadian  government  for  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
administration. 

Specialized  analyses  focussed  on  the  textile  remains  from  the 
Buffalo  Lake  site,  directed  largely  towards  identification  of  fibers  and 
weaves,  and  the  large  mammal  remains,  with  respect  to  ethnic 
identification  and  ethnic  or  functional  distinctions  within  the  site 
itself. 


Although  studies  at  Buffalo  Lake  were  curtailed,  they  have  provided 
a  considerable  substantive  data  base,  as  well  as  defining  a  number  of 
problems  for  future  investigation. 


-  iv  - 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


THIS  MONOGRAPH  IS  DEDICATED  TO  THE  MEMORY  OF  THE  LATE  PERCY  RIDER  OF 
DONALDA,  ALBERTA,  A  LONG-TIME  RESIDENT  OF  THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  REGION. 

Field  work  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  was  funded  entirely  by  the 
Department  of  Culture  and  Multicultural  ism,  through  the  Provincial  Museum 
of  Alberta  budget.    The  initial  inspection  of  the  site  was  made  with 
Bruce  McCorquodale,  at  that  time  Head  Curator  of  Human  History,  who  also 
supported  early  phases  of  the  field  work. 

A  number  of  field  crews  were  involved  in  various  stages  of  the 
Buffalo  Lake  area  projects.    Those  who  assisted  Doll  and  Kidd  on  the 
Metis  site  were  as  follows: 

1970.  David  Crone  (field  supervisor  for  part  of  the  season),  David 
Gay,  Archie  Herbert,  Rod  Keith,  and  Sid  Stephen. 

1971.  Ken  Arnold  (field  supervisor  for  part  of  the  season),  David 
Gay,  Nora  Hurlburt,  and  Rhonda  Penny. 

1972.  Jose  Villa-Arce. 

1973.  Anne  Carscallen,  Gil  Freshauf,  Molly  Johnson,  and  Tarjei 
Tennessen. 

1974.  Lorie  Le  Maguer  and  Robert  Lewis. 

1975.  Randy  Kerr,  Ruth  McConnell,  and  Shirleen  Smith.    Kathy  and 
Charles  Beck  provided  volunteer  assistance  for  a  weekend. 

1976.  Nora  Hurlburt  and  Shirleen  Smith. 

1978.    Naomi  Mullins,  Duncan  Perry,  Shirleen  Smith,  and  Wes 
Zwicker.    Yvonne  Marshall  and  Lynn  Krieger  assisted  for  a  time  as 
volunteers . 

1982.  Jane  Dale  and  Elizabeth  Mann. 

1983.  Anne  Reynolds. 

A  number  of  individuals  assisted  the  Buffalo  Lake  project  in  other 
ways,  but  in  particular  we  would  like  to  thank  the  following.    Members  of 
the  Rider  family  (which  settled  in  the  Buffalo  Lake  area  about  1909),  the 
late  Percy  Rider,  Astrid,  Ron,  Dick,  and  Linda,  provided  permission  to 
work  on  their  land  or  leasehold,  accomodations  for  the  crews, 
information,  and  continued  friendship.    Herbert  Hayes  and  the  late  Arthur 
Hayes,  also  long-time  residents  of  the  area,  afforded  us  assistance  and 
additional  information. 

Permissions  were  also  afforded  us  by  Alberta  Energy  and  Natural 
Resources,  administrators  of  the  Public  Land  Act,  and  the  County  of 
Stettler  No.  6.    A  number  of  other  individuals  were  involved  in  the 
Buffalo  Lake  project,  but  not  specifically  the  Metis  site,  and  their 
assistance  has  been  acknowledged  elsewhere  (Doll  1982). 

Hugh  Smith,  Curator  of  Mammalogy  at  the  Provincial  Museum,  provided 
continuing  assistance  with  the  faunal  identifications.    Rod  Burns, 
Ornithology  Program,  Provincial  Museum,  assisted  in  the  compilation  of 
additional  wildlife  data.    Julie  Hrapko,  Curator  of  Botany,  and  her 


-  v  - 


assistant  Evanne  Beacham  conducted  a  botanical  survey  of  the  Buffalo  Lake 
area,  with  implications  for  the  historic  as  well  as  prehistoric  sites. 
Tom  Court  and  Lillian  Hill  of  the  Human  History  Section  aided  in  hardware 
and  textile  identification. 

Research  was  also  assisted  by  a  number  of  individuals,  notably,  John 
Patrick  Day  (in  addition  to  his  authorship  role),  Coreen  Chiswell,  Mary 
Malainey,  and  Anne  Reynolds.    Comparative  material  on  buttons  was 
provided  by  Janice  Smith,  Curatorial  Technician,  Historic  Costume  and 
Textile  Study  Collection,  Faculty  of  Household  Economics,  University  of 
Alberta.    Doug  Cass  and  Eric  Gormley,  Archivists,  Glenbow  Archives, 
assisted  in  the  study  of  manuscript  material.    Barry  Agnew,  Curator  of 
Military  History,  Glenbow  Museum,  provided  access  to  firearm  collections 
and  photographs  of  the  Henry  rifle.    Doug  Light  of  Calgary  provided 
genealogical  information  and  a  photograph  of  Abraham  Salois.    Dr.  Richard 
G.  Forbis,  Department  of  Archaeology,  University  of  Calgary  made 
available  for  study  J.  Elliott's  material  from  the  Cypress  Hills. 
Cypress  Hills  Provincial  Park  made  available  R.  Bonnichsen's  material. 
Tom  Maccagno  made  available  his  collection  of  Metis  artifacts  from  Lac  La 
Biche.    Through  a  collaborative  project,  John  Foster,  Department  of 
History,  University  of  Alberta,  with  his  associates  Louise  Zuk  and  Robert 
Beal,  provided  bibliographies  and  historical  background,  notably  in  the 
area  of  genealogy.    In  the  course  of  the  project,  a  number  of  Archival 
resources  were  drawn  upon,  directly  or  indirectly: 

Archives  Archeveche  de  St-Boniface 

Archives  Soeurs  Grises  de  Montreal,  Province  St.  Albert 

Edmonton  City  Archives 

Glenbow  Alberta  Institute  Archives 

Hudson's  Bay  Company  Archives 

Montana  Historical  Society,  Division  of  Archives  and  Manuscripts 

Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta 

Provincial  Archives  of  British  Columbia 

Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba 

National  Archives  of  Canada 

Saskatchewan  Archives  Board 

University  of  Alberta  Archives 

Photographs  for  various  preliminary  reports  were  prepared  by  Karl 
Kaesekamp,  Jim  Blower,  and  Dennis  Hyduk.    Artifact  photographs  in  the 
present  monograph  were  prepared  by  Bill  Mok  and  other  staff  of  Audio- 
Visual  and  Exhibit  Services,  Public  Affairs  Bureau. 

The  maps,  plans,  and  profiles  were  drafted  by  Judith  Golub,  with 
some  of  the  earlier  work  by  Cathy  Clement  and  others.    The  cover 
photograph  was  retouched  by  Bob  Plummer,  and  the  cover  layout  was 
prepared  by  Carolyn  Lilgert.    Typing  of  various  relevant  documents  was 
accomplished  by  many  individuals,  notably  Marcella  Cristi  and  Laura 
Pretula,  with  assistance  by  Karen  Gartner,  Karen  Park,  Krys  Piwinski,  and 
Mary  Rennie.    Elizabeth  Macpherson  checked  the  tables  and  other  sections 
of  the  manuscript. 

Publication  of  this  monograph  was  greatly  facilitated  by  Philip  H. 
R.  Stepney. 


-  vi  - 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Abstract  iii 

Acknowledgements  v 

Table  of  Contents  vii 

List  of  Tables  xvi 

List  of  Figures  xvii 

I  Introduction  1 
Background  and  Objectives  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Project  1 
Research  at  Buffalo  Lake  3 
The  Buffalo  Lake  Region  5 
The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site  5 
Archaeological  Field  Methods  6 
Historical  Research  7 
Authorship  7 

II  The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site,  Historical  Prologue, 

The  Site  Before  1872  9 

The  Upper  Saskatchewan  Area  Prior  to  1870  10 

The  Origins  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  Peoples  11 

The  Nature  of  Settlements  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan 

Parkland  12 

The  Crisis  of  1870  14 

The  Smallpox  14 

Warfare  16 

Confederation  17 

Buffalo  Lake  Before  1872  18 


-  vii  - 


III  The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site,  History  from  1872  to  1878  25 

1872  25 

1873  31 

1874  37 

1875  48 

1876  54 

1877  66 

1878  and  the  Abandonment  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Site  71 

IV  The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site,  Archaeological 

Data,  Cabin  3  79 

Excavations  at  Cabin  3  80 

The  Features  of  Cabin  3  81 

The  Wall  Lines  81 

Feature  1,  The  Fireplace  82 

Feature  2,  Large  Refuse  Pit  83 

Feature  3,  Small  Refuse  Pit  83 

The  Artifacts  of  Cabin  3  84 

Method  of  Analysis  84 

Hunting  84 

Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  89 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  92 

Transportation  104 

Dress  and  Ornamentation  106 

Religion  115 

Native  Industries  116 

Fauna!  Materials  from  Cabin  3  118 


-  viii  - 


V  The  Archaeological  Data,  Cabin  1  121 
The  Relationship  of  Cabin  1  and  Cabin  2  121 
Excavations  at  Cabins  1  and  2  121 
The  Features  of  Cabin  1  122 

The  Wall  Lines  122 

Feature  1,  The  Fireplace  124 

Feature  2,  The  Ash  Concentration  125 

The  Artifacts  of  Cabin  1  126 

Method  of  Analysis  126 

Hunting  126 

Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  127 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  131 

Transportation  136 

Recreation  and  Smoking  136 

Dress  and  Ornamentation  137 

Native  Industries  139 

Fauna!  Materials  from  Cabin  1  139 

Distributions  in  Cabin  1  140 

Cabin  1 ,  Discussion  141 

VI  The  Archaeological  Data,  Cabin  2  143 
Excavations  at  Cabin  2  143 
The  Features  of  Cabin  2  143 

The  Wall  Lines  143 

Feature  1,  The  Fireplace  145 

Feature  2,  The  Refuse  Pit  146 


-  ix  - 


The  Artifacts  of  Cabin  2  146 

Method  of  Presentation  146 

Hunting  146 

Construction,  Blacksmi thing,  and  Crafts  147 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  149 

Transportation  152 

Dress  and  Ornamentation  153 

Native  Industries  153 

The  Artifacts  from  the  Refuse  Pit  of  Cabin  2  154 

Hunting  154 

Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  155 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  158 

Transportation  160 

Dress  and  Ornamentation  161 

Native  Industries  165 

Faunal  Materials  from  Cabin  2  165 

Distributions  in  Cabin  2  166 

Cabin  2,  Discussion  168 

VII    The  Archaeological  Data,  Cabin  4  171 

Excavations  at  Cabin  4  171 

The  Features  of  Cabin  4  172 

Feature  1 ,  Large  Pit  172 

Feature  2,  The  Fireplace  172 

Feature  3,  Storage  Pit  172 

Feature  4,  Wall  Line  172 

Feature  5,  Pit  173 


-  x  - 


Feature  6,  Pit  173 

Feature  7,  Ash  Dump  173 

The  Artifacts  of  Cabin  4  173 

Hunting  173 

Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  173 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  174 

Dress  and  Ornamentation  175 

Miscellaneous  Unidentified  Objects  175 

Native  Industries  175 

The  Artifacts  from  the  Refuse  Area  Adjacent  to 

Cabin  4  176 

Hunting  176 

Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  177 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  178 

Transportation  180 

Dress  and  Ornamentation  180 

Recreation  and  Smoking  180 

Native  Industries  181 

Discussion  181 

VIII  The  Archaeological  Data,  Cabin  5  185 

Excavations  at  Cabin  5  185 

Specific  Objectives  185 

Excavation  Methods  186 

The  Features  of  Cabin  5  187 

The  Wall  Lines  187 

Feature  1,  Large  Mound  187 


-  xi  - 


Feature  2,  Large  Depression  187 

Feature  3,  Depression,  and  Feature  3A,  Mound  187 

Feature  4,  Small  Depression  187 

Feature  5,  Small  Depression  188 

Feature  6,  Large  Depression  188 

Features  7,  8,  9,  and  10,  Clay  Ridges  188 

Feature  11,  Small  Depression  189 

Feature  12,  Depression  189 

Feature  13,  Ridge  189 

Feature  14,  Ridge  189 

Feature  15,  Ridge  189 

Discussion  189 

The  Artifacts  of  Cabin  5  190 

Hunting  190 

Construction,  Blacksmi thing,  and  Crafts  192 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  193 

Transportation  196 

Dress  and  Ornamentation  196 

Miscellaneous  Unidentified  Objects  200 

Native  Industries  201 

Faunal  Materials  from  Cabin  5  201 

IX     The  Archaeological  Data,  Surface  Collected 

Material  from  Cabins  6  to  12  203 

Introduction  203 

Cabin  6  203 

Cabin  7  203 


-  xii  - 


Cabin  8  204 

Cabins  9,  10,  11,  and  12  204 

The  Artifacts  of  Cabins  6  to  12  205 

Hunting  205 

Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  205 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  206 

Dress  and  Ornamentation  207 

Native  Industries  208 

Faunal  Materials  from  Cabins  6  to  12  208 

Discussion  208 

X      Comparisons  211 

Metis  Wintering  sites  211 

The  Cypress  Hills  211 

Ecological  Comparisons,  Elliott  212 

Architectural  Comparisons,  Elliott  213 

Artifactual  Comparisons,  Elliott  214 

Faunal  Comparisons,  Elliott  216 

Architectural  Comparisons,  Bonnichsen  216 

Artifactual  Comparisons,  Bonnichsen  217 

The  Green  Wintering  Site  219 

Architecture  219 

Artifacts  220 

Discussion  220 

Lac  La  Biche  220 

Batoche  221 

La  Petite  Ville  221 


-  xiii  - 


Free  Traders'  Posts  222 

Solomon's  Post  222 

Architecture  222 

Artifacts  222 

FarwelTs  Post  223 

Architecture  223 

Artifacts  223 

Faunal  Material  223 

Documentary  Material  224 

Discussion  224 

Hudson's  Bay  Company  Posts  225 

Victoria  Post  225 

Architectural  Comparisons  225 

Artifactual  Comparisons  226 

Discussion  227 

Rocky  Mountain  House  227 

Fort  Pitt,  Battleford,  Fort  Carlton, 

Last  Mountain  House,  Upper  and  Lower  Fort  Garry  228 

Summary  Discussion  229 

XI     Conclusions  231 

References  Cited  235 

Figures  257 

Appendix  I       The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site  Textiles,  by 

Barbara  F.  Schweger  331 

Characterization  of  the  Buffalo  Lake 

Textile  Artifacts  331 

Materials  and  Methods  333 


-  xiv  - 


Results  and  Discussion  335 

Cabin  2,  Refuse  Pit  335 

Cabin  3,  Feature  2  336 

Cabin  3,  Feature  3,  Small  Interior  Cellar  336 

Cabin  5,  Feature  6,  Interior  of  Cabin  337 

Summary  338 

References  Cited  339 

Table  1  340 

Appendix  II     Fauna!  Remains  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis 

Site,  by  Brian  P.  Kooyman  341 

Bone  Frequency,  Ethnicity,  and  Status  342 

Butchering  Patterns,  Ethnicity,  and  Status  346 

Conclusions  349 

References  Cited  350 

Table  1.    Faunal  Remains,  Buffalo  Lake 

Metis  Site  351 

Table  2.    Standardized  MNI  Values  and 

Meat  Values  for  Buffalo  Lake,  Cypress, 

Hills,  and  Batoche  354 

Table  3.    Ethnicity  of  Buffalo  Lake  Remains 

Based  on  Standardized  MNI  Values  356 

Table  4.    Comparison  Between  Buffalo  Lake, 

Batoche,  and  Cypress  Hills  Sites  356 

Appendix  III    Artifact  and  Faunal  Tables  359 


-  xv  - 


LIST  OF  TABLES 


Table  1.      Sample  of  Metis  Population, 

Battle  River  Area  24 

Table  2.      Census  of  1874  39 

Table  3.      Native  Populations  41 

Table  4.      Population  Sample  in  the  Battle  River 

and  Bow  River  Areas,  1865  to  1875  42 

Table  5.     Hudson's  Bay  Company  Trade  in  the  Upper 

Saskatchewan  District  75 

Table  6.      Flat-Head  Cut  Nails,  Cabin  3,  Group  1  361 

Table  7.      Flat-Head  Cut  Nails,  Cabin  3,  Group  2  362 

Table  8.      Flat-Head  Cut  Nails,  Cabin  3,  Group  3  364 

Table  9.      Machine-Cut  Nail  Shanks,  Cabin  3  365 

Table  10.    Drawn  Tubular  Bead  Analysis,  Cabin  3  366 

Table  11.    Artifacts  from  Cabin  1  369 

Table  12.    Faunal  Material  from  Cabin  1  381 

Table  13.    Artifacts  from  Cabin  2  384 

Table  14.    Faunal  Material  from  Cabin  2  401 

Table  15.    Distribution  of  Shot  Sizes,  Cabin  2  407 

Table  16.    Distribution  of  Shot  by  Standard 

Sizes,  Cabin  2  407 

Table  17.    Ranking  of  Functional  Categories, 

Cabin  1  and  Cabin  2  408 

Table  18.    Comparison  of  Frequency  of  Certain 

Copeland  Patterns  in  Nineteenth  Century 

Western  Canadian  Archaeological  Sites  409 


-  xvi  - 


LIST  OF  FIGURES 


Figure  1.    Map  of  Western  Canada,  showing  Metis  wintering 
sites  and  related  locations 


Figure  2.    Present  extent  of  Aspen  Parkland  and  the  location 
of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  Alberta 

Figure  3.    Map  of  Buffalo  Lake,  showing  the  locations  of 
wintering  sites  and  related  settlements 

Figure  4.    Map  of  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  showing  locations 
of  excavated  and  unexcavated  cabins 


Figure  5.    Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site.    a.  View  of  Boss  Hill, 
to  the  southeast,    b.  The  Metis  site  to  the  east 


Figure  6.    a.  "Half-breed"  house,  Wood  Mountain  Settlement, 
Saskatchewan,    b.  Dawson  City,  June  1898. 
Permanent  buildings  erected  in  1896  or  earlier 
interspersed  with  uncompleted  buildings  and  tents 

Figure  7.    a.  Mrs.  Michel  Vivier,  resident  of  Buffalo 
Lake,  1873-1878,  with  cayuse,  tent,  and  Red 
River  cart.    b.  School -chapel  of  ca.  1876, 
showing  a  style  of  construction  perhaps  com- 
parable to  that  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Figure  8.    a.  Original  home  of  the  Brelands,  built  ca.  1874. 
b.  The  Jerome  Laboucane  House,  identified  as 
being  built  around  1860  (actually  about  1875) 

Figure  9.    Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site.    a.  The  site  to  the 
east,  showing  vegetation  on  the  ridge  in  the 
vicinity  of  cabins,    b.  Excavations  at  Cabin  3, 
to  northwest 


Figure  10.    Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site.    Cabin  3,  plan  view 

Figure  11.    Cabin  3.    a.  Fireplace  (Feature  1),  to  south- 
west, showing  the  firebox  and  profile  of  the 
south  wall.    b.  Fireplace,  from  above 

Figure  12.    Cabin  3.    a.  Fireplace  (Feature  1),  to  west- 
northwest,  showing  the  uppermost  ash  layer, 
b.  Fireplace,  to  west,  showing  the  second  ash 
layer 

Figure  13.    Cabin  3.    a.  Fireplace  (Feature  1),  to  west, 
showing  the  second  ash  layer  and  contiguous 


-  xvii  - 


occupation  level,    b.  Fireplace,  to  southeast, 
showing  detail  of  the  second  ash  layer  and 
contiguous  occupation  level 

Figure  14.  Cabin  3.  a.  Fireplace  (Feature  1),  to  south, 
showing  profile  of  clay  apron  and  ash  layers, 
b.  Fireplace.  Profile  of  south  wall,  showing 
clay  apron  and  ash  layers 

Figure  15.    Chimney  formerly  located  in  Chimney  Coulee, 

northwest  of  Eastend,  Saskatchewan.    The  site 
was  occupied  in  approximately  1880-1890 

Figure  16.    Cabin  3.    Interior  Storage  and  Refuse  Pit 
(Feature  2),  profile  of  east  wall 

Figure  17.    Cabin  3.  a.  Interior  Refuse  Pit  (Feature  3), 

to  east.  b.  Interior  Refuse  Pit,  east  wall 
prof i le 

Figure  18.    Cabin  3.  Artifacts  related  to  Hunting 

Figure  19.    Cabin  3.  Artifacts  related  to  Hunting. 

Figure  20.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Construction, 
Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts 

Figure  21.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 

Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance.  Ceramics 

Figure  22.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 

Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance.  Ceramics 

Figure  23.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance 

Figure  24.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 

Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance.  Glassware 

Figure  25.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance 

Figure  26.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance 

Figure  27.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Transportation 

Figure  28.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and 
Ornamentation.  Buttons 


271 

272 

273 
274 

275 
276 
277 

278 

279 

280 

281 

282 

283 

284 
285 

286 


-  xviii  - 


Figure  29.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and 

Ornamentation.    Buttons  287 

Figure  30.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and 

Ornamentation.  Buttons  288 

Figure  31.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and 

Ornamentation.    Beads  and  Ornaments  289 

Figure  32.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Religion  290 

Figure  33.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Native  Industries  291 

Figure  34.    Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site.    a.  Cabin  1,  to 

north,  showing  general  location  and  nature  of 
vegetation,  b.  Excavations  at  Cabin  1,  1971, 
to  east  292 

Figure  35.    Cabin  1,  plan  view,  showing  wall  lines, 

Fireplace  (Feature  1),  and  Ash  Concentration 

(Feature  2).    A-B  on  plan  shows  location  of 

profile  of  Ash  Concentration  (inset)  293 

Figure  36.    Cabin  1.    a.  Earth  ridge  representing  west  wall 
of  the  cabin,  to  north,    b.  View  of  same  ridge 
from  above,  to  southwest  294 

Figure  37.    Cabin  1.    a.  Northeast  corner  of  cabin,  repre- 
sented by  traces  of  timber  in  the  earth,  to  north, 
b.  Fireplace  (Feature  1 ) ,  to  west.  Probable 
firebox  is  in  the  foreground  295 

Figure  38.    Cabin  1.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting  and  to 

Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  296 

Figure  39.    Cabin  1.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 

Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance.    Ceramics  297 

Figure  40.    Cabin  1.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance,  to 
Transportation,  and  to  Recreation  and  Smoking  298 

Figure  41.    Cabin  1.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and 

Ornamentation  299 

Figure  42.    Cabin  2.    a.  Near  cabin  location,  to  north, 
showing  type  of  vegetation  on  top  of  the 
ridge,    b.  Excavations  in  1971,  to  west  300 

Figure  43.    Cabin  2,  plan  view,  showing  wall  lines, 

Fireplace  (Feature  1),  and  Refuse  Pit  (Feature  2)  301 


-  xix  - 


Figure  44.  Cabin  2.  a.  Timber  representing  north  wall  of 
cabin,  from  above,  b.  Refuse  Pit  (Feature  2), 
to  north  302 

Figure  45.    Cabin  2.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting  and  to 

Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  303 

Figure  46.    Cabin  2.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance,  to 

Transportation,  and  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation  304 

Figure  47.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit  (Feature  2).  Artifacts 
related  to  Hunting  and  to  Construction, 
Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  305 

Figure  48.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit.    Artifacts  related  to 

Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  306 

Figure  49.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit.    Artifacts  related  to 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  307 

Figure  50.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit.    Artifacts  related  to 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance, 

to  Transportation,  and  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation  308 

Figure  51.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit.    Artifacts  related  to 
Dress  and  Ornamentation  and  to  Native 

Industries  309 

Figure  52.    Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site.    Cabin  4,  general  view 
to  east,  looking  along  the  north  wall  of  the 
cabin.    The  Fireplace  (Feature  2)  is  under  the 
tree  stump  in  the  background  310 

Figure  53.    Cabin  4,  plan  view,  showing  wall  lines  and 

features  311 

Figure  54.    Cabin  4.    Cellar  and  Refuse  Pit  (Feature  1), 

profile  of  three  walls  312 

Figure  55.    Cabin  4.    a.  External  Pit  (Feature  3),  showing 
bark  lining  in  profile  of  west  wall,    b,  Detail 
of  bark  lining  in  plan  view,  to  west  and  from 
above  313 

Figure  56.    Cabin  4.    Artifacts  related  to  all  Categories  314 

Figure  57.    Cabin  4.    Refuse  Area.    Artifacts  related  to 
Hunting  and  to  Construction,  Blacksmithing, 
and  Crafts  315 


-  xx  - 


Figure  58. 


Cabin  4.    Refuse  Area.    Artifacts  related  to 
Household,  Businesss,  and  Personal  Maintenance 


316 


Figure  59 


Figure  60. 


Figure  61 . 
Figure  62. 

Figure  63, 
Figure  64. 
Figure  65, 

Figure  66, 
Figure  67 
Figure  68 

Figure  69 

Figure  70 
Figure  71 


Cabin  4.    Refuse  Area.    Artifacts  related  to 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance, 

to  Transportation,  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation, 

to  Recreation  and  Smoking,  and  to  Native  Industries  317 

Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site.    Cabin  5.    a.  The 
cabin  is  in  the  wooded  area  to  the  south  of 
Cabin  4,  which  is  in  the  foreground,    b.  Plan 
view,  showing  excavations,  wall  lines,  and 
features,  plotted  largely  from  surface 

indications  318 

Cabin  5.    Large  Depression  (Feature  6), 

profile  of  west  and  north  walls  319 

Cabin  5.    a.  Interior  Pit  (Feature  6),  profile 

of  west  wall.    b.  Faint  indications  of  wall  line 

near  the  south  corner  of  cabin.    To  southwest  320 

Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting  and  to 
Construction,  Blacksmi thing,  and  Crafts  321 

Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 

Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance.    Ceramics  322 

Cabin  5.  Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  and  to 
Transportation  323 

Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and 

Ornamentation.    Buttons  324 

Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and 

Ornamentation.    Buttons.  325 

Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and 

Ornamentation  and  Miscellaneous  Unidentified 

Objects  326 

Cabins  6  to  12.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting, 

to  Construction,  Blacksmi thing,  and  Crafts,  and 

to  Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  327 

Cabins  6  to  12.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance.    Ceramics.  328 

Cabins  6  to  12.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 

Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  and  to  Dress 

and  Ornamentation  329 


-  xxi  - 


-  xxii  - 


THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE 


CHAPTER  I 
INTRODUCTION 


Background  and  Objectives  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Project 

The  Buffalo  Lake  Project  as  a  whole  was  aimed  at  documenting  and 
developing  a  regional  archaeological  chronology  for  the  Parkland  of 
central  Alberta.    As  established  previously,  "a  general  ecological 
framework  was  used  as  a  guide  to  research  strategy  since  the  location  of 
plant  and  animal  resources,  in  very  large  measure,  determined  the 
location  and  distribution  of  past  human  settlements"  (Doll  1982:4). 

Research  to  date  has  documented  six  archaeological  periods  at 
Buffalo  Lake.    The  earliest,  defined  as  the  Pre-Archaic  Period,  became 
manifest  approximately  8000  years  B.P.    Evidence  of  human  occupation  on 
Buffalo  Lake  at  that  time  was  excavated  from  a  deeply  buried  stratum  of 
the  Boss  Hill  Site,  FdPe  4,  Locality  2  (Doll  1982).    Later  prehistoric 
occupations  on  Buffalo  Lake  were  documented  at  two  localities  of  the  Boss 
Hill  Site.    Here,  four  additional  archaeological  periods  (Frison  1978) 
were  represented,  including  the  Early,  Middle,  and  Late  Plains  Archaic 
Periods,  as  well  as  the  Late  Prehistoric  Period. 

Of  particular  concern  was  the  sixth  or  Historical  Period.  The 
Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta  began  research  in  historical  archaeology  in 
1965.    In  conjunction  with  the  Historic  Sites  program  at  the  Museum,  the 
focus  was  on  the  early  fur  trade  (as  outlined  by  Kidd  1987:15-17),  with 
initial  attention  towards: 

(1)  the  positive  identification,  by  date  and  company,  of 
various  fur  trade  sites; 

(2)  the  recovery  in  context  of  a  representative  collection 
of  early  fur  trade  artifacts,  also  facilitating  the 
achievement  of  objective  1. 

With  respect  to  the  individual  historic  site  (Doll  1985:1), 
archaeological  methods  were  used  to  emphasize  the  following: 

(1)  the  delineation  and  identification  of  structural 
features  within  the  site; 

(2)  the  identification  of  construction  methods  used; 

(3)  the  establishment  of  the  relationship  of  features 
within  the  site; 


-  2  - 


(4)  the  reconstruction  of  the  past  environment  and 
subsistence  base  through  the  recovery  of  fauna!  remains 
and  other  organic  material; 

(5)  the  qualitative  confirmation  or  delineation  of  human 
behaviors  within  the  site. 

With  the  establishment  of  a  data  base  and  in  conjunction  with 
inter-site  comparisons  and  archival  data,  Provincial  Museum  researchers 
attempted : 

(1)  to  construct  a  regional  chronology  of  fur  trade 
artifacts  with  reference  to  form  and  manufacture,  and 
perhaps  of  structural  types  in  the  late  eighteenth  and 
early  nineteenth  centuries; 

(2)  to  formulate  a  set  of  criteria  to  distinguish  the 
major  trading  companies,  in  particular  the  North  West  and 
Hudson's  Bay  Companies  prior  to  1821; 

(3)  to  produce  a  more  sophisticated  analysis  of  faunal 
materials  and  of  the  environment  base  of  the  fur  trade, 
using  studies  of  butchering  methods,  quantitative 
analysis,  etc.; 

(4)  to  develop  a  demographic  analysis  delineating  the  fur 
trade  post  population  and  its  composition,  with  some 
reference  to  the  use  of  impinging  environments  and  the 
interaction  with  satellite  populations  such  as  Metis 
hunter's  camps,  temporary  Indian  encampments,  etc. 

It  was  within  the  context  of  these  objectives  that  research  in 
historical  archaeology  was  undertaken  at  Buffalo  Lake.    This  involved  the 
systematic  archaeological  and  historical  documentation  of  a  late 
nineteenth  century  Metis  wintering  village  situated  on  the  northeast 
shore  of  Buffalo  Lake,  and  located  about  one  kilometre  north  of  the  Boss 
Hill  prehistoric  site  (Figures  1-3,  5  a). 

Marcel  Giraud,  a  noted  ethnohistorian,  realized  almost  30  years  ago 
the  ecological  importance  of  the  Parkland  to  the  Metis  plain  hunters,  a 
theme  which  was  constant  throughout  the  archaeological  research  at 
Buffalo  Lake: 

Everywhere,  winter-rovers  (Hivernants)  were  attracted  by 
these  wooded,  undulating  lands  which  dominate  the  horizons 
of  the  prairies  (like  Touchwood  Hills  and  Boss  Hill) 
because  of  the  resources  which  they  offered,  and  in  spite 
of  the  uncertainty  created  by  the  vagaries  of  climate 
[Giraud  1954:13]. 

The  objectives  of  the  field  work  at  Buffalo  Lake  included  the 
archaeological  documentation  of  specific  clusters  of  surface  features 


-  3  - 


thought  to  be  the  remains  of  cabin  structures,  notably  to  demonstrate  or 
disprove  cultural  uniformity  and  contemporaneity. 

In  addition  to  architectural  documentation,  the  controlled  recovery 
of  artifacts,  floral  remains,  and  fauna!  remains  would  provide  a  sound 
basis  on  which  to  formulate  an  economic  and  ecological  interpretation  of 
site  use.    Of  equal  importance  was  to  be  the  ethnohistoric  documentation 
of  the  late  nineteenth  century  Metis,  primarily  the  plain  hunters  or 
winter  rovers  (hi vernants) ,  as  well  as  evidence  for  other  groups  or 
individuals  using  the  site.    In  fact,  the  raisons  d'etre  for  the  Buffalo 
Lake  Metis  site  were  not  solely  economic,  but  also  socio-political  and 
ecological . 

Historical  documentation  of  hi vernants  wintering  on  Buffalo  Lake  is 
sparse  for  reasons  to  be  suggested  in  Chapter  II  of  this  monograph.  It 
is  primarily  confined  to  unpublished  letters  and  diaries  of  the  French 
Oblate  missionaries  and  a  few  published  abstracts  from  their  annual 
reports.    There  are  also  published  references  by  a  few  traders  and  North 
West  Mounted  Police  officers  who  visited  the  wintering  village  on  Buffalo 
Lake.    Lastly,  there  are  the  parish  baptismal  and  marriage  records  and 
the  Metis  scrip  application  records,  which  enable  researchers  to  document 
the  presence  of  a  specific  person  at  Buffalo  Lake. 


Research  at  Buffalo  Lake 

In  1959,  Dr.  Richard  G.  Forbis,  then  of  the  Glenbow  Foundation, 
initially  recorded  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  assigning  to  it  the 
Borden  designation  FdPe  1  (Figure  3).    The  existence  and  location  of  the 
site,  however,  had  been  well  known  among  the  local  farming  community  for 
at  least  sixty  years  prior  to  its  "offical"  recording,  notably  among  the 
Hearonemus,  Rider,  and  Hayes  families  (Doll  1983:3). 

Although  portions  of  the  site  had  been  plundered  by  unscrupulous 
"pothunters,"  and  there  has  been  some  inevitable  loss  to  agriculture  and 
natural  decay,  it  is  to  the  very  great  credit  of  the  present  land  owners, 
the  Rider  family,  that  a  good  portion  of  the  main  site  still  exists. 
Portions  to  the  south  of  the  main  site  have  been  protected  by  the  Hayes 
family  as  well . 

It  was  not  until  1970  that  professional  archaeologists  began 
excavations  at  the  site.    Initiated  by  Robert  S.  Kidd,  Curator  of 
Archaeology  at  the  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta,  preliminary  excavations 
were  conducted  with  David  Crone  in  1970  and  Kendal  Arnold  in  1971  on  two 
of  the  more  badly  disturbed  cabin  localities  (Cabins  1  and  2,  Figure  4). 

Maurice  F.  V.  Doll,  under  the  general  supervision  of  Kidd,  took 
responsibility  for  site  survey  in  1972  and  the  field  operations  of  the 
Buffalo  Lake  Project  in  1973,  with  the  initial  test  excavations  of 
Locality  1  of  the  Boss  Hill  prehistoric  site.    Towards  the  end  of  that 
field  season,  follow-up  excavations  were  conducted  at  the  Cabin  2 
locality  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  specifically  the  excavation  of  a 
small  refuse  pit. 

In  April  of  1974  Doll,  acompanied  by  Rod  Burns  of  the  Ornithology 
Program  at  the  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta,  conducted  a  migratory 
waterfowl  and  general  wildlife  survey  along  Buffalo  Lake  as  part  of  a 


-  4  - 


comprehensive  approach  to  archaeological  research.  Several  of  the  noted 
species  were  among  those  whose  remains  were  excavated  from  the  Metis 
site.    In  July  of  the  same  year,  four  days  were  spent  mapping  surface 
features  of  the  Metis  site.    In  the  dense  aspen  woods  and  tangled 
underbrush,  36  depressions,  eight  identified  fireplace  mounds,  and  nine 
other  mounds  were  recorded,  excluding  the  previously  excavated  Cabins  1 
and  2.    This  total  represented  essentially  19  clusters  that  might  be 
identified  with  separate  buildings  (Figure  4). 

During  the  1975  field  season  a  relatively  undisturbed  feature 
cluster  (designated  Cabin  3)  was  selected  by  Doll  for  excavation.  The 
cluster  included  a  relatively  large  mound  and  two  adjacent  depressions 
(Figure  4) . 

In  1976,  a  short  period  of  time  was  spent  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis 
site,  and  the  remainder  of  one  large  depression  associated  with  Cabin  3 
was  excavated. 

During  the  1977  season  the  majority  of  field  work  concentrated  on 
prehistoric  occupations  at  the  Boss  Hill  site,  with  only  monitoring  of 
the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site. 

During  the  early  summer  of  1978,  part  of  a  previously  undisturbed 
portion  of  the  Metis  site  was  destroyed  by  heavy  equipment  operated  by 
the  County  of  Stettler.    The  Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta  and  the 
County  of  Stettler  were  notified,  and  excavation  for  a  public  garbage 
dump  on  the  Metis  site  ceased.    At  least  one  cabin  and  associated 
features  were  destroyed.    Remaining  surface  features  were  mapped  and  the 
disturbed  area  surface-collected,  but  field  work  focused  on  the 
excavation  of  an  early  component  of  the  Boss  Hill  site,  Locality  2  (Doll 
1979). 

The  field  season  of  1979  again  focused  on  the  excavation  of 
prehistoric  components  at  Locality  1  of  the  Boss  Hill  site. 

Field  work  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  was  resumed  in  1982,  at 
which  time  the  partial  remains  of  a  presumed  Metis  cabin  (designated 
Cabin  4)  were  salvaged  prior  to  total  destruction  by  bulldozer  (Figure 
4).    Four  depressions  and  a  mound  were  excavated.    During  the  latter  part 
of  the  same  field  season  excavations  were  initiated  on  the  remains  of  one 
of  the  better  preserved  feature  clusters  designated  Cabin  5  (Figure  4). 
Only  three  one  metre  by  two  metre  test  units  were  excavated  during  the 
time  remaining.    Unfortunately  the  Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta  did 
not  renew  the  Provincial  Museum's  Research  Permit  and,  accordingly,  no 
further  excavations  were  possible. 

Subsequent  field  work  was  concerned  with  identifying  and  mapping 
surface  features  with  an  eye  to  determining  the  extent  of  the  wintering 
site  and  estimating  both  the  number  of  cabins  and  the  size  of  the 
population  that  wintered  at  Buffalo  Lake  (Figure  4). 

In  addition,  supporting  botancial  field  work  was  carried  out  by 
Julie  0.  Hrapko,  Curator  of  Botany  at  the  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta, 
in  May,  1975,  June,  1978,  and  September,  1979.    Some  data  from  Hrapko's 
field  work  have  been  previously  published  (see  Doll  1982:Appendix  I). 


-  5  - 

The  Buffalo  Lake  Region 

The  Buffalo  Lake  region  of  south-central  Alberta  (Figures  2,  3,  5  a) 
is  characterized  by  a  glaciated  landscape  with  numerous  moraine  and 
outwash  features.    The  Buffalo  Lake  moraine  system,  in  which  the  Buffalo 
Lake  Metis  site  is  found,  covers  the  entire  eastern  part  of  the  Central 
Highland  physiographic  division  and  extends  beyond  it  to  the  north  and 
east  (Stalker  1960:8-9).    Four  other  adjacent  Metis  sites  are  also 
located  in  wooded  areas  of  similar  topographic  relief:  Salois'  Crossing, 
near  Duhamel ,  Tail  Creek,  Todd's  Crossing  near  Ponoka,  and  possibly  Dried 
Meat  Hill  (Figure  1). 

Buffalo  Lake,  the  largest  lake  in  the  area,  is  of  an  interior 
drainage  type  and  represents  the  local  base  level  of  deposition.    It  lies 
on  the  Edmonton  Formation  and  receives  considerable  amounts  of  spring 
water.    Over  most  of  its  area,  Buffalo  Lake  ranges  from  .61  to  1.52 
metres  in  depth.    In  some  portions  a  maximum  depth  of  5  metres  has  been 
recorded  (Allan  and  Sanderson  1945:17). 

The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  lies  within  the  Parkland  belt  at 
approximately  53°  47'  north  latitude  and  46°  30*  west  longitude  (Figures 
1,  2,  5b).    The  climate  of  the  area  is  generally  characterized  by  short, 
hot,  and  sunny  summers,  and  cold,  dry  winters.    The  highest  temperatures 
during  the  summer  exceed  38°C  while,  in  the  other  extreme,  temperatures 
have  been  recorded  below  -51 °C  for  the  winter  (Kendrew  and  Currie 
1955:124;  Longley  1972:23). 

There  is  relatively  small  effective  precipitation  in  the  region, 
with  a  mean  annual  average  of  approximately  406  mm  (Kendrew  and  Currie 
1955:131).    About  30  per  cent  of  this  total  is  due  to  snow. 

The  Aspen  Parkland  that  characterizes  the  Buffalo  Lake  area  contains 
two  major  ecosystems:  woodland  and  grassland.    These  tend  to  form  a 
patchwork  of  aspen  stands  and  irregular  open  grassy  areas.  Scattered 
throughout  are  several  bodies  of  water  dominated  by  Buffalo,  Boss,  and 
Lynn  Lakes,  and  including  numerous  smaller  permanent  and  temporary 
sloughs  (Figure  3).    One  would  expect  to  find  great  diversity  in  the 
floral  assemblage,  a  diversity  and  richness  which  is  also  reflected  in 
the  faunal  assemblage  of  the  area  (see  Doll  1982  for  a  detailed 
discussion) . 


The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site 

The  remaining  visible  portion  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  is 
situated  on  a  rise  of  land  strategically  located  between  Buffalo  and  Lynn 
Lakes.    During  periods  of  high  lake  levels,  this  rise  forms  a  peninsula 
with  very  limited  access  by  land  (Figures  3,  4,  5a).    According  to  local 
residents,  this  "peninsula"  contained  the  only  major  source  of  logs  for 
construction  of  houses  after  the  turn  of  the  twentieth  century.  The 
forest  growing  in  the  area  subsequent  to  the  abandonment  of  the  site  by 
the  Metis  hivernants  grew  uninhibited,  being  protected  by  the  surrounding 
lakes  and  sloughs  until  destroyed  by  a  major  fire  in  1910,  which  also 
destroyed  what  remained  of  any  cabin  superstructures.    The  peninsula, 
except  for  areas  under  cultivation,  has  become  reforested  since  the  end 
of  the  Second  World  War. 


-  6  - 


The  distribution  of  mounds  and  depressions,  which  constitute  those 
portions  of  postulated  cabin  structures  visible  on  the  ground  surface,  is 
confined  to  the  reforested  areas.    The  largest  concentration  conforms 
closely  to  the  top  of  a  horseshoe-shaped  ridge  (Figure  5  b)  located  along 
the  northwest  corner  of  the  NW  1/4  of  Section  11,  Township  41,  Range  20 
west  of  the  Fourth  Meridian  and  the  southeast  corner  of  the  SW  1/4  of 
Section  14,  Township  41,  Range  20  west  of  the  Fourth  Meridian  (Figure 
4).    The  central  portion  of  the  horseshoe  is  occupied  by  a  permanent 
slough.    To  the  north  and  west  of  the  ridge  are  numerous  permanent  and 
temporary  ponds  and  sloughs. 

The  locations  or  former  locations  of  approximately  62  cabin  features 
(defined  for  purposes  of  this  chapter  as  single  features  or  clusters 
indicative  of  former  structures)  have  been  confirmed  in  these  two  quarter 
sections,  with  38  found  in  the  NW  1/4  of  Section  11,  and  24  in  the  SW  1/4 
of  Section  14.    Of  the  38  possible  features  identified  in  the  NW  1/4  of 
Section  11,  36  are  more  or  less  undisturbed.    This  total  also  includes 
three  features  that  were  selected  for  excavation  and  designated  Cabins  1, 
2,  and  3  (Figure  4) . 

Of  the  24  cabin  features  identified  in  the  SW  1/4  of  Section  14,  19 
are  still  more  or  less  undisturbed. 

A  number  of  cabin  features  were  also  found  on  adjacent  quarter- 
sections.    The  NE  1/4  of  Section  11  contained  four  cabin  features,  two  of 
which  were  undisturbed.    The  SE  1/4  of  section  14  contained  six  cabin 
features,  four  of  which  were  undisturbed.    In  this  area  two  cabins  were 
partially  excavated  and  designated  Cabins  4  and  5  (Figure  4).    Cabin  4 
was  subsequently  destroyed  by  a  bulldozer  during  brush-clearing 
operations . 

The  NW  1/4  of  Section  14  contained  five  cabin  features,  all  of  which 
were  destroyed  between  1910  and  1920  in  the  process  of  clearing  the  land 
for  cultivation. 

The  NE  1/4  of  Section  14  also  contained  five  cabin  features,  three 
of  which  are  still  in  evidence. 

The  NW  1/4  of  Section  13  had  one  undisturbed  cabin  feature,  while 
the  SW  1/4  of  Section  2  had  five  undisturbed  cabin  features. 

Lastly,  the  NE  1/4  of  Section  25,  Township  40,  Range  20  west  of  the 
Fourth  Meridian  has  the  remains  of  two  cabins.    Thus,  we  have  been  able 
to  document  the  locations  of  approximately  90  cabin  features  (Figure  4), 
74  of  which  are  still  relatively  undisturbed  and  worthy  of  archaeological 
investigation. 


Archaeological  Field  Methods 

Field  methods  employed  during  the  course  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  project 
from  1970  to  1982  were  generally  consistent  (see  Doll  1977,  1979,  1982, 
1983,  and  Doll  and  Kidd  1976).    The  area  selected  for  excavation  was 
surveyed  and  mapped  using  a  transit  and  compass.    A  grid  in  metres  or 
feet  was  superimposed  over  the  area  and  tied  in  to  an  arbitrary  base-line 
oriented  magnetic  north-south.    This  base-line  was  in  turn  tied  in  to  the 
surveyed  quarter-section  lines. 


-  7  - 

Excavation  proceeded  by  natural  and/or  cultural  stratigraphy,  while 
at  the  same  time  maintaining  a  continuous  series  generally  of  ten 
centimetre  or  six  inch  arbitrary  levels.    Trowel  and  dustpan  excavation 
techniques  were  used  predominantly.    Most  of  the  earth  was  screened 
through  one-quarter  inch  or  finer  mesh.    Provenience  of  all  artifacts  was 
recorded  in  three-dimensions  and  by  unit,  stratum,  level,  and  feature. 

The  various  levels,  walls,  and  non-portable  artifacts  or 
architectural  features  were  recorded  through  plan-views  and  profiles  in 
conjunction  with  black-and-white  and  color  photographs.    Level  bags  were 
taken  to  the  archaeology  laboratory  at  the  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta 
for  processing.    Some  earth  fill  from  refuse  pits  was  collected  and 
fine-screened  for  the  recovery  of  microfauna,  floral  remains,  and  tiny 
artifacts  such  as  seed  beads.    All  materials  were  catalogued  according  to 
the  Provincial  Museum  accession  system.    Fauna!  remains  were  identified 
using  the  Museum's  reference  collection  and  through  the  kind  assistance 
of  Hugh  Smith,  Curator  of  Mammology. 


Historical  Research 

Concurrent  historical  research  accompanied  the  archaeological 
investigations,  with  initial  concentration  on  published  sources, 
including  local  histories  that  related  to  Buffalo  Lake.  Unpublished 
documents  consulted  were  primarily  manuscripts  contained  within  the 
Oblate  Collection  at  the  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta.    However,  as  the 
project  progressed,  this  research  was  intensified  and  broadened, 
particularly  after  1982  when  collaboration  began  between  Museum  staff  and 
John  Day,  a  researcher  who  had  spent  ten  years  examining  documents 
pertinent  to  the  history  of  Alberta  during  the  nineteenth  century. 

In  August,  1984,  an  historical  research  contract  was  jointly  awarded 
by  Alberta  Cultures  and  Multicultural  ism' s  Historic  Sites  Service  and  the 
Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta  to  John  Foster  of  the  Department  of  History, 
University  of  Alberta.    Foster  and  his  assistants  compiled  an  annotated 
bibliography  and  a  summary  history  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site  (Beal 
et  al.  1986). 

Through  this  and  other  cooperative  efforts  of  all  researchers,  oral 
histories  and  genealogies  have  also  been  added  to  the  record. 


Authorship 

In  the  following  chapters,  some  variation  in  perspective,  style  of 
reporting,  and  conclusions  may  be  noted,  and,  therefore,  the  specific 
responsibilities  of  the  three  authors  should  be  clarified  at  the  outset. 

Chapter  I  was  written  primarily  by  Maurice  Doll. 

Chapter  II  and  Chapter  III  are  abbreviated  versions  of  an 
approximately  250  page  monograph  prepared  by  John  Patrick  Day,  and 
intended  for  publication  in  full  elsewhere. 

Chapter  IV  was  authored  by  Maurice  Doll,  the  primary  investigator  of 
the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site.    This  chapter  deals  with  Cabin  3.  Since 
this  was  the  most  productive  cabin  with  respect  to  both  features  and 


-  8  - 

artifacts,  it  was  decided  to  describe  it  first,  out  of  numerical  and 
(excavation)  chronological  order.    This  procedure,  it  was  felt,  would 
facilitate  subsequent  typology  and  description. 

Chapters  V  and  VI,  dealing  with  Cabins  1  and  2,  were  authored  by 
Robert  Kidd,  who  also  edited  the  manuscript. 

Chapters  VII,  VIII,  and  IX,  dealing  with  Cabins  4  and  5  and  with 
various  surface  collections,  were  authored  by  Maurice  Doll. 

Chapter  X  was  authored  primarily  by  Maurice  Doll.    Chapter  XI  was 
prepared  by  all  three  authors. 

Appendix  I,  on  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  textiles,  was  authored  by 
Barbara  F.  Schweger,    and  Appendix  II,  on  the  Buffalo  Lake  faunal 
material,  was  authored  by  Brian  P.  Kooyman. 


CHAPTER  II 


THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE,  HISTORICAL  PROLOGUE, 
THE  SITE  BEFORE  1872 


The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  is  of  great  historical  as  well  as 
archaeological  interest.    It  was  among  the  largest  centres  of  population 
in  the  North-West  of  Canada  (Figure  1 ) ,  at  least  on  a  seasonal  basis, 
during  a  decade  of  great  cultural  changes.    To  a  historian,  the  site 
presents  an  opportunity  for  three  fundamental  tests.    The  first  test 
relates  to  North-Western  Society  as  it  has  been  understood  from  studies 
of  the  Red  River  Settlements,  the  Ri el  uprisings,  and  a  "Metis"  nation. 
The  second  test  involves  a  clear  understanding  of  the  changes  in  the 
1870's,  and  the  ability  of  a  society  in  transition  to  adapt  to  such 
changes. 

A  third  test  is  central  to  this  monograph.    The  strictly  historical 
data  define  and  illuminate  many  of  the  archaeological  findings.    At  the 
same  time,  the  archaeological  data  serve  to  confirm,  deny,  or  modify  the 
working  hypotheses  gathered  from  documents.    The  reason  for  an  artifact' s 
presence  is  a  historical  question,  but  such  historical  questions 
frequently  need  archaeological  answers.    Hence,  both  disciplines  require 
each  other  for  a  full  understanding  of  the  site.    Conclusions  reached 
about  this  site  may  modify  investigations  of  other  historical  communities 
and  archaeological  sites. 

The  historical  record  has  its  difficulties.    It  is  highly  specific 
in  some  areas  and  vague  in  others.    A  critical  use  of  documents  on 
individuals  and  of  genealogies  gives  a  reasonably  accurate  account  of  the 
people  at  Buffalo  Lake.    A  chronology  of  some  detail  can  be  assembled, 
although  it  has  to  be  gathered  from  a  very  large  number  of  sources.  Such 
matters  as  architecture  and  the  occupancy  of  house  units  remain  highly 
problematic . 

Although  all  sources  together  produce  a  generally  harmonious 
picture,  their  nature  is  imperfect.    Very  specific  local  data  are 
available,  but  with  rare  exceptions,  Buffalo  Lake  is  not  a  direct  topic 
of  discussion:  it  is  mentioned,  alluded  to,  or  otherwise  indirectly 
noticed.    Where  highly  specific  data  exist,  they  are  for  apparently 
similar  sites  such  as  the  South  Saskatchewan  colonies  at  St.  Laurent 
(Figure  1).    However,  as  there  were  important  differences  between  sites, 
comparisons  must  be  carefully  made. 

A  second  consideration  involves  the  evaluation  of  both  the  direct 
and  indirect  evidence  for  the  people  at  the  site.    The  North  West  Half 
Breed  Scrip  Applications  (hereafter  referred  to  as  Scrip  Applications), 
claims  for  river  lots  and  quarter-sections  (both  in  the  Interior 
Department  Papers),  and  memoirs  of  people  present  are  essentially 
retrospective:  referring  to  events  some  years  after  they  happened. 
Although  indispensible,  they  must  also  be  treated  with  care,  especially 
since  the  use  of  some  place  names  was  highly  general  (Scrip  Applications). 


-  10  - 


A  third  consideration  arises  from  the  existence  of  similar,  but 
possibly  not  functionally  identical,  sites  described  at  the  time. 
Frequently,  one  must  reason  from  them  by  analogy. 


THE  UPPER  SASKATCHEWAN  AREA  PRIOR  TO  1870 

Buffalo  Lake  and  its  people  were  within  the  Upper  Saskatchewan 
District,  comprising  the  western  half  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's 
Saskatchewan  District  (Figure  1;  Census  Enumeration  1881;  Arrowsmith  Map 
in  Thomas  et  al.  1967:49;  Hardisty  Papers,  Items  291,  315).    In  practical 
terms,  the  International  Boundary  was  its  southern  limit,  the  Continental 
Divide  its  western  limit,  and  a  rough  line  through  Jasper,  running 
alongside  the  Athabasca  River,  and  through  Athabasca  Landing  was  its 
approximate  northern  limit  (Census  Enumeration  1881).    The  eastern 
boundary  fluctuated;  but  for  purpose  of  this  discussion  a  line  drawn  just 
east  of  the  Victoria  (Pakan)  settlement  seems  best. 

This  geographical  area  included  two  distinct  Indian  "nations,"  with 
an  ill-defined  neutral  territory  between  them.    The  Plains,  basically 
equivalent  to  "Palliser's  Triangle,"  was  the  domain  of  the  Blackfoot 
Confederacy.    The  Parkland  belt,  the  mountains,  and  parts  of  the  northern 
woods  had  a  very  mixed  people;  almost  any  group  which  was  not  Blackfoot, 
Beaver,  or  Slave  made  up  this  society.    Although  degrees  of  "nati veness" 
might  be  recognized,  the  distinctions  between  Cree,  Assiniboine, 
Chipewyan,  European,  or  any  mixture  of  these  were  relatively  unimportant 
in  comparison  to  the  distinctions  between  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  people 
and  the  Blackfeet. 

The  reason  for  this  state  of  affairs  had  been  well  defined  before 
1870.    The  two  "nations"  (or  "confederacies")  were  frequently  at  war  with 
each  other.    Warfare  was  sometimes  interrupted  by  truces,  or  agreements 
of  varying  permanence  (Palliser  1859-1860:186;  Dempsey  1984:14).    It  was 
not  thought  an  exaggeration  by  Europeans  to  call  these  agreements 
"peaces"  and  "treaties"  (Edmonton  Post  Journals,  December  9-10,  1862; 
Tache  1869:264).    Some  of  the  neutral  territory  was  disputed  and  some 
agreed  upon.    It  should  be  remembered,  however,  that  this  territory  was 
not  at  all  well  defined,  and  a  sort  of  "front"  moved  northwards  or 
southwards  as  the  fortunes  of  war  dictated.  (Sissons  1946:163-167;  Butler 
1873:386;  Edmonton  Post  Journals,  1857-1872). 

The  nominal  rulers  of  the  country,  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  and 
later  the  Canadian  government,  could  be  compared  to  panes  of  glass  laid 
on  top  of  this  polity  (Shalka  1973;  Ray  1981).    They  were  recognized  as 
agents  of  the  Crown,  and  at  least  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  officers 
could  act  as  mediators.    From  the  Company's  point  of  view,  its  own 
interests  were  not  difficult  to  enforce  as  long  as  local  realities  were 
respected.    Its  writ  was  absolute  within  its  posts,  and  banning  an 
individual  from  them  made  him  a  literal  "outlaw."    However,  the  Company's 
interest  was  trade,  and  this  was  beneficial  to  all  (Ray  1981).  The 
benefits  of  a  transfer  from  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  to  Canada  were  not 
so  clear,  and  concern  was  expressed  (Edmonton  Post  Journals,  April  13, 
1871;  Morris  1880:169-171;  Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol  9,  January  18,  1870, 
November  27,  1870). 


-TI- 


THE ORIGINS  OF  THE  UPPER  SASKATCHEWAN  PEOPLES 

Fur  companies  penetrated  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  in  the  late  1790's 
(Johnson  1967),  and  their  employees  included  both  European  and 
mixed-blood  peoples.    The  latter  were  normally  the  children  of  European 
fathers  and  native  mothers,  but  the  term  was  also  applied  to  people  who 
were  the  offspring  of  parents  from  different  native  nations.  Although 
affiliation  with  the  fur  companies  made  both  groups  unwelcome  visitors  in 
the  southern  Plains,  individuals  who  had  become  well  known  and  who  could 
explain  their  purposes  were  accepted  better  by  the  Blackfeet  than  were 
the  Crees.    As  early  as  the  1820's,  two  mixed  bloods  and  former  Company 
employees,  James  Bird  and  Hugh  Munro,  were  able  to  move  about  freely  in 
the  Blackfoot  country. 

Upon  the  amalgamation  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  and  Northwest  Company  in 
1821,  many  of  the  employees  became  "freemen,"  which  term  meant  they  were 
no  longer  under  contract.    These  people  maintained  themselves  by  hunting, 
fishing,  and  doing  various  odd  jobs  for  the  Company.    The  whereabouts  of 
these  freemen  in  the  1820's  and  early  1830's  is  not  easily  determined, 
although  passing  reference  suggest  Northwest  Company  posts  abandoned  in 
1821,  the  Beaver  Hills,  Jasper  (Edmonton  Post  Journals,  1820-1822;  Scrip 
Applications),  and  perhaps  at  Pigeon  Lake  (Rundle  1977:371,  399). 
However,  for  uncertain  reasons,  virtually  all  Metis  freemen  left  for  Red 
River  in  the  winter  of  1834-1835  (Scrip  Applications;  Simpson  1821-1854, 
Correspondence,  Rowand  to  Simpson,  January  10,  1834  and  January  7,  1835). 

There  was  a  devastating  smallpox  epidemic  in  1836  and  early  1837 
among  the  Blackfeet,  the  Stoneys  in  the  Banf f-Morley-Rocky  Mountain  House 
district,  and  in  the  Lower  Saskatchewan  districts  between  Battleford  and 
Cumberland.    No  reports  reached  company  officers  at  Edmonton  until  some 
months  after  the  epidemic  had  died  down  (Simpson  1821-1854,  Rowand  to 
Simpson,  November,  1837),  and  estimates  of  death  cannot  be  stated  with 
any  accuracy.    Upon  hearing  of  this  plague,  it  appears  that  the  freemen 
at  Red  River  decided  to  return  to  the  Upper  Saskatchewan.    In  any  case, 
various  Upper  Saskatchewan  settlements  came  into  existence  about  1838  to 
1840  and  were  occupied,  essentially  continuously,  from  that  time  onwards 
(Scrip  Appl ications) . 

If  the  available  records  (Lac  Ste.  Anne,  Liber  Animarum,  1842-1859; 
Rundle  1977:344-405)  can  be  relied  upon,  it  appears  that  the  settlements 
of  these  freemen  expanded  very  quickly,  both  in  terms  of  natural  growth 
and  through  migration.    Possibly  a  combination  of  a  relatively  empty 
country,  an  absence  of  serious  illness,  and  prosperity  either  by  hunting, 
trading,  or  Company  employment  may  have  been  the  cause.    It  appears  that 
the  1850*s  saw  some  crisis  or  other,  particularly  between  1856  and  1858, 
but  after  that  point,  the  natural  rate  of  increase  produced  a  doubling  of 
the  population  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  between  1861  and  1870. 

In  addition,  there  was  a  very  large  increase  in  population  due  to 
immigration.    Contrary  to  the  impressions  of  scholars  who  followed  in 
Marcel  Giraud's  footsteps  (Giraud  1945:1010-1014),  these  freemen  were  not 


-  12  - 


so  much  associated  with  a  westward  movement  from  Red  River,  as  with  a 
southward  movement  from  the  northern  districts.    Most  persons  who  came  at 
this  time  from  Red  River  or  the  Lower  Saskatchewan  districts  had  actually 
been  born  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan,  or  in  the  north,  notably  the  Lesser 
Slave  Lake  and  Peace  River  areas  (Scrip  Applications).    Only  in  the 
1860's  does  there  seem  to  have  been  any  substantial  migration  of  people 
born  in  Red  River  or  the  Lower  Saskatchewan. 

Consequently,  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  people  made  up  a  distinctive 
society,  essentially  indigenous  in  origin.    By  1870,  a  substantial  number 
of  mixed-blood  families  had  been  present  either  near  Edmonton  or  Peace 
River  for  at  least  three  generations,  and  the  consequent  patterns  of 
intermarriage  make  present  scholarly  debates  on  cultural  inheritance 
relatively  redundant  (Scrip  Applications;  Lacombe  1890).    This,  combined 
with  the  continuing  problem  of  intermittent  warfare  with  the  Blackfoot 
Confederacy,  produced  a  more  homogeneous  society  than  may  have  been  the 
case  in  other  parts  of  the  Canadian  Plains,  particularly  Red  River. 

What  of  the  more  "native"  people?    The  Lac  Ste.  Anne  Liber  Animarum 
(1842-1859)  reveals  that  although  most  of  "mixed-blood"  families  involved 
Stoney  (Assiniboine)  or  Cree  ancestors,  there  was  a  reasonably  large 
minority  of  families  with  Blackfoot,  and  a  few  with  Chipewyan  or  Beaver 
connections.    Families  with  Blackfoot  relatives  included  some  names 
particularly  associated  with  Buffalo  Lake,  names  such  as  Bird,  Munro,  and 
Dumont  (Day  1986). 

There  appears  to  have  been  rather  little  contact  with  those 
settlements  on  the  South  Saskatchewan  associated  with  Louis  Riel  until 
the  1880's  (Scrip  Applications;  Edmonton  Bulletin,  January  to  July,  1885; 
Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  January-July,  1885;  OMI,  Dossiers 
Personnels,  Secular  Priests,  Bellevaire  1885).    The  people  who  migrated 
into  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  from  the  Lower  Saskatchewan  were  largely  from 
Lac  La  Biche,  Whitefish  Lake,  Fort  Pitt,  and  Fort  Carlton  (Scrip 
Applications;  Hardisty  Papers,  Items  146-150,  556-564).    The  "classical" 
Metis  movement,  a  general  retreat  from  Manitoba  westwards  and  from 
Batoche  farther  to  the  north  and  west,  happened  later  than  theory 
suggests,  about  1882-1884  (Andre  1870-1884;  Lestanc  1910;  Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  4). 


THE  NATURE  OF  SETTLEMENTS  IN  THE  UPPER  SASKATCHEWAN  PARKLAND 

There  are  three  matters  which  require  some  attention  before  the 
discussion  of  Buffalo  Lake  itself.    One  derives  from  a  misunderstanding 
of  th\  people,  the  second  from  a  misunderstanding  of  documents,  and  a 
third  from  an  unchallenged  historical  theory. 

First  of  all,  the  people  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan,  particularly  the 
mixed-bloods,  formed  a  community  that  was  not  identical  with  the 
community  at  Red  River.    Explorers  such  as  Palliser  (1859-1860:26), 
clergymen  with  Red  River  experience  such  as  Tache  (1869:123)  and  Grandin, 
and  travellers  prior  to  and  during  the  1870's  such  as  Southesk  (1875), 
Milton  and  Cheadle  (Cheadle  1863;  Milton  and  Cheadle  1865),  the  1862 
Overlanders  (Wade  1931:  44-50;  McMicking  1964:5),  George  Grant  (1873), 
and  W.  F.  Butler  (1872),  were  in  general  agreement  that,  as  a  whole,  the 


-  13  - 


Parkland  people  were  less  quarrelsome  and  defiant  than  the  Red  River 
community.    In  general  they  were  aware  of  events  at  Red  River,  however, 
at  least  through  free  traders,  boatmen,  and  freemen,  although  there  was  a 
time  lag. 

Second,  the  settlements  whose  foundation  occurred  from  1838  onwards 
were  an  initiative  by  the  newly  arrived  (or  returned)  freemen  rather  than 
missionary  foundations.    The  documents  of  the  missionaries  themselves 
support  this  contention:  the  missions  went  where  people  were  already  to 
be  found  (Tache  1866;  1869:104-118;  Thibault  1841-1850;  Phi  1 1 i pot 
1947-1948;  Lacombe  1890).    The  settlements  were  normally  placed  at  lakes 
with  good  fishing,  and  served  largely  as  a  pied-a-terre  for  periods 
between  hunts. 

Third,  there  remains  a  question  of  the  degree  of  "civilization"  that 
existed  in  these  Parkland  settlements.    Travellers'  accounts  tend  to  be 
very  favourable,  at  least  in  the  cases  of  St.  Albert  and  Lac  Ste.  Anne. 
Internal  evidence  from  scrip  returns  suggests  that  Victoria's  English 
Protestants  were  well-educated.    This  is  somewhat  contrary  to  historical 
orthodoxy,  which,  although  prepared  to  grant  Red  River  at  least  a 
"neo-archaic"  civilization,  considers  that  the  Upper  Saskatchewan 
community  was  too  isolated  and  too  small  in  numbers  to  be  other  than 
"primitive"  (Morton  1969:1-4;  Owram  1980:25;  Stanley  1936).    This  writer 
believes  that  the  orthodox  idea  is  very  faulty,  and  some  consideration  of 
the  means  of  making  a  living  therefore  becomes  necessary. 

The  first  mode  of  living  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  District  was 
based  on  hunting  and  fishing,  usually  supplemented  by  trading  excess 
supplies  with  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  or  with  other  traders.  Some 
dwellers  in  the  Boreal  Forest,  particularly  the  Chipewyans  and  some  of 
the  Lac  St.  Anne  Stoneys,  hunted  on  an  individual  basis.    These  people 
were  not  part  of  the  culture  built  around  buffalo  hunts,  and  the 
buffalo's  demise  left  them  relatively  unaffected  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item 
1209;  Indian  Department  1878-1889;  1879-1898,  specifically  1879-1881; 
Blanchet  1886;  Trade  Commissioner  1874-1893,  D. 20/14,  f.  222). 

Two  quite  different  Parkland  groups  were  involved  with  buffalo 
hunting:  the  free  residents  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan,  and  employees  or 
contractors  to  the  Company.    The  latter  were  employed  to  keep  the  area's 
posts  self-supporting,  and  also  to  supply  posts  to  the  far  north  and 
across  the  mountains  (Edmonton  Post  Journals;  Simpson  1821-1854;  Northern 
Department  Council  1868-1880;  Hardisty  Papers,  Item  1077).    The  freemen, 
who  appear  to  have  been  much  more  numerous  than  most  estimates  have 
indicated,  were  competitors  by  their  very  numbers.    The  latter  were 
hunting  in  very  large  parties  at  least  from  the  1830's,  and  their  level 
of  organization  was  sufficiently  high  to  impress  most  newcomers  to  the 
region  (Steele  1915:84-90;  Remas  1860-1868,  Item  1055;  Sissons 
1946:89-94;  Jamieson  1953;  Erasmus  1976:200-208;  Charette  1976:84). 

One  point  must  be  made  clear.    Both  the  hunters  and  many  outside 
observers  were  very  much  aware  of  the  buffalo's  probable  extinction  well 
before  it  happened.    There  had  been  shortages  of  buffalo  in  the  1830's 
and  there  were  two  particularly  bad  years  in  succession  (1848  and  1849). 
By  this  time,  Rowand  (Simpson  1845-1859,  June  24,  1848,  June  20,  1853)  no 
longer  considered  the  buffalo's  ultimate  extinction  in  doubt.  Although 
the  sight  of  a  buffalo  herd  was  still  awesome,  few  travellers  from  Paul 


-  14  - 


Kane  (1968:89)  onwards  failed  to  predict  their  fate.    The  Blackfeet  were 
of  the  same  opinion  when  Palliser's  expedition  passed  through  their 
territory;  moreover  they  were  already  hoping  to  replace  the  hunts  with  an 
agricultural  way  of  life  (Palliser  1859-1960:7,  10-11;  Erasmus  1976:60; 
Spry  1968:60).    The  same  comment  constantly  recurs  in  contemporary 
reports  of  speeches  by  native  leaders.    There  seems  to  have  been  a 
miscalculation  by  most,  however,  in  that  the  extinction  took  place  much 
more  quickly  than  was  expected. 

At  least  two  other  modes  of  life  were  becoming  alternatives  to 
hunting:  trading  and  freighting,  which  were  apparently  developing  rather 
early,  certainly  not  later  than  the  1840's  (Simpson  1823-1859,  December 
21,  1853,  Rowand  to  Simpson;  Charette  1976;  Griesbach  1958  a,  b;  Weekes 
1939;  Erasmus  1976).    Although  trading  in  opposition  to  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  was  frequently  strong,  particularly  at  Lac  La  Biche,  most  traders 
or  freighters  also  began  working  as  free  contractors  for  the  Company.  A 
run  of  very  poor  years  from  June,  1862,  to  June,  1867,  led  to  a  rapid 
abandonment  of  this  arrangement,  and  from  that  time  onwards,  most 
preferred  to  avoid  dependence  on  the  Company. 

Finally,  there  was  the  possibility  of  agriculture.  Palliser 
observed  as  early  as  1857  that  thirty  families  (possibly  180  people)  at 
Lac  Ste.  Anne  were  entirely  dependent  on  agriculture.    In  addition,  there 
were  many  people  who  were  growing  gardens  and  root  crops  when  they  were 
not  hunting,  and,  indeed,  the  hunts  were  timed  to  accomodate  the  care  of 
crops.    Rundle  noted  vegetable  gardens  and  some  wheat-growing  at  Pigeon 
Lake  in  1847,  where  there  were  natural  breaks  in  the  forest.    St.  Albert 
was  intended  to  replace  Lac  Ste.  Anne  as  an  agricultural  area  and,  while 
estimates  vary,  between  100  and  300  people  there  were  living  purely  by 
this  means. 

There  is  little  direct  objective  evidence  of  the  effectiveness  of 
these  efforts,  prior  to  the  1880' s.    However,  both  Indian  Department 
Reports  and  Interior  Department  records  (Indian  Department  1879-1898; 
Interior  Department  Nd.,  Vol.  273,  File  42767/1;  Edmonton  Bulletin,  July 
4,  1891;  July  25,  1892;  December  10,  1894)  suggest  that  the  people  of  the 
Upper  Saskatchewan  were  no  less  successful  than  American  or  Ontario 
settlers  during  the  early  1880's. 

Thus,  the  people  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  were  expecting  very  great 
changes,  and  some  effort  was  being  made  to  adapt  to  a  new  way  of  life, 
well  before  1870. 


THE  CRISIS  OF  1870 

The  year  1870  precipitated  or  foretold  the  changes  expected.  War 
and  tumult  were  followed  by  an  epidemic  no  less  devasting,  though  on  a 
smaller  scale,  than  the  Black  Death  had  been  in  the  Europe  of  the 
1350' s.    Rumored  and  real  war  and  tumult  resumed,  famine  threatened,  and 
the  form  of  government  changed. 

The  Smallpox 

Of  these  events,  the  smallpox  epidemic  was  the  most  decisive. 
Indeed,  among  the  Blackfoot  Confederacy,  it  is  still  "the  Great  Plague" 


-  15  - 


(Dempsey  1965;  Kathleen  Day,  personal  communication),  the  illness  never 
surpassed.    Even  in  areas  less  badly  affected,  the  memory  of  it  was  still 
very  clear,  and  a  matter  of  regular  conversation  as  late  as  the  1940's 
(Day  1985). 

The  illness  itself  remains  somewhat  mysterious.    The  general 
symptoms  suggest  that  the  strain  was  viral,  and  very  closely  resembled 
the  1836-1837  smallpox  strain.    Neither  was  a  normal  smallpox. 
Vaccination  had  been  in  practice  during  both  epidemics,  and  as  it  did  not 
prevent  attacks,  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  officers  believed  the  vaccine 
was  defective.    However,  further  examination  of  the  documents  produces  an 
alternative  conclusion:  normal  vaccination  prevented  death.  Apparently, 
by  December,  1870,  it  was  evident  that  survivors  of  the  1836-1837  disease 
were  immune,  and,  at  this  time,  observers  noted  that  the  disease 
particularly  attacked  younger  people  and  recent  immigrants. 

The  symptoms  were  consistently  described.    The  first  indication  was 
a  headache,  ranging  from  negligible  to  severe,  but  not  an  obvious  cause 
for  alarm.    However,  within  a  day,  the  victim  became  suddenly  weak,  and 
within  a  short  time  (not  more  than  twelve  hours  afterwards)  a  very  high 
fever  developed.    The  victim  felt  a  burning  sensation,  and  became 
extremely  sensitive  of  touch.    This  last  symptom  marked  the  point  at 
which  the  sores  that  led  to  subsequent  scarring  appeared.    The  crisis  of 
life  or  death  followed  very  shortly.    A  survivor  needed  four  to  six  weeks 
to  attain  any  semblance  of  health. 

The  disease  was  not  only  severe  in  the  short  run,  but  it  normally 
led  to  a  prolonged  weakness  of  the  body's  entire  system,  and  at  least 
some  people  were  permanently  affected.    There  were  usually  bad  cases  of 
rheumatoid  arthritis,  and  the  entire  circulatory  system  was  generally 
affected.    The  doctors  of  the  1890's  described  the  circulatory  illnessess 
as  "bizarre"  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vols.  1-3,;  Vol.  5,  Part  7).    It  is 
possible  that  the  very  high  incidence  of  lung  disease  and  scrofula  among 
treaty  Indians  (Lac  Ste  Anne,  Liber  Animarum,  1842-1859;  Vegreville 
1883-1893;  1894;  Indian  Department,  1879-98,  specifically  1883-1898)  and 
the  sometimes  fatal  effects  of  alcohol  on  the  native  people  arise  from 
the  same  prolonged  weaknesses  (Hudsons  Bay  Company  Post  Journals,  various 
posts,  especially  Rocky  Mountain  House;  Griesbach  1958:1-6;  Fryer  1982; 
OMI  Missions  1874:500-502;  Dempsey  1961:12-13).    Neither  characteristic 
seems  to  have  been  present  prior  to  1870.    It  is  also  noteworthy  that 
infant  mortality  rose  sharply  during  1870  (Christie  1871;  Day  1985), 
although  as  far  as  one  can  judge,  the  life  expectancy  of  adults  remained 
constant. 

The  actual  rates  of  death  and  survival  are  ultimately  matters  of 
conjecture,  particularly  since  the  numbers  of  Metis,  Europeans,  and 
Indians  in  the  northern  half  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  District  were 
normally  underestimated.    Ultimately,  the  best  quantitative  measurement 
of  smallpox  mortality  is  the  proportion  of  surviving  children  (Dempsey 
1961:12;  Day  1985).    This  figure  steadily  declines  as  the  people  examined 
are  located  farther  to  the  south.    In  the  northern  woods,  where  about  10% 
of  all  people  died,  63%  of  the  survivors  were  children.    In  the  Edmonton, 
St.  Albert,  and  Lac  Ste.  Anne  areas,  the  individuals'  records  examined 
showed  a  death  rate  of  24%;  and  57%  of  the  survivors  were  children.  But 
among  the  Blackfoot  Confederacy,  only  34%  of  the  survivors  were 


-  16  - 


children.    Given  this  relationship,  the  mortality  among  the  Blackfoot 
Confederacy  peoples  seems  to  have  been  about  40%.    The  Blackfoot  tribe 
itself  may  have  suffered  a  mortality  of  50%.    This  is  in  accord  with  the 
chronology  of  the  disease;  it  was  first  observed  at  Fort  Union,  Missouri, 
in  the  fall  of  1869,  was  among  the  Blackfeet  in  spring  of  1870,  reached 
St.  Albert  in  July,  and  Fort  Carlton  about  October.  Exposure, 
exhaustion,  and  disturbance  were  additional  dangers  on  the  Plains,  and 
took  thei r  added  tol 1 . 

In  approximate  figures,  there  were  not  fewer  than  23,740  persons 
residing  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  west  of  Lac  La  Biche  in  1870,  of  whom 
8,610  (35%)  died  between  July  and  December,  1970.    The  Metis  Scrip 
Applications  suggest  that  254  further  deaths  occurred  in  1871,  either 
because  of  the  disease  or  its  after-effects,  compared  to  about  640 
births.    Thus  there  were  about  15,536  people  in  the  same  district  in 
December,  1871. 

However,  this  only  accounts  for  survivors.    Both  the  Company  and 
missionaries  believed  that  the  number  of  people  who  fell  sick  and 
recovered  was  roughly  equal  to  the  number  of  those  who  died. 

Thus,  of  23,740  people,  between  15,020  and  17,210  were  attacked  by 
the  plague.    A  certain  number  of  the  remaining  people  were  immune  by 
virtue  of  having  suffered  and  survived  the  1836-1837  smallpox.  That 
number  could  be  as  low  as  2,600  or  as  high  as  3,600.    In  short,  the 
number  who  escaped  both  smallpox  epidemics  did  not  exceed  6,100  and  it 
may  have  been  as  low  as  2,900. 

Any  disaster  of  this  magnitude  will  have  very  great  effects.  One 
obvious  result  was  that  people  outside  the  affected  area  were  very 
unwilling  to  move  in.    At  this  crucial  point  in  the  North-West's 
development,  therefore,  the  isolation  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  people 
actually  increased  as  far  as  Manitoba  and  the  Lower  Saskatchewan  were 
concerned.    However,  contacts  with  the  United  States  were  not  affected, 
since  the  Missouri  Valley  upstream  from  Fort  Union  had  been  infected  at 
least  six  to  eight  months  earlier. 

Warfare 

The  casualties  among  younger  adults  and  children  were  very  high,  and 
so  the  population  abruptly  became  much  older.    The  generation  best  suited 
for  warfare,  men  between  the  ages  of  fourteen  and  approximately  forty, 
was  dramatically  reduced.    The  Blackfoot  Confederacy,  as  observed,  was 
much  more  devastated  than  other  peoples,  and  could  not  maintain  a 
presence  over  as  large  an  area;  too  many  warriors  were  dead.    The  area  of 
their  domination  retreated  southwards  to  a  line  marked  by  the  Red  River, 
the  Hand  Hills,  the  South  Saskatchewan  River,  and  the  west  side  of  the 
Cypress  Hills.    The  Blackfoot  Confederacy  was  thus  still  able  to  maintain 
control  over  a  sizeable,  if  reduced,  territory. 

The  smallpox  interrupted  a  possible  war.    In  addition,  it  may  well 
have  had  significant  effects  on  the  buffalo  hunts  after  1871.  The 
decrease  of  the  buffalo  was  a  fact  well-known  among  both  the  indigenous 
people  and  outside  observers  at  least  as  early  as  Palliser's  time 
(Hardisty  Papers,  Various  Items).    To  some  extent,  at  least  the  Parkland 
people  were  already  seeking  other  ways  to  make  a  living.    However,  the 


-  17  - 


date  of  probable  extinction  was  unknown,  the  best  estimate  being  that  of 
Isidore  Dumont  at  Batoche,  who  placed  it  between  1885  and  1890  (Hardisty 
Papers,  Item  143). 

An  obvious  factor  is  that  fewer  buffalo  were  now  required  to  feed 
the  many  fewer  people.    Occasional  indications  in  the  earliest  issues  of 
the  Edmonton  Bulletin  and  Indian  Department  documents  leave  the 
impression  that  the  supply  of  whitefish  for  food  also  temporarily 
improved  in  the  later  1870's  and  early  1880's.    It  might  be  argued,  then, 
that  decreased  demand  owing  to  the  smallpox  allowed  the  buffalo  hunts  to 
last  a  few  more  years  on  the  Canadian  Plains. 

If  the  buffalo  had  vanished  in  1874  or  1875  instead  of  1879,  it  is 
quite  possible  that  the  consequences  would  have  been  much  more  serious. 
The  Treaties  between  Canada  and  the  native  people  would  not  have  been  in 
place,  and,  whatever  their  faults,  the  Treaties  did  provide  a  certain 
guarantee  of  available  social  resources.    In  1879  there  was  a  police 
force  capable  of  reacting  to  events  and  there  might  not  have  been  in 
1874.    The  appearance  of  Sitting  Bull's  Sioux  might  then  have  been  much 
more  serious.    By  1879,  efficient  grist  and  saw  mills  existed  and  the 
lack  of  these  had  previously  discouraged  agriculture  (Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  December  29,  1874).    Finally,  the  people  had  a  few 
more  years  to  adapt  to  a  society  without  buffalo. 

Among  these  effects  of  the  smallpox  epidemic  may  be  counted  the 
possibility  of  a  large,  quasi-permanent  dwelling  place  in  the  Buffalo 
Lake  area.    The  inability  of  the  Blackfeet  to  contest  control  of  the 
district,  the  apparent  stability  of  the  new  peace  between  the  native 
peoples,  and  the  continuation  of  large-scale  buffalo  hunts  into  the  late 
1870's  made  some  sort  of  permanent  gathering  place  in  this  district 
desi  rable. 

Confederation 

1870  is  normally  considered  as  a  turning  point  in  northwestern 
Canada,  owing  to  that  area's  coming  under  Canadian  jurisdiction.    This  is 
doubtless  all  the  more  so  because  of  the  Riel  resistance.    As  an 
immediate  event,  the  transfer  of  sovereignity  had  little  regional 
importance,  but  it  cannot  be  entirely  ignored. 

The  transfer  was  expected.    The  Hudson's  Bay  Company  officers  were 
necessarily  informed  by  the  Company's  headquarters  in  London,  Montreal, 
York  Factory,  and  Fort  Garry.    The  Methodist  missionaries  were  now 
supplied  from  Ontario,  and  the  Roman  Catholic  Church  had  begun  the 
process  of  instituting  a  regular  diocese  at  St.  Albert  in  anticipation  of 
the  transfer  (Benoit  1904:564-565,  571-577). 

However,  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  was  still  very  isolated.    At  best, 
news  from  Red  River  took  a  month  to  arrive  (North-West  Territories 
Legislative  Council  1873-1875,  September  8,  1873).    Lawrence  Clarke, 
Chief  Factor  at  Fort  Carlton,  for  example,  was  able  to  deliver  the  only 
written  news  of  Riel's  actions  in  April,  1870  (Edmonton  Post  Journals, 
April  11,  1870). 

In  any  event,  the  affairs  at  Red  River  were  not  of  immediate 
interest.    The  Upper  Saskatchewan  would  have  been  unable  to  do  much  about 
Riel's  resistance  in  any  event,  and  any  reliable  evidence  suggests  that 
the  district  either  knew  little  of  Riel,  or  disliked  him. 


-  18  - 


Yet  there  were  common  concerns  about  Confederation.    Although  John 
McDougall  was  able  to  obtain  an  assurance  of  loyalty  from  the  Stoney 
Chiefs  on  December  16,  1869,  the  leading  men  expressed  uneasiness  at  the 
absence  of  a  clear  government  policy  (J.  McDougall  1870:105-106). 
Councils  were  held  among  at  least  the  Woods  Cree,  once  it  became  safe  to 
gather  again,  and  several  Chiefs,  under  Sweetgrass'  leadership,  met  with 
Christie  on  April  13,  1871  (Edmonton  Post  Journals;  Morris 
1880:169-171).    They  expressed  resentment  that  they  had  not  been 
consulted  with  respect  to  the  land  which  they  continued  to  regard  as 
their  own,  along  with  concern  at  the  decline  of  all  fur-bearing  animals, 
the  possible  resumption  of  war  with  the  Blackfeet,  and  the  need  for  both 
instructional  and  material  assistance  in  agricultural  training.    After  a 
reasonably  friendly  meeting,  Christie  forwarded  these  matters  on  to  the 
new  Canadian  authorities. 

Similarly,  on  or  shortly  before  December  18,  1870,  Grandin  presided 
over  a  general  meeting  of  the  residents  of  St.  Albert  (Edmonton  Post 
Journals,  December  18,  1870;  Hardisty  Papers,  Item  140).    The  concerns  of 
this  meeting  involved  three  matters.    As  at  Red  River,  recognition  of 
existing  land  holdings,  and  the  establishment  of  a  hunting  and  trapping 
reserve  were  desired.    The  meeting  also  codified  the  customary  hunting 
laws,  and  may,  like  the  St.  Laurent  Settlement,  have  proposed 
conservation  rules.    Unlike  either  of  the  other  settlements,  however,  the 
meeting  recognized  the  requirement  that  the  new  government  be  advised  of 
these  changes  before  their  implementation.    Although  misunderstandings 
prevented  a  quick  resolution,  Governor  Archibald  was  able  to  confirm  all 
the  St.  Albert  bylaws  except  the  large  reserve,  which  was  opposed  by  the 
Company,  the  Canadian  Government,  and  local  non-Metis  residents 
(Archibald  1871-1872;  Christie  1872-1873;  Hardisty  Papers,  Item  140). 

The  coming  of  regular  government,  and  the  confirmation  of  the 
community's  rules  resolved  most  uncertainties  regarding  the  transfer  of 
power.    We  may  now  turn  to  the  Buffalo  Lake  community  itself. 


BUFFALO  LAKE  BEFORE  1872 

Although  the  central  years  of  this  discussion  lie  between  1872  and 
1878,  the  Buffalo  Lake  site's  earlier  history  requires  a  brief 
examination. 

Prehistoric  occupation  in  the  Buffalo  Lake  region  was  very  long  in 
duration  (Doll  1982),  perhaps  because  the  district  provided  the  necessary 
conditions  for  continuing  seasonal  encampment.    It  lay  along  a  major  bird 
migration  route,  and,  like  Beaverhills  and  Bittern  Lakes,  had  an 
extensive  supply  of  waterfowl.    It  seems  to  have  had  a  good  stand  of 
wood,  at  least  of  willow  and  poplar,  at  all  times.    Palliser's  expedition 
thought  that  it  had  been  much  more  heavily  forested  in  an  unrecorded 
past.    Thus,  fuel,  shelter,  and  building  materials  were  present.    It  was 
perhaps  the  southernmost  point  for  simultaneous  supply  of  wood  and  water 
for  people  of  the  Plains,  and  the  furthest  southwards  base  for  Parklands 
people. 


-  19  - 


As  a  documented  historical  entity,  Buffalo  Lake  comes  only  slowly  to 
notice.    Its  earliest  appearance  is  as  a  passing  reference  in  David 
Thompson's  map  and  writings  (Coues  1897).    Hudson's  Bay  Company  records 
deriving  from  Edmonton  and  referring  to  Company  servants  hunting  in  the 
1820's  and  1830's  are  consistent  with  the  hunters  being  in  the  area  of 
Buffalo  Lake,  but  the  place  itself  is  not  mentioned. 

The  Reverend  Robert  Rundle  visited  the  Buffalo  Lake  vicinity  at 
least  twice,  between  September  18  and  27  and  November  25  and  December  1, 
1844.    On  the  first  occasion,  he  was  at  a  Cree  camp  led  by  Chief 
Maskepetoon.    Although  the  exact  place  cannot  be  determined  with 
confidence,  it  seems  that  Maskepetoon ' s  camp  was  at  or  near  Spotted  Lake. 

The  November  visit  is  even  more  obscure  as  to  place.    However,  a 
diary  entry  refers  to  his  returning  to  Edmonton  on  December  2  by 
sleighing  across  the  lake  and  suggests  that  he  had  been  at  the  northeast 
side  (Rundle  1977:166-167).    Both  Crees  and  Stoneys  were  at  this  place. 

The  Reverend  Albert  Lacombe  visited  the  Blackfeet  at  or  near  the 
lake  some  time  prior  to  1859  (March  1857,  according  to  his  reckoning). 
He  thought  there  were  ten  camps  of  about  sixty  tents  each.    He  was  almost 
certainly  at  the  northeast  side  of  the  lake  on  this  occasion,  as  he  came 
by  way  of  the  Beaver  Hills  and  Beaver  Lake  (Lacombe  1890).    He  also 
visited  the  Tail  Creek  area,  with  a  view  to  considering  it  as  an 
alternative  settlement  to  Lac  Ste.  Anne.    However,  he  rejected  it  as 
lacking  in  suitable  building  wood,  although  he  believed  such  wood  could 
be  floated  down  the  Red  Deer  River  (Spry  1968:60). 

Palliser  himself  was  at  Boss  Hill  in  June,  1859,  although  it  was 
then  unoccupied.    The  Rev.  Thomas  Woolsey  was  apparently  in  the  region 
with  Sampson's  band  in  1861  (Woolsey  and  McDougall  1861-1870),  and  in 
1865,  Lacombe  visited  a  Blackfoot  camp  in  the  vicinity  attacked  by 
scarlet  fever  (Lacombe  1865;  Scollen  1862-1864,  December  29,  1864).  He 
was  present  at  a  major  Cree-Blackfoot  battle  a  short  distance  northeast 
of  Buffalo  Lake  on  December  5,  1865  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  23,  May 
24,  1866;  Lacombe  1866). 

Indeed,  there  are  sound  reasons  for  believing  that  a  small  permanent 
Metis  settlement  was  taking  form  perhaps  as  early  as  late  1861.  Several 
families  of  St.  Albert  origin  claimed  to  have  resided  in  the  Battle  River 
area  throughout  the  decade,  and  at  least  two  others  had  been  among  the 
Plains  people  for  some  years.    The  first  group  comprised  the  complex  of 
"Dumont-Salois"  families,  held  together  by  a  tight  series  of 
intermarriages  that  can  be  traced  back  to  the  late  eighteenth  century. 
The  two  other  families  were  those  founded  by  Hugh  Munro,  and  James  "Jimmy 
Jock"  Bird.    The  Dumonts,  Munros,  and  Birds  had  married  into  Blackfoot 
families,  but  had  not  lost  confidence  among  the  Stoneys  (Spry  1968; 
Edmonton  Post  Journals,  ca.  1825-1870;  Simpson  1821-1854;  Rundle  1976; 
Scrip  Applications;    Lac  Ste  Anne,  Liber  Animarum,  1842-1859).  The 
Salois  family,  itself  closely  intermarried  to  the  Dumont  family,  had 
marriage  alliances  among  the  Crees  and  Saulteaux. 

It  must  be  pointed  out,  however,  that  the  term  "Battle  River,"  as 
used  by  these  families,  could  equally  well  describe  any  point  on  the 
river  between  Pigeon  Lake  and  the  upper  end  of  Dried  Meat  Lake  (Figure 
1),  as  well  as  Buffalo  Lake  and  the  Beaver  Lake-Bittern  Lake  areas. 


-  20  - 


One  thing  is  very  clear  about  this  small  Metis  group:  it  was 
comprised  of  trading  families.    On  occasion,  they  traded  on  the  Company's 
behalf,  at  other  times,  on  their  own.    In  the  1860's,  it  would  have  been 
difficult  for  any  family  occupied  with  hunting  or  agriculture  to  remain 
here  if  it  lacked  the  confidence  of  any  of  the  upper  Saskatchewan  peoples. 

At  this  time,  Blackfoot  parties  headed  for  Edmonton,  and  Parkland 
parties  headed  for  the  Plains,  would  normally  have  passed  Buffalo  Lake 
(on  either  side)  or  Salois'  Crossing  (Duhamel).    True  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  trading  servants,  notably  Olivier  Bellerose,  or  free  traders, 
such  as  the  family  of  Moise  Goulet  (Edmonton  Post  Journals,  1857-1873; 
Northern  Department  Council,  1868-1880;  Charette  1976)  would  be  among  the 
Parkland  hunters.    In  the  Battle  River  area  the  trading  families  would  be 
in  a  good  position  to  intercept  trade  going  in  either  direction,  and  to 
anticipate  their  competitors'  strength.    As  one  missionary  (Fourmond) 
observed,  Salois'  Crossing  was  "the  entrance  to  the  great  prairie"  (OMI 
Missions  1872:479ff). 

Whatever  doubts  may  exist  about  some  trading  nuclei  are  resolved  by 
1868.    In  that  year  three  of  the  Dumont  family  of  St.  Albert  sold  their 
River  Lots  at  St.  Albert  (Interior  Department  Nd.,  Vol.  322,  File  75265; 
Vol.  328,  Files  80042  and  81183;  Vol.  359,  File  95291). 

From  1868  onwards,  Lacombe,  Tache,  and  Grandin  all  mention  the 
existence  of  a  mission  building,  described  as  a  pied-a-terre,  at  Buffalo 
Lake  (Lacombe  1866;  Tache  1869:70-71,  153;  OMI  Missions  1873:184-193). 
It  probably  was  not  occupied  in  winter,  the  missionary  or  missionaries 
apparently  returning  to  St.  Paul  des  Cris,  or  (less  likely)  St.  Albert  at 
the  end  of  the  September  and  October  hunts  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  6, 
Parts  5  and  8;  Vol.  15,  Part  3,  November  2,  1868).    Nor  was  it  occupied 
by  whichever  missionary  stayed  with  the  hunt  itself  (OMI  Missions 
1872:31).    The  Catholic  Church  could  not  have  afforded  to  erect  any  such 
building  (OMI,  various  references,  especially  Missions  1872:31;  Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  7,  Part  12).    It  suggests,  therefore,  some  existing 
settlement. 

Consequently,  two  significantly  different  things  distinguished 
Buffalo  Lake  before  1870.    It  apparently  was  already  something  rather 
more  than  a  hunters'  campsite:  it  had  a  trading  nucleus  with  connections 
into  nearby  hunting  groups.    Second,  its  posession  of  even  a  seasonally 
occupied  church  (more  exactly,  a  house-chapel)  already  speaks  of  the 
beginnings  of  social  institutions. 

The  large  hunting  parties  of  freemen  from  the  Parkland  should  almost 
be  considered  as  "moving  settlements,"  rather  than  nomadic  communities. 
Indeed,  the  Reverend  Rene  Remas  observed  that,  during  the  fall  hunt  of 
1864,  he  found  that  movement  from  place  to  place  was  the  only 
distinguishing  mark  between  the  St.  Albert-Lac  Ste.  Anne  people  and  a 
normal  county  parish  in  France  (Remas  1860-1868,  December  19,  1864). 

The  Reverend  J. -Vital  Fourmond's  account  of  the  disastrous  hunt  of 
fall,  1870  (OMI  Missions  1872:477)  allows  a  glimpse  into  the  relationship 
between  this  postulated  commercial  centre  and  these  very  large  parties  of 
hunters.    On  September  3,  the  hunting  camp  had  proceeded  from  Whitford 
Lake  to  Pretty  Hill,  five  to  six  miles  north  of  what  is  now  Duhamel  (OMI 
Missions  1872:480).    Although  some  buffalo  were  north  of  the  Battle 
River,  the  party  hoped  to  cross  before  the  smallpox  intervened.    About  60 


-  21  - 


lodges,  10  feet  in  diameter,  were  set  aside  for  the  sick.  Fourmond  had 
great  difficulty  in  estimating  their  number.  Although  most  lodges  held 
about  three  to  five  sick  people,  there  could  be  up  to  ten. 

The  camp  slowly  moved  towards  present-day  Duhamel ,  but  was  attacked 
by  a  prairie  fire  on  September  9.    It  was  now  quite  impossible  for  the 
camp  to  do  anything,  as  nearly  everyone  was  sick  or  dying.    Although  the 
hunting  party  was  able  to  reach  Duhamel  about  September  20,  nothing  but 
prairie  fires  could  be  seen  south  of  the  river.    The  trading  centre, 
therefore,  was  clearly  south  of  Duhamel,  presumably  on  the  main  trail 
going  southwards.    All  of  this  would  be  consistent  with  either  the 
Spotted  Lake  or  the  Boss  Hill  Sites. 

The  entire  party  retreated  to  Edmonton,  where  Chief  Factor  Christie 
had  been  able  to  obtain  emergency  food  supplies.    Louis  Montagnais  and 
most  of  his  council  chose  to  stay  at  St.  Albert,  but  at  the  end  of 
October: 

.  .  .  the  others,  in  larger  numbers,  resolved  to  build 
houses  on  the  bank  of  the  Battle  River,  thinking  to  find, 
in  this  country  of  hunters,  a  way  of  existing  that  they  had 
only  found  with  great  difficulty  everywhere  else.    At  all 
times,  these  latter  people  only  joined  this  party  on  the 
condition  that  a  Father  would  be  given  to  pass  the  winter 
with  them  [Fourmond,  translation,  OMI  Missions  1872:505]. 

From  later  affidavits  presented  to  the  Department  of  the  Interior 
(A.  Salois,  Claim  to  River  Lot  46,  Duhamel,  in  Interior  Department  Papers 
Nd.,  Vol.  315,  File  73489;  Fourmond  1871-1879),  it  seems  very  probable 
that  this  event  was  the  founding  of  the  settlement  of  Salois'  Crossing 
(Duhamel) . 

Although  valuable  additional  information  derives  from  missionary 
sources,  the  Edmonton  Post  Journal  best  summarizes  the  year's  events. 
The  earliest  hunting,  which  started  in  mid-February,  was  a  qualified 
failure;  the  buffalo  were  plentiful,  but  very  far  out  on  the  Plains. 
Reverend  Alexis  Andre  confirms  Fourmond  in  this.    Based  on  Andre's  report 
in  the  Post  Journal  on  February  27,  and  remarks  by  Scollen,  they  reached 
a  point  at  or  near  the  north  end  of  the  Hand  Hills  (Edmonton  Post 
Journals,  February  27,  1871;  Scollen  1862-1864;  1872b).    The  men  who 
traded  on  behalf  of  the  Company,  John  Rowland,  John  Fraser,  and  Louis 
Chastellain,  had  disappointing  results,  and  apparently  much  of  the 
freeman's  buffalo  meat  had  spoiled  or  there  had  been  some  illness  among 
the  buffalo.    This  last  observation  may  be  relevant  to  a  discussion  of 
the  buffalo's  ultimate  disappearance. 

The  Edmonton  Post  Journals  insist  that  although  the  hunters  were 
having  to  go  far  to  the  south,  a  fixed  camp  existed  three  days  away  and 
the  Company's  trader  had  to  be  there. 

The  second  regular  hunt  out  of  St.  Albert  (May-August)  was 
moderately  better;  the  buffalo  seem  to  have  come  a  little  farther  north 
than  in  March  and  were  found  in  a  line  again  starting  at  the  north  side 
of  the  Hand  Hills,  but  stretching  to  the  Neutral  Hills,  where  it  was 
reported  that  the  St.  Albert  and  Fort  Pitt  Crees  and  Metis  found 
plentiful  herds. 


-  22  - 


There  were  some  obvious  clouds  on  the  area's  horizons.    The  winter 
of  1870-1871  had  not  been  easy  for  the  group  out  on  the  Plains  (Edmonton 
Post  Journals,  May  2,  1871;  Campbell  1871 :xiv),  and  in  Scollen's  view, 
heavy  rains  had  made  all  the  trails  too  difficult  for  a  people  weakened 
by  smallpox  and  for  their  draught  animals  (Scollen  1872a).    Both  local 
and  Red  River  traders  were  dealing  in  whiskey,  while  all  travellers  and 
freighters  from  the  area  were  unwelcome  in  Red  River,  due  to  the  epidemic 
(Edmonton  Post  Journals,  July  31,  September  18,  1871;  Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  23,  December  22,  1871;  Vol.  5,  Part  7,  St.  Albert)  To 
some  observers,  particularly  Grandin,  the  limited  success  of  the  hunt, 
given  that  there  were  many  fewer  hunters,  and  many  fewer  dependants  to 
feed,  did  not  mask  its  continuing  serious  decline  (Grandin,  Transcripts, 
Vol.  4).    At  the  same  time,  the  heavy  rains  had  destroyed  the  St.  Albert 
Mission's  new  watermill  (Edmonton  Post  Journals,  November  19,  1871), 
which  would  discourage  agriculture. 

The  district  around  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  was  the  centre  of 
considerable  activity  prior  to  1872,  but  this  activity  apparently  did  not 
produce  a  site  of  the  "classical"  hi vernant  nature.    The  Buffalo  Lake 
site  appears  to  have  had  a  distinctive  identity,  which  drew  a  different 
type  of  inhabitant  than,  for  example,  those  people  of  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  who  were  drawn  farther  southwards  in  a  contemporary 
migration  towards  the  Bow  River. 

While  recognizing  that  scholarly  debate  continues  as  to  use  of  the 
term,  the  best  meaning  in  this  district  is  as  follows.    An  hi vernant 
(winterer)  is  a  person  whose  involvement  in  the  fur  trade  requires 
absence  from  his  or  her  normal  place  of  residence.    A  "wintering  place" 
is  the  residential  place  during  these  involvements. 

However,  time  and  space  restrictions  were  generally  observed  in  the 
definition:  normally,  the  cycle  was  one  calendar  year,  and  the  word 
hi vernant,  by  the  1870's,  increasingly  applied  to  hunting  families  who 
entered  and  left  the  Plains  from  reasonably  permanent  places  in  the 
Parkland  and  woods.    Traders  who  accompanied  organized  hunts  also 
qualified. 

One  of  the  best,  if  not  the  best,  descriptions  of  a  hi vernant  site 
appears  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Reverend  J.-J.-M.  Lestanc  (1910).  John 
Kerr  (Sissons  1946:88-104)  is  also  useful. 

The  families  at  Wood  Mountain  (Figures  1,6a)  were  generally  from 
Pembina  and  St.  Francois  Xavier  Parish  at  Red  River,  and  as  far  as 
Lestanc  could  tell,  about  200  families  were  still  "resident"  in  Manitoba 
in  summer  and  winter.    However,  in  summer,  they  lived  in  tents  (which 
Lestanc  distinguished  from  lodges  or  tipis),  but,  in  October,  a 
"wintering  site"  would  be  chosen  where  wood,  pasturage,  and  buffalo  were 
all  nearby.    His  observations  are  here  in  translation: 

.  .  .  and  ten  or  twelve  days  later,  each  family  had  its 
cabin  erected  with  floors,  ceiling,  door,  a  fireplace  and 
a  chimney,  where  they  spent  the  winter  comfortably 
enough.    When  they  had  a  priest,  they  arranged  to  build 
him  a  church  and  a  house  ...    As  soon  as  the  cabins  were 
finished,  the  men  and  boys  left  for  the  hunt  with  carts 
they  had  made  themselves.  .  .  . 


-  23  - 


The  elderly,  the  women,  and  children  remained  home. 
The  elderly  men  and  boys  gathered  and  chopped  wood,  the 
women  took  care  of  the  household  and  kitchen  and  scraped 
the  skins.    This  scraping  of  skins  was  very  long  and  very 
hard  work. 

My  ministry  was  a  bit  like  the  ministry  of  a  parish 
curate,  especially  teaching  catechism.    One  winter  I 
taught  a  school  with  a  score  of  children  [Lestanc  1910]. 

After  a  full  winter's  hunting,  robes  and  furs  were  taken  back  to 
Winnipeg  in  March  and  April  by  the  Metis. 

Two  matters  must  be  noted.    Unlike  a  hunting  camp,  which  was  made  up 
of  lodges,  carts,  and  horse  pounds,  the  "wintering  place"  used  houses. 
Unlike  the  Buffalo  Lake  site,  a  new  "wintering  place"  site  was  built  each 
year. 

The  people  of  this  particular  place  dispersed  to  Turtle  Mountain, 
Qu'Appelle,  Batoche,  and  the  Cypress  Hills  in  1877.    They  are  not  to  be 
confused  with  the  people  of  "Riviere  la  Biche,"  whom  Lestanc  also 
described . 

In  November,  1878,  the  people  at  "Riviere  la  Biche"  (just  east  of 
Empress,  Alberta,  Figure  1)  asked  Lestanc  to  visit,  which  he  did  for  a 
month.    "Riviere  la  Biche"  was  a  general  term  for  several  distinct 
places:  the  largest  village  had  20  Metis  families,  a  smaller  one  had  11, 
and  a  third  had  three  or  four.    The  first  was  on  the  north  side  of  the 
Red  River  and  at  its  junction  with  the  South  Saskatchewan  ("Belly"  to 
Lestanc);  the  second  was  10  to  12  miles  east  of  that;  and  the  smallest 
was  on  the  south  bank  and  still  farther  east.    About  50  tents  of  Pagan 
Saulteaux  and  a  small  number  of  Crees,  some  Christian  and  some  Pagan, 
made  up  two  additional  places.    The  people  here  were  a  contrast  to  those 
in  the  settlement  previously  described,  both  in  their  religious 
ignorance,  and  in  their  determination  not  to  travel.    From  Lestanc's 
baptismal  records,  Grandin's  Diary,  and  Edmonton  Bulletin  reports  prior 
to  1884,  this  Metis  settlement  was  essentially  composed  of  freighters  and 
traders  who  placed  themselves  on  a  well-travelled  hunting  route. 

The  Buffalo  Lake  site,  at  the  end  of  1871,  seems  to  have  resembled 
more  closely  the  settlement  at  Riviere  La  Biche  than  the  one  at  Wood 
Mountain.    The  families  which  can  be  traced  to  this  date  in  the  district 
were  a  group  of  trading  families,  who  had  several  intermarriages  with 
residents  at  Beaver  Lake,  the  Beaver  Hills,  and  the  Battle  River  valley. 
By  this  time  there  was  also  a  new  settlement  that  can  be  placed  with 
reasonable  assurance  at  Salois'  Crossing. 

In  addition  to  the  Salois  family's  very  close  intermarriages  with 
these  trading  families,  Abraham  Salois  himself  (whose  photograph  is  on 
the  cover  of  this  monograph)  was  freighting  both  for  the  Company  and  for 
himself.    He  is  known  to  have  been  planting  wheat  and  potatoes,  and  his 
son  Gabriel  was  hauling  hay  from  Hay  Lake. 

The  1871  Edmonton  Post  Journal  presupposes  a  centre  south  of  the 
Battle  River,  where  the  hunters  were  being  met,  if  only  by  the  Company's 
traders.  The  best  site  for  the  desired  quantities  of  wood  and  water,  and 
easiest  access  to  the  Plains  seems  to  be  the  Buffalo  Lake  locality  near 
Boss  Hill.    The  attempt  to  cross  at  Salois'  Crossing,  rather  than  Todd's 


-  24  - 


Crossing  in  1870,  and  a  Beaver  Hills-Beaver  Lake-Pipestone  Creek 
connection,  also  support  this. 

To  sum  up  events  prior  to  the  "core  period,"  the  historical  evidence 
perhaps  points  to  an  older  and  an  unusual  site  near  Boss  Hill.    It  is  not 
a  Wood  Mountain-style  of  wintering  settlement,  but  a  trading  outpost. 
If,  therefore,  the  site  is  now  to  be  considered  as  a  refuge  for  hi vernant 
migrants,  it  is  not  neccessarily  a  "wintering  place,"  at  least  in  the 
strict  sense. 

Because  the  scrip  applications  give  some  indications  of  the  total 
numbers  of  people  we  may  call  "Battle  River"  Metis,  the  overall  figures, 
including  1871,  will  be  of  interest. 


TABLE  1 


SAMPLE  OF  METIS  POPULATION.  BATTLE  RIVER  AREA 

Year 

Population 

1850 

4 

1855 

11 

1860 

16 

1865 

46 

1869 

76 

1870 

95 

1871 

126 

The  term  "sample"  is  not  used  lightly.    A  complete  search  of 
applications  between  1887  and  1906  was  not  possible,  and  the  numbers  of 
people  who  took  (and  stayed  in)  the  Indian  Treaty  are  not  included. 
However,  2,100  and  more  Metis  individuals  have  been  traced,  793  of  whom 
have  a  connection  with  the  Battle  and  Bow  River  migrations. 


CHAPTER  III 


THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE, 
HISTORY  FROM  1872  TO  1878 


1872 


Almost  as  soon  as  the  year  1872  began,  on  January  4,  the  people  of 
the  Lac  Ste.  Anne  area  headed  out  towards  the  Plains. 

From  Edmonton's  point  of  view,  the  first  hunt  was  disquieting. 
Normally,  at  least  some  of  the  freeman  would  have  returned  in  late  March 
or  early  April  to  carry  out  seeding  operations.    Apparently  this  did  not 
happen.    One  small  party,  apparently  from  Iron  Creek,  arrived  early  in 
May,  and  no  very  large  group  arrived  until  July  22.    Reports  to  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company  in  June  and  early  July  suggested  that  the  buffalo 
herds  were  very  far  off,  and  that  the  Parkland  hunters'  schedule  was 
unexpectedly  elongated.    Those  who  came  back  in  large  numbers  did  so  at 
the  beginning  of  August,  and  the  Company's  one  reliable  Plains  trader  for 
that  year,  Olivier  Bellerose,  indicated  that  many  intended  to  remain  away 
(Edmonton  Post  Journals,  January-June,  1872). 

Nominally,  the  two  calendar  years  of  1871  and  1872  indicate  a  poor 
series  of  hunts  in  1872.    Provisions  from  buffalo  came  to  106,721  pounds 
of  meat,  excluding  63  tongues,  in  1871.    In  1872  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
received  only  23,905  pounds  of  meat  and  95  tongues.    Agents  such  as 
Bellerose  accounted  for  about  half  of  the  meat  in  1871,  but  74%  of  the 
meat  in  1872.    Also,  although  the  Company  received  buffalo  robes  and 
skins  from  hunters,  its  own  traders  avoided  them.    Only  128  robes  out  of 
1,562  came  through  these  agents  (Edmonton  Post  Journals,  January, 
1871 -December,  1872). 

There  was,  in  fact,  very  considerable  activity  in  the  hunts.  The 
Reverend  Alexandre  Blanchet  was  the  first  of  several  clerics  who  became 
involved,  as  he  left  with  the  Lac  Ste.  Anne  hunters  in  January.    On  the 
initial  trip  out,  they  had  to  go  much  farther  south  than  expected, 
certainly  into  "Palliser's  Triangle"  (OMI  Missions  1874:510).  However, 
it  appears  that  this  party  found  enough  to  return  northwards  at  least  by 
April.    At  this  time,  a  herd  near  Iron  Creek  had  been  found  by  some  of 
the  St.  Paul  and  Saddle  lake  Crees;  it  was  large,  and  had  apparently  fled 
there  from  prairie  fires  to  the  south  (Doucet  1869-1877).    Grandin  (OMI 
Missions  1873:354)  noted  in  his  Annual  Report  on  his  diocese  that  Buffalo 
Lake  and  Pigeon  Lake  had  been  visited  as  regularly  as  travel  allowed,  and 
the  Reverend  George  McDougall  found  most  of  the  Victoria  Metis  at  Todd's 
crossing  and  in  the  Bear's  Hill  bend  of  the  Battle  River.  However, 
McDougall  mentions  that  the  trail  to  Tail  Creek  was  uninhabited.  He 
first  met  anyone  to  the  south  near  Dog  Pound  Creek.    About  300  Stoneys 
were  back  at  Pigeon  Lake  (Campbell  1872:245-246;  G.  McDougall  1872a:243; 
1872b:246-247;  1873a :310-311 ;  1 873b:31 1 -31 2) ,  and  Grandin  (Transcripts, 
Vol.  6,  Part  11,  1872-1873)  estimated  that  as  many  as  500  Carlton,  Pitt, 


-  26  - 


Victoria,  and  St.  Albert  Metis  were  staying  in  the  hunting  areas  that 
year. 

As  a  partial  explanation  for  the  length  of  the  winter  hunt,  there 
were  still  two  matters  of  uneasiness  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan.  One  of 
these  matters  was  the  entry  of  the  area  into  Canadian  jurisdiction.  All 
sources  remarked  on  the  absence  of  effort  by  the  new  government  to  answer 
the  concerns  of  the  "Indians."    At  the  same  time,  news  from  Red  River  was 
both  ominous  and  rare  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  Easter,  1872;  G. 
McDougall  1 873a : 31 0-311 ) .    Visitors  from  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  were 
distinctly  unwelcome  as  a  result  of  the  smallpox,  and  the  freighters  and 
traders  were  consequently  badly  informed:  therefore,  they  decided  that  it 
was  necessary  to  go  by  way  of  Fort  Benton  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  9, 
Easter,  1872). 

The  Methodists  (Campbell  1872:245-246;  G.  McDougall  1872a:243; 
1872b:246-247;  1 873a : 31 0-311 ;  1 873b : 31 1 -31 2) ,  George  and  John  McDougall, 
and  Peter  Campbell,  had  become  aware  of  American  whiskey  traders  coming 
farther  into  the  country.    The  Stoneys  in  the  Bow  River  area  were  also 
becoming  less  enthusiastic  about  travelling  to  Pigeon  Lake  as  a  matter  of 
course.    No  less  alarming  to  the  Methodists  was  the  real  or  rumoured 
appearance  of  Montana  Jesuits,  and  the  proximity  of  the  heathen 
Blackfeet.    Although  the  Bow  River  Stoneys  still  seemed  faithful,  they 
were  demanding,  and  required,  a  mission  away  from  Rocky  Mountain  House 
and  Pigeon  Lake.    At  the  same  time,  a  Blackfoot  mission  might  become 
possible. 

George  McDougall's  accounts  have  a  confused  chronology.    His  dates 
appear  to  be  one  month  late.    As  far  as  they  can  be  reconciled,  about  the 
beginning  of  April  he  met  John  McDougall  and  the  Victoria  hunters  at 
Bear's  Hill,  and  carried  on  to  Morley  by  way  of  Todd's  Crossing,  Grande 
Pointe,  Tail  Creek,  Antler  Hill,  Red  Deer  River,  Little  Red  Deer  River, 
and  Dog  Pound  Creek,  reaching  the  Bow  River's  northern  bank  on  April  7. 
They  crossed  the  River,  where  the  Chief  Dogpound  and  Bear's  Paw  bands  of 
284  people  and  42  tents  happened  to  be.    Apart  from  discussing  the  new 
mission  site,  the  band  proposed  an  agreed  boundary  with  the  Blackfoot 
tribes . 

Grandin  left  for  a  visit  to  the  Plains  about  the  same  time  (Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  July  3,  1872  (two  letters);  July  24,  1872;  Vol  14, 
Part  3,  Grandin  to  Aubert,  December,  1872;  Vol.  17,  Part  2,  April  30, 
1873;  Vol.  23,  August,  1872;  March  13,  1873;    Scollen  1872b;  Doucet 
1869-1877;  OMI  Missions  1873:208-354;  1874:499-505;  1880:167-170).  It 
appears  that  he  had  heard  from  Blanchet  or  the  freemen  about  the  herd  at 
Iron  Creek,  and  so  he  started  for  St.  Paul  des  Cris  with  Brother 
Constantine  Scollen  as  his  interpreter.    There  was  a  camp  of  20  tents  of 
Crees,  and  possibly  a  few  traders  there,  and  before  leaving,  the  people 
expressed  to  him  a  series  of  continuing  concerns.    They  expected  not  only 
the  extinction  of  the  buffalo,  but  the  probable  extinction  of  the  beaver 
before  long.    They  repeated  their  desire  for  houses  rather  than  lodges 
and  for  assistance  in  learning  cultivation  and  livestock  raising.  They 
observed  that  they  lacked  both  tools  and  knowledge.    They  also  wanted  St. 
Paul  des  Cris  to  be  moved;  it  was,  by  common  agreement,  a  poor  place  for 
settlement. 


-  27  - 


Consequently,  Grandin  and  the  camp  at  St.  Paul  des  Cris  left  rather 
late,  on  May  28.    The  camp  had  nothing  to  eat,  and  lacked  sufficient 
horses.    Another  party  of  30  lodges  (apparently  from  the  Fort  Pitt  area) 
met  them  shortly  after,  and  they  were  in  equal  trouble.    A  third  camp 
joined  them  at  the  edge  of  the  prairie,  eleven  days  after  leaving  St. 
Paul.    This  camp  was  mainly  Protestant  or  non-Christian,  and  seems  to 
have  been  comprised  of  Plains  Crees  from  the  lower  Battle  River.    As  the 
hunters  located  buffalo  immediately,  Grandin  and  Scollen  spent  the  month 
of  June  with  them.    Scollen's  description  of  religious  services  at  a  camp 
of  lodges  as  opposed  to  the  pied-a-terre  at  Buffalo  Lake  is  instructive: 

Our  cathedral  was  contructed  in  a  few  minutes:  two  large 
leather  tents  were  thrown  over  some  poles;  the  altar  was 
made  of  3  of  our  luggage  trunks  placed  one  upon  another  .  . 

After  mass,  His  Lordship  with  mitre  on,  sat  on  the 
episcopal  throne  (another  trunk)  whilst  I  explained  to  our 
congregation  the  importance  [of  first  Holy  Communion  and 
Confirmation].  .  .  [Scollen  1872b]. 

By  June  13,  word  had  been  spreading  of  the  camp's  good  fortune  in 
the  hunt;  80  lodges  of  Crees  arrived  from  the  west.    Towards  the  end  of 
June,  the  St.  Albert  Metis  hunters,  who  had  divided  into  two  distinct 
camps,  were  not  far  off.    One  group,  entirely  Metis,  had  been  in  the 
Buffalo  Lake  area,  while  a  more  mixed  camp  had  apparently  been  in  the 
country  between  Beaverhills  Lake  and  Iron  Creek.    The  latter  had  met 
Crowfoot's  Blackfoot  camp,  and  there  was  a  Blood  camp  to  the  south,  in 
the  area  of  present-day  Alliance.    The  Reverend  Alexis  Bourgine,  and  the 
St.  Albert  camps,  organized  a  grand  reception,  and  Grandin  was  able  to 
speak  with  Crowfoot  at  some  length  on  July  3.    A  camp  of  Metis  from 
Carlton  was  also  present. 

This  was  an  extraordinary  opportunity  to  make  a  formal  peace.  Crees 
from  St.  Albert  to  Battleford,  Metis  from  Carlton  to  St.  Albert,  and  two 
very  large  camps  of  Blackfoot  and  Bloods  were  gathered  in  a  space  within 
15  to  18  miles  of  each  other.    Although  the  groups  themselves  had  already 
begun  to  negotiate,  the  presence  of  Grandin  and  Scollen  assisted  the 
process  considerably.    The  results  are  still  present  in  the  boundaries  of 
Indian  Treaties  6  and  7.    Basic  agreements  about  hunting  rules  and 
probably  rules  relating  to  trading  and  horse  thievery  were  also  dealt 
with.    After  a  successful  mission  at  the  Blood  Camp,  Grandin  and  Scollen 
returned  to  St.  Albert. 

The  resulting  treaty  (for  so  it  was  named)  lasted  until  the  treaties 
between  the  Canadian  Government  and  the  "Indians"  were  concluded. 

Some  years  later,  in  1879,  Lestanc  (OMI  Missions  1880:167-180) 
observed  that  the  treaty  of  1872  made  it  safe  for  full-scale  wintering 
settlements  along  the  entire  Battle  River,  and,  at  least  at  St.  Paul  des 
Cris,  the  people  who  were  remaining  left  for  that  river.    He  also  noted 
that  the  buffalo  herds  had  been  able  to  come  farther  north  before  that 
event.    After  the  spring  of  1872,  a  large  number  of  people  were  south  of 
these  habitual  grazing  grounds,  and  consequently  buffalo  were  much  more 
easily  hunted. 


-  28  - 


The  Crees  whom  Grandin  and  Scollen  had  accompanied  in  the  Plains 
were  reasonably  specific  in  their  intentions.    They  wished  not  merely  to 
be  along  the  Battle  River,  but  at  Parkland  lakes,  since  the  Plains  lakes 
were  notoriously  alkaline  and  polluted  with  buffalo  wastes.    Grandin,  in 
fact,  returned  to  Fort  Pitt  to  close  down  St.  Paul  in  September,  and  was 
about  to  depart  for  a  general  visitation  of  the  lakes  between  Whitford 
Lake  and  Pigeon  Lake  in  order  to  rearrange  mission  stations.    However,  he 
fell  extremely  ill,  and  remained  ill  for  all  of  October. 

Grandin  had  returned  to  St.  Albert  on  July  18,  and  Scollen, 
Blanchet,  and  the  main  party  followed  on  July  22.    The  situation  they 
found  was  shocking.    Although  the  presence  of  American  whiskey  traders  in 
the  southernmost  Canadian  territory  was  known,  and  while  there  had  been 
whiskey  traders  from  Red  River  at  Edmonton,  the  latter  had  learned 
caution,  while  enmity  between  the  Sioux  and  the  Montana  traders  was 
presumed  to  restrain  the  Americans. 

Sometime  in  June,  the  Benton  traders  had  learned  that  the  trails  to 
Rocky  Mountain  House,  and  thence  to  Edmonton,  were  completely  open.  The 
first,  John  Warren,  arrived  at  Edmonton  on  July  8,  and  three  more  traders 
arrived  the  following  day  (Edmonton  Post  Journals,  1872;  Borgstede  1986: 
63,  94,  102;  Dempsey  1984:47).    From  that  point  onwards,  heavy  drinking 
continued  at  Edmonton  for  the  rest  of  1872,  aside  from  a  brief  respite  in 
November. 

Grandin  reported  that  42  Blackfeet  were  known  to  have  died  directly 
from  alcohol  (although  not  at  Edmonton).    This  information,  probably 
obtained  from  Jean  L'Heureux,  is  the  earliest  mention  of  Indian  deaths 
directly  due  to  drink  known  to  this  author. 

The  freemen  of  St.  Albert  and  Lac  Ste.  Anne  began  to  leave  for  their 
fall  hunt  on  August  21,  the  Reverend  Joseph  Dupin  leaving  with  the  main 
party  on  September  4.    This  hunt  had  to  reach  the  Hand  Hills,  but  once 
that  far,  the  people  found  large  herds  (Edmonton  Post  Journal,  November 
11,  1872;  OMI  Missions  1872:59;  Fourmond  1871-1879).    The  hunters  who 
travelled  by  the  routes  through  the  Buffalo  Lake  district  proved 
fortunate.    Indeed,  the  herds  continued  to  stay  within  three  days'  normal 
travel  of  Buffalo  Lake  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  230).    The  Battleford  and 
Fort  Pitt  hunters,  however,  proceeding  southwards  by  Manitou  Lake  to  the 
Neutral  Hills,  found  nothing  (Dempsey  1984:47-53). 

The  fall  of  1872  gave  way  to  winter  with  a  ferocity  that  was  quite 
unheard-of.    It  was  normal  for  a  major  snowfall  to  occur  in  late 
September,  but  it  had  been  extremely  rare  for  the  weather  to  remain 
cold.    However,  no  one  was  prepared  for  anything  close  to  what  actually 
occurred.    A  single  unusual,  lengthy,  and  spectacular  blizzard  blew  into 
Alberta,  the  temperature  falling  to  very  low  levels,  and  remaining  there 
all  winter.    Extreme  depths  of  snow  were  left  lying  on  the  unfrozen  earth. 

Apparently  the  western  half  of  Alberta  escaped  anything  unusual 
other  than  very  cold  temperatures  after  October  9  (Edmonton  Post 
Journals,  September-November,  1872).    There  was  sufficient  crusted  snow 
at  Lac  Ste.  Anne  to  lead  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  traders  to  fear  very 
poor  hunting  in  the  woods  to  the  north  and  west,  but  there  was  nothing  to 
indicate  more  than  a  normal  hard  winter.    Travel  by  Pigeon  Lake,  Rocky 
Mountain  House,  and  the  foothills  was  not  difficult  at  least  as  far  as 
the  Bow  River.    The  North  Sakatchewan  River  only  froze  over  on  November 
9,  which,  although  a  little  early,  was  entirely  seasonal. 


-  29  - 


The  Edmonton  District  Metis  hunters,  however,  were  apparently  caught 
completely  unawares  about  September  26,  and  the  storm  was  still  blowing 
hard  fifteen  days  later.    Grandin,  although  trapped  by  illness,  hoped  to 
be  able  to  proceed  to  Buffalo  Lake  until  October  28,  when  he  was  forced 
to  abandon  the  idea,  both  for  reasons  of  health  and  because  there  was  no 
apparent  probability  of  better  weather.    Assisted  by  David  Daigneault,  a 
Metis  soon  to  become  a  Buffalo  Lake  resident,  he  reached  St.  Albert  in 
five  days,  which  was  not  abnormally  slow. 

The  storm  led  directly  to  large-scale  residency  at  Buffalo  Lake. 
The  hunt  had  been  three  days'  travel  to  the  herds,  but  Leduc  noted  that 
the  return  trip  took  fifteen  days  to  reach  the  Buffalo  Lake  site. 
Apparently,  the  St.  Albert  area  Metis  hunters  were  making  something  less 
than  three  miles  per  day. 

It  is  worth  quoting  the  December  18  account  of  Fourmond  (1871-1879) 
to  a  relative,  Mere  Marie-Colombe  Cox  (in  translation). 

Our  Metis  have  also  had  themselves  a  very  painful 
journey  in  their  autumn  hunt.    It  had  never  happened  to  them 
to  be  surprised  by  winter  at  this  time,  contrary  to  all 
their  expectations,  out  on  the  open  prairie,  which  is  to  say 
in  that  immense  desert  where  one  has  no  other  fuel  than  that 
which  the  buffalo  produce.    They  found  themselves  suddenly 
enslaved  underneath  the  snow,  with  their  carts,  women  and 
children.    It  was  only  after  a  great  many  sufferings  and 
supreme  efforts  that  they  came  to  their  goal  of  reaching  the 
woods.    Some  resolved  to  pass  the  winter  in  this  place  to 
retake  the  plains  in  the  spring;  others  set  to  work  to 
fashion  [sleds]  and  thus  returned  to  the  [St.  Albert]  colony 
with  the  Rev.  Father  Dupin,  who  had  been  accompanying  them 
since  the  hunt's  beginning.    The  great  leader  called  Abraham 
[Salois],  they  say,  showed  in  the  circumstances  a  courage 
and  devotion  worthy  of  the  greatest  praises.  Forgetting 
himself  in  order  to  think  of  nothing  but  his  brethren,  he 
always  opened  a  way  of  crossing  the  snowbanks,  at  the  risk 
of  killing  his  horses,  and  at  every  encampment,  went  to  all 
corners  to  encourage  and  help  everyone.    Finally,  thanks  be 
to  God,  nobody  perished  in  this  hard  trial. 

Victoria  Callihoo  later  recalled: 

As  my  mother  had  all  the  meat,  hides,  and  pemmican  she 
wanted,  she  was  anxious  to  come  back  home  to  Lac  Ste.  Anne, 
now  that  the  weather  was  getting  cold.    The  leader,  Solway 
[Salois]  and  a  few  families  from  our  settlement,  and  outfits 
from  the  other  settlements  wanted  to  hunt  and  kill  more 
buffalo,  claiming  that  good  weather  would  come,  and  would 
not  allow  anyone  to  leave  the  caravan,  saying  any  small 
outfit  would  fall  prey  to  marauding  Indian  tribes.  My 
mother,  and  my  brother,  Alexis  were  determined  to  come  home 
as  they  knew  it  was  not  likely  there  would  be  any  Blackfeet 
tribes  on  the  way  home  at  that  time  of  year. 


-  30  - 


Hot  words  were  used  when  we  left  the  caravan.    My  mother 
said  to  them,  'You  people  are  foolish  to  stay  here  any 
longer.    It  is  late  in  the  season.    You  will  be  snow-bound 
and  you  have  no  wood  to  burn.'    It  was  bitter  cold  on  the 
way  back  .... 

Ice  was  forming  on  the  [Saskatchewan]  river  .  .  .  and  my 
brother  armed  with  a  sharp  pointed  pole  rode  above  stream  to 
shove  off  ice  cakes  from  the  carts  in  fear  the  ice  might 
upset  them  .  .  .  [Jamieson  1953:27-28]. 

Grandin  adds  a  few  things  (OMI  Missions  1872:502-565)  on  December  7: 

Only  Father  Dupin,  who  had  left  before  me  for  our 
hunters  on  the  Prairie,  had  not  returned  again  [November 
2].    They  had  been  surprised,  like  ourselves,  by  the 
precocious  rigours  of  winter,  in  the  middle  of  the  great 
Prairie,  without  wood,  and  without  any  shelter  except  tents 
of  leather  or  cloth.    Most  of  our  Metis  were  there  with 
their  families.    More  than  that,  they  had  not  taken  any 
precautions  against  the  cold.    A  good  number  could  not 
return  to  here  [St.  Albert];  arriving  in  the  wooded  region, 
they  constructed  houses  ("baraques")  to  pass  the  winter 
there.    Those  who  returned  with  Father  Dupin  took  forty  days 
to  make  their  retreat.    Several  have  lost  their  horses;  all 
have  been  tried  by  miseries  which  hardly  seem  believable  to 
anyone  not  acquainted  with  the  country,  and  the  atmospheric 
perturbations  which  bring  us  a  winter  one  month  ahead  of  the 
calendar. 

Grandin  referred  to  "baraques."    In  his  usage,  such  a  building  was  a 
"barracks"  in  the  sense  of  a  dwelling  shared  by  unrelated  people,  or  as  a 
dwelling  used  for  other  purposes.    It  had  some  permanence:  if  it  was  not 
a  "maison"  in  a  European  sense,  neither  was  it  a  "cabane"  or  "bicoque" 
(cabin  or  shanty) . 

Most  westerners,  English  and  French,  made  an  important  distinction 
between  a  log  house  and  a  cabin  or  shanty.    Some  confusion  arose  where  an 
eastern  Canadian  writer  or  translator  was  involved. 

Even  if  there  had  not  been  people  at  Buffalo  Lake  previously,  the 
site  cannot  conceivably  be  dated  later  than  the  retreat  from  the  Plains 
in  October,  1872.    However,  the  identifiable  residents  of  the  Battle 
River  area  who  claimed  Metis  scrip  had  increased  from  126  to  157,  and 
Abraham  Salois  knew  exactly  where  he  was  going.    This,  in  itself, 
indicates  that  the  Buffalo  Lake  site  was  likely  a  settlement  of  some  sort 
prior  to  1872. 

The  Plains  Crees,  the  Stoneys,  and  a  sizeable  proportion  of  the 
Blackfeet  faced  outright  starvation.    The  Blackfeet  who  had  hoped  to  find 
buffalo  in  the  Neutral  Hills  area  fared  worst  of  all:  everyone  died.  The 
Reverend  Leon  Doucet  (1869-1877)  estimated  that  70  to  80  Crees  from  the 
St.  Paul  des  Cris  area  either  froze  or  starved.    Both  the  Reverend  George 
McDougall  and  Bishop  Vital  Grandin  noted  similar  deaths  among  the  local 
people  at  Victoria  and  St.  Albert,  although  in  much  smaller  numbers.  The 


-  31  - 


Stoneys  of  Pigeon  Lake  and  the  Bear's  Hills  were  with  the  St.  Albert 
Metis,  and  those  Stoneys  at  Morley  apparently  did  well.    However,  as  the 
Company's  officers  at  Lac  Ste.  Anne  warned  Hardisty,  the  combination  of 
the  cold,  the  deep  snow,  and  unfrozen  ground  below  made  hunting  in  the 
woods  very  difficult.    Substantial  numbers  of  Stoneys  had  to  be  fed  by 
the  Company  and  by  the  St.  Albert  settlement.    At  St.  Albert,  these 
people  had  to  be  moved  out  of  lodges  and  into  the  settlement's  houses. 

In  short,  the  dangers  of  the  1872-1873  winter  were  extreme  in  the 
northern  half  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan,  and  tents  were  not  sufficient 
even  in  wooded  areas.    Buildings  also  would  have  to  be  constructed 
sufficiently  well  as  to  be  weathertight . 

The  abrupt  arrival  of  the  Benton  traders  at  Edmonton  revealed  that 
the  Americans  were  established  farther  north  than  expected  (Edmonton  Post 
Journals,  1872).    Although  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  was  quite  alive  to 
the  grave  danger  to  its  Blackfoot  trade,  its  proposed  restructuring  of 
personnel  practices  and  transportation  arrangements  did  little,  in  1872, 
except  to  delay  matters.    Neither  John  Rowland  nor  Cuthbert  McGillis  were 
unreliable  freighters,  but  the  first  was  one  month  behind  schedule,  and 
the  second,  caught  by  the  blizzard,  eventually  came  in  five  months  late. 
The  Company  simply  had  very  little  to  trade.    Rocky  Mountain  House  was 
even  in  a  worse  position,  as  its  stock  came  from  Edmonton.    However,  it 
was  clear  that  the  Company  could  not  avoid  establishing  posts  in  the  Bow 
River  area,  or  in  the  Plains;  otherwise  the  competition  would  continue 
coming  northwards. 

Consequently,  a  second  southwards  migration  began  late  in  1872, 
although  it  was  a  mere  trickle  compared  to  the  number  of  people  looking 
towards  Buffalo  Lake.    Of  790  Metis  individuals  who  can  be  traced  by  the 
scrip  applications,  approximately  nine  were  in  the  Bow  River  area  before 
the  year  ended.    However,  it  was  an  idea  that  was  arousing  interest  among 
the  people  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan.  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  9, 
December  23,  1872). 

At  the  end  of  1872,  both  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  and  the  St.  Albert 
Mission  attempted  censuses  of  the  Upper  and  Lower  Saskatchewan  (Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  6,  part  11;  Hardisty  Papers,  Items  145-149).    Both  were 
agreed  that  the  two  districts  combined  had  about  3,400  Metis  and  200 
Europeans.    The  Mission  thought  it  was  hopeless  to  try  counting  the 
"Indians,"  although  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  tried,  and  did  rather 
badly.    Significantly,  Grandin  believed  that  about  one-third  (possibly 
400)  of  the  St.  Albert  and  Lac  Ste.  Anne  people  (including  the  Crees  and 
Stoneys  taking  refuge)  were  living  entirely  by  farming,  and  most  did 
some.    He  conceded  that  the  latter  were  not  necessarily  farming  well 
(Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  17,  Part  2,  March  6,  1873). 

After  November,  1872,  it  appears  that  the  Buffalo  Lake  site  had 
approximately  320  residents  of  all  groups. 


1873 

As  the  year  1873  began,  travelling  improved,  but  for  those  who  had 
been  unfortunate  with  their  hunting,  or  who  had  no  access  to  the  crops 
harvested  in  1871  and  1872,  other  matters  did  not  improve.  John 


-  32  - 


Sinclair,  the  Hudson's  Bay  clerk  then  working  at  Buffalo  Lake,  reported 
to  Hardisty  on  February  18  that  some  Blackfeet  were  at  the  Hand  Hills, 
and  not  enjoying  much  success.    Another  party  of  hunters  had  arrived  at 
Edmonton  on  February  13,  and  the  Edmonton  Post  Journals  noted  that 
nothing  was  on  the  Plains  at  all.    There  were  a  few  travellers  from  the 
Buffalo  Lake  area,  but  their  only  known  purpose  was  to  make  funeral 
arrangements  for  the  wives  of  Donald  Todd  and  John  Whitford  (Edmonton 
Post  Journals,  March  16,  April  2,  1873). 

In  the  absence  of  both  Grandin  and  Lacombe,  the  Reverend  Hippolyte 
Leduc  found  himself  supervising  the  diocese,  and  he  provided  the 
following  account  (in  translation): 

At  the  beginning  of  January,  the  good  Father  Dupin  went 
back  to  the  wintering  place  of  our  Metis  in  the  prairie.  He 
passed  several  weeks  with  these  winterers;  his  journey  and  his 
stay  in  this  locality  were  not  without  its  contrary  problems. 
People  were  very  willing  to  come  fetch  the  Father  at  St. 
Albert,  but  nobody  cared  to  take  him  back  there.    This  was  a 
journey  of  about  a  dozen  days,  going  and  returning,  to  be  made 
on  the  desert  in  an  intense  cold  spell,  at  which  the 
settlement  only  smiled.    On  arriving,  he  resumed  the  teaching 
of  the  St.  Albert  children  who  do  not  regularly  go  to  the 
school  [OMI  Missions  1874:510]. 

The  Edmonton  Post  Journal  noted  his  return  on  July  16.    Buffalo  Lake 
was  now  clearly  a  complex  site.    Apart  from  the  length  of  Dupin's  stay, 
there  were  two  other  Catholic  clergy  accompanying  the  hunt:  Leon  Doucet 
and  the  newly  ordained  Constantine  Scollen. 

The  Hudson's  Bay  Company  was  also  relatively  inactive  in  the  early 
months  of  1873,  tending  to  the  surrounding  camps  of  refugees  from  cold 
and  hunger.    The  lawlessness  of  1872  persuaded  Donald  A.  Smith,  the  new 
Governor,  that  the  Company  should  consider  moving  into  the  Bow  River  area 
only  with  great  care,  and  he  hoped,  after  aboriginal  treaties  and  a 
police  force  were  in  place  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  314). 

Nevertheless,  the  Edmonton  Post  Journal  (1872-1873)  and  Hardisty 
Papers  (Various  Items)  note  the  Company's  use  of  resident  traders  at 
Pigeon  Lake  and  Buffalo  Lake  as  well  as  Rocky  Mountain  House  (Figure  1). 
John  Sinclair,  Francis  Whitford,  and  Angus  Fraser  handled  those  posts. 
Olivier  Bellerose,  Abraham  Salois,  and  Basil  Hebert  were  sent  out  with 
goods  to  meet  the  people  as  they  came  in  from  the  Plains.    Sinclair  was 
normally  the  Post  Officer  either  at  Fort  Pitt  or  Rocky  Mountain  House. 
His  being  at  Buffalo  Lake  at  all  is  a  comment  on  the  importance  now 
attached  to  that  place  as  a  commercial  centre.    Indeed,  1872-1873  was  the 
first  known  year  of  large-scale  year-round  settlement.    Evidently,  those 
who  made  their  living  by  hunting  out  from  St.  Albert  were  not  using  the 
place  as  merely  the  outer  point  of  the  hunts,  or  even  as  a  trading  centre 
en  route  to  the  herds  and  back.    Buffalo  Lake  was  now  the  home  to  which  a 
winterer  returned. 


-  33  - 


Furthermore,  it  is  now  possible  to  describe  life  at  Buffalo  Lake. 
One  direct  account  of  the  site  itself,  by  Samuel  Benfield  Steele,  is 
somewhat  augmented  by  that  of  a  second  North  West  Mounted  Police  officer, 
Jean  D'Artigue  (Steele  1915;  D'Artigue  1973).    Steele  (1915:86)  describes 
a  dance  held  at  Buffalo  Lake  some  two  years  later  (in  January,  1876)  as 
fol lows : 

We  arrived  at  Buffalo  Lake  after  dark,  and  were  searching 
amongst  the  four  hundred  cabins  to  find  John  Ashon's  store 
when  we  heard  the  sound  of  dance  music  and  directed  our  steps 
to  a  large  log  cabin  in  which  a  lively  wedding  dance  was  going 
on.    Two  rows  of  young  men  and  women  were  on  the  floor  footing 
Lord  Macdonald's  Reel  to  the  most  rapid  time  possible,  as  was 
the  custom  among  the  hunters.    Inspectors  Jarvis  and  I  entered 
the  room  and  were  directed  to  Ashon's  place. 

We  remained  four  days  in  the  camp  and  enjoyed  the  novelty 
of  the  situation.    Mrs.  Ashon,  a  young  woman  about  twenty 
years  of  age,  took  good  care  that  we  should  not  suffer  from 
starvation,  for  she  kept  the  fire  going  and  the  pot  boiling 
the  whole  time.    The  intervals  between  meals  are  very  short, 
for  every  now  and  then  we  would  he  asked  to  "draw  in"  and 
despatch  buffalo  tongues,  bannocks,  strong  tea,  and  tinned 
fruits . 

Inspector  Jarvis  did  much  to  obtain  intelligence  from  all 
parts  of  the  country  and  as  the  hunters  and  traders  liked  to 
talk  we  kept  their  tongues  wagging.    We  secured  a  great  deal 
of  information  of  all  sorts  which  was  afterwards  of  good  use 
to  us. 

Although  400  cabins  certainly  was  an  error  on  Steele's  part,  it  may 
well  be  that,  given  a  very  congested  settlement  and  a  dark  night,  there 
seemed  to  be  that  many. 

D'Artigue  (1973:86-88)  makes  a  distinction  between  Indian  dances  and 
those  of  the  Metis.    The  dance  he  describes  was  at  Sweetgrass'  camp  in 
March,  1874,  about  25  miles  south  of  Buffalo  Lake  on  the  Red  Deer  River. 

The  Indian  chief  (Sweet  Grass)  accompanied  by  his 
councellor  and  petty  chiefs  came  also  to  bid  me  welcome,  and 
to  invite  me  to  a  pow-wow  (dance)  which  he  was  going  to  give 
that  evening  in  my  honour. 

.  .  .  Accordingly.  .  .  after  supper  I  directed  my  steps 
towards  the  wigwam  where  the  Council  was  sitting.    The  chief 
and  his  warriors  were  already  assembled  and  by  the  side  of 
the  chief  a  seat  of  furs  was  placed,  intended  for  my 
occupation.    Three  Indians,  each  furnished  with  a  kind  of 
tambourine  and  a  drum-stick,  were  only  awaiting  my  arrival  to 
strike  up  the  music  for  the  dance.    As  soon  as  I  was  seated, 
the  squaws,  old  and  young,  entered,  and  the  pam-pam  began. 
And  such  a  pantominel  how  shall  I  describe  it?    Such  shaking 
and  balancing  of  the  head,  contortions  of  the  face  and  body, 
such  violent  and  uncouth  movements  of  the  arms  and  legs 


-  34  - 


accompanied  with  a  kind  of  song,  interspered  with  most 
inhuman  shouts.  .  .  . 

As  the  dance  went  on  a  young  Uskinik  squaw  approached  me, 
and  by  a    sign  asked  me  to  dance  with  her.    Here  was  an 
unlooked-for  turn  of  events.    To  dance  as  the  whites  do  is 
all  very  well,  but  to  dance  after  the  Indian  fashion  above 
described  was,  in  my  opinion,  altogether  too  much  of  a  good 
thing.    But  what  was  to  be  done?    All  eyes  were  fixed  upon 
me,  seemingly  anxious  to  know  if  I  dare  to  refuse;  for  truly 
my  manner  must  have  indicated  that  I  felt  reluctant  to  accept 
the  profferred  honour.    But,  remembering  that  a  refusal  to 
dance  was  looked  upon  as  an  insult,  I  got  up  and  taking  the 
hand  of  the  Uskinik  squaw,  did  my  best  to  imitate  the 
ludicrous  motions  I  had  witnessed  by  the  others.    This  so 
pleased  them  that  the  shouts  and  laughter  was  increased  to  a 
perfect  uproar,  and  when  I  sat  down  both  the  chief  and  his 
warriors  came  to  congratulate  me  upon  my  successful  debut. 

Sweetgrass'  daughter  then  served  what  later  proved  to  be  tea  turned 
mildly  intoxicating  by  being  brewed  with  tobacco.    What  D'Artigue  did  not 
realize,  nor  did  the  fur  trader  whose  "wigwam"  he  had  been  sharing 
trouble  to  tell  him,  was  that  the  daughter  had  proposed  marriage  to 
D'Artigue,  and  he  had  accepted!    It  has  been  Sweetgrass'  aim  (so  he 
claimed)  to  bestow  this  honour  upon  the  first  representative  of  the 
Canadian  Government.    D'Artigue  was  able  to  avoid  his  fate,  possibly  to 
Sweetgrass'  private  relief. 

Doucet  had  sufficient  trouble  with  gambling  at  Buffalo  Lake  to 
require  direct  instructions  about  games.    Grandin's  reply  was  that  games 
for  recreational  purposes,  or  for  stakes  of  little  or  no  value,  were 
proper,  but  any  serious  wagering  was  dangerous  (Grandin,  Transcripts, 
Vol.  19,  Doucet,  December  25,  1874).    Doucet  had  to  obtain  similar  advice 
regarding  dances,  drink,  and  horse-racing. 

In  the  early  months  of  1873,  it  became  evident  that,  however  calm 
matters  were  in  the  northern  half  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  District, 
they  were  not  calm  to  the  south.    John  Sinclair,  now  established  at 
Buffalo  Lake,  first  heard  the  news  from  Blackfoot  parties  arriving  from 
the  Hand  Hills.    On  February  18,  he  reported  that: 

.  .  .  they  killed  one  of  the  American  Traders  &  they  are 
seen  leaving  the  Belly  River.  This  Trader  would  take  one  of 
the  chief's  wives  from  him  but  he  got  shot  on  his  attempt  to 
take  her.  .  .  [Hardisty  Papers,  Item  362]. 

And  on  March  20,  he  wrote  that: 

Some  Blackfeet  came  on  a  trade  .  .  .  Natooswanstep  tells 
us  all  the  Blackfeet,  Blood  Indians,  &  Peigans  are  killing  one 
another  right  and  left  by  drinking,  their's  not  ten  tents  of 
Bloods  together  -  so  they  are  in  an  awful  plight.    You  may  see 
a  Low  Band  of  them  come  to  Edmonton  this  spring  to  complain 
about  the  Yankees  and  how  they  are  treated  by  them  this  winter 
[Hardisty  Papers,  Item  363]. 


-  35  - 


From  entries  in  the  Edmonton  Post  Journals  we  learn  the  following. 
The  North  Saskatchewan  River  broke  open  on  April  19.    Some  results  of  the 
spring  hunt  were  becoming  known.    Sinclair  and  Whitford  brought  in  their 
returns  on  May  28  and  May  12  respectively.    No  large  party  of  freemen 
returned  this  spring,  and  only  one  whiskey  trader,  John  Warren,  was  at 
Edmonton.    The  people  going  out  from  Edmonton,  St.  Albert,  and  Lac  Ste. 
Anne  left  rather  late,  beginning  on  May  26  and  finishing  on  June  17.  The 
later  parties  were  accompanied  by  Olivier  Bellerose  and  Basil  Hebert,  who 
were  travelling  as  Hudson's  Bay  Company  agents.    Their  first  trip  was 
reasonably  successful,  and  the  first  large  party  of  returning  freemen, 
under  Louis  Montagnais,  were  also  pleased.    However,  about  August  12,  the 
reports  to  the  Company  became  less  favourable.    The  freemen  were  arriving 
with  fewer  results,  and  Bellerose  considered  his  own  trade  to  be  a  major 
disappointment. 

From  entries  in  the  Edmonton  Post  Journals  it  appears  that  the  bulk 
of  traders  went  directly  towards  the  Battle  River  or  held  close  to  the 
mountains,  setting  up  at  Rocky  Mountain  House.    The  parties  of  freemen 
and  Blackfeet  were  well  supplied  with  whiskey  before  arriving  at 
Edmonton,  although  some  of  the  traders  set  up  at  present-day  Walterdale 
for  the  winter.    Although  there  was  considerable  drinking,  things  were 
much  more  orderly,  perhaps  because  word  of  a  deadly  confrontation  between 
"wolfers"  and  Crees  was  current  in  October.    Besides  Warren,  Smith,  and 
MacPherson,  the  Post  Journal  mentions  William  Hope,  Cuthbert  McGillis, 
Charles  Dumont,  one  Roberts,  John  Paul,  Felix  Munro,  Harry  Johnson,  and 
Henry  Herbert  as  independent  traders.    Salois  took  in  provisions  for  the 
Company  and  robes  for  himself. 

Bellerose,  Hebert,  and  Salois  gathered  27,823  pounds  of  provisions 
for  the  Company.    This  was  not  a  great  improvement  over  1872.    It  seems 
that  the  small  outpost  run  by  Sinclair,  Fraser,  and  Whitford  did  somewhat 
better. 

Unfortunately  for  the  Company,  it  was  also  caught  short  on  trade 
goods  again.    It  had  been  hoped  that  a  steamboat  would  end  the  dependence 
on  freighters.    The  steamboat  was  procured,  and  sent  off  from  Lake 
Winnipeg,  but  on  September  6,  Salois  returned  from  Carlton  to  report  that 
it  had  been  lost  at  Grand  Rapids  with  the  1874  outfit  for  every  place 
upstream.    By  this  time  word  was  coming  from  Fort  Pitt  and  Carlton  that 
the  Lower  Saskatchewan  district  had  had  very  unsuccessful  spring  and 
summer  hunts  (Hardisty  Papers,  Items  352,  285;  Sissons  1946:124-138, 
153-167).    There  was  little  trade  material  to  bring  in  until  fall,  and 
what  there  was  went  to  the  increasing  number  of  independent  traders. 

At  Buffalo  Lake,  on  October  25,  Sinclair  observed: 

I  am  sorry  to  say  that  we  lost  all  our  trade  with  the 
Stoneys  for  want  of  goods,  and  that's  the  way  always  at  this 
place.    The  Stoneys  are  all  gone  to  the  Red  Deer  River  [at  "Le 
Bout  de  Bois,"  the  mouth  of  the  Medicine  River]  to  wait  for 
David  McDougall  and  Trade  with  him,  but  goods  come  in  time  I 
will  go  out  &  see  them;  try  and  send  me  all  you  can  spare  of 
goods,  for  the  Blackfoot  are  determined  to  trade  here  this 
winter  [Hardisty  Papers,  Item  369]. 


-  36  - 


He  also  observed  that  the  buffalo  were  nearby  and  plentiful  in 
numbers . 

Throughout  July  and  the  rest  of  the  year,  some  of  the  people  of  the 
Upper  Saskatchewan  were  watching  events  in  the  Bow  River  district  with 
interest.    Both  the  Catholic  and  Methodist  clergy  decided  to  establish 
missions  in  that  area,  the  first  permanent  Euro-Metis  establishments 
there  since  the  ill-fated  Old  Bow  Fort  of  the  1820's.    That  early  venture 
had  failed  because  of  tribal  hostilities.    However,  if  these  missions 
could  be  established,  it  would  encourage  those  who  wished  to  challenge 
the  merchants  of  Fort  Benton  on  their  own  territory.    The  recent  treaties 
of  1872,  and  the  existing  bad  relations  between  the  Blackfeet  and 
Missouri  traders  offered  an  opening. 

For  purposes  of  Buffalo  Lake's  history,  several  items  are  relevent. 
The  McDougall  family  was  accompanied  by  an  inspector  of  the  Wesleyan 
Missionary  Society,  the  Reverend  Doctor  Lachlin  Taylor  (Taylor  1874). 

While  travelling  westwards,  Taylor  observed  not  a  single  house 
between  Forts  Ellice  and  Carlton.    However,  there  were  many  travellers 
and  large  freight  brigades  coming  eastwards.    He  learned  that  virtually 
all  residents  of  the  Victoria  and  Whitefish  Lake  settlements,  including 
the  Reverend  H.  B.  Steinhauer,  had  gone  into  the  Plains.    This  proved  to 
be  true  at  Pigeon  Lake  as  well;  and  in  the  ensuing  winter,  most  of  the 
Stoneys  in  the  Bow  River  area  moved  northwards  to  Pigeon  Lake,  and 
eastward  into  the  Plains  from  there  (J.  McDougall  1875b). 

Taylor  noted  that  the  church  and  house  at  Pigeon  Lake,  built  by  John 
McDougall  in  1864,  and  regarded  as  uninhabitable  for  some  years,  had  not 
been  replaced.    As  the  Society  had  sent  money  for  proper  replacements,  he 
may  not  have  been  pleased.    As  examples  of  buildings  erected  by  a 
newcomer,  and  which  were  not  regarded  as  suitable  to  the  country,  an 
existing  description  of  them  is  helpful  (Campbell  1870).    The  houses  at 
Buffalo  Lake  were  certainly  better  built  than  these: 

Our  hut  is  a  miserable  thing  with  a  bark  roof,  and  walls 
six  and  a  half  [feet]  high,  the  roof  allows  the  rain  and 
melted  snow  to  run  through  in  streams,  so  that  it  is 
impossible  even  to  keep  our  bedding  dry.  .  . 

I  am  sorry  that  my  circumstances  prevent  me  from  doing 
for  this  Mission  what  Brother  McDougall  has  often  told  me  he 
did  -  build  the  Mission  house  at  Victoria  at  his  own 
expense,  without  any  aid  from  the  circuit  .  .  .    The  church 
is  not  fit  to  hold  service  in,  being  only  a  little  more  that 
half-roofed,  and  all  our  services  are  held  in  our  little 
cabin. 

It  is  not  surprising  to  learn  that  Campbell's  health  had 
deteriorated  very  badly  by  1873. 

By  contrast,  however,  the  parsonages  and  churches  at  Victoria  and 
Whitefish  Lake  were,  in  Taylor's  opinion,  well  built.    His  description 
conforms  to  other  comments  on  the  Catholic  house-chapels  at  Buffalo 
Lake.    At  the  new  Morley  Mission,  John  McDougall  explained  how  he  managed 
these  matters.    Rather  than  building  himself,  he  hired  local  men  at  $20  a 


-  37  - 


month  and  board,  first  erecting  a  temporary  shelter,  and  proceeding  to 
the  erection  of  a  permanent  house,  40  feet  by  22  feet  (13  m  by  6.7  m, 
more  or  less)    in  this  case  (J.  McDougall  1875a). 

McDougall  also  noted  that  the  buffalo  lay  to  the  northeast  of 
Morley,  and  were  never  more  than  100  miles  away. 

Scollen  and  Fourmond,  and  two  lay  assistants,  Louis  Daze  and  Alexis 
Cardinal,  had  already  established  a  Catholic  Mission,  Notre  Dame  de  la 
Paix,  near  the  later  Pirmez  Creek  Post  Office  on  the  Elbow  River. 
Cardinal  had  been  Lacombe's  assistant,  and  Daze  was  an  accomplished 
workman.    The  building  was  of  a  provisional  nature;  Grandin  recalled  it 
as  being  a  "maison  omnibus,"  small  and  primitive  by  the  country's 
standards  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  4,  Memoirs;  Vol.  5,  Part  7,  Mission 
de  N.  D.  de  la  Paix) . 

Doucet  (1869-1877)  reported  that  this  building  was  750  square  feet 
in  floor  area.    John  McDougall  thought  it  was  a  comfortable  house  when  he 
visited  it  (OMI  Missions  1874:524). 

At  the  time,  the  two  Missions  were  still  uncertain  as  to  their 
safety,  and  had  held  close  to  the  foothills.    Indeed,  as  Taylor  reported, 
the  Missouri  traders  were  in  a  very  dangerous  situation,  and  American 
territory  was  unsafe  until  one  reached  Utah.    Thus,  although  these 
churchly  experiments  were  being  watched  with  interest,  any  of  the  people 
of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  who  contemplated  moving  into  this  area 
preferred  to  await  the  success  or  failure  of  these  experiments.  However, 
about  ten  people,  nearly  all  of  whom  were  associated  with  Rocky  Mountain 
House  or  Edmonton  itself,  seem  to  have  made  their  way  southwards. 

As  the  winter  of  1873  drew  on,  the  Edmonton  Post  Journals  (August 
13,  1873)  began  to  include  notes  of  arrivals  of  settlers,  including  the 
first  from  Manitoba  since  the  1870  smallpox.    Winter  was  late  that  fall. 
The  North  Saskatchewan  River  began  freezing  over  only  on  November  29, 
although  the  temperature  took  a  mighty  plunge  the  same  day.    At  Edmonton 
it  was  -13°F  (-25°C),  and  the  cold  weather  continued.    Charlie  Smith, 
possibly  finding  life  as  Addison  McPherson's  partner  too  lively,  had 
Louis  Mearon  (sometimes  called  "Marion")  of  St.  Laurent  as  a  new  business 
partner,  and  they  were  established  at  Buffalo  Lake  for  the  winter 
(Edmonton  Post  Journals,  November  24,  1873).    Only  recriminations  about 
the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  transportation  disasters,  and  a  last-minute 
battle  by  Grandin,  then  at  Marseilles,  to  keep  Lacombe  in  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  seemed  to  interrupt  an  early  winter  calm. 


1874 

The  appearance  of  calm  during  the  winter  of  1873-1874  may  be 
deceptive,  as  the  sources  available  are  unfortunately  meagre. 

The  North-West  Council  and  Governor  Morris  were  both  under  pressure 
to  start  the  business  of  negotiating  treaties.    Petitions  from  the 
Saskatchewan  to  this  effect  arrived  on  September  8,  1873,  March  14,  1874, 
and  June  1,  1874  (North-West  Territories  Legislative  Council, 
1873-1875).    The  Hudson's  Bay  Company  officers  were  aware  that  the 
provision  stocks  for  their  own  use  were  dwindling  as  early  as  October, 
1873,  and  genuine,  if  quiet,  fear  grew  (Hardisty  Papers,  Items  428, 


-  38  - 


576).    Unfortunately,  Morris  was  able  to  do  little,  and  the  Council  even 
less  (Thomas  1956). 

Early  in  1874,  the  buffalo  appeared  to  be  very  scarce  and  distant. 
At  Carlton,  Lawrence  Clarke  lamented  that: 

Freeman,  Settlers,  and  Indians  are  all  starving  &  after 
putting  past  the  quarter  for  D.  [Dunvegan  or  the  Upper 
Peace  District]  we  have  just  23  Bags  pemmican  left,  all 
hands  are  coming  to  us,  and  as  I  can't  supply  them,  I  get 
many  a  threat  and  curse  [Hardisty  Papers,  Item  428]. 

Any  remaining  doubts  must  have  seemed  resolved  by  Angus  Fraser,  who 
wrote  Hardisty  from  Rocky  Mountain  House  on  March  16: 

It  will  be  hard  times  for  Grub  .  .  .  the  buffalo  far  off  and 
horses  very  poor  and  no  Blackfeet  coming  in  on  a  trade.    So  we 
will  be  in  a  fine  fix  ...  I  believe  David  McDougall  is  doing 
well,  so  well  he  might,  having  no  person  to  oppose  him,  they 
have  all  the  trade  to  themselves.  .  .  .[Hardisty  Papers,  Item 
473]. 

At  least  three  conflicts  seemed  possible.    The  core  of  Blackfoot 
territory  was  being  invaded  by  everyone  between  Wood  Mountain  and  Fort 
Pitt,  and,  worse  still,  American  whiskey  traders  and  wolfers.    At  the 
same  time,  the  Montana  situation  was  very  complex  and  volatile:  the 
attitude  of  the  Sioux  was  unknown,  but  expected  to  be  hostile.  Both 
local  settlers  and  the  American  Government  were  far  from  wanting  to  see 
hunting  parties  arriving  from  Canada.    The  crisis  of  General  Custer's 
campaign  was  not  far  in  the  future.    Under  the  circumstances,  any 
conflict  was  a  ground  for  anxiety,  and  liable  to  exaggeration.    When,  in 
August,  Moise  Laroque  of  Buffalo  Lake  and  three  Cree  companions  were  more 
or  less  executed  for  stealing  Blackfoot  horses,  the  incident  was  greatly 
exaggerated  in  all  written  sources,  except  by  John  Kerr  (Sissons 
1946:166-167),  who  was  present. 

The  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  officers,  moreover,  knew  something  which 
was  still  a  well-kept  secret.    The  powers  in  London  and  Montreal  wanted 
to  abandon  the  remaining  pretences  of  governing  and  the  basic  conditions 
of  employment.    Despite  their  frequent  reassurances  to  the  Trade 
Commissioner,  James  A.  Grahame,  the  wintering  partners  were  not 
altogether  enthusiastic  about  this  (Hardisty  Papers,  Various  Items; 
Saskatchewan  District  1874-1892:  specifically  1874-1879;  Trade 
Commissioner  1874-1893;  MacFarlane  Nd.;  Doucet  1869-1877).  Commissioner 
Grahame 's  statements  supporting  the  proposed  new  order  were  somewhat 
extravagant: 

The  day  has  gone  by  for  the  Company  to  act  as  the  Almoner  of 
the  Saskatchewan.    Your  remarks  about  the  difficulty  of 
collecting  Provisions  in  consequence  of  starvation  are  strong 
endorsements  of  the  tenets  I  wish  to  inculcate,  understanding 
as  I  do  that  our  object  is  to  make  money  [Hardisty  Papers, 
Item  459]. 


-  39  - 


The  old  system  of  term-service  contracts  was  abolished  except  for 
officers,  clerks,  and  interpretive  staff:  the  policy  of  self-sufficiency 
in  all  occupations  gave  way  to  hiring  out  contracts.    As  far  as  can  be 
determined,  between  20  and  30  families  were  directly  affected  (Edmonton 
Post  Journals,  1854-1873;  1877-1881;  Hardisty  Papers,  Items  556-562; 
Census  Enumeration,  1881). 

Between  January  and  May,  the  Company  had  been  taking  what  was 
perhaps  the  most  accurate  census  of  the  area  (Hardisty  Papers,  Items 
556-562).    In  April,  14  families  with  61  people  in  them  were  residing  in 
Fort  Edmonton  itself,  as  well  as  13  single  men.    However,  some  further 
five  to  15  households  in  the  neighborhood  had  been  "in  the  service,"  if 
not  in  residence.    The  people  in  the  surrounding  district  were  numbered 
as  indicated  in  Table  2,  following. 


TABLE  2 
CENSUS  OF  1874 


Community         White  and  Half-Breed    Indian  Families  Other 

 Fami  1  ies   Households  

 Families       Indiv.       Families       Indiv.    Households  Pop. 


Lac  Ste.  Anne 

32 

161 

17 

92 

2 

2 

Fort  Assiniboine 

5 

23 

10 

22 

2 

2 

Rocky  Mountain 
House 

14 

59 

390+- 

3,390 
(est.) 

Lac  la  Nonne 

61 

193 

80 

387 

29 

29 

Victoria 

35 

143 

203 

913? 

2 

2 

Edmonton  Dist. 

11 

47 

16 

16 

Long  Lake 
(St.  Albert 
Trail) 

10 

48 

5 

23? 

2 

2 

Pigeon  Lake 

3 

12 

9 

66 

St.  Albert  In- 
dians (incomp.) 

19 

44 

3 

3 

St.  Albert 
Metis,  Whites 
( Incomplete) 

105 

495 

1 

53 

Totals 

276 

1  ,181 

733+- 

4,937 

57 

109 

-  40  - 


PERSONS  PER  FAMILY  AND  HOUSEHOLD  UNIT 

Fami ly 
Units 

Individuals 

Persons/ 
Fami ly 

All  House- 
holds 

Ind. 

Persons/ 
Household 

All  Families 
(Households) 

1 ,009 

6,118 

6.1 

1 ,066 

6,227 

5.8 

White, 
Halfbreed 

Cree, 
Stoney 

276 
383 

1 ,181 
1 ,787 

4.3 
4.7 

716 

i  f\~i  i 
3 ,077 

4 . 3 

B  lackroot 
(estimate) 

350 

3,150 

9.0 

350 

o ,  1  bU 

9  .  U 

Add:  Fort 
Edmonton  Post 

14 

61 

4.4 

27 

74 

2.7 

All  non-Black 
foot  Families 
(Households) 

673 

3,029 

4.5 

743 

3,151 

4.2 

1881  Dominion 

6.0 

5.5 

Census,  areas 
settled  for 
three  years  or 
more  (Mss.  return, 
Edmonton  Dist.) 


The  change,  therefore,  threw  between  27  and  68  people  out  into  the 
world  to  fend  for  themselves.    In  1874,  the  scrip  returns  indicate  that, 
of  763  individuals,  46  moved  southwards;  the  Battle  River  area  had  202 
identifiable  individuals  (gaining  21);  and  the  Bow  River  district  had  35 
(gaining  26),  who  had  been  associated  with  the  Upper  Saskatchewan.  This 
is  assuredly  an  underestimate.    In  short,  the  Battle  River-Buffalo  Lake 
area  gained  about  26  residents  (approximately  a  10%  increase). 

Is  it  reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  sudden  change  of  circumstances 
for  Company  servants  abruptly  released  a  substantial  number  of  people 
into  these  migrations?    Tentatively,  for  Buffalo  Lake,  probably  not;  for 
Bow  River,  it  almost  certainly  did.    Of  the  763  individuals  who  resided 
in  either  area,  only  62  lived  in  both  areas,  even  if  both  large 
migrations  southwards,  those  of  1874-1875  and  1879-1881  are  included 
(Scrip  Appl ications) . 


-  41  - 


Thus,  even  if  large  numbers  of  Battle  River  people  journeyed 
southwards,  they  came  back. 

The  people  who  later  entered  the  Treaty  reveal  something  about  the 
different  nature  of  the  emigrants  to  Bow  River.    Of  170  identified  Treaty 
individuals  in  the  Buffalo  Lake  district,  no  one  band  membership  was 
prominent.    However,  at  Bow  River,  more  than  half  came  from  Enoch  La 
Potac's  band  (Table  3,  following). 


Nations  and  Bands 


TABLE  3 
NATIVE  POPULATIONS 
Battle  River-Buffalo  Lake 


Bow  River 


Blackfoot  Nations 
Stoney  Bands 
La  Potac 

Ermineskin,  Sampson 
Alexander 
Alexis 
Cree  Bands 

Passpasschase 

Bobtail 

Pakan 

Other 

Michel  (Iroquois- 
Ojibway) 

Sub  Total 

Blackfoot 

Stoney 

Cree 

Other 


45 
27 
8 
2 

34 
13 
5 

30 

6 
82 
52 
30 


31 
4 
4 
2 

2 
0 
0 


6 
41 
2 
9 


Grand  Total 


170 


58 


-  42  - 


If  one  wished  to  describe  the  most  outstanding  attribute  of  the  La 
Potac  Band,  it  would  be  that  it  was  an  artificial  creation  of  Indian 
Commissioner  Edgar  Dewdney,  who  persuaded  a  large  number  of  detached 
families  at  or  near  Edmonton  to  gather  together.    Most  of  the  band  were 
day-labourers  or  Company  servants  by  occupation. 

In  short,  the  people  moving  to  the  Bow  River  in  1874-1875  were 
younger,  more  recently  in  the  country,  and  more  likely  to  have  been  among 
the  discharged  "Company  servants"  than  those  moving  to  the  Battle 
River-Buffalo  Lake  district.    Clearly,  however,  the  Company's  action  in 
changing  its  policy  on  employment  released  a  rather  large  number  of 
people  who  then  had  to  find  a  new  mode  of  life.    Between  1873  and  1875, 
118  out  of  the  763  persons  examined  moved  either  to  Bow  River  or  Buffalo 
Lake  (see  detailed  enumeration  of  figures  for  the  years  1865  to  1875  in 
Table  4,  following) . 


TABLE  4 


POPULATION  SAMPLE  IN  THE  BATTLE  RIVER 
AND  BOW  RIVER  AREAS,  1865  to  1875 


Date 

Battle  River 

Bow  River 

Total 

1865 

46 

0 

46 

1869 

76 

2 

98 

1870 

95 

3 

98 

1871 

126 

3 

129 

1872 

157 

9 

166 

1873 

181 

10 

191 

1874 

202 

35 

237 

1875 

213 

96 

309 


Net  Gain,  1865-73        +135  +10  +145 

Net  Gain,  1874-75  +32  +86  +118 


Total  +167  +96  +263 


Although  these  people  were  not  invariably  unsuccessful  in  the 
following  years,  there  was  little  question  among  local  officers  that  for 
many  ex-servants,  life  became  very  difficult  indeed,  regardless  of  rank. 


-  43  - 


References  are  consistent  in  their  assessment:  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
demanded  very  hard  work,  but  it  fed,  housed,  and  clothed  an  employee  and 
his  family. 

The  Company's  actions  had  a  very  disconcerting  effect  on  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  people,  and  it  is  a  matter  of  living  memory  that  Buffalo 
Lake  was  the  scene  of  a  great  council  in  the  fall  of  1874  (Borgstede 
1986:97).    What  was  discussed  is  difficult  to  discern.    By  the  time  it 
was  being  held,  the  arrival  of  an  armed  police  force  was  expected,  and  at 
least  the  party  accompanying  Grandin  back  from  France  wondered  if  the 
force  would  behave  like  Wolseley's  army  at  Red  River.    Ambro'ise  Lepine's 
brother  was  with  the  party,  and  the  travellers  heard  much  about 
Ambroise's  troubles  with  the  Canadian  legal  system  (OMI  Missions 
1875:554-565).    Grandin  arrived  at  St.  Albert  at  a  time  of  great 
uneasiness,  and  apparently  jumped  to  the  conclusion  that  the  meeting  was 
caused  by  Lepine's  trial,  and  that  the  Buffalo  Lake  gathering  was 
preparing  to  flee  to  the  United  States  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  6, 
Part  11;  Vol.  22,  Grandin  to  Laird,  April  3,  1875).    George  McDougall  may 
have  thought  the  same  thing;  he  was  present  at  Buffalo  Lake  distributing 
gratuities,  perhaps  acting  as  the  Government's  agent  and  explaining  the 
aims  of  the  Government  and  police  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  420;  Dempsey 
1967:20-30;  OMI  Missions  1876:35-38). 

Although  these  matters  may  well  have  been  discussed,  Grandin  later 
admitted  that  his  fears  had  been  greatly  exaggerated  (Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  22,  Laird,  [December]  1876,  A.  M.  Meredith  [January  26, 
1877]). 

A  second  possible  subject  of  discussion  may  have  been  the  potential 
economic  crisis.    Although  the  crops  had  been  good  at  St.  Albert,  the 
Mission's  water  mill  had  again  been  destroyed  by  flooding,  and  the  sole 
means  of  milling  grain  was  William  Bird's  unreliable  water  mill  on  the 
present-day  Mill  Creek  in  Edmonton.    It  seemed  unlikely  that  any  progress 
towards  agriculture  could  be  encouraged  under  such  conditions.    Also,  by 
this  time  Grandin  believed  that  the  influx  of  English  and  American 
immigrants  would  overwhelm  his  present  flock  altogether  (Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  December  29,  1874). 

Fortunately,  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan,  the  feared  dearth  of  food 
did  not  occur.    There  was  indeed  great  hunger  at  Fort  Pitt  eastwards,  but 
the  spring  and  summer  had  been  very  wet  to  the  west  of  Fort  Pitt  and  had 
drawn  the  buffalo  northwards.    William  McKay,  at  Fort  Pitt,  reported 
buffalo  and  American  traders  as  early  as  January  16  (OMI  Missions  1875: 
554-565;  Hardisty  Papers,  Item  473),  and  on  April  6,  John  Bunn  wrote 
Hardisty  from  Victoria  that  there  were  herds  north  of  the  Battle  River 
(Hardisty  Papers,  Item  507).    Both  Fourmond,  who  returned  directly  from 
the  Bow  River  Mission,  and  Scollen,  who  made  a  very  extensive  tour 
throughout  the  Plains,  found  buffalo  plentiful  everywhere  (OMI  Missions 
1876:35-38).    W.  L.  Wood,  at  Fort  Pitt,  expressly  noted  that  the  Buffalo 
Lake  people  were  making  equally  plentiful  amounts  of  provisions  (Hardisty 
Papers,  Item  443) . 

Unfortunately  for  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  the  plentiful  herds  were 
decisive  in  bringing  forward  more  trading  opposition:  both  local  traders 
and  those  from  Benton  increased  in  number  and  were  doing  better 
business.    Part  of  the  opposition  was  manifestly  the  result  of  Company 


-  44  - 


policy;  selling  to  people  at  Winnipeg  or  Carlton  who  then  became 
merchants  upstream  was  self-defeating.    Through  the  letters  of  Lawrence 
Clarke,  Chief  Factor  at  Carlton  (Hardisty  Papers,  Items  629,  936,  938), 
we  know  at  least  eighteen  merchants  trading  at  or  near  Buffalo  Lake  in 
1874:  Samuel  Livingstone,  John  Kerr,  Louis  Courtourei 1 le,  Joseph 
Lamoureux,  Abraham  Salois,  Ambro'ise  Fisher,  Felix  Dumont,  Toussaint 
Salois,  John  Norris,  Harry  (Hiram)  Johnston,  William  Houle,  Louison 
Montagnais,  Donald  McLeod,  James  Gibbons,  Paul  Fagnant,  James  McLachlan, 
Pierre  Boutin,  and  Joseph  Harnois. 

Not  all  of  these  individuals  were  operating  on  their  own;  John  Kerr, 
for  example,  was  associated  with  McLeod  and  McLachlan  in  the  fall  of 
1874,  and  joined  Cuthbert  McGillis'  party  the  following  summer.    Nor  did 
Clarke  list  anyone  who  had  purchased  an  outfit  at  Carlton. 

The  Reverend  Alexandre  Blanchet  was  apparently  at  Buffalo  Lake 
during  the  summer,  and  Scollen  was  quite  certainly  present  just  prior  to 
the  "Great  Council"  (Doucet  1869-1877).    Scollen  had  toured  the  Bow  River 
and  Macleod  districts,  and  would  have  had  much  to  tell. 

He  and  John  McDougall  had  learned  of  important  changes  to  the  south 
(Hardisty  Papers,  Item  550;  Legal  1875-1885;    Grandin  Transcripts,  Vol. 
4;  Vol.  9,  December  23,  "1872"  [1874];  Vol.  15,  Part  5,  October  16,  1874; 
D'Artigue  1976:78).    The  traders  in  the  foothills,  whom  posterity  called 
"wolfers,"  were  intending  to  raise  livestock.    Both  men  thought  the 
whiskey  traders  here  were  more  civilized  than  in  former  years.  However, 
both  were  alarmed  at  others,  who  were  situated  between  present-day  Bow 
Island  and  Medicine  Hat.    These  whiskey  traders  had  come  there  once  the 
International  Boundary  Line  had  been  surveyed.    They  had  already  been  in 
trouble  in  Montana,  and  had  few  redeeming  features.    Scollen  believed 
they  also  were  introducing  systematic  prostitution. 

This  would  indeed  have  been  a  matter  of  concern  for  the  "Great 
Council"  at  Buffalo  Lake.    Cattle  would  have  appeared  to  afford 
opportunities:  the  new  group  of  Montana  traders  posed  a  threat.  The 
infamous  massacre  at  Abe  Farwell's  post  in  the  Cypress  Hills,  which  took 
place  shortly  afterwards,  would  have  confirmed  any  previous  concerns. 
Surely  these  things  must  have  been  discussed  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Before  the  year  was  out,  Blanchet  or  Doucet  had  sought  advice  from 
Grandin  on  marriage  matters  at  Buffalo  Lake,  and  Grandin  sought  guidance 
from  Rome.    Grandin's  letter  does  not  survive,  but  a  Consistory  of  the 
College  of  Cardinals  summed  up  his  worries  in  their  reply  of  December  9 
(Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  26,  Part  2,  December  9,  1874).    Occasions  of 
men  deserting  unsatisfactory  wives,  coerced  marriages,  and  polygamy  were 
noted.    The  first  of  these  had  been  rare.    The  second  abuse  was  not  to  be 
considered  a  marriage  at  all;  however,  families  were  not  above  conspiring 
to  bring  it  about  in  some  way.    This  procedure,  which  led  to  the  marriage 
of  Charles  Smith  and  Marie  Delorme  in  1877,  was  very  well  described  by 
Mrs.  Smith  (1948-1949:11:217;  see  also  Carpenter  1977:60-62): 

.  .  .  we  was  warmly  greeted  by  my  mother  and  step-father, 
there  was  much  pleasant  conversation  between  the  three,  and 
then  Smith  asked  my  mother  for  permission  to  marry  me.  As 
she  looked  surprise[d]  he  said  "I  asked  her  yesterday,  and 
she  said,  'Yes' ." 


-  45  - 


"But  I  didn't  know  what  I  was  saying,"  I  shouted  at 
them.    That  made  no  difference.    It  was  settled  between  my 
parents  and  Charlie  right  then  and  Charlie  gave  my  mother  a 
present  of  Fifty  Dollars.    Was  I  not  then  sold  for  that  sum? 

The  third  problem  was  complex.  Where  a  man  would  not  acknowledge  a 
single  woman  as  his  wife  among  several,  the  Church's  ruling  was  that 
those  women  who  grew  up  under  local  rules  could  regulate  matters 
themselves.    Those  in  need  of  protection  or  in  poor  health,  and  those  who 
had  been  too  old  for  instruction,  could  continue  to  live  with  the  man, 
but  they  would  have  to  promise  to  try  to  avoid  being  too  alluring  and  to 
do  good  works  as  compensation. 

During  Scollen's  travels  south  of  the  Red  Deer  River,  he  had  met 
traders,  but  thought  he  had  missed  the  Blackfeet,  many  of  whom  were  along 
the  South  Saskatchewan  and  Bow  Rivers.    The  first  bands  he  met  he 
believed  were  Plains  Cree,  under  the  leadership  of  Chief  Sotai-na,  then 
74  years  old  (Dempsey  1972:661-662;  OMI  Missions  1876:35-38;  Doucet 
1869-1877).    They  were,  in  fact,  Blood  Indians,  but  may  well  have  had 
Plains  Crees  among  them.    Scollen  stayed  with  them  for  the  greater  part 
of  the  summer,  as  they  slowly  made  their  way  towards  the  northeast. 
Eventually,  the  camp  divided  into  two,  with  Scollen's  smaller  camp  going 
on  to  the  Battle  River  and  then  to  Buffalo  Lake. 

Scollen's  description  of  Buffalo  Lake  is  very  brief,  but 
enlightening  (OMI  Missions  1876:35-38).    There  were  a  great  many  natives 
of  every  variety,  including  a  very  substantial  number  of  other  Blackfoot 
bands.    He  was  alarmed  to  learn  that  Buffalo  Lake  had  not  seen  a  Catholic 
priest  since  Dupin  and  Bourgine  had  left  the  previous  summer.    No  less 
than  four  others  were  somewhere  out  in  the  Plains,  but  they  had  either 
missed  Buffalo  Lake  or  not  stayed. 

Scollen's  account  also  confirms  traditions  preserved  by  the 
Bellerose  and  Whitford  families  (Clark  1967:35-36)  that  Buffalo  Lake  was 
a  major  trading  post  set  up  at  a  convenient  place.    By  this  time,  the 
original  founding  traders  had  established  it  as  a  safe  meeting  place  for 
Crees,  Metis,  Stoneys,  and  Blackfeet,  and  as  such  it  had  become  a 
considerable  settlement.    But,  despite  a  number  of  permanent  residents, 
Scollen  maintained  that  it  functioned  primarily  as  a  meeting  place 
trading  in  furs,  provisions,  groceries,  and  peace. 

As  a  consequence  of  Scollen's  travels,  Doucet  was  assigned  to 
Buffalo  Lake  for  the  winter.    His  comments  are  disappointingly  thin,  but 
still  revealing.    He  noted  that  about  70  houses  were  occupied,  while  a 
significant  number  of  Cree  lodges  were  also  present  (Doucet  1869-1875). 
From  this  figure,  and  from  a  census  Grandin  and  Lestanc  made  of  St. 
Albert  early  in  1875,  Grandin  thought  there  were  between  300  and  400 
Metis  living  at  or  near  Buffalo  Lake  that  winter  (Codex  Historicus  de  St. 
Albert,  January-February,  1875).    Bobtail's  60  lodges  and  Sotai-na 's  50 
lodges  were  certainly  present  (OMI  Missions  1876:35-38),  while  other 
members  of  every  known  Edmonton-area  Treaty  band  can  be  traced  to  Buffalo 
Lake.    Without  working  out  the  numbers  of  Americans  or  Canadians  of 
European  descent,  the  Buffalo  Lake  settlement  had  not  less  than  1,050 
individuals  present  that  winter.    It  is  not  surprising  that  Grandin  found 
that  Doucet  was  very  busy  indeed  during  his  stay  (Grandin,  Transcripts, 
Vol.  5,  Part  7,  Doucet). 


-  46  - 


There  is  a  general  pattern  for  settlements  undergoing  rapid  growth. 
The  evidence  is  largely  photographic;  indeed,  the  best  overall  view  is  in 
the  earliest  photographs  of  Dawson  City  during  the  gold  rush  (Figure  6 
b).    Houses  would  form  a  reasonably  solid  inner  circle  of  the  settlement; 
a  belt  of  mixed  houses  and  tents,  both  tipis  and  house-like  tents,  would 
be  next;  and  finally  an  outer  belt  of  tents  alone  (Figure  7  a).  Normally 
the  building  of  houses  was  done  in  the  fall  (O'Artigue  1882:124-125),  and 
the  house  was  frequently  built  from  within  the  tent. 

The  complex  of  genealogical  data,  and  an  early  survey  of  the  area  by 
C.  A.  Magrath  (1883),  suggest  that  the  patterns  implied  above  are  a  fair 
statement  of  what  Buffalo  Lake  looked  like. 

The  tracings  of  known  or  possible  cabin  sites  suggest  that  buildings 
tended  to  be  arranged  about  five  to  six  at  one  place  in  very  shallow 
concave  curves.    Whether  these  clusters  represent  the  inclusion  of 
outbuildings,  such  as  stables,  or  concentrations  of  houses  belonging  to 
extended  families  is  not  clear.    In  either  case,  the  numbers  of  people 
known  to  be  present,  and  who  would  be  expected  to  live  in  houses,  exceeds 
the  number  of  sites  located.    A  precise  ratio  of  people  to  houses  is 
debatable,  but  various  sources,  notably  the  1874  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
census,  and  the  1881  Dominion  census,  suggest  that  the  ratio  increased 
from  about  4.5  people  per  house  to  about  6.0.    Most  of  this  growth 
represents  the  slow  replacement  of  the  1870  smallpox  victims  throughout 
the  decade. 

There  appears  to  have  been  a  smaller  core  of  houses  at  the  south  end 
of  Boss  Hill,  on  the  township  line  some  two  miles  south  of  the  main 
centre.    Genealogical  analysis  of  scrip  returns  has  revealed  that  a  small 
group  of  people  associated  with  Augustin  "Azure"  Hamelin  was  isolated 
from  the  main  community  between  1867  and  1883.    Possibly  this  smaller 
area  represents  this  quasi -ostraci zed  cousinhood.    At  any  rate,  some  sort 
of  distinction  based  on  family  groupings  and  intermarriages  seems 
probable. 

Flora  Whitford  Chalmers  later  claimed  to  remember  some  construction 
on  the  crest  of  Boss  Hill  (Lyster  et  al .  1980:17).    As  will  be  described, 
John  Kerr  wintered  in  an  area  to  the  south  of  the  main  settlement,  which 
was  occupied  by  lodges  or  tents  (Sissons  1946:213).    This  is  consistent 
with  the  model  of  development  noted  here. 

Samuel  Steele's  (1915:84-86)  estimate  of  400  houses  has  been 
frequently  questioned.    It  may  be  simply  that,  at  night,  the  number  and 
placement  of  buildings  made  the  community  seem  that  large.  Nevertheless, 
the  indicated  population  (about  2,000)  may  only  be  a  small  overestimation. 

If  indeed  there  was  a  "grand  council"  at  Buffalo  Lake,  numerous 
considerations  come  together  to  account  for  its  occurrence.    The  peace  of 
1872  was  still  holding,  but  the  intervention  of  a  rougher  class  of 
trader,  or  the  coming  of  the  police  force  was  disturbing  the  internal 
arrangements  between  the  Parkland  and  Prairie  peoples.    The  remaining 
buffalo  herds  in  Canada  were  still  plentiful  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan, 
but  there  were  fears  of  entering  too  far  into  another  group's  territory, 
especially  as  the  chiefs  were  losing  control. 

The  Buffalo  Lake  area  was  a  safe  place  for  working  out  several 
important  matters:  the  possibility  of  hunting  laws,  attitudes  towards  the 
expected  police  force,  preparations  for  Indian  treaties  with  Canada,  an 


-  47  - 


assessment  of  those  traders  who  might  be  safely  dealt  with,  and  perhaps 
the  expected  railway.    The  basic  results  of  Sandford  Fleming's  railway 
surveys  were  already  known,  and  if  his  recommendations  were  followed 
exactly,  Salois'  Crossing  would  be  the  nearest  settlement  to  the  line. 

The  Council  was  held  under  carefully  controlled  conditions.  Between 
early  September  and  the  middle  of  October,  there  was  a  six-week  period 
during  which  the  people  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  could  work  through  some 
strategy  for  the  moment  of  great  change  without  outside  interference. 
The  missionaries  had  left,  and  the  Police  had  not  yet  arrived.  If 
matters  were  not  reported  directly  and  in  detail,  it  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at.    The  people  apparently  considered  it  to  be  their  own  affair. 

From  events  of  the  following  winter  and  spring,  the  results  of  the 
council  can  be  inferred.    The  community  apparently  did  not  think  that 
there  was  much  to  be  done  about  the  buffalo.    When  the  North-West  Council 
and  the  St.  Laurent  colony  proposed  conservation  laws,  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  opposed  them:  they  did  not  expect  either  native  hunters  or 
the  Americans  to  respect  such  laws,  and  preferred  to  obtain  whatever 
share  they  could  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  February  28,  1875). 

Some  tentative  relations  existed  with  the  Canadian  Government 
through  Company  officers  and  the  missionaries.    They  were  not  necessarily 
the  best  of  relations,  but  both  sides  had  behaved  with  more  tact  than 
either  side  had  done  in  Red  River.    The  new  Police  were  rather  a 
different  proposition  than  Wolseley's  army  of  1870  had  been;  they  were 
dependent  upon  the  local  people  for  survival  itself,  and  were  well  aware 
of  it. 

It  also  appears  that  the  Council  tried  to  define  rules 
distinguishing  reputable  from  disreputable  traders.    Although  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company's  traders  were  not  ideal,  the  old  Company  was  more 
familiar  and  therefore  thought  more  reliable.    Some  trading  families  were 
better  regarded  than  others;  the  reputation  of  Charles  Smith,  Addison 
MacPherson,  and  Cuthbert  McGillis  were  such  that  they  left  for  Bow  River 
as  soon  as  they  could,  which  was  on  April  22,  1875  (Doucet  1869-1877). 
Indeed,  this  departure  was  the  largest  single  permanent  move  from  Buffalo 
Lake  to  Bow  River  prior  to  the  1880's. 

Finally,  a  number  of  misunderstandings  and  uncertainties  between  the 
various  peoples  were  resolved,  and  after  September,  1874,  much  of  the 
hesitation  of  Parklands  people  about  coming  out  of  the  foothills  began  to 
be  relieved. 

From  this  point  onward,  both  Bow  River  and  Buffalo  Lake  received 
large  numbers  of  migrants  from  the  Edmonton  district.    As  previously 
indicated,  the  people  migrating  to  the  two  destinations  were  of  different 
background  and  behaved  differently.    There  would  eventually  be  a  large 
migration  from  Buffalo  Lake  southwards,  but  the  time  had  not  yet  come, 
and  it  would  come  for  reasons  rather  different  than  expected. 

The  next  two  to  three  years  were  to  be  spent  in  working  through  the 
problems  posed  in  1874,  before  a  new  set  of  difficulties  and  changing 
conditions  presented  themselves. 

Migration  to  the  south  continued.    Indeed  the  Bow  River  area 
received  more  migrants  than  did  the  Battle  River  settlements.    Once  the 
Police  were  actually  present,  the  people  from  the  Parkland  or  from  across 
the  border  began  to  edge  their  way  out  of  the  foothills,  and  past  the 
Riviere  la  Biche  villages,  on  a  more  permanent  basis. 


-  48  - 


The  trading  complex  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan,  quite  sophisticated 
for  some  years,  had  apparently  added  another  degree  of  that 
sophistication.    Late  in  1874,  the  larger  free  traders  were  employing 
travelling  agents.    The  idea  was  consistent  with  the  pre-1870  Upper 
Saskatchewan  society,  in  which  traders'  families  were  normally  fulfilling 
this  role  (Weekes  1939;  Charette  1976;  Edmonton  Post  Journals, 
1869-1873).    John  Kerr,  for  example,  had  formed  a  loose  partnership  with 
John  McLatchie  in  Red  River  in  late  August  or  early  September,  1874.  Two 
others  were  hired,  Fred  Sache  and  Tom  Isbister.    Kerr  and  a  connection  of 
trading  friends  spent  the  winter  at  Buffalo  Lake,  going  out  to  visit 
surrounding  camps  in  the  Battle  River  district.    However,  Sache  and 
Isbister  went  on  to  Bow  River,  and  returned  in  the  spring  with  their 
trading  results  (Sissons  1946:195-196,  201-213).    Abraham  Salois  was 
similarly  employing  Pierre  Lacorde  in  the  following  summer;  Lacorde  had 
been  a  Buffalo  Lake  resident,  but  moved  to  Salois*  Crossing  upon  his 
return  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  580;  Laboucane  1883). 

The  trade  in  buffalo  was  not  particularly  profitable.    When  Kerr 
visited  the  Catholic  Mission  near  Pirmez  Creek  in  the  spring  of  1875,  he 
was  informed  both  by  Sam  Livingston  and  Charles  Conrad  of  I.  G.  Baker  and 
Company  that  nobody  was  purchasing  robes  or  furs  at  Benton.  Both, 
however,  believed  a  market  could  be  had  at  Winnipeg  (Sissons 
1946:213-216).    The  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  trade  was  almost  entirely  in 
robes,  and  some  disappointment  is  clear  in  Hardisty's  annual  report  on 
the  1874  outfit  year:  Hardisty  wanted  almost  any  other  variety  of  fur, 
but  not  buffalo  robes  (Saskatchewan  District  1874-1892,  B.60/c/ll, 
Hardisty,  June  8,  1875). 

The  crucial  problem  for  the  Company,  however,  continued  to  be 
provisions  rather  than  robes,  and  in  the  regions  south  of  the  Red  River, 
while  the  buffalo  were  plentiful,  nothing  much  else  was.    Items  such  as 
flour  were  enormously  expensive,  being  available  only  from  Benton  or  Red 
River.    Red  River's  goods  came  through  Edmonton,  and  Benton's  were  coming 
through  very  hostile  Sioux  camps  on  the  Missouri.    All  goods  were  very 
high  priced  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  419).    The  Company's  hopes  for 
improvements  through  steamboats  still  were  not  doing  very  well.  On 
November  2,  1874,  Francis  Whitford  reported  that  shortages  of  blankets 
had  cost  the  Company  much  of  the  business  brought  to  Buffalo  Lake 
(probably  to  John  Kerr)  by  the  Victoria  area  people  (Hardisty  Papers, 
Item  421). 


1875 

Before  the  spring  of  1875,  Hardisty  found  himself  sharing  Edmonton 
with  an  Inspecting  Chief  Factor,  Robert  Hamilton.    Hamilton  calculated 
that  by  the  end  of  that  year,  no  fewer  than  thirty  different  traders  at 
Buffalo  Lake  had  been  supplied  by  Richard  Hardisty,  Lawrence  Clarke,  or 
the  new  English  firm  at  Duck  Lake,  Stobart  and  Eden  (Hamilton  1875). 

Close  reading  of  the  Company's  documents,  particularly  the  letters 
written  by  W.  L.  Wood  at  Spitsea,  and  John  Bunn  at  Ghost  River,  reveals 
that  although  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  Parkland  people  at  Buffalo  Lake  and 
Bow  River  did  not  as  a  rule  change  residence,  there  was  much  travelling 


-  49  - 


from  one  place  to  the  other.    As  the  Canadian  Government's  presence 
became  fixed,  regular  (if,  as  ever,  belated)  mail  service  and  police 
patrols  passed  Buffalo  Lake  on  the  way  between  Edmonton  and  Calgary.  So 
did  traders,  both  Company  men  and  others,  who  were  diversifying  into 
cattle.    With  the  solidifying  of  peace  with  the  Blackfeet  in  late  1874, 
the  old  Blackfoot  trading  route  which  passed  by  Tail  Creek  became  very 
heavily  used.    However,  from  the  memoirs  of  both  Jean  D'Artigue  (1882: 
85-87)  and  the  Reverend  John  McDougall  (1973:197),  it  is  quite  clear  that 
the  Metis  sites  along  Tail  Creek  had  not  yet  been  established. 

Nor  was  Buffalo  Lake  entirely  occupied  all  year.    Still,  the  place 
was  very  populous  when  the  Canadian  Government  appeared,  in  the  person  of 
Jean  D'Artigue,  on  March  7,  1875: 

On  the  shores  of  the  lake  was  a  village  inhabited  by 
Indians  and  half-breeds  who  were  hunting  the  buffalo.  The 
half-breed  [a  trader  who  had  travelled  with  him]  who  had 
preceded  me  had  apprised  them  of  my  coming;  so  a  large 
party  came  out  to  meet  me,  each  contending  for  the  honour 
of  entertaining  an  envoy  of  the  Canadian  Government. 

Learning  that  I  had  come  to  see  buffaloes,  the 
half-breeds  assured  me  that  they  were  to  be  found  about 
sixty  miles  south,  and  that  it  would  be  quite  easy  to 
satisfy  my  curiosity.    So  the  following  day, 
notwithstanding  their  friendly  endeavours  to  detain  me,  I 
set  out  in  the  direction  of  the  Cree  camp  situated  in  the 
valley  of  the  Red  Deer  River  [Sweetgrass1  camp  at  Big 
Valley]  [D'Artigue  1882:85]. 

John  Kerr  noted  in  his  account  (Sissons  1946:212)  that  Buffalo  Lake 
was  not,  in  fact,  inhabited  solely  by  buffalo  hunters,  although,  to  be 
sure,  there  were  many  of  them.    As  spring  of  1875  finally  came,  the 
people  broke  off  in  two  directions.    Some  went  hunting,  and  others 
hastened  to  get  their  spring  crops  planted.    The  season  was  very  late  for 
the  latter,  and  the  situation  in  which  Kerr  found  himself  may  not  have 
been  normal . 

I  was  left  absolutely  alone.    But  for  me  the  great  camp  at 
Buffalo  Lake  was  deserted,  the  plains  hunters  and  Crees  had 
left  for  the  prairies,  and  early  spring  of  1875  was  in  the 
air.    I  had  no  carts  -  otherwise  I  would  myself  have  set  off 
for  the  Bow  River  -  so  I  had  to  wait  till  Tom  Isbister  and 
Fred  Sache  came  along  the  trail. 

It  was  eerie  there  by  that  great  sheet  of  water.  After 
the  laughing  and  chatter,  the  crowding  and  gambling  and 
haggling  and  hoarse  shouting,  it  was  strange  to  have  only 
sun,  wind,  rain,  and  wild  life  for  company. 

The  boys  arrived  on  a  Sunday.    I  remember  very  well.  I 
was  sleeping  and  was  awakened  by  the  sound  of  loud  talking 
and  the  rattle  of  carts.    I  sprang  out  of  my  tent  to  see  the 
boys  driving  past  a  quarter  of  a  mile  away,  less  maybe. 
They  didn't  know  I  had  a  teepee,  as  I  had  none  when  I  left 


-  50  - 


them,  and  thought  it  was  some  Indian's  tent.  I  shouted  and 
waved  my  hands,  and  they  turned  and  drove  up  .  .  .  [Sissons 
1946:212-213]. 

The  arrangements  that  Hardisty  had  made  for  small  Company  posts  were 
without  authority,  indeed,  rather  with  the  disapproval,  of  his 
superiors.    Hamilton's  view  was  that  the  Company's  transportation 
arrangements  would  always  allow  it  to  act  as  a  wholesaler  to  the  host  of 
traders  (Hamilton  1875).    However,  after  Hamilton  visited  several  of 
these  posts,  including  Buffalo  Lake,  in  October  and  November  of  1875,  he 
concluded  that  they  were  needed.    The  hunting  parties  were  increasingly 
unpredictable  in  their  movements,  and  the  Company's  new  transportation 
system  based  on  steamboats  was  not  sufficiently  reliable  (Trade 
Commissioner  1874-1893,  D20/4,  f.  87,  Clarke  to  Grahame,  January  13, 
1876;  D20/4,  f.  141,  January  31,  1876;  Hardisty  Papers,  Item  595). 

It  seemed  to  Hardisty,  in  his  report  on  the  outfit  year  ending  on 
May  31,  1875,  that  Whitford  had  succeeded  quite  well  at  Buffalo  Lake, 
despite  heavy  opposition  trading  (Saskatchewan  District  1874-1892, 
B60/C/11). 

In  the  mid-1870's,  trade  into  the  Bow  River  area  from  Buffalo  Lake 
was  growing.    In  April,  1875,  approximately  65  individuals  left  Buffalo 
Lake  for  Bow  River;  61  of  these  traced  through  families  recorded  in  Metis 
scrip  applications.    Between  1875  and  1880,  a  net  migration  of  26 
individuals  to  Bow  River  and  18  to  the  United  States  can  be  traced,  for  a 
grand  total  of  109  emigrants.    As  the  sample  upon  which  these  people  are 
based  (Day  1985)  is  not  complete,  the  actual  numbers  may  have  been  larger 
than  that.  At  the  same  time,  the  movement  of  people  who  eventually  became 
Treaty  Indians  was  rather  small. 

As  far  as  can  be  seen,  then,  the  net  migration  in  and  out  of  the 
Battle  River  area  was  rather  limited:  either  154  or  183  went  southwards, 
and  either  133  or  144  went  elsewhere  (mostly  to  Battleford  or  Prince 
Albert).    Opposed  to  this,  either  148  or  180  (respectively)  came  into  the 
district.    Consequently,  although  there  was  a  net  migration  outwards,  it 
came  within  a  range  of  39  to  47  people  among  the  Metis  community.  Either 
a  very  large  minority  or  a  majority  of  those  who  migrated  did  so  in  1873 
and  1874;  both  emigration  and  immigration  ranked  lower  after  1875. 

By  one  reckoning,  then,  the  net  migration  from  the  Battle  River  area 
to  all  places  was  72.  As  187  emigrants  (possibly  239)  are  counted,  there 
was  obviously  a  large  number  of  people  coming  in:  115  or  even  167. 

Apparently,  of  these  people,  about  22  (or  31)  came  from  outside  the 
Upper  Saskatchewan.    Therefore,  there  must  have  been  a  major  movement 
from  the  areas  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  to  the  north  of  the  Battle 
River/Buffalo  Lake  areas;  between  93  and  136  people  who  were  from  the 
area  between  Victoria  and  Whitford  Lake,  to  that  between  Lac  Ste.  Anne 
and  the  Bear's  Hills. 

It  is  to  the  Victoria,  Edmonton,  Lac  Ste.  Anne,  and  St.  Albert 
settlements  that  one  must  turn  to  account  for  the  new  migrants  to  Buffalo 
Lake.    The  fact  is  quite  well  documented,  although  the  sources  have  not 
been  well  known  (or,  in  one  case,  available  until  very  recent  years). 
The  regular  departures  from  the  Sturgeon  River  area  and  Edmonton  are 
noted  frequently  in  Grandin's  diaries,  in  the  Codex  Historicus  de  St. 
Albert,  and  the  Edmonton  Post  Journals  when  they  resume  in  1877. 


-  51  - 


Why  should  this  migration  have  occurred,  and  why  should  it  mainly 
have  been  from  St.  Albert  and  Lac  Ste.  Anne?    The  reasons  are  surprising, 
and  they  open  the  question  of  the  decline  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  settlement 
to  reconsideration. 

The  answer  is  short.    By  1875,  the  Upper  Saskatchewan's  Parkland 
residents  had  made  headway  in  taking  up  agriculture.    However,  a  series 
of  misfortunes  beyond  human  control  forced  a  large  number  of  settled 
residents  into  the  Plains,  not,  as  is  usually  stated,  because  there  was 
an  overwhelming  desire  to  continue  a  hunting  life,  but  to  evade 
starvation. 

As  to  the  numbers  of  people  living  by  agriculture,  the  facts  are 
more  or  less  as  follows.    On  December  29,  1874,  Grandin  estimated  that  64 
Metis  and  Canadian  families  resided  at  Buffalo  Lake,  and  of  these,  15 
were  settled  to  agriculture.    This  estimate  was  revised  upwards  to 
between  300  and  400  people  on  January  5,  1875,  apparently  after  Scollen 
had  added  further  information:  apparently  another  50  to  100  Metis  and 
several  large  Cree  camps  were  at  points  of  which  Doucet  had  not  been 
aware  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  two  letters,  December  29,  1874; 
Vol.  15,  Part  5,  December  29-January  5,  1874/1875).    Thus  there  were 
about  65  individuals  known  to  have  been  living  by  agriculture  at  Buffalo 
Lake,  and  possibly  between  10  and  30  at  other  points  nearby. 

In  the  winter  of  1874-1875,  400  people  remained  at  St.  Albert  and 
took  no  part  in  the  hunt  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  15,  Part  5,  May  13, 
1875).    By  the  winter  of  1876-1877,  when  conditions  were  much  worse,  70 
families  with  346  individuals  in  the  area  west  of  the  Mission  at  St. 
Albert  and  on  the  St.  Albert  Trail  were  no  longer  dependent  on  the  hunt, 
although  20  families  with  158  individuals  still  were  partly  or  wholly 
dependent  on  the  hunt  (Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  January  11,  1877; 
Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  January  1-11,  1877;  Day  1985).    Most  of 
these  families,  however,  had  not  abandoned  farming. 

About  the  same  time,  Grandin  learned  from  Lestanc  and  Fafard,  who 
were  looking  after  Buffalo  Lake  that  winter,  that  most  of  the  people  were 
looking  for  possible  agricultural  land  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  22, 
Grandin  to  Meredith,  January  26,  1877). 

In  general,  the  crops  grown  in  1874  were  successful.  However, 
something  had  to  be  done  with  grain  crops  once  they  were  harvested. 
While  nothing  is  known  about  the  operations  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
mill  at  Edmonton  for  that  year,  in  general  it  did  not  function  well.  At 
the  same  time,  the  St.  Albert  Mission's  watermill  was  gravely  damaged  by 
flooding  of  the  Sturgeon  River  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  574).  Closer 
inspection  by  Grandin  and  Lestanc  revealed  that  the  supposed  unhappiness 
at  the  fall,  1874,  meeting  at  Buffalo  Lake  had  less  to  do  with  Government 
mistreatment  of  Ambro'ise  Lepine  than  the  inability  of  the  mills  to  handle 
the  crops.    This  was  not  encouraging  to  people  who  were  in  a  sense 
experimenting  with  cultivation  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  December 
29,  1874;  Lestanc  1910). 

In  the  fall,  there  were  warnings  of  disaster.    The  year  had  been  too 
wet  for  sufficient  quantities  of  hay,  while  it  is  implied  in  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  correspondence  that  considerable  efforts  had  been  made  to 
invest  in  livestock.    Therefore,  there  was  a  bad  shortage  of  feed  even 
before  winter  arrived. 


-  52  - 


Although  the  circumstances  of  winter's  onset  in  the  Parkland  are  not 
well  known,  it  came  early  and  hard  to  southern  Alberta,  and  both  men  and 
livestock  were  freezing  to  death  by  November  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol. 
4;  Vol.  5,  Part  7,  N.D.  de  la  Paix;    Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert, 
1874-1885;  Lestanc  1910;  Trade  Commissioner  1874-1893,  Various  Items; 
Hardisty  Papers,  Various  Items).    Although  the  winter  apparently  set  in 
reasonably  late  farther  north,  the  snow  was  very  heavy,  and  it  appears 
that  the  domestic  livestock  could  not  get  any  grass.    Together  with  the 
existing  hay  shortage,  this  made  it  impossible  to  feed  the  unfortunate 
animals . 

A  brief  thaw  in  February  apparently  laid  down  a  second  ice  cover 
between  layers  of  snow,  but  caused  the  early  breakup  of  several  streams, 
making  travel  southwards  very  hazardous.  Only  in  early  March  could  snow 
be  cleared  away  from  patches  of  ground.  Another  such  thaw  and  very  cold 
re-freezing  occurred  early  in  April,  and  that  was  enough  to  destroy  most 
of  St.  Albert's  domestic  livestock  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  January 
1-April  15,  1875). 

If  any  of  this  was  causing  difficulty  at  Buffalo  Lake,  however,  it 
is  not  apparent  in  surviving  accounts,  of  which  there  were  four,  for  that 
winter  (Doucet  1868-1926;  1869-1877;  D'Artigue  1882;  Steele  1915;  Sissons 
1946).    Apparently  it  was  very  cold,  but  the  buffalo  were  numerous,  and 
Salois'  choice  of  the  site  in  1872  had  been  based  on  just  such  a  winter. 
Doucet  arrived  at  St.  Albert  on  March  10  by  dog  team,  with  one  companion, 
having  travelled  overnight.    Jean  D'Artigue,  who  left  a  few  days  later  to 
see  the  Battle  River  district,  had  relatively  little  trouble  in 
comparison  with  most  travellers. 

As  the  spring  took  its  time  in  coming,  anxiety  about  the  1875  crop 
would  have  been  unavoidable.    Most  people  had  already  used  up  everything 
extra  from  the  1874  harvest;  the  Police  found  that  there  was  none  to  be 
bought  for  any  price  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  April  9,  1875). 
Normally,  one  would  want  to  start  spring  ploughing  about  April.  Some 
crops,  notably  conventional  wheat,  had  to  be  planted  in  the  first  week  of 
May.    April,  however,  proved  to  be  a  month  of  abortive  thaws,  followed  by 
unusually  late  spells  of  extreme  cold,  "frightful"  roads,  and  very  unsafe 
waterway  crossings.    There  were  heavy  ice  flows  in  the  North  Saskatchewan 
as  late  as  May  6,  and  no  sooner  had  the  true  thaw  set  in,  about  May  4, 
than  hailstorms  arrived.    By  any  measure,  the  season  promised  to  be  very 
short  indeed,  probably  much  too  short  for  any  wheat  other  than  the  native 
Red  Club  variety. 

May  continued  to  be  alarmingly  cold,  as  Grandin  and  Lawrence  Clarke 
agreed  on  May  18  at  Carlton.    Clarke's  anxieties  were  not  diminished  by 
his  knowledge  that  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  plans  for  riverboat 
transportation  were  extensive,  a  plan  that  had  every  appearance  of 
unreliability,  while  the  livestock  losses  made  freighters  hard  to  find 
and  debt-ridden  as  well.    The  fears  of  both  men  proved  to  be  entirely 
justified  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  May  18,  1875;  Hardisty  Papers, 
Items  629,  936,  938). 

June  was  cold  and  had  strong  winds.    Fortunately,  the  rains  came 
when  they  were  needed.    Equally  fortunate,  there  were  a  large  number  of 
buffalo.    Given  the  latter  fact,  a  very  large  number  of  people  could  be 
expected  to  head  out  to  the  Plains.    A  new  priest,  Christophe  Touze, 
replaced  Doucet  at  Buffalo  Lake  early  in  May,  and  Scollen  apparently 


-  53  - 


joined  him  there  during  the  summer.  For  the  entire  Bow  River  crop  had 
been  destroyed  by  grasshoppers,  and  its  people  had  to  come  northwards. 
Thus  not  only  Scollen,  but  both  John  and  George  McDougall  were  present  at 
Buffalo  Lake  (J.  McDougall  1875a;  1876a;  1876b;  Dempsey  1967:24;  Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  July  6,  1876). 

Fortunately,  the  fall  frosts  were  late,  the  killing  frost  coming  on 
October  2.    Although  Lestanc's  own  experimental  Red  Fife  wheat  came  close 
to  being  frozen,  most  of  the  St.  Albert  people  who  were  leaving  for  the 
fall  hunting  were  able  to  do  so  on  September  15,  and  most  who  had 
returned  had  done  so  by  November  6,  when  wintry  weather  first  occurred 
(Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  October  2-November  15,  1875;  Codex 
Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  November  5-11,  1875).    The  harvests  were  good, 
but  that  result  could  not  have  been  foreseen. 

At  this  time,  the  detailed  survey  work  on  the  Canadian  Pacific 
Railway  line  was  beginning  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan,  and  although  the 
route  was  open  to  question,  it  was  soon  apparent  that  it  would  pass  quite 
close  to  Abraham  Salois'  farm  and  store.    Both  farming  and  trading 
households,  then,  had  good  reasons  for  being  in  the  Buffalo  Lake  district 
in  1875.    Indeed,  there  were  a  good  many  people  wno  were  leaving  for 
Buffalo  Lake  from  St.  Albert  after  both  the  fall  hunt  and  harvesting  were 
completed  (Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  November  23,  1875). 

Despite  the  departure  of  Cuthbert  McGillis'  group  of  families  in 
April,  1875,  the  settlement  by  Boss  Hill  had  grown  very  substantially. 
In  the  previous  fall,  64  Metis  or  Canadian  families  were  there;  when 
Lestanc  and  his  colleague,  the  newly  ordained  Leon  Fafard,  arrived  there 
in  November,  they  counted  80  families  at  this  one  site  (about  440  people) 
(Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  February  2-March  14,  1876).  Francis 
Wh.itford,  who  had  come  from  Pigeon  Lake  in  August,  had  already  been 
alarmed  at  the  site's  overcrowding,  and  the  arrival  of  even  more  people. 
Even  before  the  fall  hunt  was  complete,  he  observed,  on  September  12: 

I  do  not  know  where  all  the  freemen  is  gone  [going]  to 
winter,  some  here  and  goodness  knows  where  the  rest  is  to 
winter  [Hardisty  Papers,  Item  610]. 

In  truth,  the  Buffalo  Lake  site  was  no  longer  able  to  accomodate  any 
substantial  immigration.    Although  the  site  might  have  been  running  low 
on  wood  for  fuel  and  building  purposes,  frequently  a  reason  for 
abandonment,  detailed  descriptions  by  both  surveyors  (Magrath  1880;  Miles 
1883)  and  later  settlers  cast  considerable  doubt  on  the  matter.  Indeed, 
the  very  heavy  growth  of  trees  on  the  north  side  of  the  lake,  and  east  of 
the  trails  to  the  south  and  southwest  of  Lynn  Lake,  are  noted  by  all 
sources  between  1880  and  1900.    One  recorded  reason  for  abandonment, 
derives  from  Philip  and  Donald  Whitford,  who  both  claimed  that  the  water 
levels  had  become  too  high  (Lyster  et  al.  1980:393,  396;  Anonymous 
1963:115;  Clark  1967:35-36,  361;  Magrath  1883).    A  second,  mentioned  by 
Tyrrell  ( 1 887 : 34E) ,  suggested  that  the  people  left  for  areas  closer  to 
newer  trading  posts. 

But  the  main  point  is  that  before  long  the  Buffalo  Lake  people  had 
to  start  a  second  major  settlement,  which  comprised  at  least  two  distinct 
villages.    The  new  villages  were  along  Tail  Creek. 


-  54  - 


As  far  as  can  be  determined,  the  earliest  reference  to  this  location 
as  a  village  appears  in  a  letter  from  Francis  Whitford  written  at  Tail 
Creek  on  November  1,  1875.    Buffalo  were  plentiful,  and  so  were  traders. 
On  November  16,  Whitford  noted: 

I  think  the  traders  is  goin  to  keep  us  busey  for  they 
are  running  each  other  already  [Hardisty  Papers,  Item 
612]. 


1876 


John  Sinclair,  supposedly  assigned  to  the  Bow  River  area,  found 
himself  being  pulled  northwards  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's 
competitors,  first  to  Big  Valley,  and  then  to  Buffalo  Lake  itself,  as 
Francis  Whitford  was  unable  to  leave  Tail  Creek  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item 
772).    Sinclair's  letter  from  Buffalo  Lake  of  January  22,  1876,  is  of 
considerable  interest.    He  was  supposed  to  be  obtaining  robes,  but  these 
were  not  of  interest  to  the  people  there: 

As  the  Robs  are  come  down  to  5  Inst.  I  will  gain  nothing 
and  I  dont  see  my  staying  here  much  longer.    Its  only 
expensive  feeding  dogs  and  I  dont  know  what  to  do  with 
these  goods,  weither  to  hand  them  over  to  Francis  or  take 
them  down  to  Edmonton.    Since  I  came  to  Bulls  lake,  I  only 
bought  2  Robes  and  only  a  few  Bags  of  Pemmican. 

I  am  going  off  once  again  to  the  Plains,  I  left  some 
of  my  stuff  out  there,  for  its  no  use  to  try  &  buy  a  Robe 
for  five  Skins.    The  talk  here  is  all  about  the  price  of 
Robes,  and  Horse  Trading  &  nothing  more  [Hardisty  Papers, 
Item  773]. 

However,  Sinclair  was  unable  to  leave.    The  Police  had  sent  Captain 
Leif  Crozier  from  Battleford  to  start  a  post  at  Buffalo  Lake.  However, 
Crozier's  previous  assignments  and  a  very  arduous  journey  had  left  him  in 
an  advanced  state  of  nervous  exhaustion.    Sinclair  had  discovered  him 
wandering  far  off  course,  apparently  insane,  and  found  himself  nursing 
him  back  to  health  for  the  rest  of  the  winter  (Horrall  1975;  Hardisty 
Papers,  Items  737,  772).    This  attempt  was  supplemented  by  a  meeting  In 
July,  1875,  between  Inspector  Jarvis,  and  Major-General  E.  Selby  Smith, 
at  which  time  a  separate  decision  was  made  to  establish  a  post  at  the 
mouth  of  Tail  Creek  (Horrall  1975:35,  Selby-Smith,  Report,  January  1, 
1876).    Colonel  James  Macleod  claimed  that  the  decision  was  based  on  a 
recommendation  by  Scollen  (Macleod  1876). 

In  early  August,  it  appears  that  Scollen  visited  the  area,  as  more 
than  one  priest  was  now  required.    After  he  and  Touze  returned  to  St. 
Albert  on  September  4,  he  left  for  the  south  on  September  28.  However, 
he  seems  to  have  visited  various  encampments  on  the  way,  and  perhaps 
these  visits  indirectly  give  a  founding  date  for  Tail  Creek  (Doucet 
1869-1877;  Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  August  1-September  28,  1875). 


-  55  - 


Leon-Adelard  Fafard  left  for  Buffalo  Lake  on  December  15, 
accompanied  by  Sub-Inspector  Severe  Gagnon,  who  proceeded  to  Tail  Creek. 
Fafard  went  on  to  the  older  settlement.    However,  when  Lestanc  left  to 
assist  him  in  January,  he  found  a  house-chapel  had  already  been  built  at 
Tail  Creek,  which  Gagnon  was  using  as  the  Police  Station.    There  is  a 
slight  disagreement  as  to  Fafard's  departure  date  and  route  in  the 
sources,  and  two  dates  of  construction  are  possible.    Either  gives  a 
possible  date  of  foundation  for  the  new  Tail  Creek  site. 

Either  Scollen  made  arrangements  though  the  local  people  during 
August,  or  Fafard  had  been  instructed  to  do  so  when  he  left  with  Gagnon. 
Grandin  thought  the  latter  was  the  case,  as  his  diary  states  that  Fafard 
was  to  go  by  Salois'  Crossing,  possibly  to  consult  with  Abraham  Salois' 
family.    The  Codex  Historicus'  author,  either  Alexandre  Blanchet  or 
Lestanc,  thought  the  arrangements  were  already  made,  and  Gagnon  evidently 
left  on  that  understanding.    Therefore,  the  Tail  Creek  site's  foundation 
may  have  been  accomplished  as  early  as  August,  1875  (Codex  Historicus  de 
St.  Albert,  December  15,  1875;  Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  December  17, 
1875). 

Lestanc  left  on  January  10,  1876.    After  visiting  Fafard's 
house-chapel  at  Buffalo  Lake,  he  apparently  arrived  at  Tail  Creek  on  or 
about  January  16,  when  he  found  Gagnon  in  the  Tail  Creek  building 
(Lestanc  1874-1879;  Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  February  2,  1876). 

The  Tail  Creek  house-chapel  was  functioning  as  a  public  hostel,  and 
it  was  impossible  to  tell  whether  the  Police  were  running  the  clergy,  or 
the  clergy  the  Police.    A  master-and-servant  case  on  February  17,  1876, 
led  to  the  eviction  of  the  two  policemen  from  the  house-chapel.  When 
Grandin  passed  by  Tail  Creek  in  June,  1876,  he  noted  that  the  building 
had  not  been  erected  in  haste  (Figure  7  b),  and  neither  were  the 
buildings  of  the  new  Police  post  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  June, 
1876;  Vol.  4;  Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  February  17,  1876). 

Lestanc  (1874-1879)  wrote  on  February  2  to  report  that  an  additional 
50  families  lived  along  Tail  Creek.    This  number  excluded  Protestant 
families,  whom  George  McDougall  visited  in  December  (Dempsey  1967:24; 
Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  February  2,  1876).    In  mid-March,  Lestanc 
added  (translation): 

1876  Jan.  10.    My  departure  for  Buffalo  Lake  where 
Monseigneur  sent  me  to  preach  the  Jubilee.    Good  weather. 

The  comment  on  the  weather  is  significant,  and  will  be  discussed 
later.    Lestanc  was  ten  days  late  due  to  very  poor  weather.  The 
"Jubilee"  refers  to  a  periodic  year  of  special  devotions  in  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church.    As  practiced  in  the  territory,  these  devotions  would 
resemble  Methodist  camp  meetings  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  December 
31,  1875).    Lestanc  (1874-1879)  continued: 

Buffalo  Lake  is  about  100  miles  south  of  Edmonton.  I 
arrived  there  on  Friday  towards  noon  [January  14].    We  had 
superb  weather  and  took  four  complete  days  to  reach  it.  I 
found  Father  Fafard  installed  comfortably  in  a  small  and  low 
barrack,  but  fitting  and  warm  .... 


-  56  - 


The  term  "baraque"  does  not  imply  a  shanty  or  cabin,  but  a  rather 
more  permanent  house,  although  certainly  not  luxurious  (Figure  8a,  b). 
The  account  continues: 

...  He  lacked  nothing:  above  all,  he  had  a  good  roof  over 
his  head.    The  camp  of  winterers  placed  at  Buffalo  Lake  had 
a  good  eighty  families,  without  counting  a  small  camp  at 
Tail  Creek,  and  two  others  at  the  Red  Deer  river.  .  .  . 

(The  St.  Albert  Codex  Historicus  for  February  2  mentions  130  Metis 
or  Canadian  families.) 

...  I  spent  two  months  with  these  able  ("bons")  Metis  of 
Buffalo  Lake,  and  I  was  very  happy  with  their  good  will  in 
general.    They  showed  a  great  anxiety  to  profit  from  the 
Jubilee,    At  the  end  of  the  Jubilee  I  had  seen  one  of  the  Red 
Deer  River  camps.  .  .  . 

Lestanc    (1910)  added  a  few  notes  in  December,  1910,  in  his 
reminiscences . 

...  As  there  was  a  great  camp  of  Metis  at  Buffalo  Lake 
that  particular  winter,  Mgr.  Grandin  wished  to  give  these 
good  hunters  the  means  to  practice  their  Christian  duties 
and  gain  [the  benefits  of]  the  Jubilee  and  sent  them  the 
Reverend  Father  Fafard,  a  young  priest  newly  arrived  from 
Ottawa  and  all  freshly  ordained  at  St.  Albert. 

This  Father  Fafard  was  full  of  good  will;  unfortunately 
he  did  not  know  Cree  and  the  largest  number  of  our  hunters 
spoke  no  other  language.  ... 

This  observation  is  not  quite  correct.    Most  of  the  people  who  did 
not  accept  the  Treaty  were  at  least  trilingual,  although  they  spoke  Cree 
best  of  the  three. 

The  Codex,  and  Lestanc' s  Notes,  therefore,  place  80  French  Canadian 
or  Metis  families  at  Buffalo  Lake,  and  50  at  Tail  Creek.    This  is  to  be 
preferred  to  a  letter  frequently  cited,  which  speaks  of  100  families  in 
the  entire  area  (Lestanc  1876). 

Fafard,  for  his  part,  was  shocked  by  the  dances  at  Buffalo  Lake,  and 
thought  he  had  brought  them  to  an  end  by  New  Year's  Day.    About  all  that 
can  be  said  is  that  he  was  inexperienced;  the  Buffalo  Lake  fiddlers 
played  music  at  the  Christmas  Masses  at  the  St.  Albert  Cathedral.  On 
April  10,  1876,  Lestanc  (1910)  observed: 

.  .  .  Mgr.  judged  it  appropriate,  therefore,  to  send  me  to 
Father  Fafard's  aid.    For  myself,  it  was  a  holiday  ("fete") 
to  pass  some  time  with  these  able  ("bons")  Metis:  it  was 
like  old  times.    I  passed  two  months  with  Father  Fafard  at 
Buffalo  Lake;  nearly  all  the  Metis  approached  the 
sacraments,  and  did  their  best  to  gain  the  Jubilee.  I 
returned  to  St.  Albert  at  the  beginning  of  March.  .  .  . 


-  57  - 


Grandin's  Memoirs  add  a  little  more.    The  Fafard  mission  had  been 
decided  after  a  visit  of  two  delegates  from  Buffalo  Lake,  Leon  Delorme 
and  Louis  Hamelin,  on  December  12.    Apparently  twin  house-chapels  had 
been  erected  at  the  expense  of  the  people.    Grandin  had  no  funds  (Grandin 
1854-1957,  Box  1,  Item  3,  State  of  the  Diocese,  1876;  Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  7,  Part  12,  State  of  the  Diocese,  1877),  and  it  is 
quite  inconceivable  that  he  would  have  entertained  building  anything 
beyond  whatever  existed  from  1868  or  1869.    He  observed  that  the 
house-chapels  were  the  same  as  most  of  the  buildings  at  both  places: 
small  and  plain,  somewhat  provisional  in  nature  (although  not  temporary 
cabins  or  shelters),  and  quite  well  built.    He  was  rather  pleased  with 
them,  and  thought  them  preferable  to  most  house-chapels,  which  he 
described  as  "most  often  only  poor  and  sad  barracks.  ..."  (Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  7,  Part  12,  State  of  the  Diocese,  1877). 

They  were  usually  about  20  feet  wide,  30  feet  long,  divided  into  two 
rooms  by  a  blanket,  one  room  being  a  chapel,  and  the  other  a  house.  Both 
rooms  were  required  on  Sundays.    In  his  subsequent  travels,  Grandin  was 
to  find  equivalent  structures  to  the  south  and  from  Fort  Pitt  eastwards 
which  were  very  much  worse  than  what  he  saw  at  Tail  Creek  in  June,  1876 
(Figure  7  b) . 

Although  the  harvests  in  the  Parkland  in  1875  were  reasonably  good, 
several  things  created  problems.    The  volume  of  barley  was  light.    At  the 
same  time,  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  surveyors  were  eating  local 
produce  over  the  winter,  and  were  likely  to  upset  a  delicate  balance 
(Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol  1,  March  1-30,  1876;  Vol.  5,  Part  7,  St  . 
Albert,  March,  1876).    Moreover,  the  winter  of  1875-1876  was  another 
prolonged  and  very  cold  one. 

There  was  no  observed  shortage  of  food,  at  least  until  March,  but 
the  stock  of  non-buffalo  food  began  to  run  low.    Grandin's  Diary  also 
records  a  considerable  amount  of  trouble  in  threshing  the  grain  crop.  It 
had  been  caught  by  the  early  and  severe  weather,  while  labourers  to  do 
the  threshing  were  in  short  supply.    By  February  17,  the  St.  Albert 
Mission  had  to  send  its  labourers  out  to  buy  pemmican  at  Buffalo  Lake: 
they  obtained  2,100  pounds  of  it,  which  was  about  ten  times  what  John 
Sinclair  could  procure. 

By  early  March,  both  Grandin  and  Inspecting  Chief  Factor  Robert 
Hamilton  found  that  available  food  had  run  out.    The  price  of  food  was 
beyond  the  means  of  most  people  who  had  not  hunted  buffalo.    The  winter 
in  the  Parkland  had  been  bad  enough,  but  in  the  Bow  River  country  it  was 
disastrous.    Frostbite  cases  in  the  Parkland  came  to  St.  Albert,  but 
frostbitten  men  in  the  south  froze.    The  most  famous  casualty  of  that 
winter  was  the  Reverend  George  McDougall,  although  his  freezing  was 
probably  the  result  of  a  heart  attack  or  stroke. 

Moreover,  the  spring  was  again  late  in  coming,  and  the  roads  were 
extraordinarily  poor  in  March  and  April.    However,  some  crops  were 
planted  by  April  25,  and  comments  in  the  Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert 
on  May  2  about  the  hunters'  "horror  of  cultivation"  ought  not  to  be  taken 
too  seriously.    Most  who  left  did  so  after  regular  barley  and  potato 
seeding  was  completed. 

After  a  series  of  pastoral  visits  in  March,  Grandin  concluded  that 
although  700  to  800  St.  Albert  people  were  out  on  the  Plains  (including 


-  58  - 


some  600  in  Metis  or  Canadian  families  counted  by  Lestanc  at  Buffalo  Lake 
and  Tail  Creek),  500  residents  were  no  longer  interested  in  living  by 
other  modes  than  cultivation  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol  1,  March  1-30, 
1876;  Vol.  5,  Part  7,  St.  Albert,  March,  1876;  Codex  Historicus  de  St. 
Albert,  April  1  to  May  2). 

Shortly  afterwards,  in  June,  Grandin  undertook  a  long-delayed 
journey  to  the  Bow  River  area.    His  diary  entries  mention  several 
important  things.    On  both  occasions,  he  travelled  thorugh  the 
present-day  Hobbema  Reserves,  which  were  then  uninhabited.    The  St. 
Albert  Codex  Historicus  for  April  suggests  the  Treaty  bands  were  hunting 
northeast  of  Buffalo  Lake,  and  west  of  Whitford  Lake.    On  June  17,  he 
camped  at  Tail  Creek,  where  the  only  people  present  were  the  Police.  On 
a  later  occasion,  he  remarked  that  their  new  post  was  manned  by  a 
Captain  and  two  Constables.    Moreover,  the  post  was,  in  his  opinion,  the 
best  built  police  station  south  of  Fort  Saskatchewan  (Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  July  6,  1876). 

The  post  was  at  the  mouth  of  Tail  Creek,  and  the  Police  operated  a 
public  ferry  there.    The  crossing  of  the  Red  Deer  River  was  difficult  and 
dangerous,  and  it  took  over  an  hour  for  the  ferry  skiff  to  cross.  The 
rest  of  the  journey  to  Calgary  took  three  days  of  hard  travelling. 

For  a  second  year,  any  possible  crop  had  been  consumed  by 
grasshoppers  everywhere  between  Benton  and  the  Red  Deer  River,  and  most 
of  the  people  in  the  Bow  River  country  had  gone  northwards.    At  the  same 
time,  Grandin  learned  that  very  few  local  residents  ventured  into  the 
Cypress  Hills,  and,  in  recognition  of  the  fact,  the  Cypress  Hills  were 
transferred  from  St.  Albert's  jurisdiction  to  that  of  St.  Boniface. 

Grandin  was  deeply  shocked  by  the  building  practices  of  the  Bow 
River  people,  and  his  comments  are  among  the  best  guides  to  the  nature  of 
things  at  Buffalo  Lake  and  Tail  Creek.    In  the  Calgary  area,  only  one 
building,  an  outpost  of  the  Spitsea  Hudson's  Bay  Company  post,  was  all 
that  well  built: 

.  .  .the  others  are  provisional.    For  the  moment  these  are 
but  poor  huts  with  planking  neither  for  ceiling  nor  floor. 
It  must  certainly  be  that  the  cold  is  less  rigorous  than 
that  of  our  north,  for  otherwise  one  would  freeze  in  them. 
I  passed  a  Sunday  [June  25]  there,  and  I  officiated  as 
pontifically  as  possible  in  the  poor  hut  which  serves  as  a 
chapel.    The  house  which  is  attached  contained  the 
population  which  perhaps  was  only  fifty,  all  the  natives  and 
many  of  the  Metis  now  being  on  the  prairie.  .  .  [Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  July  6,  1876]. 

At  Macleod,  however,  it  was  even  worse,  although  the  furnishings 
were  more  luxurious: 

Everything  is  provisional,  everything  is  provisional,  as  much 
those  of  the  police  as  those  of  the  citizens.    You  do  not 
have  such  sad  constructions  in  the  north.    I  do  not  believe 
that  any  could  be  more  distressing. 


-  59  - 


The  "poor  hut"  allows  an  indirect  comparison  with  the  Buffalo  Lake 
house-chapel.    Doucet  (1869-1877)  gives  this  building's  size  as  five 
metres  by  five  metres.    While  this  building  would  barely  hold  50  people, 
Fafard  had  no  difficulty  in  administering  Communion  to  60  individuals  at 
Christmas  Mass  (OMI  Missions  1877:503-507).    This  would  not  include  the 
entire  congregation,  by  any  means.    Apart  from  English  and  Cree-speakers , 
children  under  14  would  have  been  present,  but  not  able  to  receive 
Communion.    In  addition,  it  was  usual  for  Protestants  to  attend  this 
particular  service. 

Consequently,  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  Fafard  had  at  least 
twice  the  amount  of  floor  area  available  to  him  than  this  Elbow  River 
house-chapel  had.    It  was  not  less  than  50  square  metres  in  area. 

On  July  25,  Grandin  observed  that  wooded  country,  the  first  north  of 
High  River,  began  about  twenty  miles  north  of  Lone  Pine  (near  present-day 
Olds).    Passing  by  Antler  Hill,  his  party  came  into  the  approaches  to  the 
Buffalo  Lake  area.    Grandin  missed  the  Tail  Creek  crossing  and  returned 
to  the  old  Stoney  crossing  on  the  present  Highway  2.    The  former  crossing 
was  hard,  but  despite  very  high  water,  the  Police  ferry  was  more 
efficient,  and  probably  safer  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  9,  September, 
1876). 

North  of  Calgary  the  first  person  met  by  Grandin 's  party  was  the  new 
ferry  operator  at  Edmonton,  John  Walter,  who  had  not  expected  their 
arrival,  and  was  visiting  Fort  Edmonton.    While  waiting  in  pouring  rain, 
Grandin  was  greeted  with  the  news  that  every  crop  had  been  utterly 
destroyed  by  a  hailstorm  earlier  that  day. 

Remaining  doubts  about  the  total  failure  of  crops  everywhere  in 
Alberta  were  resolved  within  days.    The  killing  hail  was  followed  by 
several  days  of  killing  frost.    Nowhere  was  any  crop  of  any  type  left. 
This  was  the  greatest  of  successive  agricultural  disappointments. 

Moreover,  results  of  the  summer  hunt  were  becoming  known.  Although 
the  buffalo  hunt  was  not  disastrous,  it  was  not  good  either.    A  final 
disaster  concerned  hay:  it  was  far  too  wet  to  make  enough  for  the 
domestic  stock.    By  August  4,  Lestanc  and  Grandin  were  planning  a  plea  to 
the  Canadian  Government  for  provisions,  both  for  eating  and  seeding. 

By  this  time,  it  was  evident  that  the  Treaty  Commission's  meeting  at 
Fort  Pitt  was  going  to  be  much  more  important  than  it  had  initially 
appeared.    The  combination  of  misfortunes  was  grave.    There  were  no  crops 
anywhere  north  of  Benton,  and  the  500  or  more  people  who  depended  on 
cultivation  had  nothing  but  the  hope  of  an  unplanned  fall  hunt  (Lestanc 
1910).    Commercial  transactions  in  buffalo  fell  dramatically  from  June, 
1876,  and  it  became  clear  whatever  was  hunted  must  be  eaten  (Hudson's  Bay 
Company  1870-1893;  Hardisty  Papers,  Item  845). 

Fortunately,  the  fall  buffalo  hunt  was  reasonably  good,  and 
immediate  starvation  was  avoided,  but  none  seriously  expected  the  results 
to  be  more  than  temporary.    James  A.  Grahame,  the  Company's  Trade 
Commissioner,  was  receiving  some  colourful  letters  on  the  virtual 
collapse  of  the  Company's  transport  system.    On  August  31,  1876,  Lawrence 
Clarke  wrote  from  Carlton  that: 

The  Governor  left  for  Fort  Pitt  this  morning  -  Mr.  H. 
Sutherland  has  just  come  in  and  goes  straight  in.    I  merely 


-  60  - 


say  that  we  have  lost  all  the  Treaty  money,  and  as  we  have 
not  a  single  piece  of  goods  at  Fort  Pitt,  will  lose  all 
there.    I  dont  know  where  the  steamer  is  nor  can  I  hear 
anything  of  her.    We  are  out  of  Tea,  Sugar  &  Flour,  and  as  to 
goods  we  are  nowhere  ...  I  shall  be  in  a  nice  fix  about 
English  River  &  Edmonton.  .  .  [Trade  Commissioner  1874-1893, 
D.20/5,  f.  177]. 

And  after  frightening  reports  of  starvation  in  the  north  had  been 
received,  Hardisty  was,  if  anything,  more  stringent: 

As  regards  the  Transport  between  this  and  Dunvegan,  I  must 
say  we  are  scarcely  prepared  to  forward  any  quantity  of  goods 
further  than  Slave  Lake.    In  the  first  place,  the  road  from 
Slave  Lake  has  not  been  commenced  .  .  .    The  carts  and  oxen 
intended  for  here  are  all  at  Carlton  ...  It  would  be  folly 
to  send  a  band  of  young,  unbroken  steers  and  calves,  and 
expect  a  band  of  unbroken  Indians  to  do  the  transport.  It 
will  be  difficult  to  say  which  of  the  two  would  require  the 
most  training.    I  cannot  see  what  possessed  Mr.  Clarke  to 
send  up  these  young,  untrained  animals  ...  I  am  at  a  loss 
to  see  what  they  are  sent  for.  .  .  [Trade  Commissioner 
1875-1893,  D.20/6,  f.43,  January  9,  1877]. 

The  Treaty  at  Fort  Pitt  was  widely  attended,  although  the  precise 
numbers  are  uncertain.    Events  at  both  these  negotations  and  those  at 
Blackfoot  Crossing  are  still  matters  for  debate.    While  the  Fort  Pitt 
meeting  has  been  the  subject  of  severe  criticism,  even  before  the  end  of 
the  1870's,  many  of  the  criticisms  now  made  more  properly  belong  to  other 
meetings . 

Peter  Erasmus'  account,  and  the  difference  between  the  Commission's 
opening  statement  and  the  final  text,  leave  little  question  that  the 
bands  who  adhered  to  the  Treaty  drove  a  much  harder  bargain  than  the 
Commission  expected  (Erasmus  1976:241;  Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1, 
August  28-September  11,  1876;  Morris  1880:168-244). 

The  bargaining  had  been  already  going  on  for  some  time  when  Grandin 
arrived  on  September  8.    Scollen  had  met  Grandin  about  halfway  to 
Battleford,  by  which  time  it  was  known  that  arrangements  for  relief 
flour,  bacon,  and  seed  were  needed  everywhere,  and,  as  cash  payments  were 
being  made,  herds  of  merchants  were  present.    Grandin  was  able  to 
purchase  large  numbers  of  oxen  and  cattle,  which  eventually  made  their 
way  to  the  unfortunate  freighters  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  (Codex 
Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  September  29,  1876;  Erasmus  1976:253-255, 
261-262).    Indeed,  the  presence  of  traders,  and  the  Blackfoot  experience 
with  American  traders,  may  have  been  decisive  in  making  the  Treaty  appear 
necessary  (Erasmus  1976:247-249). 

Both  Erasmus  and  Grandin  were  well  pleased  with  the  result  of  the 
meetings.    They  subsequently  met  between  Goodfish  Lake  and  Saddle  Lake, 
and  travelled  to  Victoria  together,  spending  three  to  four  days  ensuring 
that  all  was  understood.    Grandin  would  have  assumed  that  Erasmus,  who 
frequently  worked  on  behalf  of  the  Methodists,  would  be  able  to  ensure 


-  61  - 


that  group's  co-operation  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  September  10-15, 
1876;  Erasmus  1976:253-255). 

Mention  has  been  made  of  the  cash  payments  which  came  under  the 
Treaty  6  agreement.    For  the  years  1877,  1878,  and  1879,  the  Police  Post 
at  Tail  Creek  was  the  usual  place  of  payment  for  people  under  Treaty  who 
lived  west  of  Fort  Pitt  (Indian  Department  1878-1889,  Vol.  9412,  File 
10985,  pp.  474-477,  October  8,  1878;  Vol.  1677,  File  187,  1879).  Cash 
was  a  very  rare  commodity  prior  to  the  1885  rising,  and,  even  after,  it 
did  not  meet  the  commercial  needs  of  Edmonton's  economy  until  1897  at  the 
earliest.    The  payments  were  not  large:  the  total  came  to  $44  per 
individual  for  the  years  1877  to  1884,  and  many  were  late  in  receiving 
them  (Scrip  Applications).    However,  the  total  amount  paid  was  per 
individual ,  not  per  family,  and  while  the  actual  purchasing  power  of  a 
"dollar  of  account"  was  about  $30  in  mid-1980's  terms,  the  cash  dollar 
was  worth  somewhat  more:  about  $36  at  Fort  Edmonton  in  1879,  and  a 
somewhat  lesser  amount  at  Buffalo  Lake.    Thus  a  family  of  six  (the  1881 
average)  would  have  received  $264  for  the  1877-1884  period,  or  more  than 
$7,920  in  present  purchasing  value  (Day  1982). 

It  will  not  be  wondered,  therfore,  that  even  more  merchants  and 
adventurers  came  into  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  and  were  to  be  found  at  or 
near  the  Battle  River  settlements.    All  available  sources  show  that  a 
very  large  number  of  European  descendants  came  into  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  in  1877  and  1878  and  stayed.    A  number  of  individuals  who 
had  gone  south,  such  as  Cuthbert  McGillis,  Charlie  Smith,  and  Addison 
McPherson,  returned.    The  Lafournaise  dit  Laboucane  family  settled  at 
Salois'  Crossing  at  this  time.    Buffalo  Lake's  character  as  a  commercial 
centre  was  very  solid  for  the  rest  of  the  1870's. 

At  the  end  of  August,  1876,  the  inhabitants  were  not  at  Tail  Creek. 
It  appears  that  the  buffalo  herds  lay  west  of  a  line  between  Whitford 
Lake  and  present-day  Scotfield.    They  were  too  far  east  for  Tail  Creek, 
but  Buffalo  Lake  remained  heavily  occupied,  although  the  evidence  is 
indirect.    John  Sinclair  set  out  for  the  Company's  place  at  Buffalo  Lake, 
which  was  Whitford's  old  establishment  at  the  northeast  corner  (Grandin, 
Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  March  1,  1876;  Northern  Department  Council 
1868-1880,  June  1,  1876).    Scollen  might  well  have  gone  by  to  visit 
Fafard  (0MI  Missions  1878:355-357). 

Fafard,  moreover,  seems  to  have  learned  a  great  deal  about  writing: 
when  he  left  St.  Albert,  he  was  scarcely  literate,  but  in  the  end,  he 
wrote,  or  was  assisted  in  writing,  a  letter  which  is  the  most  exact 
description  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  site  (0MI  Missions,  1877:503-507). 

Fafard  and  most  of  the  people  at  Buffalo  Lake  and  Tail  Creek  came  in 
to  St.  Albert  on  September  5.    After  a  particularly  solemn  Mass  on 
October  1,  Grandin  gave  a  full  account  of  the  Treaty  from  the  Cathedral's 
pulpit.    He  then  spent  the  next  few  days  rearranging  matters  both  for  Bow 
River  and  Battle  River.    Grandin  had  problems  in  finding  a  partner  for 
Fafard,  and  so  it  was  not  until  October  30  that  Fafard  and  an  elderly, 
insecure,  and  nervous  Reverend  Alexis  Brunet  could  leave.    Fafard  left 
for  Buffalo  Lake,  and  Brunet  was  to  look  after  Tail  Creek  and  Grande 
Pointe  (Spotted  Lake,  see  Figure  3)  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol  1;  Codex 
Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  September  5-0ctober  3,  1876). 

Doucet's  rough  notes  for  the  period  suggest  that  Fafard  had  had  to 
go  out  into  the  Plains,  particularly  in  the  summer  of  1876,  as  it  was  no 


-  62  - 


longer  possible  for  one  large  single  hunt  to  support  itself.    As  Doucet 
himself  was  not  travelling  (OMI  Missions,  1878:355-357),  his  sources  of 
information  included  Scollen  and  some  of  the  Bow  River  Metis.  However, 
although  this  proved  to  be  the  case  in  the  winter  of  1876-77,  Fafard  does 
not  appear  to  have  travelled  very  far  in  the  winter  of  1875-76. 

On  October  3,  1876,  Fafard  dictated  or  wrote  the  following  account 
(translated) : 

Eight  days  after  my  ordination,  I  received  my  obedience 
to  go  and  exercise  the  holy  ministry  in  the  middle  of  a 
Metis  population,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  800  souls, 
wintering  at  Buffalo  Lake.  .  .  . 

This  would  not  include  the  Tail  Creek  or  Grande  Pointe  villages. 

...  It  had  not  been  without  a  certain  apprehension  that 
Mgr.  Grandin  saw  himself  forced  to  confide  this  work  in  me, 
and  I  myself  was  far  from  being  without  worry  because  of  my 
inexperience. 

...  I  visited  all  of  this  population  which  surrounded 
me.    Everywhere  I  received  a  good  welcome;  these  poor 
people  seemed  so  happy  to  see  me!    They  responded  to  the 
invitation  which  I  made  to  them  to  assist  every  morning  at 
Holy  Mass  and  each  evening  at  prayer.    I  profited  from 
their  gathering  each  day  to  give  instruction  to  which  they 
listened  with  the  greatest  attention. 

During  the  first  days,  I  carried  out  numerous 
baptisms.    I  administered  this  sacrament  to  80  children  and 
6  adults  during  the  course  of  the  winter  and  summer.  At 
the  time  approaching  the  feast  of  Christmas,  I  pressed  all 
those  who  knew  French  to  approach  the  sacraments  [of 
Penance  and  Communion].    About  80  responded  to  my  call,  and 
at  Midnight  Mass  I  had  the  joy  to  distribute  Holy  Communion 
to  60  of  them.    How  I  was  happy,  on  that  holy  night,  to 
celebrate  the  birth  of  our  Saviour  in  the  midst  of  this 
population  of  Metis  whom  I  already  loved  so  much  and  in 
this  modest  and  poor  chapel  which  reminded  me  so  well  of 
the  stable  at  Bethlehem!    What  a  happy  coincidence  for  me 
to  begin  my  career  as  a  Missionary  and  a  saviour  of  souls 
on  the  same  night  when  our  Lord  appeared  on  earth  to  be  the 
Saviour  of  the  human  race!    I  did  not  hear  the  angel  choirs 
celebrating  the  arrival  of  the  Messiah,  but  the  songs  of 
our  good  Metis  filled  me  no  less  with  the  emotions  of  it, 
and  I  forgot,  in  this  circumstance,  the  pompous  ceremonies 
for  which  this  Feast  is  the  occasion  in  our  beautiful 
Cathedrals . 

The  holidays  which  followed  were  well  sanctified. 
However,  the  demonstrations  of  joy  seemed  excessive  to  me; 
I  made  the  observation  of  it,  and  soon  there  was  an  end  to 
the  feasting  and  dancing. 

I  was  vividly  touched  on  the  first  day  of  the  year,  in 
seeing  all  the  people  gather  around  my  little  house.  .  .  . 


-  63  - 


Fafard  uses  maison,  not  cabane,  as  a  Quebecois  French -speaker  would 
make  the  distinction;  similarly  Fafard's  French  colleagues  used  baracque 
or  maison,  not  bicoque. 

...  to  wish  me  a  Happy  New  Year  and  ask  my  blessing;  the 
spirit  of  faith  and  the  good  disposition  of  these  dear  Metis 
made  me  hope  that  I  would  be  well  in  their  midst:  I  was  not 
mistaken. 

A  few  days  after  the  beginning  of  the  year,  I  went  to 
visit  some  sick  people  in  two  camps  of  departed  Metis  about 
30  miles  from  the  Mission.    I  profited  from  it  to  announce 
to  them  the  Jubilee  which  was  to  be  preached  at  Buffalo 
Lake.    Father  Lestanc  came  to  join  me  to  this  effect  a 
little  after  Epiphany  [January  6]  and  as  soon  as  possible  we 
began  these  holy  exercises  which  lasted  fifteen  days.  .  . 
[OMI  Missions  1877:503-507]. 

Lestanc  (1874-1879),  as  his  notes  record,  arrived  about  noon  of 
Friday,  January  14,  1876.    He  was  ten  days  late,  and  would  have  been 
expected  at  Buffalo  Lake  or  another  site  by  January  4.    Fafard's  given 
distance  of  thirty  miles,  normally  a  two-day  trip,  would  equally  well 
apply  to  sites  at  Tail  Creek  or  Salois'  Crossing,  if  he  meant  to  meet 
Lestanc.  The  mention  of  two  distinct  camps  is  more  consistent  with  Tail 
Creek  than  Salois'  Crossing,  although  either  is  more  likely  than  any  of 
the  increasingly  scattered  Plains  camps.    The  presence  of  ill  people 
virtually  rules  out  the  latter.    Besides,  there  was  a  prepared  place  for 
Lestanc  at  Tail  Creek,  and  Sub-Inspector  Gagnon  was  in  it.    This  passage 
would  appear  to  give  an  indirect  corroboration  of  Grandin's  memory  of 
Lestanc's  journey.    Although  the  writer  of  the  Codex  Historicus  and 
Fafard  both  believed  that  Lestanc  went  by  way  of  Tail  Creek,  it  appears 
that  Fafard  went  to  Tail  Creek  and  did  not  find  him  there.  Rather, 
Fafard  was  back  at  Buffalo  Lake  when  Lestanc  arrived  there,  and  Lestanc 
proceeded  onwards  to  Tail  Creek  later.    Grandin's  later  recollection  that 
Lestanc  went  by  way  of  Salois'  Crossing  is  given  some  support,  and  with 
it,  the  possibility  that  the  "Salois  connection"  had  arranged  for  the 
Tail  Creek  house-chapel  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  December  15, 
1875-January  10,  1876;  Vol.  4).    Fafard  continues: 

...  We  gave  two  instructions  by  day,  one  in  Cree,  by 
Father  Lestanc,  and  the  other  in  French,  by  myself.  With 
the  exception  of  two  or  three  persons,  everyone  [received 
the  benefit  of]  the  Jubilee.    One  can  affirm  with  joy  the 
extraordinary  good  worked  by  these  holy  exercises.  The 
Father  Superior  [Lestanc]  passed  several  days  more  with  me, 
and  profited  by  it  to  visit  another  camp  of  Metis. 

From  the  beginning  of  January  until  Easter,  I  taught 
catechism  in  the  morning  to  the  children,  and  in  the 
evening  to  a  certain  number  of  ignorant  young  men  who 
regularly  assisted  at  these  classes.  .  .  . 


-  64  - 


Some  forty  families  were  sending  their  children  to  some  form  of 
daily  school.    As  the  presence  of  an  entire  family,  including  the 
youngest,  was  needed  on  a  hunt,  maintaining  a  school  of  any  sort  was  a 
struggle.    At  Tail  Creek,  Brunet's  efforts  were  to  fail  completely  in  the 
winter  of  1876-77. 

The  approximate  figure  of  800  Metis  at  Buffalo  Lake  is  confirmed: 
Fafard  estimated  it  from  the  number  who  attended  the  Masses  and  other 
services.    The  "other  camp,"  noted  above,  however,  included  the  villages 
at  Grande  Pointe  and  Tail  Creek.    Fafard  also  indirectly  says  other 
things  about  language  usage.    The  various  settlements  understood  his 
French  somewhat  better  than  he  realized.    He  explains  why  Grandin  did  not 
stop  at  the  settlements  on  the  way  southwards,  and  how  he  was  in  an  area 
where  the  Crees  of  the  Fort  Pitt  District  also  were  to  be  found. 

.  .  .  Towards  the  15th  of  May,  I  left  Buffalo  Lake,  after 
having  waited  vainly  for  Mgr.  Grandin,  who  was  to  confirm 
the  children,  and  I  followed  a  party  of  Metis,  who  had 
stayed  at  the  mission  all  winter,  in  their  travels  across 
the  plains.    On  the  road,  I  met  many  Natives  and  Metis  who 
had  not  seen  a  priest  all  winter.    A  great  number  profited 
of  my  presence  to  make  their  Easter  and  Jubilee  duties. 
Work  was  not  lacking.    It  is  especially  in  the  prairie  that 
these  poor  people  have  need  of  a  priest;  the  life  which  they 
lead  and  the  dangerous  hunting  expose  them  to  perils  of 
every  nature.    Each  day,  I  taught  catechism  to  the  children, 
and  every  night  I  brought  the  camp  together  for  prayer  and 
the  recitation  of  the  Rosary.    I  also  had  the  consolation  to 
have  had  attentive  hearers  every  day  at  Mass. 

I  met  some  camps  of  Crees  and  Blackfeet.    Alas!  The 
number  of  those  of  them  who  lead  a  truly  Christian  life  is 
still  very  small.  .  .  [OMI  Missions  1877:503-507]. 

Another  account  of  the  district  may  now  be  considered  (D'Artigue 
1882).    In  August,  1876,  Sub-Constable  Jean  D'Artigue  and  "Sub-Constable 
M."  were  assigned  to  replace  the  original  Police  staff  at  Tail  Creek. 
They  were  not  altogether  reliably  guided  there  by  Constable  Patrick 
Curran . 

While  travelling,  they  passed  Pigeon  Lake's  settlement  on  its 
northwest  shore.    While  nobody  was  present,  D'Artigue  noted  the 
cultivation  of  grain  and  other  cereal  crops.    The  area  of  good  land  was 
limited,  and  this  agricultural  area  was  not  capable  of  expansion. 
However,  D'Artigue  thought  the  crops  were  good  in  quality.    The  main  food 
there  was  fresh  or  dried  whitefish. 

Four  days  later  D'Artigue's  party  reached  Tail  Creek  about 
midnight.    There  were  four  policemen  waiting  for  them  in  the  new  post 
built  since  their  eviction  from  the  house-chapel  in  February. 

Unlike  Palliser,  and  the  constable  then  in  command,  D'Artigue  was 
not  impressed  with  the  site's  possibilities.    The  surroundings  looked 
like  a  desert.    It  may  be  that  the  oral  tradition  of  a  sand  barrier 
between  the  lake  and  the  creek  comes  from  the  circumstances  of  this 
particular  year.    As  to  the  post: 


-  65  - 


Fort  Tail  Creek  consists  of  three  buildings  only,  whose 
walls  are  made  of  logs  placed  one  above  another,  and  the 
roofs  formed  of  poles  covered  with  hay  and  earth.    When  the 
roofs  have  not  sufficient  pitch,  the  rain  easily  penetrates 
them.  .  .  [D'Artigue  1882:  120]. 

Obtaining  the  right  pitch  for  a  sod  roof  was,  in  fact,  not  difficult 
for  a  builder  familiar  with  local  customs,  and  many  families,  notably  the 
French-Canadians  at  Lamoureux,  continued  to  prefer  sod  to  spruce  or  pine 
shingle  roofs  until  early  in  this  century.    However,  errors  were  made, 
and  these  can  be  shown  by  photographic  evidence  both  at  Calgary  and  Fort 
Macleod. 

Grandin's  Diary  (Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  June  17,  1876)  of  his  first 
visit  to  Macleod  confirms  D'Artigue's  first  point  indirectly.  D'Artigue 
continues: 

.  .  .  Two  of  the  buildings  (one  used  for  men's  quarters  and 
the  other  for  a  stable)  are  surrounded  by  a  stockade  made  of 
stakes.    As  for  the  third  house,  it  was  the  dwelling  of  the 
constable  or  the  officer,  as  the  case  might  be,  in  charge  of 
the  post.    Situated  in  a  bushy  valley,  Fort  Tail  Creek  is 
overlooked  by  hills  covered  with  fir  trees.    On  the  right, 
flows  the  Red  Deer  River,  on  the  left,  Tail  Creek.    But  the 
site  is  not  a  good  one;  for  in  time  of  war,  the  surrounding 
hills  would  afford  a  refuge,  and  protection  to  the  enemy. 

However,  the  Tail  Creek  Post's  true  purpose  was  to  keep  an  eye  open 
on  the  major  and  very  old  trade  route;  it  was  not  military  in  intent.  It 
was  a  new  settlement,  at  least  as  a  Metis  site,  but  the  houses  were  meant 
to  last  from  year  to  year. 

About  the  middle  of  October  [1876]  the  Indian  and  half-breed 
hunters  began  to  arrive;  the  former  having  no  carts,  but 
using  their  squaws  .  .  .  their  horses  and  dogs  to  transport 
their  baggage;  as  for  the  half-breeds,  they  carried  their 
luggage  in  Red  River  carts,  and  as  many  of  them  had  been 
there  the  previous  year  their  cabins  were  ready  to  receive 
them  .  .  .  but  the  new  comers  had  to  build  .  .  .  . 

The  houses  would  be  pretty  rough,  and  so  the  word  "cabin"  would 
occur  to  the  Ontarian  translator.  D'Artigue  (1882:119-121,  124-125) 
continues : 

.  .  .  and  this  is  the  way  they  set  about  it:  selecting  a 
site  well  sheltered  from  the  wind,  and  amply  supplied  with 
food  and  water,  they  felled  some  trees,  and  placing  the 
trunks  one  above  another,  formed  the  walls  of  the  new 
building.    The  roof  was  constructed  with  poles  placed  in 
rows  and  covered  with  hay  and  earth.    Holes  were  cut  in  the 
walls  for  door  and  windows,  the  latter  being  closed  in  when 
so  required  with  the  skins  of  animals;  while  the  doors  were 
made  of  slabs  of  wood.  .  .  . 


-  66  - 


The  word  "slab"  indicates  that  the  logs  were  being  squared  either  by 
broadaxe  or  whipsaw.  There  are  oral  traditions  of  sawpits  at  the  Buffalo 
Lake  site,  but  doubt  has  been  cast  on  identified  remains.  The  pieces  cut 
off  the  round  log  made  a  "slab." 

.  .  .  split  with  the  axe  and  fastened  together  with  thongs 
of  rawhide.    The  chimney  was  constructed  with  unburned 
bricks  composed  of  hay  and  mud,  and  the  floor  formed  of 
hewed  logs  completed  the  carpenter  work.    This  done,  they 
plastered  the  crevices  well  with  mud  and  the  cabin  was 
ready  for  occupation. 

There  are  several  good  photographs  of  such  chimneys,  which  match 
other  written  accounts. 

The  surroundings  of  Fort  Tail  Creek  were  soon  occupied 
by  three  or  four  hundred  persons,  and  night  was  made 
hideous  by  the  deafening  cries  and  repeated  pow-wows  of  the 
Indians,  and  the  no  less  discordant  screeches  of  the 
violins  of  the  half-breeds,  who  vied  with  the  Indians  in 
turning  our  hitherto  peaceful  valley  into  a  very  bedlam. 

Winter  came  at  last  in  all  its  vigour,  and  snow  fell  in 
abundance  early  in  November.    Then  followed  the  storms 
common  in  these  regions  and  which  usually  arose  very 
suddenly,  so  suddenly,  indeed,  that  the  bands  of  hunters 
roaming  over  the  plains  in  search  of  buffalo  were  often  in 
danger  of  being  overcome  before  reaching  shelter. 


1877 

Reverend  John  McDougall  described  the  situation  in  the  winter  of 
1876-1877  as  follows: 

The  past  winter  has  been  a  hard  one  for  the  Indians  all 
through  the  country,  owing  to  the  building  of  shanties  and 
winter  houses  on  the  various  water  courses,  and  far  down  on 
the  plains  by  mixed  bloods  and  whites,  thereby  blocking  out 
the  buffalo,  the  usual  supply  for  meat  and  trade  having 
failed:  and  as  the  reasons  already  given  are  so  palpable, 
there  has  naturally  arisen  in  the  Indian  mind  a  feeling  of 
discontent,  and  a  gloomy  outlook  as  to  the  future;  and  as 
there  are  always  some,  who,  though  knowing  better,  still 
encourage  such  feelings  in  the  native  mind  it  falls  to  the 
lot  of  the  Missionary  to  do  what  he  can  to  soothe  and  conci- 
liate. .  .  [J.  McDougall  1877:xiv]. 

Both  Fafard  and  Doucet  claimed  that  there  were  Metis  among  the 
people  about  whom  McDougall  is  writing.    Note  also  that  McDougall 
distinguishes  between  "shanties"  and  "winter  houses." 


-  67  - 


There  was  reasonable  agreement  that  the  winter  of  1876-1877  was  very 
difficult.    Fafard  and  Alexis  Brunet  left  for  Buffalo  Lake  and  Tail  Creek 
respectively  on  October  30,  as  a  blizzard  observed  by  D'Artigue  was 
beginning.    On  November  3,  even  lighted  fireplaces  at  St.  Albert  could 
not  prevent  water  from  freezing  in  the  Bishop's  Palace.    Illness,  likely 
an  influenza,  not  in  itself  serious,  but  enough  to  slow  outside  work  to 
nothing,  was  in  the  settlement  by  November  6.    It  was  likely  also  present 
at  the  Battle  River  settlements.    Although  this  severe  cold  spell,  and 
the  illnesses,  were  over  by  late  November,  the  concern  of  the  Tail  Creek 
Police  for  any  remaining  people  on  the  Plains  was  understandable 
(Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  5,  Part  7,  Brunet). 

There  were  still  substantial  herds  of  buffalo,  although  the  people 
of  Battleford  had  to  reach  Antelope  Lake  (by  Youngstown)  to  find  any 
(Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  various  references).    Although  small  herds 
reappeared  20  miles  away  from  the  Spence  Creek  post,  virtually  no  trade 
could  be  made  at  Tail  Creek.    The  buffalo  there  were  needed  for  food,  and 
the  Company's  stock  of  goods  was  wintering  at  some  unknown  point  between 
Prince  Albert  and  Cumberland  (Trade  Commissioner  1874-1893,  D. 20/27,  f. 
91 ,  29  September,  1883) . 

Given  the  fact  that  there  was  a  shortage  of  food,  including  animal 
fodder,  the  early  cold  spell  was  alarming.    It  prevented  hunting,  while 
the  need  to  keep  warm  meant  that  more  food  had  to  be  consumed.  Although 
Fafard  was  able  to  report  that  matters  at  his  own  mission  at  Buffalo  Lake 
were  going  well  (Trade  Commissioner  1874-1893,  020/10,  f.  79,  May  1, 
1878),  more  alarming  reports  were  coming  in  from  the  Plains.  The 
freighters  who  were  to  retrieve  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  goods  could  not 
leave  until  early  December,  and  absorbed  frightful  financial  losses, 
while  outright  hunger  was  stalking  those  who  were  still  hunting.  By 
December  10,  the  St.  Albert  Mission  decided  that  an  emergency  journey  to 
Benton  for  food  supplies  was  necessary.    Both  Scollen  and  Lestanc 
undertook  these  journeys  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  1098;  Lestanc  1874-1879, 
1876;  Doucet  1869-1877,  January  2,  1877;  Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1, 
December  10-26,  1876;  Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert,  December  10, 
1876-January  15,  1877). 

The  following  events  are  derived  from  the  St.  Albert  Codex 
Historicus  and  Grandin 's  Diary.    The  warmer  weather  of  late  November  was 
a  trap,  for  there  was  much  thawing.    On  December  15,  the  cold  weather 
began  again,  burying  the  icy  roads  under  a  cover  of  snow,  thereby  making 
them  most  dangerous.    By  December  18,  all  local  authorities  had 
recognized  that  the  situation  was  grave.    Indeed,  when  Grandin  arrived  at 
Edmonton,  he  encountered  the  two  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Chief  Factors, 
Hardisty  and  Clarke,  the  Inspecting  Chief  Factor,  Robert  Hamilton,  the 
Reverend  Henry  Manning  of  the  Methodists,  the  Reverend  Doctor  William 
Newton  and  his  (Anglican)  bishop,  John  McLean  of  Saskatchewan,  any 
available  North  West  Mounted  Police  officers,  a  stipendary  Canadian 
magistrate  by  name  of  Beaulieu,  and  many  others.    Vital  Grandin  came 
close  to  panic;  he  was  seriously  ill,  in  the  middle  of  some  very 
unpleasant  negotiations,  heavily  in  debt,  and  obviously  in  need  of  some 
means  to  keep  St.  Albert  fed  in  the  spring.    Under  these  circumstances, 
the  combination  of  officials  unnerved  him  altogether. 


-  68  - 


However,  he  had  a  pleasant  surprise.    His  Anglican  counterpart,  Dr. 
McLean,  was  convinced  that  the  St.  Albert  Mission  had  the  best 
understanding  of  the  country  and  people,  and  would  be  the  best  means  of 
ensuring  that  emergency  relief  would  reach  all  in  need.    McLean  held 
control  of  the  meeting  throughout,  and  any  sectarian  feeling  that  may 
have  been  feared  was  dispelled.    A  census  was  begun  forthwith,  in 
preparation  for  a  grant  of  relief  that  Governor  Laird  had  already 
approved  by  telegraph  to  Colonel  Jarvis. 

The  first  15  bags  of  flour  were  released  from  the  Police  stores  on 
December  20.    It  was  indeed  clear  that  it  was  not  too  soon,  and  a 
"scandalous  battle"  broke  out  over  its  distribution  the  following  day. 
Another  ominous  plunge  in  temperature  occurred  on  December  22,  further 
straining  supplies,  but  driving  the  combatants  indoors.    By  Christmas 
Day,  calm  had  been  restored.    A  general  meeting  at  the  St.  Albert  Convent 
schoolhouse  on  December  27  led  to  agreement  on  rules,  while  another  40 
bags  of  flour  (4,000  pounds  or  1,818  kilograms)  were  immediately 
available.    More  supplies  by  Government  Courier  and  many  people  from 
outlying  districts  arrived  at  the  same  time.    Consequently,  January  1, 

1877,  had  more  than  ceremonial  cause  for  celebration.    It  was,  in  fact, 
one  of  the  few  times  the  Bishop  ordered  a  formal  Te  Deum  Laudamus  service 
of  thanksgiving. 

At  Buffalo  Lake,  at  Battleford,  and  at  Bow  River,  the  hunting  was 
going  reasonably  well. 

Grandin  and  Lestanc  visited  the  areas  upstream  from  the  Mission,  and 
the  Long  Lake  settlement  along  the  St.  Albert  Trail,  and  accounted  for 
441  people,  excluding  63  associated  with  the  Mission,  Convent,  and 
Orphanage.    He  listed  20  families  with  156  people  as  being  partially 
dependent  on  the  hunt:  the  rather  large  average  family  size  probably 
accounts  for  that.    The  285  other  individuals  were  distributed  among  70 
families.    The  Mission  concluded  that  another  44  families  who  could  not 
be  visited  were  out  on  the  Plains.    If  these  families  were  "average"  in 
size  (about  five  per  family),  376  people  normally  at  St.  Albert  were  on 
the  Plains.    If  the  large  average  is  indeed  significant,  the  actual 
number  of  individuals  temporarily  at  Buffalo  Lake  or  Tail  Creek  may  have 
been  as  many  as  500. 

On  December  7,  the  Codex  Historicus  noted  that  a  letter  from  Fafard 
reported  that  the  Buffalo  Lake  site  was  doing  well.  The  Reverend  Alexis 
Brunet,  however,  was  not  happy  at  Tail  Creek  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol. 
5,  Part  7,  Brunet). 

The  correspondence  that  followed  is  important  for  several  reasons. 
Travel  conditions  were  very  poor:  Brunet  wrote  from  Tail  Creek  on 
December  14  and  December  15,  but  his  letters  only  arrived  on  January  6, 

1878,  22  days  later.    A  third  letter  was  lost  altogether.  Grandin's 
reply  of  January  8  notes  some  important  things.    While  the  people  were 
scattered  on  the  hunt,  Grandin  was  not  surprised,  nor  did  he  think  that 
this  was  unusual  any  more.    Yet  there  were  still  families  who  were 
staying  at  Tail  Creek,  rather  than  hunting,  for  Brunet  was  able  to  hold 
some  catechism  classes  there,  even  if  attendance  was  small.  Grandin 
placed  a  great  emphasis  on  the  lack  of  education  among  the  people,  and 
was  not  impressed  by  Brunet' s  lack  of  interest  in  catechism  or  in 
travel.    Indeed,  Brunet  hoped  Fafard  would  do  all  the  travelling  with  the 


-  69  - 


summer  hunt;  presumably  enough  people  stayed  in  one  place.  Actually, 
Grandin  hoped  to  send  Lacombe  there,  as  it  seemed  he  might  return  to  the 
country.    Grandin  finally  referred  to  tension  between  French-Canadians 
and  Frenchmen. 

Grandin,  in  fact,  mentions  a  crucial  thing.    Even  in  this  worst  of 
times,  Brunet  had  20  families  under  his  care  at  Grande  Pointe,  and  rather 
more,  perhaps  up  to  30,  at  Tail  Creek.    Fafard's  letter,  quoted 
previously,  suggests  not  fewer  than  forty  families  were  continually 
resident  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  site.    These,  be  it  recalled,  exclude 
Protestant  families  and  many  native  ones.    Therefore,  90  Catholic 
families,  at  a  minimum,  were  constantly  resident  at  the  Buffalo  Lake 
settlements  in  this  winter  of  1876-1877.    From  Methodist  data,  notably  an 
inspection  report  by  the  Reverend  A.  Sutherland,  about  750  individuals 
under  Protestant  influence  may  also  have  been  present  (Sutherland 
1880:cxxv-cxxx;  Morris  1880:173-175). 

In  the  winter  of  1876-1877,  D'Artigue  (1882:125)  believed  there  were 
300  to  400  people  in  the  valley  itself,  which  would  exclude  Grande 
Pointe.    His  figure  must  include  members  of  the  Treaty  Bands.  There 
were,  in  addition,  not  fewer  than  thirty  merchants.    Fafard's  post  at  the 
northeastern  corner  of  the  lake  had  almost  surely  had  in  excess  of  800 
souls  in  the  previous  winter  of  1875-1876.    As  Francis  Whitford  had 
observed,  that  site  could  not  bear  many  more  people,  and  we  have  seen 
that  this  led  to  the  large-scale  occupation  of  Tail  Creek.  Therefore, 
one  may  gather  that  there  were  perhaps  800  to  900  people  at  Buffalo  Lake, 
perhaps  350  at  Tail  Creek,  and  not  less  that  400  at  the  Spotted 
Lake-Grande  Pointe  areas  by  mid-December,  1876.    In  view  of  the 
subsequent  severity  of  the  winter,  the  number  may  well  have  increased. 
D'Artigue  (1882:126)  noted  that  stragglers  came  in  throughout  the 
winter.    The  total  number  was  surely  not  less  than  1,500,  and  1,700  is 
not  beyond  reason. 

On  February  1,  a  constable  who  had  been  at  Buffalo  Lake,  Sergeant 
Richard  Carr,  apparently  brought  in  some  messages.    Both  the  Edmonton 
Post  Journals  and  the  St.  Albert  Codex  Historicus  are  clear  about  his 
purpose:  the  arrangements  made  with  the  Government  involved  two  distinct 
loans.    The  first,  as  noted,  was  flour  for  those  with  little  or  nothing 
to  eat.    The  second,  to  be  delayed,  involved  seed  wheat.    The  names  of 
those  who  needed  it  were  being  taken  in  early  February,  and  Carr  would 
have  to  see  either  to  a  census  or  the  distribution  of  the  seed  in  the 
Battle  River  area.    Since  the  Government  assistance  was  not  a  gift,  but  a 
loan,  there  was  to  be  a  rather  large  amount  of  debt. 

By  March,  1877,  there  was  very  little  question  that  even  with 
government  assistance,  and  a  reasonably  good  buffalo  hunt,  hunger  was 
widespread.    Indeed,  only  the  area  most  dependent  on  the  buffalo,  the  Bow 
River,  seemed  not  to  be  affected  (Hardisty  Papers,  Various  Files,  1877; 
Trade  Commissioner  1874-1893,  D.20/8,  f.26).    It  appears  that  distress 
was  particularly  acute  among  the  people  who  had  adhered  to  Treaty  6. 
Although  entitled  to  supplies  as  a  matter  of  right,  people  on  Treaty  were 
not,  therefore,  included  among  the  arrangements  especially  made  for  the 
winter.    The  general  difficulty  did  not  lie  in  intention,  but  in 
implementation.    Supplies  had  to  be  obtained  and  then  transported,  and 
the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  transportation  system  had  collapsed  between 
beached  steamboats,  unsuitable  hauling  livestock,  and  poor  roads. 


-  70  - 


As  ploughing  had  an  early  start  by  April  19,  those  Edmonton  and  St. 
Albert  people  who  either  wanted  or  needed  to  hunt  began  to  leave  on  May 
3.    However,  Abraham  Salois  had  exactly  one  robe  left  for  the  Company 
after  he  looked  after  his  own  interests. 

Equally  telling,  in  their  own  way,  are  memoranda  of  accounts  owing. 
On  April  2,  1877,  the  Fort  Garry  Accountant,  George  S.  MacTavish,  noted 
that  debts  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  (from  Victoria  upriver)  had  come  to 
$11,413.72  in  total,  although,  at  that  time,  the  losses  seemed  heavier 
for  the  1875-1876  year  than  1876-1877.    Therefore,  he  reckoned  that 
$8,028.27  in  debts  were  likely  to  be  paid  (Trade  Commissioner  1874-1893, 
D20/9,  f.  79).    However,  Lawrence  Clarke  ultimately  had  to  obtain  court 
orders  to  the  sum  of  $7,150.59  by  July  17,  1878  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item 
1098).    Therefore,  only  $4,263.13  was  actually  collected.  The 
anticipated  loss  for  1876-1877  had  been  $852.33,  but  in  fact  was 
$3,410.80.    Some  of  the  heaviest  losers,  however,  recovered  in  the 
following  years,  as  for  example  Felix  Dumont,  Paul  Fagnant,  Louis 
Montagnais,  and  Joseph  Lamoureux  were  to  do.    Others  such  as  John  Ashen 
and  Hiram  Johnston,  although  having  smaller  debts,  never  did  recover  from 
that  disastrous  year  of  1876-1877. 

Similarly,  a  memorandum  on  debts  from  Lac  Ste.  Anne  residents, 
compared  to  the  1874  Census,  reveals  that  14  out  of  32  families  mentioned 
in  the  census  were  in  arrears.    The  losses  as  a  whole  were  rather  small, 
but  some  families  were  in  very  serious  difficulties.    As  the  accounts  are 
in  the  old  Made  Beaver  standard,  exact  valuation  is  not  possible,  but  in 
practice,  one  might  arbitrarily  put  a  Lac  Ste.  Anne  value  at  1  MB  =  70£. 
The  mean  average  family  debt  was  then  $15.33,  but  half  the  families  owed 
less  than  $11.90.    A  thirty-fold  conversion  into  modern  purchasing  terms 
will  paint  a  very  approximate  picture.    Nevertheless  the  point  is  that 
these  debts  were  most  unlikely  to  be  paid  in  1877,  if  ever  (Hardisty 
Papers,  Item  1098). 

Some  of  the  statements  are  not  nearly  so  unemotional.    At  Fort  Pitt, 
Peter  Pambrun  noted  that  on  February  26: 

Buffalo  are  nowhere  near  us,  even  if  they  were,  we  have  no 
horses  [Hardisty  Papers,  Item  1013]. 

and  further  added  on  March  26: 

I  do  not  know  how  the  poor  Beggars  will  live  when  there 
are  no  Rabbits  &  no  Buffalo  to  run  out  to.    We  are  in  a 
manner  bound  to  maintain  them,  so  far.    It  is  of  course 
understood  that  they  are  government  dependents  but  I  think  it 
will  take  Mr.  Laird  some  time  before  he  will  command  means  at 
Battleford  to  maintain  6  or  800  Indians  [Hardisty  Papers, 
Item  1015]. 

At  St.  Albert,  Grandin  observed  in  his  Diary  (Transcripts,  Vol.  1) 
for  March  22  (translated)  that: 

We  do  not  know  any  longer  how  to  furnish  the  famished 
with  food.    It  is  truly  desolating  and  worrisome.  Each 
day,  there  are  more  of  them  coming. 


-  71  - 


The  delayed  effects  in  the  far  north  were  perhaps  the  worst.  Chief 
Factor  Roderick  MacFarlane  thus  wrote  from  Fort  Chipewyan,  as  these 
results  took  hold: 

This  year  we  have  absolutely  no  provisions  whatever  in 
this  District  &  I  dont  know  how  we  can  get  the  boats  in  to 
the  Portage  [Grand  Falls  on  the  Athabasca  River]  1st  trip 
next  spring  &  feed  the  people  here.    There  are  no  Deer 
anywhere  this  year  -  and  if  don't  at  least  fret  [freight] 
700  pieces  [70,000  pounds  or  36,400  kilograms]  to  Slave  Lake 
...  we  shall  be  completely  dished;  so  will  MacKenzie  River 
as  we  cannot  keep  them  otherwise  .  .  .  All  our  Indians  are 
starving  this  Winter  ...  I  am  afraid  lots  of  Indians  will 
perish  before  Spring  [Hardisty  Papers,  Item  1077]. 

It  seems  appropriate  that  Fafard,  Brunet,  and  a  very  large  number  of 
their  flocks  returned  to  Edmonton  and  St.  Albert  on  Palm  Sunday,  March 
25,  the  beginning  of  Holy  Week  (Grandin,  Transcripts,  Vol.  1,  March  25, 
1877;  Codex  Historicus  de  St  Albert,  March  25,  1877).    The  people  kept 
coming  in  small  hungry  groups,  both  Metis  and  Stoneys,  throughout  April. 
However,  planting  could  begin  on  April  20,  a  little  earlier  than  usual, 
and  the  Police  had  a  shipment  of  both  seed  and  provisions  on  April  24. 


1878  AND  THE  ABANDONMENT  OF  THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  SITE 

Much  of  the  following  is  drawn  from  the  Scrip  Applications  and  the 
Edmonton  Bulletin. 

Although  the  winter  of  1876-1877  was  not  the  last  year  of  major 
occupation,  either  at  Buffalo  Lake  or  Tail  Creek,  it  was  its  greatest 
year.    From  Spring,  1877,  onwards,  however,  the  story  of  both  places  is 
one  of  decreasing  population.    If  all  Battle  River  settlements  are 
included,  the  district  lost  a  net  total  of  50  people  in  the  sample 
population  traced  in  the  scrip  applications,  or  one-fifth  of  its  1876 
population.    But  the  readjustments  in  population  within  the  Battle  River 
district  were  major  ones,  and  when  immigration  is  measured  after  natural 
growth  rates  are  calculated,  it  becomes  a  much  larger  factor  than  at 
first  appears. 

An  obvious  cause  for  major  changes  was  the  rapid  disappearance  of 
the  remaining  buffalo  herds,  a  fact  so  obvious  that  it  has  frequently 
been  taken  to  be  explanatory  in  itself.    However,  while  a  few  people 
associated  with  the  Buffalo  Lake  area  became  part  of  the  last  effort  at 
hunting  buffalo  in  the  far  south,  even  in  the  United  States,  a  careful 
examination  of  family  "biographies"  assembled  through  the  scrip  returns 
suggests  that  this  particular  cause  was  not  as  significant  as  it  first 
appears  to  be.    First,  the  three  preceding  winters  had  demonstrated  that 
the  Upper  Saskatchewan  society  had  become  increasingly  dependent  on 
cultivated  crops  and  domestic  livestock.    The  buffalo,  plentiful  or  not, 
were  no  longer  sufficient  for  life  in  any  event.    Indeed,  hunger  stalked 
the  people  despite  the  fact  that  the  hunts  had  actually  improved  during 
the  mid-1870's. 


-  72  - 


Second,  the  event  had  been  long  foreseen,  and  other  forms  of  living, 
including  commercial  business,  had  become  an  end  in  themselves.  The 
process  of  adaptation  to  either  commerce  or  agriculture  took  time,  about 
seven  and  five  years  respectively,  but  by  1877  and  1878,  this  adaptation 
was  proceeding. 

The  abandonment  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  and  Tail  Creek  sites  was, 
ultimately,  caused  by  migrations  made  for  these  reasons.    The  movement  of 
people  who  lived  by  the  buffalo  towards  the  last  herds  in  the  south  was 
not  large  enough  to  count  for  much.    Most  people  who  were  so  motivated 
had  been  edging  southwards  into  the  Bow  River  district  from  1872  onwards. 

Two  distinct  migrations  can  be  traced.    The  first,  which  drew 
heavily  upon  the  English-speaking  population,  was  eastwards  towards 
Battleford  and  Prince  Albert.    The  reasons  were  almost  entirely 
commercial,  and  although  several  families  remained  there,  others 
continued  to  follow  economic  opportunity.    A  large  number  went  to  Calgary 
in  anticipation  of  the  revised  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  route,  and  not  a 
few  were  back  in  Edmonton  as  other  opportunities  opened  up  in 
transportation.    A  few  families  of  agricultural  mind  had  also  anticipated 
the  revival  of  the  old  Calgary  -  Lone  Pine  -  Bear's  Hills  trade  and  war 
route,  and  had  established  a  settlement  which  may  be  identified  both  with 
Ponoka  and  Morningside  prior  to  1884.    Their  presence,  as  well  as  the 
economic  successes  of  the  Hobbema  Reserves,  was  to  draw  both  I.  G.  Baker 
and  Company  and  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  back  to  Battle  River. 

Similarly,  the  signing  of  Treaty  Seven  in  the  Blackfoot  and 
Morleyville  Stoney  territories  presented  attractive  prospects  both  of 
trade  and  employment.    Many  of  the  people  at  Buffalo  Lake,  including  the 
oldest  families,  had  become  well  aware  of  the  effects  of  cash  payments, 
and  were  not  slower  in  moving  after  the  benefits  than  any  trader  from 
Winnipeg,  Ontario,  or  the  United  States.    Many  had  already  been  trading 
into  the  Bow  River  for  years. 

Salois'  Crossing,  and  the  later  Todd's  Crossing,  drew  away  many  of 
the  people  whose  interests  lay  in  agriculture.    Salois'  Crossing,  now 
Duhamel,  had  its  time  of  prosperity  and  a  large  Metis  -  native  - 
Franco-Belgian  population  before  its  people  began  to  drift  back  towards 
St.  Albert,  or  took  an  active  part  in  the  St.  Paul  des  Metis  colony. 
Indeed,  most  of  the  people  of  Ri viere-la-Biche  moved  to  Salois'  Crossing 
between  1883  and  1887,  and  in  the  latter  half  of  the  decade,  Salois' 
Crossing  had  500  Catholic  parishioners,  as  opposed  to  an  estimated  125  in 
1881.    Todd's  Crossing  was  rather  similar  in  nature,  although  it  had  more 
English-speaking  people  than  did  Salois'  Crossing. 

In  addition  to  the  signing  of  Treaty  Seven,  and  the  drift  back 
towards  Salois'  Crossing,  Todd's  Crossing,  and  St.  Albert,  several 
specific  events  of  the  later  years  of  the  1870's  apparently  hastened  the 
abandonment  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  site.    A  working  grist  and  sawmill 
apparently  was  in  place  on  the  Sturgeon  River  by  the  end  of  summer. 
Threshing  machines  made  a  competitive  appearance  at  the  same  time,  under 
the  auspices  of  two  old  Buffalo  Lake  traders,  Louis  Mearon  and  the 
Lamoureux  brothers.    Not  least  important  was  the  fact  that  for  several 
successive  years,  crops  were  good:  if  one  section  of  the  St.  Albert  - 
Edmonton  -  Fort  Saskatchewan  complex  did  badly,  another  covered  the 
losses . 


-  73  - 


A  very  mild  winter  in  1877-1878  appears  to  have  caused  at  least  two 
major  crises  of  health.    Two  or  three  illnesses  of  an  undefined  nature 
occurred  in  St.  Albert  during  the  spring  of  1877,  although  Doucet  had 
already  noted  the  outbreak  of  scarlet  fever  in  the  Bow  River  area.  Both 
that  illness  and  typhoid  fever  were  identified  at  Edmonton  before  the 
winter  of  1877-1878  arrived.    Apparently  the  warm  winter  kept  some 
viruses  and  bacteria  alive  and  well.    There  were  few  fatalities, 
generally  among  very  young  children.    However,  it  was  certainly  cause  for 
alarm,  and  at  least  some  Bow  River  families  returned  to  St.  Albert  in 
order  to  be  near  its  medical  facilities. 

In  September,  1877,  the  North  West  Mounted  Police  post  at  Tail  Creek 
was  apparently  closed,  although  Treaty  payments  continued  to  take  place 
there,  the  last  occasion  being  in  the  fall  of  1879  (Edmonton  Post 
Journals  and  Battleford  Herald,  Fall,  1879;  Indian  Department  1878-1889, 
Vol.  1677,  File  187),  and  many  merchants  and  traders  remained.  There 
were  still  enough  occupants  at  Buffalo  Lake  to  justify  one  resident 
Catholic  clergyman,  the  Reverend  Alexis  Bourgine.    Bourgine  had  virtually 
no  capacity  to  travel,  having  a  severe  case  of  epilepsy  caused  by  the 
smallpox.    However,  he  spent  the  two  winters  at  Buffalo  Lake, 
specifically  not  Tail  Creek  (1877-1878  and  1878-1879),  and  presumably 
functioned  adequately. 

Bourgine,  however,  did  not  travel  with  the  hunters,  whose  bands  were 
smaller  and  more  scattered.    This  was  left  for  clerics  in  better  health. 
This  was  the  general  practice  of  all  denominations:  one  clergyman  who  was 
either  old  or  ill  remained  at  a  base  site,  and  all  others  travelled.  It 
appears  from  a  consensus  of  sources  that  the  scattered  bands  were  largely 
composed  of  Plains  Cree  or  non-Christian  Woods  Cree. 

The  final  end  of  the  age  of  the  buffalo  on  the  Upper  Saskatchewan 
was  not  doubted.    Even  in  the  winter  of  1878-1879,  hunting  was  still 
possible,  but  the  failure  in  the  spring  of  1879  was  complete.    There  were 
no  buffalo  anywhere  north  of  the  United  States,  or,  rather,  none  that 
anyone  could  find.    A  very  few  isolated  groups  were  still  hidden  in  far, 
inaccessible  places  north  of  Empress,  and  the  last  reported  were  located 
by  some  of  Big  Bear's  people  in  1887.    However,  it  is  unlikely  that  the 
total  number  amounted  to  even  100  animals.    Bourgine  thought  the  total 
absence  of  provisions  would  finish  Buffalo  Lake  as  early  as  March,  1878, 
but  the  end  was  apparently  recorded  in  the  Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert 
for  July  31,  1879.    At  that  time,  a  group  of  Metis  who  had  not  been  at 
St.  Albert  for  several  years,  returned  "in  great  misery,"  and  much  death 
by  hunger  occurred  among  the  Plains  Indians.    It  is  the  last  known 
contemporary  documentary  evidence  of  occupation  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  site. 

However,  it  is  not  entirely  clear  that  some  occupation  did  not  carry 
on  for  a  time.    Although  Charles  A.  Magrath  reported  abandoned  houses  in 
his  field  notes  for  the  Eleventh  Base  Line,  and  wrote  of  the  entire  site 
as  if  it  was  deserted  in  March,  1883,  further  survey  evidence  and  local 
tradition  leave  open  some  doubt.    Marriage  patterns  suggest  that  a  group 
of  families  associated  with  Antoine  "Azure"  Hamelin  was  ostracized  from 
the  mainstream  of  Battle  River  society  from  1868  until  1883.  Magrath's 
houses  are  considerably  isolated  from  the  others  located  to  date. 
Although  no  survey  line  actually  ran  through  the  site,  a  range  line  was 
run  very  near  by,  but  the  surveyor,  Miles,  made  no  comment  (Miles  1884; 


-  74  - 


Lacombe  1883;  Clark  1967:35-36).    However,  Miles'  survey  showed  higher 
water  levels  than  the  published  Township  Map,  drawn  up  ten  years  later, 
would  indicate  (Thompson  1894). 

Oral  tradition  in  the  district  derives  from  the  Whitford  and  Bruneau 
families,  and  a  few  Treaty  people  from  Hobbema  who  resided  on  the  north 
shore  of  Buffalo  Lake  in  1901.    As  reported  by  the  Hearonemus  and  Wells 
families,  the  site  was  abandoned  because  rainy  seasons  caused  the  water 
levels  to  rise  too  far  and  made  the  site  inconvenient  to  enter  or  leave 
(Clark  1967;  Anonymous  1963;  Jamieson  1953).    This  is  in  accordance  with 
Magrath's  findings,  which  show  some  houses  standing  in  several  inches  of 
water,  and  with  water  levels  known  from  later  surveys.    However,  Magrath 
passed  through  at  a  time  when  the  site  would  normally  have  been 
relatively  empty  (one  might  think  of  John  Kerr's  or  Jean  D'Artigue's 
accounts).    Perhaps,  then,  a  small  number  of  people  resided  there  for  an 
indefinite  time,  possibly  as  late  as  1882.    It  is  also  possible  that 
travellers  may  have  used  the  empty  houses  for  shelter.    The  lake  itself, 
as  well  as  the  ponds  in  which  the  houses  stood,  was  frozen  over,  and 
Magrath  did  not  pause  to  do  any  investigations  (Magrath  1930). 

Apparently  Tail  Creek  was  never  completely  abandoned.    The  village 
near  the  North  West  Mounted  Police  post  seems  to  have  been  occupied  at 
least  by  Vital  Couture  or  Coutu,  who  was  delivering  mail  in  the 
mid-1870's,  and  still  doing  it  in  1901.    Lacombe  mentioned  the  presence 
of  Catholic  residents  there  in  1883,  and  a  letter  to  him  from  Sam 
Baptiste  Dumont  in  1896  reveals  that  a  number  of  families  returned  to 
Tail  Creek  in  the  later  1880's.    Dumont  reported  that  they  were  farming 
there  successfully  (Dumont  1896).    Several  of  the  1870's  residents  lived 
at  Tail  Creek  well  into  the  twentieth  century. 

One  site  was  assuredly  occupied  throughout.    The  Grande  Pointe- 
Spotted  Lake  area,  which  was  rich  in  waterfowl,  supported  a  trading  post 
operated  by  W.  F.  Bredin  from  1883  to  1894  (Clark  1967).    By  the  time 
Bredin  left,  the  present  Mirror  settlement  had  just  been  established. 

From  oral  traditions,  and  existing  families  records,  a  certain  part 
of  the  Buffalo  Lake  society  returned  very  near  to  the  site,  although  the 
site  itself  was  not  used  for  any  major  purpose  for  some  decades.  Several 
Hobbema  band  individuals  were  still  living  along  the  north  and  east 
shores  of  Buffalo  Lake  into  the  present  century,  and  their  houses  were 
sold  or  given  in  whole  or  in  part  to  friendly  settlers  (Clark  1967  and 
other  local  histories).    Some  of  these  are  documented,  and  some  of  the 
actual  fabric  is  still  in  use. 

It  has  been  mentioned  repeatedly  that  the  eventual  extinction  of  the 
buffalo  was  an  accepted  fact  of  life  in  the  North-West.    Yet,  the  end, 
whether  regarded  from  a  northern  perspective  or  a  southern  one,  was 
remarkably  abrupt.    The  failure  of  the  buffalo  in  Spring,  1879, 
astonished  virtually  everyone.    Extinction  was  expected,  but  neither  so 
early  nor  so  completely.    The  memorable  statement  ascribed  to  the 
Indians,  that  it  seemed  a  big  hole  had  opened  up  and  taken  all  the 
buffalo  into  it  at  one  swallow,  was  a  universal  sentiment. 

In  official  reports,  printed  in  the  Sessional  Papers,  the  Police, 
the  Indian  Department,  and  the  Interior  Department  placed  great  stress  on 
a  series  of  fires,  stated  to  be  accidental,  which  sprang  up 
simultaneously  along  the  International  Boundary.    The  buffalo's  migration 


-  75  - 


northwards  into  the  more  wooded  and  watered  areas  of  the  Cypress  Hills 
was  therefore  impossible,  and  so  there  were  no  buffalo  to  be  had  in 
Canadian  territory.  There  was  a  strong  current  of  opinion  in  the 
North-West  Territories  that  the  fires  were  deliberately  set  by  the 
American  authorities  to  prevent  further  cross-border  Indian  travel. 
Sitting  Bull  and  his  Sioux  could  not  stay  just  outside  American  reach 
without  causing  some  resentment  that  retribution  for  Custer's  disaster 
was  consequently  impossible. 

However,  this  set  of  circumstances  is  insufficient.    There  is  not 
one  sudden  extinction  to  be  accounted  for,  but  two.    The  evidence  for 
prairie  fires  does  not  explain  the  northern  herd's  equally  abrupt  demise. 

Both  at  the  time  and  later,  many  accusations  were  made  involving 
nearly  every  possible  group  or  organization  in  the  North-West.    It  might 
be  thought  that  there  are  some  good  reasons  for  blaming  the  fur  trade, 
whether  one  considers  the  trade  in  robes,  or  in  provisions.    In  the 
latter  case,  the  old  Hudson's  Bay  Company  policy  of  local  self- 
sufficiency  does  not  appear  to  have  been  viable  by  the  time  Buffalo  Lake 
was  important.    Until  the  1879  Outfit  year,  however,  meat  provisions  had 
to  be  buffalo,  the  pemmican  bags  had  to  be  of  buffalo  skins,  and  even  in 
1879,  the  requistions  on  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  were  not  reduced. 

However,  the  number  of  animals  involved  in  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
trade  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  can  be  determined  with  a  fair  degree  of 
accuracy,  if  the  Saskatchewan  District  Returns  and  the  Edmonton  Post 
Journals  entries  are  compared  (Table  5,  following). 


TABLE  5 

HUDSONS'S  BAY  COMPANY  TRADE  IN  THE  UPPER  SASKATCHEWAN  DISTRICT 

Date  Outfit  Year  Apparent  Number  of 
 Buffalo  in  Trade 


January 

-  May  31 ,  1871 

1870 

55 

June  1 , 

1871 

-  May  31 , 

1872 

1871 

1  ,378 

June  1 , 

1872 

-  May  31 , 

1873 

1872 

2,277 

June  1 , 

1873 

-  May  31 , 

1874 

1873 

1  ,330 

June  1 , 

1874 

-  May  31 , 

1875 

1874 

5,725 

June  1 , 

1875 

-  May  31 , 

1876 

1875 

3,960 

June  1 , 

1876 

-  May  31 , 

1877 

1876 

870 

June  1 , 

1877 

-  May  31 , 

1878 

1877 

640 

-  7ft  - 

Date 

Outfit  Year 

Apparent  Number  of 

Dill  l  a  IU    III    I  i  due 

June  1 ,  1878  -  May  31 ,  1879 

1878 

1,145  (est) 

u  i  d  I  iu    I  utd  I  ,    ifaiiua  i  y  ,  io/i 

May  31 ,  1879 

17,380 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  need  to  eat  replaced  any  need  to  trade 
until  the  1877  crops  were  actually  harvested,  and  that  the  numbers  hunted 
from  1876  to  1878  were  much  larger  than  the  fur  trade  statistics  would 
indicate.    In  the  1878  outfit  year,  one  might  expect  the  same  to  be  true 
of  the  southern  herd,  due  to  the  flight  of  Big  Bear  and  several  hundred 
Sioux. 

Therefore,  although  a  theory  of  wastage  is  certainly  not  out  of  the 
question,  it  is  a  long-run  explanation.    It  would  explain  a  steady 
decline  in  the  remaining  buffalo,  terminating  about  1882  or  1883  rather 
than  1879. 

There  are  two  short-run  considerations,  which  may  be  more  helpful  in 
explaining  why  the  effective  extinction  of  the  buffalo  herds  took  place 
earlier  than  expected,  and  with  astonishing  abruptness.    One  is  this 
writer's  own  suggestion,  and  the  other  was  advanced  by  Lestanc  (1910). 
The  first,  I  suggest,  is  simply  a  contributing  factor.    The  second  still 
appears  to  be  the  best  available  explanation. 

In  the  course  of  this  discussion,  much  was  made  of  the  demographic 
effects  of  the  1870-1871  smallpox,  and  family  sizes  were  discussed. 
Although  the  recovery  of  the  people  was  indeed  remarkable,  and  no 
appreciable  demographic  crisis  can  be  discovered  (so  far  as  life  and 
death  went)  until  the  later  1880's,  it  took  some  time  for  the  average 
family  size  to  be  restored. 

May  it  be  reasonable  to  suggest  that  the  reattainment  of  pre-1870 
family  sizes  placed  too  much  of  a  burden  on  the  buffalo  herds?    Is  it  not 
possible  that  the  demonstrable  beginnings  of  "white"  immigration  which 
followed  the  signing  of  Treaties  Six  and  Seven  aggravated  the  problem? 

Finally,  one  must  consider  the  theory  proposed  by  Lestanc.    The  best 
authority  on  the  buffalo  as  a  species,  Frank  Gilbert  Roe  (1951),  rejected 
it  as  an  overall  explanation.    However,  it  does  appear  to  explain  the 
local  circumstances.    Lestanc's  view,  in  brief,  was  that  there  had  been 
some  manner  of  epidemic  among  the  buffalo,  which  was  noticeable  by  late 
1878. 

Lestanc  (1910)  observed  that  an  ox  had  a  serious  nose  inflammation, 
and  refused  to  eat  or  drink  for  several  days.    However,  it  recovered.  It 
would  not  be  wise  to  make  too  much  of  this  event,  except  that  the  sole 
reason  for  Lestanc's  including  it  in  his  account  is  that  he  may  have 
believed  it  was  an  early  manifestation  of  the  disease.    It  would  have 
been  one  of  the  rare  chances  when  he  could  examine  a  living  animal.  At 
any  rate,  it  is  possible  that  a  mild  disease  among  domestic  cattle  might 


-  77  - 


have  lasted  for  some  time,  and  then  spread  into  the  buffalo  population 
with  much  more  devastating  effects.    Both  Victoria  Callihoo  and  Peter 
Hodgson  suggested  that  a  form  of  blackleg  was  involved  (Jamieson  1953). 
The  only  conclusion  available  on  present  evidence  is  that  this  is  a 
plausible  explanation,  but  only  one  possibility  (Northern  Department 
Council  1868-1880). 

On  August  16,  1878,  when  at  Sounding  Lake,  Lestanc  (1910)  noted  that 
at  Battleford  in  May,  one  of  the  non-Christian  chiefs  had  asked  him  to 
bring  medicines  along  on  the  hunt,  adding  (translated): 

There  is  the  sickness  among  the  buffalo  and  some  of  our 
people  died  from  having  eaten  some  diseased  buffalo  meat; 
we  are  afraid  to  go  to  the  prairies,  seeing  that  we  have  no 
medicine. 

In  1879  and  1880,  many  of  the  remaining  hunters  crossed  the  border, 
but  were  expelled  with  some  success  by  the  American  Government  in  1881. 
The  total  relief  which  had  to  be  supplied  to  the  returning  people  through 
the  North  West  Mounted  Police  posts  was,  for  the  age,  extremely  high;  the 
Police  accounts  showed  just  under  $7,000,000  spent  on  emergency  food  and 
shelter. 

The  Police  accounts  and  reports  are  specific  enough  as  to  the 
origins  and  destinations  of  the  people.    Those  who  were  Metis  largely 
came  from  Wood  Mountain,  Qu'Appelle,  or  St.  Laurent.    However,  those  who 
returned  to  Alberta  almost  entirely  comprised  the  Blackfoot  Confederacy. 
Therefore,  it  is  not  among  the  people  of  Buffalo  Lake  that  one  must  look 
for  an  accounting  of  animals  killed  by  the  hundreds  of  thousands. 

This  concludes  the  specific  narrative  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis 
site's  history.    There  are  some  significant  points  which  the  historical 
account  suggests  that  lead  to  different  suppositions  about  the  site's 
nature  and  character  than  those  which  appear  in  the  archaeological 
discoveries  to  date.    These  are  outlined  in  the  concluding  chapter. 
However,  the  very  limited  proportion  of  the  site  that  has  been  excavated 
may  be  the  sole  reason  for  the  discrepancies. 

Most  fundamental  to  the  differing  interpretations,  while  an  American 
influence  certainly  existed,  the  Buffalo  Lake  site  was  set  firmly  in  the 
context  of  Upper  Saskatchewan  settlements.  Parallels  with  the  Lower 
Saskatchewan,  Cypress  Hills,  or  Montana  sites,  then,  require  caution.  At 
the  same  time,  climatic  conditions,  and  the  ongoing  life  at  Buffalo  Lake 
that  was  not  hi vernant  in  nature,  suggests  that  the  general  standard  of 
construction  would  be  higher.    However,  from  the  historical  evidence 
examined  to  date,  no  reason  exists  to  suppose  that  artifacts  not  related 
to  this  construction  would  be  very  different. 


-  78  - 


CHAPTER  IV 


THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE, 
ARCHAEOLOGICAL  DATA,  CABIN  3 


During  the  1974  mapping  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  site  (Figure  4),  a 
probable  cabin  and  associated  features  were  selected  for  further 
investigation.    Designated  Cabin  3,  this  cluster  of  features  was  located 
in  the  northeast  corner  of  LSD  14,  Section  11,  Township  41,  Range  20  west 
of  the  Fourth  Meridian.    A  mound  and  two  depressions  were  closely 
associated  with  each  other  and  separated  from  the  nearest  observable 
similar  group  of  features  by  approximately  75  feet  (22.9  m) .  This 
separation,  combined  with  the  area  apparently  occupied,  suggested  that  a 
single  structure  was  involved  (Figures  4,  9  a,  9  b). 

One  depression  (designated  Feature  2)  was  large  in  comparison  with 
the  majority  of  depressions  on  the  site.    In  addition,  the  mound 
(designated  Feature  1)  was  one  of  the  larger  mounds  encountered.    A  round 
pot-hole  had  been  dug  by  unknown  persons  in  the  central  portion  of  this 
mound,  revealing  cobbles,  burnt  mud-plaster,  and  ash  and  indicating  the 
feature  to  be  the  remains  of  a  fireplace. 

Surficially,  the  area  designated  Cabin  3  (Figure  10)  appeared 
similar  to  the  foundations  of  Cabins  1  and  2,  the  second  of  these  located 
approximately  247  feet  (75.3  m)  north  and  345  feet  (105.2  m)  east.  The 
primary  intent  in  excavating  Cabin  3  was  to  indentify  the  associated 
features  as  remains  of  a  single  building,  to  determine  its  dimensions  and 
details  of  construction,  and  to  establish  the  essential  contemporaneity 
of  this  building  with  Cabins  1  and  2. 

Furthermore,  substantial  data  on  Metis  fireplace  construction 
techniques  had  been  lacking,  perhaps  partly  owing  to  recent  disturbance, 
in  both  Cabins  1  and  2.    Despite  the  pot-hole,  the  mound  in  Cabin  3 
appeared  relatively  well  preserved. 

The  two  depressions  in  Cabin  3  were  thought  to  be  storage  (and 
perhaps  subsequently  refuse)  pits,  and  were  scheduled  for  excavation. 
Again,  pits  had  apparently  been  lacking  in  Cabin  1,  although  an  exterior 
depression  had  been  observed  nearby.    It  was  hoped  to  derive  additional 
data  on  what  had  been  a  prominent  feature  at  other  Metis  settlements, 
notably  in  the  Cypress  Hills  Kajewski  site  (Elliott  1971:27,  29,  31-32; 
Bonnichsen  1967:4-5;  Bonnichsen,  Horan,  Doll,  and  Baldwin  1973:17).  In 
addition,  the  artifact  yield  from  a  refuse  pit  in  Cabin  2  had  been 
relatively  large.    It  was  hoped  that  the  Cabin  3  depressions  would  be 
comparably  rich  in  artifacts,  and  would  enlarge  the  sample  from  the  site 
quantitatively  and  qualitatively. 

Lithic  artifacts,  including  a  side-notched  chipped  stone  projectile 
point,  had  been  found  in  association  with  "historic"  materials  in  the 
refuse  pit  of  Cabin  2.    The  presence  of  such  artifacts  in  the  pits  of 
Cabin  3  would  decrease  the  probability  of  their  being  accidental 
intrusions  and  provide  evidence  for  the  persistence  of  an  8000  year-old 


-  80  - 


lithic  tool  tradition  at  Buffalo  Lake.    This  would  give  further  weight  to 
the  evidence  presented  elsewhere  (Elliott  1971:50-51;  Bonnichsen 
1967:406;  Bonnichsen,  Horon,  Doll,  and  Baldwin  1973:88)  of  a  persisting 
co-existence  of  lithic  and  "post-contact"  industries  among  the  Metis  of 
the  Upper  Saskatchewan. 

A  final  reason  for  the  selection  of  Cabin  3  for  excavation  was  the 
indication  of  some  recent  disturbance  in  the  fireplace  mound.    As  in  the 
case  of  Cabins  1  and  2,  it  was  felt  that  efforts  should  be  concentrated 
on  the  more  vulnerable  features  of  the  site,  rather  than  on  those  in  less 
immediate  danger. 


EXCAVATIONS  AT  CABIN  3 

Excavations  in  1975  were  initiated  under  Research  Permit,  Project 
75-26,  issued  by  Alberta  Culture  (now  Alberta  Culture  and 
Multicultural  ism)  through  the  Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta.  In 
addition,  a  letter  of  authorization  was  obtained  from  the  Deputy  Minister 
of  Renewable  Resources,  Alberta  Energy  and  Natural  Resources, 
administrators  of  the  Pubic  Land  Act.    Also,  letters  had  been  previously 
procured  from  holders  of  the  grazing  permit,  A.  J.  and  H.  P.  Rider,  and 
from  the  County  of  Stettler  No.  6,  holders  of  a  recreation  lease. 

A  total  of  thirty  days  were  spent  in  the  clearing,  excavation, 
mapping,  and  backfilling  of  Cabin  3.    Work  began  on  July  2,  and  was 
terminated  on  September  12.    Four  persons  were  occupied  in  excavation  for 
twelve  days,  and  three  persons  for  an  additional  eighteen  days. 
Altogether,  one  hundred  and  two  man-days  were  expended  on  the  Metis  site 
in  1975  (including  some  travel  time,  and  work  stoppages  owing  to 
inclement  weather) . 

A  grid  consisting  of  five-foot  (1.52  metre)  square  units  was 
established,  oriented  to  an  arbitra ry  north  equal  to  3  degrees  east  of 
true  north,  and  it  was  staked  out  on  the  site  (Figure  10).    Stakes  were 
designated  according  to  distance  and  direction  from  an  arbitrary  point  0, 
and  squares  were  named  according  to  the  stake  designation  in  their 
northwest  corner.    This  grid  extended  45  feet  (13.72  metres)  north-south 
and  15  feet,  (4.57  metres)  east-west.    Orientation  to  the  site  as  a  whole 
was  through  the  map  prepared  in  1974,  and  approximately  to  the  northeast 
corner  of  LSD  14,  Section  11,  Township  41,  Range  20  West  of  the  4th 
Meridian,  which  was  located  ca.  387  feet  (117.96  metres)  north  and  15 
feet  (4.57  metres)  east  of  grid  point  0.    Key  stakes  (Figure  10)  were 
left  in  place,  and  the  intent  was  to  survey  the  grid  accurately  in 
relation  to  Cabins  1  and  2  (where  iron  pipes  had  been  set  in  concrete  to 
mark  the  grid),  and  to  the  quarter-section  corner. 

Although  it  may  be  somewhat  confusing,  it  should  be  noted  that  all 
references  to  the  Cabin  3  grid  are  to  arbitrary  north  (to  all  practical 
purposes,  true  north),  those  references  to  features  within  the  cabin  are 
to  magnetic  north  (the  apparent  orientation  of  the  builders),  and  those 
references  to  the  site  as  whole  to  true  north. 

Excavation  was  generally  with  trowel  and  dustpan,  and  most  of  the 
fill  was  put  through  a  one-quarter  inch  mesh  screen,  with  finer  mesh  used 
in  some  cases  to  secure  beads,  small  fauna!  remains,  and  seeds.    Fill  was 


-  81  - 


removed  by  strata  of  deposition,  for  example  in  the  fireplace  and  the 
depressions,  although  in  many  other  areas  the  shallowness  of  deposit  made 
discrimination  of  strata  or  arbitrary  levels  unnecessary.    Artifacts  were 
recorded  by  unit,  stratum,  and  feature,  with  some  specimens  measured  in 
three-dimensional ly.    Plans  and  photographs  were  made  of  all  features. 
Level  bags  were  brought  to  the  Museum  laboratory  following  excavations 
for  preparation  and  cataloguing  of  specimens.    The  latter,  along  with 
field  notes  and  other  records,  are  stored  at  the  Provincial  Museum  of 
Alberta.    Following  the  completion  of  excavation,  the  areas  were  lined 
with  polyethylene  plastic  sheets  and  backfilled. 

During  1976,  excavations  continued  in  the  Depression,  Feature  2,  of 
Cabin  3  under  Research  Permit,  Project  76-15.    This  excavation  proceeded 
in  0.5  foot  (0.15  metres)  thick  arbitrary  levels,  following  the  original 
outline  of  the  depression  horizontally.    All  artifactual  and  faunal 
material  recovered  in  situ  or  in  the  screen  was  bagged  according  to 
level.    Earth  that  was  particularly  rich  in  small  artifacts  and  bone  was 
bagged  by  level  in  the  field  and  returned  to  the  Museum  laboratory  for 
finer  processing. 


THE  FEATURES  OF  CABIN  3 
The  Wall  Lines 

Cabin  3  appeared  to  be  a  log  structure,  approximately  24  feet  (7.32 
metres)  long  magnetic  north-south  and  15  feet  (4.57  metres)  wide  magnetic 
east-west  (Figure  10;  all  subsequent  directions  are  ca.  magnetic  unless 
otherwise  indicated).    As  far  as  could  be  determined,  the  cabin  had  no 
permanent  interior  partition  and  no  wooden  floor.    Preservation  of  wood 
(probably  poplar  or  aspen)  was  extremely  poor,  as  in  Cabins  1  and  2,  and 
no  complete  logs  or  other  intact  structural  members  were  found.  Some 
fragmentary  evidence  was  discovered,  however. 

By  far  the  best  preserved  wood  fragments  were  in  the  west  wall  of 
the  cabin.    Probably  this  relatively  good  preservation  was  owing  to  the 
existence  of  clay  overlying  the  sill  log.    This  ridge  of  clay  may  have 
been  derived  through  washing  off  or  collapse  of  the  chinking  between  wall 
logs,  or  on  the  roof  of  the  cabin,  or  it  may  have  resulted  from  banking 
the  base  of  the  wall  as  insulation  against  the  cold. 

The  south  wall  and  southeast  corner  of  the  structure  were 
represented  by  a  few  tiny  rotted  chips  and  a  definite  log  outline  of 
brown  rotted  wood  dust.    Much  the  same  situation  prevailed  in  the 
northwest  corner  and  along  the  north  wall,  although  the  wood  in  this 
latter  case  was  slightly  better  preserved.    The  east  wall  of  the  cabin 
was  represented  only  by  a  scattering  of  charcoal,  which  may  have  resulted 
from  the  remains  of  superstructure  being  burned. 

In  spite  of  the  existence  of  this  charcoal,  the  major  portion  of  the 
cabin  did  not  appear  to  have  been  destroyed  by  fire,  but  rather  by 
natural  processes  of  decomposition  in  the  damp  woods.    Fires  were 
reported  in  the  Buffalo  Lake  area  around  the  turn  of  the  century,  for 
example  in  the  spring  of  1903  (Emma  Trayer  in  Clark  1967:322),  but  it  is 
uncertain  what  part  they  might  have  played  in  the  disappearance  of  cabin 


-  82  - 


superstructures,  all  of  which  were  apparently  gone  by  1902  (Clark 
1967:35-36).    The  only  evidence  to  suggest  that  at  least  part  of  Cabin  3 
may  have  been  burnt,  then,  was  the  remnant  of  west  wall,  and  some  charred 
fragments  of  boards  or  logs  overlying  Features  2  and  3.    Charcoal  pieces 
were  also  thinly  scattered  throughout  the  grey  sandy  fill  within  the 
cabin  outline,  but  there  was  no  evidence  for  fired  mud  plaster.    Most  of 
the  mud  chinking  may  have  fallen  or  washed  off  the  building  prior  to  any 
burning  of  the  structure  itself. 

Feature  1,  The  Fireplace. 

Excavation  of  the  mound  in  Cabin  3  revealed  the  remains  of  a  stone 
fireplace  approximately  7.0  feet  (2.13  metres)  wide  north-south  by  4.0 
feet  (1.22  metres)  deep  east-west  (Figures  10,  11-14).    This  fireplace 
was  located  at  approximately  the  middle  of  the  cabin,  and  abutting  on  the 
interior  of  the  west  wall.    The  materials  used  consisted  of  granitic  and 
quartzite  cobbles,  cemented  in  position  by  clay  apparently  obtained  from 
local  till  deposits.    Possibly  one  or  both  of  the  internal  depressions, 
Features  2  and  3,  were  used  as  borrow  pits  for  the  clay  employed  in  this 
construction. 

A  pot-hole  approximately  2.0  feet  (.61  metres)  by  2.5  feet  (.76 
metres)  had  been  dug  in  the  middle  of  the  fireplace  by  unknown 
individuals.    However,  the  major  part  of  the  feature  remained  intact,  and 
the  firebox,  bits  of  burned  bone,  charcoal,  and  a  concentration  of  wood 
ash  were  encountered.    As  this  ash  concentration  was  exposed,  an 
associated  clay  apron  was  discovered,  extending  about  2.5  feet  (.76 
metres)  in  front  of  the  firebox  (Figure  12  a).    After  it  was  photographed 
and  mapped  the  ash  was  carefully  removed  and  bagged  for  laboratory 
analysis.    At  this  point,  a  shallow  basin  of  reddened  clay  was  revealed 
within  the  firebox  (Figures  12  b,  13  a,  b),  and  again  this  level  was 
photographed  and  mapped.    These  steps  were  repeated  three  times,  exposing 
three  distinct  and  vertically  separated  firebox  floors  (Figure  14  a,  b), 
and,  contiguous  with  the  upper  two,  superimposed  aprons.    The  evidence 
shows  that  the  feature  was  renewed  at  least  three  times  and  suggests  that 
Cabin  3  was  abandoned  at  least  three  times,  twice  on  a  temporary  basis 
and  the  third  time  permanently. 

Temporary  abandonment  of  the  cabin  might  have  corresponded  to  the 
time  of  the  Metis  spring  hunt  (see  Chapter  II),  planting,  or  merely  to  a 
time  of  warmer  weather  when  the  inhabitants  moved  out  of  doors  or 
utilized  outdoor  fires  for  cooking.    The  layers  of  burnt  clay  separating 
the  firebox  floors  perhaps  resulted,  then,  from  weathering  of  mud  plaster 
off  the  fireplace  or  chimney  during  the  spring  or  summer  rains.  They 
might  also  have  been  the  result  of  purposeful  re-plastering  and  re-lining 
of  the  fireplace  in  the  autumn,  along  with  a  re-chinking  of  the  walls,  to 
weatherproof  the  cabin  for  the  winter. 

The  first  firebox,  floor  3,  was  set  directly  on  the  humus  (Figure  14 
b),  with  no  apparently  associated  clay  apron.    Both  subsequent  levels, 
however,  were  associated  with  clay  aprons.    The  evidence  suggests  that 
Cabin  3  may  have  been  occupied  for  three  winters  and  then  abandoned. 
Possibly  it  was  built  in  the  fall  of  1875  and  abandoned  in  the  spring  of 
1878,  as  this  time  would  correspond  both  with  the  years  of  most  intense 


-  83  - 


occupation  and  with  the  year  of  final  abandonment  (see  Figure  15). 

Feature  1  yielded  47  artifacts  or  1.27%  of  the  total  recovery  from 
Cabin  3,  notably  pottery,  glass,  and  a  few  nails. 

Feature  2,  Large  Refuse  Pit. 

Feature  2  was  the  larger  of  two  depressions  in  this  locality 
(Figures  10,  16).    Situated  to  the  southeast  of  the  fireplace,  it  was 
approximately  6.3  feet  (1.92  m)  north-south  by  8.3  feet  (2.53  m) 
east-west  by  4.5  feet  (1.37  m)  deep. 

Located  entirely  within  the  wall  lines  of  the  cabin,  Feature  2  may 
initially  have  served  as  a  borrow  pit  for  clay  used  in  the  construction 
of  the  fireplace  (Feature  1).    Subsequently,  it  might  have  been  used  as 
an  interior  storage  pit  or  cellar,  although  no  evidence  was  found  of 
cribbing  or  other  lining.    Ultimately,  it  seems  to  have  been  used  for  the 
disposal  of  trash.    Although  there  was  no  evidence  of  a  wood  floor  in  the 
cabin  proper,  there  was  an  indication  of  burned  boards  immediately 
overlying  this  depression.    Subsequently,  these  remains  had  been  covered 
by  slumped  soil  and  leaf  litter.    Boards  may  in  fact  have  been  used  to 
cover  the  depression  when  the  cabin  was  occupied.    Alternati vly,  the 
fragments  observed  could  merely  have  fallen  from  roof  or  walls  after  the 
cabin  was  abandoned. 

The  excavations  established  the  dimensions  and  depth  of  Feature  2 
and  also  confirmed  the  hypothesis  that  some  pits  might  be  notably  rich  in 
artifacts.    A  total  of  12,047  specimens  was  recovered  from  the  fill  of 
this  depression.    This  constitutes  90.04%  of  the  assemblage  from  Cabin 
3.    Although  a  large  variety  of  artifact  types  was  represented,  nails, 
pottery,  and  glass,  and  especially  small  glass  beads,  were  predominant. 
Finally,  the  hypothesis  regarding  the  association  of  lithic  and  "modern" 
industries  was  given  further  credibility  through  the  discovery  in  the 
feature  of  two  side-notched  projectile  points  and  a  quantity  of  other 
chipped  stone  material. 

Feature  3,  Small  Refuse  Pit. 

Feature  3  constituted  the  smaller  pit  within  the  wall  lines  of  Cabin 
3  (Figures  10,  17  a,  b) .    Its  dimensions  were  4.0  feet  (1.22  m) 
north-south  by  5.0  feet  (1.52  m)  east-west  by  2  to  2.5  feet  (60.96  to 
76.20  cm)  deep.    With  the  exception  of  a  small  portion  near  stake  30N, 
10E,  Feature  3  was  completely  excavated  in  two  horizontal  operations. 
First  the  section  located  within  square  35N,  5E  was  excavated  and  scale 
plans  and  profiles  prepared.    Then  the  remainder  of  the  fill  (with  the 
exception  noted  above)  was  removed. 

Again  no  evidence  of  cribbing  or  lining  was  observed.    As  in  Feature 
2,  however,  a  small  amount  of  burnt  wood  was  found  to  be  overlying  the 
depression.    Subsequently,  this  wood  had  itself  been  covered  with  slumped 
material  consisting  of  a  thick  layer  of  yellow  clay,  in  all  likelihood 
washed  in  from  the  walls  and  roof  after  the  abandonment  of  the  cabin. 

Like  Feature  2,  Feature  3  may  have  initially  been  used  as  a  borrow 
pit  for  clay,  subsequently  as  a  storage  pit,  and  finally  as  a  repository 
for  refuse.    A  total  of  299  artifacts  was  recovered  from  the  feature, 


-  84  - 


comprising  8.09%  of  the  total  assemblage.    Particularly  noteworthy  among 
these  were  lead  shot,  pottery,  and  beads.    An  1857  U.S.  half-dime 
contributed  a  datum  to  the  chronological  interpretation  of  the  site, 
indicating  that  it  could  not  have  been  entirely  abandoned  prior  to  1857. 


THE  ARTIFACTS  OF  CABIN  3 
Method  of  Analysis 

Analysis  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  collections  as  a  whole  began  with  the 
allocation  of  recovered  artifacts  to  general  functional  classes  related, 
for  example,  to  "Hunting"  or  "Blacksmi thing,  Construction,  and  Crafts." 
Although  it  was  realized  that  function  is  sometimes  in  doubt,  and  that 
categories  would  overlap,  it  was  felt  that  this  approach  maintained  some 
consistency  in  the  order  of  description  and  facilitated  comparisons.  The 
classes  have  been  ordered  to  begin  with  those  traits  most  nearly  related 
to  basic  subsistence  and  proceed  to  the  least  basic  traits,  relating  to 
recreation  and  ornamentation.    This  sort  of  organization  may  also 
facilitate  highly  qualified  hypotheses  about  the  relative  importance  of 
various  occupations  or  activities  at  the  site  (South  1977a;  1977b). 

Descriptions  are  fairly  full,  but  vary  somewhat  by  author  and 
according  to  the  familiarity  of  objects  represented  and  the  presumed 
significance  of  metric  and  other  data.    Photographs  are  intended  to  be 
used  in  conjunction  with  the  descriptions.    Measurements  are  in  the 
metric  system,  although  it  is  realized  that  many  of  the  artifacts  were 
presumably  manufactured  according  to  measurements  in  the  English  system. 
The  scale  in  the  photographs,  however,  is  in  both  systems.  All 
measurements  are  maximum  unless  otherwise  indicated.    Some  individual 
artifact  measurements  are  available  in  the  tables,  and  all  unpublished 
data  is  on  file  at  the  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta. 

A  total  of  12,415  artifacts  was  recovered  from  Cabin  3  of  the 
Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site.    Feature  1  yielded  47  artifacts,  0.38%  of  the 
sample.    Feature  2  yielded  12,047  artifacts,  97.04%  of  the  sample. 
Feature  3  yielded  299  artifacts,  2.41%  of  the  sample,  and  22  additional 
artifacts,  0.18%  of  the  sample,  were  recovered  from  the  general  interior 
of  the  cabin  and  not  directly  associated  with  any  of  the  three  features. 


HUNTING 

This  category  is  well  represented  in  the  sample  from  Cabin  3. 

Gun  Parts 

Brass  Ramrod  Ferrule  (Figure  18  a).    A  brass  ferrule  from  the 
proximal  end  of  a  shotgun  ramrod  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.  the 
ferrule  is  made  from  thin  brass  and  is  cracked  in  several  places.  The 
interior  contains  a  portion  of  the  wooden  ramrod,  29.23  mm  long  and  10.39 
mm  in  diameter.    The  ferrule  itself  is  23.30  mm  in  length,  10.39  mm  in 
diameter,  and  .92  mm  in  thickness.    The  ramrod  would  originally  have 


-  85  - 


measured  12  mm  or  more  in  diameter,  but  the  preserved  portion  has  shrunk 
considerably. 

Ignition  Parts  and  Ammunition 

Gunf 1 int  (Figure  18  b).    A  single  dark  brown  gunflint  with  flat 
flake  scars  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.    Although  burned  and  broken,  it 
measures  29.50  mm  by  26.16  mm  by  8.58  mm. 

A  flake  of  light  brown  taffy-colored  flint  was  also  found  in  the 
northwest  interior  portion  of  the  cabin,  associated  with  the  dirt  floor 
between  Features  1  and  3.  The  flake  measures  9.1  mm  by  8.3  mm  by  1.9  mm. 

Woodward  (1982:14)  suggests  that  in  general  11 .  .  .  French  flints 
were  of  honey  or  taffy  colored  types,  with  rounded  heels,  thinner  and 
flatter  than  those  of  English  Manufacture."    Based  solely  upon  color 
characteristics,  the  first  Buffalo  Lake  example  may  be  of  English  origin, 
while  the  second  may  be  of  French  origin.    Because  neither  example  is 
whole,  other  characteristics  for  identification  were  not  used. 

At  the  time  the  Metis  site  was  occupied,  gunflints  were  still  a  very 
important  item  in  the  fur  trader's  inventory  (Hardisty  Papers,  Items  423 
(1874),  608  and  612  (1875),  928  (1876).    At  Buffalo  Lake,  they  were  no 
doubt  used  for  lighting  fires  as  well  as  in  guns,  as  the  English  Brandon 
flints  were  also  made  for  strike-a-1 ights  (Woodward  1982:144). 
Alternately,  however,  matches  were  available  from  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  in  1874  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  709). 

Percussion  Caps  (Figure  18  c).    Four  copper  percussion  caps  were 
recovered  from  Feature  2.    All  examples  have  been  fired;  three  are 
complete  and  one  is  fragmentary.    All  are  of  the  same  type,  averaging 
5.70  mm  in  length  and  5.54  mm  in  diameter. 

The  Buffalo  Lake  examples  correspond  in  size  to  number  11  Eley 
Brothers  percussion  caps  in  the  reference  collection  of  the  Provincial 
Museum  of  Alberta.    There  are  several  records  of  percussion  caps  and 
percussion  cap  guns,  both  single  and  double  barrel,  as  a  major  item  of 
trade  at  Buffalo  Lake  and  in  the  general  Upper  Saskatchewan  District 
(Hardisty  Papers,  Items  605  and  608  (1875).    In  addition,  there  were 
numerous  makes  of  rifles  and  revolvers,  as  well  as  single  and  double 
barrel  guns,  of  both  British  and  American  manufacture  that  used  this  type 
of  cap. 

The  percussion  cap  had  long  been  in  use  by  the  time  the  Buffalo  Lake 
site  was  occupied.    Its  history  began  on  July  4,  1807,  when  Reverend 
Alexander  Forsyth  patented  a  detonating  compound  based  on  the  use  of 
potassium  chlorite  as  a  replacement  for  the  flintlock  ignition  system 
(Burrard  1950:2,  61).    The  copper  percussion  cap  appears  on  the  patent 
records  in  1823,  although  it  had  been  invented  by  various  persons  to  whom 
the  same  idea  occurred  between  1814  and  1816  (Pollard  1926:114).    It  was 
in  general  use  by  1825.    At  Buffalo  Lake,  it  did  not  entirely  replace  the 
flintlock  ignition  system,  which  appears  to  have  been  used  more  by  the 
Indian  buffalo  hunters  than  by  the  Metis.    This  may  reflect  the  fact  that 
the  latter  group  had  easier  access  to  sources  of  supply  than  the  former. 


-  86  - 


Round  Ball  (Figure  18  d).    Four  lead  balls  were  recovered,  three 
from  Feature  2  and  one  from  the  general  cabin  interior.    Two  are  .58 
calibre,  one  .53  calibre,  while  the  fourth  has  been  flattened  and  the 
calibre  cannot  be  determined. 

In  his  correspondence  of  December  1,  1874,  to  Richard  Hardisty, 
Chief  Factor  at  Fort  Edmonton,  Francis  Whitford,  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
clerk  at  Buffalo  Lake  and  Tail  Creek,  requested  that  a  bag  of  lead  balls 
be  sent  to  him  to  supply  the  trade  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  422). 

Lead  Shot  (Figure  18  e) .  A  total  of  56  lead  shot  were  recovered. 
Sizes  range  from  BB  to  No.  4,  with  75%  falling  between  shot  size  No.  1 
and  No.  2  (Greener  1910:612-614;  Logan  1959:171). 

Shot  size  is  calculated  by  the  number  required  to  weigh  an  ounce. 
For  example,  No.  6  shot,  at  270  pellets  per  ounce,  would    be  made  up  of 
shot  with  sizes  that  lie  between  255  and  285  to  the  ounce,  the  figure  270 
being  the  mean  (Burrard  1950  11:114). 

Shot  was  sold  in  bags  by  the  ounce.    For  example,  in  the  outfit  of 
1874,  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Post  at  Jasper's  House  lists  shot  at  four 
cents  per  ounce  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  709).    Francis  Whitford  requested, 
on  December  16,  1874,  and  again  on  September  12,  1875,  that  a  bag  of  shot 
be  sent  from  Fort  Edmonton  for  trade  at  Buffalo  Lake  and  Tail  Creek 
(Hardisty  Papers,  Items  423,  610). 

Rimfire  Cartridge  Cases  (Figure  18  f).    From  Feature  2,  two  copper 
rimfire  cartridge  cases  were  recovered.    Both  have  a  raised  "H" 
headstrap,  indicative  of  an  early  manufacture  of  the  Henry  Cartridge 
Company.    Although  both  cases  exhibit  the  typical  double  firing-pin 
marks,  these  marks  are  sufficently  different  from  each  other  to  indicate 
the  cartridges  were  fired  from  two  different  firearms.    In  addition,  one 
has  a  more  bulged  head,  which  suggests  the  firearm  that  discharged  it  had 
greater  headspace. 

The  cartridge  cases  are  23.70  mm  long  and  13.07  mm  wide  overall, 
with  width  below  the  headstrap  of  11.48  mm.    These  measurements  indicate 
that  they  are  .44  caliber  Henry  flat  cartridges.    This  early  form  of 
fixed  ammunition  uses  a  flat-top  cylindrical  lead  bullet,  200  grains  in 
weight  and  propelled  by  26  grains  of  black  powder  (Logan  1959:61;  West 
1969:1-5). 

This  type  of  ammunition  was  used  in  two  makes  of  firearm:  the  Henry 
Rifle,  made  by  the  New  Haven  Arms  Company  from  1860  to  1866  (Figure  19 
a),  and  the  Winchester  model  1866,  made  by  the  Winchester  Repeating  Arms 
Company  between  1866  and  1898.  While  approximately  10,000  of  the  former 
were  manufactured,  nearly  100,000  of  the  latter  were  made  (West  1969:1-5 
to  1-9;  Logan  1959:68). 

Centrefire  Cartridge  Case  (Figure  18  g).    One  externally  primed 
brass  centrefire  cartridge  case  was  excavated  from  Feature  3.  Although 
partially  cut  off  in  length,  and  exhibiting  a  crushed  mouth,  it  is  still 
identifiable  as  a  .44-40  calibre  Winchester  centrefire  cartridge.  The 
original  case  was  coupled  with  a  200  grain  flat-nosed  conical  lead 
bullet,  propelled  by  40  grains  of  black  powder.    This  cartridge  could  be 
used  interchangeably  between  the  model  1873  Winchester  rifle  and  the  Colt 


-  87  - 


Single  Action  revolver,  also  known  as  the  Frontier  Six  Shooter  (Logan 
1939:137). 

Centrefire  Shot  Shells  (Figure  18  h).    Two  brass  shot  shell  heads 
were  recovered  from  Feature  2.    They  bear  the  headstamp  of  Eley  Brothers 
of  London  and  are  of  16  gauge  (18.97  mm  in  diameter).    They  originally 
would  have  had  paper  or  cardboard  tubes  attached  to  the  brass  bases.  The 
tubes,  however,  decomposed  prior  to  recovery. 

Although  machine-made  shot  shells  with  paper  rather  than  metal  tubes 
were  manufactured  as  early  as  1873,  they  did  not  make  their  appearance  in 
America  until  the  1880's  (Sharpe  1938:276).    Similarly  marked  shot  shell 
bases  were  recovered  from  Fort  Walsh,  the  occupation  of  which  (1875-1883) 
overlaps  that  at  Buffalo  Lake  (Sciscenti  et  al.  1976:xvi). 

Peter  Erasmus  (1976)  mentioned  the  use  of  a  double-barrel 
breech-loading  shotgun  obtained  from  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  but  he 
made  no  mention  of  the  type  or  brand  of  ammunition  used.    Similarly,  no 
records  of  paper  shot  shells  in  the  inventory  are  found  in  the 
correspondence  of  Hudson's  Bay  Company  employees  at  Buffalo  Lake,  Tail 
Creek,  Spitsea  Post,  or  Fort  Edmonton. 

This  evidence  leads  to  three  possible  alternative  conclusions: 

(1)  Paper  shot  shells  became  available  in  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  sooner  than  the  time  suggested  for  America  by 
Sharpe  (1938). 

(2)  The  shell  bases  from  Cabin  3  are  intrusive.  Communication 
with  the  present-day  residents  confirmed  that  the  area  has 
been  heavily  used  by  bird  hunters  since  the  turn  of  the 
century.    In  particular,  the  depressions  left  by  the  Metis 
may  subsequently  have  served  as  goose  pits  for  hunting 
waterfowl . 

(3)  Cabin  3  was  re-occupied  in  the  1880*s,  subsequent  to  the 
documented  abandonment  in  the  spring  of  1878. 

Cutting  or  Piercing  Weapons  or  Tools 

Iron  Projectile  Point  (Figure  19  b).    A  badly  oxidized  iron 
projectile  point  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  is  of  a  style  typical 
of  those  that  were  manufactured  from  scrap  metal  for  trade  at  the  various 
fur  trade  posts  on  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  as  early  as  the  1790's. 
Generally,  they  were  made  by  the  post  blacksmith  from  iron,  copper,  or 
brass.    (For  examples  see  Nicks  1969;  Kidd  1970;  Steer  et  al.  1979;  Losey 
1978,  Losey  et  al.  1978;  Forsman  1985). 

Knife  Blade  Tip  (Figure  19  c).  A  thin  skinning  knife  blade  tip, 
measuring  52.07  mm  long  by  37.02  mm  wide  and  tapering  from  2.10  mm  to 
1.38  mm  in  thickness,  was  recovered  from  Feature  2. 

Common  skinning  knives  were  a  standard  item  of  trade  stocked  by  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company  outpost  at  Buffalo  Lake  and  the  storage  and  staging 
post  at  Tail  Creek  for  the  trade  farther  south  at  Bow  River  and  Spitsea 
Post  (Hardisty  Papers,  Items  604,  609). 


-  88  - 


Modified  Knife-Blade  Fragment  (Figure  19  d).    The  modified  section 
of  a  skinning  knife  blade  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  has  been 
snapped  off  at  one  end  and  cut  with  a  cold  chisel  at  the  other.  The 
blunt  back  of  the  blade  remains  unmodified;  however,  the  sharpened  edge 
has  been  modified  into  a  single  bevel  approximately  2.0  mm  deep,  forming 
a  plane-like  implement.    The  resulting  blade  could  have  been  hafted  to  a 
handle  and  used  as  a  scraping  tool  for  hide  preparation  or  wood  working. 
The  resulting  blade  is  30.79  mm  by  30.06  mm,  and  tapers  in  thickness  from 
2.14  mm  to  0.45  mm. 

Discussion 

Hunting  and  the  products  of  the  hunt  were  the  main  reason  for  the 
occupation  of  Cabin  3.    The  artifacts  recovered  are  generally  those  used 
in  the  procurement  and  subsequent  processing  of  bison.    In  addition,  the 
presence  of  lead  shot  and,  if  temporally  associated,  the  shot  shell 
bases,  are  indicative  of  the  hunting  of  waterfowl  as  a  dietary  supplement 
not  directly  associated  with  the  commercial  hunting  venture.    It  should 
also  be  noted  that  muzzle-loading  guns  (i.e.  smooth-bored  barrels)  could 
be  loaded  with  round  ball  and  also  used  in  bringing  down  bison.  In 
addition,  the  shotgun  had  a  long-standing  reputation  as  a  close-range 
personal  defense  weapon,  the  advantage  of  which  was  probably  appreciated 
by  the  people  of  Buffalo  Lake. 

There  is  evidence  for  several  different  types,  calibres,  and  makes 
of  firearms  in  the  artifact  sample  from  Cabin  3.    Four  different  types  of 
ignition  systems  were  used:  flintlock,  percussion  lock  in  muzzle  loaders, 
and  rimfire  and  centrefire  fixed  ammunition  in  magazine  repeating  rifles, 
revolvers  (perhaps),  and  breech-loading  shotguns.    With  respect  to  the 
.44  Henry  Flat  cartridge  case,  it  has  been  stated  that  these  could  have 
been  fired  from  either  the  Henry  Rifle  or  the  model  1866  Winchester. 
Although  both  of  these  firearms  produced  the  same  firing-pin  marks,  and 
theoretically  both  would  have  been  available  at  the  time  the  Buffalo  Lake 
Metis  Site  was  occupied,  historical  documents  suggest  that  the  Henry 
repeating  rifle  (Figure  19  a)  was  more  than  likely  in  use  in  this  area. 

On  the  15th  of  December,  1875,  William  Leslie  Wood,  trading  partner 
at  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Spitsea  Post,  wrote  to  Richard  Hardisty  at 
Fort  Edmonton  requesting,  among  other  things,  48  Henry  Rifles  in  cases  of 
a  dozen  each  to  sell  at  12  to  14  robes.    With  robes  bringing  between 
$5.00  and  $7.50  apiece,  the  Henry  Rifles  would  be  selling  for  between 
$60.00  and  $105.00,  a  considerable  sum  of  money  at  that  time,  and  at 
today's  standards  between  $1,800.00  and  $3,150.00.    Wood  also  ordered 
4,000  rounds  of  ammunition  to  sell  at  one  robe  per  100,  or  between  five 
and  seven  and  one  half  cents  per  round  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  605). 

John  Bunn,  trading  partner  at  Bow  River  Post,  also  lists  "Henri" 
(sic.)  rifles  as  part  of  his  inventory  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  604). 

Percussion  guns  were  still  more  common  in  general  use  at  this  time, 
as  may  be  ascertained  from  an  order  in  the  same  correspondence  for  15,000 
guncaps  to  sell  at  one  robe  for  250,  or  between  two  cents  and  three  cents 
apiece  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  605). 


-  89  - 


At  Buffalo  Lake,  on  November  2,  1874,  Francis  Whitford  requested  two 
types  of  cartridges  for  the  trade:  "Large  kind  and  some  small,"  referring 
to  Spencer  .50  calibre  rimfire  cartridges  as  well  as  the  small  Henry  .44 
calibre  rimfire  cartridges  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  421). 

In  another  letter,  dated  October  29,  1875,  he  requested  "cartridges 
Spencer  and  Henry"  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item  611). 

From  Tail  Creek,  in  a  letter  dated  November  6,  1875,  Whitford  also 
requested  "a  fourteen  shooter"  for  one  of  his  men  (Hardisty  Papers,  Item 
613). 

Records  of  the  North  West  Mounted  Police  also  tend  to  support  the 
dominance  at  this  time  of  the  Henry  over  the  Winchester.    On  Tuesday, 
September  29,  1874,  Commissioner  French  noted  in  his  diary  the  meeting  of 
a  party  of  Assiniboines  on  Milk  River,  two  of  whom  were  armed  with  Henry 
Rifles.    The  police  were  armed  with  the  much  inferior  single-shot  Snyder 
Enfield  carbines  and  Adams  revolvers  (Commissioners  1973:50;  Phillips  and 
Klancher  1982:5;  Steele  1876). 

In  addition,  in  the  seizure  of  property  from  whiskey  traders  at  a 
post  in  Pine  Coulee  south  of  Fort  MacLeod  on  October  30,  1874,  James  F. 
MacLeod  reported  among  other  things  "5  Henry  rifles"  (Commissioners 
1973:59-60). 

Although  much  of  this  evidence  is  circumstantial,  it  should  also  be 
noted  that  no  references  were  found  relating  to  the  use  of  Winchester 
rifles  at  this  time,  although  the  difference  between  the  Henry  and  the 
Winchester  was  well  known. 


CONSTRUCTION,  BLACKSMITHING.  AND  CRAFTS 

Artifacts  in  this  category  were  generally  not  as  well  represented  in 
Cabin  3  as  relative  quantities  in  Cabins  1  and  2.    Similarly,  the 
distribution  of  the  most  numerous  artifact  type,  nails,  was  practically 
restricted  to  Features  1  and  2,  the  fireplace  and  the  larger  of  the  two 
interior  depressions.    A  more  detailed  typological  discussion  of  nails 
occurs  in  the  description  of  Cabin  1  in  Chapter  V. 

Triangular  File 

A  virtually  complete  but  badly  oxidized  small  triangular  file 
(Figure  20  a)  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.    The  file  is  153.20  mm  in 
length,  including  the  tang,  while  each  face  averages  9.99  mm  in  width. 

Forged  Iron  Nails 

Rose-Head  Forged  Nail  Fragment  (Figure  20  b).    Rose-head  nails  are 
characterized  by  a  crown  high  in  the  centre,  formed  generally  by  four 
blows  of  the  heading  hammer.    An  incomplete  rose-head  forged  nail  was 
recovered  from  Feature  2.  It  measures  46.89  mm  by  5.52  mm  by  4.61  mm. 

Gable-Head  Forged  Nail  Fragment  (Figure  20  c).    Gable-head  nails  are 
characterized  by  a  crown  high  in  the  centre  and  two  distinct  facets, 
formed  by  two  blows  of  the  heading  hammer.    A  single  bent,  gable-head 


-  90  - 


forged  nail  fragment  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.  It  measures  62.49  mm 
by  5.49  mm  by  3.81  mm. 

Machine  Cut  Iron  Nails 

Gable-Head  Cut  Nail  Fragment  (Figure  20  d).    One  gable-head  cut  nail 
fragment  was  found.    It  measures  25.82  mm  in  length,  3.18  mm  in  width, 
and  was  cut  from  a  plate  2.87  mm  in  thickness.    It  was  excavated  from 
Feature  2. 

Flat-Head  Cut  Nails  (Figure  20  e-j).    The  majority  of  the  recovered 
nails  fall  within  this  category.    Following  the  format  established  for 
classifying  nails  from  Cabins  1  and  2  (Chapter  V),  these  nails  were 
further  subdivided  into  three  groups: 

Group  1  (Figure  20  e,  f).    Seven  virtually  complete  and  five 
fragmentary  examples  were  placed  in  this  category  (Table  6,  Appendix 
III).    Two  examples  were  associated  with  Feature  1,  11  with  Feature  2, 
and  one  with  Feature  3. 

Group  2  (Figure  20  g,  h).    A  total  19  complete  and  20  fragmentary 
examples  were  placed  in  this  category  (Table  7,  Appendix  III).    Feature  2 
again  yielded  the  largest  number  of  group  2  nails,  with  33  being 
recorded.    Feature  1  had  five  nails,  while  a  single  nail  was  recovered 
from  the  cabin  interior  in  the  central  portion  adjacent  to  the  east 
wall.    No  nails  in  this  category  were  recovered  from  Feature  3. 

Group  3  (Figure  20  i,  j).    All  group  3  nails  were  recovered  from 
Feature  2.    Of  the  16  nails  found,  four  were  complete  and  12  fragmentary 
(Table  8,  Appendix  III). 

Cut  Nail  Shank  Fragments  (Figure  20  k).    A  total  of  17  iron  cut  nail 
shanks  were  recovered  in  excavation.    Three  were  associated  with  Feature 
1,  11  with  Feature  2,  and  three  with  Feature  3  (Table  9,  Appendix  III). 

Wire  Nail 

A  single  wire  nail  (Figure  20  1)  was  recovered  from  the  second  ash 
level  of  the  fireplace  in  Cabin  3.    It  measures  57.04  mm  in  length  and  is 
3.44  mm  in  diameter.    It  appears  to  have  been  attached  to  a  piece  of  wood 
that  was  used  for  fuel . 

Miscellaneous  Hardware 

Iron  Wood  Screws  (Figure  20  m) .    Two  slotted  iron  wood  screws  were 
recovered  in  the  excavation  of  Feature  2.    One  is  16.18  mm  in  length  and 
4.36  mm  in  diameter;  the  other  is  22.71  mm  in  length  and  6.22  mm  in 
diameter. 


Copper  Rivet  (Figure  20  n).    A  single  copper  rivet  was  recovered 
from  the  bottom  of  Feature  2.    The  head  is  intact,  but  the  rivet  face  has 
been  sheared  off  by  a  cold  chisel.    The  rivet  is  20.97  mm  in  length,  with 


-  91  - 


a  shank  diameter  of  5.54  mm.    The  diameter  of  the  head  is  12.68  mm. 
Although  their  exact  function  at  this  site  has  not  been  determined, 
rivets  of  this  size  were  commonly  employed  to  secure  canvas  to  wood. 
Photo  documentary  sources  of  the  period  commonly  record  canvas  coverings 
on  the  ubiquitous  two-wheeled  Red  River  cart,  with  the  canvas  secured  to 
the  first  supporting  rib  (by  rivets?)  and  apparently  secured  by  rope  over 
the  subsequent  ribs. 

Iron  Pintle  or  Hook  Fragment  (Figure  20  o) .    An  iron  pintle  or  hook 
fragment  was  recovered  in  two  pieces,  the  first  section  from  Feature  1, 
the  second  from  Feature  2.    Subsequent  to  their  recovery,  it  was  found 
that  both  were  part  of  the  same  object,  which  may  have  originally 
functioned  as  a  pintle  or  as  a  portion  of  fireplace  hardware.    The  object 
was  oval  in  cross  section,  ranging  from  8.85  mm  to  7.83  mm  in  diameter. 

Iron  Sheet  Staple  (Figure  20  p) .    A  single  burned  thin  iron  sheet 
staple  was  recovered  from  Feature  1.    It  is  30.55  mm  in  length,  4.61  mm 
in  maximum  width,  and  .43  mm  in  thickness.    This  staple  may  have  been 
attached  to  a  packing  crate  that  was  burned  as  fuel  in  the  fireplace. 

Discussion 

The  paucity  of  building  hardware  recovered  from  Cabin  3  is  perhaps  a 
reflection  of  the  simplicity  of  its  construction  or  evidence  for  the 
practice  of  stripping  metal  nails  and  hardware  that  could  be  re-used 
elsewhere.    The  majority  of  metal  artifacts  were  nails,  with  most  of 
these  recovered  from  the  large  refuse  pit,  Feature  2.    Excavation  of  this 
feature  yielded  the  badly  decomposed  remains  of  boards,  interpreted  as  a 
cover  structure.    Most  of  the  nails  were  associated  with  the  rotted  wood. 

Since  Feature  2  was  a  large  and  deep  depression,  and  no  doubt 
somewhat  odorous  at  the  time  of  use,  it  would  have  been  practical  to 
cover  it  to  prevent  cabin  occupants  from  accidentally  falling  in. 

Almost  no  nails  were  found  associated  with  the  general  interior  of 
the  cabin  or  along  its  wall.    This  suggests  that  the  nails  recovered  were 
an  integral  part  of  the  cellar  cover  and  not  part  of  a  collapsed  roof, 
wall,  or  general  floor  structure.    Indeed,  other  than  the  proposed  cover, 
there  is  no  evidence  for  a  wooden  floor.    If  planks  were  used  for  general 
flooring,  they  were  not  preserved,  and  they  were  not  apparently  attached 
to  joists  by  means  of  nails.    It  is  also  possible  that  flooring  could 
have  been  removed  to  be  used  elsewhere,  or  used  as  firewood  after  the 
general  abandonment  of  the  site  and  partial  re-occupation  in  the  early 
1880's. 

The  nails  associated  with  the  fireplace  (Feature  1)  were  mostly 
recovered  from  the  ash  in  the  firebox.    Thus  one  can  conclude  that  the 
nails  were  attached  to  wood  or  other  combustible  material  used  as  fuel. 

The  balance  of  the  tools  and  hardware  are  not  particularly 
diagnostic  with  respect  to  cabin  architecture.    The  file  is  a  tool  which 
could  have  been  used  for  a  variety  of  general  metal-working  and  perhaps 
wood  and  bone-working  tasks.    More  than  likely,  its  presence  in  the 
refuse  pit  was  as  the  result  of  loss. 


-  92  - 


The  presence  of  a  rivet,  perhaps  more  appropriately  placed  in  the 
transportation  category,  may  indicate  an  activity  of  winter  evening 
repair  to  a  cart  cover. 


HOUSEHOLD,  BUSINESS.  AND  PERSONAL  MAINTENANCE 
Earthenware 

Plain  White  Glazed  Earthenware 

Vessel  1,  Possible  Bowl  (Figure  21  a).    Vessel  1  is  a  plain 
white-glazed  possible  bowl,  represented  by  three  sherds,  one  of  which  is 
a  rim  sherd.    The  diameter  of  the  vessel  is  approximately  153.39  mm,  with 
sherd  thickness  varying  between  4.55  mm  and  5.52  mm. 

Vessel  2,  Cup  or  Small  Bowl  (Figure  21  b).    This  vessel  is 
represented  by  a  section  of  foot-ring  approximately  50.71  mm  in  diameter. 

Vessel  3,  Dinner  Plate  (Figure  21  c).    This  dinner  plate  is 
represented  by  15  sherds.    On  the  bottom  of  the  partially  reconstructed 
vessel  is  part  of  the  maker's  stamp  "FURNIV  ..."  and  "PG."    The  plate 
was  probably  manufactured  by  Thomas  Furnival  and  Company,  1844-46,  or 
Thomas  Furnival  and  Sons,  1871-90,  both  companies  located  in 
Staffordshire,  England  (Sussman  1972:130). 

The  foot  diameter  of  Vessel  3  is  approximately  81.23  mm;  the  outside 
diameter  cannot  be  calculated. 

Vessel  4,  Bowl  (Figure  21  d).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  six 
sherds.    The  rim  has  a  diameter  of  approximately  107.83  mm. 

Vessel  5,  Dinner  Plate  (Figure  21  e).    This  vessel  is  represented  by 
31  sherds,  most  of  which  have  been  re-fitted  in  reconstruction.  The 
plate  is  plain,  but  the  bottom  has  two  stamped  impressions  under  glaze. 
The  first  is  a  raised  cross  within  an  irregular  rectangle;  the  second, 
much  less  distinct  stamp  appears  to  be  a  raised  letter  T  or  perhaps  E  in 
a  more  regular-shaped  rectangle.    This  latter  stamp,  however,  is  not 
complete.    The  sherd  bearing  the  rest  of  the  impression  was  not  recovered 
in  excavation. 

The  diameter  of  the  plate  is  approximately  223.80  mm. 

Creamware 

Vessel  6,  Cup  (Figure  21  f).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  two 
sherds,  which,  together,  form  part  of  the  handle  of  a  cup.    This  handle 
is  undecorated  and  is  34.01  mm  in  length,  8.88  mm  in  width,  and  5.87  mm 
in  thickness.    The  paste  is  similar  in  color  and  texture  to  Vessel  2. 
The  glaze  is  of  a  more  yellow  tint. 


-  93  - 

Monochrome  Underglaze  Transfer-Printed  Ware 

Vessel  7,  Cup  (Figure  22  a).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  seven 
burned  sherds  and  one  unburned  sherd  with  a  hardness  of  between  four  and 
five  on  Moh's  scale.    It  has  a  combination  of  two  design  numbers:  63, 
which  is  stylized  flowers  with  a  background  of  small  spirals,  and  64, 
which  consists  of  a  conical  flower  pot  with  two  flowers  (Sussman 
1972:416-417).    Both  designs  are  found  on  the  interior  as  well  as  the 
exterior  of  the  vessel.    The  designs  form  part  of  a  pattern  described  as 
"Pagoda,"  manufactured  by  Copeland  of  Staffordshire,  ca.  1838  to  post 
1872  (Sussman  1979a:155). 

In  addition,  Design  30,  consisting  of  a  sprig  of  sweet  pea,  is  found 
on  the  exterior  and  interior  surfaces  (Sussman  1972:58,  Figure  31). 

The  cup  has  been  modified  by  means  of  a  hole  drilled  half  way  from 
the  interior  and  halfway  from  the  exterior,  so  that  in  section  it  is  1.80 
mm  in  diameter  on  the  outside  of  the  vessel,  contracting  to  1.46  mm  at 
the  centre,  and  expanding  to  1.80  mm  again  on  the  inside. 

Quite  often,  the  writer  has  observed  antique  transfer-printed  ware 
perforated  in  this  way  in  several  places  and  joined  by  soft  wire  to 
effect  a  repair.    In  other  cases,  wire  was  threaded  through  the  holes  to 
suspend  the  vessel  from  a  hook  on  the  wall  as  a  means  of  display.  The 
diameter  of  Vessel  7  is  approximately  101.60  mm,  with  a  rim  thickness  of 
3.00  mm.    The  color  of  the  transfer  print  is  7.5PB  3/4  in  the  Munsell 
scale  (Anonymous  1966;  all  further  color  references  are  to  this  source). 

Vessel  8,  Possible  Cup  or  Bowl  (Figure  22  b).    This  vessel  is 
represented  by  two  sherds.    The  decoration  consists  of  an  oak-leaf  design 
on  the  interior  of  the  rim  and  a  leaf  of  unknown  type  on  the  exterior. 
The  design  is  slightly  smudged  on  the  interior  and  extensively  flowed  on 
both  sides.    There  is  not  enough  of  the  vessel  remaining  to  determine  the 
diameter.    The  rim  thickness  is  2.96  mm,  and  sherd  body  thickness  3.40  mm. 

The  design  on  Vessel  8  is  the  same  as  the  border  for  the  pattern 
called  "Ruins"  and  "Melrose,"  registered  September  15,  1848,  and 
manufactured  by  W.  T.  Copeland  from  1840  until  the  twentieth  century 
(Sussman  1 979a : 1 68) .    Hardness  of  the  paste  is  between  4  and  5,  and  the 
color  of  the  transfer-printed  design  is  7.5PB  2/8. 

Vessel  9,  Shallow  Bowl  or  Saucer  (Figure  22  c).    This  vessel  is 
represented  by  16  sherds  with  the  same  pattern  and  decoration  as  Vessel 
7.    The  design,  however,  is  found  on  the  interior  only,  as  would  be 
typical  of  a  saucer.    The  diameter  of  the  vessel  is  152.48  mm,  the  height 
is  36.00  mm,  and  sherd  thickness  varies  from  3.00  mm  to  5.24  mm.  The 
color  is  7.5PB  2/8  and  is  extensively  flowed. 

Vessel  10,  Possible  Cup  or  Bowl  (Figure  22  d).    This  vessel  is 
represented  by  two  small  curved  body  sherds,  possibly  from  a  cup  or  small 
bowl.    The  design  appears  to  be  small  flowers  and  leaves  that  occur  on 
the  exterior  of  the  vessel  only.    The  name  of  the  pattern  and  the 
manufacturer  have  not  been  determined.    The  color  of  the  print  is  5R  2/6. 


-  94  - 


Vessel  11 ,  Bowl  (Figure  22  e) .    This  vessel  has  been  partially 
reconstructed  from  20  sherds.    The  bowl  has  a  diameter  of  127.08  mm,  with 
sherd  thickness  varying  from  4.00  mm  to  6.00  mm. 

The  decoration  on  the  bowl  consists  of  three  design  elements 
according  to  Sussman's  description  (1972).    The  first,  design  29,  is  a 
geometric  zig-zag  border  on  both  the  interior  and  exterior,  approximately 
14  mm  wide.    The  second,  design  30,  is  a  22  mm  by  30  mm  sprig  of  sweet 
pea,  spaced  approximately  45  mm  from  the  main  border  on  both  interior  and 
exterior  of  the  bowl.    The  third,  design  154,  is  a  scroll  incorporated  as 
part  of  the  zig-zag  geometric  border.    Sussman  (1972)  refers  to  this 
pattern  by  the  number  B  772  rather  than  by  name.    This  numbered  pattern 
was  manufactured  by  Copeland  ca.  1839  to  post  1882  (Sussman 
1979a:65-66) .    The  color  of  the  print  is  7.5PB  2/6. 

Vessel  12,  Shallow  Bowl  or  Saucer  (Figure  22  f).  This  vessel  is 

represented  by  21  sherds.    The  decoration  is  found  on  the  interior  only, 
and  consists  of  the  same  three  elements  as  those  found  on  Vessel  11:  a 

geometric  zig-zag  border,  a  sprig  of  sweet  pea,  and  a  scroll.  Together 
they  form  pattern  number  B  772  (Sussman  1979a:65-66) . 

The  vessel  is  152.48  mm  in  diameter  and  34.50  mm  high.    The  color  of 
the  print  is  7.5PB  2/10. 

Vessel  13,  Cup  or  Small  Bowl  (Figure  22  g).    This  vessel  is 
represented  by  five  sherds  exhibiting  the  same  design  elements  and 
pattern  as  Vessels  11  and  12.    However,  the  design  elements  are  found  on 
both  interior  and  exterior  of  Vessel  13.    The  projected  diameter  of  the 
vessel  is  approximately  127.08  mm,  with  a  thickness  varying  between  2.40 
mm  and  3.40  mm.    The  height  cannot  be  determined.    The  color  of  the  print 
is  7.5PB  3/10. 

Vessel  14,  Small  Bowl  (Figure  23  a).    A  total  of  seven  sherds 
recovered  in  the  excavation  of  Cabin  3  belong  to  this  vessel.  Four 
separate  designs  are  incorporated  in  this  vessel  to  form  the  pattern 
called  "Ivy,"  registered  in  1845  and  manufactured  to  post-1865  by  W.  T. 
Copeland  (Sussman  1 979a : 1 35-1 36) .    The  elements  consist  of  design  45 
(Sussman  1972:411),  ivy  leaves  found  around  the  exterior  of  the  bowl; 
design  46  (Sussman  1972:411),  a  beaded  border  on  both  interior  and 
exterior  rim;  design  48  (Sussman  1972:411),  vine  and  leaf  with  ragged 
edges  found  on  the  bottom  interior;  and  design  49  (Sussman  1972:413), 
acorn  and  oak  leaf  band  on  the  interior  below  design  46. 

The  diameter  of  the  bowl  at  the  rim  is  101.60  mm,  while  the  diameter 
of  the  foot-ring  is  approximately  50  mm.    The  bowl  stands  77.70  mm  high, 
and  its  thickness  ranges  from  3.50  mm  at  the  rim  to  7.00  mm  at  the  base. 
The  color  of  the  pattern  is  7.5PB  4/6. 

Vessel  15,  Saucer  or  Shallow  Bowl  (Figure  23  b) .    Vessel  15  is  of 
the  same  pattern  as  Vessel  14,  with  designs  45  and  46  (Sussman  1972:411) 
decorating  the  interior  surface.    The  diameter  at  the  rim  is  190.0  mm, 
with  sherd  thickness  between  3.3  mm  and  5.7  mm.    The  color  of  the 
transfer  print  is  5PB  3/2  and  the  paste  hardness  is  5  on  Moh's  scale. 


-  95  - 


Vessel  16,  Bowl  (Figure  23  c).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  six 
sherds  decorated  by  three  designs:  design  12,  violets,  found  between 
design  56,  the  rim  bead-like  geometric  border,  above  and  design  57,  a 
classic  geometric  border,  below.    All  decorations  appear  to  be  on  the 
interior  sides  of  the  bowl,  leaving  the  bottom  interior  and  all  the 
exterior  plain. 

The  pattern  name  is  "Violet,"  made  by  W.  T.  Copeland  from  pre-1867 
to  the  twentieth  century  (Sussman  1 979a : 226) .    The  color  of  the  print  is 
7.5PB  4/6.    The  diameter  of  the  bowl  is  approximately  152.0  mm  and  the 
height  is  approximately  43.0  mm,  with  a  thickness  between  2.9  mm  and  3.9 
mm. 

Vessel  17,  Bowl  (Figure  23  d).    This  bowl  is  represented  by  28 
sherds,  many  of  which  fit  together  to  provide  an  accurate  impression  of 
the  original  vessel.    It  is  decorated  with  the  pattern  called  "Pagoda," 
manufactured  from  ca.  1838  to  post-1872.    The  bottom  of  the  reconstructed 
base  of  this  vessel  is  stamped  with  the  manufacturer's  name,  "Copeland." 

The  "Pagoda"  pattern  comprises  several  designs  and  shares  the  same 
broad  motifs  with  a  pattern  called  "Macaw"  (Sussman  1 979a : 1 55) .    The  two 
patterns  can  often  be  confused  if  incomplete  vessels  are  found. 

The  border  decoration  on  Vessel  17  consists  of  design  63,  stylized 
flowers  on  a  background  of  small  spirals  (Sussman  1972:316),  found  on 
both  interior  and  exterior;  design  64,  found  on  the  interior  and 
consisting  of  a  flower  pot  with  two  flowers  on  a  circular  stand  (Sussman 
1972:317);  design  77,  on  the  interior,  an  octagonal  flower  pot  on  a 
rectangular  stand  (Sussman  1972:318);  and  design  160,  on  the  exterior, 
consisting  of  a  bowl  with  fruit  (Sussman  1972:325).    The  print  is 
extensively  flowed  on  both  interior  and  exterior,  with  a  color  of  7.5PB 
2/6. 

A  hole  has  been  bored  from  both  sides  through  one  of  the  rim  sherds 
of  this  vessel  (see  p.  92). 

The  diameter  of  the  bowl  is  127.0  mm  at  the  rim  and  28.5  mm  at  the 
foot-ring.    The  height  is  66.5  mm,  and  sherd  thickness  varies  from  3.7  mm 
to  5.0  mm. 

Polychrome  Underglaze  Sponge-Stamped  Ware 

Vessel  18.  Cup  (Figure  23  e).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  three 
sherds  with  polychrome  stamped  and  painted  decoration  applied  under 
glaze.    The  interior  of  the  vessel  is  plain  except  for  a  painted  green 
border  (7.56Y  5/8)  2.40  mm  wide,  applied  just  below  the  rim. 

The  exterior  of  the  cup  has  the  same  hand-painted  green  border  on 
the  rim,  followed  by  a  sponge-stamped  overlapping  row  of  red  flowers 
(2.5R  3/6),  underneath  which  is  a  row  of  alternating  yellow  rosettes  (5Y 
8/8)  and  green  leaves  (2.5B6  3/4).    The  combined  sponge-stamped  design  is 
approximately  30.0  mm  in  width  and  is  followed  by  an  undecorated  space 
approximately  15.0  mm  wide.    This,  in  turn,  is  followed  by  a  hand-painted 
green  border  (7.5GY  5/8)  just  above  the  shoulder  of  the  cup. 

The  diameter  of  the  vessel  is  approximately  133.4  mm,  with  a 
thickness  between  3.0  mm  and  3.4  mm. 


-  96  - 


The  manufacturer  of  this  vessel  has  not  been  identified,  since  a 
number  of  companies  produced  earthenware  with  this  type  of  decoration. 
The  most  likely  source,  however,  is  Scotland,  which  produced  a 
sponge -stamped  ware  known  as  "Portneuf,"  described  as: 

".  .  .  simple  pottery  for  use  on  table  and  in  toilet, 
decorated  in  vivid  colors  by  sponge  and  band  painting, 
generally  having  no  maker's  marks,  exported  from  Great 
Britain  and  particularly  from  Scotland  to  Canada  in  a 
period  from  about  1840  to  1920  and  distributed  in  the  main 
from  Quebec  City  and  Montreal  to  the  settlements  on  the 
banks  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River"  (Finlayson  1972:52-53). 

Finlayson  (1972:56)  notes  that  Portneuf  ware  was  also  found  in  homes  and 
villages  where  Scots  and  French  originally  settled. 

Similar  pieces  were  also  made  by  various  potteries  in  the  United 
States  from  Massachusetts  west  to  Ohio  and  south  to  Maryland  and  from  ca. 
1870  to  1920  (Ketchum  1983:235).    Since  the  Metis  at  Buffalo  Lake  had 
access  to  products  from  Britain  through  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  and  the 
various  freemen  outfitting  from  Winnipeg,  and  to  American  products 
through  the  various  merchants  and  free  traders  outfitting  from  Fort 
Benton,  the  source  of  this  particular  vessel  is  undetermined. 

Red  Stoneware 

Vessel  19,  Cup  (Figure  23  f).    Vessel  19  is  a  possible  cup, 
represented  by  two  rim  sherds.    It  is  made  of  an  English  earthenware  (red 
stoneware)  with  a  deep  coppery-gold  colored,  metallic  glaze  that  is  also 
known  as  lusterware. 

The  decoration  of  the  vessel  is  confined  to  the  exterior  and 
consists  of  a  dark  brown  metallic  glazed  border  (SYR  2/2),  15.5  mm  wide, 
extending  from  the  rim,  followed  by  an  opaque  blue  band  (5PB  3/8),  of 
undetermined  width  because  the  vessel  is  incomplete. 

The  interior  is  finished  in  a  light-colored  opaque  glaze  (5GY  9/1) 
with  no  other  decoration.    The  paste  is  of  a  reddish  brown  color,  similar 
to  the  exterior  border  without  the  metallic  sheen.    The  manufacturer  is 
undetermined,  but  possibly  the  vessel  was  made  after  1850  (Sussman 
1972:236).    The  projected  diameter  of  the  cup  is  62.75  mm,  and  sherd 
thickness  varies  from  3.42  mm  to  3.80  mm. 

Miscellaneous  Ware 

In  addition,  five  earthenware  sherds  recovered  from  Cabin  3  could 
not  be  positively  associated  with  any  of  the  previous  19  vessels.  One 
sherd  is  burned  and  has  a  foot-ring;  presumably  it  is  part  of  the  bottom 
of  a  bowl  or  saucer  which  has  been  thrown  into  the  fireplace.    The  other 
sherds,  however,  are  from  the  unglazed  exterior  portion  of  a  vessel  and 
from  a  plain  white  glazed  earthenware  vessel. 


-  97  - 


Glassware 

Transparent  Bottle  Glass  (Figure  24  a).    A  total  of  13  sherds  of 
transparent  bottle  glass  were  recovered  from  Cabin  3.    The  surface  of  the 
sherds  is  weathered,  with  an  irridescent  patina,  but  when  viewed  in 
cross-section,  they  exhibit  a  slight  greenish  tone.    A  computer-generated 
histogram  based  upon  52  thickness  measurements  is  bimodal.    This  suggests 
the  possibility  that  two  vessels  are  represented  in  the  sample.  The 
first  mode  clustered  32.69%  around  a  thickness  between  2.67  mm  and  3.18 
mm.    The  second  mode  clustered  42.31%  around  a  thickness  between  1.62  mm 
and  2.40  mm  and  represents  a  bottle  approximately  30  mm  in  diameter. 

Patent  Medicine  Bottle  Fragments:  Perry  Davis  Vegetable  Pain  Killer 
(Figure  24  b).    Eleven  sherds  forming  part  of  a  patent  medicine  bottle 
were  recovered  from  Cabin  3.    Several  sherds  had  moulded  letters,  found 
on  the  front  and  side  panels  of  the  bottle.    Part  of  the  melted  base  of 
the  bottle  measured  36.92  mm  wide  and  17.36  mm  deep.    The  letter  "R," 
12.05  mm  up  from  the  bottle  base,  was  found  on  the  fragments  of  a  side 
panel  attached  to  this  basal  sherd. 

Three  additional  sherds  from    side  panels  had  the  letters  "KIL," 
"LE,"  and  "P"  respectively     The  letters  "VIS"  were  found  on  a  front 
panel  sherd,  and  "S"  on  a  back  panel  sherd.    The  remaining  sherds  had  no 
lettering. 

The  front  panel  on  a  complete  bottle  would  have  borne  the 
inscription  "PERRY  DAVIS,"  the  side  panels  "VEGETABLE"  on  one  side  and 
"PAIN  KILLER"  on  the  other  (Alyluia  1973:73-74,  quoting  Holbrook 
1959:153). 

Perry  Davis  Pain  Killer  was  a  proprietary  medicine,  since  its  brand 
name  was  registered  rather  than  its  formula  patented.    Its  ingredients 
included  gum  Myrrh,  2  1/4  pounds;  capsicum,  10  ounces;  gum  opium,  8 
ounces;  gum  benzoine,  6  ounces;  gum  guiac,  3  ounces;  gum  camphor,  10 
ounces;  and  alcohol,  5  gallons  (Oleson  1891:134). 

Dr.  R.  A.  Locock  of  the  Faculty  of  Pharmacy  and  Pharmaceutical 
Sciences  at  the  University  of  Alberta  provided  the  following  description 
(paraphrased)  of  properties  of  the  ingredients  in  Perry  Davis  Pain  Killer. 

Myrrh  is  locally  stimulating  and  may  excite  peristalsis  of  the 
alimentary  tract.    Capiscum,  also  known  as  Cayenne  pepper,  is  a  powerful 
local  stimulant,  producing  when  swallowed  a  sensation  of  heat  in  the 
stomach  and  a  general  glow  throughout  the  body.    Opium,  which  is  about  10 
per  cent  morphine,  was  used  as  an  analgesic.    Benzoine  is  an  irritating 
expectorant  which  promotes  the  ejection  of  fluid  or  semi-fluid  from  the 
lungs  and  air  passages  by  coughing  and  spitting.    Guiac  was  known  as  an 
"alterative"  -  a  mysterious  drug  that  was  used  for  chronic  diseases  for 
which  there  was  no  satisfactory  treatment,  such  as  scrofula,  syphilis, 
and  chronic  rheumatism.    Because  of  its  local  irritant  action  on  the 
stomach,  it  might  cause  some  nausea,  which  would  increase  the  tendency  to 
sweat,  but  it  is  doubtful  that  guiac  had  any  therapeutic  virtue.  Camphor 
was  taken  orally  as  a  carminative  and  weak  expectorant.    The  major  use 
was  as  a  topical  irritant  for  the  external  treatment  of  muscular  strains, 
as  a  liniment.    Camphor  is  toxic;  cases  of  poisoning  have  occurred  mainly 
from  the  accidental  ingestion  of  camphor  liniment  (R.  A.  Locock,  personal 
communication  citing  Osol  and  Farrer  1955). 


-  98  - 


Perry  Davis  Pain  Killer  was  registered  in  1845,  and  bottles  are 
quite  common  in  sites  from  Quebec  to  British  Columbia.    The  example 
illustrated  in  Alyluia  (1973:91)  is  larger  than  the  one  from  Buffalo  Lake. 

Medicine  or  Druggist's  Bottle  Fragments  (Figure  24  c).    A  further  12 
sherds  from  a  medicine  or  druggist's  bottle  were  recovered  in  the 
excavation.    Although  similar  to  the  Perry  Davis  bottle  sherds,  they  do 
not  have  writing  on  their  panels  and  their  average  thickness  is  1.50  mm, 
much  thinner  than  the  average  Perry  Davis  sherd  thickness  of  4.46  mm. 
They  form  a  bottle  which  is  perhaps  comparable  to  those  illustrated  in 
Jones  (1970:130,  133,  135,  Figures  20-22). 

Scotch  Style  Whisky  Bottle  Fragments  (Figure  24  d).    This  vessel  is 
represented  by  two  base  sherds  and  15  body  sherds  of  yellow-green  glass 
(2.5GY  5/6)  covered  with  a  dull  iridescent  patina.    The  largest  body 
sherd,  from  near  the  shoulder  or  base  of  the  bottle,  measures  49.76  mm  by 
32.62  mm  by  5.49  mm.    The  glass  contains  several  oval  bubbles  oriented 
parallel  to  the  length  of  the  bottle.    The  diameter  is  approximately  70 
mm  at  the  base.    The  bottle  was  probably  made  in  a  mould,  but  the 
remaining  sherds  are  too  fragmentary  to  confirm  this.    It  is  similar  to  a 
"Scotch  Style  Whiskey"  bottle  described  by  Alyluia  (1973:32). 

Multiple  Dose  Medicine  Bottle  Fragments  (Figure  24  e).    A  total  of 
thirteen  sherds  of  blue  bottle  glass  were  found.    Eleven  of  the  sherds 
are  from  the  neck  area  and  are  coated  in  a  smooth,  dull,  highly  colored 
iridescent  patina.    There  are  bubbles  present  in  the  glass. 

The  thin  neck  sherds,  measuring  approximately  2.70  mm,  are  a  medium 
blue  color,  5PB  5/8,  while  the  two  thicker  body  sherds,  measuring 
approximately  4.75  mm,  are  consequently  of  a  darker  blue  and  of  a  more 
intense  color  when  backlit  (7.5PB  3/12). 

The  distinctive  blue  color  may  indicate  a  British  origin  (Alyluia 
1973:71-72).    The  bottle  is  possibly  a  multiple  dose  medicine  bottle. 

Medicine  Bottle  Fragments?    Nine  melted  glass  sherds  of  partially 
fused,  very  pale  green  transparent  glass  were  recovered  in  excavations. 
Possibly  from  a  medicine  bottle,  the  sherds  are  so  distorted  by  heat  that 
it  is  impossible  to  estimate  the  size  or  shape  of  the  original  vessel. 

Bottle  Fragment?    One  small,  thin,  and  slightly  curved  glass  sherd 
appears  to  have  come  from  a  bottle.    The  glass  is  transparent  with  a  thin 
purple  blue  iridescent  patina  of  a  different  hue  from  sherds  described 
previously.    Because  of  this  difference  the  sherd  has  been  ascribed  to  a 
different  vessel . 

Mirror  Glass  (Figure  24  f).    Six  mirror  glass  sherds  were  recovered 
in  excavation.    The  glass  is  clear  and  transparent,  with  some  of  the 
"silvering"  still  remaining  on  one  surface.    There  is  a  very  thin, 
iridescent  patina  on  the  surface  of  both  sides.    Sherd  thickness  is  1.82 
mm.    The  sherds  were  probably  from  a  small  hand  mirror  of  undetermined 
size. 


-  99  - 


Window  Glass  (Figure  24  g).    A  very  thin,  flat  sherd  of  transparent 
glass  was  recovered  from  the  upper  level  of  Feature  2.    Possibly  from  a 
window  pane,  it  is  covered  with  a  thin  iridescent  patina  and  measures 
17.14  mm  by  10.24  mm  by  1.22  mm.    Window  glass,  though  available  at  this 
time,  was  quite  expensive.    The  more  common  form  of  letting  in  light  made 
use  of  hide  parchment  that  was  rubbed  with  fat  to  make  it  translucent 
(D'Artigue  1973:125). 

Sheet  Metal  Artifacts 

Iron  Strapping  (Figure  25  a).    A  thin  piece  of  burned  iron 
strapping,  70.10  mm  by  21.36  mm  by  1.24  mm,  was  recovered  in  association 
with  Feature  1.    The  strapping  has  three  perforations  through  which  nails 
passed  to  attach  it  to  a  crate  as  a  reinforcement.    The  crate  appears 
subsequently  to  have  been  burned  in  the  fireplace. 

A  second  piece  of  strapping,  14.06  mm  by  18.34  mm  by  1.17  mm,  was 
recovered  from  Feature  2.    A  small  piece  of  preserved  wood  is  still 
attached . 

Iron  Keg  or  Barrel  Hoop  Fragments  (Figure  25  b).    Two  hoop  fragments 
from  a  keg  or  barrel  were  recovered  from  Feature  3.    The  first  measures 
198.32  mm  by  28.35  mm  by  1.84  mm;  the  second  measures  196.36  mm  by  24.10 
mm  by  2.02  mm. 

Ferrous  Metal  Container  Lid  (Figure  25  c).    A  ferrous  metal  lid  from 
a  small  container  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  measures 
approximately  40.64  mm  in  diameter  and  1.43  mm  in  thickness,  with  an 
upturned  rim  3.13  mm  high.    This  object  was  not  cleaned  in  order  to 
preserve  the  fragments  of  cloth  that  are  attached. 

Iron  Cans  and  Fragments  (Figure  25  d,  e).    An  almost  complete  iron 
can  (Figure  25  d)  was  recovered  from  Feature  3.    It  has  been  opened  with 
a  knife  from  the  bottom,  resulting  in  a  jagged  edge.    The  top  of  the  can 
is  still  intact  and  retains  two  spots  of  solder,  which  originally  sealed 
the  small  openings  used  to  let  out  steam  as  the  contents  were  cooked  at 
the  cannery.    The  crushed  remains  of  the  can  measure  87.3  mm  in  height, 
with  a  diameter  of  76.05  mm  and  a  weight  of  68.11  grams. 

An  end  from  an  iron  can  (Figure  25  e)  was  recovered  from  Feature  2. 
It  also  has  been  opened  with  a  knife  rather  than  a  can  opener,  although 
it  does  not  match  the  can  from  Feature  3.    It  is  approximately  44  mm  in 
diameter  and  .97  mm  in  thickness. 

The  body  of  an  iron  can  was  recovered  from  the  cabin  floor  just 
north  of  Feature  1.    Both  ends  are  missing  and  the  can  is  crushed  flat. 
The  approximate  dimensions  are  36.92  mm  in  diameter,  39.81  mm  high,  and 
.88  mm  thick.    The  can  is  joined  along  the  side  by  an  overlapping 
soldered  seam  8.62  mm  wide. 

From  Feature  2  another  tin  can  body  section  was  recovered.  It 
measures  103.00  mm  by  19.50  mm  by  .55  mm.    It  has  an  overlapping  soldered 
seam  4.21  mm  wide.    Neither  the  diameter  nor  the  height  of  the  original 
can  can  be  determined.    A  second  large  body  fragment,  180.00  mm  by  20.00 
mm  by  1.02  mm,  also  has  a  seam. 


-  100  - 


Ferrous  Metal  Scrap.    A  total  of  59  pieces  of  rusted  ferrous  metal 
scrap  were  recovered  from  Feature  2.    Of  these,  two  pieces  bear  wood 
impressions  on  their  oxidized  surfaces;  one  has  the  impression  of  a  fine 
woven  cloth,  possibly  cotton;  one  piece  has  been  bent  in  a  circle  18.36 
mm  in  diameter,  and  one  piece  has  a  1.62  mm  diameter  nail  hole  in  one 
end.    A  single  fragment,  possibly  from  a  biscuit  tin,  was  also  found.  Of 
the  remaining  50  fragments,  46  appear  to  be  pieces  of  iron  can,  and  four 
are  unidentifiable. 

Copper  Scrap.    A  small  piece  of  unidentified  copper  scrap  was 
recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  measures  9.67  mm  by  3.59  mm  by  .63  mm. 

Brass  Metal  Ring  (Figure  25  f).    A  brass  metal  ring  that  appears  to 
have  been  cut  from  a  .44-40  Winchester  Centrefire  cartridge  case  was 
recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  has  an  outside  diameter  of  11.34  mm,  an 
inside  diameter  of  9.95  mm,  and  a  height  of  3.78  mm.    It  may  have 
functioned  as  a  ferrule. 

Lead  Foil  (Figure  25  g) .    A  total  of  28  pieces  of  lead  foil  were 
recovered  in  excavation.    Lead  foil  was  associated  with  all  three 
features  in  Cabin  3.    The  largest  example  measures  49.70  mm  by  27.02  mm 
by  .36  mm;  the  average  thickness  of  all  fragments  is  approximately  .40  mm. 

This  foil  may  have  originated  from  containers,  or  liners  for 
containers,  holding  tea,  one  of  the  most  common  beverages  in  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  District  during  the  nineteenth  century. 

Black  powder  also  was  sometimes  sold  in  lead  containers,  which  were 
afterwards  melted  down  and  cast  into  balls  for  ammunition.    Most  of  the 
documentary  evidence  for  Buffalo  Lake,  however,  suggests  that  powder  was 
sold  from  kegs. 

Perforated  Zinc  Alloy  Sheet  Fragments  (Figure  25  h).    A  total  of 
nine  fragments  of  zinc  alloy  or  zinc-plated  sheet  metal  were  recovered. 
Three  of  the  fragments  fit  together,  forming  a  section  measuring  64.07  mm 
by  54.58  mm  by  .53  mm. 

Perforations  appear  to  have  been  punched  with  a  square  nail.  Some 
appear  rounded  in  outline  owing  to  the  nail  having  been  twisted  in  the 
holes  to  smooth  the  corners.    The  section  exhibits  an  even  pattern  of 
nine  rows  of  six  perforations,  each  with  two  extra  tiny  holes  in  line 
with  the  first  row  of  six.    All  pieces  were  perforated  from  the  same 
side,  resulting  in  a  series  of  sharp  raised  ridges,  much  like  those  found 
on  a  cheese  grater.    These  ridges  average  2.25  mm  in  height,  including 
the  thickness  of  the  metal  sheet. 

A  second  series  of  three  fragments  also  fit  together,  forming  a 
section  that  measures  115.59  mm  by  22.47  mm  by  .56  mm.    These  pieces  have 
21  square  nail-hole  perforations  randomly  spaced  and  with  little  effort 
made  to  round  the  edges.    The  ridge  formed  on  the  back  side  of  the 
section  is  2.18  mm  high. 

In  addition,  three  unperforated  fragments  were  recovered,  of  which 
two  fit  together,  forming  a  section  that  measures  73.30  mm  by  10.33  mm  by 
.55  mm. 


-  101  - 


All  of  these  fragments  appear  to  have  come  from  the  same  artifacts. 
Although  identification  is  not  positive,  they  may  be  from  a  tobacco 
shredder,  a  grater,  or  a  pierced  metal-work  lantern. 

A  single  piece  of  zinc  alloy  had  been  formed  into  a  ring  13.13  mm  in 
diameter,  3.03  mm  high,  and  1.05  mm  thick.    The  thickness  of  the  metal 
alone  suggests  origin  from  a  different  artifact  than  the  previously 
described  fragments. 

Wire  Artifacts 

Wire  Handle  (Figure  26  a).    A  wire  handle,  possibly  from  a  small 
metal  pail,  was  excavated  from  the  bottom  of  Feature  2.    It  measures 
132.33  mm  in  length  and  4.0  mm  in  diameter. 

Iron  Hooks  (Figure  26  b,  c).    Three  fragments  of  an  iron  hook  were 
excavated  from  Cabin  3.    Two  sections  were  recovered  from  Feature  2, 
while  the  third  was  recovered  from  the  fireplace,  Feature  1.  The 
fragments  may  represent  a  portion  of  fireplace  hardware  used  to  suspend 
cooking  pots.    The  joined  fragments  are  68.22  mm  in  length  and  have  an 
oval  cross-section  8.85  mm  by  7.83  mm. 

A  second  long  iron  hook  (Figure  26  b),  broken  at  one  end,  was 
recovered  from  Feature  3.    It  measures  227.00  mm  in  length  and  7.28  mm  in 
diameter. 

A  third  hook  (Figure  26  c),  with  flattened  and  broken  ends,  was 
recovered  from  Feature  1.    It  measures  97.02  mm  in  length  and  8.51  mm  in 
diameter. 

All  three  hooks  may  have  been  fireplace  hardware. 

Metal  Straight  Pins  (Figure  26  d).    Five  plated  steel  straight  pins 
were  recovered  from  Cabin  3.    Their  length  ranges  from  29.97  mm  to  42.0 
mm,  diameter  of  shaft  from  .78  mm  to  .91  mm,  and  diameter  of  head  from 
1.75  mm  to  2.02  mm.    All  are  complete  except  for  one  that  is  broken  into 
five  sections.    Four  pins  were  recovered  from  Feature  2  and  one  from 
Feature  1 . 

Stamped  Metal  Spoon 

A  machine-stamped  tin-plated  ferrous  metal  spoon  (Figure  26  e)  was 
excavated  from  Feature  2.    Of  teaspoon  size,  it  bears  no  maker's  marks  or 
inscription.    Total  length  is  134.40  mm,  while  the  bowl  is  46.80  mm  long 
and  30.16  mm  wide. 

Tin-Plated  Cup 

A  complete  tin-plated  ferrous  metal  cup  (Figure  26  f)  was  recovered 
from  Feature  2.    It  is  47.00  mm  high  and  has  a  diameter  of  103.00  mm  at 
the  rim. 

Strike-a-Light  Fragment 


A  flattened  piece  of  steel  (Figure  26  g),  broken  at  both  ends,  was 


-  102  - 


recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  measures  53.82  mm  long,  10.23  mm  wide,  and 
4.27  mm  thick.    It  appears  to  be  a  section  of  a  fire  steel  or 
strike  -a-1  ight . 

Rectangular  Brass  Object 

An  extruded  rectangular  brass  object  with  a  hole  bored  off-centre 
through  its  length  (Figure  26  h)  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.  Preserved 
in  the  hole  is  a  piece  of  two-ply  twisted  cord  with  a  knot  in  one  end. 
The  brass  object  measures  58.84  mm  by  11.71  mm  by  11.57  mm.    The  diameter 
of  the  hole  is  variable,  measuring  6.24  mm  at  one  end  and  5.92  mm  at  the 
other.    The  piece  of  cord  is  70.48  mm  long  and  1.66  mm  in  diameter.  The 
function  of  this  object  is  yet  to  be  determined. 

Silver  United  States  Half  Dime 

A  silver  United  States  half  dime  dated  1857  (Figure  26  i,  inset)  was 
recovered  from  Feature  3.    This  coin,  composed  of  90%  silver  and  10% 
copper,  contains  .0362  ounces  of  pure  silver.    It  is  of  the  "arrows 
removed"  variety  of  the  "Liberty  Seated"  type  issued  from  1856  to  1859 
(Krause  and  Mishler  1985:1869-1870). 

Hard  Rubber  Comb  Tooth 

A  single  hard  rubber  comb  tooth  (Figure  26  j)  was  recovered  in 
Feature  2.    The  tooth  measures  30.28  mm  in  length,  4.40  mm  in  width,  and 
tapers  in  thickness  from  2.58  mm  to  1.18  mm.    This  is  similar  to  examples 
recovered  from  Cabins  2  and  4  and  discussed  further  in  Chapter  VII,  p. 
172. 

Discussion 

The  Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  category  was 
dominated  by  ceramics  and  glassware.    Over  180  ceramic  sherds  were 
assembled  in  the  laboratory  to  reconstruct  portions  of  a  minimum  of  19 
separate  vessels. 

Most  of  the  sample  was  earthernware,  with  a  paste  hardness  averaging 
greater  than  four  to  less  than  five  on  Moh's  Scale.    This  earthenware 
sample  was  dominated  by  monochrome  underglaze  transfer-printed  wares 
manufactured  in  Staffordshire  by  W.  T.  Copeland.    The  identified  patterns 
included  Pagoda,  Ruins  or  Melrose,  B  772,  Ivy,  and  Violet.    The  other 
positively  identified  maker  was  Thomas  Furnival. 

The  19  identified  vessels  were  dominated  by  decorated  bowl  and 
cup-and-saucer  forms,  accounting  for  89.47%  of  the  sample.    The  remainder 
was  made  up  of  dinner  plates.    Of  the  transfer-printed  ware,  the  most 
frequent  print  color  was  a  moderate  purple-blue. 

The  origin  of  most  of  the  wares  from  Cabin  3  appears  to  have  been 
Great  Britain,  via  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  though  independent  suppliers 
in  Red  River  such  as  Stobart  and  Eden  also  handled  English  goods 
(Hamilton  1875).    Similar  wares  were  identified  from  Company  posts  by 
Sussman  (1972  and  1979a),  and  Doll  also  has  noted  vessels  with  identical 


-  103  - 


patterns  from  Hudson's  Bay  posts  dating  from  the  middle  to  the  third 
quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century,  such  as  Rocky  Mountain  House,  Victoria 
Post,  and  Fort  Pitt.    Presumably,  ceramics  with  these  patterns  would  have 
been  purchased  from  the  various  posts,  including  Fort  Edmonton,  from 
freemen  who  outfitted  for  trade  the  various  Company  posts,  or  from 
independent  merchants  in  Winnipeg. 

The  source  of  the  sponge-stamped  earthenware  and  the  lusterware  is 
more  problematical.    Several  pieces  of  the  former  could  have  been  brought 
to  the  settlement  of  Lac  Ste.  Anne  or  St.  Albert  from  Quebec,  where  the 
type  was  more  common.    Alternately,  if  the  ware  was  of  American  rather 
than  of  Scottish  manufacture,  the  source  could  have  been  Red  River  by  way 
of  Minnesota  or  Fort  Benton,  which  in  turn  would  be  supplied  by  St. 
Louis,  I.  6.  Baker  and  Company's  headquarters,  with  river-steamboat  and 
other  transportation  networks  existing  right  to  the  place  of 
manufacture.    Certainly  the  presence  of  the  United  States  1857  silver 
half  dime  is  indicative  of  commerce  in  that  direction.    In  addition, 
agents  of  the  I.  G.  Baker  Company  were  operating  in  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  District  as  far  north  as  Fort  Edmonton  from  a  very  early 
period.    They  had  established  a  presence  at  Buffalo  Lake  and  farther 
south  at  Lethbridge,  Fort  Calgary,  and  Fort  Macleod  (see  Chapter  III). 

Also  problematical  was  the  identification  of  incomplete  impressions 
in  the  bottom  of  a  dinner  plate,  Vessel  5.    It  is  possible  that  these 
impressions  may  form  part  of  a  date  stamp  by  Mintons  Ltd.  of 
Staffordshire,  England.    If  so,  then  they  appear  quite  similar  to  the 
illustrated  date  stamp  for  the  year  1881  (Cushion  1980:234).  On  the 
documentary  evidence,  this  would  seem  to  postdate  the  final  abandonment 
of  the  site  (see  Chapter  III,  however). 

If  these  impressions  can  be  positively  identified,  there  may  be 
evidence  to  suggest  individual  reoccupation  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis 
site,  or  at  least  of  Cabin  3,  after  the  major  abandonment  in  the  spring 
of  1878,  and  after  the  general  movement  of  Metis  hunters  south  to  Bow 
River,  Milk  River,  and  subsequently  south  of  the  United  States  border 
into  the  Judith  Basin  of  Montana. 

This  one  artifact,  perhaps  coupled  with  the  shot-shell  bases,  has 
the  potential  to  cause  a  serious  reinterpretation  of  the  Buffalo  Lake 
Metis  site,  and  also  of  the  resources  that  would  have  replaced  the  bison 
after  1878.    This,  in  turn,  raises  other  questions.    If  there  is  evidence 
for  post-1878  occupation,  could  there  have  been  year-round  occupation  as 
well,  since  bison  would  not  then  be  the  only  reason  for  inhabiting  the 
site? 

The  other  obvious  question  that  arises  is  whether  there  were  still 
bison  wintering  near  Buffalo  Lake  subsequent  to  the  documented 
abandonment  in  the  spring  of  1878.    There  are  references  to  hunting 
parties  from  Duhamel  and  Hobbema  (Edmonton  Bulletin  1884)  seeking  a  few 
remaining  buffalo  southeast  of  the  Metis  site,  but  no  clear-cut  evidence 
to  suggest  the  economic  viability  of  such  ventures.    If  these  buffalo 
were  present  in  sufficient  numbers,  an  hi vernement  existence  might  have 
been  possible  for  one  or  more  families  until  some  time  later.  Despite 
the  collapse  of  the  robe  trade,  there  was  still  a  market  for  fresh  and 
dried  meat  as  well  as  leather. 


-  104  - 


The  presence  of  a  large  number  of  fragile  artifacts  such  as  ceramics 
suggests  that  the  Metis  at  Buffalo  Lake  travelled  and  wintered  as 
complete  households.    This  contention  is  supported  by  James  Hector  of 
Captain  John  Palliser's  1858  expedition,  who  observed  that  two  villages 
of  30  to  40  houses  each,  making  up  the  settlement  of  Lac  Ste.  Anne  (the 
population  of  which  made  up  the  greater  part  of  the  Buffalo  Lake 
wintering  site),  was  almost  deserted  during  the  hunt  (Spry  1968: 
219-220).    Although,  by  their  fragmentary  nature,  the  Buffalo  Lake 
ceramics  indicate  rather  rough  usage,  there  is  some  evidence  to  suggest 
that  repair  was  attempted  on  three  vessels  and  that  final  disposal  was 
not  completed  until  a  vessel  was  unsal vageable. 

Most  of  the  glass  sherds  recovered  from  Cabin  3  were  from  bottles, 
and  most  of  the  identified  bottles  were  for  medicine.    This  poses  the 
question  of  how  dominant  were  the  roles  played  by  folk-medicine  and 
pharmacology  respectively?    The  trend  towards  the  use  of  pharmaceuticals 
and  patent  medicines  appears  to  have  been  reinforced  by  the  missionaries, 
who,  like  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  tried  to  maintain  regular  stocks 
(Baldwin  Nd;  Lestanc  1910).    Certainly  there  is  hard  evidence  for  the  use 
of  patent  pain  killers,  which  may  go  hand  in  hand  with  evidence  for  the 
consumption  of  processed  canned  foods.    At  this  time,  such  foods  would 
have  been  dominated  by  fruits,  condiments,  and  meats.    These  combined 
with  the  heavy  use  of  refined  sugar  in  tea,  the  dominant  beverage,  may 
suggest  one  important  reason  for  such  a  large  consumption  of  patent 
medicines:  dental  caries  and  the  accompanying  toothache. 

Fireplace  hardware,  such  as  hooks  for  suspending  cooking  pots, 
appear  to  be  common.    Although  matches  were  by  now  generally  available, 
the  use  of  flint  and  steel  to  start  fires  in  the  cabins  is  in  evidence. 

Although  illicit  whiskey  trading  took  place  at  Buffalo  Lake,  and  was 
the  main  reason  the  North  West  Mounted  Police  paid  a  visit  there  in 
January  of  1875,  the  Scotch  whiskey  bottle  present  at  Cabin  3  was  more 
than  likely  part  of  what  was  allowed  under  permit.    All  historical 
sources  consulted  mentioned  casks  or  kegs  as  the  standard  container  for 
the  transport  of  liquor  in  the  Northwest,  less  likely  than  bottles  to 
break  in  transit. 

In  summary,  the  artifacts  in  the  household  category  reflect  an 
inventory  of  consumer  goods  that  would  indicate  a  rather  long,  though 
temporary,  stay,  in  that  many  of  the  objects  would  have  required  careful 
preparation  and  packing  for  transport  to  the  wintering  sites.    Many  could 
only  be  replaced  at  major  posts  such  as  Fort  Edmonton  or  Winnipeg,  and 
consequently  they  were  highly  valued.    This  was  particularly  evident  in 
the  case  of  certain  ceramics. 

There  is  also  some  evidence  to  suggest  that  at  least  one  window  in 
Cabin  3  was  glazed.    Most  descriptions  of  wintering  cabins  describe  a 
stretched,  greased  piece  of  deer  parchment  serving  the  purpose  of  letting 
in  light. 


TRANSPORTATION 

Animal  powered  transport  played  a  major  role  in  the  daily  life  of 
the  various  people  who  visited  and  wintered  at  Buffalo  Lake.    To  the 


-  105  - 


Metis  hivernants,  in  particular,  horses  were  crucial  to  the  hunt  and  to 
the  subsequent  transportation  of  the  products  of  that  hunt.  Indeed, 
horse  transportation  was  the  single  most  important  ingredient  in  assuring 
success  in  the  provisioning  and  robe  trade,  once  the  bison  herds  had  been 
located.    Peter  Erasmus  (1976:206-208,  218-219)  describes  at  some  length 
the  importance  and  the  value  attributed  to  a  good  "buffalo-runner." 

From  the  correspondence  of  the  partners  and  clerks  of  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  we  can  document  the  importance  of  animal  transport  at  Buffalo 
Lake  and  other  wintering  sites  in  the  Parkland  and  foothills.  Although 
oxen  were  in  common  use  throughout  the  period,  letters  written  between 
the  years  1874  and  1877  to  and  from  Richard  Hardisty  are  heavily  spiced 
with  references  to  the  use  of  horses  with  (Red  River)  carts  during  the 
summer  and  early  fall  (Hardisty  Papers,  Items  610,  887)  and  the  use  of 
horses  with  sleds  in  the  winter  (Hardisty  Papers,  Items  421,  422,  and 
613).    The  use  of  dog  trains  in  the  winter  months  is  also  well  documented 
(Hardisty  Papers,  Items  608,  609,  611,  614,  and  773). 

Of  no  small  importance  was  the  use  of  horses  for  trade  by  agents  of 
the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  and  by  the  many  free  traders  (Hardisty  Papers, 
Items  605  and  773). 

Although  steamboat  transportation,  however  unreliable,  was  available 
to  the  two  closest  major  supply  posts  for  the  Buffalo  Lake  hivernants, 
Forts  Benton  and  Edmonton,  it  was  not  of  direct  significance  at  the  site 
itself. 

Horseshoe  Nails 

Six  horseshoe  nails  (Figure  27  a)  were  recovered  from  the  interior 
of  Cabin  3,  five  examples  from  Feature  2,  and  one  from  Feature  1. 
Possibly  the  latter  nail  decorated  an  object  that  was  subsequently  used 
as  fuel.    Four  of  the  six  specimens  are  complete,  averaging  56.34  mm  in 
length.    Five  of  the  six  have  five-sided  heads  when  seen  in  profile, 
while  one  specimen,  recovered  from  Feature  1,  has  a  three-sided  head. 

Harness  Parts 

Base  of  Harness  Stud  or  Bell  (Figure  27  b).    A  possible  base  for  a 
harness  stud  or  bell  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  consists  of  a 
round  iron  disc  20.20  mm  in  diameter  with  a  raised  rim  3.94  mm  high  and 
1.14  mm  thick,  to  which  the  dome  of  a  stud  or  bell  could  have  been 
crimped.    Attached  to  the  bottom  of  the  disc,  by  means  of  an  iron  rivet 
in  the  centre,  is  a  double-pronged  staple  for  attachment  of  the  leather 
harness.    The  one  complete  prong  of  the  two  measures  25.25  mm  by  11.58  mm 
by  .98  mm. 

Leather  Harness  Strap  (Figure  27  c).    A  section  of  leather  harness 
strap  was  recovered  in  six  small  fragments  from  Feature  2.    The  section 
measures  60.45  mm  in  length,  14.82  mm  in  width,  and  2.81  mm  in 
thickness.    The  leather  was  extremely  dehydrated,  so  that  the  foregoing 
measurements  cannot  be  regarded  as  accurate  for  the  strap  in  new 
condition. 


-  106  - 


Harness  Buckles  (Figure  27  d-f).    Two  types  of  small  harness  buckles 
were  recovered.    The  first  type  (Figure  27  d)  is  distinguished  by  its 
rounded  proximal  end.    One  example,  from  Feature  2,  measures  25.68  mm  by 
24.73  mm,  ranging  from  3.55  mm  to  4.61  mm  in  thickness.    The  length  of 
the  tongue  is  26.94  mm,  and  the  diameter  is  3.27  mm. 

A  second  example  (Figure  27  e)  was  recovered  from  Feature  3  and 
measures  25.44  mm  by  24.90  mm,  with  a  thickness  ranging  from  3.09  mm  to 
4.79  mm.    The  tongue  is  26.18  mm  in  length  and  3.25  mm  in  diameter. 

The  second  type  of  small  steel  harness  buckle  is  characterized  by  a 
straight  proximal  end  (Figure  27  f).    The  long  axis  is  perpendicular  to 
the  tongue  rather  than  parallel  to  it  as  in  the  first  type.    One  example, 
from  Feature  2,  measures  16.54  mm  by  20.18  mm,  with  a  thickness  ranging 
from  2.67  mm  to  2.74  mm.    The  tongue  measures  17.04  mm  in  length  and  1.98 
mm  in  diameter. 

Harness  Rings  (Figure  27  g,  h).    Two  harness  rings  were  excavated 
from  Feature  2.    The  first  is  41.11  mm  in  diameter  and  was  made  from 
steel  stock  4.82  mm  in  diameter.    The  second  is  38.26  mm  in  diameter, 
made  from  steel  stock  5.33  mm  in  diameter. 

Discussion 

Transportation,  and  the  activities  related  to  it,  were  very 
important  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  hi vernant  camp.    On  first  impression,  it 
would  seem,  therefore,  that  artifacts  of  this  category  are  rather 
under-represented  in  Cabin  3.    However,  the  paucity  of  artifacts 
reflecting  transportation  may  in  itself  be  an  artifact  of  the 
archaeological  method.    Artifacts  normally  associated  with  transportation 
would  be  expected  outside  the  cabin,  to  be  found  with  a  stable  structure, 
or,  in  the  case  of  dog  transportation,  a  stage  structure.    That  artifacts 
related  to  horse  transport  were  found  within  the  cabin  itself  suggests 
that  harness  repair  took  place  here  as  part  of  the  many  household 
activities.    Excavations  away  from  the  cabin  structures  might  shed 
further  light  on  the  presence  of  shelter  for  horses,  dogs,  or  oxen,  in 
addition,  perhaps,  to  revealing  specialized  work  stations  related  to 
transportation,  such  as  forges  and  carriole  stages. 


DRESS  AND  ORNAMENTATION 

Over  95%  of  the  artifacts  from  Cabin  3  were  placed  in  this  category, 
owing  mainly  to  the  inclusion  of  11,762  glass  beads.    No  substantially 
complete  items  of  clothing  as  such  were  preserved. 

Buttons 

The  buttons  recovered  from  Cabin  3  were  classified  into  four  main 
groups,  each  group  being  further  subdivided  into  types  following  a  system 
similar  to,  but  not  identical  with,  that  found  in  Losey  et  al. 
(1977a:151,  Figures  12-15). 


-  107  - 


Group  I,  Glass  Buttons 

Type  la  (Figure  28  a).    Type  la  buttons  are  sew-through  (Bragonier 
and  Fisher  1981:205),  plain  white,  and  undecorated,  with  a  concave  face 
with  a  circle  in  the  centre  containing  four  holes.    They  have  a  raised 
rounded  rim  and  a  convex  back.    The  measured  buttons  averaged  10.41  mm  in 
diameter  and  3.08  mm  in  thickness.    Three  complete  and  three  broken 
examples  were  recovered,  all  from  Feature  2. 

Type  lb  (Figure  28  b) .    Type  lb  buttons  are  the  same  as  Type  la, 
except  the  basic  color  is  brown.    Two  whole  and  one  broken  example  were 
found.    The  first  whole  example  measures  10.99  mm  by  3.12  mm.    The  color 
is  SYR  2/4.    The  second  whole  example  measures  10.76  mm  by  3.06  mm  and  is 
of  the  same  color.    The  broken  example  is  3.16  mm  thick  and  its  color  is 
5YR  3/4 

Type  2  (Figure  28  c).    Type  2  glass  buttons  are  characterized  by  a 
concave  face  with  four  holes  and  a  rim  that  slopes  down  towards  the 
recessed  circle  in  which  the  holes  are  located.    The  buttons  are  white  in 
color  with  convex  backs.    They  differ  from  Type  1  in  that  they  lack  the 
raised  rounded  rim. 

Only  one  Type  2  button  was  found.    It  measures  11.39  mm  in  diameter, 
with  a  maximum  thickness  of  3.13  mm. 

Type  3  (Figure  28  d).    Type  3  buttons  differ  from  Types  1  and  2  in 
that  they  have  no  recessed  circle  in  the  middle.    Otherwise  they  are 
similar  in  most  characteristics. 

Two  examples  were  recovered,  one  of  which  is  broken.    The  whole 
example  is  10.11  mm  in  diameter  and  3.40  mm  thick.    The  thickness  of  the 
broken  example  is  3.33  mm.    Both  specimens  were  recovered  from  Feature  2. 

Type  4  (Figure  28  e).    The  faces  of  Type  4  buttons  slope  upward  from 
the  outer  edge  to  the  central  recessed  circle  containing  the  four  holes. 
The  back  edge  of  the  button  slopes  downward  to  meet  the  flat  circle 
containing  these  holes,  giving  the  button  a  "flying  saucer"  shape.  The 
buttons  are  white  in  color. 

Two  examples  of  this  type  were  found.    Their  diameters  are  14.51  mm 
and  14.57  mm,  and  their  thicknesses  4.03  mm  and  4.10  mm. 

Type  5  (Figure  28  f-i).    Type  5  buttons  have  a  white  basic  color, 
with  four  holes.    There  is  no  shoulder,  and  the  face  slopes  upwards  from 
the  outer  edge  to  meet  a  recessed  circle  containing  the  holes.    The  back 
is  convex.    Within  the  type,  several  sub-types  can  be  distinguished. 

(a)  Plain  White  (Figure  28  f),  with  the  possibility  that  an 
overglaze  transfer  design  has  been  worn  off.    The  diameter  is  10.52  mm, 
thickness  2.95  mm. 

(b)  Quilted  or  Cross-hatched  Overglaze  Transfer  Design  on  face  and 
edge  (Figure  28  g).    The  color  of  the  design  is  5R  6/6.    The  diameter  is 
11.22  mm,  thickness  3.33  mm.    Such  "calicos"  are  similar  to  French 


-  108  - 


pressed  clay  types  of  the  nineteenth  century  (Peacock  1978:53,  Figure 
11.5).    Some  of  them  were  transfer-printed  with  patterns  similar  to 
contemporary  cloth  prints  such  a  calico  or  gingham,  or  they  were  printed 
with  other  stencilled  designs  (Peacock  1978:54). 

These  buttons  were  manufactured  in  Italy,  Bohemia,  England,  and 
France  and  date  from  around  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century  (Luscomb 
1978:16). 

(c)  Pale  Blue  on  the  face  and  edge  (Figure  28  h),  but  with  a  white 
centre  (5  to  7B  7/2).    The  diameter  is  11.41  mm,  thickness  3.34  mm. 

(d)  Branch  and  Leaves  Design  incised  on  the  face  and  central  recess 
(Figure  28  i).    The  decoration  is  of  a  reddish  brown  color,  1  OR  4/6. 
(For  an  example  see  Schiff  1979:33,  Plate  12,  Item  8).    The  single 
example  is  11.30  mm  in  diameter  and  3.09  mm  thick.    All  Type  5  buttons 
were  recovered  from  Feature  2. 

Type  6  (Figure  28  j).    Type  6  buttons  are  the  same  in  general 
outline  as  Type  5,  except  they  have  a  glossy  black  bone  color.  Two 
examples  were  found,  one  from  Feature  1  measuring  10.79  mm  in  diameter 
and  3.08  mm  in  thickness  and  one  from  Feature  2  measuring  10.79  mm  in 
diameter  and  2.91  mm  in  thickness. 

The  example  from  Feature  1  suggests  that  the  piece  of  clothing  to 
which  it  was  formerly  attached  may  have  been  used  as  tinder,  in 
combination  with  a  strike-a-1  ight,  to  make  a  fire  in  the  fireplace. 
Discarded  pieces  of  cotton  were  often  charred  in  the  absence  of  oxygen 
within  a  metal  container  to  supply  this  type  of  tinder. 

Group  II,  Shell  Buttons 

Shell  buttons  were  made  from  a  variety  of  mollusc  shells  (pearl  or 
mother-of-pearl).    They  were  mass-produced  in  Birmingham  from  the 
beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  and  in  America  from  1885  (Peacock 
1978:62).    The  shells  were  imported  from  the  Pacific  and  Indian  Oceans 
and  from  the  Red  Sea.    Fresh-water  shells  and  abalone  were  used  in  the 
United  States. 

Type  1  (Figure  29  a).    Type  1  shell  buttons  have  two  holes,  a  single 
incised  border  line,  a  slightly  convex  face,  and  an  oval-shaped  groove 
across  the  holes  in  the  centre  to  allow  for  the  flush  fitting  of  the 
thread.    The  back  is  flat  with  no  decoration.    In  some  cases  one  or 
several  layers  of  shell  have  come  away  from  the  main  body  of  the  button, 
thereby  removing  the  evidence  either  for  the  incised  border  or  the  oval 
groove  on  the  face  of  the  button. 

Four  examples  were  found,  three  from  Feature  3  and  one  broken 
specimen  from  Feature  2.    The  first  three  examples  measure  9.59  mm  by 
1.85  mm,  9.54  mm  by  1.24  mm,  and  9.98  mm  by  2.09  mm.    The  broken  example 
is  missing  the  groove  and  border  line  because  the  top  layer  of  shell  has 
become  detached.    The  button  measures  9.51  mm  in  diameter  and  1.61  mm  in 
thickness . 


-  109  - 


Type  2  (Figure  29  b).    Type  2  shell  buttons  have  two  holes,  a  double 
incised  border  line,  a  slightly  convex  front,  and  a  convex  back.    As  in 
Type  1  buttons,  an  oval-shaped  groove  is  found  on  the  face,  but  the 
overall  size  of  the  buttons  is  greater. 

One  example  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  was  12.44  mm  in 
diameter  and  3.10  mm  thick. 

Type  3  (Figure  29  c).    Type  3  shell  buttons  have  three  holes,  a 
single  incised  border  line,  no  groove  on  the  face,  and  a  flat  face  and 
back. 

One  example  was  excavated  from  Feature  2.    It  measures  11.53  mm  in 
diameter  and  1.91  mm  in  thickness. 

Type  4  (Figure  29  d).    Type  4  shell  buttons  have  no  border,  no 
groove,  a  concave  face,  a  flat  back,  and  four  holes.    Two  examples  were 
obtained  from  Feature  2.    They  measured  8.62  mm  by  1.18  mm  and  9.73  mm  by 
1 .42  mm. 

Group  III,  Bone  Buttons 

Bone  buttons,  the  mainstay  of  peasant  clothing  before  1875, 
were  made  all  over  the  British  Isles  in  small  local 
manufacturies,  and  production  was  not  centered  in  one 
area.    Even  some  quite  small  villages  had  a  local  button 
maker,  who  used  rib  and  shin  bones  from  sheep  and  cattle, 
which  were  cut,  turned  and  drilled  to  make  simple  buttons 
[Peacock  1978:56]. 

The  bone  buttons  from  Buffalo  Lake,  then,  would  be  expected  to  occur 
on  general,  simple  work  clothing  commonly  obtained  from  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  or  from  travelling  free  traders.  Peacock  (1978:57,  Figure  13.2) 
illustrates  a  bone  button  similar  to  the  Buffalo  Lake  examples  and  notes 
that  such  buttons  were  dyed  brown  and  acquired  an  attractive  patina  with 
age.    They  also  tended  to  wear  unevenly,  and  they  were  generally  unmarked 

The  Buffalo  Lake  examples  ranged  in  color  from  an  ivory  brown  to  a 
dark  brown,  with  sometimes  a  considerable  variation  on  the  same  piece. 
Two  types  are  distinguishable. 

Type  1  (Figure  29  e).    These  are  large,  sew-through,  turned  bone 
buttons  with  concave  faces,  convex  backs,  and  four  holes.    The  rim  is 
fairly  wide  and  outlined  by  a  wide  incised  line  that  forms  the  base  of  a 
central  depression  containing  the  four  holes.    In  some  examples,  an  open 
cross-shaped  lathe  mark  is  found  on  the  back.    (For  comparative  examples, 
see  Losey  1 977a :  1 51 ,  Figure  56.9;  Moat  1978:81,  Figure  12  b;  and  Steer  et 
al.  1979:11,  467,  Figure  141  o.) 

Five  examples  were  recovered  from  Feature  2,  all  perhaps  from  one 
discarded  garment.    Measurements  and  characteristics  are  as  follows: 

Diameter  19.09  mm,  thickness  3.92  mm,  lathe  marks. 

Diameter  19.25  mm,  thickness  3.73  mm,  chipped,  no  lathe  marks. 

Diameter  18.91  mm,  thickness  2.91  mm,  badly  eroded,  poor 
preservation,  no  lathe  marks. 


-  no  - 


Diameter  18.52  mm,  thickness  3.10  mm,  very  well  preserved,  some  root 
marks . 

Diameter  19.13  mm,  thickness  2.61  mm,  broken,  dark  patina. 

Type  2  (Figure  29  f).    Type  2  bone  buttons  are  machine-turned  and 
round,  with  a  brass  wire  shank.    In  the  centre  of  the  face  is  a  small 
shallow  circular  depression,  which  may  originally  have  contained  a  paste 
jewel . 

Comparison  was  made  with  buttons  in  the  historical  costume 
collections  of  the  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta  and  the  Faculty  of 
Household  Economics  at  the  University  of  Alberta.    The  Type  2  style, 
covered  in  all  cases,  was  found  on  women's  dresses  and,  covered  in  either 
cloth  or  leather,  on  both  men's  and  womens's  shoes. 

Four  Type  2  buttons  were  recovered  from  Feature  2.    They  measured 
7.86  mm  by  5.60  mm,  7.91  mm  by  5.28  mm,  7.79  mm  by  5.02  mm,  and  7.88  mm 
by  4.84  mm.    The  thickness  measurement  is  for  the  bone  portion  of  the 
button  only. 

Group  IV,  Metal  Buttons 

Metal  buttons  from  Cabin  3  were  found  in  a  great  variety  of  styles. 
The  sample  was  classified  into  eight  types. 

Type  1.  Two-Piece  Military  Button  with  Wire  Shank  (Figure  29  g).  A 
single  United  States  Army  button  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.  The 
button  is  made  from  brass  with  a  plain  eagle  design  on  the  front  and  is 
marked  with  the  manufacturer's  name  on  the  back:  "SCOVILLE  &  CO.  EXTRA." 

Campbell  (1965:No  page)  suggests  that: 

.  .  .  such  buttons  could  be  worn  by  all  soldiers 
regardless  of  branch  of  service.    Further,  they  would  be 
most  appropriate  for  soldiers  assigned  to  supply, 
medical,  and  other  staff  duties  away  from  combat  units. 

The  plain  eagle  button,  figures  20  and  21,  born  of 
need  during  the  Mexican  War,  became  the  standard  design 
for  all  enlisted  soldiers  in  1855  and  continued  without 
change  until  1872,  when  the  basic  design  was  retained, 
but  the  form  of  the  eagle  was  altered. 

Campbell  (1965:No  page)  also  presents  an  account  of  the  manufacture 
of  the  Buffalo  Lake  variety.    Leavenworth,  Hayden,  and  Scovill  was  a 
partnership  founded  in  Waterbury,  Connecticut  before  the  War  of  1812. 
Throughout  that  war,  the  firm  was  the  largest  supplier  of  brass  buttons 
to  the  army,  with  a  virtual  monopoly  on  those  for  the  artillery,  light 
artillery,  and  rifles.    Additionally,  they  undertook  contracts  for 
"plied"  buttons  for  the  armed  forces  for  more  than  150  years.  The 
descendent  company,  Scovill  Industries,  is  today  a  prime  contractor  to 
the  Department  of  Defence. 


-  Ill  - 


Type  2,  One-Piece,  Spun-Back  Cast  Buttons  (Figure  30  a).    Four  cast 
white  metal  spun-back  buttons  with  a  wire  shank  in  a  boss  were  recovered 
from  Cabin  3.    Three  were  recovered  from  Feature  2  and  one  from  Feature 
3.    They  measure  22.99  mm  by  2.71  mm,  20.63  mm  by  1.09  mm,  21.28  mm  by 
1.30  mm,  and  22.62  mm  by  1.48  mm  respectively. 

This  type  of  button  is  generally  common  in  fur  trade  sites  in 
Alberta  dating  from  the  late  eighteenth  to  early  nineteenth  centuries 
(Steer  et  al.  1979: Vol .  2,  465,  Figure  141  a;  Kidd  1970:Figure  89). 

Type  3  (Figure  30  b) .    Type  3  are  two-piece  metal  disc  buttons  with 
a  metal  eye.    The  face  piece  is  crimped  onto  the  back  piece.  The 
dome-shaped  face  is  undecorated,  and  the  eye  is  brazed  to  the  back  (Steer 
et  al.  1979: Vol .  2,  Figure  141  d). 

One  brass  example  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  measures  11.83 
mm  in  diameter  and  9.43  mm  in  thickness. 

Type  4  (Figure  30  c,  d).    These  are  single-piece  metal  sew-through 
buttons  with  four  holes. 

Variety  a.    These  buttons  (Figure  30  c)  are  made  from  a  copper 
alloy,  with  four  holes  contained  in  a  central  recess,  the  edge  of  which 
has  a  decorated,  beaded  border.    The  buttons  are  marked  "DOUBLE  RING 
--EDGE."    Two  examples,  one  with  a  small  fragment  of  cloth  attached,  were 
recovered  from  Feature  2.    They  measure  17.20  mm  in  diameter  and  1.05  mm 
in  thickness. 

Variety  b.    This  button  (Figure  30  d)  is  similar  to  Variety  a,  but 
is  cast  in  pewter  and  has  no  inscription.    The  flat  portion  of  the  face 
is  decorated  with  a  continuous  circle  of  raised  reeds  along  the  outer 
edge.    The  single  example,  from  Feature  2,  measures  18.02  mm  by  1.42  mm. 

Type  5  (Figure  30  e,  f).    These  are  two-piece  metal  disc  buttons, 
with  a  cross-pin  serving  as  the  means  of  attachment. 

Variety  a.    These  buttons  (Figure  30  e)  have  a  brass  face  and  iron 
back.    The  face  is  decorated  with  a  circle  of  raised  reeds  along  the  edge 
of  the  central  recess.    The  cross-pin  face  is  also  brass  and  the  back 
iron.    These  buttons  were  originally  cloth-covered,  with  some  cloth  still 
attached  to  one  of  the  examples  from  Feature  3.    Altogether,  three 
examples  were  recovered,  two  from  Feature  3  and  one  from  Feature  2.  They 
measure  17.29  mm  by  4.35  mm  (cloth  attached  to  back),  11.20  mm  by  4.33 
mm,  and  16.51  mm  by  4.19  mm  (see  Steer  et  al .  1979 : Vol  2,  467,  Figure  141 
f). 

Variety  b.    These  buttons  (Figure  30  f)  are  decorated,  with  the 
inscription  "TRADE"  and  other  obliterated  letters  appearing  on  the  face 
in  script  form.    The  letters  appear  to  be  interspersed  with  various 
decorative  elements.    The  face  is  brass,  while  the  cross-pin  and  back  are 
iron.    These  too  were  originally  fabric-covered  buttons. 

One  example,  recovered  from  Feature  2,  has  some  rotten  wood 


-  112  - 


fragments  of  undetermined  original  function  adhering  to  the  rusted  back. 
The  button  is  16.60  mm  in  diameter  and  4.38  mm  thick. 

Type  6  (Figure  30  g) .    This  is  a  one-piece  copper-alloy  metal  disc 
button,  with  a  cross-pin  serving  as  the  means  of  attachment.    It  appears 
to  have  been  manufactured  by  stamping  and  is  coated  in  a  shiny  black 
enamel.    The  flat  part  of  the  face  around  the  outer  edge  is  decorated 
with  a  series  of  raised  dots.    The  one  example,  measuring  14.30  mm  by 
1.13  mm,  was  associated  with  Feature  3. 

Type  7  (Figure  30  h).    These  are  two-piece  brass  disc  buttons  with 
the  face  piece  crimped  onto  the  back  piece.    One  example  was  recovered 
from  Feature  3.    The  entire  face  is  decorated  with  a  pattern  of  very  fine 
raised  dots  arranged  in  concentric  circles.    The  back  of  the  button  is 
missing,  while  the  front  is  crudely  pierced  near  the  edge  and  may  have 
been  suspended  with  a  wire  for  use  as  an  earring  or  ornament.    The  front 
portion  of  the  button  is  18.13  mm  in  diameter  and  it  is  made  from  brass 
.42  mm  thick. 

Type  8  (Figure  30  i,  j).    These  are  two-piece,  cloth-covered  metal 
buttons  with  the  cloth  still  attached,  making  them  difficult  to 
distinguish  from  other  two-piece  metal  buttons,  such  as  Type  5. 

Variety  a.    This  variety  (Figure  30  i)  was  covered  with  cloth  of  a 
herringbone  weave,  possibly  wool.    It  may  have  had  a  brazed  wire  eye,  but 
this  is  missing  on  the  single  heavily  rusted  example  recovered  from 
Feature  2.    The  specimen  measures  12.92  mm  in  diameter  and  5.27  mm  in 
thickness,  and  may  have  served  as  a  vest  or  jacket  sleeve  button. 

Variety  b.    This  variety  (Figure  30  j)  is  larger  and  thinner, 
serving  perhaps  as  a  coat  button.    One  example,  measuring  16.73  mm  by 
3.10  mm,  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.  (See  Losey  1977a:l 50-1 51 ,  Figure 
56;  1977b:90-93,  Figures  56  and  57  for  comparable  buttons.) 

Miscellaneous .  A  disc-shaped  iron  object  bearing  a  preserved 
impression  on  its  heavily  rusted  surface  was  recovered  from  Feature  3. 
It  may  represent  part  of  the  front  and  raised  rim  portion  of  a  two-piece 
crimped  metal  button.    It  has  a  hole  in  the  centre  4.05  mm  in  diameter. 
The  outside  diameter  is  10.94  mm,  and  the  thickness  is  .63  mm. 

Beads 

Glass  beads  were  the  most  numerous  artifacts  recovered  from  Cabin 
3.  In  total,  11,762  were  found,  accounting  for  94.74%  of  the  artifact 
sample.    Most  beads  were  recovered  from  Feature  2. 

In  order  to  maximize  recovery  of  small  artifacts,  such  as  beads 
(often  under  2  mm  in  diameter),  large  samples  of  earth,  such  as  cellar 
fill  from  the  major  depressions,  especially  Feature  2,  were  bagged  on  the 
site  and  brought  back  to  the  laboratory  for  processing.    Using  sieves  and 
water  flotation,  seeds,  as  well  as  micro-fauna  too  small  to  be  collected 


-  113  - 


in  the  standard  one-quarter  inch  mesh  field  screens,  were  easily 
recovered . 

The  classification  of  the  Cabin  3  bead  sample  is  based  upon  several 
characteristics  including  material,  method  of  manufacture,  size,  color, 
ability  to  transmit  light,  and  modification  or  decoration.    Within  the 
bead  sample  from  Cabin  3,  four  general  groups  were  discerned:  drawn 
tubular  beads,  wound  beads,  pressed  beads,  and  finally  metal  beads. 

Drawn  Tubular  Beads  (Figure  31  a,  b).    By  far  the  most  numerous  beads 
were  made  from  glass  tubing,  heated  and  tumbled  to  round  the  edges,  but 
otherwise  unmodified.    Of  these,  the  majority  were  monochrome  in  a  great 
variety  of  colors  (Figure  31  a).    These  beads  were  further  subdivided 
according  to  size,  following  Conn  (1969).    The  majority  were  "seed"  beads 
(under  2  mm  in  diameter),  but  some  were  "intermediate"  (between  2  mm  and 
3  mm  in  diameter),  and  "pony"  sized  (greater  than  3  mm). 

A  second,  much  smaller  group  of  drawn  tubular  beads  were  modified 
prior  to  or  during  the  drawing  process  (Figure  31  b) .    Some  of  these  are 
bichrome,  with  vari-colored  cores  including  the  "Cornaline  d'Aleppo," 
having  an  opaque  brick-red  exterior  with  an  opaque  white  or  a  translucent 
core.    Other  modified  or  decorated  beads  include  opaque  white  specimens 
with  blue  stripes,  and  some  that  appear  to  have  been  flattened  while  the 
tube  was  in  a  plastic  state.    A  final  example  has  been  modified  by 
facetting  subsequent  to  the  drawing  and  cutting  of  the  tube. 

In  1986,  Mary  Malainey  carried  out  a  detailed  bead  analysis  based  on 
identification  of  characteristics  previously  described.    Bead  color  was 
determined  by  comparison,  under  flourescent  light,  with  a  set  of  chips 
from  the  standard  Munsell  Book  of  Color.    Malainey  discovered  that 
several  beads  had  undergone  a  certain  degree  of  patination.    These  were 
measured  wet.    In  determining  the  ability  of  the  beads  to  transmit  light, 
an  examination  was  made  under  a  ref lected-1 ight  microscope  with  an 
artifical  light  source.    Table  10,  Appendix  III,  summarizes  the  data 
generated  by  Malainey's  analysis. 

Wound  Glass  Beads. 

Undecorated  Wound  Beads  (Figure  31  c,  d).    Three  undecorated  wound 
beads  were  recovered  from  Cabin  3.    Two  (Figure  31  c)  are  transparent  and 
yellow  in  color  (2.5GY  9/4  and  10Y  8.5/6).    They  measure  7.10  mm  by  3.96 
mm  and  6.81  mm  by  4.00  mm  respectively.    The  third  example  (Figure  31  d) 
is  much  larger,  8.8  mm  in  diameter  and  6.4  mm  in  length.    It  is 
translucent  and  covered  with  a  dark,  iridescent  patina  (10YR  3/1).  All 
three  undecorated  beads  were  recovered  from  Feature  2. 

Facetted  Wound  Beads  (Figure  31  e) .    Five  wound  facetted  beads  were 
recovered  from  Feature  2.    The  facets  were  made  by  grinding  rather  than 
molding,  and  they  run  parallel  to  the  length  of  the  bead.  Perforations 
are  generally  off-centre.    Two  beads  have  eight  facets  and  two  have  nine 
facets.    Since  they  appear  to  have  been  hand-ground,  the  facets  are 
generally  uneven.    The  fifth  example  is  too  fragmentary  to  determine  the 
number  of  facets. 


-  114  - 


The  four  measurable  examples  range  in  diameter  from  9.18  mm  to  9.56 
mm,  averaging  9.43  mm.    Their  length  ranges  from  13.44  mm  to  14.72  mm  and 
averages  13.89  mm.    Four  examples  are  medium  sky-blue  in  color  (2.5PB 
5/10),  and  one  example  is  a  dark  blue  shade  (10B  5/8). 

Inlaid  Mound  Beads.    One  inlaid  wound  bead  was  recovered  from 
Feature  2.    The  badly  weathered  and  subsequently  disintegrated  example 
has  spots  or  inlays  of  blue  glass  (5PB  3/6),  into  a  basic  color  of  opaque 
green  (7.5GY  0/4).    The  diameter  is  12.6  mm  and  the  length  is  12.2  mm. 

This  type  of  bead  is  generally  more  common  in  fur-trade  sites  dating 
from  the  late  1700s  to  early  1800s  in  Alberta  (Nicks  1969;  Kidd  1970), 
and  similar  types  are  called  "Kitty  Fisher's  Eyes." 

Pressed  Glass  Beads  (Figure  31  f,  g).    Five  pressed  glass  beads  were 
recovered  from  Cabin  3.    Four  are  made  from  transparent  green  (7.5G  7/8) 
glass  (Figure  31  f).    They  are  squarish  in  outline,  averaging  7.40  mm  in 
diameter  and  7.23  mm  in  length.    The  beads  are  flat  on  the  perforated 
ends,  while  the  remaining  four  surfaces  are  decorated  with  four  facets 
each.    All  four  specimens  were  recovered  from  Feature  2. 

The  fifth  presssed  bead  (Figure  31  g)  was  recovered  from  Feature  3. 
It  is  made  from  transparent  yellow  glass  (5GY  9/4)  and  is  rounder  in 
profile,  measuring  6.6  mm  in  diameter  and  5.8  mm  in  length.    It  is 
decorated  with    a  number  of  irregular  facets  around  the  entire  girth. 

Metal  Beads  (Figure  31  h,  i).    Two  metal  beads,  both  made  of  brass,  were 
recovered  from  Feature  2.    The  first  is  a  two-piece  crimped  bead,  12.6  mm 
by  10.6  mm.    The  second  is  a  one-piece  bead,  8.4  mm  by  7.6  mm. 

Miscellaneous  Beads.    A  sample  of  melted,  bubbled,  opaque  glass  with  an 
iridescent  coppery-green  patina  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.  It 
measures  5.97  mm  by  3.85  mm  by  2.44  mm,  and  it  may  be  part  of  a  burned 
glass  bead  or  several  beads  fused  together. 

Glass  Ornaments 

Pendant  (Figure  31  j).    Very  few  personal  ornaments  were  found  in 
Cabin  3.    A  small  pendant  or  portion  of  an  earring  was  recovered  from 
Feature  2.    It  consists  of  a  flat  stamped  circle  with  a  pin  projecting 
from  the  edge  into  the  open  centre.    From  the  pin,  a  scarlet-colored  clay 
ball  or  bead  was  suspended,  but  it  has  since  disintegrated.    On  the  outer 
edge,  opposite  the  pin,  a  small  wire  hasp  or  hook  for  suspension  is 
located.    The  face  of  the  ornament  is  decorated  with  a  series  of  randomly 
spaced,  raised  dots,  and  the  back  is  plain. 

Glass  Object  (Figure  31  k).    A  second  artifact,  recovered  from 
Feature  3,  consists  of  a  globular  black  glass  object  wrapped  around  an 
iron  wire  core.    It  may  be  part  of  an  ornament  or  costume  jewelry.    It  is 
31.69  mm  in  length  and  has  a  diameter  ranging  from  6.61  mm  to  3.94  mm. 


-  115  - 


Discussion 

Based  on  the  archaeological  sample,  it  is  impossible  to  reconstruct 
a  completely  accurate  picture  of  the  costume  of  those  people  who  occupied 
Cabin  3,  owing  to  the  poor  state  of  preservation  after  an  abandonment  of 
a  century  or  more.  However,  during  photo-archival  research  on  material 
contemporary  with  the  Metis  occupation  of  Buffalo  Lake,  the  most  striking 
discovery  was  the  large  amount  of  European -manufactured  clothing  and 
accessories  worn.    Typical  of  Victorian  times,  the  women  depicted  in  the 
photographs  generally  wore  dark  colors:  dresses,  hats,  or  shawls,  and  in 
some  instances  button-up  leather  shoes.    Men  were  generally  dressed  in  a 
variety  of  headgear,  with  most  wearing  worn  wool  jackets,  many  with 
matching  vests  with  cloth-covered  buttons.    Woven  trousers  were  the 
rule.    By  far  the  most  common  method  of  holding  up  the  trousers  was  the 
woven  "Assumption"  sash,  wrapped  around  the  waist  several  times  and 
knotted  at  the  hip  with  both  tasseled  ends  sometimes  hanging  down  almost 
to  the  ground.    Footwear  was  variable.    In  the  same  photograph,  some  men 
would  be  wearing  European  or  American  style  commercial  leather  boots 
while  others  wore  native-tanned  moccasins.    (See  also  the  photograph  of 
Abraham  Salois,  a  Buffalo  Lake  resident,  and  the  Pritchard  family  on  the 
cover  of  this  monograph.    The  photograph  was  taken  around  1875.) 

Comparing  the  photographs  of  Metis  people  in  the  1870s  to  paintings 
of  Metis  in  the  1830s  and  1940s,  a  very  interesting  contrast  is 
observed.    In  the  paintings,  by  far  the  most  common  clothing  is  of 
native-tanned  leather,  though  styles  may  closely  approximate  European 
tailored  clothing.    With  a  few  exceptions,  then,  the  transition  from 
native-tanned  leather  to  woven  fabrics  was  complete  by  the  time  the 
Buffalo  Lake  site  was  occupied,  and  this  change  reflected  the  greater 
availability  of  the  latter  types  of  goods  through  the  trade.    The  Metis 
at  Buffalo  Lake  had  become  a  very  consumer-oriented  group,  purchasing  not 
only  items  relevant  to  the  hunt,  such  as  guns,  ammunition,  and  knifes, 
but  processed  and  canned  foods  and  tailored  clothing. 

The  large  variety  of  buttons  found  in  Cabin  3  is  certainly  a 
testimony  to  the  variety  of  apparel  worn  by  the  occupants.    On  the  other 
hand,  the  large  quantities  of  small  beads  may  represent  the  decoration  of 
a  small  number  of  objects  such  as  moccasins,  gauntlets,  or  men's 
garters.    The  small  beads,  at  least,  were  not  deemed  valuable  enough  to 
save  for  re-use,  once  the  item  they  decorated  was  discarded.    Beading  of 
footwear,  gun  cases,  and  other  objects  would  most  certainly  have  been  one 
of  many  activities  carried  on  in  the  cabins  over  the  winter. 

There  is  little  additional  direct  evidence  of  ornamentation  from 
Cabin  3,  except  that  perhaps  one  of  the  female  occupants  wore  commercial 
earrings. 


RELIGION 

Religion  played  a  dominant  role  in  the  lives  of  the  people  at 
Buffalo  Lake.    In  addition  to  the  documentary  evidence  (see  Chapters  II 
and  III),  there  is  artifactual  evidence.    The  largest  single  artifact  of 
religious  association  would  have  been  the  Roman  Catholic  chapel,  which 


-  116  - 


also  served  as  a  school  and  residence  for  the  various  priests  who  came 
out  from  St.  Albert.    The  discovery  of  this  structure  and  recovery  of  the 
related  artifacts  is  an  archaeological  problem  for  the  future. 

In  Cabin  3,  two  artifacts  of  religious  significance  were  recovered 
from  Feature  2. 

Rosary  (Figure  32  a).    The  first  artifact  is  an  incomplete  rosary, 
recovered  in  two  main  pieces.    The  first  section,  198.37  mm  in  length, 
consists  of  23  pressed  blue  (7.5BG  6/6)  glass  beads,  strung  on  a  chain  of 
wound  brass  wire  and  representing  a  minimum  of  two  complete  "decades." 
The  beads  are  5.35  mm  in  length  and  4.10  mm  in  diameter,  barrel  shaped, 
and  tapering  at  the  ends.    They  are  decorated  with  encircling  ribs, 
oriented  at  right  angles  to  the  length  of  the  bead.  . 

The  second  section  of  the  same  rosary  retains  part  of  two  "decades," 
one  of  eight  beads  and  one  of  one  bead,  a  simple  undecorated  brass 
crucifix,  18.81  mm  by  11.27  mm  by  .26  mm,  and  an  additional  string  of 
blue  beads  marked  by  two  single  separate  beads  ("Our  Father  Beads")  and  a 
group  of  three  beads  ("Hail  Mary  Beads").    Together  they  are  35.41  mm 
long. 

Medal  (Figure  32  b).    The  second  artifact  is  a  religious  medal.  It 
may  be  a  scapular  medal,  but  the  example  is  too  rusted  to  identify  as  to 
type.    In  form,  it  is  an  oval  disc,  with  a  rounded  extension  on  the  top 
from  which  it  was  suspended.    It  measures  19.13  mm  in  length,  13.73  mm  in 
width,  and  1.23  mm  in  thickness. 


NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 
Ceramics 

Two  thick,  granite-tempered  shoulder  sherds  (Figure  33  a)  were 
recovered  from  Feature  2.    The  exterior  is  undecorated,  while  the 
interior  is  covered  with  a  fairly  thick  (1.45  mm)  layer  of  carbon, 
presumably  the  remains  of  burned  food.    When  fit  together,  the  sherds 
measure  42.03  mm  by  33.65  mm  by  13.60  mm. 

Chipped  Stone 

Projectile  Point  Fragments  (Figure  33  b-d).    Portions  of  three 
projectile  points,  all  made  from  grey  siltstone  or  porcellanite,  were 
recovered  from  Cabin  3.    The  first  (Figure  33  b)  is  side-notched,  with 
part  of  the  base  and  tip  broken  off.    It  measures  19.98  mm  by  12.28  mm  by 
2.81  mm.    Width  between  the  notches  is  8.19  mm.    The  second  (Figure  33  c) 
is  a  triangular  projectile  point  with  a  broken  tip.    It  measures  18.38  mm 
in  length  by  12.38  mm  across  the  base  and  is  3.97  mm  thick.    The  third 
example  (Figure  33  d)  is  a  projectile  point  tip,  but  not  part  of  either 
of  the  first  two  points.    It  measures  12.97  mm  by  12.00  mm  by  3.58  mm. 


-  117  - 


End-Scrapers  (Figure  33  e,  f).    Three  end-scrapers  were  recovered. 
The  first  (Figure  33  e),  manufactured  from  a  bipolar  split  pebble  of 
green  chert,  is  14.19  mm  in  length,  15.12  mm  in  width,  and  3.71  mm  in 
thickness,  with  the  width  measurement  taken  parallel  to  the  unifacially 
retouched  working  edge.    The  second  example,  of  grey  chert,  is  steeply 
unifacially  retouched  on  two  adjacent  edges,  which  lie  at  right  angles  to 
each  other.    It  measures  14.67  mm  by  27.31  mm  by  4.50  mm.    The  first 
example  was  found  in  Feature  2,  while  the  second  was  recovered  from 
Feature  3.    The  third  example  (Figure  33  f),  recovered  from  Feature  1, 
was  made  on  a  bipolar  split  pebble.    It  measures  21.76  mm  by  18.72  mm  by 
5.95  mm. 

Retouched  Flakes  (Figure  33  g) .    Three  retouched  flakes  were  found. 
The  first  is  bifacially  retouched,  made  of  yellow  and  red  jasper,  and 
measures  24.72  mm  by  12.64  mm  by  4.84  mm.    The  second  (Figure  33  g)  is 
unifacially  retouched,  made  of  reddish-brown  quartzite,  and  measures 
41.04  mm  by  12.5  mm  by  5.57  mm.    The  third  retouched  flake  is  made  of 
mottled  grey  chalcedony.    It  started  as  a  biface  resharpening  flake,  but 
it  was  subsequently  unifacially  retouched  along  the  inner  flake-scar 
surface  that  was  formerly  attached  to  the  biface.    Consequently,  this 
tool  has  one  battered  and  dull  edge,  bifacially  worked,  and  one  sharp 
unifacially  worked  edge.    Triangular  in  cross-section,  the  third  edge  is 
unmodified.    The  tool  measures  25.48  mm  by  12.22  mm  by  6.29  mm  and  was 
recovered  from  Feature  3.    The  first  two  examples  were  recovered  from 
Feature  2. 

Utilized  Flake  (Figure  33  h).    A  single  utilized  flake  of  black 
chert  was  recovered  from  Feature  2.    It  measures  20.56  mm  by  14.18  mm  by 
6.46  mm. 

Flakes .    A  total  of  35  flakes  were  recovered  from  Cabin  3.  These 
were  classified  as  follows: 

(a)  Primary  Decortication  Flakes.    Four  quartzite  flakes  are  in  this 
category. 

(b)  Secondary  Flakes.    This  category  includes  nine  quartzite  flakes, 
one  chalcedony  flake,  and  one  chert  flake. 

(c)  Biface  Resharpening  Flakes  Made  by  Percussion.    This  category 
includes  ten  quartzite  flakes,  one  mudstone  flake,  and  one  chalcedony 
flake. 

(d)  Biface  Resharpening  Flakes  Made  by  Pressure.    This  category 
includes  three  quartzite  flakes,  two  porcellanite  flakes,  and  one 
chalcedony  flake. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  there  was  one  chunk  from  a  bipolar  split 
black  chert  pebble,  which  was  unmodified. 


-  118  - 


The  distribution  of  the  flakes  recovered  from  Cabin  3  is  as  follows: 
one  flake  (2.86%)  was  recovered  from  Feature  1,  23  flakes  (65.71%)  were 
from  Feature  2,  10  flakes  (28.57%)  were  from  Feature  3,  and  one  flake 
(2.86%)  was  recovered  from  the  floor  of  the  cabin  interior  along  the 
central  portion  of  the  east  wall. 

Discussion 

It  is  quite  possible  that  many  of  the  lithic  artifacts  and  the 
ceramics  found  in  Cabin  3  were  left  by  a  preceding  late  prehistoric 
occupation,  of  which  there  were  several  in  the  area  (Doll  1982).  It 
does,  however,  seem  most  unusual  that  such  concentrations  would  be  found 
in  the  two  depressions,  Features  2  and  3,  without  a  proportional 
distribution  in  the  rest  of  the  cabin  interior. 

Some  of  the  stone  tools  found  would  indeed  have  been  useful  in  many 
of  the  activities  that  took  place  around  the  site  or  within  the  cabin 
itself,  including  the  hunting  of  bison  and  the  processing  of  skins  for 
robes.    The  association  of  a  metal  projectile  point  with  Feature  2 
establishes  the  fact  that  bow  and  arrow  technology  was  known  to  the 
occupants  of  Cabin  3. 

The  evidence  for  in-situ  pressure-flaking  of  porcellanite,  the  same 
material  that  all  three  stone  projectile  points  were  made  from,  suggests 
the  manufacture  and  use  of  these  tools  by  the  occupants  of  the  cabin.  It 
should  also  be  noted  that  the  projectile  points  were  very  poorly  made,  a 
characteristic  that  they  share  with  the  stone  projectile  points  recovered 
from  the  trash  pits  at  three  of  the  other  cabins  excavated. 

Although  it  might  be  argued  that  projectile  points  found  their  way 
into  the  trash  pits  because  they  were  imbedded  in  the  bodies  of  bison 
killed  by  Metis  with  firearms,  this  argument  does  not  account  for  the 
larger  array  of  tools  and  debitage  associated  in  the  same  architectural 
features . 

The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  may,  therefore,  be  a  late  manifestation 
of  the  classic  but  illusive  "protohi storic , "  marked  by  a  mixed  assemblage 
of  historically  manufactured  European  goods  and  prehistorically 
manufactured  "native"  goods.    This  protohistoric ,  however,  would  be 
expected  to  date  from  before  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century  rather 
than  from  the  last  quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century. 


FAUNAL  MATERIALS  FROM  CABIN  3 

The  recovery  of  faunal  remains  from  Cabin  3  is  selective  in  that 
excavations  were  more  or  less  confined  to  the  cabin  interior.  The 
majority  were  recovered  from  Features  2  and  3  (Figure  10),  the  two 
interior  depressions,  from  which  the  mammalian  species  identified  include 
bison  (Bison  bison  bison) ,  moose  (Alces  alces) ,  beaver  (Castor 
canadensis) ,  muskrat  (Ondatra  zibethicus),  snowshoe  hare  (Lepus 
americanus) .  pocket  gopher  (Thomomys  talpoides),  ground  squirrel 
(Citel lus  sp.),  deer  mouse  ( Peromyscus  maniculatus) .  meadow  vole 
(Microtus  pennsyl vanicus) ,  and  shrew  (Sorex  sp.). 


-  119  - 


The  identified  bird  remains  include  those  of  Snow  Goose  (Chen 
caerulescens) ,  White-fronted  Goose  (Anser  albif rons) ,  Mallard  (Anas 
platyrhynchos) ,  Pintail  (Anas  acuta),  Gadwall  (Anas  strepera),  Ruddy  Duck 
(Oxyura  jamaicensis) ,  and  Sharptail  Grouse  (Pediocetes  phasianel 1  us) .  In 
addition,  toad  remains  (family  Bufonidae)  and  those  of  a  undetermined 
species  of  fish  were  recovered  in  excavation. 

Most  species  appear  to  have  been  used  as  a  source  of  food.  There 
are  apparent  intrusive  species,  however,  notably  small  rodents, 
microtines,  and  shrews.    Toads  by  the  hundreds  were  noted  in  the  soft 
soil  of  the  cabin  depression,  especially  late  in  the  fall  as  they 
prepared  to  winter  over. 

By  weight,  bison  appears  to  have  been  the  single  most  important 
species  to  the  cabin  occupants  (see  Appendix  II  for  a  more  thorough 
discussion  and  analysis).    However,  an  important  observation  is  the 
variety  of  species,  so  characteristic  of  the  Parklands  ecological  zone. 
Although  bison  was  important  commercially  and  as  a  dietary  staple,  a 
diversity  of  species  migrating  through  or  wintering  in  the  Parkland  of 
the  Buffalo  Lake  region  was  also  counted  upon  for  food.    This  food  source 
(moose,  small  mammals,  birds,  and  fish)  provided    a  survival  insurance 
policy  should  the  bison  fail  to  appear  (as  they  sometimes  did).  Bison 
were  preferred,  but  hares  and  muskrats  would  keep  a  household  alive  till 
the  next  herd  was  sighted. 

A  final  observation  with  regard  to  fish  remains  at  Buffalo  Lake  must 
be  made.    This  food  source  appears  to  be  highly  under-represented  in 
Cabin  3  and  probably  in  the  site  as  a  whole.    Two  factors  may  account  for 
the  paucity  of  fish  bones.    Poor  preservation  may  be  one,  but  a  more 
likely  factor  might  be  the  location  of  the  fish  processing  area  outside 
or  away  from  the  cabin,  with  the  result  that  few  bones  would  have  found 
their  way  to  the  interior  depressions.    Historically,  the  exploitation  of 
fisheries  by  Metis  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  is  well  documented.  Not 
only  did  the  exploitation  of  fresh,  frozen,  or  dried  fish  for  domestic 
food  supply  form  part  of  the  yearly  round  (for  example  at  Lac  Ste.  Anne), 
but  it  also  formed  a  supplemental  cash  crop  in  the  provisioning  trade 
with  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  at  Fort  Edmonton.    The  traditional  use  of 
fisheries  by  the  same  population  (Lac  Ste.  Anne  and  St.  Albert  Metis) 
might  also  suggest  the  extensive  use  of  this  resource  at  Buffalo  Lake. 


-  120  - 


CHAPTER  V 


THE  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  DATA,  CABIN  1 


THE  RELATIONSHIP  OF  CABIN  1  AND  CABIN  2 

The  two  localities  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  chosen  for 
excavation  in  1970  and  1971  were  near  the  northern  end  of  the  eastern 
ridge  segment  described  in  Chapters  I  and  IV  (Figures  4,  5b).    Cabin  1 
lay  approximately  190  feet  (57.91  m)  west  and  60  feet  (18.29  m)  south  of 
the  northeast  corner  of  LSD  14,  Section  11,  Township  41,  Range  20  west  of 
the  Fourth  Meridian.    It  was  situated  on  a  gradual  slope  near  the  foot  of 
the  ridge,  surrounded  by  a  fairly  thick  growth  of  aspen  ( Populus 
tremuloides) . 

Immediately  to  the  north  of  this  cabin  site  were  two  deep  ruts 
suggestive  of  a  wagon  road.    However,  these  may  have  been  much  more 
recent  than  the  Metis  occupation.    Prior  to  excavation,  the  locality  was 
marked  by  a  large  rock  pile  and  a  depression,  the  latter  associated  with 
additional  scattered  rocks.    The  depression,  however,  about  8.0  feet 
(2.44  m)  north-south  by  5.0  feet  (1.52  m)  east-west,  appeared  to  be 
entirely  the  result  of  recent  disturbance.    Perhaps  a  second  rock  pile, 
then,  had  been  dug  into  and  destroyed  by  unknown  individuals. 

Cabin  2  was  located  on  the  crest  of  the  ridge,  approximately  360 
feet  (109.73  m)  west  and  140  feet  (42.67  m)  south  from  the  northeast 
corner  of  LSD  14,  Section  11  (Figures  4,  42  a).    It  was  about  150  feet 
(45.72)  west-southwest  of  Cabin  1  and  approximately  seven  feet  (2.13  m) 
higher  in  elevation.    Trees  in  this  locality  were  a  little  thinner  than 
at  Cabin  1.    To  the  west  of  this  second  cabin  site,  the  land  sloped  down 
for  about  100  yards  (91.44  m)  to  a  shallow,  reed-filled  slough, 
approximately  20  feet  (6.10  m)  below  the  elevation  of  the  cabin  (Figure 
5  b).    Prior  to  excavation,  Cabin  2  was  marked  by  three  depressions  and  a 
rock  pile.    Some  disturbance  had  taken  place  in  this  locality  as  well. 


EXCAVATIONS  AT  CABINS  1  AND  2 

In  1970,  Cabin  sites  1  and  2  were  chosen  for  excavation  partly  for 
reasons  of  salvage,  because  they  were  relatively  accessible  and  exposed, 
and  because  considerable  disturbance  appeared  already  to  have  taken 
place.    It  was  felt  that  the  cabin  sites  in  the  denser  portion  of  the 
bush  or  farther  from  roads  or  cattle  trails  would  be  more  likely  to 
escape  further  depredation.    In  addition,  surface  features  defined  the 
probable  areas  of  structure  at  Cabin  1  and  2  somewhat  more  clearly  than, 
for  example,  in  the  group  of  depressions  and  rock  piles  immediately  to 
the  south  of  Cabin  2  (Figure  4).    Figure  34  a  shows  the  locality  of  Cabin 
1  and  Figure  42  a  shows  the  locality  of  Cabin  2. 

An  excavation  grid  consisting  of  stakes  set  at  five-foot  (1.52  m) 
intervals  was  set  in  each  of  the  two  selected  localities  and  expanded  as 


-  122  - 


required.    Both  grids  were  set  to  an  arbitrary  north,  which  differed, 
however,  in  the  two  cases.    The  arbitrary  north  at  Cabin  1  was  oriented 
approximately  67  degrees  west  of  magnetic  north,  or  approximately  44 
degrees  west  of  true  north.    The  arbitrary  north  at  Cabin  2  was  oriented 
approximately  37  degrees  west  of  magnetic  north  or  approximately  14 
degrees  west  of  true  north.    Following  excavation,  the  two  grids  were 
plotted  on  squared  paper,  and  set  in  their  proper  orientation  with 
respect  to  one  another. 

Excavation  was  begun  with  shovel  to  remove  the  fairly  heavy  turf, 
and  subsequently  with  mason's  pointing  trowel  and  dustpan.  Particularly 
during  the  second  season,  and  in  subsequent  work,  shovels  were  largely 
abandoned,  since  the  faint  structural  remains  sometimes  proved  to  run 
into  the  turf,  and  some  may  even  have  been  destroyed  during  earlier 
stages  of  the  work. 

A  large  proportion  of  the  earth  was  removed  in  buckets  and  screened 
through  approximately  one-quarter  inch  (6.35  mm)  wire  mesh.    Since  a  very 
small  return  of  beads  and  shot  was  indicated,  no  finer-mesh  bead  screens 
were  systematically  employed  until  the  excavation  of  the  refuse  pit  in 
1973.    All  recoverable  bone  was  saved  in  bags  of  associated  materials. 
Plans  were  drawn  of  all  localities  where  structural  remains  were 
observed.    Photography  was  attempted  throughout,  but  was  inhibited  by  the 
faint  nature  of  the  structural  evidence,  and  the  difficulties  produced  by 
strong  shadows  and  numerous  roots.    On  the  whole,  drawings  provided  a 
more  useful  record.    Profile  drawings  were  made  occasionally,  but 
generally  the  shallowness  of  the  excavation  reduced  their  value. 

The  attempt  was  made  throughout  to  define  overall  structures  and  the 
general  limits  of  living  areas,  and  consequently  depressions  and 
fireplaces  were  not  as  intensively  investigated  as  they  might  have  been. 
After  excavation  and  recording  were  completed,  the  site  was  backfilled. 
Three  pipes  surrounded  by  concrete  were  set  at  intervals  within  each  of 
the  two  grids  in  order  that  they  might  be  re-established. 

In  1970,  excavations  began  on  July  14  and  continued  until  August  28, 
with  a  crew  of  four  to  five.    In  1971,  excavations  began  on  August  17  and 
continued  until  September  3,  with  a  crew  varying  from  two  to  five.  In 
1973,  on  August  29  and  30,  and  again  from  September  10  to  14,  two  to 
three  individuals  completed  excavation  of  the  refuse  pit  in  Cabin  2. 
Finally,  from  July  16  to  19,  1974,  a  crew  of  four  to  five  made  the  plat 
map  of  the  site  (later  revised)  that  includes  the  locations  of  Cabins  1 
and  2  (Figure  4) . 


THE  FEATURES  OF  CABIN  1 
The  Wall  Lines 

Cabin  1  was  located  on  very  slightly  sloping  ground  to  the  east  of 
the  higher  portion  of  the  ridge  along  which  much  of  the  Buffalo  Lake 
Metis  site  is  oriented  (Figure  34  a,  b).    Excavations  here  revealed  an 
elongated  cabin  plan  with  the  shorter  axis  oriented  approximately  58 
degrees  west  of  magnetic  north  or  35  degrees  west  of  true  north.  The 
overall  dimensions  of  this  structure  were  about  30  feet  (9.14  m)  along 
the  long  axis  and  about  13  feet  (3.96  m)  along  the  short  axis  (Figure  35). 


-  123  - 


Wall  lines  were  generally  poorly  preserved,  reduced  to  a  very  thin 
layer  of  rotted  timber  or  indicated  only  by  a  slight  trench  or  mould 
between  two  ridges  of  very  light  brown  clay  (Figure  36  a,  b).    The  latter 
might  have  been  derived  from  mud-plaster  chinking  or  whitewash,  dissolved 
from  the  walls  by  rain  and  deposited  along  the  building  sills. 
Alternately,  it  might  have  been  introduced  as  foundation  material  for  the 
sills  or  banking  along  the  outer  walls.    Its  apparent  extension  some 
distance  to  the  north  of  Cabin  1  suggests  rather  that  it  was  at  this 
point  a  natural  fill,  into  which  the  sill  logs  were  set. 

Cabin  1  appeared  to  have  been  built  entirely  on  wall  sills,  since  no 
evidence  of  posts-in-ground  was  found.    However,  timber  was  not  preserved 
throughout  much  of  the  wall  area,  and  posts  might  very  well  have 
occurred.    Nor  were  there  any  indications  of  doors,  but  these  would 
probably  not  have  resulted  in  gaps  in  the  sill  logs  or  the  depressions 
underneath  them. 

Evidence  of  overlapping  logs,  suggesting  an  untrimmed  log-cabin 
corner,  appeared  in  the  northeast  corner  (Figure  37  a).    (Directions  in 
this  description  are  given  with  respect  to  the  grid  and  arbitary  north.) 
One  log  protruded  about  6.0  inches  (15.24  cm).    However,  since  this  was 
the  sill  log,  perhaps  nearly  below  ground,  there  is  no  proof  that  the 
corners  of  the  superstructure  were  not  trimmed. 

The  other  corners  of  Cabin  1  were  extrapolated  from  wall  lines. 
From  the  single  preserved  corner  mould,  wall  timbers  could  be  fairly 
easily  followed  for  about  5.5  feet  (1.68  m)  to  the  west  and  4.5  feet 
(1.37  m)  to  the  south.    Elsewhere,  the  north  and  east  walls  were  only 
vaguely  defined.    Four  short  sections  of  poorly  preserved  timber  occurred 
along  the  south  wall,  and  elsewhere  along  this  line  the  ridge  and  trench 
combination  appeared  sporadically.    The  west  wall  was  defined  almost 
entirely  on  the  basis  of  this  shallow  trench  running  between  two  low  clay 
ridges . 

As  interpreted  here,  building  corners  would  have  been  located  as 
follows:  northeast  at  0.3  south,  27.8  east;  southeast  at  13.4  south,  26.3 
east;  northwest  at  4.1  north,  1.3  west;  and  southwest  at  8.4  south,  3.4 
west  (Figure  35).    (Note  that  grid  locations  are  given  in  feet  only.) 

Dimensions  of  the  sill  timbers  were  virtually  impossible  to 
determine  accurately  because  of  extensive  deterioration,  but  width  of  the 
relatively  continuous  section  ranged  between  about  0.25  feet  (7.62  cm) 
and  0.5  feet  (15.24  cm).    Given  the  present  vegetation  of  the  area,  we 
might  guess  that  the  sill  was  made  of  aspen,  which  would  account  for  its 
poor  preservation.    However,  no  positive  indenti f ication  was  made. 

The  length  of  the  rectangle  enclosed  by  the  walls  indicated  (Figure 
35)  seems  rather  great  for  a  single  room.    Therefore,  it  was  hypothesized 
that  two  contiguous  cabins  were  represented,  one  possibly  a  later 
extension  of  the  other,  or  that  a  partition  had  occurred  to  form  two 
rooms  in  a  single  cabin.    Assuming  that  ordinary  log  cabin  contruction 
technique  was  employed,  rather  than  post-in-ground  or  post-on-sill 
methods,  and  considering  the  probable  size  of  aspen  logs,  the  former 
hypothesis  is  perhaps  more  likely.    To  some  extent  this  suggestion  would 
be  supported  by  the  contemporary  account  of  Metis  cabin-building  provided 
by  Jean  D'Artigue  and  quoted  in  Chapter  III,  pages  65-66. 


-  124  - 


A  second  line  of  evidence  for  two  rooms  or  cabins  was  the  possible 
original  occurrence  of  two  rock  concentrations  within  the  wall  lines. 
The  first  of  these  rock  piles  formed  a  relatively  well-defined  fireplace 
in  the  southwestern  portion  or  the  structure.    The  second  concentration 
was  much  less  clearly  defined  and  consisted  of  scattered  rocks,  slightly 
east  of  centre,  to  the  south  of  a  recent  pothole.    Although  this  second 
concentration  could  have  been  derived  from  the  first  one,  it  seems 
possible  that  it  constituted  a  separate  fireplace,  originally  situated 
where  the  pothole  now  occurs. 

In  1971,  an  attempt  was  made  to  locate  the  partition.    It  was 
hypothesized  that  it  might  lie  along  the  short  axis  and  in  the  middle  of 
the  structure.    Unfortunately,  the  northern  part  of  this  median  line  had 
been  disturbed  by  the  pothole,  and  the  southern  part  was  excavated  in 
1970  before  the  shallowness  of  the  deposits  was  realized.    Thus  faint 
indications  might  have  been  removed. 

About  0.5  feet  (15.24  cm)  north  of  the  projected  south  wall  line, 
however,  and  at  nearly  the  exact  midpoint  on  this  line,  a  small  piece  of 
timber  was  encountered  with  grain  apparently  oriented  north-south. 
Dimensions  of  the  timber  were  approximately  0.7  feet  (21.34  cm)  east-west 
by  0.2  feet  (6.10  cm)  north-south.    Its  centre  lay  in  the  grid  at  9.6 
south,  12.2  east  (Figure  35).    Although  very  slight  evidence,  the 
coincidence  of  location  and  orientation  suggests  that  a  partition  or  wall 
might  indeed  have  existed  here. 

Two  additional  factors  might  corroborate  the  existence  of  a 
partition  or  wall  at  this  point.    If  such  a  partition  were  to  be  placed 
in  an  elongated  structure  having  a  length  about  twice  its  width,  and  if 
no  other  considerations  applied,  it  might  seem  reasonable  that  it  would 
be  placed  at  centre  to  divide  the  structure  into  two  equal  parts.    If  two 
essentially  separate  structures  were  involved,  this  wall  placement  would 
also  be  appropriate  to  the  likely  size  of  locally  available  logs. 

Secondly,  other  evidence  from  Buffalo  Lake  indicates  the  centring  of 
fireplaces  along  one  wall.    If  the  partition  or  wall  occurred  as 
proposed,  the  fireplace  would  be  approximately  centred  on  the  south  wall 
of  the  resulting  room. 

Although  some  burnt  wood  was  observed  along  the  wall  lines  of  Cabin 
1,  evidence  for  fire  was  not  overwhelming.    However,  even  if 
superstructures  had  burned  in  one  of  the  fires  reported  for  the  region 
around  the  turn  of  the  century,  the  nearly  buried  sill  timbers  might  have 
been  little  affected.    Certainly  some  burned  chinking  was  observed, 
particularly  in  the  southwest  corner  of  the  building. 

Feature  1,  The  Fireplace 

The  most  conspicuous  feature  in  Cabin  1  was  the  large  rock  pile  in 
the  western  unit  of  the  structure  or  structures  (Figures  35,  37  b).  The 
precise  size  and  orientation  of  the  fireplace  represented  was  uncertain 
owing  to  scattering  of  the  stone,  probably  through  the  initial  collapse 
of  the  chimney  and  perhaps  subsequent  removals.    A  west  and  south  edge 
could  be  approximately  located,  but  limits  on  the  east  and  north  were  not 
clearly  defined.    However,  approximate  overall  dimensions  of  6.0  feet 
(1.83  m)  east-west  and  4.0  feet  (1.22  m)  north-south  were  suggested,  very 
close  to  the  size  of  the  fireplace  in  Cabin  3. 


-  125  - 


The  occurrence  of  hard -pa eked  earth  to  the  north  suggested  an  apron 
in  front  of  the  firebox.    This,  and  the  position  of  the  stone  structure 
as  a  whole,  would  indicate  orientation  to  the  north.    If  the  suggested 
partition  existed,  the  fireplace  would  have  been  located  in  the 
approximate  middle  of  the  west  room,  and  close  to  the  south  wall,  but  not 
apparently  in  contact  with  it.    The  outer  limits  of  the  fireplace,  then, 
appeared  to  lie  approximately  5.0  feet  (1.52  m)  east  of  the  west  wall  of 
the  cabin  and  1.0  foot  (30.48  cm)  north  of  the  south  wall. 

A  considerable  amount  of  ashy  fill  was  found  within  the  stone 
structure,  but  no  firebox  or  hearth  apron  was  precisely  delimited.  The 
relatively  small  quantity  of  stones  remaining  here,  and  the  limited  size 
of  stone  piles  throughout  the  site,  suggests  that  only  the  bases  of 
chimneys  were  made  of  stone.    Upperworks  might  have  been  poles  and  mud  or 
even  sheet-metal  pipe.    Similar  conclusions  regarding  wood  and  mud 
plaster  superstructures  have  been  reached  with  respect  to  fireplaces 
excavated  in  some  (but  not  all)  fur  trade  sites.  Hearth-chimneys 
described  by  Elliott  (1971:24,  25,  27)  for  the  Kajewski  site  in  the 
Cypress  Hills  were  made  of  clay  framed  with  poles,  and  they  occurred  in  a 
corner  or  centred  on  one  wall  of  the  room.    Bonnichsen  (1967:4),  however, 
describes  a  fireplace  at  the  same  site  made  of  cobbles  and  mud,  with  a 
firepan  of  baked  clay  in  front  of  the  hearth. 

Stone  piles,  however,  may  sometimes  have  been  pirated  long  after 
sites  were  abandoned,  though  this  would  be  less  likely  at  Buffalo  Lake, 
where  sub-angular  granitic  cobbles  of  the  type  used  in  the  fireplace  are 
fairly  abundant  along  the  nearby  lake  shores. 

The  existence  of  a  second  fireplace  in  Cabin  1  has  been  suggested, 
but  no  data  are  available  on  it  owing  to  the  recent  disturbance  indicated. 

No  depressions  were  recorded  within  Cabin  1,  although  one  was 
observed  in  the  bush  a  few  yards  to  the  north.    This  might  have  been  a 
borrow-pit  or,  on  analogy  with  Cabin  5,  for  example,  an  external  storage 
pit. 

Feature  2,  The  Ash  Concentration 

Just  to  the  south  and  west  of  the  mid-point  noted  above,  and  outside 
the  south  wall  line  of  Cabin  1,  was  a  large  ash  concentration, 
particularly  rich  in  artifacts  (Figure  35  A-B,  Plan  and  Profile).  This 
ash  concentration  appears  to  have  begun  as  a  very  shallow  pit,  but 
eventually  to  have  been  built  up  slightly  above  the  surrounding  ground 
surface.    The  concentration  was  approximately  round,  but  with  an 
irregular  projection  to  the  west.    Although  edges  were  difficult  to 
define,  the  overall  dimensions  would  appear  to  have  been  approximately 
4.0  feet  (1.22  m)  east-west  and  3.5  feet  (1.07  m)  north-south.  The 
maximum  thickness  of  the  ash  was  approximately  0.5  feet  (15.24  cm). 

If  the  suggested  partition  existed,  this  ash  concentration  would 
have  lain  just  outside  the  southeastern  corner  of  the  west  room  of  the 
cabin.  The  eastern  edge  of  the  fireplace  in  this  room,  then,  would  have 
lain  about  five  feet  west  of  the  centre  of  the  ash  concentration.  Space 
would  have  been  provided  for  a  door  in  the  south  wall,  through  which  the 
ashes  could  have  been  carried  from  the  fireplace.  Alternately,  a  window 
could  have  been  set  near  the  southeast  corner  of  the  room,  although  ash 


-  126  - 


disposal  through  a  window  would  seen  unlikely.    Of  course  ashes  could 
easily  have  been  carried  around  to  the  back  of  the  cabin  for  dumping,  and 
the  relationship  of  features  suggested  here  is  highly  speculative. 


THE  ARTIFACTS  OF  CABIN  1 

Method  of  Analysis 

The  method  of  analysis  used  on  this  and  subsequent  artifact  lots 
from  the  site  has  already  been  described  in  the  discussion  of  Cabin  3, 
Chapter  III.    See  also  Table  11,  Appendix  III  for  complete  measurements 
and  distributions. 


HUNTING 

Ammunition  and  Ignition  Parts 

Rimfire  Cartridge  Case  (Figure  38  a).    A  single  copper  rim-fire 
cartridge  case  was  recovered,  somewhat  dissociated  from  both  Cabin  1  and 
Cabin  2,  having  been  found  on  the  trail  between  them,  but  perhaps  closer 
to  Cabin  1.    The  case  is  23.4  mm  long  and  13.6  mm  in  diameter  at  the 
closed  end.    The  latter  dimension  is  somewhat  distorted  by  crushing  and 
was  probably  originally  slightly  less.    The  head  measurement,  below  the 
headstrap  is  13.3  mm  (again  distorted  by  crushing).    The  headstrap  is 
approximately  1.9  mm  thick.    The  letter  "H",  3.1  mm  high  in  a  circle  6.3 
mm  in  diameter,  is  stamped  in  relief  at  the  primer  end.    The  shell  is 
double  rimfire,  with  short,  straight  lines  on  opposite  sides  of  the  rim 
marking  the  impression  of  the  firing  pins. 

This  appears  to  be  a  .44  calibre  Henry  flat  cartridge,  used 
originally  in  the  twelve-shot  repeating  Henry  rifle,  forerunner  of  the 
Winchester  (Logan  1959:68).      It  is  similar  to  the  two  examples  recovered 
from  Cabin  3.    These  cartridges  were  manufactured  in  large  quantities  at 
least  between  1860  and  1866,  and  were  used  in  the  1866  model  Winchester 
as  well.    Both  firearms  had  a  double  firing  pin  to  prevent  misfire. 

Percussion  Cap  (Figure  38  b).    A  single  unfired  copper  percussion 
cap  for  a  cap-and-ball  firearm  was  recovered,  suggesting  that  this  type 
of  gun,  perhaps  a  percussion  shotgun  or  plains  rifle,  was  in  use  for  at 
least  part  of  the  occupation  of  this  portion  of  the  the  site.  The 
general  range  of  firearms  in  use  at  Buffalo  Lake  is  fully  discussed  in 
Chapter  IV  and  elsewhere.      The  cap  is  6.3  mm  long  and  slightly  tapering 
from  the  open  end,  5.3  mm  in  diameter,  to  a  closed  and  rounded  end  about 
5.0  mm  in  diameter.    Straight  longi tudional  corrugations  run  from  open  to 
closed  end  all  around  the  outside  of  the  cap. 

Cap  Box  Lid  (Figure  38  c).    A  round  lid  is  provisionally  identified 
as  the  top  of  a  box  used  to  contain  percussion  caps.    It  is  made  of 
tin-plated  ferrous  metal,  heavily  rusted  in  areas,  and  has  a  diameter  of 
40.7  mm.    The  original  thickness  of  the  metal  is  hard  to  determine  owing 


-  127  - 


to  corrosion,  but  it  appears  to  have  been  about  0.6  mm.    The  rim  is 
plain,  bent  down  at  right  angles  to  the  top,  and  is  about  5.9  mm  deep. 
There  might  have  been  some  stamping  on  top  of  this  lid,  but  none  is  clear 
at  the  present  time.    A  comparable  example  found  in  Cabin  5,  however,  may 
have  been  made  by  Ely  Brothers  of  London  (see  page  85). 


CONSTRUCTION,  BLACKSMITHING.  AND  CRAFTS 

No  direct  evidence  of  blacksmi thing  was  observed  at  the  Buffalo  Lake 
Metis  site,  although  it  seems  highly  probable  that  among  the  numerous 
occupants  blacksmiths  were  present  at  some  times.    Construction  hardware 
in  Cabin  1  was  essentially  limited  to  nails,  mostly  of  the  machine-cut 
variety,  but  with  a  few  hand-forged  examples  as  well. 

Forged  Iron  Nails 

Classification  of  nails  according  to  head -type  is  provisional  in 
some  cases,  owing  to  extensive  alteration  of  the  head  through  driving. 
Because  of  corrosion  and  fragmentation,  even  the  distinction  of  forged 
and  cut  examples  is  by  no  means  precise  in  all  cases. 

Rose-Head  Forged  Nails  (Figure  38  d).    Rose-head  nails  are 
characterized  by  a  crown  high  in  the  centre,  formed  generally  by  four 
facets  produced  by  the  heading  hammer.    Six  examples  are  included  in  this 
category,  but  two  of  these  are  somewhat  guestionable,  since  the  facets 
have  been  reduced  by  pounding.    Two  others  are  possibly  cut  rather  than 
forged.    Four  tips  remaining  are  fairly  sharp.    Complete  measurements 
were  taken  on  four  examples  and  gave  lengths  of  43.9  mm  to  62.1  mm, 
widths  of  3.7  mm  to  4.2  mm,  and  thicknesses  of  3.2  mm  to  3.9  mm. 
Measurements  obtained  on  heads  were:  length  5.1  mm  to  9.6  mm,  width  3.7 
mm  to  8.4  mm,  and  thickness  1.6  mm  to  3.9  mm.    Shaft  measurements  on  the 
two  fragments  were:  widths  4.4  mm  and  4.4  mm,  and  thicknesses  4.3  mm  and 
3.5  mm.    Head  measurements  were:  lengths  9.0  mm  and  9.4  mm,  widths  7.3  mm 
and  8.6  mm,  and  thicknesses  2.0  mm  and  3.1  mm. 

Rose-head  nails  were  probably  used  for  general -purpose  carpentry. 
Of  the  present  group,  two  are  straight;  one  has  about  a  45  degree  bend 
near  the  middle;  and  another  curves  gradually  throughout  the  distal  half 
for  a  total  of  about  90  degrees.    One  fragment,  possibly  cut,  has  a  90 
degree  bend  near  the  fracture,  perhaps  originally  about  two-thirds  of  the 
distance  from  head  to  tip.    The  second,  also  possibly  cut  fragment  has 
what  may  be  a  comparable  bend,  perhaps  one-guarter  of  the  original 
distance  from  head  to  tip.    Both  of  these  fragmentary  examples  may  have 
been  clinched. 

Gable-Head  Forged  Nail  (Figure  38  e).    Gable-head  nails  or  clasp 
nails  were  used  for  particular  purposes  where  it  was  desired  to  conceal 
the  head,  for  example  in  flooring.    They  are  characterized  by  a  crown 
high  in  the  centre,  but  with  generally  only  two  distinct  facets,  so  that 
the  head  is  essentially  T-shaped.    The  bars  of  this  "T"  are  bent 
downward,  so  that  the  head  of  the  nail  would  dig  into  the  wood,  or  would 


-  128  - 


"clasp,"  on  being  driven.    Only  one  forged  example  was  recovered  from 
Cabin  1.    Length  is  ca.  70.0  mm,  width  of  shank  is  4.3  mm,  and  thickness 
of  shank  is  3.8  mm.    The  head  is  6.8  mm  long,  3.6  mm  wide,  and  1.8  mm 
thick.    The  nail  has  a  nearly  right-angle  bend,  apparently  a  clinch, 
approximately  three-fourths  of  the  distance  from  head  to  tip  and  a  second 
very  slight  bend  in  a  perpendicular  direction  at  about  the  middle. 

L  or  T-Head  Forged  Nail  (Figure  38  f).    A  single  example  is  badly 
rusted,  and  part  of  the  head  may  be  broken  off.    However,  in  its  present 
form  it  resembles  a  brad  or  L-headed  nail.    Length  is  59.2  mm,  width  of 
shank  4.9  mm,  and  thickness  of  shank  4.5  mm.    The  present  head  is  9.4  mm 
long,  5.7  mm  wide,  and  2.6  mm  thick.    The  nail  shows  slight  curvature 
throughout  its  length.    The  tip  has  probably  been  sharp,  but  is  now 
slightly  splintered. 

Flat-Head  Forged  Nails  (Figure  38  g) .    Two  diminutive  examples 
(tacks)  appear  to  have  flat  heads,  although  again  they  may  be  flattened 
by  pounding.    Lengths  are  18.1  mm  and  26.7  mm,  widths  2.5  mm  and  2.5  mm, 
and  thicknesses  2.0  mm  and  1.9  mm.    Both  shanks  are  straight.    One  point 
is  sharp  and  the  other  may  have  been  flat,  though  it  may  be  simply 
rusted.    Heads  are  5.2  mm  and  7.9  mm  long,  4.4  mm  and  7.2  mm  wide,  and 
0.8  mm  and  1.9  mm  thick. 

Forged  Nail  Fragments  (Figure  38  h,  i).    Six  fragments  of  forged 
nails  are  missing  the  head,  and  therefore  cannot  be  further  classified. 
Five  of  these  are  tip  fragments,  four  with  sharp  tips  (Figure  38  h).  The 
largest  shaft  measurements  obtained  on  this  group  are  5.3  mm  by  5.2  mm. 
One  example  (Figure  38  i)  has  a  flat  expanding  tip,  the  only  example  of 
this  tip  form  clearly  encountered  in  the  Cabin  1  nail  sample.  Maximum 
shaft  measurements  are  4.8  mm  by  4.8  mm.    Finally,  one  medial  fragment 
has  a  maximum  shaft  diameter  of  6.4  mm  by  4.6  mm. 

Forged  or  Cut  Iron  Nails. 

Three  nails  (Figure  38  j)  are  at  least  provisionally  placed  in  this 
indeterminate  category.  All  are  generally  small  (tacks)  with  rounded  or 
modified  (in  two  cases  at  least,  rusted)  shafts,  and  flattened,  battered 
heads  .  One  example  is  essentially  straight  and  complete,  with  a  length 
of  18.9  mm,  shaft  width  2.8  mm,  and  shaft  thickness  of  2.8  mm.  The  heads 
of  two  examples  were  7.1  mm  and  7.9  mm,  by  6.6  mm  and  7.1  mm,  by  1.8  mm 
and  1.5  mm. 

Machine-Cut  Iron  Nails 

The  category  of  machine-cut  nails  formed  substantially  the  largest 
group  at  Cabin  1  and  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  as  a  whole.    This  is 
not  surprising,  since  machine  nail  manufacture  had  begun  almost  100  years 
before  the  date  of  occupation. 

Within  the  cut  nail  group  a  further  division  may  be  made  between 
those  nails  with  hand-formed  heads  (largely  the  rose-head  and  gable-head 
forms  below)  and  those  with  machine-formed  heads  (largely  the  flat-head 


-  129  - 


variety).    This  division  is  not  invariably  clear  because  of 
head-battering  through  use.    However,  cut  nails  with  hand-made  heads  in  a 
sense  constitute  a  transitional  group  between  the  hand-forged  and  the 
machine-made  nail  categories. 

Rose-Head  Cut  Nails  (Figure  38  k).    Two  examples  are  machine-made 
nails  with  hand-made  heads  that  approximate  the  rose  or  four -facetted 
type.    One  of  these  is  a  virtually  complete  nail  with  a  bend  of 
approximately  70  degrees  near  the  middle,  and  it  has  probably  been 
clinched.    It  is  37.6  mm  long  and  the  shaft  is  3.4  mm  wide  and  3.2  mm 
thick.    The  head  is  6.0  mm  long,  5.7  mm.  wide,  and  2.1  mm  thick.  A 
second  example  is  slightly  fragmentary  at  the  tip  and  has  a  slight  bend 
approximately  one-third  of  the  distance  from  head  to  present  tip.  Its 
present  length  is  40.8  mm,  with  shaft  3.8  mm  wide  and  2.9  mm.  thick.  The 
head  is  6.4  mm  long,  6.4  mm  wide,  and  2.9  mm  thick.    The  point  on  the 
complete  example,  as  on  most  cut  nails,  is  squared  and  fairly  blunt. 

Gable-Head  Cut  Nails  (Figure  38  1).    Seven  nails  were  provisionally 
placed  in  this  head  category.    However,  only  two  of  these  examples  are 
highly  typical,  the  remaining  five  having  an  essentially  T-shaped, 
two-facetted  head,  but  without  the  sharp  penetrating  edges  designed  to 
dig  into  the  wood. 

Four  of  the  gable-head  nails  are  probably  close  to  complete, 
although  two  may  have  slight  fragmentation  at  the  tip.    None  of  these  are 
of  the  more  typical  group.    Measurements  obtained  from  the  four  examples 
are:  length  48.8  mm  to  66.5  mm,  width  of  shank  4.0  mm.  to  5.5  mm,  and 
thickness  of  shank  3.2  mm  to  5.3  mm.    Heads  are  6.5  mm  to  9.9  mm  long, 
4.5  mm  to  6.3  mm  wide,  and  1.9  mm  to  3.2  mm  thick.    The  two  typical 
gable-head  examples  are  both  fragmentary,  but  the  maximum  length  obtained 
was  57.6  mm.    Shank  measurement  are  4.3  mm  and  4.8  mm,  by  3.6  mm  and  3.7 
mm,  and  head  measurements  are  7.6  mm  and  8.3  mm,  by  5.7  mm  and  4.2  mm,  by 
3.7  mm  and  4.2  mm.    The  third  fragment  has  shaft  measurements  of  5.3  mm 
by  5.0  mm,  and  head  measurements  of  9.9  mm  by  6.9  mm  by  3.5  mm. 

Flat-Head  Cut  Nails.    This  category  subsumes  several  variations,  but 
basically  includes  all  those  examples  (with  one  exception)  that  appear  to 
have  machine-made  heads.    In  some  cases,  the  form  of  the  head  is 
difficult  to  determine  owing  to  pounding  or  rusting.    Two  main 
sub-categories  of  this  nail  group  were  distinguished,  based  primarily  on 
the  inferred  orientation  of  the  clamp  or  vise  used  in  the  nail-heading 
procedure.    A  third  category  comprises  nails  that  exhibit  a  distinct 
rounding  of  the  shank,  which  makes  this  orientation  difficult  or 
impossible  to  determine.    This  third  group  may  also  exhibit  considerable 
battering  or  rounding  of  the  head,  and  in  some  cases  the  head  may  indeed 
have  been  hand-forged  rather  than  machine-formed. 

Group  1  (Figure  38  m,  n).    Nine  virtually  complete  and  one 
fragmentary  examples  fall  within  this  category.    The  group  is 
distinguished  by  the  orientation  of  the  vise  or  clamp  used  in  the  heading 
procedure.    In  these  examples,  the  pressure  used  to  hold  the  nail  was 
exerted  from  two  opposite  sides  in  a  direction  equivalent  to  the  plane  of 


-  130  - 


the  metal  sheet  from  which  the  nails  were  cut  (i.e.  on  the  cut  sides). 
This  procedure  has  produced  a  generally  rectangular  rather  than  square 
head.  When  the  nail  is  laid  on  the  broader  surface  of  the  shaft  (so  that 
the  taper  is  evident),  a  pinching  of  this  shaft  appears  just  below  the 
head.  A  few  examples  also  show  a  "bevelling  or  rounding"  of  the  shaft 
below  the  head.    Tips  are  generally  squared  or  slightly  blunted. 

Size  ranges  for  the  nearly  complete  examples  are:  length  20.8  mm  to 
65.0  mm,  width  of  shank  2.1  mm  to  4.6  mm,  thickness  of  shank  1.8  mm  to 

4.2  mm.    Head  measurements  are:  length  3.4  mm  to  7.7  mm,  width  2.8  mm  to 

7.3  mm,  and  thickness  0.5  mm  to  2.8  mm.    The  shaft  measurements  of  the 
fragment  are:  width  4.2  mm  and  thickness  3.4  mm.    The  head  is  7.7  mm  by 

5.1  mm  by  3.0  mm.    Of  the  complete  examples,  three  nails  show  slight 
bends,  one  to  about  30  degrees  and  one  very  small  example  to  45  degrees. 
None  appears  to  have  been  clinched. 

Group  2  (Figure  38  o,  p) .    The  second  group  of  flat-headed,  cut 
nails  is  generally  similar  to  the  first  group,  all  examples  again 
presumably  having  machine-made  heads.    These  nails  differ,  however,  in 
the  orientation  of  the  clamp  or  vise  used  in  the  heading  procedure.  The 
direction  of  force  lies  at  right  angles  to  the  plane  of  the  metal  sheet 
from  which  the  nails  were  cut  (i.e.  on  the  uncut  sides).    When  the  nail 
is  laid  on  the  broader  surface  of  the  shaft,  this  shaft  expands  towards 
the  head.    Generally  the  head  tends  towards  the  square  rather  than  the 
rectangular.    A  total  of  seven  virtually  complete  examples  and  thirteen 
fragments  is  included  in  this  category.    Ranges  of  size  within  the 
complete  group  are:  length  37.5  mm  to  70.0  mm,  width  of  shaft  3.2  mm  to 

5.2  mm,  and  thickness  of  shaft  2.2  mm  to  3.4  mm.  Head  measurements  are: 
length  5.4  mm  to  8.6  mm,  width  3.7  mm  to  7.9  mm,  and  thickness  2.2  mm  to 

2.5  mm.    Width  range  of  the  fragments  is  3.4  mm  to  5.7  mm,  and  thickness 
range  2.2  mm  to  3.9  mm.    Head  measurements  are:  5.8  mm  to  8.6  mm  by  3.4 
mm  to  7.9  mm  by  1.0  mm  to  3.3  mm. 

Modification  to  the  shanks  of  nails  is  apparent  in  a  number  of 
cases.    Two  examples  show  a  slight  and  one  an  extreme  (ca.  90  degree) 
curvature  throughout  their  length,  possibly  the  result  of  drawing.  One 
has  approximately  a  20  degree  bend,  and  a  crack  about  one-third  the 
distance  from  head  to  tip.    This  bend  is  fairly  abrupt,  and  might  be  the 
result  of  clinching  and  then  drawing  the  nail.    One  example  is  clearly 
clinched  at  approximate  centre. 

Group  3  (Figure  38  q,  r) .    The  third  group  of  flat-headed  cut  nails 
includes  those  examples  that  are  generally  indeterminate  as  to  the 
orientation  of  the  heading  clamp  or  vise.    The  shaft  tends  to  be  rounded, 
and  the  head  tends  to  be  battered  and  also  rounded.    A  total  of  five 
nails  are  provisionally  placed  in  this  category,  three  of  them 
essentially  complete  and  two  fragmentary.    All  are  quite  small.  Ranges 
within  the  three  complete  examples  are  as  follows:  length  17.5  mm  to  31.9 
mm,  width  of  shank  2.6  mm  to  3.2  mm,  and  thickness  of  shank  1.9  mm  to  2.9 
mm.    Head  length  is  5.7  mm  to  8.1  mm,  width  5.0  mm  to  7.4  mm,  and 
thickness  1.0  mm  to  1.4  mm.    Shaft  widths  of  the  fragments  are  3.2  mm  and 

3.6  mm,  and  thicknesses  2.9  mm  and  3.1  mm.    Head  lengths  are  7.7  mm  and 


-  131  - 


8.1  mm,  widths  are  7.1  mm  and  7.4  mm,  and  thicknesses  1.2  mm  and  1.3  mm. 

Modification  of  these  nails  includes  two  cases  of  slight  bending  or 
twisting  from  approximate  middle,  probably  not  clinching,  and  one  case  of 
a  sharp  bend  about  three-quarters  of  the  distance  from  the  head  to  the 
tip.    This  second  modification  probably  represents  a  clinch. 

Cut  Nail  Fragment  with  Pounded  End  (Figure  38  s).    The  head  of  one 
cut  nail  fragment  has  apparently  been  removed,  and  the  shaft  subsequently 
pounded  into  the  wood,  since  a  portion  of  the  thinned  shaft  has  been  bent 
over  and  flattened,  forming  what  appears  to  be  a  new  head.    Length  is 
35.7  mm,  width  of  shank  3.3  mm,  and  thickness  of  shank  2.2  mm.    Head  is 
4.4  mm,  by  3.7  mm,  by  1.0  mm.    The  example  is  slightly  bent  throughout  as 
though  from  drawing. 

Cut  Nail  Fragments.    In  addition  to  the  fragmentary  nails  described 
within  various  of  the  above  categories,  many  were  recovered  that  can  only 
be  classified  as  cut  nails.    Seventeen  of  these  may  be  tip  fragments, 
most  quite  flattened  at  the  distal  end,  and  five  are  apparently  medial 
fragments.    One  of  the  latter  group  is  distinctly  rounded  and  has  a  bend 
that  might  be  the  result  of  a  clinch.    Four  tips  show  distinct  bending, 
and  three  at  least  may  have  been  clinched,  but  two  of  these  are  broken 
near  that  point.    Shafts  generally  seem  to  fall  within  the  range  of 
complete  or  classifiable  examples,  and  consequently  no  measurements  are 
given  here  (See  Table  11,  Appendix  III,  however).    One  unusually  large 
shaft,  however,  is  7.4  mm  wide  and  5.2  mm  thick. 

Unidentified  Fragments.    Three  additional  unclassif iable  fragments 
might  be  nails,  although  they  could  have  had  other  functions.    One  of 
these  has  a  chisel-like  tip. 

Miscellaneous  Hardware 

Iron  Wire  (Figure  38  t).    One  example  of  ferrous  metal  wire  was 
recovered.    The  wire  is  4.0  mm  in  diameter  and  has  been  bent  into  a 
V-shaped  form,  so  that  only  an  approximate  length  of  more  than  61.7  mm 
was  obtained.    The  ends  are  somewhat  facetted  and  bruised  and  may  have 
been  cut. 


HOUSEHOLD.  BUSINESS.  AND  PERSONAL  MAINTENANCE 
Earthenwa re 

All  of  the  ceramics  from  Cabin  1  appear  to  be  earthenware  rather 
than  stoneware  or  porcelain.    Decorated  examples  are  patterned  either  by 
transfer-printing  or  occasionally  stamping  or  painting,  all  apparently 
underglaze.    Vessels  represented  appear  to  be  large  cups  and/or  small 
bowls  along  with  plates  or  saucers.    Unfortunately,  no  makers'  marks  were 
found  on  any  of  the  sherds,  but  many  appear  to  be  from  the  Copeland 
factories  in  Stoke-on-Trent,  Staffordshire,  Great  Britain.    No  complete 
or  nearly  complete  vessels  were  recovered.    For  a  general  typological 


-  132  - 


discussion  of  ceramics,  and  a  much  larger  range  of  vessel  forms  and 
patterns,  the  reader  should  refer  back  to  Chapter  IV.    In  the  present 
section,  because  of  the  smaller  number  of  examples,  sherds  are  described 
by  pattern  rather  than  reconstructed  vessel  form. 

Plain  White  Glazed  Earthenware. 

One  relatively  large  fragment,  made  up  of  a  rim  and  body  sherd,  and 
three  additional  body  sherds  of  white  undecorated  earthenware  were 
recovered  (Figure  39  a).    The  rim  and  body  sherd  suggest  a  small  bowl  or 
large  cup  with  an  outside  rim  diameter  of  about  90.0  mm  and  a  height  of 
greater  than  70.0  mm.    The  maximum  thickness  of  the  body  on  this  example 
is  6.3  mm;  the  minimum  thickness  throughout  the  sample  as  a  whole  is 
about  2.9  mm.    The  rim  is  slightly  thinned  from  the  inside  to  an 
approximate  thickness  of  4.0  mm  (measurement  taken  just  below  actual 
rim).    It  is  slightly  flaring.    The  body  expands  outwards  towards  the 
base,  which  is  missing.    The  three  dissociated  sherds  show  a  similar 
curvature,  but  have  a  somewhat  brighter  white  glaze.    All  examples  have 
crazed  surfaces. 

Monochrome  Underglaze  Transfer-Printed  Ware. 

Copeland  Earthenware  with  Blue  Geometric  "Turco"  Pattern  (Figure  39 
b) .    Two  relatively  large  rim  fragments  are  made  up  of  two  and  four  main 
sherds  respectively,  along  with  some  chips.    In  addition,  one  related  rim 
and  one  body  sherds  were  recovered.    The  vessel  represented  appears  to 
have  been  a  cup  or  small  bowl,  with  sides  tending  to  be  straight  but 
rounding  off  towards  the  bottom.    Depth  was  at  least  70.0  mm,  but 
probably  not  much  greater.    The  rim  is  slightly  enlarged,  slightly 
flaring,  and  rounded.    The  reconstructed  outer  diameter  of  this  rim  is 
about  107.0  mm.    Thickness  of  vessel  walls  throughout  the  sample  range 
between  3.0  mm  and  3.4  mm  and  thickness  of  rim  between  3.4  mm  and  3.6  mm. 

The  pattern  on  this  vessel  consists  of  a  Copeland  transfer-printed 
underglaze  geometric  design  named  "Turco,"  with  an  earliest  pattern 
number  of  D  4365,  and  dates  ranging  between  1865  and  after  1882  (Sussman 
1979a:222,  Figure  234).    The  design  occurs  on  both  the  outside  and  inside 
of  the  vessel.    Color  of  the  decoration  in  the  Munsell  scale  is  2.5PB  6/8 
(purple-blue) . 

On  the  outside,  the  design  zone  as  a  whole  is  a  composite  band  19.0 
mm  wide,  running  around  the  circumference  just  below  the  rim.  This 
composite  band  is  made  up  of  three  narrow  bands  composed  as  follows  from 
top  to  bottom:  (1)  alternating  white  and  blue  dovetail  figures  in  a  band 
about  5.5  mm  wide;  (2)  interlocking  S-shaped  figures  in  a  band  about  17.5 
mm  wide;  and  (3)  dots  within  a  linear  band  about  2.5  mm  wide. 
Ornamentation  on  the  inside  consists  of  a  single  band  the  same  as  number 
1  above. 

Copeland  Earthenware  with  Blue  "Grapevine"  Pattern  (Figure  39  c, 
d).    One  rim  sherd,  three  body  sherds,  and  one  chip  with  glaze  on  only 
one  surface  were  recovered.    Sherds  are  too  small  to  give  a  clear 
indication  of  the  nature  of  the  vessel  or  its  size.    Thickness  range  for 


-  133  - 


vessel  body  throughout  the  sample,  however,  is  2.8  mm  to  5.0  mm.  The 
slightly  thinned  rim  is  rounded  but  not  flaring.    A  measurement  taken 
just  below  this  rim  gave  a  value  of  3.2  mm.    The  design  is  a 
transfer-printing  of  grapevines  and  appears  on  both  outside  and  inside. 
However,  leaves  only  may  occur  on  the  outside,  leaves  and  grapes  on  the 
inside.    Individual  fruit  in  the  clusters  are  light  colored  and  measure 
about  6.0  mm  in  diameter.    Color  is  5PB  6/10.    Sussman  ( 1 979a : 237)  dates 
this  ware  at  later  than  1847,  but  an  "offical"  name  or  pattern  number  is 
unknown. 

Copeland  Earthenware  Plate  with  Blue  Transfer-Printed  "Beverly" 
Pattern  (Figure  39  e,  f).    Two  rim  and  body  fragments  and  one  body 
fragment  were  assembled  from  twelve  original  sherds.    Together,  these  may 
represent  parts  of  a  single  plate  with  a  weak  ring  base  and  a  two  stage 
outcurving  cross-section.    The  rim  is  slightly  thinned  with  shallow 
crenations,  alternating  long  (about  31.0  mm)  and  short  (about  25.0  mm). 
This  rim  averages  about  4.0  mm  thick,  whereas  body  thickness  throughout 
the  sample  as  a  whole  ranges  between  3.5  mm  and  5.8  mm.    The  ring  base  is 
nearly  7.0  mm  wide  and  about  1.0  mm  high.    Its  reconstructed  overall 
diameter  would  have  been  about  102.0  mm,  and  measurements  from  its  margin 
to  the  rim  suggest  a  plate  diameter  of  about  205.0  mm. 

The  pattern  occurs  only  on  the  inside  of  the  plate  and  consists  of  a 
complex,  transfer-printed  design  including  leaves,  flowers,  scroll-work, 
and  a  bird.    Along  the  rim  is  a  chequered  band  about  3.0  mm  wide,  with 
alternating  blue  and  white  rectangles  in  two  staggered  rows.    Color  of 
the  design  is  7.5PB  4/8.    This  is  the  "Beverly"  pattern  manufactured  by 
Copeland  and  Garret  and  W.T.  Copeland,  and  dating  between  1832  and  the 
twentieth  century.    The  earliest  pattern  number  is  5136  (Sussman 
1979a:56,  Figure  56). 

Earthenware  with  "Flowed"  Blue  Transfer-Printed  Pattern  (Figure  40 
a).    Two  body  sherds,  one  of  which  is  split,  and  one  chip  were 
recovered.    A  similar  rim  sherd  from  Cabin  2  suggests  a  rather  large  cup 
or  small  bowl,  but  the  present  fragments  are  too  small  for  meaningful 
reconstruction  of  diameter.    Body  thickness  appears  to  range  between 
about  3.6  mm  and  4.2  mm. 

The  pattern  apparently  occurs  on  the  inside  of  the  vessel  and 
consists  of  a  variety  of  stem,  leaf,  and  flower  designs  in  dark  blue, 
shading  through  a  lighter  blue  into  a  very  light  blue  background.  This 
pattern  appears  to  be  B  772,  manufactured  by  Copeland  from  approximately 
1839  to  after  1882  (Sussman  1979a:65,  66,  Figures  65,  66).    The  color 
registers  approximately  7.5PB  2/10.    These  sherds  are  probably  the  same 
as  an  underglaze  design  group  from  Cabin  2. 

Polychrome  Underglaze  Sponge-Stamped  Ware 

"Portneuf"  Earthenware  with  Brown  and  Green  Flower  Pattern  (Figure 
40  b).    A  single  rim  sherd  provides  a  fairly  substantial  portion  of  the 
cross-section  of  a  large  cup  or  small  bowl.    The  outside  diameter  at  the 
lip  appears  to  have  been  about  96.0  mm.    Body  thickness  ranges  between 
2.9  mm  and  3.8  mm.    In  section,  the  rim  is  nearly  straight  on  the  inside 


-  134  - 


and  rounded  from  the  outside,  but  no  flaring  is  indicated.    It  is  3.1  mm 
to  3.4  mm  thick.    Below -this  rim,  the  sides  contract  slightly  for  about 
48.0  mm,  then  expand,  and  then  presumably  contract  again  to  the  base. 
This  enlargement  near  the  base  must  have  produced  a  somewhat  bulbar  or 
pear-shaped  vessel. 

The  pattern  is  produced  by  sponge-stamping  and  painting,  and  it 
consists  first  of  all  of  a  single  green  painted  band  on  both  inside  and 
outside,  2.0  mm  to  2.5  mm  wide,  and  running  nearly  2.0  mm  below  the  rim. 
On  the  outside  of  the  vessel,  the  main  pattern  consists  of  stamped  brown 
flowers  (2.5YR  3/8)  about  20.0  mm  in  diameter,  and  dark  green  leaves 
about  26.0  mm  long  (10G  3/4),  resembling  the  "Rosette"  pattern  of 
Portneuf  pottery. 

An  alternative,  possibly  more  likely,  source  in  terms  of  trade 
patterns,  however,  would  be  the  eastern  United  States  (see  Chapter  IV, 
page  96). 

Sponge-printing  made  use  of  the  "root"  of  the  sponge,  which  was 
firmer  and  closer-textured  than  the  remainder.    This  was  cut  to  the 
desired  pattern  and  used  as  a  stamp  dipped  in  color.    The  stamped  vessel 
was  subsequently  glazed  and  fired  (Finlayson  1972:54). 

This  sherd  was  found  somewhat  outside  the  confines  of  Cabin  1,  and 
might  have  been  dissociated  from  this  household. 

Polychrome  Underglaze  Painted  Ware 

Earthenware  with  Pink,  Green,  and  Purple  Leaf-and-Flower  Design 
(Figure  40  c).    Three  sherds  probably  represent  a  plate,  bowl,  or 
saucer.    Two  of  these  sherds  retain  portions  of  the  ring  base  and  the 
third  has  the  suggestion  of  curvature  to  this  base.    No  rim  sherds  were 
recovered,  so  that  the  size  of  the  vessel  cannot  be  projected 
accurately.    The  curvature  of  the  ring  base,  however,  suggests  that  it 
was  originally  about  96.0  mm  in  outer  diameter,  so  that  the  vessel  as  a 
whole  would  probably  have  been  substantially  larger.    Thickness  of  the 
body  sherds  exclusive  of  this  base  ranges  between  3.3  mm  and  4.0  mm.  the 
ring  itself  is  approximately  5.0  mm  wide  and  2.0  mm  high. 

The  pattern  again  appears  to  be  underglaze,  but  with  firmer  outlines 
than  that  on  the  Portneuf  pottery  above.    It  is  probably  painted,  but 
possibly  stamped.    It  consists  of  broad,  pink  petals  (7.5R  7/4),  long, 
curving,  medium  green  leaves  (7.5GY  7/6),  and  purple  flowers  or  other 
figures  (7.5P  3/4).    Surfaces  are  slightly  crazed.    All  figures 
represented  are  apparently  on  the  inside  of  the  vessel.    No  specific 
pattern  name  or  identification  has  been  found  for  these  examples,  but 
fairly  similar  painted  wares  occurred  at  Fort  Walsh  (1875-1883)  in  the 
Cypress  Hills  (Hamilton  1979:29,  30,  32,  Figure  47). 

Glassware 

Green  Glass  Bottle  Fragment  (Figure  40  d).    Two  sherds  were  joined 
to  form  part  of  the  bottom  of  a  small  green  rectanguloid  glass  bottle, 
probably  a  medicine  bottle.    Thickness  of  the  bottle,  the  one  obtainable 
dimension,  is  25.4  mm.    A  minimum  figure  for  height  of  31.6  mm  and  for 
width  of  27.0  mm  were  also  obtained,  but  the  former  probably  represents 
only  a  small  portion  of  the  original  full  height.    The  bottom  of  the 


-  135  - 


bottle  shows  no  clear  kick,  pontle,  or  mold  mark,  and  it  is  about  6.0  mm 
thick;  nevertheless,  the  bottle  was  presumably  mold-made.    The  sides 
range  between  3.8  mm  and  6.0  mm  in  thickness.    On  the  side  of  the  bottle, 
and  running  towards  the  bottom,  with  letters  about  9.0  mm  high,  is  the 
raised  inscription  RESS,  presumably  the  end  of  a  word.  Although 
weathering  may  have  chemically  altered  the  color  of  the  transparent 
glass,  it  presently  appears  as  5BG  8/2  (blue  -green) .    The  bottle  does  not 
floresce  and  is  therefore  perhaps  made  of  a  soda  glass  (Jones  and 
Sullivan  1985:10-12). 

Sheet  Metal  Artifacts 

Perforated  Metal  Object  (Figure  40  e).    The  actual  function  of  this 
object  is  unclear,  and  it  is  placed  in  the  category  of  domestic  goods 
because  of  its  resemblance  to  part  of  a  colander  or  strainer.    Made  of  a 
generally  rectangular  sheet  of  ferrous  metal,  probably  tin-plated,  its 
overall  length  is  greater  than  87.8  mm;  width  is  43.4  mm  and  thickness 
0.6  mm.    Twenty-five  perforations,  averaging  2.0  mm  to  3.0  mm  in 
diameter,  are  set  in  the  pattern  of  an  elongated  diamond,  with  its  long 
axis  oriented  to  the  long  axis  of  the  metal  sheet.    Three  edges  of  this 
sheet  are  straight  and  appear  to  have  been  cut;  the  third  is  slightly 
curved  and  polished.    Immediately  adjacent  to  the  two  longer,  parallel 
sides  there  are  suggestions  of  the  remains  of  soldering. 

Tin-Plate  Box  Fragments  (Figure  40  f)    Five  fragments  may  be  broken 
or  cut  from  the  same  object,  perhaps  a  tin  box  of  the  type  now  used  for 
biscuits.    One  example  appears  to  represent  the  corner  of  such  a  box 
(Figure  40  f).    The  rim  is  folded  in  for  about  7.5  mm  to  7.7  mm,  then 
folded  back  over  itself  for  about  2.4  mm  to  2.7  mm. 

The  rim  metal  is  then  cut  at  a  45  degree  angle  in  the  corner  to  fit 
against  the  similarly  cut  rim  on  the  adjacent  side.    Length  of  the 
fragment  as  a  whole  is  57.3  mm,  width  11.9  mm,  and  thickness  of  the  metal 
up  to  0.8  mm.    The  end  opposite  the  corner  is  broken,  but  the  side 
opposite  the  rim  may  have  been  cut. 

The  four  additional  examples  are  all  heavily  rusted,  but  appear  to 
be  generally  similar,  with  width  of  the  main  rim  6.5  mm  to  7.8  mm,  and 
width  of  the  secondary  fold  2.0  mm  to  2.6  mm.    Three  examples  are  broken 
at  both  ends;  one  is  squared  at  both  ends  and  may  also  have  been  cut  from 
the  original  object  at  the  base.    Lengths  of  fragments  range  between  45.5 
mm  and  68.0  mm,  widths  between  8.4  mm  and  9.2  mm.    Two  thicknesses 
obtained  were  0.4  mm  and  0.8  mm.    None  of  these  overall  dimensions  is 
particularly  significant  owing  to  the  extensive  rusting. 

A  further  shattered  example  may  be  related  to  the  above  group  in 
that  it  also  appears  to  have  a  double-folded  rim  along  one  side,  with 
widths  of  about  4.1  mm  and  2.6  mm.    The  fragment  is  27.7  mm  long,  8.0  mm 
wide,  and  about  0.5  mm  thick. 

Possible  Tin-Plate  Box  Fragments.    Two  additional  rusted  fragments 
of  iron  or  tin-plate  may  also  be  from  boxes. 


-  136  - 


Corrugated  Tin-Plate  Fragments  (Figure  40  g) .    An  approximately 
rectangular  sheet  of  tin-plate  has  two  parallel  sides  that  have  probably 
been  cut,  with  the  other  sides  probably  broken.    It  is  heavily  rusted, 
but  some  tin  shows  through.    Length  of  the  fragment  is  38.6  mm,  width 
(perhaps  the  original  dimension)  32.6  mm,  and  approximate  thickness  0.7 
mm.    Four  complete  corrugations  and  half  of  a  fifth  occur  from  one  end  to 
the  other  (counting  each  concavity  and  each  convexity  as  one  corrugation). 

A  second  example  of  tin-plate  has  only  one  complete  corrugation,  but 
others  might  have  been  flattened  out.    Present  length  is  about  41.1  mm, 
width  is  30.2  mm,  and  thickness  (including  rust)  is  about  0.8  mm.  This 
sheet  appears  to  have  been  regularly  cut  on  two  adjacent  sides,  broken  or 
roughly  cut  on  the  other  two.    Function  of  this  corrugated  metal  is 
uncertain. 

Irregular  Perforated  Iron  Sheet  (Figure  40  h).    A  very  small, 
generally  rectangular,  rusted  piece  of  sheet  iron  has  a  single 
perforation  a  maximum  of  6.0  mm  in  diameter.    There  appear  to  be  two 
parallel  sides,  both  of  which,  along  with  one  end,  may  be  cut.  Overall 
dimensions  of  the  fragment  are  25.0  mm  by  14.7  mm,  by  a  minimum  obtained 
thickness  of  0.2  mm.    Again,  function  is  uncertain. 

Tin-Plate  or  Iron  Fragments.    Four  cuttings  of  what  appears  to  be 
tin-plate  were  recovered.    Three  of  these  may  have  been  part  of  a  single 
object,  perhaps  again  part  of  a  tin  box  rim.    In  addition,  two  heavily 
rusted  scraps  of  ferrous  metal  may  also  be  tin-plate. 


TRANSPORTATION 
Horseshoe  Nails 

The  two  examples  of  horseshoe  nails  recovered  (Figure  40  i)  have 
thin,  relatively  wide  shafts,  with  most  of  the  taper  near  the  tip.  The 
heads  are  pentagonal  in  outline.    Viewed  in  cross-section,  one  surface 
lies  on  the  same  plane  as  the  shaft,  while  the  other  surface  lies  on  an 
angle.    Therefore,  the  head  thickens  to  the  crown,  so  that  the 
cross-section  is  a  right-angled  triangle.    The  crown  or  striking  surface 
is  flat.    Overall  lengths  are  50.2  mm  and  53.3  mm,  shaft  widths  3.7  mm 
and  4.5  mm,  and  shaft  thicknesses  2.4  mm  and  2.1  mm.    Heads  have  a  length 
of  8.4  mm,  widths  of  4.0  mm  and  4.9  mm,  and  thickness  of  7.9  mm  and  7.5 
mm.    One  of  the  nails  is  bent  at  approximately  a  45  degree  angle  about 
two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  head  to  tip,  and  the  other  is  irregularly 
bent  and  twisted  throughout  most  of  its  length. 


RECREATION  AND  SMOKING 

Pipe  Bowl  Fragments 

Two  pipe  bowl  fragments  were  recovered,  the  smaller  of  which  is  a 
tiny  chip.    The  larger  example  (Figure  40  j)  is  part  of  a  rim  of  a 


-  137  - 


typical  white  clay  trade  pipe.    The  rim  has  been  flat  on  top  with  fairly 
sharp  edges.    Present  height  of  the  fragment  is  20.8  mm,  but  the  original 
height  of  the  bowl  was  probably  about  twice  this  dimension.  Recon- 
structed outer  diameter  is  approximately  25.0  mm.    Thickness  of  the  rim 
is  1.6  mm,  and  maximum  thickness  elsewhere  is  2.0  mm.    No  clear  evidence 
of  stamping  or  decoration  remains  on  the  fragment,  although  similar  pipes 
were  often  stamped  with  initials  and  scrollwork  on  the  back  of  the  bowl 
and  with  initials  on  the  spur  or  foot  below  the  bowl.    No  burning  is 
clearly  evident  on  the  inside  of  the  bowl. 


DRESS  AND  ORNAMENTATION 
Buttons 

Classification  of  buttons,  here  and  in  subsequent  descriptions, 
follows  generally  the  system  established  in  Chapter  IV. 

Group  II,  Shell  Button. 

Type  1  Shell  Button  (Figure  41  a).    One  shell  button  was  obtained 
from  Cabin  1.    It  consists  of  a  plain  disc  of  shell  with  two  holes 
slightly  over  1.0  mm  in  diameter  set  on  either  side  of  centre.  These 
holes  are  about  3.0  mm  apart  from  centre  to  centre  and  connected  on  one 
surface  by  a  shallow  thread  groove.    They  appear  to  have  been  drilled. 
Diameter  of  the  button  is  11.8  mm  and  its  thickness  is  1.7  mm.    The  shell 
is  probably  marine. 

Group  III,  Bone  Button 

Type  1  Bone  Button  Fragment  (Figure  41  b) .    One  surface  of  this 
sew-through  button  has  been  slightly  convex;  the  opposite  surface  has  had 
a  raised  and  rounded  rim  about  3.3  mm  wide,  set  off  by  an  incised  ring, 
producing  a  recessed  interior  or  "well."    Within  this  well  there  were 
presumably  four  perforations  for  the  thread,  but  only  two  of  these  are 
presently  evident.    One  perforation  could  be  measured  and  indicated  a 
diameter  of  2.0  mm.    The  original  diameter  of  the  button  as  a  whole  was 
probably  very  close  to  the  figure  of  16.8  mm  obtained  on  the  fragment. 
Maximum  thickness  is  2.6  mm.    This  button  may  have  been  used  on  a  coat. 

Group  IV.  Metal  Buttons 

Type  2.  One-Piece,  Spun-Back  Cast  Buttons  (Figure  41  c,  d).    This  is 
a  persistent  class  of  artifact,  virtually  identical  examples  having  been 
found  in  fur-trade  sites  dating  to  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century, 
seventy  or  more  years  prior  to  the  estimated  date  of  the  Buffalo  Lake 
Metis  site.    The  two  recovered  examples  consist  of  plain  brass  discs, 
slightly  rounded  on  the  edges,  covered  with  a  plating  probably  of  tin  or 
silver.    In  both  cases  a  brass  loop  appears  to  have  been  set  in  the 
casting.    Subsequently,  the  backs  have  been  "spun"  or  reduced  in 
thickness  by  a  sort  of  lathing  process  that  leaves  characteristic 


-  138  - 


concentric  striations.    No  stamping  or  decoration  occurs  on  either 
example.    Diameters  are  20.7  mm  and  22.7  mm;  thicknessess  exclusive  of 
the  loop  or  the  conical  base  of  the  loop  are  1.2  mm  and  1.5  mm.  The 
outer  diameters  of  the  loops  are  5.5  mm  and  5.4  mm. 

Type  4,  Variety  a,  "Birdcage"  Brass  Button  (Figure  41  e).  This 
button  consists  of  a  single  thickness  of  brass,  slightly  recessed  from  a 
narrow  raised  rim  on  one  surface,  with  a  further  recessed  "well"  or 
"birdcage"  in  the  centre.    This  depression  contains  four  relatively 
large,  ca.  2.8  mm  holes,  evenly  spaced  in  a  square  pattern.    Diameter  of 
the  button  as  a  whole  is  17.1  mm;  diameter  of  the  "well,"  which  appears 
as  a  dome  on  the  reverse,  is  8.0  mm.    The  average  thickness  is  1.0  mm. 

On  the  obverse  of  this  button,  decoration  consists  first  of  all  of 
an  approximately  1.0  mm  wide  band  of  cross-incisions  just  inside  the 
inner  recess.    A  raised  band  around  the  outer  rim  produces  the  outer 
recessed  area,  which  is  again  stamped  with  antique  letters.    The  words 
"Double  Ring"  appear  at  the  top  and  "Edge"  on  the  bottom,  separated  by 
figures  resembling  spread  fleur-de-lis.    Letters  are  of  variable  height, 
but  average  about  1.5  mm  to  2.0  mm. 

The  back  of  the  button  is  again  recessed  very  slightly  approximately 
1.0  mm  inside  the  rim.    Within  this  recessed  area,  a  square  is  set  with 
corners  touching  the  rim,  and  with  a  fleur-de-lis  placed  at  each  corner. 

Type  5,  Decorated  Hollow  Two  Piece  Brass  and  Iron  Buttons  (Figure  41 
f,  g).    One  example  (Type  5a,  Figure  41  f)  consists  of  a  brass  wafer 
crimped  over  a  wafer  of  ferrous  metal,  which  has  extensively  rusted.  The 
cross-pin  serving  for  attachment  is  brass  on  at  least  one  surface,  but 
there  may  have  been  a  corresponding  iron  component  on  the  opposite 
surface.    Diameter  of  the  button  is  17.1  mm,  and  thickness  obtained  was 
4.6  mm,  although  the  latter  figure  has  undoubtedly  been  exaggerated  by 
rusting.    The  width  of  the  outer  band  is  5.0  mm,  and  of  the  cross-bar 
about  2.5  mm.    Decoration  consists  of  a  concentric  band  of  probably 
stamped  hatching,  about  3.0  mm  wide,  just  outside  the  perforation. 

A  second  example  of  a  decorated,  two-piece  button  (Type  5d,  Figure 
41  g)  is  generally  similar  to  the  above,  but  ornamentation  is  more 
elaborate  and  includes  a  trade  mark  or  motif.    Diameter  is  16.6  mm, 
thickness  (with  some  distortion  from  rusting)  3.8  mm,  and  width  of  the 
outer  segment  5.6  mm.    The  cross-bar  is  about  2.0  mm  wide.  Decoration 
consists  first  of  all  of  a  single  incised  concentric  band  immediately 
around  the  perforation.    Around  the  brass  button  surface  outside  this 
incision  is  lettering  antique  in  print  style,  with  the  appearance  of 
engraving.    Letters  are  about  1.5  mm  to  2.0  mm  high.    The  words  "Trade" 
and  "Mark"  are  separated  by  crossed  long  ovals,  and  begun  and  terminated 
by  ornamental  S-shaped  floral  motifs.    All  the  above  is  surmounted  by  the 
engraved  outline  of  a  halberk  or  axe. 

Type  5?  Plain,  Hollow  Two-Piece  Brass  Button  (Figure  41  h).  The 
single  example  recovered  is  doughnut-shaped,  with  an  outer  segment  about 
4.2  mm  wide  and  a  cross-band  of  brass  about  1.5  mm  wide  bridging  the 
aperture.    Diameter  of  the  button  is  12.9  mm  and  thickness  2.9  mm.  The 
button  is  formed  from  two  shallow  hemispheres,  the  one  half  crimped  over 


-  139  - 


the  other,  so  that  the  seam  forms  a  circle  just  inside  the  perimeter  of 
the  back  surface.    This  may  be  a  jacket  or  trousers  button,  and  might 
have  been  cloth -covered . 

Beads 

Small  Drawn  Tubular  Beads 

Small  Blue  Glass  Beads  (Figure  41  i).    Two  small  blue  glass  "seed" 
beads  are  1.1  mm  and  1.4  mm  long,  1.4  mm  and  1.7  mm  in  diameter,  with 
perforations  of  less  than  1.0  mm.    These  beads  are  rounded  at  the  ends. 
Color  is  about  2.5B  5/4. 

Small  Pink  Glass  Bead  (Figure  41  j).  One  bead  is  similar  to  the 
above,  with  length  of  1.4  mm  and  diameter  of  1.5  mm.  The  aperture  is 
less  than  1.0  mm.    Color  registers  about  5RP  7/6. 

Large  Wound  Bead 

Large  Amber  Glass  Bead  (Figure  41  k).    The  single  large  bead 
obtained  is  generally  round,  but  with  a  slight  taper  to  one  end.    It  is 
probably  wound,  although  no  positive  evidence  can  be  seen.    Length  is  8.9 
mm,  diameter  10.1  mm,  and  maximum  aperture  3.4  mm.    The  color  appears  to 
be  7.5YR  5/8. 


NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 
Chipped  Stone 

One  small  flake  of  chert  or  mudstone,  21.9  mm  by  13.3  mm  by  5.5  mm, 
appears  to  have  been  split  from  a  small  water-rounded  pebble  by  bipolar 
flaking.    It  is  not  clearly  related  to  the  Metis  occupation,  and  may 
simply  have  been  incorporated  in  the  cabin  fill. 


FAUNAL  MATERIALS  FROM  CABIN  1 

Fragments  of  bone  or  complete  long  bones  were  scattered  throughout 
the  woods  in  the  area  around  Cabin  1  and  in  various  other  areas  of,  or 
adjacent  to,  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site.    Since  cattle  have  been  grazing 
in  these  woods  for  a  number  of  years,  it  is  possible  that  some  of  this 
bone  may  be  recent  and  of  domesticated  animals. 

In  the  excavations  of  Cabin  1,  bone  consisted  largely  of 
unidentifiable  large  mammal  bone  fragments,  many  of  which  were  probably 
bison  (Bison  bison).    Long  bone  and  rib  fragments  predominated  with 
burning,  cutting,  and  tooth  marks  evident  on  some  of  the  former,  cutting 
on  some  of  the  latter.    In  addition,  a  few  unidentified  small  mammal 
bones  were  found.    Table  12,  Appendix  III,  enumerates  the  identifiable 
and  unidentifiable  bone  and  indicates  its  distribution.    Further  detailed 
observations  are  included  in  Brian  Kooyman's  analysis,  Appendix  II. 


-  140  - 


In  the  identified  category  are  snowshoe  hare  ( Lepus  americanus ;  two 
individuals  minimum)  and  muskrat  (Ondatra  zibethicus) .  Identifiable 
bison  bones  were  found  on  the  surface,  but  not  directly  associated  with 
the  cabin.    Identified  birds  were  Gadwall  (Anas  strepera)  and  Trumpeter 
Swan  (Olor  buccinator) ,  and  a  species  of  the  order  Passeri formes  of  crow 
size  or  larger.    Fish  of  unidentified  species  were  included. 


DISTRIBUTIONS  IN  CABIN  1 

Distribution  of  artifacts  and  faunal  material  is  represented  in 
Tables  11  and  12,  Appendix  III.    This  distribution  was  plotted  on  the 
ground  plan  of  Cabin  1.    The  cabin  as  a  whole  and  its  immediate  environs 
were  divided  into  five  sub-areas,  the  boundaries  of  which  were  assigned 
fairly  arbitrarily.    These  areas  were  designated:  Cabin  1  General,  Cabin 
1  West,  Feature  1,  Fireplace,  Feature  2,  Ash  Concentration,  and  Cabin  1 
East  (see  Table  11,  Appendix  III). 

Grid  locations  are  provided  in  two  different  ways.    A  reference  such 
as  15S,  0E  (15  feet  south,  0  feet  east  of  arbitrary  0  point)  represents  a 
whole  square  (designed  by  its  northwest  corner),  and  generally  an 
artifact  found  in  the  screen  or  in  disturbed  material.    A  reference  such 
as  12. 5S,  1.45E,  however,  represents  a  specific  measured  location,  and  an 
artifact  found  in  situ. 

Depths  were  recorded  for  most  artifacts,  but  because  of  the  general 
shallowness  of  the  site,  these  are  not  included  here.    Generally,  it  was 
assumed  that  artifacts  in  surface  deposits  had  not  moved  very  far  from 
their  original  location. 

Artifacts  and  bone  fragments  were  much  more  prevalent  in  the  western 
portion  of  the  cabin.    To  some  extent,  this  may  reflect  the  more 
intensive  excavation  in  the  area,  and  greater  recent  disturbance  in  the 
eastern  part.    However,  the  one  clearly  defined  fireplace  occurred  in 
Cabin  1  West  and  may  have  constituted  a  primary  focus  of  activity  by  the 
residents . 

A  review  of  the  ground  plan  revealed  one  or  two  possibly  significant 
distributions  of  specific  artifacts.    Cut  nails  were  surprisingly 
numerous  in  the  Ash  pit,  suggesting  perhaps  that  building  timbers  had 
been  burned  in  the  fireplace.    Earthenware  was  much  more  prevalent  in  the 
west  "room"  of  the  cabin,  and  in  the  Ash  Concentration,  but  again  this 
may  be  a  factor  of  the  greater  prevalence  of  artifacts  in  general  in 
these  areas.    Buttons  and  beads,  although  numbers  were  small,  appeared 
relatively  well  represented  in  Cabin  1  East,  suggesting  a  possible 
specialized  function  for  this  area. 

Bone  fragments  were  again  much  more  common  in  Cabin  1  West,  where 
they  were  scattered  throughout  much  of  the  floor  area.  Surprisingly, 
they  were  absent  in  the  Ash  Concentration,  where  calcined  bone  chips 
might  have  been  expected. 

Distribution  of  artifacts  and  bone  within  Cabin  1  indicates  both 
"primary"  disposal  through  loss  or  casual  dispersal  (see  Schiffer 
1977:19),  within  the  cabin  interior,  and  "secondary"( ?) ,  purposeful 
disposal  in  the  Ash  Concentration.    Presumably  further  "secondary" 
disposal,  particularly  of  large  bones,  may  have  taken  place  outside  the 


-  141  - 


excavated  area,  perhaps  at  some  distance,  but  this  is  not  presently 
documented.    There  is  no  indication  of  disposal  within  an  abandoned 
structure,  which  was  a  widespread  procedure  as  indicated  by  Schiffer 
(1977:24)  and  Carrillo  (1977:79),  and  documented  in  our  own  excavations 
of  fur  trade  sites  and  possibly  of  Cabin  2.    Nor  is  there  evidence  of  "de 
facto"  refuse  directly  reflecting  abandonment  behavior  (Schiffer  1977:24). 


CABIN,  1  DISCUSSION 

Cabin  1  appears  to  be  part  of  the  general  complex  of  Metis  Hi vernant 
(winterer's)  cabins  at  Buffalo  Lake,  determined  through  archival  sources 
to  date  probably  between  1872  and  1878.    Structural  evidence,  artifacts, 
and  the  nature  of  the  faunal  materials  (Kooyman,  Appendix  II)  are 
generally  consistent  with  this  ethnic  association  and  this  dating. 
Although  certain  classes  of  artifacts,  particularly  forged  nails  and 
plain  spun-back  brass  buttons,  might  suggest  a  much  greater  antiquity,  it 
is  clear  that  the  former  at  least  persisted  long  after  a  new  technology 
of  machine  manufacture  was  available.    Forged  nails  in  fact  are  still 
made  today  for  specialized  uses. 

No  functional  specialization  is  suggested  for  the  cabin,  since  no 
class  of  artifacts  is  overwhelmingly  dominant,  nor  were  structural 
peculiarities  noted.    It  is  assumed  to  have  served  as  a  general 
residence,  at  least  on  a  seasonal  basis. 

A  floor  area  of  approximately  400  square  feet  (37.16  m2)  is 
represented,  probably  divided  into  two  units  of  approximately  200  square 
feet  (18.58  m2)  each.    The  whole  would  compare,  then,  with  a  very  small 
modern  bachelor  apartment,  and  would  be  slightly  smaller  than  the  first 
and  second  house-chapels  at  Pirmez  Creek  and  Elbow  River,  which  were 
likely  about  50  square  metres  in  area  (John  Day,  personal  communication). 

This  size  and  the  estimated  external  dimensions  of  ca.  30  feet  by  14 
feet  (9.14  m  by  4.27  m)  are  essentially  consistent  with  those  of  other 
excavated  Metis  cabins.    At  the  Kajewski  site  in  the  Cypress  Hills, 
Elliott  (1971:  25-26)  describes  a  two-room  cabin  with  each  room  15  feet 
by  14  1/2  feet  (4.57  m  by  4.42  m) ,  apparently  almost  identical  to  Cabin  1 
at  Buffalo  Lake.    Although  the  other  investigated  cabins  at  the  present 
site  were  somewhat  more  square  than  Cabin  1,  the  estimated  dimensions 
would  produce  generally  consistent  interior  areas.    Cabin  3  was 
approximately  24  feet  by  15  feet  or  360  square  feet  (7.32  m  by  4.57  m  or 
33.44  m2);  Cabin  4  was  approximately  24  feet  by  24  feet  or  576  square 
feet  (7.31  m  by  7.31  m  or  53.51  m2);  and  Cabin  5  (with  hypothesized 
extension)  was  approximately  27  feet  by  18  feet  or  486  square  feet  (8.23 
m  by  5.49  m  or  45.15  m2).    The  placement  of  the  fireplace  in  Cabin  1 
would  also  seem  generally  consistent  with  that  in  other  Metis  structures 
investigated. 

Artifact  and  bone  distribution,  particularly  the  scattering  of 
materials  in  Cabin  1  West,  might  suggest  that  the  cabin  had  an  earth 
floor.    This  hypothesis  would  be  supported  by  the  lack  of  clear 
structural  remains  within  the  outline  of  the  sill  logs,  and  perhaps  by 
the  apparent  lack  of  internal  cellars  or  storage  pits.    The  contrary 


-  142  - 


hypothesis  of  a  wooden  floor,  however,  might  be  supported  by  the 
occurrence  of  gable-head  or  clasp  nails,  used  typically  for  flooring.  A 
third  possibility  would  be  partial  flooring.    At  the  Kajewski  site  in  the 
Cypress  Hills,  partial  floor  platforms  seem  to  have  been  built  in  front 
of  the  fireplace  and  across  from  the  door  that  was  centred  in  the 
opposite  wall  (Elliott  1971:26). 

Relative  scarcity  of  artifacts  suggests  that  Cabin  1  East  might  have 
served  as  a  storeroom  or  other  sort  of  annex  to  the  unit  clearly 
containing  the  fireplace.    Elliott  (1971:85),  for  example,  noted  a 
reference  to  the  inclusion  of  both  living  quarters  and  a  meat  house  under 
one  Metis  roof.    However,  any  functional  interpretation  here  is 
speculative,  and,  as  indicated  above,  the  western  unit  may  have  had  a 
fi replace  as  wel 1 . 

Documentary  evidence  indicates  that  Metis  occupation  of  structural 
units  was  sometimes  intensive.    Certainly  Cabin  1  could  have  accomodated 
a  nuclear  family  and  perhaps  an  extended  family. 

The  duration  of  residence  is  unclear,  although  we  might  assume  that 
it  took  place  at  least  in  association  with  the  season  of  the  bison  hunt. 
In  Cabin  1,  however,  there  was  no  evidence  of  seasonality  based  on 
rejuvenation  of  fireplaces  or  storage  pits,  as  in  Cabins  3  and  4,  or  at 
the  Kajewski  Metis  site  in  the  Cypress  Hills  (Elliott  1971:31,  43-45). 

Similar  evidence  might  be  obtained  in  Cabin  1,  however,  by  more 
detailed  excavation  of  the  Fireplace  in  the  west  unit.    Such  excavation 
was  proposed  in  1983,  but  was  not  approved  at  that  time  by  the 
Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta. 


CHAPTER  VI 


THE  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  DATA,  CABIN  2 


Cabin  2,  on  the  crest  of  the  ridge  previously  described  and 
overlooking  the  pond  or  slough,  was  even  less  clearly  defined  than  Cabin 
1  (Figures  4,  42  a,  b).    The  basic  surficial  evidence  in  this  locality 
(Figure  43)  consisted  of  two  rock  piles  and  three  depressions,  the  latter 
generally  forming  a  triangle,  with  the  largest  one,  approximately  10.0 
feet  (3.05  m)  in  diameter,  on  the  east,  and  the  smaller  ones, 
approximately  5.0  feet  and  7.0  feet  (1.52  m  and  2.13  m)  in  diameter,  on 
the  west. 


EXCAVATIONS  AT  CABIN  2 

Excavation  methods  employed  at  Cabin  2  are  described  in  the  section 
on  Cabin  I,  Chapter  V  and  in  addition  correspond  generally  to  those  set 
forth  in  Chapter  I. 

Although  some  excavation  was  conducted  in  all  three  of  these 
depressions,  only  the  one  on  the  southwest  was  completely  cleared  (and  is 
referred  to  subsequently  as  Feature  2,  the  Refuse  Pit).    No  cribbing  or 
other  structural  remains  were  encountered  here,  nor  in  either  of  the 
other  depressions.    Although  rock  and  ash  were  concentrated  in  the  bottom 
of  the  largest  depression  (which  was  also  one  of  the  larger  pits  on  the 
site),  they  may  have  fallen  in  from  a  badly  disturbed  fireplace  on  the 
northern  lip.    As  in  the  case  of  Cabin  1,  Cabin  2  had  been  subjected  to 
some  recent  digging  by  unknown  persons. 


THE  FEATURES  OF  CABIN  2 
The  Wall  Lines 

Excavations  at  Cabin  2  were  again  concentrated  initially  on 
determining  wall  lines  and  a  general  indication  of  the  form  and 
orientation  of  the  structure  (Figure  43).    (All  directions  that  follow 
are  approximate,  but  may  be  adjusted  by  consulting  Figure  43.)  Evidence 
of  two  long  parallel  walls  was  again  obtained.    These  walls  lay  to 
arbitrary  (grid)  north  and  south  of  the  smallest  depression  (Feature  2, 
the  Refuse  Pit).    They  also  appeared  to  be  associated  with  the  rock  pile 
(Feature  1,  the  Fireplace).    If  projected  to  the  east,  they  would  have 
enclosed  the  largest  depression  and  the  disturbed  rock  concentration  as 
well.    However,  one  middle-sized  depression  would  still  lie  outside  them 
to  the  north. 

Again,  wood  was  very  poorly  preserved.    On  the  north,  the  broken 
line  of  timber  presumed  to  represent  the  building  sill  (Figures  43,  44  a) 
stretched  for  about  10.5  feet  (3.20  m) ,  with  a  maximum  width  of  0.5  feet 


-  144  - 


(15.24  cm).    On  the  south,  and  farther  to  the  east,  the  only  indication 
of  a  corresponding  sill  (Figure  43)  was  the  depression  between  low  clay 
ridges,  very  much  like  the  ones  noted  at  Cabin  1.    The  distance  between 
these  hypothesized  sills  was  approximately  13  feet  (3.96  m) ,  or  almost 
exactly  the  same  as  the  indicated  width  of  Cabin  1. 

No  positive  east  and  west  wall  lines  were  discovered.    The  sill  on 
the  north  began  about  3.0  feet  (91.44  cm)  west  of  the  smaller  enclosed 
depression  and  ran  virtually  into  the  rock  pile.    The  sill  depression  on 
the  south  began  approximately  8.0  feet  (2.44  m)  farther  east  than  the 
north  sill  and  ran  for  approximately  6.5  feet  (1.98  m) .    The  minimum 
overall  length  of  building  indicated,  then,  would  be  14.5  feet  (4.42  m) . 
The  actual  orientation  of  the  cabin's  short  axis  would  be  approximately 
25  degrees  west  of  grid  north,  approximately  90  degrees  west  of  magnetic 
north,  or  approximately  66  degrees  west  of  true  north.    This  was  not  very 
close  to  the  orientation  of  Cabin  1,  located  about  150  feet  (45.72  m)  to 
the  (true)  east-northeast. 

A  hypothetical  northwest  corner  occurred  at  approximately  grid  point 
5.0  south,  6.0  west,  defined  only  by  changes  in  the  character  of 
deposition  that  here  formed  an  obtuse  angular  pattern.    This  hypothetical 
corner  was  approximately  1.0  feet  (30.48  cm)  beyond  the  end  of  the  north 
sill  (?)  timber  and  2.5  feet  (76.20  cm)  beyond  a  hypothetical  post  on  the 
north  wall  line.    If  a  line  were  taken  south  from  this  corner  along  the 
short  (?)  axis  of  the  cabin,  a  concentration  of  burned  chinking  and  ash 
would  be  encountered  just  outside  its  intersection  with  the  projected 
south  wall  line.    Such  concentrations  of  fired  chinking  sometimes 
indicated  building  corners  (see  Losey  et  al.  1978:169),  and  hence  the 
locality  of  grid  point  17.0  south,  0.4  west  might  consitute  the  southwest 
corner  of  the  cabin.    If,  alternately,  the  sill  end  on  the  north,  or  the 
post,  were  taken  as  the  northwest  corner,  the  west  wall  would  be  moved 
east  by  about  1.0  feet  (30.48  cm)  or  2.0  feet  (60.96  cm)  respectively. 

Cross-timbers  running  arbitrary  north-south  were  suggested  in  four 
localities  of  Cabin  2  (Figure  43),  but  they  were  nowhere  continuous,  and 
in  all  cases  they  might  have  represented  internal  joists  or  flooring 
rather  than  the  sills  for  walls  or  partitions.    Measuring  from  the 
westernmost  point  at  which  the  east-west  timber  hypothetical ly  marking 
the  north  wall  could  be  plotted,  they  lay  at  points  about  8.0  feet  (2.44 
m),  9.5  feet  (2.90  m) ,  12.0  feet  (3.66  m) ,  and  17.0  feet  (5.18  m)  east. 

The  first  two  of  these  timbers  appeared  near  the  north  wall  (the 
second  actually  intersecting  it),  and  to  the  west  of  the  rock  pile.  The 
third  timber  lay  near  the  south  wall,  and  if  it  were  projected  north 
would  have  run  into  the  rock  pile.    The  fourth  discontinuous  timber  lay 
north  of  the  approximate  middle  of  the  structure,  and  if  projected  north 
and  south  would  have  run  between  the  rock  pile  on  the  west  and  the 
largest  depression  on  the  east.    The  ground  throughout  this  area,  and 
particularly  to  the  east  towards  the  large  depression,  was  irregular  and 
sloping  to  the  east  and  south,  and  this  last  timber  may  have  slumped. 
Alternately,  it  might  have  constituted  the  west  wall  sill  of  a  structure 
to  the  east  of  the  one  described. 

The  cross-timber  that  appeared  to  run  into  the  rock  pile  or 
Fireplace  on  the  south  edge  may  have  constituted  the  east  wall  or 
partition  of  the  cabin.    This  suggestion  is  supported  to  some  extent  by 
the  occurrence  of  a  patch  of  burned  mud-plaster  chinking  just  outside  the 


-  145  - 


corner  that  would  be  formed  by  the  southward  projection  of  this  timber 
and  the  eastward  protection  of  the  south  wall  trench.  Hypothetical 
corners  would  occur,  then,  at  grid  point  1.6  north,  7.8  east  on  the 
northeast  and  10.5  south,  13.5  east  on  the  southeast. 

Again,  if  this  hypothesis  is  correct,  the  timber  remains  to  the  east 
of  the  line  between  these  two  points  might  have  belonged  to  a  second 
cabin  (or  room)  associated  with  the  largest  depression.    The  west 
enclosure,  then,  as  defined  by  this  line  and  the  hypothetical  west  wall, 
would  have  been  approximately  13  feet  (3.96  m)  north-south  by  15  feet 
(4.57  m)  east-west,  or  195  square  feet  (18.12  m2).    If  alternative 
northwest  corners  are  adopted,  the  east-west  dimensions  would  be  reduced 
to  14  feet  (4.27  m)  or  12.5  feet  (3.81  m)  respectively.  Interestingly 
enough,  the  first  figure  is  identical  to  the  length  of  the  hypothetical 
west  unit  in  Cabin  1 . 

As  in  the  case  of  Cabin  1,  no  indications  of  doorways  were  found  in 
Cabin  2,  and  only  one  hypothetical  post  (Figure  43),  approximately  5.6 
inches  (14.22  cm)  in  diameter,  on  the  north  wall  line  near  the  northwest 
corner.    This  post  might  have  been  just  inside  the  wall  line,  however, 
and  again  it  seems  probable  that  the  cabin  was  built  on  a  single 
rectangle  of  sill  logs.    No  additional  direct  evidence  of  structure,  such 
as  the  form  of  cabin  corners,  was  obtained.    However,  burned  mud  plaster 
chinking  suggests  that  the  log  walls  were  "mudded."    Otherwise,  and  as  in 
the  case  of  Cabin  1,  limited  indication  of  fire  was  seen.    Burnt  wood 
chips  concentrated  particularly  along  the  east  "wall"  of  the  west  unit 
may  have  been  related  to  the  nearby  Fireplace.    This  lack  of  burning  is 
perhaps  odd,  since  more  than  one  large  fire  is  reported  to  have  burned  in 
the  Buffalo  Lake  area  since  the  abandonment  of  the  Metis  camp.  However, 
as  suggested  for  Cabin  1,  and  as  supported  to  some  extent  by  data  from 
fur  trade  sites,  such  fires  may  not  have  extensively  affected  the 
sub-structures . 

Feature  1,  The  Fireplace 

Apart  from  the  width  suggested,  dimensions  of  the  cabin  or  cabins 
represented  are  uncertain.    Again,  a  clue  might  be  obtained  from  the 
Fireplace  (Figure  43),  but  the  main  rock  pile  in  Cabin  2  was  even  less 
well  defined  in  its  orientation  than  the  similar  feature  in  Cabin  1,  and 
in  addition  its  excavation  was  not  completed. 

Rocks  in  the  Cabin  2  Fireplace  were  again  sub-angular  and  apparently 
of  local  derivation.    The  approximate  overall  size  of  the  rock 
concentration,  discounting  a  few  outliers,  was  7.0  feet  (2.13  m) 
north-south  by  4.0  feet  (1.22  m)  east-west,  again  comparable  to  the 
fireplace  in  Cabin  3.    It  lay  near,  and  presumably  may  have  abutted  on, 
the  north  wall.    The  sudden  slope  to  the  east  around  and  into  the  large 
depression  would  suggest  that  a  partition  or  end  wall  might  have  occurred 
immediately  to  the  east  as  well,  in  which  case  the  feature  would  have 
been  a  corner  fireplace.    Although  the  present  alignment  of  the  rocks 
might  suggest  an  opening  on  the  east,  such  an  opening  would  be  highly 
unlikely  if  the  partition  occurred  here.    Perhaps  the  matter  could  be 
resolved  by  further  excavation,  which  was  proposed  in  1983,  but  not 
approved  at  that  time. 


-  146  - 


Feature  2,  The  Refuse  Pit 

The  small  depression  in  the  southwest  portion  of  Cabin  2  (Figures 
43,  44  b)  was  entirely  excavated,  and  proved  to  constitute  a  simple  pit 
approximately  7.0  feet  (2.13  m)  east-west  and  five  feet  (1.52  m) 
north-south.    Maximum  depth  was  about  2.0  feet  (60.96  cm).    This  pit 
seems  to  have  been  more  or  less  centred  in  the  hypothetical  western 
portion  of  the  Cabin  2  structure.    It  was  approximately  oval  in  outline, 
without  any  apparent  wood  cribbing,  lining,  or  lid  (although  at  least  the 
last  of  these  might  be  suggested  by  the  included  nails).  Grid 
co-ordinates  obtained,  in  a  clockwise  direction,  were  approximately  as 
follows:  5.2  south,  2.4  east;  5.7  south,  6.6  east;  9.5  south,  4.7  east; 
9.2  south,  0.4  east. 

If  the  dimensions  of  the  room  postulated  above  are  accurate,  this 
pit  might  have  occupied  a  substantial  portion  (about  one-fifth)  of  its 
original  interior.    Again  there  is  no  direct  evidence  that  it  was  floored 
over  as  a  cellar  or  storage  compartment,  but  given  its  location,  and  the 
apparent  occurrence  of  such  a  "lid"  in  Cabin  5,  this  would  be  probable. 

Eventually,  and  perhaps  subsequent  to  use  as  a  cellar  or  storage 
pit,  possibly  even  following  the  abandonment  of  the  cabin,  this  feature 
seems  to  have  become  a  slop  pit.    The  loamy  contents  differed  from  the 
surrounding  soil,  and  artifacts  found  within  the  pit  appeared  to  be 
stratified  according  to  weight,  suggesting  that  the  contents  were  largely 
liquid  at  the  time  of  their  deposition. 


THE  ARTIFACTS  OF  CABIN  2 
Method  of  Presentation 

The  artifact  descriptions  that  follow  will  refer  back  to  some  extent 
to  the  descriptions  for  Cabin  3. 

Provisionally,  the  contents  of  the  Refuse  Pit  in  Cabin  2  are 
described  separately  from  the  general  material  associated  with  the 
cabin.    In  part,  this  is  because  the  contents  of  this  pit  would  seem  to 
constitute  refuse  deposition  over  a  relatively  short  period  of  time, 
perhaps  during  a  single  season  at  most,  and  consequently  a  "tight" 
chronological -occupation  unit.    There  is  no  evidence  for  re-use  or 
rejuventation  of  this  feature.    Secondly,  it  is  possible  that  this 
deposition  occurred  in  fact  after  Cabin  2  was  abandoned  (see  p.  166),  in 
which  case  the  contents  might  relate  to  a  different  household  unit. 

The  two  "lots,"  however,  are  combined  in  Table  13,  Appendix  III, 
where  measurements  and  distributions  of  individual  artifacts  are  also 
given.    Fauna!  materials  are  also  combined  in  Table  14,  Appendix  III. 


HUNTING 

Ignition  Parts  and  Ammunition 

Round  Ball  (Figure  45  a).    A  single  large  lead  round  ball  recovered 
is  of  the  approximate  size  used  in  a  trade  gun.    It  is  15.0  mm  in 


-  147  - 


diameter,  or  of  approximately  60  calibre.    Weight  of  the  ball  is  19.73 
grams  or  305  grains. 

Lead  Shot  (Figure  45  b).    Thirteen  examples  of  smaller  lead  shot 
range  in  diameter  between  3.6  mm  and  4.3  mm.    Of  these,  eight  are  in  the 
3.6  mm  to  3.7  mm  category,  or  approximately  number  3.    Three  of  the 
remaining  large  examples  are  slightly  flattened  and  may  originally  have 
been  of  the  same  group.    Only  two  shot,  then,  are  clearly  over  4.0  mm 
(4.1  mm  and  4.3  mm)  or  about  number  2  (Logan  1959:171;  Greener  1910:612). 


CONSTRUCTION,  BLACKSMITHING.  AND  CRAFTS 

Construction  hardware  in  Cabin  2  was  largely  limited  to  nails,  most 
of  which  were  of  the  machine-cut  variety. 

Forged  Iron  Nails 

Forged  Nail  Fragments  (Figure  45  c).    Two  fragments  of  large  forged 
nails  or  "spikes"  are  missing  the  heads,  and  therefore  cannot  be  further 
classified.    One  of  these  fragments  has  a  flat  expanding  tip,  the  only 
example  of  this  tip  form  encountered  in  Cabin  2.    Maximum  shaft 
measurements  are  6.9  mm  by  6.6  mm,  and  both  have  been  large  nails  or 
"spikes . " 

Forged  or  Cut  Iron  Nails 

Two  nails  (Figure  45  d)  are  provisionally  placed  in  this 
indeterminate  category.    Both  are  small  (tacks)  with  rounded,  battered 
heads,  and  some  rounding  on  the  shaft  of  one  example.    One  nail  is 
complete  and  straight  with  a  length  of  20.9  mm,  shaft  width  of  2.4  mm, 
and  shaft  thickness  of  2.1  mm.    The  head  is  6.5  mm  by  6.2  mm  by  1.0  mm. 
The  fragment  has  a  shaft  width  of  3.7  mm  and  shaft  thickness  of  3.2  mm. 
The  head  is  8.1  mm  long,  7.0  mm  wide,  and  1.7  mm  thick. 

Machine-Cut  Iron  Nails 

Flat-Head  Cut  Nails.    This  category  basically  includes  all  those 

nails  (with  one  exception)  that  appear  to  have  machine-made  heads.  The 

criteria  for  distinguishing  sub-groups  are  explained  in  the  description 
of  Flat-Head  Cut  Nails  from  Cabin  1. 

Group  1  (Figure  45  e) .    Five  virtually  complete  and  four  fragmentary 
examples  fall  within  this  category. 

Size  ranges  for  virtually  complete  examples  are:  length  22.6  mm  to 
57.7  mm,  width  of  shank  2.9  mm  to  4.9  mm,  and  thickness  of  shank  2.9  mm 
to  4.5  mm.    Head  measurements  are:  length  4.8  mm  to  7.3  mm,  width  3.9  mm 
to  5.6  mm,  and  thickness  1.1  mm  to  2.1  mm.    Shaft  measurements  within  the 
fragmentary  group  are:  width  3.5  mm  to  5.4  mm  and  thickness  3.0  mm  to  4.1 
mm.    Heads  are  5.6  mm  to  9.1  mm  by  3.5  mm  to  6.6  mm  by  1.0  mm  to  2.8  mm. 
All  virtually  complete  examples  are  essentially  straight,  although  one 
may  have  been  bent  and  broken  slightly  near  the  tip. 


-148  - 


Group  2  (Figure  45  f).    A  total  of  eight  virtually  complete  examples 
and  10  fragmentary  examples  is  included  in  this  category.    Ranges  of  size 
within  the  complete  group  are:  length  24.1  mm  to  75.4  mm,  width  of  shaft 
2.6  mm  to  5.2  mm,  and  thickness  of  shaft  2.1  mm  to  3.4  mm.  Head 
measurements  are:  length  5.6  mm  to  8.0  mm,  width  4.0  mm  to  7.6  mm,  and 
thickness  1.1  mm  to  2.5  mm.    Shaft  measurements  of  fragments  are:  width 
3.3  mm  to  6.0  mm  and  thickness  2.6  mm  to  4.0  mm.    Head  measurements  are: 
5.9  mm  to  8.4  mm  by  4.4  mm  to  7.7  mm  by  1.4  mm  to  2.5  mm. 

Modification  of  the  shanks  of  nails  is  apparent  in  several  cases. 
One  example  shows  a  slight  and  one  a  considerable  (ca.  45  degree) 
curvature  throughout  the  length,  possibly  the  result  of  drawing.  Three 
have  approximately  20  degree  bends  slightly  on  the  tip  side  of  centre. 
Two  additional  examples  show  similar  slight  bends  about  two-thirds  to 
three-quarters  the  distance  from  head  to  tip.    This  bend  is  fairly  abrupt 
and  might  be  the  result  of  clinching  and  then  drawing  the  nails. 

Group  3  (Figure  45  g) .    Three  nails  were  provisionally  placed  in 
this  category,  all  essentially  complete,  although  one  shaft  is  split. 
Size  ranges  are:  length  38.9  mm  to  63.4  mm,  width  of  shank  2.4  mm  to  4.5 
mm,  and  thickness  of  shank  2.3  mm  to  3.8  mm.    Head  length  is  6.1  mm  to 
7.2  mm,  width  5.4  mm  to  6.4  mm,  and  thickness  0.9  mm  to  2.4  mm. 

Modifications  of  these  nails  includes  two  cases  of  curving  to  about 
20  degrees,  perhaps  owing  to  drawing  or  to  deflection  during  the 
driving.    The  third  example  has  been  sharply  bent  just  below  the  head, 
and  the  shaft  has  split  along  a  clearly  defined  plane.    This  plane  would 
be  parallel  to  the  plane  of  the  metal  sheet  from  which  the  nail  was  cut, 
suggesting  that  this  sheet  may  have  been  laminated  from  two  thinner 
sections . 

Cut  Nail  with  Reinforced  Head  (Figure  45  h).    A  single  example  is 
unusually  large  and  has  a  head  generally  square  in  outline  with  slightly 
rounded  sides.    A  circle  fitting  within  this  square  appears  in  stamped 
relief  on  the  crown  of  the  nail.    This  may  be  a  provision  for  reinforcing 
the  nail,  a  procedure  sometimes  followed  in  making  heavy-duty  nails,  for 
example  some  of  those  used  in  fencing.    Below  this  head,  the  shaft  is 
clearly  bevelled,  as  it  is  on  some  of  the  cut  nails  previously 
described.    Length  of  the  nail  is  88.3  mm,  width  of  shaft  7.1  mm,  and 
thickness  of  shaft  5.0  mm.    Head  length  is  10.2  mm,  width  9.4  mm,  and 
thickness  3.5  mm. 

Cut  Nail  Fragments  with  Pounded  Ends  (Figure  45  i).    The  heads  of 
three  small  nails  (tacks)  have  apparently  been  removed,  and  the  shafts 
subsequently  pounded  into  the  wood,  so  that  a  portion  of  the  thinned 
shaft  has  been  bent  over  and  flattened  to  form  what  appears  to  be  a  new 
head.    One  and  possibly  more  of  these  nails  may  be  forged  rather  than 
cut.    Lengths  are  19.8  mm  to  21.8  mm,  widths  of  shank  all  2.0  mm,  and 
thicknesses  of  shank  1.4  mm  to  1.6  mm.    "Head"  measurements  are  probably 
of  little  significance.    One  example  is  slightly  bent  throughout,  the 
others  essentially  straight. 


-  149  - 


Cut  Nail  Fragments  (Figure  45  j).    In  addition  to  the  fragmentary 
nails  described  within  various  of  the  above  categories,  nine  were 
recovered  that  can  only  be  classified  as  cut  nails.    Six  of  these  are  tip 
fragments  and  three  are  medial  fragments.    One  of  the  former  group  is 
slightly  curved  and  one  has  a  ca.  30  degree  bend  that  might  be  the  result 
of  a  clinch.    Shafts  usually  seem  to  fall  within  the  range  of  complete  or 
classifiable  examples,  and  consequently  no  measurements  are  given. 

Two  additional  unclassif iable  objects  might  be  a  nail  fragments, 
although  one  is  rather  thin. 

Key 

A  single  ward  lock  key  for  a  door  (Figure  45  k),  made  of  ferrous 
metal,  was  recovered  in  Cabin  2.    Overall  length  is  92.3  mm,  and  width  at 
the  ring  or  loop  is  28.3  mm  and  at  the  bit  17.1  mm.    The  maximum 
thickness  of  the  shaft  is  9.6  mm.    The  shaft  has  three  raised  encircling 
bands  near  the  ring  end  and  an  expansion  and  one  raised  band  near  the 
bit.    The  bit  is  single,  but  shaped  three-dimensional ly.    No  other 
evidence  of  locks  was  found  in  Cabin  2  or  elsewhere  in  the  Metis  site. 
Closely  comparable  keys,  however,  were  found  at  the  Saskatchewan  site  of 
Fort  Pelly  1,  dating  from  1824  to  1856  (Klimko  1983:242,  Figure  95  a). 

Iron  Wire 

One  very  small  example  seems  to  be  a  short  section  of  very  thin 
ferrous  metal  wire,  11.5  mm  long  and  1.2  mm  in  diameter.    It  is  heavily 
rusted,  so  that  the  diameter  may  be  exaggerated. 


HOUSEHOLD,  BUSINESS.  AND  PERSONAL  MAINTENANCE 
Earthenware 

Again,  the  basic  typology  is  adapted  from  the  Chapter  III 
description  of  Cabin  3  examples. 

Plain  White  Glazed  Earthenware. 

One  small  rim  fragment  and  one  perhaps  related  body  sherd  were 
recovered  (Figure  46  a).    No  decoration  is  indicated,  and  sherds  are  not 
large  enough  to  suggest  vessel  form.    Maximum  thickness  obtained  is  4.4 
mm.    The  rim  is  slightly  thinned  from  the  outside  to  an  approximate 
thickness  of  4.0  mm. 

Monochrome  Underglaze  Transfer-Printed  Ware 

Earthenware  with  "Flowed"  Blue  Transfer-Printed  Pattern  (Figure  46 
b,  c).    One  rim  sherd  and  one  body  sherd  were  recovered.    The  rim  sherd 
suggests  a  rather  large  cup  or  small  bowl,  but  the  fragment  is  actually 
too  small  for  meaningful  reconstruction  of  diameter.    Body  thickness 
appears  to  range  between  about  3.5  mm  and  5.5  mm,  and  thickness  of  the 


-  150  - 


slightly  reduced,  rounded,  but  apparently  unflared  rim  is  a  maximum  of 
4.1  mm. 

The  rim  fragment  has  a  pattern  on  both  outside  and  inside  consisting 
of  a  series  of  parallel,  alternating  light  and  dark  blue  zig-zags.  This 
pattern  is  contained  by  horizontal  lines,  the  upper  of  which  lies  along 
the  lip  of  the  rim.    The  width  of  the  band  on  the  outside  from  the  rim 
down  is  10.4  mm.    Below  it,  on  the  outside  of  the  sherd,  is  a  light  blue 
band  (actually  the  ground)  about  2.0  mm  wide,  and  again  below  this  is  a 
dark  blue,  solid  narrow  band  about  1.0  mm.  wide. 

This  rim  may  represent  an  unnamed  pattern  manufactured  by  W.  T. 
Copeland  and  illustrated  in  the  1882  catalog.    The  earliest  pattern 
number  is  B  772,  and  the  ware  may  date  between  1839  and  after  1882 
(Sussman  1 979a : 65 ,  66,  Figures  65,  66). 

Based  on  the  probably  similar  body  sherd,  the  pattern  below  the  band 
apparently  occurs  on  the  inside  of  the  vessel,  and  consists  of  a  variety 
of  stem,  leaf,  and  flower  designs  in  a  dark  cobalt  blue,  shading  through 
a  lighter  blue  into  a  very  light  blue  background.    The  design  is  a 
"flowed"  underglaze  transfer-print,  with  color  registering  approximately 
7.5PB  2/10. 

Glassware 

Light  Green  Glass  Bottle  Fragments  (Figure  46  d).    One  rim  and  three 
joined  body  sherds  of  a  nearly  clear,  very  light  green,  non-leaded 
(non-f lorescing)  glass  were  recovered.    These  fragments  appear  to  have 
been  burned  or  heavily  weathered,  but  the  rim  sherd  indicates  a  bottle  or 
jar  with  reconstructed  outside  lip  diameter  of  about  76.0  mm.    The  rim  or 
finish  appears  to  have  been  formed  by  folding  out  the  lip  of  the  glass 
and  turning  it  down  on  the  outside.    The  width  of  this  rim  is  5.0  mm  and 
thickness  4.0  mm  to  4.4  mm.    Thickness  throughout  the  body  sherds  ranges 
between  2.8  mm  and  3.4  mm. 

Window  or  Mirror  Glass  Fragments  (Figure  46  e).    Ten  sherds  are 
essentially  flat,  ranging  between  9.9  mm  and  44.8  mm  in  length,  8.5  mm 
and  27.1  mm  in  width,  and  1.6  mm  and  2.6  mm  in  maximum  thickness.  One 
fragment,  however,  has  the  remains  of  a  right-angle  bend  on  one  edge, 
suggesting  that  it  might  have  been  part  of  a  straight-sided  bottle.  No 
edges  are  clearly  straight  or  cut.    Many  of  these  sherds  could  have  been 
either  window  or  mirror  glass,  but  since  no  evidence  of  silvering  remains 
(as  it  does  on  some  examples  recovered  from  early  Alberta  fur  trade 
sites),  the  former  is  perhaps  more  likely.    Color  varies  from  light  green 
to  nearly  yellow,  but  it  is  too  light  to  be  reliably  classified. 

Glass  Fragments.    Two  tiny  glass  sherds  are  too  small  to  be  reliably 
placed  in  either  of  the  above  categories. 

Sheet  Metal  Artifacts 


Iron  Strapping  (Figure  46  f,  g) .    Two  iron  bands  are  generally 
similar  in  form,  and  might  have  been  straps  for  wooden  boxes  or  trunks  or 


-  151  - 


possibly  hoops  for  small  barrels  or  kegs.    The  first  example  (Figure  46 
f)  is  very  approximately  330.0  mm  long,  an  average  of  24.3  mm  wide,  and 
0.9  mm  thick.    Three  perforations  and  part  of  a  fourth  remain,  all  close 
to  the  edge  of  the  band,  and  regularly  separated  by  about  110.0  mm.  The 
perforations  themselves  are  a  fairly  regular  3.8  mm  in  diameter.  The 
band  is  broken  through  a  perforation  at  one  end  and  cut,  probably  with 
some  subsequent  squaring,  at  the  opposite  end.    Width  is  quite  regular 
throughout  the  length.    The  perforations  are  quite  round,  and  although 
they  are  probably  punched,  some  of  the  raised  edges  on  the  undersurface 
may  have  been  subsequently  removed  by  filing.    This  band  was  found  to  the 
southeast  of  Cabin  2,  and  might  be  dissociated  from  that  household. 

The  second  example  (Figure  46  g)  is  about  335.0  mm  long,  21.8  mm 
wide,  and  1.2  mm  thick.    The  edges  are  more  rounded,  but  slightly  raised 
on  the  bottom.    Five  and  one-half  perforations  occur,  running  down  the 
approximate  centre  of  the  band,  and  separated  fairly  regularly  by  about 
55.0  mm.    The  perforations  themselves  are  about  4.0  mm  to  5.0  mm  in 
diameter,  but  somewhat  less  regular  than  those  on  the  preceding  example. 
One  end  of  this  band  has  been  irregularly  broken  at  the  perforation;  the 
other  end  has  been  bent  and  broken  straight  across. 

Tin-Plate  Box  Rim  Fragment  (Figure  46  h).    This  object,  apparently 
made  of  tin-plate,  is  generally  rectangular  in  outline.    It  may  be  cut 
along  the  parallel  side  opposite  the  rim,  and  it  appears  to  be  broken  on 
the  ends.    The  rim  itself  is  folded  to  the  outside,  about  2.4  mm  to  2.6 
mm  wide,  and  0.8  mm  thick.    Present  length  of  the  fragment  is  38.1  mm, 
width  is  16.4  mm,  and  thickness  of  the  metal  is  0.2  mm  to  0.5  mm,  This 
might  be  part  of  a  tin  box,  similar  to  a  modern  biscuit  box. 

Tin-Plate  Fragments.    Four  cuttings  of  what  appears  to  be  tin-plate 
were  recovered.    Some  of  these  may  also  be  parts  of  tin  boxes. 

Elongated,  Parallel-Sided  Metal  Sheet  (Figure  46  i).    This  metal 
sheet  is  approximately  160.0  mm.  long,  54.8  mm.  wide,  and  0.3  mm  to  0.5 
mm  thick.    Narrow,  irregular  bands,  apparently  of  solder,  occur  adjacent 
to  each  of  the  parallel  long  edges  on  both  surfaces.    Grinding  after 
cutting  seems  to  have  taken  place  on  these  edges.    One  end  appears  to 
have  been  cut  irregularly,  perhaps  with  a  chisel,  the  other  end  perhaps 
merely  broken  or  torn.    Function  is  uncertain,  but  this  might  be  part  of 
a  metal  box  or  container  of  some  sort. 

Sheet  Copper  Scraps?    Three  scraps  of  sheet  metal  are  heavily 
corroded,  but  may  be  copper  or  copper  alloy. 

Lead  Foil  (Figure  46  j).    Although  identification  and  classification 
of  this  substance  is  tentative,  it  is  placed  in  the  domestic  category  on 
the  assumption  that  it  may  have  been  used  in  the  packaging  of  tea  or  a 
similar  product  (Elliott  1971:198,  229-230).    Alternately,  lead  foil  was 
sometimes  used  in  containers  for  gunpowder,  and  examples  from  Cabin  5 
(page  195)  were  apparently  used  on  preserves  such  as  chutney. 


-  152  - 


A  total  of  five  examples  of  foil  or  small  associated  fragments  were 
recovered.    All  of  these  are  crumpled  or  twisted,  so  that  measurements 
are  of  little  significance.    However,  present  length  range  is  33.7  mm  to 
57.2  mm,  width  is  15.5  mm  to  45.5  mm,  and  thickness  of  metal  0.2  mm  to 
0.3  mm. 

Although  one  or  two  surfaces  appeared  to  bear  decipherable 
impressions  of  letters  or  the  like  when  observed  in  the  field,  these 
could  not  be  detected  during  subsequent  laboratory  examination. 

Pencil  Lead 

A  small  fragment  of  graphite  (Figure  46  k)  was  recovered,  but  it  may 
be  a  recent  introduction  into  the  site.    However,  it  is  hexagonal  in 
cross-section,  and  the  pencils  used  by  the  field  crew  during  excavations 
probably  had  round  leads.    The  fragment  is  8.8  mm  long  and  about  2.0  mm 
in  diameter,  broken  at  one  end  and  rounded,  apparently  by  use,  on  the 
other. 

Hard  Rubber  Comb  Fragments 

Four  dark  brown  to  black,  thick,  flexible  prongs  that  resemble 
narrow  collar  studs  are  actually  "louse"  comb  teeth  (Figure  46  1).  These 
are  almost  certainly  made  from  "vulcanite,"  a  hard  rubber  and  sulphur 
compound  used  during  the  late  nineteenth  century.    "Vulcanite"  was  first 
referred  to  in  this  sense  about  1860,  although  it  may  have  been 
manufactured  earlier. 

The  material  in  the  recovered  sample  is  still  flexible,  although  it 
will  break  when  struck.    Two  combs  or  more  probably  two  different  size 
tooth  rows  are  represented.    Three  teeth  vary  in  length  between  21.0  mm 
and  27.5  mm,  the  similarity  suggesting  that  they  were  broken  from  the 
comb  near  their  bases.    Widths  are  5.0  mm  and  thicknesses  0.7  mm  to  0.8 
mm.    The  edges  of  each  tooth  are  rounded  and  smoothed,  but  transverse 
striations  appear  on  the  faces.    Presumably  the  considerable  width  of  the 
teeth  was  to  give  added  strength  to  the  comb.    The  fourth  fragment  is 
similar  in  form  to  the  above  but  somewhat  smaller:  14.4  mm  long,  2.9  mm 
wide,  and  0.8  mm  thick. 

A  complete  comb  of  this  type  was  recovered  from  an  internal  storage 
pit  in  Cabin  4,  and  is  described  in  Chapter  VII,  page  175.  Elsewhere, 
bone  and  tortoise-shell  examples  of  similar  form  are  known. 


TRANSPORTATION 
Horseshoe  Nail 

Overall  length  of  the  present  example  (Figure  46  m)  is  61.2  mm, 
shaft  width  5.1  mm,  and  shaft  thickness  2.8  mm.    The  head  is  9.3  mm  long, 
6.7  mm  wide,  and  8.1  mm  thick.    The  nail  is  bent  at  approximately  a  45 
degree  angle  about  two  thirds  of  the  distance  from  head  to  tip. 


-  153  - 


DRESS  AND  ORNAMENTATION 
Button 

Group  I,  Type  1  Shell  Button  (Figure  46  n).    A  single  shell  button 
consists  of  a  simple  disc  10.9  mm  in  diameter  and  1.8  mm  thick.    There  is 
a  rough  recess  around  the  edge  on  one  surface,  but  this  may  be  the  mark 
of  the  turning  tool  or  button-bit  rather  than  an  intentional  feature. 
One  hole  approximately  1.4  mm  in  diameter  is  drilled  at  centre  of  the 
disc;  a  second  similar  hole  to  one  side  of  the  centre.    From  centre  to 
centre,  the  holes  are  separated  by  approximately  2.0  mm.    A  sloping, 
apparently  gouged  channel  leads  from  just  inside  the  rim  through  the 
centre  hole  into  the  side  hole.    Presumably  this  was  intended  as  a  thread 
channel  and  was  gouged  from  the  side  of  the  button  in  this  fashion  since 
too  much  pressure  directed  between  the  holes  might  have  broken  out  the 
intervening  space.    Alternately,  it  might  be  part  of  the  conformation  of 
the  original  shell  or  a  result  of  exfoliation.    This  shell  is  again 
probably  a  marine  species,  and  the  grey  color  suggests  the  possibility  of 
the  eastern  quahog  clam  (Mercenaria  mercenaria).    Again,  however,  it 
might  be  an  abalone  (Haliotis  sp.). 

Beads 

Small  Drawn  Tubular  Beads 

Small  Blue  Glass  Beads  (Figure  46  o).    A  series  of  14  small  blue 
glass  beads  range  in  length  between  1.0  mm  and  2.2  mm,  and  in  diameter 
between  1.4  mm  and  3.0  mm.    Thus,  although  most  are  in  the  "seed" 
category,  under  2.0  mm  in  diameter,  they  range  into  the  "intermediate" 
category  (Conn  1968,  1969).    Perforation  diameter,  as  nearly  as  it  can  be 
obtained  with  a  perforation  gauge,  ranges  between  less  than  0.9  mm  and 
1.2  mm,  with  only  three  examples  over  1.0  mm.    All  of  these  beads  are 
rounded  at  the  ends.    Color  of  the  sample  as  a  whole  would  appear  to  be 
about  2.5B  5/4. 

Small  Pink  Glass  Bead  (Figure  46  p) .    One  example  is  similar  to  the 
above,  but  very  small,  with  length  of  1.3  mm  and  diameter  of  1.4  mm. 
Aperture  is  well  below  1.0  mm.    Color  registers  about  5RP  7/6. 


NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 
Chipped  Stone 

A  probable  flake  or  core  fragment  of  grey  quartzite  measures  58.0  mm 
by  38.8  mm  by  17.8  mm.    It  may  be  unrelated  to  the  Metis  occupation.  In 
addition,  two  chips  of  fine-grained  quartzite  or  similar  material  (one  of 
which  may  in  fact  be  from  a  gunflint)  were  found. 


-  154  - 


THE  ARTIFACTS  FROM  THE  REFUSE  PIT  OF  CABIN  2 


HUNTING 

Ignition  Parts  and  Ammunition 

Gunf lint  (Figure  47  a).    A  single  gunflint  is  of  the  "English"  and 
sectioned-blade  type,  with  the  working  axis  perpendicular  to  the  line  of 
striking  the  blade.    The  cross-section  forms  an  off-centre  prism.  The 
heel  is  retouched,  but  there  is  relatively  little  flaking  on  the  long, 
bevelled  sparking  edge.    The  flint  is  of  medium  size,  perhaps  for  use  in 
a  northwest  trade  gun  of  about  60  calibre,  and  is  of  a  light  brown-grey 
color.    Length  is  26.4  mm,  width  20.5  mm,  and  thickness  8.0  mm.  Two 
additional  small  chips  may  be  from  gunflints. 

Round  Balls  (Figure  47  b).    Two  lead  "round"  balls  were  recovered, 
both  14.45  mm  in  diameter  and  therefore  of  approximately  60  calibre. 
Weight  of  the  balls  is  16.44  grams  and  16.79  grams  or  254  grains  and  259 
grains.    This  is  virtually  the  same  calibre  predominating  also  in  the  fur 
trade  sites  seventy  years  or  more  earlier  than  the  Metis  occupation. 

Lead  Shot  (Figure  47  c).    A  total  of  441  small  shot  was  recovered 
from  the  Refuse  Pit  of  Cabin  2.    Presumably,  at  least  some  of  these  were 
introduced  with  bird  or  small  mammal  remains  disposed  of  here. 

Diameters  of  shot  range  between  2.70  mm  and  4.80  mm,  or  from  about 
size  6  to  BBB  (Montreal  standards,  Logan  1959:171).    The  distribution  of 
sizes  by  0.05  mm  increments  is  given  in  Table  15,  Appendix  III,  and  by 
standard  sizes  in  Table  16,  Appendix  III.    Clearly,  the  greatest 
concentration  is  in  the  3.00  mm  to  3.30  mm  range,  or  about  size  5  to  4, 
with  a  slight  secondary  concentration  in  the  4.10  mm  to  4.30  mm  range,  or 
about  size  1  to  B  (Logan  1959:171;  Greener  1910:612). 

Sprue  Fragments?  (Figure  47  d).    Six  small,  elongated  lead  pellets, 
rounded  at  the  ends,  may  be  pieces  of  sprue.    Length  ranges  from  6.2  mm 
to  8.4  mm,  and  diameter  from  2.6  mm  to  3.3  mm.    "Sprues"  are  the  waste 
fillings  of  the  pour-holes  in  bullet  moulds,  cut  or  broken  away  when  the 
bullets  are  removed.    However,  the  present  examples  show  no  clear  signs 
of  having  been  cut,  and  function  is  actually  uncertain. 

Lead  Bullet  (Figure  47  e) .    One  spent  bullet  has  an  extensively 
flattened  tip,  with  folds  of  lead  in  fact  extending  below  the  original 
base.    Enough  of  this  base  remains,  however,  for  measurement,  and  the 
original  diameter  appears  to  have  been  approximately  11.2  mm,  or  about  44 
calibre.    Present  length  is  10.7  mm  and  weight  is  12.95  grams  or  200 
grains.    This  bullet  might  have  been  fired  from  a  44  Henry  cartridge,  one 
of  which  was  in  fact  found  between  Cabin  1  and  Cabin  2. 


-  155  - 


CONSTRUCTION,  BLACKSMITHING.  AND  CRAFTS 
File  Tang 

A  generally  pointed  and  curved  iron  object  appears  to  be  a  file  tang 
(Figure  47  f),  perhaps  scored  with  a  cold  chisel  or  blacksmith's  hardy 
and  broken  from  the  file  blade.    The  curve,  towards  the  pointed  end, 
describes  nearly  90  degrees.    Length  of  the  fragment  is  96.0  mm,  width 
15.0  mm,  and  thickness  5.5  mm. 

Numerous  similar  sections  of  file  tang,  apparently  discarded,  were 
found  at  the  blacksmith's  shop  locality  of  Fort  George  (North  West 
Company,  1792  to  1800;  Kidd  1970:39).    Presumably,  tools  of  some  sort 
were  being  made  from  the  removed  file  blades. 

No  monograms  or  marks  appear  on  the  present  tang,  although  these 
were  frequent  on  fur  trade  examples,  and  occur  on  some  modern  files. 
However,  the  tang  is  heavily  rusted,  and  the  rust  may  conceal  such 
markings . 

Forged  Iron  Nails 

Nails  from  the  Refuse  Pit  of  Cabin  2  were  not  cleaned,  and  many  had 
extensive  adhesions  of  iron  oxide  and  sand  or  of  wood.  Therefore 
classification  is  difficult,  particularly  within  the  machine-headed,  cut 
nail  category,  and  some  of  the  assignments  are  conseguently  provisional. 

Gable-Head  Forged  Nails  (Figure  47  g) .    Classification  as  cut  nails 
is  questionable.    One  example  is  almost  certainly  gable-headed;  a  second 
is  more  guestionable.    Both  are  essentially  complete  and  straight. 
Lengths  are  70.8  mm  and  73.6  mm,  widths  5.2  mm  and  5.9  mm,  and 
thicknesses  4.0  mm  and  4.3  mm.    Heads  are  6.8  mm  and  7.8  mm  long,  5.4  mm 
and  5.1  mm  wide,  and  3.5  mm  and  4.3  mm  thick. 

Forged  or  Cut  Iron  Nails. 

Nine  examples  (Figure  47  h,  i),  all  essentially  complete  and  all 
relatively  small,  are  of  undetermined  manufacture.    They  may  be  either 
forged  or  cut.    Heads  tend  to  be  flat  and  battered.    Most  examples  are 
straight,  but  one  is  bent  at  approximate  centre  to  about  a  45  degree 
angle,  and  a  second  is  bent  at  about  the  same  angle  three-guarters  of  the 
distance  from  base  to  tip. 

Size  ranges  are:  length  17.0  mm  to  34.4  mm,  width  2.3  mm  to  4.0  mm, 
and  thickness  2.1  mm  to  3.5  mm.    Because  of  extensive  apparent 
modification,  head  sizes  are  probably  of  little  significance,  but  length 
range  is  6.0  mm  to  9.6  mm,  width  4.0  mm  to  8.4  mm,  and  thickness  1.4  mm 
to  3.3  mm. 

Machine-Cut  Iron  Nails 


Gable-Head  Cut  Nails  (Figure  48  a).    Four  essentially  complete 
examples  all  tend  to  be  large.    All  are  apparently  machine-made  but  have 


-  156  - 


hand-forged  heads.    One  of  these  is  clearly  of  the  gable-head  clasp-nail 
type.    On  the  others,  and  the  one  fragment,  the  head  is  not  as  well 
defined,  but  is  probably  of  the  gable  type. 

The  nails  are  essentially  straight,  with  the  exception  of  one 
example  bent  at  approximate  centre  to  about  a  45  degree  angle.    The  tip 
segment  is  then  curved  slightly  in  the  opposite  direction  and  slightly 
twisted.    Lengths  are  56.0  mm  to  83.0  mm,  widths  4.1  mm  to  6.4  mm,  and 
thicknesses  4.3  mm  to  6.3  mm.    The  fragment  is  4.6  mm  wide  and  3.9  mm 
thick.    Heads  are  6.5  mm  to  11.5  mm  long,  5.1  mm  to  7.9  mm  wide,  and  3.0 
mm  to  4.7  mm  thick. 

Flat-Head  Cut  Nails.    Sub-groups  are  particularly  difficult  to 
classify  because  of  rusting  and  the  adhesion  of  wood.    Consequently,  the 
following  classifications  might  be  modified  after  cleaning. 

Group  1  (Figure  48  b) .    Five  essentially  complete  examples  range  in 
length  from  25.0  mm  to  71.0  mm,  in  width  from  3.1  mm  to  5.5  mm,  and  in 
thickness  from  1.8  mm  to  5.0  mm.    Heads  are  6.0  mm  to  9.6  mm  long,  3.6  mm 
to  7.4  mm  wide,  and  2.0  mm  to  3.5  mm  thick.    Five  fragments  have  a  width 
range  of  4.3  mm  to  5.7  mm  and  thickness  of  3.4  mm  to  5.0  mm.    Heads  are 
7.1  mm  to  9.7  mm  long,  4.5  mm  to  5.7  mm  wide,  and  2.5  mm  to  3.0  mm  thick. 

The  two  longest  complete  nails  show  very  slight  bending;  the  others 
of  both  categories  are  essentially  straight.    At  least  two  examples 
clearly  show  adhering  wood  fragments,  presumably  the  remains  of  the  wood 
into  which  they  were  driven.    The  grain  of  this  wood  runs  perpendicular 
to  the  shank  of  the  nails. 

Group  2  (Figure  48  c,  d).    Thirteen  essentially  complete  examples 
were  recovered,  of  which  seven  are  large  and  six  small.    Overall  size 
range  is:  length  25.6  mm  to  67.0  mm,  width  2.8  mm  to  5.5  mm,  and 
thickness  2.8  mm  to  5.0  mm.    Head  dimensions  are:  length  4.7  mm  to  10.1 
mm,  width  4.5  mm  to  8.3  mm,  and  thickness  1.6  mm  to  3.0  mm. 

Most  nails  are  essentially  straight,  but  one  of  the  large  examples 
has  a  slight  bend  about  two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  head  to  tip,  and 
one  of  the  small  examples  has  a  slight  bend  at  about  the  middle  of  the 
shank.    One  large  example  has  been  split  and  separated,  apparently  along 
a  lamination  of  the  original  metal  sheet.    The  split  runs  through  the 
head  and  for  almost  one-quarter  the  length  of  the  shaft.    Another  small 
example  (not  enumerated  above)  has  been  completely  split.    It  is  35.4  mm 
long,  5.9  mm  wide,  and  the  present  thickness  is  2.4  mm. 

Four  headed  fragments  were  recovered.    Width  ranges  from  4.8  mm  to 
6.8  mm  and  thickness  from  2.9  mm  to  4.3  mm.    Heads  are  6.5  mm  to  8.3  mm 
long,  5.5  mm  to  6.6  mm  wide,  and  1.9  mm  to  4.0  mm  thick.    Again  wood 
grain  appears  on  several  Group  2  nails. 

Group  3  (Figure  48  e).    Six  essentially  complete  examples  range  in 
length  from  24.3  mm  to  66.0  mm,  in  width  from  2.9  mm  to  4.1  mm,  and  in 
thickness  from  2.3  mm  to  4.0  mm.    Heads  are  5.1  mm  to  7.8  mm  long,  4.6  mm 
to  7.1  mm  wide,  and  1.4  mm  to  3.5  mm  thick.    One  example  is  bent  at  about 
a  45  degree  angle  approximately  three-quarters  of  the  distance  from  head 
to  tip;  another  is  bent  at  about  a  30  degree  angle  approximately 


-  157  - 


two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  head  to  tip. 

Five  fragments  were  also  recovered,  4.0  mm  to  6.0  mm  in  width,  3.5 
mm  to  5.3  mm  in  thickness.    Heads  are  6.6  mm  to  9.2  mm  long,  5.0  mm  to 

8.2  mm  wide,  and  2.5  mm  to  4.2  mm  thick.    One  fragment  is  bent  once  a 
short  distance  below  the  head  and  again  near  the  break. 

Cut  Nail  Fragments  (Figure  48  f).    Nine  fragments  were  recovered, 
ranging  in  width  between  2.9  mm  and  5.7  mm  and  in  thickness  between  2.7 
mm  and  5.2  mm.    Two  examples  have  heads  remaining,  but  of  quite 
indeterminate  form.    About  three  are  medial  fragments  and  four  tip 
fragments.    Two  examples  show  slight  bending  towards  the  broken  tip,  and 
one  example  is  curved  throughout  its  remaining  length. 

Wire  (Round)  Nails. 

Four  essentially  complete  round  nails  (Figure  48  g)  were  recovered, 
ranging  in  length  from  50.0  mm  to  54.6  mm  and  in  diameter  from  2.6  mm  to 

3.3  mm.    Heads  are  all  flattened  and  rounded,  approximately  6.7  mm  to  8.1 
mm  in  diameter  and  2.2  mm  to  2.5  mm  thick.    Two  examples  are  slightly 
longer  than  the  other  two  and  essentially  straight.    Considerable  wood 
adheres  to  two  of  these  nails,  with  the  grain  perpendicular  to  the  shank. 

One  example  has  a  slight  bend  at  about  the  middle.    Another  has 
about  a  90  degree  bend  approximately  one-third  the  distance  from  head  to 
tip,  and  it  appears  to  have  been  clenched. 

These  nails  may  be  intrusive  into  the  site,  possibly  derived 
recently  from  fencing.    All  were  recovered  relatively  near  surface. 
However,  wood-grain  on  two  examples  appears  very  similar  to  that  on  the 
cut  nails,  suggesting  that  they  may  belong  with  the  Metis  occupation. 
Wire  nails  would  theoretically  not  have  been  available  at  this  time. 
(Nelson  1968) 

Miscellaneous  Hardware 

Washer  and  Tack  (Figure  48  h).    A  small  washer  and  tack  or  rivet 
appear  to  be  made  of  copper  or  copper  alloy.    The  washer  is  bisected  by  a 
scratched  line  running  from  edge  to  edge  near,  but  not  quite  at,  the 
centre.    On  the  opposite  surface,  where  the  tack  shank  protrudes,  there 
is  a  concentric  incision,  separating  the  surface  area  into  two 
approximately  equal  concentric  rings  or  "doughnuts."    The  washer  is  9.4 
mm  in  diameter  and  1.7  mm  thick.    The  tack  or  rivet  is  9.5  mm  long  and 
2.5  mm  in  diameter.    Function  of  this  example  is  uncertain. 

Screw  (Figure  48  i).    The  single  example  is  a  conventional 
flat-headed,  slotted  wood  screw,  with  head  tapering  fairly  abruptly  to 
the  shank,  and  thread  beginning  about  half  way  between  the  head  and  tip. 
Length  is  25.4  mm,  diameter  of  head  8.3  mm,  and  diameter  at  the  thread 
5.2  mm. 

Iron  Rivet  Head?    A  piece  of  ferrous  metal  may  have  been  pierced 
with  a  rivet  or  nail,  but  it  is  extensively  rusted  and  the  original  form 
is  uncertain.    Diameter  is  14.9  mm  and  present  thickness  4.0  mm. 


-  158  - 


Washer  or  Finial  Fragment?  (Figure  48  j).    This  object  may  be  half 
of  an  iron  washer.    However,  although  the  outside  curve  is  essentially 
regular  for  most  of  the  remaining  circumference,  an  enlargement  near  the 
break  suggests  that  this  may  rather  be  part  of  a  finial  or  "stemmed" 
object  of  some  sort,  possibly  a  small  pot-lug.    Present  maximum  diameter 
obtainable  on  the  regular-shaped  part  is  23.8  mm,  diameter  of  the 
perforation  is  5.25  mm,  and  thickness  of  the  metal  is  1.8  mm. 

Metal  Clasp  or  Retainer  (Figure  48  k).    One  probably  tin-plated 
object  may  be  some  sort  of  clasp  or  retainer.    A  band  of  sheet  metal  has 
been  bent  around  a  rod  with  a  presumed  diameter  of  about  4.2  mm.  Wings 
or  leaves  extend  to  both  sides  of  the  resulting  semi-cylinder,  and  these 
wings  have  probably  been  broken  at  the  ends.    Width  of  the  band  is  16.3 
mm. 


HOUSEHOLD,  BUSINESS.  AND  PERSONAL  MAINTENANCE 
Earthenware 

Plain  White  Glazed  Earthenware. 

Two  body  sherds  of  plain  glazed  earthenware  were  recovered  (Figure 
49  a),  comparable  to  examples  described  in  previous  sections.    The  sherds 
are  thick  and  are  slightly  crazed  on  both  surfaces.    Lengths  are  19.6  mm 
and  20.0  mm,  widths  10.4  mm  and  20.0  mm,  and  thicknessess  5.2  mm  and  5.7 
mm. 

Monochrome  Underglaze  Transfer-Printed  Ware 

Copeland  Earthenware  with  Blue  "Grapevine"  Pattern  (Figure  49  b). 
One  very  small  body  sherd  is  comparable  to  examples  recovered  from  Cabin 
1.    Thickness  is  4.3  mm.    The  grapevine  design  appears  on  the  inside,  but 
not  enough  of  the  vessel  remains  to  reconstruct  its  form.    Color  is  5PB 
6/10.    Sussman  (1979a:237)  dates  this  ware  at  later  than  1847,  but  no 
official  name  or  pattern  number  is  known. 

Copeland  Earthenware  with  "Flower  Vase"  Pattern?  (Figure  49  c).  One 
rim  sherd,  32.0  mm  long,  29.0  mm  wide,  and  5.0  mm  thick,  is  fairly  dark 
"flowed"  blue  in  color  (5PB  6/10).    Design  appears  only  on  the  inside  and 
is  probably  "Flower  Vase,"  which  was  made  from  approximately  1828  to  the 
twentieth  century  (Sussman  1979a:115,  Figure  124). 

Copeland  Earthenware  with  B  700  Pattern?  (Figure  49  d).    A  very 
small  rim  sherd,  3.0  mm  thick,  has  a  honeycomb  design  on  the  inside  only, 
perhaps  B  700,  made  from  approximately  1838  to  after  1847  (Sussman 
1979a :64,  Figure  64).    Again  there  is  no  known  pattern  book  name  for  this 
design.    Color  is  5PB  6/10. 

One  additional  body  sherd  of  the  same  general  ware  was  recovered, 
but  with  very  little  color  remaining,  and  no  way  of  identifying  the 
pattern. 


-  159  - 


Copeland  Earthenware  with  Blue  "Meander"  Pattern  (Figure  49  e).  A 
single  rim  sherd,  47.0  mm  long,  30.0  mm  wide,  and  6.4  mm  thick,  has  a 
plain  white  glaze  on  the  outside,  and  on  the  inside  a  long  ribbon  and 
flower  design.    A  "grain"-like  design  runs  just  under  the  plain  border. 
Vessel  form  is  probably  a  fairly  large  bowl,  with  a  reconstructed 
diameter  of  154.0  mm.    Color  is  10PH  4/6  (or  7.5PH  4/6).    This  is  the 
"Meander"  pattern  appearing  in  the  W.  T.  Copeland  and  Sons  1882  catalogue 
(Sussman  1 979a : 1 48,  Figure  158). 

Glassware 

Green  Glass  Bottle  Fragment  (Figure  49  f).    A  single  fragment  of 
medium-green  glass  is  part  of  a  bottle,  with  portions  of  the  neck  finish 
remaining.    Length  is  37.3  mm,  width  18.0  mm,  and  thickness  5.8  mm. 
Color  is  approximately  7.5GY  7/6. 

Mirror  or  Window  Glass  Fragments  (Figure  49  g) .    Two  fragments  are 
similar  to  examples  from  Cabin  2,  General.    They  may  be  mirror  or  window 
glass,  but  since  no  traces  of  silvering  are  apparent,  the  latter  is 
perhaps  more  probable.    Lengths  of  fragments  are  17.6  mm  and  20.0  mm, 
widths  15.2  mm  and  23.0  mm,  and  thicknesses  1.6  mm  and  1.7  mm.    Color  is 
too  light  to  be  accurately  measured. 

Sheet  Metal  Artifacts 

Tin  Can  Lids  (Figure  49  h).    Two  generally  round,  thin  objects 
appear  to  be  the  tops  of  small  cans,  likely  removed  with  openers.    One  is 
made  of  fairly  heavy  tin-plate  (Figure  49  h),  with  a  deep  embossed  ridge 
that  runs  concentrically  about  a  third  of  the  way  from  the  edge  to  the 
centre.    Something  at  the  approximate  centre  of  the  can  is  possibly  a 
solder  seal.    Tin-plate  appears  more  clearly  on  the  concave  side  of  the 
ridge,  but  the  lid  is  otherwise  heavily  corroded.    No  signs  of  stamping 
or  other  identifying  marks  appear.    Diameter  of  the  cut  lid  is  79.2  mm 
and  thickness  3.7  mm. 

The  second  example  lacks  this  ridge  and  appears  to  have  been  flat. 
There  is,  however,  a  slight  folded  area  near  the  edge  that  looks  like  the 
remains  of  lead  solder.    Diameter  is  80.0  mm  and  thickness  2.0  mm. 

Tin-Plate  or  Iron  Fragments  (Figure  49  i).    Five  fragments  of  sheet 
ferrous  metal  were  recovered,  and  some  appear  to  be  tin-plate.    These  may 
be  fragments  of  boxes  or  other  containers.    Two  examples  are  narrow 
bands,  one  bent  at  about  the  middle.    However,  this  bend  may  be 
fortuitous.    A  somewhat  larger,  thicker  section  may  also  be  tin-plate, 
but  it  is  heavily  rusted.    It  is  slightly  bent  along  the  short  axis  to 
form  a  sort  of  trough. 

Metal  Foil  (Figure  49  j).    Ten  metal  foil  fragments,  apparently 
lead,  may  again  have  been  related  to  containers  used  for  tea.  Size 
ranges  are:  length  23.3  mm  to  108.9  mm,  width  11.7  mm  to  56.5  mm,  and 
thickness  of  metal  0.2  mm  to  0.3  mm.    Because  of  breaking  and  folding 


-  160  - 


throughout  the  sample,  however,  measurements  are  of  little  significance, 
although  figures  for  thickness  generally  reflect  the  dimension  of  a 
single  sheet  of  the  foil. 

Bone  Shaving  Brush  Handle 

This  artifact  (Figure  50  a)  consists  of  a  bell-shaped  bone  or  antler 
cup  with  a  raised  rim  on  the  outside  of  the  mouth  and  threading  on  the 
inside.    The  walls  of  the  cup  are  thin.    This  was  apparently  the  bristle 
end  of  a  shaving  brush,  the  handle  portion  of  which  has  been  eroded  or 
broken  away. 

Length  of  the  remaining  section  is  18.0  mm,  diameter  also  18.0  mm, 
and  thickness  2.0  mm.    Fragments  of  an  apparently  similar  brush  were 
recovered  from  the  1835  to  1861  Hudson's  Bay  post  at  Rocky  Mountain  house 
(Steer,  Rogers,  and  Lutick  1979:198,  Figure  142  d,  e). 

Knife  Inlay  Fragment? 

This  fragment  (Figure  50  b)  is  of  uncertain  function  but  may  be  the 
shell  cover  or  inlay  from  a  clasp  knife  or  jacknife.    The  form  is  an 
elongated  rectangle  of  mother-of-pearl  shell  that  has  been  stepped  down 
for  about  half  its  length  to  approximately  two-thirds  of  its  maximum 
width.    Just  to  the  wide  side  of  centre  is  a  single  perforation  3.1  mm  in 
diameter,  perhaps  for  the  rivet  that  went  through  the  knife  casing.  The 
object  is  broken  at  the  narrower  end.    Length  is  22.7  mm,  width  8.0  mm, 
and  thickness  1 .0  mm. 

Hard  Rubber  Comb  Fragments 

Two  "louse"  comb  teeth  (Figure  50  c)  are  similar  to  examples 
described  from  Cabin  2  General,  and  are  presumably  also  made  from 
"vulcanite."    Lengths  are  21.5  mm  and  26.1  mm,  widths  3.0  mm  and  4.9  mm, 
and  thicknesses  0.8  mm  and  0.6  mm.    Again  they  would  seems  generally 
consistent  with  the  virtually  complete  comb  recovered  from  Cabin  4 
(Chapter  VII,  page  175). 


TRANSPORTATION 
Leather  Fragments 

Five  fragments  of  leather  (Figure  50  d)  are  all  of  apparent  strap 
form,  enlongated  and  with  various  indications  of  perforations.  Present 
incomplete  length  ranges  between  33.7  mm  and  146.6  mm,  width  between  16.3 
mm  and  21.1  mm,  and  thickness  between  3.2  mm  and  4.0  mm. 

The  longest  example  (Figure  50  d)  has  at  least  one  perforation  in 
about  the  centre  longitudinally.    Shorter  examples  have  some  evidence  of 
serration  or  chewing  at  the  ends,  which  may  also  indicate  perforation, 
although  the  suggestion  is  actually  of  multiple  perforations,  which  would 
seem  odd.    These  leather  fragments  may  be  associated  with  harness,  and 
therefore  are  provisionally  placed  in  the  transportation  category. 


-  161  - 


DRESS  AND  ORNAMENTATION 
Cloth  Fragments 

Two  small  fragments  of  tightly  woven  silk  cloth  were  recovered 
(Figure  50  e,  f).    Schweger's  analysis  (Appendix  I)  indicates: 

.  .  .  identical  yarn  and  fabric  structure.  Warp  and  weft 
yarns  can  be  positively  identified  due  to  the  presence  of 
selvage  edges  on  one  edge.  .  .  . 

The  fold  lines  indicate  that  the  one  inch  wide  fabric 
strip,  ribbon,  or  seam  binding  was  folded  twice  so  as  to  be 
a  4-layered  1/4  "  wide  fabric  strip.    It  was  folded  on  the 
length-wise  grain,  that  is,  in  the  direction  of  the  warp 
yarns.    The  fabric  was  knotted  after  it  was  folded.  The 
knots  that  remain  are  of  particular  interest  since  the  knots 
are  the  means  of  holding  the  fabric  in  the  thick, 
four-layered  narrow  strip.    That  each  of  the  two  specimens 
contains  these  knots  leads  one  to  suggest  that  these 
fragments  originally  came  from  one  textile  object  that  was 
placed  in  the  refuse  pile.    Since  only  one  selvage  can  be 
located,  it  can  not  be  definitely  stated  as  to  whether  the 
1"  fabric  strip  is  actually  a  ribbon  or  tape  or  if  it  is  a 
fabric  strip  ripped  an  inch  from  a  selvage  edge. 

The  warp  yarns  are  2-ply  brown  (at  least  at  present)  yarn 
made  up  of  10-12  silk  fibers,  5  to  6  fibers  making  up  each 
singles  yarn.    This  silk  warp  yarn  may  be  equivalent  to  the 
silk  yarns  today  called  organzin.    It  is  a  silk  yarn, 
manufactured  for  use  as  warp,  which  is  made  up  of  two  or 
more  threads  of  silk  that  have  been  lightly  twisted  together 
....    The  weft  yarns  are  green  and  of  larger  diameter. 
They  appear  to  be  single  ply.    While  one  could  speculate 
that  the  weft  is  of  "tram"  (a  common  silk  weft  yarn  that 
unites  two  or  more  singles  but  is  very  loosely  spun),  this 
is  not  the  case  if  the  weft  yarn  is  only  single  ply. 
Further  investigation  could  demonstrate  whether  the  weft  is 
what  is  called  "thrown  silk"  or  grege,  two  terms  which  are 
applied  when  two  or  more  filaments  of  raw  silk  are  reeled 
together  and  given  a  slight  twist. 

The  fabrics  are  plain,  unbalanced  weaves  with  65-68 
threads  per  cm  in  the  warp  and  34  threads  per  cm  in  the 
weft.    This  evidence  could  aid  future  researchers  in 
determining  whether  these  two  fabric  artifacts  represent  a 
commercial  type  of  narrow  tape  or  braid  that  was  available 
for  use  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Present  over-all  size  of  one  fragment  is  43.1  mm  by  9.8  mm  by  4.9 
mm,  but  these  measurements  are  clearly  of  little  significance. 


-  162  - 


Buttons 

Group  I  Glass  Button 

Type  4,  Glass  Button  (Figure  50  g) .    This  is  a  small  sew-through 
button  made  of  milk  glass.    Four  holes  appear  in  a  deep  well  on  one 
surface.    This  side  as  a  whole  is  shaped  as  a  truncated  cone.  The 
opposite  side  is  slightly  convex,  but  again  with  a  much  shallower 
depression  in  the  centre.    The  convex  side  of  the  button  is  an  iridescent 
white  overall;  the  conical  side  is  dark  in  color  except  within  the  "well" 
itself.    Diameter  is  11.4  mm  and  thickness  4.8  mm.    The  deeper  "well"  is 
about  6.0  mm  in  diameter,  and  the  holes  are  about  1.5  mm  in  diameter. 
This  is  presumably  a  shirt  or  blouse  button. 

Group  II,  Shell  Buttons 

Type  5,  Shell  Button  (Figure  50  h).    One  sew-through  button  is  made 
of  shell  with  the  iridescent  mother-of-pearl  appearing  on  one  surface,  a 
dull  finish  on  the  other.    Two  holes  are  well  centred  and  set  in  a  small 
circular  depression  or  "well"  in  the  middle  of  the  button,  defined  by  an 
incised  ring.    Sculpturing  is  much  more  apparent  than  on  other  shell 
examples  from  Cabin  1  and  Cabin  2.    Diameter  is  13.3  mm,  thickness  3.3 
mm,  and  the  diameter  of  the  well  is  7.0  mm.    Holes  are  approximately  1.2 
mm  in  diameter.    Although  this  button  resembles  Type  1  or  2  from  Cabin  3 
in  some  respects,  it  is  sufficiently  different  to  be  distinguished  by  a 
separate  type  number. 

Type  6,  Shell  Button  (Figure  50  i).    A  second  plain  white  shell 
example,  again  comparable  to  but  distinct  from  Type  1  or  2  examples  from 
Cabin  3,  is  extremely  small  and  flat.    It  has  two  reasonably  well-centred 
holes  but  no  sculpturing.    Diameter  is  8.3  mm  and  thickness  1.6  mm. 
Holes  are  less  than  1.0  mm  in  diameter.    Both  these  shell  buttons  were 
presumably  worn  on  blouses  or  shirts. 

Group  III.  Bone  Buttons 

Type  1 ,  Bone  Buttons  (Figure  50  j ,  k).    One  sew-through  bone  button 
(Figure  50  j)  has  four  holes  and  symmetrical  machine  sculpturing.  This 
turning  has  formed  a  rounded  rim,  set  off  by  means  of  a  fairly  deep 
incised  concentric  ring  from  a  relatively  deep,  regular  depression  or 
"well"  containing  the  perforations.    At  the  centre  of  this  well  is  a 
slight  irregular  depression,  probably  the  mark  of  the  turning  tool.  The 
back  of  the  button  is  slightly  convex.    Diameter  is  19.2  mm,  thickness 
2.4  mm,  and  diameter  of  the  depression  13.2  mm.    Holes  are  approximately 
2.0  mm  in  diameter. 

A  second  four-hole  bone  button  (Figure  50  k)  is  slightly  smaller 
than  the  above,  but  otherwise  very  similar.    Diameter  is  17.0  mm, 
thickness  is  2.2  mm,  and  the  diameter  of  the  well  is  11.8  mm.    The  holes 
are  again  about  2.0  mm  in  diameter.    Color  is  a  dark  walnut  brown. 


-  163  - 


Type  5,  Bone  Button  (Figure  50  1).    A  third  example  is  similar  in 
some  respects,  intermediate  in  size  between  the  previous  two.    Again  it 
has  four  holes  about  1.7  mm  in  diameter,  but  the  rim  and  the  depression 
or  well  are  not  defined  by  an  incised  ring  as  on  the  previous  examples. 
Diameter  is  18.0  mm  and  thickness  2.0  mm.    A  small  mark  from  the  turning 
tool  again  appears  at  the  centre  of  the  concave  side.    This  button  is 
given  a  separate  type  number  than  those  found  in  Cabin  3. 

Group  IV,  Metal  Button 

Type  4a.  "Birdcage"  Button  (Figure  50  m) .    This  heavily  corroded 
iron  button  has  four  holes  in  a  central  depression  or  well.    The  back  of 
the  button  opposite  this  concave  well  is  reciprocally  convex.  Diameter 
is  12.8  mm,  thickness  1.2  mm,  and  diameter  of  the  depression  about  7.6 
mm.    The  holes  are  approximately  1.5  mm  in  diameter.    This  button  is 
similar  to  Type  4a  examples  from  Cabin  3,  but  smaller. 

Beads 

Small  Drawn  Tubular  Beads 

Cornaline  d'Aleppo  Beads  (Figure  51  a).    Cornaline  d'Aleppo  beads 
have  an  exterior  and  core  of  different  colors.    In  four  examples  from  the 
Cabin  2  Refuse  Pit,  the  exterior  is  a  dark  brick  red  and  the  core  a 
fairly  opaque-looking  white.    This  may  be  a  generally  later  variety  in 
this  area,  since  comparable  examples  from  early  fur  trade  sites  (ca. 
1790s  to  early  1800s)  have  a  dark  green  translucent  core.    These  beads 
were  probably  made  from  drawn  tubes,  but  ones  in  which  both  colors  of 
glass  had  been  juxtaposed,  using  one  of  at  least  two  known  methods,  prior 
to  drawing  and  cutting. 

These  beads  are  of  generally  "intermediate"  size,  smaller  than 
"pony"  (Conn  1968,  1969),  with  diameter  ranging  from  2.7  mm  to  3.1  mm  and 
length  from  1.5  mm  to  2.6  mm.    Apertures  are  less  than  1.0  mm  in 
diameter.    The  color  of  the  exterior  red  appears  to  be  5R  4/6  or  5R  3/6. 

Small  Blue  Glass  Beads  (Figure  51  b) .    Forty-six  examples  are  mostly 
very  small  "seeds"  beads,  ranging,  however,  into  the  so-called 
"intermediate"  group  (2.0  mm  to  3.0  mm;  Conn  1968,  1969).  Diameter 
ranges  from  1.8  mm  to  2.8  mm  and  length  from  0.9  mm  to  2.2  mm.  The 
apertures  were  not  determined  individually,  but  most  are  presumably  less 
than  1.0  mm.    Color  varies  somewhat  through  the  sample  from  dark  blue  (35 
examples)  to  blue-grey  (11  examples),  but  in  part  this  may  be  owing  to 
chemical  action  in  the  earth.    An  approximate  value  of  10B  3/6  on  the 
dark  blue  and  10B  7/2  on  the  light  blue  examples  was  obtained. 

Small  Green  Glass  Bead  (Figure  51  c).    One  "seed"  bead  is 
essentially  the  same  as  the  blue  beads  above,  but  of  a  green  color. 
Diameter  is  1.6  mm  and  length  1.0  mm.    Aperture  was  not  precisely 
determined,  but  it  is  less  than  1.0  mm.    Color  is  approximately  10GY  4/4. 


-  164  - 


Large  Glass  Beads 

Dark  Blue  Glass  Spherical  Bead  (Figure  51  d).    This  bead,  probably 
wound,  is  a  very  dark  blue,  with  some  discoloration  or  iridescence, 
however.    It  is  generally  round,  but  with  some  flattening  of  the  aperture 
ends.    Diameter  is  9.4  mm  and  length  7.5  mm.    The  aperture  measures  2.2 
mm.    The  color  is  too  dark  to  be  accurately  classified. 

Blue  Glass  Spherical  Bead  Fragment  (Figure  51  e).    A  single 
fragmentary  round  bead,  apparently  wound,  is  somewhat  darker  than  robin's 
egg  blue.    It  is  in  the  smaller  size  range  of  the  larger  beads.  The 
diameter  is  7.4  mm  and  the  length  6.0  mm.    The  aperture  is  approximately 
1.4  mm,  and  color  registers  7.5B  4/8. 

Robin's  Egg  Blue  Glass  Spherical  Bead  (Figure  51  f).    This  example 
is  smaller  than  those  preceding  and  unfacetted,  although  it  has  what 
appears  to  be  a  slight  eguatorial  rim.    Manufacturing  method  is 
uncertain,  but  it  may  be  wound.    The  glass  is  a  slightly  white-clouded 
robin's  egg  blue,  registering  5BG  6/2.    Diameter  is  5.8  mm  and  length  5.0 
mm.    The  aperture  is  1.6  mm  at  one  end,  tapering  down  to  the  other. 

Blue-Green  Glass  Spherical  Bead  Fragments.    Two  fragments,  possibly 
from  a  single  example,  are  probably  comparable  to  the  above,  but  have 
largely  disintegrated. 

Blue  Glass  Facetted  Bead  (Figure  51  g).    A  single  bead  is  of  the 
variety  sometimes  inaccurately  called  "Russian"  blue  or  "Hudson's  Bay." 
It  is  relatively  large  and  multiply  facetted,  of  a  generally  short 
rectanguloid  or  tubular  form.    Length  is  5.6  mm  and  diameter  5.7  mm. 
Perforation  as  determined  with  calipers  is  3.1  mm. 

Presumably  this  bead  was  manufactured  by  sectioning  blown  tubing  and 
subseguently  grinding  the  facets.    Color  is  7.5PB  2/8. 

Green  Glass  Facetted  Bead  Fragment  (Figure  51  h).    This  fairly  large 
bead  is  medium  to  light  green  in  color,  oval  in  form,  and  rather  roughly 
facetted.    It  has  been  split  down  the  middle.    Diameter  is  10.0  mm  and 
length  14.0  mm.    The  aperture  is  slightly  more  than  1.0  mm  in  diameter. 
Color  appears  to  be  5G  6/10.    Probably  this  bead  was  pressed  or  moulded, 
although  this  is  not  entirely  clear  from  the  cross-section. 

Clear  Glass  Facetted  Bead  (Figure  51  i).    One  medium-sized, 
generally  round  example  is  a  somewhat  irregularly  facetted  bead  of  clear 
glass.    A  slight  eguatorial  rim  is  apparent  where  the  facets  converge. 
Diameter  is  8.4  mm  and  length  7.4  mm.    The  perforation  is  relatively 
large  at  one  end,  2.6  mm  by  calipers,  tapering  down,  however,  to  the 
other  end.    This  bead  was  probably  pressed  or  moulded. 

Ring  Stone 

A  single  large  round  cabochon  or  unfacetted  stone  was  recovered 
(Figure  51  j).    It  is  made  of  clear  glass  with  no  other  distinguishing 


-  165  - 


marks,  such  as  the  impressions  that  appear  on  some  comparable  examples 
from  earlier  sites.    Diameter  is  14.5  mm  and  thickness  6.4  mm.    The  stone 
is  flat  on  the  base,  with  rounded  edges  and  a  domed  centre,  the  height  of 
which  is  a  little  less  than  half  the  diameter.    This  was  presumably  a 
stone  for  a  fairly  massive  ring,  perhaps  a  cuff-link,  or  possibly  a 
button. 


NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 
Chipped  Stone 

Projectile  Points  (Figure  51  k,  1).    One  positive  example  was 
recovered  (Figure  51  k),  a  small  side-notched  point  made  of  a  reddish 
chalcedony  resembling  "Knife  River  flint."    The  point  has  a  short  blade 
and  is  fairly  roughly  chipped.    Length  is  16.5  mm,  width  12.3  mm,  and 
thickness  3.7  mm. 

A  second  example  (Figure  51  1)  may  be  the  tip  of  a  small  triangular 
point,  even  more  roughly  made  of  a  reddish  microcrystal 1 ine  stone. 
Length  of  the  fragment  is  15.5  mm,  width  13.7  mm,  and  thickness  4.4  mm. 
This  might  be  merely  a  worked  flake. 

Stone  Fragments.    Five  stone  chips  were  recovered,  although  one  of 
these  may  be  a  tiny  fragment  of  gunflint.    Quartz,  quartzite,  and  chert 
are  represented.    A  small  brown  quartzite  flake,  not  clearly  retouched, 
is  18.0  mm  long,  17.0  mm  wide,  and  4.5  mm  thick.    A  second  example,  of 
quartz,  might  be  classified  as  a  core.    It  is  67.7  mm  long,  44.6  mm  wide, 
and  26.4  mm  thick. 


FAUNAL  MATERIALS  FROM  CABIN  2 

As  in  Cabin  1,  the  general  area  of  Cabin  2  contained  a  number  of 
large  mammal  bone  fragments,  many  of  which  were  probably  bison  (Bison 
bison).    (Table  14,  Appendix  III,  enumerates  the  identifiable  and 
unidentifiable  bone  and  indicates  its  distribution). 

Identified  mammal  bone  consisted  of  possible  snowshoe  hare  ( Lepus 
americanus) .    Birds  were  Snow  Goose  (Chen  caerolescens)  and  a  member  of 
the  Order  Passeriformes ,  Family  Icteridae,  about  the  size  of  a  Yellow 
Headed  Blackbird.    One  wood  frog  bone  was  also  recovered. 

Specific  to  the  Refuse  Pit  of  Cabin  2  were  bison  (Bison  bison) t 
snowshoe  hare  (Lepus  americanus,  two  individuals  minimum),  and  muskrat 
(Ondatra  zibethicus,  two  individuals  minimum).    Additional  medium-sized 
or  small  mammal  bones  were  recovered  including  examples  of  approximately 
deer  size  and  approximately  dog  size. 

Birds  consisted  of  Canada  Goose  (Branta  canadensis),  possible 
Sharp-Tailed  Grouse  (Pedioceter  phasianel los) ,  and  additional 
unidentified  species.    Undentified  fish  was  also  recovered. 


-  166  - 


DISTRIBUTIONS  IN  CABIN  2 

Distribution  of  artifacts  and  faunal  materials  is  represented  in 
Tables  13  and  14,  Appendix  III.    This  distribution  was  plotted  on  the 
ground  plan  of  Cabin  2.    The  cabin  as  a  whole  and  its  immediate  environs 
were  divided  into  six  sub-areas,  the  boundaries  of  which,  as  in  Cabin  1, 
were  assigned  fairly  arbitrarily  and  by  grid  directions.    These  areas 
were  designated:  Cabin  2  General,  Cabin  2  West,  Feature  1,  The  Fireplace, 
Feature  2,  The  Refuse  Pit,  Cabin  2  East,  and  (large)  Depression. 

Grid  locations  are  again  represented  as  for  Cabin  1.    References  to 
"Cuts"  in  the  Feature  2,  Refuse  Pit,  area  are  given  according  to  the 
somewhat  different  excavation  procedure  employed  here,  but  are  probably 
of  limited  significance,  since  the  Refuse  Pit  appears  to  have  constituted 
a  homogeneous  unit. 

Because  of  the  uncertainties  of  features  and  wall-lines, 
distributions  within  Cabin  2  may  lack  even  the  qualified  significance  of 
distributions  in  Cabin  1.    The  exception  is  Feature  2,  The  Refuse  Pit, 
where  a  fairly  clearly  discrete  assemblage  was  recovered.  Provisionally, 
however,  materials  obtained  from  horizontally  and  vertically  near  this 
pit  fill  during  the  1970-71  excavations  are  listed  under  Cabin  2  West 
rather  than  Refuse  Pit. 

As  in  Cabin  1,  artifacts  and  bone  were  much  more  fully  represented 
in  the  western  portion  of  the  hypothetical  structure,  and  in  particular 
in  and  in  proximity  to  the  Refuse  Pit.    Again,  this  may  to  some  extent 
reflect  the  concentration  of  the  excavations. 

Again,  a  clearly  identified  fireplace  existed  in  this  western 
segment,  but  in  the  boundary  area  and  possibly  just  to  the  east  of  a 
division.    The  terrain,  however,  was  sloping,  and  although  a  rock  pile 
occurred  on  the  east  lip  of  the  large  (cellar?)  depression,  the 
structural  specifics  of  this  area  were  very  unclear. 

Again,  clearly  significant  distributions  of  specific  artifacts  were 
not  discerned.    The  heavy  concentration  of  lead  shot  and  beads  in  the 
Refuse  Pit  may  be  in  part  an  "artifact"  of  the  excavation  methods 
employed . 

All  clearly  forged  nails  were  found  in  Cabin  2  West  and  related 
features,  as  well  as  all  doubtful  examples.    Twelve  of  the  96  cut  nails, 
however,  were  found  in  Cabin  2  East,  where  only  13  artifacts  altogether 
occurred.    The  significance  is  questionable. 

Earthenware  occurred  only  in  the  western  section,  divided  about 
equally  between  Cabin  2  West  and  the  Refuse  Pit.    Glass,  however,  was 
concentrated  outside  the  pit.    Buttons,  and,  as  previously  indicated, 
beads,  were  heavily  concentrated  in  the  Refuse  Pit.    The  likelihood  that 
discovery  in  this  pit  represents  purposeful  disposal  rather  than  loss  may 
give  these  data  some  significance. 

Although  the  Refuse  Pit  may  represent  a  "primary"  disposal  during 
occupation  of  the  cabin,  it  is  also  possible  that  it  was  a  storage  pit 
converted  to  "secondary"  disposal  after  the  structure  as  a  whole,  or  that 
part  of  it,  was  abandoned  (Schiffer  1977:19).    This  probably  cannot  be 
determined  at  the  present  time.    Nor  is  there  evidence  in  Cabin  2  for 
"de-facto"  refuse  directly  reflecting  abandonment  behavior  (Schiffer 
1977:24). 


-  167  - 


Examination  of  distributions  within  Cabin  2  West  or  its  immediate 
environs  revealed  a  few  suggestive  concentrations.    Flat  glass  was 
concentrated  outside  the  hypothetical  south  and  north  walls  of  the 
structure,  suggesting  the  use  of  windows  (rather  than  skin  or  parchment 
coverings  as  D'Artigue  suggested).  Furthermore,  the  two  concentrations 
were  more  or  less  opposite  one  another  near  the  western  extremity. 

Metal  foil  appeared  to  be  concentrated  in  the  Refuse  Pit  and  between 
this  pit  and  the  north  wall  of  the  building.    Beads  were  concentrated  in 
and  between  the  Refuse  Pit  and  the  south  wall  of  the  building.    In  the 
latter  area,  however,  a  meticulous  excavator  was  at  work,  and  this  may 
account  for  the  distribution. 

Bone  was  heavily  concentrated  in  the  Refuse  Pit,  where  most 
identifiable  specimens  were  found,  including  all  clearly  identified  bison 
(9  pieces)  and  snowshoe  hare  (28  pieces).    Otherwise  bone  showed  no 
particular  concentration,  except  that  it  appeared  as  prevalent,  or  more 
so,  inside  the  cabin  as  immediately  outside.    Again,  we  may  presume  that 
"secondary"  disposal  of  the  large  bones  would  have  taken  place  outside 
the  excavated  area. 

The  two  nearly  neighboring  cabins,  Cabin  1  and  2,  might  be  compared 
on  the  basis  of  (1)  functional  categories,  (2)  specific  artifact  groups, 
and  (3)  styles  or  types. 

Altogether,  763  artifacts  were  recovered  from  Cabin  2  and  only  163 
from  Cabin  1,  but  much  of  the  difference  is  made  up  by  lead  shot.    As  a 
consequence,  Hunting  is  heavily  represented  in  Cabin  2,  but  clearly  this 
is  a  result  of  the  Refuse  Pit  concentration  of  shot,  in  combination  with 
different  excavation  and  recovery  techniques. 

Construction  and  Domestic  categories  are  reasonably  close  at  the  two 
locations.    Clothing  and  Ornament,  however,  is  heavily  weighted  at  Cabin 
2,  again  in  part  because  of  the  Refuse  Pit  concentration  of  beads. 
Native  Industries  are  much  more  prevalent  at  Cabin  2. 

For  comparative  purposes,  and  as  a  possible  index  to  the  importance 
of  activities  on  the  site,  functional  categories  are  ranked  in  Table  17, 
Appendix  III,  individually  for  each  cabin  and  for  the  two  cabins  combined. 

Comparison  of  specific  artifact  groups  produced  few  discrepancies 
that  cannot  be  accounted  for  through  differing  excavation  techniques. 
Forged  nails  are  much  more  numerous  in  Cabin  1,  however,  and  cut  nails 
with  hand-made  heads  are  slightly  more  numerous,  suggesting  the 
possibility  of  greater  age  or  differing  function.    These  forged  nails, 
along  with  spun-back  buttons,  give  a  somewhat  archaic  flavor  to  the  Cabin 
1  assemblage. 

Earthenware  is  also  predominant  in  Cabin  1  by  more  than  three 
times.    Categories  such  as  metal  foil  and  louse  comb  teeth  appear  only  in 
Cabin  2,  but  may  represent  only  one  or  two  initial  artifacts. 

Style  of  earthenware  varies  between  the  two  cabins,  but  no  more  than 
would  be  expected  given  personal  preferences,  the  large  range  of 
available  patterns  at  the  time,  and  the  apparently  large  and  diverse 
number  of  traders  to  draw  on  for  supplies. 

In  short,  no  demonstrable  and  statistically  significant  artifact 
differences  can  be  pointed  to  that  distinguish  the  two  cabins  in  terms  of 
time  or  function.    This  is  borne  out  by  Kooyman's  analysis  of  the  faunal 
materials  (Appendix  II). 


-  168  - 


How  does  the  ranking  indicated  square  with  the  documentary  data  and 
with  a  general  conception  of  Metis  life? 

The  first  four  categories  in  the  combined  Cabin  1  and  Cabin  2 
ranking  would  seem  reasonable  in  terms  of  basic  and  less  basic 
subsistence  strategies.    Transportation,  however,  primarily  the  horse,  is 
surprisingly  under-represented  in  terms  of  its  clear  historic  importance 
in  the  bison  hunt  and  in  reaching  and  supplying  the  seasonal 
settlements.    Transportation  goods  such  as  horse-harness  were  more 
prevalent  at  the  Kajewski  site  in  the  Cypress  Hills  (Elliott 
1971:182-183).    Possibly,  as  in  some  fur  trade  contexts,  horses  were  kept 
at  considerable  distance  from  the  main  residential  settlement,  or  from 
this  part  of  it. 

Secondly,  Native  Industry,  primarily  chipped  stone,  is  perhaps 
surprising  in  being  present  at  all.    Occurrence  at  several  cabins  at  both 
Buffalo  Lake  and  the  Kajewski  site  (Elliott  1971:178-182.  212-219; 
Bonnichsen  1967:3-4)  suggests  that  this  category  is  not  invariably 
fortuitous,  occasioned,  for  example,  by  mixing  of  prehistoric  material  in 
recent  fill.    In  some  cases,  however,  such  as  in  Cabin  4  (Chapter  VII), 
it  may  not  be  associated  with  the  Metis  occupations. 


CABIN  2,  DISCUSSION 

Much  of  what  has  been  said  about  Cabin  1  applies  also  to  Cabin  2. 
Despite  some  differences  in  geographical  situation,  some  quantitative 
differences  in  artifact  groups,  and  differences  in  ranking  of  artifact 
classes,  there  is  no  clear  indication  of  functional  specialization. 
Again  a  residence  is  presumed,  at  least  for  Cabin  2  West,  and  this 
assumption  is  supported  to  a  degree  by  the  suggestion  of  glass  windows  on 
either  side  of  the  room.    Dimensions  of  this  residence  were  not  as 
clearly  defined  as  those  of  Cabin  1,  but  there  is  some  suggestion  that 
the  sizes  of  at  least  the  west  units  were  almost  identical. 

Based  on  estimated  width  and  hypothetical  length  of  the  west  unit,  a 
floor  area  of  approximately  200  square  feet  (18.58  m2)  is  estimated  for 
this  part  of  the  structure,  half  the  total  estimate  for  Cabin  1.  Again 
the  distribution  of  artifacts  and  bone  within  the  wall  lines  would 
suggest  an  earth  floor.    However,  it  is  probable  that  the  Refuse  Pit  was 
covered  with  flooring  or  a  lid,  although  no  clear  evidence  persists. 

Again  as  in  Cabin  1,  the  identity  and  specific  form  of  the  eastern 
section  is  in  doubt.    Lack  of  artifacts  and  the  presence  of  a  very  large 
depression,  however,  might  suggest  a  storeroom  with  a  cellar.  An 
in-house  meat  storage  area  is  again  a  possibility,  perhaps  supported  by 
the  large  depression.    Again,  however,  there  is  some  suggestion  of  a 
fi  replace. 

A  major  distinction  between  Cabin  1  and  Cabin  2  was  the  occurrence 
of  pits  in  the  latter,  two  of  which  would  appear  to  have  been  inside  the 
structure.    Possibly  the  somewhat  higher  ground  at  Cabin  2  would  have 
encouraged  the  digging  of  cellars,  which  might  have  been  more  readily 
flooded  in  the  Cabin  1  locality. 


-  169  - 


The  Cabin  2  pattern  is  generally  congruent  with  that  of  other  Metis 
cabins  excavated:  one  or  two  interior  pits  complemented  by  exterior 
depressions.    At  the  Kajewski  site  in  the  Cypress  Hills,  Elliott 
(1971:25)  reports  that  each  cabin  area  consisted  of  the  structure  proper, 
along  with  at  least  three  exterior  pits  located  at  least  six  feet  from 
the  cabins.    Although  the  evidence  is  not  clear  at  Cabin  2,  either  type 
of  pit  may  have  been  initially  dug  for  clay  borrow,  later  used  for 
storage  or  as  a  cellar,  and  ultimately  used  for  refuse  disposal. 

Again  no  evidence  of  duration  or  season  of  residence  is  available 
for  Cabin  2,  but  again  the  best  potential  indicator,  the  fireplace,  was 
even  less  thoroughly  explored  than  the  similar  feature  at  Cabin  1.  Such 
exploration  in  the  future  might  provide  some  evidence  for  seasonal 
rejuventation,  such  as  was  found  elsewhere  at  this  and  at  the  Cypress 
Hills  Metis  Site. 


-  170  - 


CHAPTER  VII 


THE  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  DATA,  CABIN  4 


The  location  of  Cabin  4  (Figure  4)  was  discovered  by  Doll  in  1974 
while  conducting  a  general  survey  of  the  Metis  site  in  order  to  produce  a 
map.    It  was  noted  that  the  buried  portion  of  the  cabin  had  suffered 
extensive  damage  from  cultivation.    Remaining  identifiable  features 
consisted  of  a  small  mound  and  a  few  small  depressions,  out  of  which  grew 
a  thick  clump  of  willows. 

According  to  the  landowners,  this  cluster  of  features  had  been 
identified  as  historically  significant  and  the  ground  around  it  had  been 
cultivated  without  much  further  disturbance  for  over  half  a  century. 

More  than  80  cabin  locations  had  been  identified,  many  of  which  had 
much  greater  potential  to  yield  architectural  information.    During  the 
1982  field  season,  however,  an  emergency  situation  arose  that  made  it 
necessary  to  salvage  what  remained  of  Cabin  4  before  it  was  destroyed  by 
brush-clearing  and  breaking  operations.    Consequently,  an  intensive 
systematic  survey  of  the  specific  area  was  immediately  undertaken.  No 
other  cabin  was  found. 

With  the  decision  to  salvage  Cabin  4,  plans  that  had  been  made  for 
the  excavation  of  Cabin  5  were  postponed. 


EXCAVATIONS  AT  CABIN  4 

Excavation  of  Cabin  4  was  initiated  under  Research  Permit,  Project 
82-27.    In  addition,  because  the  excavations  were  taking  place  on  private 
land,  permission  to  proceed  was  obtained  from  Mr.  Ron  Rider. 
Approximately  58  1/2  person-days  were  spent  in  June  and  July  of  1982, 
surveying,  clearing,  excavating,  and  mapping  Cabin  4. 

Cabin  4  (Figures  4,  52)  was  approximately  420  feet  (128.02  metres) 
east  and  1,609  feet  (490.42  metres)  north  of  the  site  datum  located  at 
the  northeast  corner  of  LSD  14,  Section  11,  Township  41,  Range  20  west  of 
the  Fourth  Meridian.    Cabin  4  was  located  approximately  1,834  feet 
(559.00  metres)  to  the  north  and  500  feet  (152.40  metres)  to  the  east  of 
Cabin  3. 

A  grid  consisting  of  two-metre  square  units  was  established, 
oriented  to  true  north,  23°  24'  east  of  magnetic  north  (Figure  53). 
Stakes  were  designated  according  to  distance  and  direction  from  an 
arbitrary  point  0,  and  excavation  units  were  named  according  to  the 
designation  of  the  stake  in  their  northwest  corner.    This  grid  extended 
16  metres  north-south  and  14  metres  east-west. 

Excavations  were  conducted  generally  with  the  use  of  trowel  and 
dustpan,  but  other  methods,  such  as  shovel-shaving,  were  employed  in 
particular  circumstances.    The  fill  was  screened  through  one-quarter  inch 
mesh,  with  finer  mesh  employed  to  recover  beads,  microf ossi 1 s ,  and 
seeds.    Fill  was  removed  by  strata  of  deposition,  but  in  addition,  a 


-  172  - 


series  of  arbitrary  10  centimetre  levels  were  maintained  when  deep 
cultural  deposits,  such  as  cellars,  were  encountered. 


THE  FEATURES  OF  CABIN  4 

Seven  cultural  features  were  designated  (Figure  53). 

Feature  1 ,  Large  Pit. 

Feature  1  (Figures  53,  54)  was  a  large  exterior  depression  or  pit, 
with  a  depth  of  approximately  49  inches  (124.5  cm).    Few  artifacts  were 
found  in  this  feature  other  than  a  few  machine-cut  nails.    The  bottom 
portion  of  the  pit  cut  through  pockets  of  clay,  and  it  appears  to  have 
been  a  borrow-pit  to  obtain  clay  to  plaster  the  adjacent  north  wall  and 
fireplace  of  the  cabin.    It  may  subsequently  have  been  used  as  a  storage 
pit. 

Feature  2,  The  Fireplace . 

Feature  2  was  a  mound,  which,  when  excavated,  turned  out  to  be  the 
remains  of  a  fireplace  (Figure  53).    Although  all  the  cobbles  had  been 
removed  in  the  1920's,  portions  of  the  firebox  and  apron  remained.    As  in 
the  more  nearly  complete  fireplace  excavated  in  Cabin  3  (Chapter  IV),  the 
firebox  in  Cabin  4  was  stratified.    Four  layers  of  ash,  separated  by 
layers  of  clay,  were  found.    Since  historical  records  show  that  some  mud 
chimneys  were  replastered  seasonally  (see  Coues  1897;  Elliott  1971:27), 
there  is  a  strong  suggestion  of  four  winters  of  occupation  at  this  cabin. 

Feature  3,  Storage  Pit. 

Feature  3  was  an  exterior  pit,  approximately  3.80  feet  (1.16  m) 
deep,  located  adjacent  to  the  proposed  door  of  the  cabin,  along  the  south 
wall  (Figures  53,  55  a,  b).    This  pit  appears  to  have  been  used  for 
"clean"  storage,  as  it  was  cribbed  and  lined  with  bark  (Figure  55  a,  b). 
Again,  few  artifacts  were  recovered.    Owing  to  the  lack  of  concentrated 
clay  deposits,  it  is  doubtful  that  this  was  ever  a  borrow-pit  for  clay 
plaster.    Rather  it  may  have  been  intended  solely  as  a  storage  pit, 
possibly  an  ice-house  for  food  storage. 

Feature  4,  Wall  Line. 

Feature  4  was  a  clay  ridge  covering  bits  of  burned  and  rotted  log. 
This  feature  represented  what  little  was  left  of  the  north  wall  of  the 
cabin,  preserved  and  delineated  by  clay  mud-plaster  from  the  fireplace 
and  from  the  walls.    The  fireplace  appears  to  have  been  located  half  way 
along  this  north  wall.    The  northwest  corner  of  the  structure  was  located 
approximately  10  feet  (3.05  m)  west  of  the  centre  point  of  the  fireplace, 
suggesting  an  east-west  width  of  20  feet  (6.1  m)  for  the  cabin. 


-  173  - 


Feature  5,  Pit. 

Feature  5  was  an  interior  depression  which  appears  to  have  served 
first  as  a  borrow-pit  for  mud-plaster  and  second  as  a  storage  pit  (Figure 
53).    Third,  it  appears  to  have  been  used  as  a  refuse  pit.    Many  of  the 
small  number  of  artifacts  excavated  from  Cabin  4  were  found  in  this 
feature. 

Feature  6,  Pit. 

Feature  6  was  another  exterior  depression  (Figure  53),  located  west 
of,  and  adjacent  to,  Feature  1.    It  also  appears  to  have  been  a 
borrow-pit  that  subsequently  slumped  after  partial  filling  as  a  refuse 
pit.    The  depth  of  this  pit  was  3.94  feet  (1.20  m) ,  which  was  below  the 
1982  water-table. 

Feature  7,  Ash  Dump. 

Feature  7  was  a  small  ash  dump,  approximately  16  inches  (40.64  cm) 
in  diameter.    It  was  located  approximately  30  feet  (9.14  m)  south  of  the 
fireplace  and  15  feet  (4.57  m)  south  of  the  proposed  back  door  on  the 
south  wall  of  the  structure. 

Although  cultivation  had  destroyed  the  remaining  corners  of  the 
cabin,  a  portion  of  the  south  wall  was  found  immediately  opposite  the 
fireplace.    Part  of  the  interior  floor  of  the  cabin  was  also  found, 
consisting  of  a  thin  layer  of  very  hard-packed  clay.    There  was  no 
evidence  of  a  plank  floor.    The  distance  between  the  north  and  south 
walls  was  26  feet  (7.92  m) .    There  was  no  evidence  for  interior 
partitions  or  for  additions  to  the  structure. 

After  the  area  to  the  south  of  the  cabin  was  bulldozed,  the  major 
refuse  deposit  of  Cabin  4  was  discovered.    Artifacts  and  faunal  remains 
were  scattered  and  shallowly  buried,  most  occurring  on  top  of  sand 
immediately  below  leaf  litter. 


THE  ARTIFACTS  OF  CABIN  4 
HUNTING 

No  artifacts  in  the  hunting  category  were  recovered  from  the 
excavated  portion  of  Cabin  4.    However,  this  may  be  owing  in  part  to  the 
extensive  disturbance  by  agriculture.    As  noted  later,  artifacts  in  this 
category  were  surface-collected  from  the  bulldozer-disturbed  dump  that 
was  associated  with  this  cabin. 


CONSTRUCTION.  BLACKSMITHING.  AND  CRAFTS 

This  category  is  represented  by  three  machine-cut  common  nails  of 
three  inch  (76.2  mm),  two  and  one-quarter  inch  (57.15  mm),  and  one  and 


-  174  - 


five-eighths  inch  (41.28  mm)  sizes  (Figure  56  a);  two  machine-cut 
"T-Head"  brads  (Figure  56  b);  and  one  machine-cut  sprig.    In  addition, 
three  possible  machine-cut  incomplete  shanks,  one  with  head  attached, 
were  found.    All  appear  to  be  fragments  of  common  nails. 


HOUSEHOLD,  BUSINESS,  AND  PERSONAL  MAINTENANCE 
Earthenware 

Monochrome  Underglaze  Transfer-Printed  Ware 

Vessel  1,  Saucer  or  Shallow  Bowl  (Figure  56  c).    This  vessel  is 
represented  by  two  rim  sherds  and  a  small  chip.    The  blue  design  is  found 
only  on  the  interior  surface  of  the  vessel  and  is  colored  7.5PB  2/8.  The 
border  decoration  incorporates  the  designs  used  in  two  patterns 
manufactured  by  Copeland:  "Pagoda"  and  "Macaw"  (Sussman  1 979a :  1 46 ,  155). 

Vessel  2,  Small  Bowl  (Figure  56  d).    Five  sherds  from  a  small  bowl 
with  projected  diameter  of  205  mm  were  recovered  from  Cabin  4.    They  fit 
several  other  sherds  recovered  from  the  refuse  area  located  outside  but 
adjacent  to  this  cabin.    The  blue  underglaze  transfer-print  (7.5PB  2/8) 
is  applied  to  the  interior  surface,  forming  the  pattern  known  as  "Pagoda" 
(Sussman  1979a:146,  155). 

Glassware 

Transparent  Bottle  Glass  (Figure  56  e).    A  single  sherd  of 
transparent  glass  from  the  side  panel  of  a  rectangular  bottle  was 
recovered  from  the  base  of  the  firebox  in  Feature  2.    It  is  covered  with 
an  iridescent  patina  and  measures  39.82  mm  by  36.70  mm  by  4.14  mm.  It 
may  be  part  of  a  patent  medicine  bottle. 

Facetted  Glass  Pendant  (Figure  56  f).    A  single  transparent, 
facetted,  tear-drop-shaped  glass  pendant  was  recovered  from  Feature  6. 
The  proximal  end  is  broken,  but  the  remainder  is  26.48  mm  in  length,  with 
a  maximum  diameter  of  18.08  mm.    This  may  have  served  as  a  decoration 
suspended  from  the  border  of  an  oil-lamp  shade  of  the  type  in  common 
domestic  use  during  the  last  half  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

Metal  Handle 

A  heavily  oxidized  ferrous  metal  handle  (Figure  56  g)  from  an  eating 
utensil,  or  possibly  a  knife  bolster,  was  recovered  from  Feature  3.  A 
small  round  hole  for  an  attachment  pin  is  located  in  the  middle  of  the 
dorsal  surface.    The  specimen  measures  89.06  mm  by  24.68  mm  by  1.38  mm. 

Metal  Strap  Fragments 


Three  ferrous  metal  strap  fragments  (Figure  56  h)  were  recovered 
from  Cabin  4.    They  measure  30.62  mm  by  18.86  mm  by  2.90  mm,  13.26  mm  by 


-  175  - 


10.08  mm  by  3.54  mm,  and  159.28  mm  by  29.18  mm  by  1.66  mm.    One  was  found 
in  Feature  3  and  two  in  Feature  5.    The  specimen  from  Feature  3  has  one 
hole  punched  along  the  broken  distal  end.    These  straps  may  have  served 
as  reinforcements  for  a  crate  or  chest.    However,  all  three  vary  in  size 
and  may  have  been  used  on  three  separate  articles. 


DRESS  AND  ORNAMENTATION 
Buttons 

Group  II.  Type  1,  Shell  Button  (Figure  56  i).    A  Group  II,  Type  1 
shell  button,  9.34  mm  in  diameter  and  1.19  mm  thick,  was  recovered  from 
Feature  5.    This  style  and  size  of  button  was  common  on  ladies'  blouses 
and  men's  shirts. 

Group  III,  Type  1,  Bone  Button  (Figure  56  j).    Similar  to  those  from 
Cabin  3,  this  button  was  also  recovered  from  Feature  5.    It  is  14.04  mm 
in  diameter  and  3.77  mm  thick. 

Group  IV,  Type  5,  Metal  Button  (Figure  56  k).    A  metal  button  of 
Variety  2,  from  the  same  feature,  has  a  face  of  ferrous  metal  rather  than 
brass.    It  is  16.66  mm  in  diameter  and  3.45  mm  thick.    Due  to  heavy 
oxidation,  the  inscription  on  the  back  of  the  button  cannot  be  deciphered. 

Hard  Rubber  Comb 

A  complete  black  hard-rubber  composition  louse  comb  (Figure  56  1) 
was  excavated  from  Feature  5.    It  measures  76.80  mm  in  length,  42.00  mm 
in  width,  and  2.06  mm  in  thickness. 

Clasp  Fragment 

A  possible  clasp  fragment  (Figure  56  m) ,  pressed  from  thin  sheet 
brass  was  recovered  from  Feature  3.    It  is  in  the  shape  of  a  horse's  head 
enclosed  by  a  horse  shoe.    The  specimen,  which  may  have  been  associated 
with  an  item  of  clothing,  measures  26.28  mm  by  17.02  mm  by  5.56  mm. 


MISCELLANEOUS  UNIDENTIFIED  OBJECTS 

Miscellaneous  Clay  Object.    A  piece  of  partially  fired  clay  with  two 
round,  symmetrical  perforations  was  recovered  from  Feature  3.  The 
function  of  the  object,  which  measures  23.67  mm  by  15.84  mm  by  4.42  mm, 
is  uncertain. 


NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 
Chipped  Stone 

Although  stone  artifacts  were  recovered  during  the  excavation  of 


-  176  - 


Cabin  4,  they  cannot  be  shown  to  be  contemporaneous  with  the  historic 
occupation.    In  fact,  much  of  the  sample  was  found  clearly  associated 
with  the  undisturbed  Ah  soil  horizon  upon  which  Cabin  4  was  built.  Since 
debitage  of  the  same  type  of  stone  was  mixed  with  historic  material,  much 
of  it  as  a  consequence  of  recent  cultivation,  it  is  suggested  that  all 
stone  tools  and  debitage  at  this  cabin  are  prehistoric. 

The  primary  activity  indicated  by  the  lithic  sample  appears  to  have 
been  biface  production.    Two  biface  fragments  of  burned  shale  were  found, 
as  well  as  41  thinning  flakes  of  the  same  meterial. 

A  single  unburned  grey  shale  biface  fragment  and  five  thinning 
flakes  were  found.    One  core  of  grey  and  red  partially  burned  shale  was 
recovered . 

Red  quartzite  was  also  used  as  a  raw  material  in  biface  production, 
represented  by  one  biface  fragment  and  nine  flakes. 

A  number  of  additional  flakes  did  not  have  any  corresponding  tools 
or  tool  fragments.    Included  were  seven  dark  grey  quartzite  flakes,  five 
quartzite  flakes  in  a  many  colors,  and  two  quartz  flakes.    No  stone 
artifacts  found  at  this  cabin  gave  any  indication  as  to  age  or  cultural 
af f i 1 iation. 


THE  ARTIFACTS  FROM  THE  REFUSE  AREA  ADJACENT  TO  CABIN  4 

When  a  bulldozer  began  clearing  brush  adjacent  to  Cabin  4  (Figure 
4),  a  number  of  artifacts,  faunal  remains,  and  ash  concentrations  were 
uncovered.    Most  material  appeared  just  below  the  decomposed  leaf  layer 
overlying  the  A  soil  horizon.    All  visible  cultural  material  was 
collected,  and  deposits  in  areas  of  artifact  concentration  were  screened. 

Most  materials  were  discovered  within  an  area  approximately  30  feet 
(9.14  m)  west  and  15  feet  (4.57  m)  south  of  Cabin  4.    In  addition,  a 
number  of  artifacts  were  recovered  from  the  cultivated  areas  adjacent  to 
the  north  wall  of  the  structure. 

Since  some  artifacts,  such  as  ceramic  sherds,  were  identical  in 
pattern,  or  fit  those  recovered  from  the  cabin,  and  since  surveys 
suggested  that  no  other  structure  was  located  within  100  metres,  the 
artifact  sample  from  this  bulldozed  area  is  assumed  to  have  originated  in 
Cabin  4. 


HUNTING 

Ignition  Parts  and  Ammunition 

Gunf 1 int  (Figure  57  a).    A  heavily  used,  burned  gunflint  measures 
31.02  mm  in  length,  23.60  mm  in  width,  and  9.52  mm  in  thickness.  Large 
flints  such  as  this  one  could  have  been  used  in  the  larger-sized  flint 
locks  common  in  many  Northwest  trade  guns,  many  of  which  continued  to  be 
furnished  with  flint  ignition  systems  well  into  the  1880's.    These  larger 
flints  could  also  have  been  used  with  steels  for  fire  making. 

Rimfire  Cartridge  Case  (Figure  57  b).    A  spent  copper  rimfire 
cartridge  case  was  found.    The  head  has  a  raised  "H"  stamped  within  a 


-  177  - 


circle,  and  the  rim  bears  two  opposed  indentations  made  by  a  gunbolt  with 
a  double  firing  pin.    This  case  is  a  .44  calibre  Henry  flat  for  use  in 
the  Henry  lever-action  rifle  and  the  model  1866  brass-framed  Winchester 
rifle  and  carbine. 

Lead  Bullet  (Figure  57  c).    An  expended  lead  bullet  with  an 
impact-modified  distal  end  was  recovered.    The  base  is  closer  to  unfired 
condition,  except  that  it  bears  the  reverse  impression  of  the  bands  and 
grooves  of  the  firearm  that  discharged  it.    This  base  measures  .4375 
calibre  and  the  bullet  weighs  202  grains  (13.07  grams).    Two  cartridges 
that  used  bullets  of  similar  dimensions  and  weights  during  the  mid-1870's 
were  the  .44  calibre  Henry  flat  mentioned  above  and  the  .44-40  Winchester 
centrefire  for  use  in  the  model  1873  Winchester  rifle  and  the  Colt 
Frontier  revolver  (Logan  1959:68,  137) 


CONSTRUCTION.  BLACKSMITHING.  AND  CRAFTS 
File  Tang 

A  steel  file  tang  (Figure  57  d)  was  recovered  from  the  refuse  area. 
No  manufacturer's  stamp  is  present. 

Forged  Iron  Nail 

Rose-Head  Forged  Nail  Fragment  (Figure  57  e).  A  single  hand-forged 
rose-head  nail  with  an  incomplete  shank  was  found.  It  measures  36.30  mm 
in  length  with  shank  4.82  mm  in  width  and  4.44  mm  in  thickness. 

Machine-Cut  Iron  Nails 

Flat-Head  Cut  Nail  Fragments  (Figure  57  f).    Five  incomplete 
machine-cut  common  nails  were  found,  including  three  with  flat  heads,  one 
shank  with  missing  head,  and  one  mid-section. 

Cut  Sprig  (Figure  57  g) .    A  single  L-head  sprig  was  recovered  from 
the  refuse  area.    This  specimen  appears  to  have  been  burned,  most  likely 
in  the  cabin  fireplace,  and  subsequently  discarded  with  the  ashes. 

Miscellaneous  Hardware 

Staples  (Figure  57  h).    Five  metal  staples  were  found,  all 
apparently  cut  from  sheet  metal  and  probably  used  to  hold  together  a 
wooden  crate.    All  examples  were  burned,  suggesting  the  object  to  which 
they  were  attached  was  used  as  fuel. 

Rivet  (Figure  57  i).    A  single  copper  male  rivet  was  found.  It 
appears  unmodified  and  probably  was  not  used.    It  may  represent  an 
artifact  that  was  lost  rather  than  discarded  purposely. 


-  1 78  - 


HOUSEHOLD,  BUSINESS.  AND  PERSONAL  MAINTENANCE 
Earthenware 

Monochrome  Underglaze  Transfer-Printed  Ware 

Vessel  1 ,  Bowl  (Figure  58  a).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  30 
sherds,  five  from  the  interior  of  Cabin  4  (Vessel  2,  page  171)  and  25 
from  the  refuse  area.    The  projected  diameter  of  the  bowl  is  205.00  mm 
with  a  height  of  approximately  44.65  mm. 

The  reconstructed  portion  of  the  bowl  is  decorated  on  the  inner 
surface  with  a  blue  (7.5PB  2/8)  underglaze  transfer-print  design  of  the 
"Pagoda"  pattern  (Sussman  1 979b :  1 55 ) .    A  sherd  from  the  bottom  of  the 
bowl  has  the  letters  "COPEL  ..."  pressed  into  it.    This  represents  the 
British  manufacturer,  Copeland. 

Vessel  2,  Bowl  (Figure  58  b) .    This  vessel  is  represented  by  64  tiny 
sherds.    It  has  a  diameter  of  approximately  200.00  mm  and  is  decorated  on 
the  inside  surface  only  with  the  Copeland  pattern  "B  700"  (Sussman 
1 979b : 64) .    On  the  bottom  of  one  sherd  painted  in  green  letters  is  the 
inscription  "COPEL  ..."  and  the  number  "15"  in  blue.    Color  of  the 
print  is  7.5PB  2/4. 

Vessel  3,  Cup  (Figure  58  c).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  30 
sherds.    The  cup  has  a  diameter  of  approximately  100  mm,  but,  due  to 
fragmentation,  the  height  cannot  be  measured.    Decoration  is  found  on 
both  the  interior  and  exterior  surfaces  and  consists  of  the  pattern  known 
as  "Ivy,"  made  by  W.  T.  Copeland  (Sussman  1979b:  135-136). 

Glassware 

Glass  Bottle  Fragments 

Bottle  1  (Figure  58  d).    A  series  of  14  subsequently  reconstructed 
glass  sherds,  most  of  which  have  been  melted,  were  associated  with  an  ash 
concentration.    Most  of  the  recovered  portion  of  the  neck  and  sides  of 
the  bottle  are  melted,  but  portions  of  the  base  are  still  identifiable. 
This  base,  made  from  light  green  transparent  glass,  has  a  pontil  mark  and 
appears  to  have  been  free-blown. 

Bottle  2  (Figure  58  e) .    A  partial  rim  from  a  wide-mouthed  bottle 
was  reconstructed  from  five  sherds.    The  vessel  was  made  from  transparent 
sunburst  amethyst  glass.    The  projected  diameter  of  the  mouth  is  41.12 
mm,  but  neither  the  size  nor  the  shape  of  the  bottle  can  be  determined. 

Bottle  3  (Figure  58  f).  One  moulded  neck  sherd  and  one  thick  body 
sherd  of  pale  green  transparent  glass  were  found.  They  may  represent  a 
segment  of  a  small  patent  medicine  bottle. 


-  179  - 


Bottle  4  (Figure  58  g) .    A  shoulder  and  neck  sherd  of  a  partially 
melted  dark  olive-colored  glass  were  recovered.    The  bottle  which  they 
represent  was  either  a  wine  or  a  beer  bottle  of  the  type  made  between 
1820  and  1920  (Steer  1977:186). 

Tumbler  (Figure  58  h).    This  drinking  vessel  is  represented  by  one 
outside  bevelled  rim  sherd  and  13  curved  body  sherds.    The  tumbler  was 
made  from  clear,  transparent  glass  with  a  slightly  iridescent  patina. 
The  projected  diameter  is  approximately  80  mm. 

Lamp  Chimney  Fragment  (Figure  58  i).    A  very  thin,  curved 
transparent  glass  sherd  from  a  lamp  chimney  was  found.    Coupled  with  the 
pendant  (page  174),  it  supports  the  supposition  that  commercially  made 
oil  lamps  were  used  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site. 

Metal  Strapping 

Six  fragments  with  nail  holes  (Figure  59  a)  appear  to  have  served  as 
wood-crate  reinforcing.    Their  average  width  is  18.5  mm.    One  specimen 
(Figure  59  b),  however,  is  not  only  wider  than  the  previous  six  (22.80 
mm),  but  thicker  as  well.    The  dorsal  edge  has  been  battered,  suggesting 
use  as  a  hoop  on  a  small  keg  or  barrel.    The  strap  also  exhibits  two 
countersunk  perforations  that  appear  to  have  accomodated  rivets  rather 
than  nails.  Rivetting  would  also  be  characteristic  of  a  barrel  hoop.  In 
addition,  a  thin  ferrous  metal  strapping  fragment  was  found. 

Iron  Container  Fragment 

A  fragment  of  thin  ferrous  metal  (Figure  59  c)  was  recovered  from 
the  refuse  area.    Traces  of  solder  are  present  on  one  surface  in  a 
pattern  suggestive  of  an  iron  can. 

Fork 

A  complete  though  slightly  bent  three-tined  ferrous  metal  dinner 
fork  (Figure  59  d)  was  recovered.    The  tines  and  ridged  shoulder  are 
curved.    The  stem  is  round  and  expands  slightly  forward  from  the  junction 
with  the  handle,  then  tapers  toward  the  shoulder  and  tines.    The  handle 
is  mounted  with  half-round  pieces  of  incised  antler  attached  with  two 
ferrous  metal  rivets.    The  pommel  is  capped  by  a  thin  round  disc  of 
ferrous  metal . 

The  incised  design  on  the  fork  handle  consists  of  a  series  of  lines 
paralleling  the  long  axis,  separated  by  a  series  of  cross-hatches. 

Identical  specimens  were  recovered  at  Rocky  Mountain  House  (Steer  et 
al.  1979:Vol.  1,  164;  Vol.  2,  443,  Figure  128A),  excavated  from  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company  post  occupied  between  1835  and  1861.    The  Hudson's 
Bay  Company's  Victoria  Post  also  yielded  flatware  with  similarly  incised 
handles  (Forsman  1985:93,  Figure  41,  c-d;  Losey  et  al.  1977b: 51 ,  Figure 
36-2,  36-3). 


-  180  - 


TRANSPORTATION 
Horseshoe  Nails 

Two  hand-forged  horseshoe  nails  (Figure  59  e)  are  approximately  60 
mm  in  length. 


DRESS  AND  ORNAMENTATION 

Leather  Heel  Fragment 

A  small  preserved  fragment  of  commercially  tanned  leather  (Figure  59 
f)  is  possibly  from  the  heel  of  a  boot  or  shoe. 

Buttons 

Group  I,  Type  5a,  Glass  Buttons  (Figure  59  g).    Two  Group  I,  Type  5a 
buttons  were  recovered,  measuring  11.39  mm  in  diameter  and  3.39  mm  in 
thickness.    This  type  of  button  is  found  on  men's  shirts  and  women's 
blouses.    Sometimes  it  is  covered  in  cloth  and  used  on  bodices  of  women's 
dresses,  as  observed  on  examples  in  the  University  of  Alberta's  historic 
costume  collection 

Bead  Fragments 

Three  fragments  of  a  single  bead  were  found.    The  glass  has 
crystallized  into  a  translucent  sugar-like  consistency,  in  fact, 
deteriorated  to  the  point  where  the  method  of  manufacture  cannot  be 
determined.    The  original  bead  was  probably  substantial  is  size,  as  the 
largest  of  the  fragments  measures  more  than  5.60  mm  in  diameter.    All  of 
the  larger-sized  beads  from  the  Buffalo  Lake  site  were  either  wound  or 
pressed . 


RECREATION  AND  SMOKING 

Smoking  Pipe  Fragment 

The  base  of  a  clay  smoking  pipe  (Figure  59  h)  consisting  of  the  stem 
and  part  of  the  bowl  was  found.    The  specimen  was  burned  and  partially 
melted,  presumably  in  the  fireplace  of  Cabin  4,  with  the  result  that  the 
color  was  modified  to  a  deep  brick  reddish-brown.    The  stem  retains  some 
flash  from  the  mould  in  which  it  was  formed,  and  at  the  proximal  end 
there  is  a  raised,  encircling  ring.    The  stem  is  complete,  though  quite 
short.    It  would  have  been  practical  to  use  a  wood  or  horn  mouthpiece  in 
conjunction  with  this  pipe. 


-  181  - 


NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 
Chipped  Stone 

During  the  collection  of  historic  artifacts  in  the  wake  of  the 
bulldozer,  a  few  lithic  artifacts,  most  likely  of  prehistoric  age,  were 
found  in  the  refuse  area.    Included  were  a  chert  core,  two  red  quartzite 
flakes,  a  light  grey  quartzite  flake,  and  a  translucent  greenish-brown 
chalcedony  flake  exhibiting  some  use-modification. 


DISCUSSION 

In  part  because  of  the  salvage  exigency,  information  on  construction 
methods  and  the  dimensions  and  internal  organization  of  Cabin  4  is 
limited.    However,  it  was  probably  a  one-room  structure  without  internal 
partitions,  approximately  26  feet  long  (8.00  m)  and  20  feet  wide  (6.09 
m) .    An  interior  stone  fireplace  was  located  approximately  in  the  centre 
of  the  north  wall  (Figure  53).    There  were  three  external  borrow-cum- 
storage  pits,  one  of  which  was  lined  with  bark  and  partly  cribbed,  and 
one  internal  pit  which  was  subsequently  used  for  trash  disposal.  In 
addition,  ashes  and  refuse  were  disposed  of  on  the  surface  of  the  ground 
in  three  more  small  areas  within  30  feet  (10  m)  of  the  cabin  itself. 

Cabin  4  was  located  on  a  small,  flat  terrace  overlooking  a  slough, 
which,  during  periods  of  slightly  higher  precipitation,  was  joined  to 
Lynn  Lake  (Figures  3,  4).    During  the  1890's  and  the  early  twentieth 
century,  the  cabin  was  probably  under  water,  as  were  several  others 
located  at  the  Boss  Hill  wintering  site  about  a  mile  to  the  south  (Figure 
4). 

The  method  of  constructing  Cabin  4  has  not  been  determined,  although 
there  is  no  evidence  to  support  the  post -in-ground  technique. 
Post-on-sill  could  have  been  used,  but  no  indications  remain.  Both 
dovetail  and  saddle-notch  construction  were  in  use  at  this  period,  but 
again  there  is  no  structural  evidence  for  either  in  Cabin  4.    From  the 
few  written  accounts  of  the  time,  it  would  appear  to  the  writer  that  in 
all  likelihood  saddle-notch  was  used,  given  that  wintering  cabins  were 
erected  in  a  day  or  two.    The  size  of  the  trees  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
would  also  govern  to  some  extent  the  technique  used.    Cabin  4  does  not 
seem  to  have  had  a  wooden  floor,  but  rather  one  of  packed  clay.  Too 
little  of  the  structure  is  preserved,  however,  for  this  to  be  certain. 

Certainly,  in  the  more  permanent  settlements  of  Lac  Ste.  Anne  and  St 
Albert,  dovetailed  corners  and  post-on-sill  construction  were  common. 
Many  of  the  citizens  were  skilled  wood-workers  having  participated  in  the 
construction  of  Hudson's  Bay  Company  buildings,  and,  later,  buildings  for 
both  Roman  Catholic  and  Methodist  missions.    At  Buffalo  Lake,  this  more 
sophisticated  style  of  building  may  have  been  evident  in  structures 
occupied  by  some  of  the  leading  traders  and  perhaps  the  Roman  Catholic 
Priest. 


-  182  - 


The  artifact  sample  from  Cabin  4  is  also  exceedingly  sparse.    For  a 
structure  supposedly  occupied  by  a  group  of  people  involved  in  hunting, 
it  is  surprising  that  no  artifacts  related  to  this  activity  were  found. 
Outside  the  structure,  however,  there  is  evidence  for  the  use  of  the 
Henry  rifle  and  perhaps  a  flintlock  firearm. 

Because  of  the  expedient  building  methods  involved,  however,  it  is 
not  surprising  that  very  few  artifacts  relating  to  construction  were 
recovered.    There  is  evidence  for  use  of  hand-forged  nails  as  well  as 
machine-cut  varieties,  although  the  latter  type  predominates.  Rather 
than  in  the  construction  of  the  cabin  itself,  however,  many  of  these 
nails  appear  to  have  been  used  in  carts  or  other  wooden  objects  that  were 
dismantled  and  burned  in  the  fireplace,  with  the  ashes  dumped  outside,  or 
that  were  burned  in  small  fires  outside  the  cabin  structure  in  the  first 
place.    Some  of  the  ash  concentrations  outside  the  cabin  may  in  fact  be 
from  fires  used  for  such  purposes  as  smoke-tanning,  preparation  or 
preservation  of  food,  or  insect  control. 

Copeland  ceramics  make  up  the  entire  sample  from  Cabin  4,  from  both 
the  interior  and  the  refuse  area.    Vessel  types  and  patterns  are 
consistent  with  those  from  Cabins  1,  2,  and  3. 

Glass  artifacts  were  better  represented  than  metal  artifacts,  with 
evidence  for  the  use  of  oil  lamps,  drinking  glasses,  and  flatware.  The 
suggestion  is  that  the  occupants  had  brought  with  them  most  of  the 
objects  that  would  normally  be  associated  with  a  more  permanent  home,  for 
example,  at  Lac  Ste.  Anne  or  St.  Albert.    Certainly  many  of  the  breakable 
objects  would  not  have  travelled  well  unless  carefully  packed,  and  at  the 
same  time  would  perhaps  have  been  too  bulky  to  carry  out  on  the  Plains 
during  the  summer  hunt. 

As  would  be  expected,  all  artifacts  associated  with  transportation 
were  found  outside  the  house  structure.    This  class  of  artifacts  was 
restricted  to  horseshoe  nails. 

Clothing  was  represented  by  a  few  buttons  of  generally  similar  types 
to  those  recovered  from  other  cabins  at  the  site.    With  the  exception  of 
two  found  in  the  refuse  area,  all  buttons  were  recovered  from  the 
internal  pits  in  Cabin  4.    Thus  a  certain  pattern  for  the  disposal  of 
worn  clothing  emerges.    There  is  also  some  evidence  to  suggest  the  use  of 
manufactured  leather  footwear. 

More  artifacts  related  to  food  storage  would  have  been  expected,  for 
example  tin  cans  (only  one  fragment  found)  or  lead  foil  from  tea 
containers.    The  absense  of  the  latter  is  surprising,  since  foil  was 
common  in  all  the  other  cabins. 

Also,  as  in  the  other  cabins,  stone  artifacts  were  found  in  Cabin 
4.    There  is,  however,  clear  evidence  for  prehistoric  provenience, 
opposed  to  the  more  convincing  association  with  historic  artifacts  in  the 
other  Metis  cabins. 

General  identification  of  faunal  material  from  the  Cabin  4  area  was 
not  made.    However,  Kooyman's  specific  analysis  is  included  in  Appendix 
II. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  many  faunal  elements,  probably  those 
of  large  mammals  such  as  bison,  were  disposed  of  outside  the  cabin 
structure  and  were  scattered  on  the  surface  rather  than  placed  in  the 
depressions.    Teeth  marks,  possibly  from  dogs,  appear  on  many  examples. 


-  183  - 


It  would  appear,  based  on  the  little  physical  evidence  that 
survives,  that  Cabin  4  was  occupied  at  the  same  time  as  Cabins  1,  2,  and 
3,  probably  by  the  same  group  of  people    Likely  they  had  the  same  source 
of  supply  for  many  possessions,  such  as  firearms,  clothing,  and  household 
goods . 


-  184  - 


CHAPTER  VIII 


THE  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  DATA,  CABIN  5 


The  cluster  of  surface  features  consisting  of  mounds  and  depressions 
designated  Cabin  5  is  located  approximately  529.30  feet  (161.33  m)  south 
of  Cabin  4  and  1,101.30  feet  (335.68  m)  south  of  the  north  boundary  of 
the  southeast  quarter  of  Section  14,  Township  41,  Range  20  west  of  the 
Fourth  Meridian  (Figures  4,  60  a).    Thus  it  is  located  somewhat  away  from 
the  main  concentration  of  features  and  from  the  excavated  Cabins  1,  2, 
and  3. 


EXCAVATIONS  AT  CABIN  5 

Specific  Objectives 

Within  the  framework  of  general  objectives  outlined  in  Chapter  I, 
the  Cabin  5  area  was  selected  for  excavation  in  an  effort  to  satisfy  the 
following  specific  objectives: 

(1)  To  demonstrate  or  disprove  cultural  and  temporal 
continuity  with  the  previously  excavated  cabins  at  the 
Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site. 

(2)  To  reinforce  hypotheses  on  fireplace  orientation  with 
respect  to  a  pattern  tentatively  discerned  in  Cabins  1,  3, 
and  4. 

(3)  To  support  additional  inferences  regarding  the  internal 
organization  of  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  cabins. 

(4)  To  test  hypotheses  of  annual  or  seasonal  rejuvenation  of 
fireplaces  (with  implications  for  re-occupation  of  cabins)  on 
features  where  this  had  not  hitherto  been  clearly  ascertained. 

(5)  To  further  test  the  hypothesis  of  seasonal  or  annual 
re-excavation  in  new  localities  of  borrow-storage-ref use  pits. 

(6)  To  further  investigate  patterning  in  refuse  disposal 
with  an  eye  to  generating  hypotheses  of  sociocultural 
differentiation  (Carillo  1977;  South  1977a;  1977b;  Schiffer 
1977). 

(7)  Possibly  to  link  sequential  use  of  fireplaces  with 
sequential  use  of  refuse  pits,  for  example  through  the 
recovery  and  identification  of  conjoinable  artifacts  or 
fauna!  remains. 


-  186  - 


(8)  To  further  discriminate  primary  and  secondary  refuse 
disposal,  particularly  with  regard  to  interior  refuse  pits, 
and  to  further  investigate  the  fireplace  as  a  refuse  disposal 
receptacle. 

(9)  To  increase  comparability  of  house  units  within  or 
without  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  through  focussed 
comparison  of  the  above  selected  sub-units.    Possibly  to 
suggest  relative  homogeneity  or  variation,  with  implications 
for  ethnic  or  household-organization  variability. 

(10)  Through  additional  recovery  of  artifacts,  to  further 
discriminate  a  Late  Nineteenth  Century  Metis  Artifact  Pattern, 
distinguished,  for  example,  from  an  Early  Fur  Trade  Artifact 
Pattern  (Nicks  1970;  Forsman  and  Gallo  1979). 

Excavation  Methods 

Unlike  the  previous  four  Metis  cabin  localities,  Cabin  5  appeared  to 
be  relatively  undisturbed  by  agricultural  activity  or  by  pothunters. 
Much  credit  for  this  is  due  to  the  landowner,  Ron  Rider,  who  actively 
protected  this  portion  of  the  site  for  several  years.    The  position  of 
Cabin  5,  located  away  from  the  main  concentration  of  buildings,  may  also 
have  served  to  protect  it. 

After  clearing  the  area  of  underbrush,  it  was  possible  to  recognize 
15  features,  consisting  of  a  series  of  mounds,  depressions,  and  linear 
ridges.    These  were  designated  according  to  their  visibility  prior  to 
excavation. 

Excavation  techniques  were  similar  to  those  described  for  Cabin  4. 
After  establishing  a  metric  grid  over  the  designated  area,  three 
two-metre  by  four-metre  excavation  units  were  investigated.    The  units 
were  designated  by  the  coordinates  of  their  northwest  corners:  units 
0N,4W;  0N,2E;  and  6S,0W. 

The  first  unit  encompassed  Feature  7,  a  clay  ridge,  and  was 
established  to  reveal  the  northwest  corner  of  the  structure,  to  determine 
the  method  of  construction,  and  to  investigate  the  cabin  interior  for 
wooden  flooring.    The  unit  also  included  a  small  portion  of  Feature  2,  a 
large  depression  along  the  north  (actually  more  nearly  northwest)  wall 
and  exterior  to  the  main  structure,  and  half  of  Feature  11,  a  small 
exterior  depression. 

Although  a  portion  of  Feature  7  was  exposed  in  1982,  little 
information  was  gained  from  the  small  amount  of  excavation  in  Features  2 
and  11.    Wood  preservation  was  too  poor  to  determine  beyond  a  reasonable 
doubt  what  construction  method  was  used.    There  was  no  evidence  for  the 
presence  of  wood  flooring,  although  this,  too,  is  not  necessarily 
conclusive. 

The  second  unit  was  established  in  order  to  locate  the  east  wall  of 
the  cabin,  to  test  for  wooden  flooring,  and  to  establish  the  function  and 
dimensions  of  Feature  6,  a  large  depression. 


-  187  - 


The  third  excavation  unit  was  established  to  isolate  Feature  10,  the 
southwest  corner  of  the  cabin,  and  to  determine  the  method  of 
construction. 

Application  to  complete  the  investigation  of  Cabin  5  and  its 
environs  during  the  1983  field  season  was  not  approved  by  the 
Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta. 


THE  FEATURES  OF  CABIN  5 
The  Wal  1  Lines 

In  contrast  to  many  other  cabin  remains  throughout  the  site,  the 
general  outline  of  Cabin  5  was  quite  pronounced.    This  was  probably  owing 
in  part  to  the  large  amount  of  clay  used  to  plaster  the  walls. 
Eventually,  this  clay  was  deposited  as  a  series  of  ridges  forming  a 
square  encompassing  approximately  the  area  occupied  by  the  original 
structure.    Inside  this  square,  and  located  half  way  between  the 
northeast  and  northwest  corners,  was  a  large  mound.    Based  on  these 
outlines  and  this  mound,  the  various  visible  surface  features  were 
designated  as  follows  (Figure  60  b)    (All  readings  are  relative  to  stake 
4N,  0W,  taken  as  0  elevation,  since  it  was  one  of  the  few  stakes  from 
which  all  features  were  visible.) 

Feature  1 ,  Large  Mound 

This  mound  was  approximately  10  feet  (3.05  m)  in  diameter  and  1.79 
feet  (55.00  cm)  high.      Because  of  its  size  and  form,  the  granitic 
cobbles  seen  eroding  from  it,  and  its  location  adjacent  to  and  within 
apparent  wall  lines,  it  was  assumed  to  have  been  a  fireplace. 

Feature  2,  Large  Depression 

This  feature  was  located  to  the  northwest  and  adjacent  to  Feature 
1.    It  measured  approximately  11.04  feet  (3.37  m)  by  8.73  feet  (2.66  m) 
and  was  2.60  feet  (79.3  cm)  deep. 

Feature  3,  Depression,  and  Feature  3A,  Mound 

The  depression  measured  12.24  feet  (3.73  m)  by  8.17  feet  (2.49  m) 
and  was  3.35  feet  (1.02  m)  deep.    It  was  bordered  by  a  mound  of  clay 
(Feature  3A) ,  15.52  feet  (4.73  m)  from  northwest  to  southeast  by  12.29 
feet  (3.75  m)  from  northeast  to  southwest.    This  feature  perhaps 
represented  a  separate  cabin  or  perhaps  a  large  cellar  associated  with 
Cabin  5. 

Feature  4,  Small  Depression 

This  feature  measured  4.57  feet  (1.39  m)  by  4.51  feet  (1.38  m)  and 
is  1.24  feet  (37.8  cm)  deep.    Because  of  its  apparent  location,  it  was 
thought  to  represent  an  external  borrow-cum-ref use  pit. 


-  188  - 


Feature  5,  Small  Depression 

This  depression  was  similar  to  Feature  4,  but  located  slightly 
farther  away  from  the  larger  features  thought  to  be  associated  with  the 
main  cabin  structure.    It  measured  3.65  feet  (1.11  m)  by  3.57  feet  (1.09 
m)  by  1.17  feet  (35.66  cm)  deep,  and  was  thought  to  be  the  remains  of  a 
privy. 

Feature  6,  Large  Depression 

This  feature  (Figure  60  b)  was  located  within  what  was  thought  to  be 
the  main  cabin  structure.    It  measured  6.86  feet  (2.09  m)  by  5.86  feet 
(1.79  m)  and  was  1.50  feet  (45.72  cm)  deep.    On  the  basis  of  data  from 
previously  excavated  cabins,  it  was  hypothesized  that  Feature  6 
functioned  sequentially  as  a  borrow  pit,  storage  pit,  and  waste  disposal 
unit. 

Excavation  revealed  a  very  deep  interior  pit  (Figures  61,  62  a) 
initially  dug  to  obtain  clay  for  construction  of  the  fireplace  and 
perhaps  chinking  of  the  cabin.    The  upper  portion  of  this  feature  was 
excavated  through  sand;  however,  the  lower  portion  intersected  a  very 
thick  and  pure  lens  of  clay  (Figure  61). 

This  pit  appears  to  have  been  used  for  a  time  as  an  interior  storage 
cellar,  based  on  the  assumption  that  certain  artifacts  recovered  from  the 
bottom,  such  as  the  unfired  44-40  cartridges,  were  probably  not 
intentionally  discarded.    At  this  time  the  pit  appears  to  have  been 
covered  by  a  large  wooden  trap  door  joined  with  nails.    Bits  of  rotted 
wood  and  rusted  nails  were  recovered  from  the  refuse  in  the  pit  and  may 
have  come  from  this  trap  door.    More  substantial  pieces  of  rotted  wood 
with  no  associated  nails  (Figure  61)  probably  represent  segments  of 
collapsed  roof  or  wall . 

Subsequent  to  its  use  as  a  storage  cellar,  Feature  6  ultimately 
served  for  refuse  disposal,  particularly  evidenced  in  the  upper  40 
centimetres  of  deposition  (Figure  61).    The  reasons  a  storage  cellar 
would  become  a  refuse  pit  have  not  been  determined.    In  the  present  case, 
water  table  and  soil  permeability  are  important  factors  to  consider.  The 
bottom  of  Feature  6  was  excavated  into  relatively  impermeable  clay,  but 
the  upper  deposits  were  in  very  permeable  sands.    Possibly,  then, 
following  the  spring  abandonment  after  the  first  winter  of  occupation, 
the  bottom  of  the  cellar  filled  with  water.    There  is  also  evidence  that 
the  sandy  deposits  above  slumped,  filling  part  of  the  original 
excavation.    Both  the  inundation  and  the  slumping  would  have  made  safe, 
dry  storage  impossible,  but  would  make  trash  disposal  feasible. 

Features  7,  8,  9,  and  10,  Clay  Ridges 

Clay  ridges  appeared  to  represent  the  four  corners  and  the  four 
walls  of  the  main  Cabin  5  structure,  forming  a  square  approximately  25 
feet  (7.62  m)  to  a  side.    Elevations  taken  from  stake  ON,  4W  to  the  four 
corners  ranged  between  .33  feet  (10.06  cm)  above  to  .32  feet  (9.75  cm) 
below. 


-  189  - 


At  Feature  10,  almost  no  wood  from  the  corner  was  preserved. 
However,  the  earth  exhibited  differential  water-absorption 
characteristics,  and  the  original  corner  of  the  building  showed  as  a  dark 
stain  after  the  excavation  unit  was  soaked  with  water  and  allowed  to  dry 
slowly  (Figure  62  b).    As  in  the  other  two  excavation  units,  there  was  no 
evidence  of  planking  or  other  type  of  wooden  floor. 

Feature  11,  Small  Depression 

This  feature  may  have  served  as  a  stairwell  or  access  to  Feature  2. 
It  was  2.54  feet  (77.42  cm)  in  diameter  and  less  than  two  feet  (60.96  cm) 
deep. 

A  number  of  other  features  were  noted  during  the  initial  mapping  of 
the  site.    These  features  include  the  following  (Figure  60  b) : 

Feature  12,  Depression 

This  feature,  apparently  associated  with  a  separate  structure, 
appeared  to  be  square,  measuring  4.32  feet  (1.32  m)  to  a  side. 

Feature  13,  Ridge 

This  feature  appeared  to  be  a  slightly  raised  mud-plaster  line 
outlining  a  structure  15.06  feet  (4.59  m)  by  12.62  feet  (3.85  m)  . 

Feature  14,  Ridge 

This  feature  was  a  slightly  raised  mud-plaster  wall  line  that 
appeared  to  outline  an  addition  to  Cabin  5.    The  addition  was 
approximately  4.51  feet  (1.38  m)  shorter  along  its  east  wall  than  was  the 
corresponding  west  wall  of  Cabin  5,  which  it  shared.    This  addition 
measured  approximately  21.62  feet  (6.59  m)  by  15.12  feet  (4.61  m)  and  did 
not  appear  to  contain  either  a  fireplace  or  a  storage-refuse  pit. 

Feature  15,  Ridge 

This  isolated  ridge,  associated  with  Features  2  and  11,  perhaps 
represented  the  remains  of  a  wall  line.    It  formed  a  line  parallel  to  the 
north  wall  of  Cabin  5,  13.75  feet  (4.19  m)  long  and  12.92  feet  (3.94  m) 
to  the  north.    It  lined  up  with  Feature  7,  the  northwest  corner  of  Cabin 
5  and  appeared  to  envelope  Features  2  and  11.    It  also  ran  parallel  to 
the  south  wall  of  the  mound,  Feature  3A. 

Discussion 

Largely  from  surface  indications,  the  15  associated  features 
arbitrarily  designated  Cabin  5  appear  to  represent  a  series  of  joined  or 
separate  structures  much  more  complex  in  architecture  and  presumed 
function  than  other  hi vernant  structures  investigated  by  archaeologists 
to  date.    Six  such  structures  may  be  represented: 


-  190  - 


(1)    A  main  cabin,  25  feet  (7.62  m)  square,  was  enclosed  by  Features 
7,  8,  9,  and  10,  and  contained  a  large  fireplace  (Feature  1) 
approximately  centred  on  an  interior  wall  (typical  of  French  log  cabin 
construction  techniques).    Within  this  main  cabin  a  large  storage/refuse 
pit  (Feature  6)  was  located. 

(2,  3)    Two  additional  rooms  appear  to  have  been  joined  to  the  main 
cabin.    The  first,  located  along  the  west  wall  (Feature  14),  measured  22 
feet  (6.71  m)  by  15  feet  (4.57  m) .    There  was  no  surface  indication  of 
function.    The  second  addition  was  located  along  the  north  wall,  measured 
approximately  14  feet  (4.27  m)  by  13  feet  (3.96  m) ,  and  encompassed 
Features  2,  11,  and  15.    On  the  basis  of  the  large  depression,  this 
addition  may  have  served  as  a  large  storage  room,  accessible  either  from 
the  main  cabin  or  from  outside.    Thus,  three  of  the  hypothetical  six 
structures  appear  to  have  been  attached. 

(4)  The  fourth  structure,  represented  by  Features  3  and  3A,  may 
have  been  a  separate  cabin  measuring  16  feet  (4.88  m)  by  12  feet  (3.66 
m) ,  with  a  fireplace  and  a  large  interior  depression.    Alternately,  it 
may  have  been  a  large  detached  storage  building.    Without  excavation,  it 
has  not  been  determined  whether  the  mound  was  from  a  fireplace  or  was 
simply  backfill  from  the  depression. 

(5)  The  fifth  structure  was  also  detached.    It  was  represented  by 
Features  12  and  13  and  measured  approximately  12.5  feet  (3.81  m)  by  15 
feet  (4.57  m) .    It  may  have  served  either  as  a  living  structure  or  a 
storage  building. 

(6)  The  sixth  structure,  represented  by  Feature  5,  may  have  been  a 
privy. 

Several  types  of  structures  for  which  there  is  as  yet  no 
archaeological  evidence  were  probably  located  on  the  site.    These  might 
include:  stables  (possibly  a  function  of  Feature  14);  stages  for  storage 
of  meat,  dog  harness,  carrioles  or  other  equipment;  drying  racks;  and 
perhaps  saw  pits. 


THE  ARTIFACTS  OF  CABIN  5 

Excavation  of  Cabin  5  yielded  a  sample  of  1,726  artifacts. 
Hopefully  they  reflect  those  activities  associated  with  the  main 
structure,  though  not  necessarily  those  pertaining  to  the  detached 
features.    The  majority  of  the  artifacts  were  recovered  from  Feature  6. 


HUNTING 
Gun  Parts 


Trigger  (Figure  63  a).    A  complete  trigger  from  a  black  powder 
muzzle-loading  firearm  was  recovered  from  Feature  6.    It  is  identical  to 


-  191  - 


the  trigger  from  a  Parker,  Field,  and  Company  flintlock  trade  musket  with 
a  lock  plate  dated  1867,  located  in  the  History  Collection  of  the 
Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta.    However,  similar  triggers  were  used  on 
firearms  of  much  earlier  manufacture. 

The  trigger  was  recovered  from  the  organically  stained  earth 
overlying  the  cellar  fill  proper,  and  it  was  probably  deposited  or 
slumped  into  the  depression  from  the  adjacent  floor  or  wall  rather  than 
being  intentionally  discarded.    Such  items  as  this  may  have  been  kept  as 
spare  parts  for  gun  repairs. 

Ignition  Parts  and  Ammunition 

Percussion  Caps  (Figure  63  b).    Two  copper  percussion  caps  were 
recovered.    A  fired  specimen  was  from  the  cabin  floor,  associated  with 
Feature  10.    An  unfired  specimen,  probably  representing  accidental 
deposition,  was  recovered  from  the  cellar  fill  of  Feature  6.  Both 
examples  are  similar  in  size  to  the  number  11  percussion  cap  used  with 
percussion  shotguns  and  Plains-type  rifles.    Firearms  such  as  the 
military  and  police  Enfields  and  Springfields  used  the  much  larger  "top 
hat"  percussion  cap. 

Percussion  Cap  Box  Lid  (Figure  63  c).    The  lid  of  a  percussion  cap 
box,  recovered  from  Feature  6,  was  manufactured  by  Ely  Brothers  in 
London,  England,  and  is  made  from  tin-plated  ferrous  metal.    The  lid  is 
40.85  mm  in  diameter  and  6.18  mm  high,  and  the  metal  is  .71  mm  thick. 
Comparative  examples  in  the  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta's  History 
collection  are  sealed  with  a  dark  brown  varnish.    A  medium-green  paper 
label  glued  to  their  side  indicates  in  black  lettering  that  the  box 
contained  100  percussion  caps. 

Lead  Shot  (Figure  63  d).    Four  lead  shot  were  found,  three  from  the 
southwest  interior  corner  of  the  cabin  and  one  from  Feature  6.  Two 
pellets  are  of  "BB"  and  two  of  "B"  size,  and  all  were  most  likely  fired 
from  a  muzzle-loading  shotgun. 

Rimfire  Cartridge  Case  (Figure  63  e).    A  single  copper  rimfire 
cartridge  case  from  a  .44  calibre  Henry  flat  cartridge  was  recovered  from 
Feature  6.    The  head  has  a  raised  encircled  letter  "H,"  while  the  rim 
exhibits  double  firing-pin  marks  opposite  each  other.    The  head  is  bulged 
outward  due  to  too  much  headspace  in  the  Henry  or  Winchester  rifle  that 
fired  it. 

Centrefire  Cartridges  (Figure  63  f).    A  total  of  eight  unfired 
.44-40  calibre  centrefire  cartridges  were  recovered  from  the  bottom  of 
Feature  6.    They  were  found  together  wrapped  in  a  piece  of  cloth 
identified  as  cotton  (Barbara  Schweger,  personal  communication).  Such 
cartridges  were  manufactured  for  use  interchangeably  in  the  model  1873 
Winchester  lever-action  repeating  rifle  and  the  Colt  Single-Action  Army 
revolver. 


-  192  - 


Because  the  cartridge  cases  still  contained  black  powder,  they  are 
badly  deteriorated,  while  the  bullets  are  affected  with  advanced  lead 
disease.    No  headstamp  is  in  evidence. 

These  cartridges  appear  to  have  been  stored  in  the  bottom  of  the 
cellar  rather  than  thrown  away.    They  were  subsequently  covered  by 
slumping  sand  from  the  upper  deposits. 


CONSTRUCTION,  BLACKSMITHING,  AND  CRAFTS 
Axe  Head  Fragment 

A  forged  iron  axe  head  (Figure  63  g)  was  recovered  from  Feature  6 
just  below  the  east  wall  sill  log  of  Cabin  5.    The  head  is  split 
lengthwise  and  is  missing  the  cutting  edge.    The  poll  is  well  battered. 
The  axe  head  measures  107.30  mm  in  length,  62.68  mm  in  width,  and  13.70 
mm  in  thickness,  and  it  weighs  237.13  g. 

It  is  possible  that  this  axe  head  broke  during  the  construction 
phase  of  Cabin  5. 

Half-Round  File  Fragment 

A  long  mid-section  of  a  half-round  file  was  found  (Figure  63  h).  It 
measures  146.42  mm  in  length,  11.30  mm  in  width,  and  6.98  mm  in 
thickness.      The  cutting  surface  is  very  fine,  though  presently  obscured 
by  oxidation. 

Possible  Tool  Handle 

Three  pieces  of  squared  hardwood  were  recovered  (Figure  63  i).  They 
may  have  served  as  tool  handles  or  parts  of  tools,  but  their  state  of 
preservation  precludes  positive  identification. 

Forged  Iron  Nail  Fragments 

Four  wrought  headless  nail  shanks  (Figure  63  j)  were  recovered  from 
Feature  6.    All  have  bits  of  preserved  wood  adhering  to  their  oxidized 
surfaces 

Machine-Cut  Iron  Nails 

Flat-Head  Cut  Nails  (Figure  63  k).    Of  the  60  machine-cut  nails 
found,  almost  all  examples  were  flat-headed  common  nails.    However,  a 
variety  of  sizes  was  represented.    A  total  of  10  nearly  complete  two  and 
one-half  inch  (63.5  mm)  nails  was  found.    In  addition,  two  two  inch  (50.8 
mm),  three  one  and  three-quarters  inch  (44.3  mm),  four  one  and  one-half 
inch  (38.1  mm),  and  fourteen  one  and  one-eighth  inch  (28.6  mm)  nails  were 
found.    Also  included  were  12  flat-head  machine-cut  common  nails  with 
broken  shanks  and  15  headless  machine-cut  shanks  of  various  lengths. 


-  193  - 


Cut  Sprigs  (Figure  63  1).    Two  one  inch  (25.4  mm)  sprigs  were 
recovered . 

Cut  Tack  (Figure  63  m) .    One  tack,  seven-sixteenths  inch  (11.3  mm) 
in  length  was  found. 

Wire  Nail  Fragment 

One  broken  wire  nail  (spike)  with  a  7.0  mm  diameter  shank  was  found 
( Figure  63  n) . 

Miscellaneous  Hardware 

Staple  Fragments  (Figure  63  o).    Seven  fragments  of  stamped  ferrous 
metal  staples  were  recovered.    They  may  have  served  to  attach  metal 
reinforcement  strapping  to  wood  crates. 

Heavy  Barrel  Hoop  Fragment  (Figure  63  p) .    A  long  segment  of  heavy 
iron  barrel  hoop  was  recovered  from  the  southeast  cabin  floor  area 
encompassed  in  the  excavation  unit  for  Feature  6.    One  edge  exhibits 
considerable  battering,  which  might  indicate  how  it  was  fitted  tightly 
over  a  large  tapered  object  such  as  a  barrel.    There  are  three 
perforations  near  one  of  the  broken  ends.    One  of  these  perforations 
still  retains  a  portion  of  a  wood  screw. 

The  hoop  measures  615.00  mm  in  length,  36.50  mm  in  width,  and  3.80 
mm  in  thickness.    The  screw  is  approximately  6.5  mm  in  diameter  where  it 
pierces  the  hoop. 


HOUSEHOLD,  BUSINESS,  AND  PERSONAL  MAINTENANCE 
Earthenware 

Monochrome  Underglaze  Transfer-Printed  Mare. 

Vessel  1,  Plate  (Figure  64  a).    Two  fitted  sherds  form  part  of  the 
bottom  of  a  small  (six  inch?)  plate.    "C0PEL  .  .  ."is  stamped  on  the 
bottom  surface.    A  design  is  applied  to  the  inner  surface  only,  and 
consists  of  the  Copeland  pattern  "Continental  Views  No.  526"  (Sussman 
1979b:98;  Steer  1977).    The  color  is  6.25PB  4/12. 

Vessel  2,  Plate?  (Figure  64  b).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  a 
single  small  rim  sherd  with  a  plain  white  exterior  and  a  decorated 
interior  surface.    The  pattern  is  either  "Continental  Views"  or  "Louis 
Quatorze,"  both  made  by  Copeland  (Sussman  1979b:92,  145;  Steer  et  al. 
1979:362-363).    The  color  is  7.5PB  3/8. 

Vessel  3,  Undetermined  (Figure  64  c).    A  burned  rim  sherd  with  a 
design  similar,  though  perhaps  not  identical,  to  that  on  the  previously 
described  rim  sherd  was  recovered.    Burning  has  destroyed  the  glaze, 
altered  the  color  of  the  print,  and  obliterated  much  of  the  design.  The 
decoration,  perhaps  a  Copeland  pattern,  has  been  applied  to  the  inner 
surface. 


-  194  - 


Vesssel  4,  Undetermined  (Figure  64  d).    This  vessel  is  represented 
by  two  small  rim  sherd  chips.    Although  no  portion  of  the  decoration  is 
present,  a  flowed  blue  color  (5PB  5/6)  from  the  transfer  print  appears 
under  the  glaze,  and  it  is  sufficiently  different  from  the  color  of  other 
vessels  to  warrant  a  separate  designation 

Polychrome  Underglaze  Sponge-Stamped  Ware 

Vessel  5,  Saucer  (Figure  64  e).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  over 
100  tiny  sherds,  forming  approximately  25  per  cent  of  the  saucer.  The 
decoration  is  found  on  the  rim  of  the  inner  surface  and  consists  of  a 
sponge-stamped  row  of  purple  flowers  (7.5PB  4/6),  bordered  above  and 
below  by  single  hand-painted  green  lines  (7.5G  3/6),  that  encircle  the 
vessel  interior.    Vessel  diameter  is  150  mm  and  height  is  23.41  mm.  The 
design  is  similar  to  that  on  "Portneuf"  ware  (Finlayson  1972). 

Vessel  6,  Saucer  (Figure  64  f).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  14 
sherds  and  chips.    It  is  essentially  the  same  as  Vessel  5,  except  for  the 
shade  of  color  in  the  decoration  and  in  the  glaze.    The  standard  flowers 
are  10PB  4/8,  while  the  painted  borders  are  7.5G  3/4. 

Vessel  7,  Cup  (Figure  64  g).    This  vessel  is  represented  by  six 
sherds,  four  of  which  fit  together.    The  projected  diameter  is 
approximately  85.00  mm.    Decoration  consists  of  narrow  hand-painted  green 
border  lines  (7.56  3/4)  just  below  the  rim  on  both  the  interior  and 
exterior  surfaces.    Below  this  border  on  the  exterior  of  the  cup  is  a 
sponge-stamped  purple-blue  flower  design  (10PB  4/10),  similar  to  that 
applied  to  Vessels  5  and  6.    The  vessel  is  insufficiently  complete  to 
determine  if  this  floral  pattern  is  repeated  on  the  exterior  of  the  cup. 

Vessel  8,  Undetermined  (Figure  64  h).    This  vessel  is  represented  by 
a  single  sherd  with  an  applied  Portneuf-type  sponge-stamped  pattern 
consisting  of  a  yellowish-red  flower  on  a  white  background.    The  color  of 
the  flower  is  2.5YR  2/4. 

Hard-Paste  Earthenware  or  Stoneware 

Vessel  9,  Possible  Cup  (Figure  64  i).    This  vessel  is  represented  by 
two  handle  fragments,  possibly  from  a  cup.    The  fragments  are  made  from  a 
very  hard  white  paste  with  a  partially  vitrified  surface.    They  are 
decorated  with  a  hand-painted  gold  stripe  applied  over  glaze. 

Vessel  10,  Possible  Teapot  (Figure  64  j).    This  vessel  is 
represented  by  a  small  handle  fragment  of  stoneware  with  a  reddish-brown 
paste.    The  glaze  is  an  iridescent  copper  color  characteristic  of 
lusterware. 

Miscellaneous  Soft-Paste  Earthenware 

Vessel  11,  Undetermined  (Figure  64  k).    Four  small  sherds  are  from 
an  earthenware  vessel  or  object  (possibly  a  pipe  bowl?)  with  a  soft  red 


-  195  - 


paste.    The  inner  surfaces  are  unglazed,  while  the  outer  surfaces  appear 

burnished  and  finished  by  the  application  of  a  slip.    The  color  of  the 

unglazed  surface  is  5YR  7/6,  while  that  of  the  exterior  surface  is  more 
variable,  between  5YR  6/8  and  7.5R  5/8. 

Glassware 

Clear  Bottle  Glass  (Figure  65  a).    Two  melted  clear  glass  sherds 
were  found,  apparently  from  a  bottle  or  bottles  of  undetermined  size  and 
function  that  were  melted  in  the  fireplace. 

Amber  Bottle  Glass  (Figure  65  b).    A  single  sherd  of  patinated  amber 
glass  was  recovered.    It  appears  to  be  from  a  small  eight-sided  bottle 
that  may  have  contained  patent  medicine. 

Pale  Green  Bottle  Glass  (Figure  65  c).    A  single  sherd  of  clear 
glass  has  a  pale  green  hue,  an  oxidized  surface,  and  a  thin  iridescent 
patina.    The  sherd  appears  to  have  come  from  a  small  bottle. 

Mirror  Glass  (Figure  65  d).    A  sherd  from  a  round  mirror  with 
projected  diameter  of  approximately  80.00  mm.  was  found.    The  silvered 
surface  has  eroded  away,  leaving  the  sherd  transparent. 

Sheet  Metal  Artifacts 

Lead  Foil  (Figure  65  e).    Approximately  68  fragments  of  lead  foil 
were  recovered.    Of  these,  one  large  fragment  has  solder  along  one  edge 
and  two  others  are  joined  by  solder.    Similar  foil  was  used  to  line  tea 
containers  until  relatively  recent  times. 

Two  foil  fragments  of  thicker  gauge  were  also  found.    Such  thicker 
foil  was  often  used  to  package  black  powder,  the  empty  containers  usually 
being  melted  down  and  cast  into  bullets  after  the  contents  were  used  or 
transferred  to  the  more  convenient  powder  horn. 

Food  Container  Seal  (Figure  65  f).    Two  tin  foil  fragments,  when  fit 
together,  form  the  major  portion  of  a  seal  from  an  imported  container  of 
preserves  or  condiments.    The  stamped  raised  inscription  on  the  joined 
fragments  reads: 

CROSSE  &  BLACKWEL- 

PURVEYORS  TO  HER  MAJE  

S0H0  LON  

BETTS-? 

(Dashes  indicate  the  possible  number  of  missing  letters.) 

Food  Container  Seal  (Figure  65  g).    A  second  tin  foil  seal,  possibly 
from  a  food  container,  reads: 


SUPERIOR  C-? 


-  196  - 


This  may  represent  Superior  Chutney,  a  common  nineteenth  century 
condiment. 

Wire  Artifacts 

Straight  Pins  (Figure  65  h).    Four  straight  pins  were  recovered,  two 
28  mm  in  length  and  two  36  mm  in  length.    All  have  been  protected  from 
oxidation  by  a  plating  of  metal  such  as  tin  or  nickle. 

Sewing  Needles  (Figure  65  i).    A  complete  large  ferrous  metal  sewing 
needle  was  found,  62.66  mm  in  length.    In  addition,  the  mid-section  of  a 
fine  sewing  needle  was  recovered.    Unlike  straight  pins,  needles  were  not 
plated,  and  consequently  these  are  heavily  oxidized 


TRANSPORTATION 
Horseshoe  Nail 

A  single  horseshoe  nail  (Figure  65  j)  was  recovered  from  Cabin  5. 
The  shank  is  half  twisted  just  below  the  head. 


DRESS  AND  ORNAMENTATION 
Buttons 

Group  I,  Glass  Buttons 

Type  3  (Figure  66  a).    One  broken  Type  3  glass  button  was  recovered 
from  Cabin  5.    (See  Chapter  IV  for  type  descriptions.)    It  is  10.34  mm  in 
diameter  and  3.35  mm  thick. 

Type  5a  (Figure  66  b) .    Six  buttons  of  this  type  were  found.  Their 
diameter  ranges  from  a  minimum  10.65  mm  to  a  maximum  11.11  mm,  with  an 
average  of  10.83  mm.    Thickness  ranges  from  2.69  mm  to  3.44  mm,  with  an 
average  of  3.08  mm. 

Type  5b  (Figure  66  c).    Three  buttons  of  this  type  were  found,  with 
average  diameter  of  11.60  mm  and  thickness  of  3.81  mm. 

Type  7  (Figure  66  d).    Type  7  are  white  sew-through  buttons  with 
decoration  consisting  of  cast-in  ridges  or  ribs  radiating  from  the 
central  recess,  which  contains  four  holes.    They  are  plano-convex  in 
cross  section.    One  button  of  this  type  was  recovered  from  Cabin  5.  It 
measures  11.21  mm  in  diameter  and  is  3.39  mm  thick. 


Type  8  (Figure  66  e,  f).    Type  8  are  glass,  high-domed  buttons  with 
cast-in  wire  shank. 


-  197  - 


(a)  Plain  White.    These  buttons  have  been  observed  on  bodices  of 
nineteenth  century  (1870s)  women's  dresses  in  the  University  of  Alberta's 
historic  costume  collection.    One  example  (Figure  66  e)  was  found,  11.69 
mm  in  diameter  and  8.22  mm  in  thickness. 

(b)  Inlaid  Polychrome.    One  example  (Figure  66  f)  is  made  from  black 
glass  with  black  and  white  glass  inlay.    A  central  rosette  consists  of  a 
floral  motif  with  inlaid  rose  glass  middle  and  with  green  glass 
background.    The  cast-in  wire  shank  has  been  broken  off.    Besides  serving 
on  women's  dresses,  similar  buttons  have  been  found  on  gaiters  and  shoes 
(Schiff  1979:30,  32). 

Group  II,  Shell  Buttons 

Type  2  (Figure  66  g).    Two  Type  2  shell  buttons  were  recovered.  The 
first  is  a  smaller  example,  with  diameter  of  9.41  mm  and  thickness  of 

I.  33  mm,  but  otherwise  the  same  as  the  Cabin  3  specimens.    The  second  is 

II.  61  mm  in  diameter  and  1.74  mm  in  thickness.  A  layer  of  shell  has 
chipped  off  the  surface,  leaving  visible  only  a  faint  outline  of  the 
incised  lines. 

Type  3  (Figure  66  h).    One  example  was  found,  measuring  9.50  mm  in 
diameter  and  1.41  mm  in  thickness. 

Type  5  (Figure  66  i).    These  are  relatively  thick  two-hole 
sew-through  shell  buttons  with  a  pronounced  central  concavity  and  a 
convex  back.    The  two  examples  recovered  measure  11.23  mm  and  11.35  mm  in 
diameter  and  2.86  mm  and  2.34  mm  in  thickness. 

Group  III.  Bone  Buttons 

Type  3  (Figure  66  j).    These  medium  sized  sew-through  bone  buttons 
with  four  holes  are  similar  to  Type  1,  but  smaller.    They  were  probably 
used  as  vest  and  sleeve  buttons  rather  than  coat  buttons  like  their 
larger  counterparts.    The  one  example  from  Cabin  5  is  14.50  mm  in 
diameter  and  31.6  mm  in  thickness. 

Type  4  (Figure  66  k).    These  are  the  same  general  size  as  Type  3 
bone  buttons,  but  the  central  recess  is  bordered  by  a  narrow  raised 
circle  and  contains  five  holes.    The  single  example  is  14.47  mm  in 
diameter  and  2.20  mm  in  thickness.    The  back  of  the  button  is  made  up  of 
cancellous  tissue,  which  may  account  for  its  thinness.    Similar  buttons 
were  used  by  the  United  States  Military  (Olsen  and  Campbell  1962:348-349). 

Group  IV,  Metal  Buttons 

Type  2  (Figure  67  a).    One  specimen  was  found,  27.36  mm  in  diameter 
and  1 .72  mm  thick. 


Type  4a  (Figure  67  b).    A  single  specimen  is  17.30  mm  in  diameter 
and  marked  "DOUBLE  RING  EDGE." 


-  198  - 


Type  5b  (Figure  67  c).    The  single  example  has  a  brass  back  coated 
with  black  enamel  and  a  ferrous  metal  face.    The  ferrous  metal  attachment 
pin  has  been  completely  oxidized.    Originally  cloth  covered,  the  button 
measures  16.75  mm  in  diameter  and  2.15  mm  in  thickness.  Laboratory 
analysis  proved  the  cloth  to  be  wool  (Lillian  Hill,  personal 
communication) . 

Type  5c  (Figure  67  d).    This  two-piece  button  with  brass  front  and 
back  has  a  double  cross-pin  in  the  central  hole  for  attachment.    The  face 
is  stamped  with  eight  six-pointed  stars,  and  the  central  hole  is  bordered 
by  a  small  circle  of  raised  reeds.    The  back  is  marked  "JS  &  CO. 
PATENT."    The  single  example  found  is  17.61  mm  in  diameter  and  2.82  mm  in 
thickness . 

Type  5d  (Figure  67  e).    This  button  is  the  same  as  Type  5c  except 
for  size.    The  single  example  measures  13.92  mm  in  diameter  and  2.59  mm 
in  thickness.    Both  types  appear  to  have  originally  been  coated  in  black 
enamel  which  has  nearly  all  worn  off. 

Type  8a  (Figure  67  f).    The  single  example  is  13.65  mm  in  diameter 
and  3.85  mm  thick.    Impressions  of  woven  fabric  on  the  face,  suggest  that 
it  was  once  covered  with  a  worsted  material. 

Type  9  (Figure  67  g) .    This  single  one-piece  sew-though  black  enamel 
button  has  two  holes  located  in  a  central  oval  recess.    The  back  is 
stamped  "JN  &  CO.  BIRMINGHAM. "    It  measures  16.95  mm  in  diameter  and  2.56 
mm  in  thickness. 

Type  10  (Figure  67  h).    This  is  a  two-piece  gilded  brass  "Golden 
Age"  button  (Schiff  1979).    The  front  has  a  raised  floral  design  against 
a  basket  weave  chequered  background,  while  the  back  is  stamped  "EXTRA 
SUPERIOR  QUALITY."    Soldered  to  the  back  is  a  wire  eye  for  attachment. 
The  single  example  measures  22.24  mm  in  diameter  and  5.74  mm  in 
thickness.    Such  fancy  gilded  buttons  were  made  to  be  worn  on  men's  coats. 

Miscel laneous  (Figure  67  i).    The  back  of  a  possible  two-piece 
button  was  recovered.    It  is  made  of  ferrous  metal  and  has  a  brass  and 
copper  rivet-head  attachment.    The  diameter  of  the  base  is  17.42  mm. 

Cloth 

Several  small  pieces  of  cloth  were  recovered,  some  preserved  on 
buttons  and  some  associated  with  the  cache  of  cartridges.    Analysis  and 
identification  of  textiles  from  all  cabins  was  conducted  by  Barbara 
Schweger  and  is  detailed  in  Appendix  I. 

Although  very  little  was  preserved,  a  few  samples  of  fabric  that  had 
lain  in  contact  with  copper,  brass,  or  iron,  or  that  had  been  carbonized 
by  partial  burning,  survived  at  Buffalo  Lake. 


-  199  - 


Leather 

Leather  Heel  (Figure  68  a).    A  piece  of  commercially  tanned  leather 
boot  or  shoe  heel  was  found.    Although  it  is  partially  decomposed,  there 
remains  evidence  of  the  stitching  around  the  edges.    The  nail  holes,  as 
well  as  one  fragment  of  a  cobbler's  nail,  are  also  still  evident. 

Leather  Fragment  (Figure  68  b).  A  small  nondescript  fragment  of 
commercially  tanned  leather  was  recovered.  It  may  be  originally  from 
footwear  or  harness. 

Miscellaneous  Clothing  Accessories 

Hook-and-Eye  Clothing  Fasteners  (Figure  68  c).    Two  wire  fastening 
hooks  and  two  corresponding  eyes  were  recovered.    One  hook  is  made  from 
brass,  the  other  from  ferrous  metal.    One  eye  is  also  made    from  ferrous 
metal,  while  the  other  eye  fragment  is  made  from  brass  plated  with  white 
metal . 

Shoelace  Eye  (Figure  68  d).    A  single  small  shoe  or  boot  lace  eye 
was  recovered,  made  from  black -enamelled  non-ferrous  metal. 

Hat  Pin  Fragment 

The  proximal  end  of  a  lady's  ferrous  metal  hat  pin  (Figure  68  e)  is 
mounted  with  a  heavily  oxidized  ferrous  metal  ball. 

Earring 

A  single  two-piece  drop-earring  (Figure  68  f)  with  a  shepherd's  hook 
wire  attachment  for  pierced  ears  was  recovered  from  the  depression 
(Feature  6)  in  Cabin  5.    The  main  body  is  a  single-piece  stamping  made 
from  non-ferrous  metal  (probably  brass)  which  has  been  plated  with 
silver.    The  centre  is  mounted  with  a  small  red  glass  imitation  ruby  or 
garnet.    Attached  is  a  pendant  of  two-piece  stamped  plated  brass,  the 
lower  portion  of  which  has  been  broken  off. 

Beads 

The  most  numerous  artifacts  recovered  from  Cabin  5  were  beads. 
These  have  been  classified  according  to  method  of  manufacture,  size,  and 
color. 

Drawn  Tubular  Beads 

"Seed"  Beads  (Figure  68  g).    By  far  the  greatest  quantity  of  beads 
recovered  from  Cabin  5  are  drawn  tubular  glass  beads.    The  most  common  is 
the  "seed"  bead,  having  an  outside  diameter  of  less  than  2.0  mm  (Conn 
1968,  1969).    In  total,  1,357  drawn  tubular  seed  beads  were  recovered, 
with  colors  represented  as  follows: 


-  200  - 


237 

218 

206 

184 

155 

72 

65 

59 

57 

31 

29 

27 

17 


light  blue  opaque 

brick  red  "Cornaline  d 'Aleppo" 

pink  opaque 

light  green  opaque 

dark  green  opaque 

blue  translucent 

clear  transparent 

white  opaque 

red  translucent 

brown  opaque 

dark  blue  opaque 

tan  opaque 

pale  yellow  translucent 


"Intermediate"  Beads  (Figure  68  h).  "Intermediate"  beads,  with  an 
outside  diameter  between  2.0  mm  and  3.0  mm,  were  rare  on  the  site,  with 
only  one  specimen  found.  It  appears  black  in  natural  light,  but  cobalt 
blue  through  transmitted  light. 

"Pony"  Beads  (Figure  68  i).    One  similar  "pony"  bead  (diameter  of 
over  3.0  mm)  was  found. 

Hexagonal  Bead  (Figure  68  j).  One  transparent  hexagonal  tubular 
bead  was  recovered  from  Cabin  5.  It  is  4.77  mm  in  length,  5.27  mm  in 
width,  and  .93  mm  in  thickness.    The  diameter  of  the  bore  is  2.86  mm. 

Wound  Glass  Beads 

"Pony"  Beads.  (Figure  68  k,  1).    Two  wound  "pony"  glass  beads  were 
recovered.    The  first  (Figure  68  k)  is  irregular,  rather  elongated  and 
bulbous  at  one  end.    It  is  made  from  transparent  cobalt  blue  glass,  now 
patinated.    The  second  (Figure  68  1)  is  more  regular  in  shape,  made  from 
translucent,  sky-blue  glass.    The  outer  surface  has  been  oxidized. 

Pressed  Glass  Bead 

One  facetted  pressed-glass  bead  (Figure  68  m)  is  made  from  pale 
yellow  transparent  glass.    It  measures  11.13  mm  in  length  and  13.07  mm  in 
diameter. 

Metal  Beads 

Seventeen  facetted  non-ferrous  metal  seed  beads  (Figure  68  n)  were 
recovered  in  excavation  and  subsequent  laboratory  screening. 

A  grand  total  of  1,379  beads  of  all  types,  sizes,  and  colors  was 
recovered  from  Cabin  5. 


MISCELLANEOUS  UNIDENTIFIED  OBJECTS 


A  complete  specimen  and  the  fragment  of  a  ring  of  plastic-like 
material  were  recovered  (Figure  68  o) .    The  complete  specimen  is  13.10  mm 


-  201  - 


in  diameter  and  1.76  mm  thick,  with  outside  diameter  of  the  central  hole 
8.48  mm.    A  slightly  bevelled  line  is  cut  across  the  face  of  the  ring, 
running  more  or  less  perpendicular  to  the  edge,  and  the  ring  has  broken 
through  along  this  line. 

A  small,  flat,  tinned  ferrous  metal  disc  is  perhaps  a  lid  from  a 
metal  container. 

Five  scraps  of  oxidized  ferrous  metal  of  undetermined  function  were 
recovered . 

NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 
Chipped  Stone 

Among  the  lithic  artifacts  recovered  are  a  number  of  tool 
fragments.    These  include  a  broken  tip  of  a  biface  of  grey -green 
quartzite  and  a  fragment  of  unifacially  retouched  quartzite  cobble 
spall.    The  very  smooth  water-worn  cortex  is  retained  on  the  dorsal 
surface  and  forms  the  working  edge  of  the  spall.    This  sort  of  edge 
appears  to  have  had  functional  advantages  (Doll  1982:50-51). 

A  medium-sized  unifacially  worked  scraper-plane  is  also  made  from 
quartzite,  but  the  interior  material  rather  than  cortex  forms  the  working 
edge  (Doll  1982:51-53). 

A  bipolar  split  pebble  is  of  black  chert. 

The  remaining  lithic  artifacts  consist  of  decortication  flakes, 
biface-thinning  flakes,  and  other  detritus  that  may  be  lumped  together. 
Included  are  30  quartzite  flakes,  13  quartz  flakes,  three  chert  flakes, 
and  one  petrified  wood  flake.    All  worked  lithic  materials  could  have 
been  derived  from  local  reworked  glacial  deposits  in  the  Buffalo  Lake 
Moraine  (Doll  1982:9-13). 


FAUNAL  MATERIALS  FROM  CABIN  5 

A  detailed  analysis  of  butchering  by  Bryan  Kooyman  is  included  in 
Appendix  II. 

In  addition  to  reflecting  similarity  to  the  faunal  samples  from 
other  excavated  Metis  cabins  at  Buffalo  Lake,  four  new  species  can  be 
added:  white-tailed  jack  rabbit  ( Lepus  townsendi i ) ,  Nuttall's  cottontail 
(Syl vi lagus  nuttallii) .  Canada  Goose  (Branta  canadensis) ,  and  Red  Head 
Duck  (Aythya  americana) . 

Other  species  identified  from  the  faunal  remains  at  the  Metis  site 
include  bison  (Bison  bison),  moose  (Alces  alces) ,  beaver  (Castor 
canadensis) .  muskrat  (Ondatra  zibethicus).  snowshoe  hare  ( Lepus 
americanus) .  pocket  gopher  (Thomomys  talpoides),  ground  squirrel 
(Spermophi lus  sp.),  deer  mouse  ( Peromyscus  maniculatus) ,  shrew  (Sorex 
sp.),  meadow  vole  (Microtus  pennsyl vanicus) .  Snow  Goose  (Chen 
caerulescens) .  White-fronted  Goose  (Anser  albif rons) ,  Gadwall  (Anas 
stretera) .  Ruddy  Duck  (Oxyura  jamaicensis) ,  Mallard  (Anas  platyrhynchos) , 
and  Sharptail  Grouse  (Pedioecetes  phasianel lus) .    In  addition,  the 
remains  of  toad  (family  Bufonidae),  and  a  fish  of  undetermined  species 
were  found. 


-  202  - 


CHAPTER  IX 


THE  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  DATA, 
SURFACE  COLLECTED  MATERIAL  FROM  CABINS  6  TO  12 


INTRODUCTION 

Since  1970,  surface  collections  were  made  in  those  areas  of  the 
Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  disturbed  by  agriculture  or  other  processes.  Of 
the  88  cabin  localities  recorded,  cultural  material  was  collected  from 
the  surface  of  seven,  exclusive  of  the  five  excavated  localities 
described  (Figure  4) . 


CABIN  6 

The  location  designated  Cabin  6  (Figure  4),  discovered  during  the 
first  field  season  at  Buffalo  Lake,  was  situated  on  the  south-facing  end 
of  a  wooded  copse,  affording  its  occupants  an  unencumbered  view  to  east, 
west,  and  south,  and  exposure  to  the  winter  sun. 

Cabin  6  was  located  approximately  723.11  feet  (220.40  m)  south  and 
56.90  feet  (17.34  m)  west  of  the  site  datum,  the  northwest  corner  of  LSD 
14,  Section  11,  Township  41,  Range  20  west  of  the  Fourth  Meridian. 

A  few  artifacts  were  found  eroding  from  the  southern  end  of  this 
copse,  where  subsurface  deposits  had  been  exposed  by  a  trail  leading  to 
the  boy-scout  camp  approximately  1,000  feet  (305  m)  to  the  west.  In 
1979,  this  area  was  chosen  for  a  new  dump  to  serve  the  nearby  tourist 
campground  on  Buffalo  Lake.    All  surface  features  were  destroyed  by 
bulldozer  and  a  large  trench  was  excavated  through  the  middle  of  the 
cabin.    This  disturbance  was  reported,  and  those  responsible  were 
persuaded  to  secure  a  new  location  for  the  dump. 

Fortunately,  the  locality  had  been  mapped  in  1970  and  1974,  and 
based  on  these  maps,  it  appears  that  Cabin  6  consisted  of  six  features:  a 
large  rock  pile  thought  to  be  a  fireplace  and  rising  approximately  two 
feet  (60.96  cm)  above  the  surrounding  land  surface,  and  five  adjacent 
depressions  0.45  feet  (13.72  cm),  0.50  feet  (15.24  cm),  0.80  feet  (24.38 
cm),  1.0  feet  (30.48  cm),  and  1.5  feet  (45.72  cm)  below  the  surrounding 
area  (Doll  and  Kidd  1976:Figure  3). 


CABIN  7 

Cabin  7  was  located  289.32  feet  (88.19  m)  west  and  138.41  feet 
(42.19  m)  south  of  the  datum,  adjacent  to  and  just  south  of  excavated 
Cabin  2.    It  was  partially  disturbed  by  a  well-worn  cow  path  that  ran 


-  204  - 


through  a  portion  of  it.    Features  consisted  of  a  rock  pile  (fireplace) 
1.5  feet  (45.72  cm)  above  the  ground  level  ond  one  adjacent  depression 
located  to  the  southwest.    At  the  time  of  mapping  (1974)  the  depression 
was  0.50  feet  (15.24  cm)  deep.    No  cabin  wall  lines  were  visible  on  the 
surface. 


CABIN  8 

Cabin  8  was  located  119.27  feet  (36.35  m)  south  and  119.13  feet 
(36.31  m)  east  of  the  site  datum.    Surface  features  were  not  readily 
distinguishable  owing  to  past  agricultural  activity  and  more  recent  use 
of  the  area  by  cattle.    Some  artifacts  and  faunal  remains  were  recovered 
along  cow  paths. 


CABINS  9.  10,  11 ,  AND  12 

The  old  Rider/Olsen  farmstead  (indicated  by  a  black  triangle  on 
Figure  4)  was  located  in  the  southeast  corner  of  the  southwest  quarter  of 
Section  14,  Township  41,  Range  20  west  of  the  Fourth  Meridian.    In  1974 
or  1975  it  was  bulldozed,  since  its  dilapidated  remains  posed  a  hazard  to 
cattle  pastured  there.    At  the  same  time,  an  adjacent  forested  area  was 
cleared  of  brush  (area  outlined  by  broken  lines  in  Figure  4).    As  a 
consequence,  at  least  four  former  Metis  cabin  locations  were  exposed 
(Figure  4).    Although  agricultural  activity  had  obliterated  any 
above-ground  features,  the  former  locations  of  cabins  were  determined  by 
plotting  concentrations  of  those  artifacts  that  were  clearly  similar  to 
those  associated  with  Metis  cabins  in  excavated  portions  of  the  Buffalo 
Lake  and  other  hi vernant  sites. 

Cabin  9  was  located  approximately  1230.58  feet  (375.08  m)  west  and 
233.15  feet  (71.06  m)  north  of  the  site  datum.    Cabin  10  was  located 
approximately  623.86  feet  (190.15  m)  west  and  161.62  feet  (49.26  m) 
north.    Cabin  11  was  located  approximately  1149.88  feet  (350.48  m)  west 
and  77.60  feet  (23.65  m)  north.    Cabin  12  was  located  approximately 
1236.94  feet  (377.02  m)  west  and  377.26  feet  (114.99  m)  north. 

Concentrations  of  "Metis  artifacts"  that  marked  the  supposed 
location  of  cabins  were  often  associated  with  burned  chinking  fragments, 
ash  concentrations,  and  spirally  fractured  bison  longbones  or  broken  ribs 
with  axe  or  knife  marks  rather  than  saw  marks  on  them. 

In  the  process  of  surface  collecting,  a  large  number  of  artifacts 
and  faunal  remains  clearly  associated  with  the  twentieth  century 
Rider/Olsen  homestead  were  also  obtained.    Earthenware  sherds,  in 
particular,  helped  to  distinguish  between  households  occupied  in  the 
1870s  and  those  occupied  in  the  early  twentieth  century.    A  similar 
collection  was  made  from  a  former  twentieth  century  homestead  about  four 
miles  away. 

It  was  found,  particularly  in  the  case  of  monochrome  underglaze 
transfer-printed  ware,  that  there  was  no  overlap  of  patterns  between  the 
Metis  and  the  later  Euro-Canadian  occupation.    Thus,  for  example,  these 
ceramics  may  serve  as  one  useful  characteristic  in  distinguishing  Metis 


-  205  - 


sites  peripheral  to  fur  trade  posts  from  other  types  of  historic 
occupation. 

Nondescript  metal  fragments  and  faunal  remains  proved  more 
problematical.    Many  of  the  metal  artifacts,  especially,  were  virtually 
indistinguishable  between  Metis  and  Euro-Canadian  occupations.  Large 
mammal  bones  representing  bison,  horse,  and  domestic  cow  were  found. 
Butchering  marks  on  the  cow  bones  generally  included  saw  cuts  and  were 
clearly  not  representative  of  Metis  practices  at  Buffalo  Lake  (Appendix 
II).    Small  mammal,  waterfowl,  and  upland  game  bird  bones  were 
surface-collected.    Many  appeared  of  limited  age  on  inspection  and  may 
have  represented  those  hunted  by  the  Rider  and  Olsen  families  in  the 
twentieth  century.    Because  of  the  problem  of  mixing,  therefore,  most 
metal  artifacts  and  all  faunal  remains  were  excluded  from  the  present 
analysis . 


THE  ARTIFACTS  OF  CABINS  6  TO  12 
HUNTING 
Gun  Parts 

Gun  Barrel  and  Breech  (Figure  69  a).    A  percussion  muzzle loading 
gun  barrel  and  breech  was  collected  from  Cabin  12.    It  is  approximately 
.72  calibre  or  12  gauge,  probably  a  single-barrel  shotgun.    The  barrel  is 
round  until  60  mm  from  the  breech,  where  it  becomes  octagonal.  Total 
length  of  the  barrel  and  breech  plug  is  925  mm,  the  barrel  alone  is  908 
mm,  and  the  tang  is  24.22  mm.    Diameter  of  the  barrel  at  the  breech  is 
32.08  mm  and  at  the  muzzle  22.62  mm.    The  bottom  flat  of  the  octagonal 
section  in  front  of  the  breech  plug  is  marked  with  an  "X";  otherwise 
there  are  no  marks,  perhaps  mainly  owing  to  extensive  corrosion  of  the 
metal.    The  breech  plug  is  provided  with  a  place  for  a  nipple,  but  the 
latter  has  rusted  away. 

Beneath  the  barrel  and  attached  by  means  of  solder  are  two  thin 
copper  sheet  ramrod  thimbles,  27.40  mm  and  28.57  mm  in  length.  Neither 
the  lock  nor  other  parts  of  the  gun  were  found. 


CONSTRUCTION,  BLACKSMITHING,  AND  CRAFTS 

Spade  Blade  Fragment  (Figure  69  b).    Approximately  one  quarter  of  a 
spade  blade  was  found  at  Cabin  6.    Part  of  the  lower  outer  edge,  showing 
the  blade  outline,  is  still  intact.    The  fragment  is  148.73  mm  in  length, 
121.97  mm  in  width,  and  2.28  mm  in  thickness. 

Forged  Iron  Hinge  Fragment  (Figure  69  c).    A  broken  but  very 
well-made  hinge  was  found  in  Cabin  6.    Although  not  heavily  used,  it  is 
broken  along  the  second  of  two  countersunk  perforations  (5.81  mm  in 
diameter).    The  hinge  is  of  about  the  size  used  on  shutters  or  perhaps  a 
trap  door,  101.30  mm  in  length,  26.83  mm  in  width,  and  6.65  mm  in 
thickness . 


-  206  - 


HOUSEHOLD,  BUSINESS.  AND  PERSONAL  MAINTENANCE 
Earthenware 

Plain  White  Glazed  Earthenware. 

Although  several  sherds  of  plain  white-glazed  earthenware  were 
collected  from  the  Cabins  9  through  12  area,  they  were  not 
distinguishable  from  those  of  the  Rider/Olsen  homestead  and  are  not 
described  here.    Cabins  6  to  8,  however,  did  not  exhibit  a  mixing  of 
historical  components. 

Cup?    A  small  fragment,  possibly  a  rim  sherd  from  a  cup,  was 
collected  from  Cabin  7. 

Monochrome  Underglazed  Transfer-Printed  Ware. 

The  majority  of  surface-collected  artifacts  fall  into  this 
category.    Because  they  were  small,  and  few  of  them  fit  together,  no 
attempt  was  made  to  determine  the  type  of  vessel.    Instead,  effort  was 
expended  in  identifying  the  manufacturer  and  the  name  or  number  of  the 
pattern,  since  these  data  were  most  useful  for  comparative  purposes.  A 
total  of  29  sherds  were  found,  described  below  by  cabin,  and  representing 
the  following  Copeland  patterns  (Sussman  1979a). 

(1)  Cabin  6.    Pattern  B  772,  Grapevine,  Honeysuckle,  Pagoda, 
Pergola,  Ruins  (two  vessels),  Turco  (Figure  70  a). 

(2)  Cabin  7.    Continental  Views,  Meander  (Figure  70  b). 

(3)  Cabin  9.    Alhambra,  British  Flowers,  Flower  Vase,  Ivy,  Ruins 
(Figure  70  c) . 

(4)  Cabin  9  and  10.    From  a  mixed  sample.    Alhambra,  B  700, 
Continental  Views,  Flower  Vase,  Grapeviine,  Ivy,  Osborne,  Pagoda,  Pergola 
(Figure  70  d). 

(5)  Cabin  11.    Flower  Vase,  Pagoda  (Figure  70  e) . 

(6)  Cabin  12.    Corinthian  (Figure  70  f). 

Polychrome  Underglaze  Sponge-Stamped  Ware 

Of  the  three  distinct  sponge-stamped  patterns  identified  at  Buffalo 
Lake,  only  one  was  represented  in  the  surface-collected  sample  (Figure  71 
a).    It  consists  of  reddish-brown  flowers  and  green  leaves,  a  pattern 
described  for  Cabins  1  and  5  and  also  found  in  Cabin  6. 


-  207  - 


Stoneware 

Four  sherds  of  stoneware  (Figure  71  b)  with  a  hard  grey  paste  and 
dark  reddish-brown  interior  glaze  were  found  on  the  cowpath  through  Cabin 
7,    Together  they  make  up  part  of  a  crock  91  mm  by  63  mm,  with  a  maximum 
thickness  of  8.45  mm. 

Glassware 

Patent  Medicine  Bottles:  Perry  Davis  Vegetable  Pain  Killer  (Figure 
71  c).    Several  medicine  bottle  sherds  were  found  at  Cabin  6:  a 
front-panel  body  sherd  with  the  raised  letters  "DAVI,"  three  neck  sherds, 
a  partially  melted  sherd  with  the  raised  letters  "EG,"  a  partially  melted 
sherd  with  the  raised  letters  "PER,"  and  one  melted  body(?)  sherd.  A 
side-panel  sherd  with  the  raised  letter  "L,"  also  from  a  Perry  Davis 
bottle,  was  recovered  from  Cabin  9. 

Sheet  Metal  Artifacts 

Iron  Can  Fragment  (Figure  71  d).    A  tinned  iron  can  side  fragment 
was  found  in  Cabin  6.    It  retains  a  lip  of  solder,  irregularly  applied  to 
attach  one  of  the  can  ends.    The  end  was  not  recovered,  however. 

Rectangular  Ferrous  Metal  Container  Fragments  (Figure  71  e).  Seven 
pieces  of  a  tin-plated  ferrous  metal  dried  food  or  biscuit  tin  were  found 
in  Cabin  6.    The  edges  were  joined  by  folding  rather  than  by  soldering. 


DRESS  AND  ORNAMENTATION 
Buttons 

Group  I.  Type  3,  Glass  Button  (Figure  71  f).    A  glass  sew-through 
button  with  four  holes  was  recovered  from  Cabin  6.    It  has  a  diameter  of 
11.29  mm  and  a  thickness  of  3.38  mm. 

Group  III.  Type  3,  Bone  Button  (Figure  71  g).    A  bone  button,  is 
slightly  larger  than  previously  recorded  examples  of  this  type.  It 
measures  16.93  mm  in  diameter  and  2.39  mm  in  thickness. 

Beads 

Drawn  Tubular  Beads. 

Four  drawn  tubular  beads  were  collected  from  Cabin  6.    They  include 
one  dark  blue  translucent  bead  3.11  mm  in  diameter,  two  opaque  white 
beads  2.32  mm  and  2.46  mm  in  diameter,  and  one  Cornaline  d'Aleppo  bead 
4.85  mm  in  diameter  with  brick-red  exterior  and  opaque  white  core. 


-  208  - 


Wound  Glass  Bead 

A  large  wound,  translucent  cobalt-blue  (7.5PB  3/12)  bead  (Figure 
71  h),  with  an  iridescent  patina,  was  found  in  Cabin  9.    It  is  12.04  mm 
in  length  with  an  outside  diameter  of  14.33  mm.    The  diameter  of  the 
perforation  is  3.82  mm. 

Brass  Ornament? 

A  short  piece  of  brass  wire  wound  like  a  spring  (Figure  71  i)  was 
found  in  Cabin  6.    It  is  11.69  mm  long  and  6.93  mm  in  diameter.  The 
brass  wire  stock  is  1.66  mm  in  diameter. 


NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 
Chipped  Stone 

Several  lithic  artifacts  were  collected  from  the  surface,  especially 
in  the  cultivated  field  where  Cabins  9  to  12  are  located.    Some  of  these, 
for  example  projectile  points,  were  clearly  associated  with  prehistoric 
archaeological  components,  while  others,  such  as  end  scrapers,  retouched 
flakes,  and  debitage,  could  not  be  positively  associated  with  historic 
features,  although  there  is  evidence  for  such  association  in  some  of  the 
excavated  cabins. 


FAUNAL  MATERIALS  FROM  CABINS  6  TO  1 2 

Fauna!  remains  were  surface-collected  from  Cabin  localities  6  to  12 
only  slightly  less  consistently  than  other  representations  of  human 
activity.    Only  the  sample  recovered  from  Cabin  6  appears  not  to  be  mixed 
with  remains  of  later  occupations,  and  therefore  they  are  included  in 
Kooyman's  analysis  (Appendix  II),  while  those  from  Cabins  7  to  12  are  not. 


DISCUSSION 

With  the  exception  of  Cabin  7,  the  possible  structures  dealt  with  in 
this  chapter  retained  only  the  barest  of  architectural  information. 
Based  upon  the  artifact  inventory,  however,  these  structures  appeared  to 
be  contemporaneous  with  the  five  partially  excavated  cabins. 

The  total  artifact  inventory  itself  has  been  slightly  enlarged 
quantitatively  and,  more  important,  qualitatively  through  these  surface 
collections.    The  gun  barrel  and  breech  confirms  hypotheses  concerning 
types  of  firearms  used.    Until  its  recovery,  only  the  ammunition 
indicated  these  firearm  types.    The  spade  blade  is  also  an  addition  to 
the  tools  known  from  the  site.    In  particular,  it  would  have  been 
important  in  excavating  cellars  and  borrow  pits  during  the  construction 
phase. 


-  209  - 


The  forged  iron  hinge  suggests  that  either  shutters  or  a  trap  door 
was  used  in  Cabin  6,  the  latter  being  more  probable.    Tom  Court  (personal 
communication)  has  suggested  that  such  a  hinge  would  be  much  too  light 
for  use  on  a  cabin  door. 

The  work  of  Lynn  Sussman  (1979a,  1979b)  was  again  invaluable  in 
distinguishing  between  nineteenth  century  Metis  ceramics  and  those  used 
by  early  twentieth  century  Euro-Canadian  homesteaders.    Not  only  were 
Copeland  patterns  identified  that  were  identical  to  those  from  the 
excavated  cabins,  but  a  few  previously  unrecorded  nineteenth  century 
patterns  at  Buffalo  Lake  were  added  to  the  list. 

Two  additional  cabins  (6  and  9)  produced  evidence  of  Perry  Davis 
Vegetable  Pain  Killer,  suggesting  that  it  was  in  very  common  use  in  the 
community.    Toothache  may  have  been  an  increasingly  common  complaint,  as 
there  appears  to  have  been  a  fairly  high  consumption  of  sugar  and 
preserved  foods,  many  conducive  to  dental  caries  and  possibly  gum 
disease.    We  may  wonder  if  the  use  of  patent  medicines  tended  to  replace 
ethno-pharmaceutical  remedies. 

Other  artifacts  collected  from  Cabins  6  to  12  complement  those 
recovered  during  the  systematic  excavation  of  Cabins  1  to  5. 


-  210  - 


CHAPTER  X 


COMPARISONS 


The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  as  it  existed  in  the  1870's,  was 
complex  in  terms  of  settlement  patterns  and  community  make-up.    At  least 
88  known  cabins  were  tentatively  identified  in  the  archaeological  record 
and  doubtless  many  more  were  destroyed  or  remain  to  be  discovered. 
Indeed,  if  the  total  area  adjacent  to  the  undisturbed  portion  of  the  site 
is  taken  into  account,  an  additional  37  to  72  cabins  may  yet  be 
identified.    This  would  give  a  total  of  between  125  and  160  cabins  for 
the  Buffalo  Lake  and  Boss  Hill  wintering  sites,  a  realistic  total  given 
the  maximum  population  figures  for  the  years  1875  and  1876  (see  Chapter 
III).    Thus,  at  best,  Provincial  Museum  researchers  have  sampled  little 
more  than  five  per  cent  of  the  known  structures  and  three  per  cent  of  the 
possible  structures,  excluding  those  from  which  small  surface  collections 
were  made. 

The  remaining  cabin  locations  appear  to  be  organized  in  clusters, 
with  the  odd  isolated  structure  as  well.    The  historical  record  documents 
at  least  part  of  the  make-up  of  this  wintering  community.    Metis  with 
varying  degrees  of  commitment  to  the  life  of  the  hunt  formed  the  core 
Many  other  Metis  wintered  here  as  free  traders,  whisky  traders  (in  some 
cases  synonymous),  clerks  and  employees  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  and 
private  entrepreneurs  on  freighting  and  supply  contracts  with  the 
Catholic  and  Prostestant  missions  at  St.  Albert  and  Victoria.  In 
addition,  there  were  several  native  hunting  bands  wintering  nearby  that 
were  closely  associated  with  the  community.    White  missionaries,  notably 
the  Oblates  from  St.  Albert,  Euro-American  and  Euro-Canadian  free 
traders,  and  North  West  Mounted  Policemen  also  wintered  or  conducted  some 
of  their  affairs  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  site. 

Buffalo  Lake  appears  to  have  been  the  largest  wintering  community  in 
the  Upper  Saskatchewan,  and  probably  in  the  Canadian  Northwest.    In  order 
to  begin  establishing  a  basis  from  which  to  characterize  the  nature  of 
hi vernant  sites,  the  data  generated  by  our  own  small-scale  excavations 
must  be  compared  to  data  from  other  sites  that  existed  within  the  same 
general  time  frame,  or  with  which  the  residents  of  Buffalo  Lake  or  other 
Metis  had  some  form  of  contact.    Therefore,  given  the  make-up  of  the 
community  at  Buffalo  Lake,  three  types  of  sites  will  be  examined.  First 
of  all,  other  wintering  sites  will  be  on  the  first  level  of  comparison. 
Secondly,  free  trader's  sites  of  the  same  general  period  will  be 
examined.    Finally,  the  examination  of  a  number  of  established  posts  of 
the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  will  constitute  the  third  level  of  comparison. 


METIS  WINTERING  SITES 
The  Cypress  Hills 
Archaeological  research  at  Metis  wintering  sites  is  still  in  its 


-  212  - 


infancy.    Nevertheless,  the  interest  in  this  type  of  research  goes  back 
at  least  to  1959,  when  Richard  G.  Forbis  surveyed  the  Buffalo  Lake  area. 
Actual  excavation  was  to  take  place  later. 

During  the  summer  of  1966,  Robson  Bonnichsen  and  Norman  Zierhut, 
graduate  students  from  the  University  of  Alberta,  surveyed  three  Metis 
wintering  sites  in  the  Cypress  Hills  of  southeastern  Alberta  and  the 
adjacent  portion  of  Saskatchewan.    These  sites  or  cabin  clusters  were 
defined  by  proximity,  each  cabin  in  a  cluster  being  within  100  yards  of 
another,  while  clusters  themselves  were  more  than  100  yards  apart 
(Elliott  1971:34).    At  that  time  Bonnichsen  selected  one  cabin  to 
partially  excavate  on  the  site  that  was  designated  DjOo  120,  at  the  "Head 
of  the  Mountain"  (Figure  1),  also  commonly  known  as  the  Kajewski  Cabin 
site  after  Lawrence  Kajewski,  the  land  owner  and  local  informant. 

In  1969,  Jack  Elliott  returned  to  DjOo  120,  surveyed  five  additional 
cabins,  making  a  total  of  six,  and  designated  them  Cabins  A  to  F. 
Elliott  used  data  derived  from  excavation  of  two  of  the  cabins  (B  and  E) 
as  a  basis  for  his  Master's  thesis  in  the  Department  of  Archaeology, 
University  of  Calgary.    Of  all  research  to  date,  Elliott's  is  the  most 
comprehensive  and  most  comparable  to  the  Buffalo  Lake  data. 

Ecological  Comparisons,  Elliott 

There  are  notable  ecological  similarities  between  the  sites  in  the 
Cypress  Hills  and  at  Buffalo  Lake.    Elliott  (1971:11)  suggested  that  the 
Cypress  Hills  fauna  are  more  characteristic  of  the  Aspen  Parkland  than 
the  Plains.    A  comparison  shows  that  83  per  cent  of  bird  species  are 
common  to  both  sites  (Elliott  1871:14-15;  Doll  1982:196-204).  Likewise, 
78  per  cent  of  the  mammalian  species  are  comparable  (Elliott  1971:12-13; 
Doll  1982:194-195;  Hugh  Smith,  personal  communication).    In  addition,  a 
comparison  of  reptiles  and  amphibians  revealed  71  per  cent  of  the 
observed  species  to  be  the  same  (Elliott  1971:16;  Doll  1982:206;  Hugh 
Smith,  personal  communication). 

There  is  a  similarity  in  mean  yearly  temperature,  both  areas 
averaging  36°F.    Mean  yearly  precipitation  is  almost  the  same:  the 
Cypress  Hills  averages  18.5  inches  and  Buffalo  Lake  averages  16  inches 
(Elliott  1971:17;  Doll  1982:14).    Soils  are  also  similar  (Elliott  1971: 
17;  Doll  1982:13),  as  is  vegetation  with  respect  to  the  aspen-dominated 
communities.    In  general,  however,  because  of  the  role  of  elevation, 
there  is  more  variety  in  communities  in  the  Cypress  Hills,  ranging  from 
grassland  to  climax  spruce  vegetation.    Both  areas  have  abundant 
permanent  sources  of  water,  dominated  by  lakes  and  marshes.    In  the  past, 
bison  wintered  in  both  areas. 

The  general  conclusion  is  that  the  Cypress  Hills  and  Buffalo  Lake 
are  ecologically  similar  and  that  this  general  ecological  situation 
formed  part  of  the  attraction  of  the  two  areas  as  wintering  sites. 
Elliott  (1971:24-25)  addressed  this  issue,  suggesting  that  the 
attractions  of  the  Cypress  Hills  included  easy  access  to  water,  firewood, 
building  materials,  and  protection  from  winter  blizzards.  These, 
however,  are  not  the  only  factors  in  selection  of  the  wintering  sites. 
Equally  important  were  those  many  economic  and  other  cultural 
considerations  that  have  been  discussed  particularly  in  Chapters  II  and 
III. 


-  213  - 


Architectural  Comparisons,  Elliott 

At  the  Buffalo  Lake  site,  preservation  of  wood  features  was 
extremely  poor.    Similar  problems  existed  in  the  Cypress  Hills,  although 
wood  tended  to  be  preserved  a  little  better  because  the  walls  of  both 
cabins  studied  by  Elliott  had  been  burned  (Elliott  1971:27).  Similar 
features  defined  the  cabin  units.    Elliott  (1971:24).  noted  that: 
".  .  .the  cabin  walls  are  defined  by  low  linear  mounds  of  chinking, 
hemispherical  clay  chimney  mounds  in  a  corner  or  centred  on  one  wall,  and 
associated  pit  depressions."    For  the  Cypress  Hills  site,  Elliott  defined 
three  major  units:  the  cabin  structure  itself,  three  or  more  outside  pits 
at  least  six  feet  from  the  cabin,  and  the  space  between  the  cabin  and  the 
pits. 

At  Buffalo  Lake,  since  none  of  the  cabins  was  completely  excavated, 
nor  were  the  areas  between  the  interior  and  exterior  features,  units  were 
defined  differently.    These  included  the  cabin  walls,  the  fireplace,  the 
internal  depressions,  and  the  external  depressions.    The  number  and 
nature  of  units  would  have  increased  if  larger  areas  could  have  been 
excavated  within  the  cabins,  in  their  immediate  invirons,  and  between 
cabins  in  a  defined  cluster.    Based  on  the  observed  surface  features  at 
Cabin  5,  architectural  units  and  their  patterning  seem  to  have  been  more 
complex  than  at  the  other  localities  examined.    Possibly  these  were  the 
buildings  of  a  trader. 

In  the  Cypress  Hills,  Elliott  (1971:25)  demonstrated  that  local 
materials  were  used  in  cabin  construction.    Chimney  forms  and  floor 
boards  were  made  from  spruce  or  pine,  while  spruce  or  pine  and  poplar 
were  used  interchangeably  for  the  walls.    He  suggested  that  the  corners 
of  Cabin  B  were  either  notched  and  successively  overlapped,  or  were 
joined  by  tongue-and-groove  construction.    There  was,  however,  no 
archaeological  evidence  for  the  presence  of  one  form  over  the  other. 

Likewise,  at  Buffalo  Lake  there  was  a  lack  of  archaeological  data  to 
support  either  construction  method.    However,  historical  accounts  of  the 
construction  of  wintering  villages  or  camps  generally  agree  on  a  number 
of  points:  the  cabins  were  made  from  local  materials;  they  were  built 
very  rapidly  within  a  day  or  two;  they  had  mud  or  clay  fireplaces  located 
in  the  interior;  and  they  were  plastered  inside  and  out  with  clay  to  form 
a  snug,  warm  structure. 

Buildings  at  fur  trade  posts  took  longer  to  erect,  as  suggested  in 
Alexander  Henry's  account  of  Fort  White  Earth  (Coues  1897:616): 

The  men  have  finished  the  Indian  house  excepting  the  upper 
flooring,  for  which  we  have  no  plank.    The  house,  70  x  20 
feet,  has  beeen  exactly  one  month  in  building,  since  the 
wood  was  all  upon  the  spot;  five  men  were  working 
continuously. 


In  the  Cypress  Hills,    Elliott's  two  cabins  were  of  different  sizes 
and  configurations.    Cabin  B  comprised  two  rooms  built  at  the  same  time, 
each  measuring  15  feet  by  14.5  feet.    Cabin  E  was  a  single-roomed 
structure  measuring  19.5  feet  by  16.5  feet.    A  door  sill  was  located  in 
the  centre  of  the  wall  opposite  the  fireplace  in  Cabin  E  and,  presumably, 
two  doors  were  similarly  centred  opposite  the  fireplaces  in  Cabin  B. 


-  214  - 


A  single  clay  hearth  was  centred  on  the  northwest  wall  inside  each 
of  the  three  rooms  in  the  two  cabins.    Fireplaces  in  each  room  were 
periodically  cleaned  of  charcoal  and  charred  material  and  plastered  with 
white  clay  (Elliott  1971:27). 

Fire  pans  or  holes  were  also  replastered  at  Buffalo  Lake,  presumably 
when  the  cabins  were  reoccupied  in  the  fall,  and  with  the  purpose  of 
repairing  damage  done  by  spring  and  summer  rains.    In  some  instances, 
charcoal,  ash,  and  some  artifacts,  notably  melted  glass  and  nails,  were 
left  in  the  firebox  to  be  plastered  over.    This  resulted  in  stratified 
deposits  that  suggest  the  use  of  the  cabins  for  at  least  three  seasons. 

In  both  sites,  interior  and  exterior  pits  had  been  excavated 
vertically.    The  forms  varied  from  conical  to  bell  shaped.    One  of  those 
at  Buffalo  Lake  (Feature  6  in  Cabin  5)  was  definitely  rectangular  in 
outline  before  the  collapse  of  the  upper  walls  resulted  in  the  presently 
rounded  outline.    One  pit  in  the  Cypress  Hills  was  excavated  horizontally 
into  a  nearby  stream  bank. 

The  two  interior  pits  in  the  south  room  of  Cabin  B  in  the  Cypress 
Hills  appeared  to  have  stratified  deposits.    Unfortunately,  there  was  a 
general  lack  of  stratification  in  the  cabin  as  a  whole,  so  that  it 
remains  impossible  to  correlate  the  pit  deposits  with  Elliott's  proposed 
activity  areas  in  the  cabin  interior.    In  addition,  two  outside  pits  were 
noted  for  Cabin  B.    One  was  a  refuse  pit.    The  other,  containing  loose 
fill  that  was  dark  and  organic,  was  suggested  to  be  a  meat  cache  pit 
(Elliott  1971  :36). 

Similar  exterior  pits  were  present  at  Buffalo  Lake  with  one  "clean" 
bark-lined  example  at  Cabin  4  interpreted  as  a  meat-storage  feature. 
Other  exterior  pits  with  loose,  dark,  organic  fill  perhaps  served 
ultimately  as  refuse  pits  rather  than  meat  cache  pits  as  would  be 
suggested  by  Elliott.    More  than  likely,  fresh  frozen  meat  would  have 
been  stored  inside  sheds  or  ice  houses,  or  on  raised  stages  or  platforms, 
to  prevent  its  plunder  by  the  numerous  dogs  that  roamed  the  site. 

Elliott  (1971:85)  notes  that  there  were  no  stables  or  other 
outbuildings  at  the  Cypress  Hills  site.    However,  the  presence  of  meat 
cache  pits  might  account  for  a  few  such  non-residential  structures.  The 
Fort  Benton  weekly  recording  of  23  January  1880  describes  a  Metis  cabin 
of  two  rooms  including  the  "...  indispensable  meat  house"  contained 
under  one  roof  (Elliott  1971:85).    Elliott,  however,  found  no 
archeological  evidence  for  this  type  of  feature.    All  the  rooms  of  the 
two  cabins  were  interpreted  as  being  occupied  by  ".  .  .a  small  nomadic 
nuclear  family  with  a  sexual  division  of  labour"  (Elliott  1971:48).  At 
Buffalo  Lake,  such  a  feature  as  an  attached  "meat  house"  may  have  been 
present  in  the,  as  yet,  unexcavated  complex  associated  with  Cabin  5. 

Artifactual  Comparisons,  Elliott 

Through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  R.  G.  Forbis,  University  of  Calgary,  M. 
Doll  was  able  to  examine  the  Cypress  Hills  assemblage  in  order  to  make 
comparisons  with  the  one  from  Buffalo  Lake.    Architectural  features,  with 
some  exceptions,  in  both  Cypress  Hills  and  Buffalo  Lake  sites  are  very 
similar.    So,  too,  are  the  artifact  samples  recovered.    Similar  or 
identical  artifact  types  in  the  Hunting  category  recovered  from  the 


-  215  - 


Cypress  Hills  include  the  seemingly  ubiquitous  .44  calibre  Henry  flat 
rimfire  cartridge  cases  along  with  muzzle-loading  gun  parts,  musket 
balls,  lead  shot,  lead  bullets,  and  knives. 

In  the  Construction,  Blacksmi thing,  and  Crafts  category,  comparable 
artifacts  include  a  triangular  file,  an  axe,  a  bevel led-edge  hide- 
scraping  tool,  wrought  iron  nails,  machine-cut  nails,  and  a  hinge. 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  category  artifacts 
were  very  similar  to  those  from  Buffalo  Lake,  particularly  plain  white 
earthenware,  monochrome  transfer-printed  earthenware  with  Copeland 
patterns  (Table  18,  Appendix  III),  polychrome  sponge-stamped  earthenware, 
lead  foil  from  tea  containers,  and  hard  rubber  combs.    Medicine  bottles, 
such  as  Perry  Davis  Vegetable  Pain  Killer,  and  liquor  bottles  were  quite 
common.    Window  glass,  suggesting  the  presence  of  glazed  windows,  was 
more  common  than  at  Buffalo  Lake,  while  mirror  glass  was  equally  common. 
Besides  lead  foil,  other  similar  metal  artifacts  included  trunk  or  box 
strapping,  food  cans,  metal  box  or  biscuit  tin  fragments,  perforated 
metal  sheet,  and  a  metal  spoon  handle.    Food  cans  were  appreciably  more 
abundant  in  the  Cypress  Hills,  perhaps  indicating  a  longer  occupation,  a 
better  supply  of  manufactured  goods,  or  scarcer  natural  food  resources. 

At  least  one  artifact  recovered  from  a  depression  associated  with 
Cabin  B  is  indicative  of  the  direction  of  commercial  interchange.  Here 
was  found  a  United  States  silver  quarter  dollar,  dated  1877,  and  bearing 
the  Carson  City,  Nevada,  mint  mark.    An  earlier  (1857)  United  States 
silver  half-dime  was  recovered  from  a  similar  feature  at  Cabin  3,  Buffalo 
Lake,  also  suggesting  exchange  with  American  traders. 

Although  there  was  no  archaeological  evidence  in  the  Cypress  Hill 
for  the  use  of  dogs  in  transportation,  there  was  ample  evidence  for  the 
use  of  horses,  including  several  types  of  artifacts  not  recorded  from 
Buffalo  Lake.    Similar  artifacts  include  horseshoe  nails,  harness  rings, 
and  metal  harness  buckles. 

If  similar  button  types  can  be  interpreted  as  representing  similar 
clothing  types,  there  is  archaeological  evidence  suggesting  that  the 
occupants  of  both  sites  dressed  similarly  and  that  Euro-Canadian  or 
Euro-American  styles  and  products  formed  the  dominant  mode.  Certainly, 
photographs  of  Metis  taken  in  the  Canadian  Northwest  in  the  1870' s 
document  a  dramatic  shift  in  clothing  styles  over  the  three  previous 
decades  from  more  native  to  more  Euro-Canadian.    Paul  Kane  and  other 
artists  painting  around  the  Fort  Edmonton  area  provide  good  pre- 
photographic  data  for  the  earlier  period. 

Glass,  shell,  bone,  and  metal  buttons  of  the  same  types  occurred 
with  relatively  high  frequency  in  all  cabins  at  both  Cypress  Hills  and 
Buffalo  Lake  sites.    Glass  beads,  used  both  as  jewelry  and  as  adornment 
on  clothing,  were  also  recovered  from  both  cabins  in  the  Cypress  Hills. 
The  types,  such  as  drawn  tubular,  wire-wound,  and  facetted,  are  more  or 
less  the  same  as  those  from  Buffalo  Lake,  with  seed  beads  (221  examples) 
dominating  the  Cypress  Hills  sample.    At  Buffalo  Lake  the  total  number  of 
beads,  and  particularly  of  seed  beads,  exceeds  the  number  from  the 
Cypress  Hills  by  a  ratio  of  over  500  to  1.    This  disparity,  however,  may 
only  reflect  the  discard  of  one  or  two  heavily  beaded  artifacts  at 
Buffalo  Lake.    In  addition,  special  care  was  taken  with  the  fill  from 
refuse  pits  at  Buffalo  Lake  in  order  to  maximize  recovery  of  microfauna, 


-  216  - 


botanical  remains,  and  seed  beads,  and  such  meticulous  laboratory 
techniques  were  probably  not  employed  with  the  Cypress  Hills  sample. 

Clay  smoking  pipe  fragments,  a  brass  tube  made  from  a  cut-off 
cartridge  case,  and  a  leather  boot  heel  were  recovered  in  the  Cypress 
Hills.    This  last  artifact  suggests  at  least  the  partial  adoption  of 
Euro-Canadian  footwear.    Photographs  of  the  period  show  men  wearing 
either  commercially  tanned  leather  boots  or  native-tanned  moccassins. 

A  most  interesting  similarity  was  the  occurrence  of  stone  artifacts 
at  both  sites.    Similar  tools  included  projectile  points,  end  scrapers, 
retouched  flakes,  utilized  flakes,  bifaces,  bipolar  split  pebbles,  cores, 
and  debitage.    These  were  excavated  from  all  three  rooms  of  the  two 
cabins  in  the  Cypress  Hills,  within  the  various  pits,  and  immediately 
outside  the  structures  (Elliott  1971:43).    Elliott  realized  the 
possibility  that  the  cabins  were  constructed  on  the  top  of  a  prehistoric 
component,  as  is  demonstrated  in  the  case  of  Cabin  4  at  Buffalo  Lake,  or 
that  prehistoric  stone  artifacts  may  have  been  transported  as  curios  into 
the  various  cabin  areas.    However,  he  preferred  to  interpret  their 
presence  as  a  valid  part  of  the  historic  assemblage  (Elliott  1971:50-51). 

.  .  .  the  abundance  of  flake  detritus  from  the  manufacture 
of  flake  stone  tools  and  stone  pipes,  the  stratigraphic 
relationship  between  the  aboriginal  and  White  artifacts  in 
discrete  activity  areas  —  appears  to  more  strongly  support 
the  hypothesis  of  in  situ  manufacture  and  use  of  aboriginal 
tools  by  the  Hivernants. 

Fauna!  Comparsions,  Elliott 

The  fauna!  materials  from  both  sites  are  characterized  by  species 
variety.    Though  dominated  by  bison,  several  other  species  of  mammals, 
birds,  and  fish  were  utilized  as  food.    The  analysis  of  the  butchering 
patterns  of  large  mammals  at  both  sites  was  conducted  by  Kooyman  (1981) 
and  has,  for  the  purposes  of  this  monograph,  been  re-examined  in  light  of 
more  recent  evidence  (Appendix  II)    Not  dealt  with  in  any  similar  way 
were  the  remains  of  twenty  different  species  of  smaller  mammals 
(non-ungulates),  birds,  and  fish  that  were  also  consumed  as  food.  With 
respect  to  these  latter  categories,  Elliott  (1971:46)  concludes: 

I  am  left  with  the  impression  that  every  available  faunal 
species  was  repeatedly  utilized.    In  effect,  sufficient 
ecological-dietary  stress  (such  as  the  extermination  of  the 
buffalo  herds)  may  have  been  partially  responsible  for  a 
shift  to  other  faunal  food  resources,  and  for  maintaining  a 
minimum  social  unit  size  of  three  persons  among  the  Cypress 
Hills  Hivernants. 

Architectural  Comparisons.  Bonnichsen 

The  second  comparable  body  of  archaeological  data  from  the  Cypress 
Hills  is  Bonnichsen's  initial  work  at  Cabin  A  in  1966  and  1967.    This  was 
the  first  of  the  three  to  be  excavated  out  of  a  wintering  village  of  19 
cabins  (Bonnichsen  et  al.  1973). 


-  217  - 


There  is  a  high  degree  of  conformity  in  construction  and  placement 
of  features  between  Cabin  A  and  Cabins  B  and  E.    Cabin  A,  measuring  33 
feet  by  16  feet  (528  square  feet),  also  had  a  wooden  floor  and  was 
divided  into  two  rooms.    It  was  associated  with  three  exterior  pits.  The 
cabin  was  occupied  by  at  least  a  nuclear  family  on  at  least  three 
stratigraphical ly  distinguishable  occasions.    The  nature  and  duration  of 
occupation  in  the  second  room  of  the  cabin  could  not  be  determined,  as  it 
was  not  excavated. 

Bonnichsen  suggested  that  clustering  of  artifacts  did  not  reflect 
activity  areas,  but  occurred  in  low  spots  on  the  cabin  floor  and  was 
caused  by  erosion  and  other  physical  forces  under  the  influence  of 
gravity.    In  criticising  Elliott's  hypothetical  activity  areas  for  Cabins 
B  and  E,  he  stated: 

Furthermore,  since  three  separate  occupations  had  occurred 
and  no  stratigraphy  was  present  except  within  some  of  the 
cache  pits,  any  clustering  which  did  occur  could  not  be 
considered  representative  of  activity  areas  in  use  during 
any  one  occupation  .  .  .  since  Cabins  B  and  E  (Elliott 
1971:28,  41)  like  Cabin  A  have  no  stratigraphy  outside  of 
the  cache  pits  and  appear  to  have  had  more  than  one 
occupation,  we  question  that  the  resulting  artifact 
clusters  represent  bona  fide  activity  areas  (Bonnichsen  et 
al.  1973:26-27).  ^ 

There  are  problems  of  strat igraphic  correlation  in  all  three  cabins 
in  the  Cypress  Hills.    Nevertheless,  at  least  three  occupations  are 
indicated.    These  are  ill  defined,  and  the  dating,  between  1840  and  1885, 
generally  by  means  of  historic  artifacts,  remains  imprecise.  The 
estimated  terminal  date  of  1885  for  Cabin  A  was  based  on  the  faunal 
remains  at  the  top  of  the  pits,  where  bison  and  domestic  sheep  were  found 
together.    This  was  the  latest  reasonable  date  for  hunting  bison  when 
domestic  sheep  were  already  present  in  appreciable  numbers  (Bonnichsen  et 
al.  1973:33-35). 

In  most  respects,  Cabin  A  is  architecturally  similar  to  Cabins  B  and 
E  and,  with  a  few  notable  exceptions,  for  example  the  presence  of  wooden 
flooring,  is  quite  similar  to  cabins  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Artifactual  Comparisons,  Bonnichsen 

Thanks  to  the  Cypress  Hills  Provincial  Park  Interpretive  Center  and 
the  Department  of  Anthropology,  University  of  Alberta,  M.  Doll  was  able 
to  re-examine  this  assemblage.    The  comparison  of  artifact  types 
reinforces  the  cultural  and  temporal  contemporaneity  of  the  Cypress  Hills 
and  Buffalo  Lake  sites.    Artifacts  from  Cabin  A  in  the  Hunting  category 
were  comparable  to  those  from  Buffalo  Lake.    Again  the  ubiquitous  .44 
Henry  flat  rimfire  cartridge  cases  were  found,  along  with  .44-40 
centrefire  cartridge  cases  for  the  1873  Winchester,  muzzle-loading  gun 
parts,  a  percussion  cap  box  lid,  musket  balls,  lead  shot,  and  brass-based 
shotgun  shells  made  by  Eley  Brothers  of  London. 


-  218  - 


Machine-cut  nails  were  common  in  Cabin  A,  slightly  more  plentiful 
than  at  Buffalo  Lake  because  they  were  used  in  securing  flooring.  One 
wrought  nail,  some  heavy  wire  stock,  and  a  cast  rather  than  forged  axe 
head  were  also  found. 

Household,  Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance  artifacts  similar  to 
those  from  Buffalo  Lake  included,  plain,  transfer-printed, 
sponge-stamped,  and  painted  earthenwares  (Table  18,  Appendix  III). 
Melted  glass  was  recovered  from  the  fireplace,  while  in  other  areas 
fragments  of  patent  medicine  bottles,  transparent  green  bottle  glass, 
cobalt  blue  glass,  and  mirror  glass,  were  recovered.    However,  no  window 
glass  was  found.    Again,  hard  rubber  comb  teeth  were  present. 

Similar  metal  household  artifacts  included  a  stamped  iron  spoon, 
tinned  iron  food  cans,  iron  pot  hooks,  lead  foil,  a  sewing  needle,  thin 
lead  sheet,  perhaps  from  black  powder  containers,  and  perforated  metal 
sheet.    Again,  tinned  iron  food  cans  were  more  abundant  here  than  at 
Buffalo  Lake. 

Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation  comparable  to  those 
from  Buffalo  Lake  were  dominated  by  glass  beads  and  buttons  made  from 
various  materials.    A  total  of  2,684  beads  were  recovered  from  Cabin  A 
(Bonnichsen  et  al.  1973:77).    Of  these,  2,675  were  made  from  drawn  glass 
tubing,  and  84  per  cent  of  those  were  of  seed  bead  size.    As  in  the 
Buffalo  Lake  sample,  Cornaline  d'Aleppo  beads  made  up  part  of  the 
sample.    Four  hundred  and  fifty-six  were  found. 

Several  identical  button  types  were  recovered,  including  five  types 
of  glass  buttons,  one  bone  button  type,  and  two  types  of  metal  buttons. 
The  shell  button  types  recovered  were  similar,  but  not  identical,  to 
those  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Other  artifacts  related  to  clothing  included  metal  hook  and  eye 
fasteners  and  a  presumed  piece  of  green  fabric  that  appears  rather  like  a 
moleskin.    The  fragments  of  textile  from  Buffalo  Lake  are  not  similar  to 
this  material  (Appendix  I). 

One  artifact  related  to  religion  was  overlooked  in  the  original 
analysis  (Bonnichsen  et  al.  1973),  but  discovered  by  Doll  upon 
re-examination  of  the  assemblage.    This  was  a  rusted  triangular  medal 
section  of  a  rosary,  from  the  corners  of  which  prayer  beads  were 
suspended.    This  artifact  suggests  the  possibility  that  the  occupants 
were  of  the  Roman  Catholic  faith. 

Stone  tools  were  recovered  from  the  cabin  floor  and  from  the  cache 
pits  of  Cabin  A.    Because  they  had  irregular  outlines  and  cross-sections, 
Bonnichsen  found  them  difficult  to  classify.    However,  he  essentially 
agrees  that  stone  artifacts  were  made  and  used  by  the  Cypress  Hills 
Metis  (Bonnichsen  et  al.  1973:88): 

The  flaking  of  the  specimens  is  uneven  and  lacks  symmetry, 
suggesting  that  the  implements  do  not  represent  a  stone 
flaking  tradition  surviving  from  the  prehistoric  period  .  .  . 
the  tools  are  undoubtedly  a  product  of  ad  hoc  technology. 

Perhaps  the  only  contentious  issue  between  Eliott  and  Bonnichsen  in 
the  interpretation  of  lithic  tools  from  the  Cypress  Hills  is  whether  they 


-  219  - 


represent  the  survival  of  a  prehistoric  native  tradition  or  were  a 
technological  expediency. 

The  Green  Wintering  Site. 

The  Green  Wintering  site  (ElPg  2)  is  located  approximately  50  miles 
(80  kilometres)  south  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  situated  above  the 
normal  high  water  line  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Red  Deer  River  between  the 
present-day  communities  of  Trochu  and  Rumsey,  Alberta.    The  site  was 
visited  in  1968  by  J.  S.  Nicks,  then  Historic  Sites  Officer  at  the 
Provincial  Museum  and  Archives  of  Alberta,  at  which  time  a  general  map 
was  drafted.    Subsequently,  the  site  was  visited  by  Doll  and  J.  A. 
Villa-Arce,  in  company  with  Edgar  Riep.    Although  the  site  was  heavily 
overgrown,  a  number  of  surface  features  were  still  evident,  particularly 
the  outline  of  at  least  two  buildings. 

Architecture 

Nick's  1968  map  (on  file,  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta)  shows  the 
outline  of  two  structures.    One  is  approximately  22  feet  by  18  feet  (396 
square  feet),  with  a  fireplace  located  half  way  along  the  east  wall,  the 
long  axis  of  the  cabin.    A  second  mound,  not  indicated  as  a  fireplace,  is 
located  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the  structure.    The  second  structure, 
located  about  eight  feet  to  the  north,  with  its  long  axis  parallel  to  the 
river,  measures  24  feet  by  18  feet  (432  square  feet).    It  has  two  corner 
fireplaces,  one  in  the  northwest  and  one  in  the  southeast  corners.  In 
addition,  there  is  a  third  cluster  of  features  located  on  the  same 
terrace,  but  about  200  feet  downstream.    This  appears  to  represent  a 
third  building  with  a  single  fireplace  or  mound  and  two  depressions.  No 
wall  lines  are  indicated. 

Observations  in  Doll's  field  notes  (on  file,  Provincial  Museum  of 
Alberta)  concerning  the  second  structure  described  above  conform  exactly 
with  Nicks'  map.    However,  the  measurements  of  the  first  structure  given 
in  the  notes  are  30  feet  by  18  feet  (540  square  feet).    The  clay  and 
sandstone  mounds  appear  to  be  two  corner  fireplaces,  one  in  the  northwest 
and  one  in  the  southwest  corner.    Doll's  survey  missed  the  features 
located  by  Nicks  200  feet  to  the  south,  but  recorded  a  separate  chimney 
pile  north  of  the  second  structure  and  not  shown  on  Nicks'  map. 

Judging  strictly  from  surface  evidence,  there  were  up  to  four 
structures  on  the  site,  two  of  which  may  have  been  divided  into  two 
rooms,  each  with  its  own  corner  fireplace.    These  fireplaces  appear  to 
have  been  made  from  slabs  of  local  sandstone  with  chimneys  of  mud  plaster 
on  a  framework  of  poles.    Disturbance  of  a  fireplace  feature  by 
pothunters  showed  that  the  hearths  or  aprons  as  well  were  constructed 
from  flat  slabs  of  sandstone.    No  observations  were  made  as  to  the 
preservation  of  wood. 

M.  Forsman  (1980a:45)  excavated  eight  square  metres  of  the  Green 
Wintering  site  in  1979.    He  did  not  mention  the  presence  of  any  visible 
wall  lines,  stating  only  that  ".  .  .  cultural  features  at  the  site 
included  several  low  mounds  and  depressions"  (Forsman  1980b:4),  later 
enumerated  as  three  mounds  and  two  depressions.    Forsman  (1980b:4) 


-  220  - 


described  one  fireplace,  possibly  the  southeast  corner  fireplace  of  the 
first  structure,  as  having  a  slightly  expanding  "IP  shape  and  a  sandstone 
slab  front.    Nothing  other  than  ash  was  recovered  in  this  feature. 

A  second  fireplace  excavated  by  Forsman,  possibly  the  northwest 
corner  fireplace  of  the  second  or  more  northern  structure,  was  associated 
with  a  well-preserved  wooden  member  (Forsman  1980b:7).  However, 
preservation  was  not  sufficiently  good  to  determine  whether  logs  were 
squared,  nor  what  the  corner  joints  were  like  (M.  Forsman,  personal 
communication),  and  there  was  no  opportunity  to  continue  the  testing. 

Artifacts 

Artifacts  possibly  coming  from  this  site  observed  by  Doll  in  private 
collections  include  two  blade-type  tof fey-colored  gunflints  and  one  iron 
projectile  point.    However,  at  least  six  tipi  sites  and  their  associated 
hearths  were  observed  less  than  a  quarter  mile  to  the  south  and  on  the 
same  flood  plain  as  the  Green  Wintering  site,  and  these,  too,  may  have 
been  a  source  of  historic  artifacts. 

In  Forsman's  excavations,  a  percussion  cap  and  a  number  of 
"square-cut"  (machine-cut?)  nails  were  recovered  near  the  fireplace. 
Other  artifacts  reported  from  the  site  include  several  "hand-made  square 
nails,"  a  metal  button,  and  a  white  bead. 

Discussion 

Nicks,  Forsman,  and  Doll  are  in  agreement  that  the  Green  Wintering 
site  probably  dates  from  the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  century. 
However,  there  is  insufficient  data  to  determine  whether  the  cabins 
formed  a  Metis  wintering  complex  or  were  possibly  a  free-trader's  post. 
There  is  no  historical  record  that  it  served  either  as  a  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  outpost  or  a  North  West  Mounted  Police  post.    Day  makes  the 
observation  that  no  1870' s  references  to  this  site  have  been  found  to 
date.    However,  this  does  not  exclude  the  possibility  of  a  pre~smallpox 
occupation,  when  two  families  to  a  house  would  have  been  normal. 
Families  with  kinship  ties  to  the  Blackfeet,  such  as  the  Birds  and  the 
Munros,  are  possible  contenders  as  pre-smallpox  occupants  of  the  Green 
Wintering  site. 

Lac  La  Biche 

The  historical  record  documents  the  importance  of  the  Lac  La  Biche 
area  to  northern  water  transportation  and  to  the  fur  trade  from  the  late 
eighteenth  century.    French-Canadan  families  were  also  present  from  the 
earliest  times.    There  is  an  equally  long  association  with  Metis 
families,  a  number  of  which  also  wintered  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

On  the  north  shore  of  Lac  La  Biche  (Figure  1),  Tom  Maccagno  has 
frequently  collected  historic  artifacts  from  a  cultivated  field  and  made 
them  available  to  the  Provincial  Museum  for  comparative  study.  No 
structural  elements  were  preserved  on  the  site,  but  the  artifacts  compare 
closely  with  those  from  Buffalo  Lake.    In  particular,  there  are  at  least 


-  221  - 


seven  underglaze  transfer-printed  earthenware  patterns,  manufactured  by 
Copeland  (Table  18,  Appendix  III),  that  are  identical.    In  addition, 
plain  white  earthenware,  sponge-stamped  ware,  and  painted  earthenware  are 
all  comparable. 

This  location  (Figure  1)  may  have  been  a  wintering  site,  although 
there  is  yet  no  conclusive  evidence.    The  artifact  sample  is  consistent 
with  that  from  other  sites  that  date  from  the  1870s.    The  site  itself  was 
located  away  from  the  local  mission,  Hudson's  Bay  Company  store,  and  free 
traders'  posts.    In  addition,  the  land  on  which  it  is  located  has  had  a 
long  tradition  of  Metis  tenure  (Tom  Maccagno,  personal  communication). 

Batoche 

A  survey  in  1976  of  the  more  permanent  Metis  community  at  Batoche, 
in  the  Lower  Saskatchewan  District  (Figure  1)  located  a  possible  Metis 
hi vernant  camp  as  well  (Donahue  1977:29;  Putt  1977:55).    Situated  on  a 
low  terrace  of  the  South  Saskatchewan  River,  the  surface  features  of  site 
21N37  included  a  large  central  depression  surrounded  by  four  smaller 
ones.    The  large  depression  yielded  a  few  pieces  of  wood  but  no  other 
artifacts.    As  on  other  Metis  cabin  sites,  the  wall  lines  were  indicated 
by  clay  overlying  black  soil,  and  corners  were  apparent  in  the  plan  view 
(Donahue  1977:29). 

A  few  artifacts,  not  described  in  the  report,  were  recovered  from 
ash  lenses  in  two  of  the  depressions.    Although  Donahue  does  not  propose 
a  date  for  this  structure,  Putt  (1977:55)  suggests  that  it  was  occupied 
prior  to  1870.    Putt  (1977:55)  also  observes  that:  ".  .  .  the  structural 
remains  and  assemblage  content  .  .  .  are  comparable  to  those  described 
for  the  Cypress  Hills  hivernant  Metis." 

La  Petite  Ville 

Located  on  the  west  bank  of  the  South  Saskatchewan  River  near 
Batoche  (Figure  1),  this  wintering  site,  believed  to  have  been  occupied 
between  1870  and  1874,  was  situated  approximately  40  to  80  metres  from 
the  river  (Donahue  et  al.  1978:75).    Archaeological  data  were  sparse. 
The  site  consisted  of  approximately  40  depressions,  15  of  which  were  in 
linear  clusters,  others  in  groups  of  three  to  six,  and  still  others 
isolated  (Donahue  et  al.  1978:75).    These  depressions  ranged  from  0.5 
metres  to  3.0  metres  in  diameter  and  0.25  metres  to  1.5  metres  in  depth. 
Approximately  half  were  greater  than  1.5  metres  in  diameter.  Field 
stones  adjacent  to  two  depressions  may  have  served  as  hearth  or  log 
supports,  although  the  latter  use  might  be  more  typical  of  building 
levelling  techniques  in  permanent  communities  rather  than  temporary 
wintering  sites. 

To  date,  full  and  reliable  comparative  data  from  known  Metis 
wintering  sites  in  Saskatchewan  are  not  available.    Some  such  sites  are 
only  now  being  surveyed  and  tested,  with  results  from  field  work  during 
the  1986  season  still,  as  of  this  writing,  in  process  of  analysis  (David 
Burley,  personal  communication). 


-  222  - 


FREE  TRADER'S  POSTS 

The  sites  of  free  trader's  posts  contain  a  second  level  of 
comparative  archaeological  data  that  will  enhance  our  understanding  of 
the  Buffalo  Lake  material.    These  sites  and  their  assemblages  can 
potentially  provide  data  on  a  source  of  supply  of  trade  goods  alternative 
to  Hudson's  Bay  Company  posts.    Secondly,  data  from  these  sites  may 
possibly  enable  us  to  distinguish  between  free  traders's  houses  and 
hunter's  houses  at  Buffalo  Lake.    There  appear  to  have  been  at  least  26 
free  traders  at  Buffalo  Lake  in  1875  (Andre  1870-1884),  in  addition  to 
the  Hudson's  Bay  outpost  established  by  Francis  Whitford.  Robert 
Hamilton  (1875),  a  more  reliable  source  than  Andre,  lists  30  individuals 
by  name. 

Two  free  trader's  posts  with  occupations  reliably  dated  to  the 
1870's  were  excavated  in  1972  by  Jack  Elliott.    Both  are  located  in  the 
Fort  Walsh  National  Historic  Park  in  the  Cypress  Hills  of  Saskatchewan 
(Figure  1).    Solomon's  and  Farwell's  posts  were  Euro-American  whisky 
trading  posts  that  also  had  the  dubious  distinction  of  marking  the  site 
of  the  Cypress  Hills  Massacre  of  June  1,  1873.    Here  a  number  of  Canadian 
and  American  wolf  hunters  and  traders  massacred  a  number  of  Assiniboines 
who  had  been  camped  nearby. 

Solomon's  Post 

Architecture 

Solomon's  Post  consisted  of  a  two-room  cabin  with  cellar,  an 
attached  stockade  area,  and  two  outside  refuse  pits,  perhaps  abandoned 
cache  pits  (Elliott  1973:7).    One  room  measured  17  feet  by  13  feet  and 
had  a  wooden  floor  and  a  cellar.    The  cellar,  of  undetermined  diameter, 
was  1.7  feet  deep.    The  second  room  measured  17  feet  square  and  had  a 
dirt  floor. 

Corners  of  the  cabin  were  of  saddle-notch  construction,  and  the 
recovery  of  glass  suggested  that  windows  had  been  present.    There  was  no 
evidence  for  stoves  or  fireplaces.    However,  there  was  evidence  for  a 
stockade,  measuring  31  feet  by  14  feet,  or  possibly  for  a  raised  room  of 
the  same  dimensions  supported  on  posts.    The  exterior  refuse  pits  were  16 
feet  and  15  feet  in  diameter  and  1.5  feet  and  1.4  feet  deep. 
Architecturally,  this  structure  was  markedly  different  from  those  cabins 
excavated  either  in  the  Cypress  Hills  or  at  Buffalo  Lake.    It  is 
important,  nevertheless,  to  know  that  the  saddle-notch  building  style  was 
present  in  the  Canadian  Northwest  in  the  1870's. 

Artifacts 

Solomon's  Post,  however,  yielded  several  artifacts  similar  to  those 
from  Buffalo  Lake  (Elliott  1973:22-26).    Several  types  of  fixed 
ammunition  were  used,  with  .44  Henry  flat  rimfire  and  .44-40  centrefire 
common  to  both  sites.    Other  artifacts  in  common  include  triangular 


-  223  - 


files,  a  steel  spade,  machi ne -cut  nails,  a  copper  rivet,  table  flatware 
(although  the  Solomon's  Post  examples  are  of  a  different  pattern  than 
those  from  Buffalo  Lake),  patent  medicine  bottles  (including  the  most 
common,  Perry  Davis  Vegetable  Pain  Killer),  abundant  glass,  tin  cans, 
barrel  hoops,  and  harness  rings.    Also  recovered  at  Solomon's  Post  was  an 
object  described  as  a  brass  tension  spring  identical  to  a  piece  of  coiled 
brass  wire  from  Cabin  6.    Interestingly  enough,  stone  tools  were  found, 
consisting  of  a  utilized  flake,  a  unifacial  cobble  chopper,  and  a  split 
pebble  tool . 

Faunal  remains  from  Solomon's  Post  consisted  of  fresh -water  clam, 
horse,  elk,  and  bison. 

Farwel 1 ' s  Post 

Architecture 

Farwell's  Post,  located  a  short  distance  from  Solomon's,  consisted 
of  a  one-room  cabin  with  wooden  floor,  two  attached  stockades  measuring 
14  feet  by  11  feet,  and  exterior  depressions,  including  three  refuse 
pits,  a  cache  pit,  and  three  other  empty  pits. 

The  cabin  itself  measured  21  feet  by  14  feet,  with  glass  indicating 
the  presence  of  windows.    As  at  Solomon's  Post,  there  was  no  evidence  of 
a  stove  nor  of  a  stone -and-clay  fireplace  and  chimney.    The  cabin  had  a 
cellar  used  for  whisky  storage,  evidenced  by  metal  hoops  and  staves  from 
large  barrels  (Elliott  1973:11).    Livestock  was  apparently  contained 
within  the  stockade. 

Artifacts 

Farwell's  Post  also  yielded  several  artifacts  similar  to  those  from 
Buffalo  Lake.    Included  are  .44  Henry  flat  rimfire  ammunition, 
machine-cut  nails,  medicine  bottles,  window  glass,  tin  cans,  barrel 
hoops,  and  a  rubber  comb  (Elliott  1973:22-26). 

Faunal  Material 

Faunal  materials  reflected  the  utilization  of  a  greater  variety  of 
species  than  at  Solomon's  Post.    Identified  remains  were  those  of  grouse, 
white-tailed  jack  rabbit,  ground  squirrel,  prairie  dog,  muskrat,  beaver, 
coyote  or  domestic  dog,  wolf,  deer,  elk,  and  bison. 

Based  on  the  faunal  material  at  both  Solomon's  and  Farwell's  posts, 
Elliott  (1973:41)  suggested  that  the  sites  were  occupied  during  winter 
and  spring.    Lack  of  gnawing  on  the  bones  suggested  that  there  were  no 
domestic  dogs  on  the  post,  unlike  the  situation  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Elliott  (1973:11)  suggests  that  the  diet  at  Farwell's  Post  included 
pemmican  produced  on  the  site,  but  that  the  majority  of  the  food  was 
provided  by  canned  and  packaged  staples  from  Fort  Benton,  Montana. 

The  stratigraphy  of  both  posts  indicated  a  single  occupation.  Both 
appear  to  have  been  burned  then  abandoned  the  day  after  the  Cypress  Hills 
Massacre  of  June  1,  1873,  or  very  shortly  thereafter  (Elliott  1973:16). 


-  224  - 


Documentary  Material 

A  very  useful  body  of  data  discovered  by  Elliott  was  Farwell's 
accounts  with  T.  C.  Powers  &  Bro.  of  Fort  Benton,  Montana.  These 
accounts  cover  the  period  between  1869  and  1874  and  record  many  of  the 
goods  that  Farwell  supposedly  had  for  trade.    Equally  important,  they 
provide  insight  into  the  types  of  goods  that  other  free  traders,  white 
American  or  Metis,  would  have  had  available  as  far  north  as  Buffalo  Lake 
or  even  St.  Albert. 

The  following  list  of  goods  supplied  to  Farwell  is  a  condensation  of 
an  appendix  in  Elliott's  report  (1973:37-40),  and  it  includes  only  those 
items  for  which  there  is  archaeological  evidence  at  Buffalo  Lake.  The 
goods  include  pants,  shirts,  men's  and  ladies'  shoes  and  boots,  infantry 
dress  coats  (possibly  the  origin  of  the  U.S.  Army  button  from  Cabin  3  at 
Buffalo  Lake),  silk  handkerchiefs,  set  jewelery,  black  combs,  fine-tooth 
combs  (louse  combs?),  wood  mirrors  (round  mirrors?),  plain  cut  mirrors, 
bottles  of  pain  killer,  hooks -and-eyes ,  black  linen  thread,  papers  of 
needles,  bulk  buttons,  large  flat  buttons,  large  ball  buttons,  brass  ball 
buttons,  shirt  buttons,  vest  buttons,  brass  wire,  brass  tacks,  hawk 
bells,  bundles  of  seed  beads,  chalk  white  seed  beads,  ruby  seed  beads, 
lemon  seed  beads,  green  seed  beads,  Cornelia  seed  beads  (Cornaline 
d'Aleppo  beads?),  assorted  cut  seed  beads,  Fine  Gold  cut  seed  beads, 
brass  beads,  Henry  rifles,  Henry  rifles-old,  revolvers,  Henry  cartridges 
[thousands],  Winchester  cartridges  [thousands]  (.44-40  centref i re?) ,  kegs 
of  powder,  bags  of  B  shot,  sacks  of  trade  balls,  No.  "E"  gun  caps,  pistol 
caps,  musket  caps,  black  gunflints,  5  1/2  inch  skinning  and  butcher 
knives,  boxes  of  axes,  bastard  files,  a  three-hoop  bucket,  lamps  and 
chimneys,  shovels,  door  locks,  padlocks,  harness  strap,  strap  hinges, 
boxes  of  window  glass,  brass  kettles,  pint  tin  cups,  breakfast  and  dinner 
plates,  bowls,  common  knives  and  forks,  iron  table  spoons,  bottled  and 
canned  foods  including  sardines,  pickles,  peaches,  oysters,  chicken, 
yeast,  lard,  condensed  milk,  lima  beans,  string  beans,  tomatoes,  raisins, 
dried  apples,  soda  crackers,  and  ginger  snaps.    In  addition,  there  were 
chests  of  tea,  whisky  barrels,  and  various  items  in  jugs  and  bottles. 
Goods  similar  to  all  of  these  would  have  found  their  way  to  Buffalo  Lake 
through  free  traders  and  agents  of  the    Hudson's  Bay  Company. 

The  list  reflects  in  large  measure  the  clients  for  whom  the  goods 
were  intended.    Many  in  this  condensed  version,  as  well  as  those  not 
included  (Elliott  1973:37-40,  Appendix  B) ,  were  used  for  the  construction 
of  the  post,  while  others  were  consumed  on  site.    However,  a  great  number 
certainly  appear  to  have  been  earmarked  for  the  Metis  trade,  since  many 
would  have  been  useless  to  native  bands  at  that  time.    Many  goods  appear 
to  have  been  intended  for  people  who  lived  in  houses  or  cabins  for  at 
least  part  of  the  year. 

Discussion 

In  summary,  archaeological  data  from  Solomon's  and  Farwell's  posts 
reflect  some  very  basic  differences  from  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site. 
Architecturally,  these  differences  are  characterized  by  the  lack  of  clay 
and  stone  chimney  and  fireplace  features,  the  incorporation  of  more 


-  225  - 


glazed  windows,  and  the  use  of  stockades  to  house  livestock  and  perhaps 
for  defensive  purposes. 

Many  types  of  artifacts  found  at  the  posts  bear  close  similarity  to 
those  from  Buffalo  Lake,  but  the  most  substantial  differences, 
quantitative  and  qualitative,  are  evident  in  the  Household,  Business  and 
Personal  Maintenance  and  the  Dress  and  Ornamentation  categories. 
Although  both  sites  yielded  stone  tools,  the  sample  from  the  posts 
appears  to  have  been  clearly  of  prehistoric  origin  (Elliott  1973:12). 

There  are  obvious  differences  in  diet  as  well,  with  a  much  greater 
reliance  at  the  free  trader's  posts  on  prepared  pemmican  and  on  tinned 
and  commercially  packaged  staples. 

Given  the  long  list  of  goods  purchased  by  Farwell,  one  would  have 
expected  more  of  them  to  appear  in  the  archaeological  record.  Instead, 
one  is  left  to  conclude  that  the  majority  were  passed  on  to  others  in  the 
trade,  with  only  a  few  consumed  on  the  post  itself,  and  that  a  large 
proportion  of  the  items  listed  was  intended  for  the  Metis  trade.  The 
data  also  confirm  that  supposed  whisky  traders  could  not  live  by  whisky 
alone! 


HUDSON'S  BAY  COMPANY  POSTS 

The  third  level  of  comparable  archaeological  data  comes  from  the 
main  trading  establishments  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  presumably  the 
trading  institution  having  the  greatest  contact  with  Metis  of  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  District.    Fort  Edmonton  was  probably  the  largest  supplier 
to  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis.    Although  extensive  lists  of  goods  at  Fort 
Edmonton  exist,  we  have  no  contemporaneous  archaeological  data  from  this 
post,  nor  indeed  from  Fort  Edmonton's  outposts  operated  by  Francis 
Whitford  at  Buffalo  Lake  and  Tail  Creek.    For  detailed  artifact 
comparisons,  we  are  therefore  forced  to  rely  on  archaeological  data  from 
other  posts  that  supplied  (or  may  have  supplied)  the  Metis  hunters  and 
free  traders  (Metis,  native,  and  white)  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Victoria  Post 

The  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  Victoria  Post,  located  about  70  miles 
northeast  of  Edmonton  (Figure  1)  on  the  North  Saskatchewan  River,  was 
built  in  1864  and  operated  until  1897  or  1898  (Losey  et  al.  1977a:2; 
Forsman  1985:1).    A  number  of  buildings  and  features  were  excavated:  the 
dairy,  trader's  shop,  and  southwest  palisade  (Losey  et  al.  1977a),  the 
provisions  store,  men's  house,  blacksmith's  forge  complex,  and  palisade 
line  (Losey  et  al.  1977b),  and  finally  the  clerk's  house  and  associated 
kitchen  extension,  refuse  areas,  and  two  newly  located  refuse  deposits 
associated  with  the  men's  house  residential  area  (Forsman  1985). 

Architectural  Comparisons 

At  this  point  in  the  research,  the  architecture  of  Victoria  Post  and 
the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  do  not  appear  very  similar.    However,  one 
structure  at  the  former  site,  the  kitchen  extension  C  of  the  clerk's 


-  226  - 


house,  bears  some  resemblance  to  certain  characteristics  observed  at 
Buffalo  Lake.    The  interior  fireplace  base,  located  in  the  centre  of  the 
north  wall,  is  composed  of  a  single  course  of  large  river  cobbles  with 
clay  used  as  mortar,  and  with  a  clay  fireplace  (Forsman  1985:51).  Like 
similar  fireplaces  at  Buffalo  Lake,  this  feature  ".  .  .  showed 
considerable  signs  of  burning  and  some  accumulation  of  ash  and  discarded 
artifacts"  (Forsman  1985:51).    These  artifacts  included  cartridge  cases, 
forged  and  cut  iron  nails,  earthenware  sherds,  and  clay  pipe  fragments 
(Forsman  1985:53).    Forsman's  dates  for  this  feature  (late  1860's  to 
1883)  overlap  with  the  Metis  occupation  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Owing  to  poor  wood  preservation,  Forsman  could  not  determine  the 
details  of  corner  construction  on  this  kitchen  extension,  nor  whether  the 
logs  were  left  rounded  or  had  been  squared. 

The  construction  of  other  buildings  on  the  post,  where  evidence  was 
preserved,  varied  considerably  from  the  structures  excavated  at  Buffalo 
Lake.    Wooden  floors  laid  over  joists  were  common  to  residences.  Cellars 
varied,  but  some  had  horizontally  laid  log  walls  and  a  wooden  floor, 
while  others  were  simple  earthen  depressions  (Forsman  1985:76). 

Where  there  was  evidence  of  superstructure,  buildings  exhibited 
post-on-sill  construction,  using  squared  timbers  joined  by 
mortise-and-tenon  uprights  (Losey  et  a  "I.  1977a;  1977b;  Forsman  1985).  A 
noticeable  effort  had  been  made  to  level  the  walls  or  corners  of 
buildings  through  use  of  trenches  or  rocks.    In  short,  considerable  time 
and  effort  was  allotted  to  construction,  and  techniques  generally 
followed  those  in  vogue  at  other  Company  posts,  with  post-on-sill 
construction  using  squared  logs  preferred  for  the  more  permanent 
buildings.    Also  noteworthy  was  the  presence  of  a  palisade,  perhaps 
indicating  a  persistent  concern  for  defense  at  this  time. 

Artifactual  Comparisons 

While  there  is  a  disconformity  in  architectural  styles  and  features 
between  Victoria  Post  and  Buffalo  Lake,  there  is  a  close  similarity  in 
the  artifact  samples.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting  include  a  ramrod 
thimble,  percussion  caps,  gunflints,  musket  balls,  lead  shot,  .44  Henry 
flat  rimfire  cartridges,  .44-40  centrefire  cartridges,  Eley  Brothers 
shotgun  shells,  and  a  metal  projectile  point.    Those  related  to 
Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts  include  a  strap  hinge, 
hand-forged  and  machine-cut  nails,  and  hooks  used  to  suspend  pots  in  the 
fi  replace. 

Several  similar  artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance  activities  were  found.    No  fewer  than  12  identified 
Copeland  patterns  of  monochrome  underglaze  transfer-printed  ware  were 
represented  (Table  18,  Appendix  III).    Other  ceramics  included  plain 
white  earthenware,  sponge-stamped  ware,  and  salt-glazed  stoneware.  Perry 
Davis  Vegetable  Pain  Killer  bottles,  as  well  as  window  and  lamp  chimney 
glass,  were  common. 

Metal  artifacts  included  identical  pattern  flatware  with  incised 
bone  or  antler  handles  (Losey  et  al.  1977b:51).  Such  a  pattern  was  common 
to  Hudson's  Bay  Company  posts  from  as  far  away  as  Fort  Garry  (Losey  et 
al.  1 97 7b : 1 07 ) .    In  addition,  strike-a-1 ights ,  straight  pins,  needles,  a 


-  227  - 


slate  pencil  fragment,  and  a  number  of  Canadian  coins  were  recovered  , 
although  the  use  of  coins  in  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  area  would  have  been 
uncommon  in  the  1870s. 

Artifacts  related  to  Transportation  included  horseshoe  nails,  and 
those  related  to  Recreation  and  Smoking  included  both  ceramic  and  clay 
pipe  fragments.  Similar  artifacts  relating  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation 
included  numerous  buttons,  of  which  six  glass  types,  four  shell  types, 
three  bone  types,  and  seven  metal  types  were  found. 

Glass  beads  were  also  recovered  at  Victoria  Post,  although  greater 
quantities  would  have  been  expected,  given  the  number  of  years  the  site 
was  used.    Losey  et  al.  (1977a;  1977b)  recorded  only  111  beads  during  two 
seasons  of  excavation,  and  Forsman  (1985:120-121)  also  recovered  only  a 
small  numbers,  but  from  all  contexts.    As  at  Buffalo  Lake,  seed  beads 
predominated . 

Other  comparable  artifacts  recovered  include  an  earring  with  a 
stone,  a  mother-of-pearl  pendant  (Losey  et  al.  197/b:97)  that  appears 
rather  like  a  scale  from  a  straight  razor,  a  metal  hook  and  eye,  clothing 
fastener,  and  two  types  of  combs.    No  comparable  lithic  artifacts  were 
reported . 

Discussion 

In  summary,  archaeological  data  from  Victoria  Post  suggest,  with  few 
exceptions,  a  general  dissimilarity  of  building  styles  to  those  at 
Buffalo  Lake.    Artifact  types,  on  the  other  hand,  are  quite  similar,  not 
surprisingly,  since  many  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  outfitted  at 
Victoria.    Certain  items,  notably  Copeland -manufactured  earthenwares, 
were  not  only  stocked  for  the  trade,  but  were  used  on  the  post  by 
occupants  of  the  clerk's  house.    Artifacts  related  to  clothing  also 
served  both  purposes.    Finally,  occupants  of  Victoria  Post,  many  of  whom 
were  Metis,  did  not  appear  to  share  the  use  of  stone  tools  with  occupants 
of  the  Buffalo  Lake  site. 

Rocky  Mountain  House 

The  Hudson's  Bay  Company  post  of  Rocky  Mountain  House  was  located  on 
the  North  Saskatchewan  River  approximately  94  miles  (151  kilometres)  west 
of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site.    Site  15R  (Steer  et  al.  1979)  was  in 
operation  between  1835  and  1861.    Although  the  site  is  architecturally 
different  from  the  Buffalo  Lake  site,  and  was  abandoned  before  the 
establishment  of  the  latter  as  a  wintering  community,  the  similarity  in 
the  artifact  sample  invites  comparison.    Site  15R  yielded  percussion 
caps,  gunflints,  musket  balls,  and  shot.    The  terminal  date  for  this  site 
precluded  the  finding  of  fixed  ammunition  such  as  the  ubiquitous  .44 
Henry  flat  rimfire  and  .44-40  centrefire  cartridges. 

Presence  of  other  comparable  artifacts  at  site  15R  establishes  their 
availability  before  the  entry  of  free  traders  from  the  Fort  Benton  area. 
Examples  include:  iron  projectile  points,  axe  heads,  files,  strap  hinges, 
wrought  and  machine-cut  iron  nails,  glass  bottles,  round  and  square 
mirror  glass,  window  glass,  strike-a-1 ights,  iron  cups,  pins,  needles,  a 
three-tined  fork  with  incised  antler  handle  (Steer  et  al.  1979:443) 


-  228  - 


identical  to  a  Buffalo  Lake  example,  a  bone  shaving  brush  handle,  wire 
pot  hooks,  strapping,  barrel  hoops,  clay  smoking  pipes,  beads,  earrings, 
and  a  brass  spring-like  object. 

Artifacts  related  to  clothing  are  very  similar.    At  least  thirteen 
different  types  of  buttons  were  common  to  both  Rocky  Mountain  House  and 
Buffalo  Lake,  evidence  for  an  earlier  trend  towards  Euro-Canadian  styles, 
perhaps  at  the  expense  of  the  country  style  that  used  native-tanned 
materials.    Both  sites  yielded  metal  hook-and-eye  fasteners,  commonly 
used  in  Victorian-period  ladies'  clothing. 

Ceramics  were  particularly  comparable,  with  plain  white  earthenware 
and  especially  Copeland  pattern  transfer-printed  ware  (Table  18,  Appendix 
III).    Conspicuously  absent  was  the  sponge-stamped  ware  found  at  the 
Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  the  Cypress  Hills  Metis  sites,  Lac  La  Biche,  and 
fur  trade  posts  dating  from  the  1870's.    This  ware  may  stand  as  a 
horizon-marker  for  post-1870  historic  occupation,  together  with  examples 
of  early  Henry  and  Winchester  fixed  ammunition.    It  appears  that  the  ware 
was  introduced  to  the  market  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan  after  1861,  and 
sometime  before  or  during  the  occupation  of  Buffalo  Lake,  between 
approximately  1872  and  1878. 

Fort  Pitt,  Battleford,  Fort  Carlton,  Last  Mountain 
House,  Upper  and  Lower  Fort  Garry 

Hunters,  freighters,  and  free  traders  wintering  on  Buffalo  Lake 
frequented  posts  outside  present-day  Alberta.    A  string  of  such  posts  lay 
along  the  North  Saskatchewan  River,  beginning  at  Fort  Pitt  near  the 
Alberta-Saskatchewan  border,  proceeding  to  Battleford  and  Fort  Carlton, 
and  then  overland  to  include  Last  Mountain  House  and  Fort  Garry.  These 
posts  served  as  the  main  sources  of  supply  for  many  essential  goods, 
although  by  the  middle  to  late  1870's  they  were  being  challenged  by 
merchants  from  Winnipeg  to  Edmonton  who  were  to  form  part  of  the  new 
wealthy  class  of  western  Canada. 

Many  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  free  traders  outfitted  at  Red  River,  where 
supplies  could  be  obtained  more  cheaply  and  credit  arranged.    They  were 
responsible  for  their  own  freighting,  but  the  amount  saved  could  be  added 
to  their  profit  once  they  returned  to  Buffalo  Lake  the  following  season. 
Other  posts  between  Red  River  and  Edmonton  were  used  as  well. 

The  most  easily  recognized  and  best  preserved  artifacts  from  these 
posts  are  the  ceramics.    Transfer-printed  earthenware  manufactured  by 
Copeland  can  now  be  easily  identified  as  to  pattern  in  the  field,  thanks 
to  Lynn  Sussman's  (1972  and  1979)  invaluable  illustrated  reference 
works.    At  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  eighteen  Copeland  patterns  were 
identified  in  the  assemblage.    Using  these  as  a  base,  comparisons  were 
made  with  Copeland  wares  from  other  historic  sites.    Data  were  obtained 
from  several  sources,  including  personal  examination  of  excavated  and 
surface-collected  samples.    Sussman's  (1979:12-19)  charts  were  also 
relied  on  heavily  in  constructing  Table  18,  Appendix  III.    Although  other 
sites  recorded  many  more  patterns  than  Buffalo  Lake,  for  example  Fort 
Garry  with  48  patterns  (Sussman  1979:12-19),  it  was  hoped  the  use  of  the 
Buffalo  Lake  sample  as  a  base  would  suggest  probable  sources  of  supply. 


-  229  - 


The  Hudson's  Bay  Company  post  with  the  highest  correlation  of 
patterns  was  Fort  Carlton.    Here  15  of  the  18  patterns  matched  Buffalo 
Lake,  for  an  83  per  cent  correlation.    Fort  Pitt  followed  with  78  per 
cent,  Lower  Fort  Garry  with  72  per  cent,  Victoria  Post  with  67  per  cent, 
Upper  Fort  Garry  with  44  per  cent,  Battleford,  Last  Mountain  House  (Olga 
Klimko,  personal  communication),  and  Rocky  Mountain  House  III  with  33  per 
cent  each,  Elliott's  Cypress  Hills  sample  and  Rocky  Mountain  House  II 
with  28  per  cent  each,  and  the  Bonnichsen  et  al.  Cypress  Hills  sample 
with  17  per  cent  (Table  18,  Appendix  III). 

It  is  premature  to  draw  firm  conclusions  from  these  comparisons. 
More  data  are  required  from  other  wintering  sites  such  as  Tail  Creek, 
Grande  Pointe,  and  the  Green  Wintering  site;  from  the  contemporary  Metis 
settlements  of  St.  Albert  and  Lac  Ste.  Anne;  and  from  the  most  logical 
source  of  supply  of  Copeland  ceramics,  Fort  Edmonton  itself.    It  is 
interesting  to  note,  however,  the  relatively  high  correlation  with  Fort 
Carlton  and  the  relatively  low  correlation  with  Rocky  Mountain  House, 
although  the  latter  post  was  much  nearer. 

Copeland  wares  were  probably  supplied  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  to 
the  Buffalo  Lake  winterers,  either  directly  or  indirectly  through  the 
outfits  of  free  traders.    Of  the  18  patterns  identified  and  compared, 
four  emerge  as  the  most  popular:  "Flower  Vase,"  "B  772,"  "Continental 
Views,"  and  "Ivy." 


SUMMARY  DISCUSSION 

The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  has  been  compared  to  other  Metis 
wintering  sites,  to  free  trader's  posts,  and  to  established  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  posts.    The  closest  correspondence  was  between  the  Buffalo  Lake 
and  Cypress  Hills  Metis  sites.    They  are  comparable  ecologically,  and 
their  architecture,  with  the  exception  of  wooden  flooring,  is  similar. 
Artifact  samples  also  corresponded  very  closely,  but  with  evidence  for  a 
higher  reliance  on  tinned  foods  in  the  Cypress  Hills. 

There  are  similarities  between  Buffalo  Lake  and  other  wintering 
sites,  but  archaeological  data  for  these  are  presently  insubstantial. 
Settlement  patterns  appear  at  least  superficially  similar  to  those  at  La 
Petite  Ville  and  Cypress  Hills.  However,  data  are  insufficient  from  any 
of  the  wintering  sites  to  draw  conclusions  regarding  the  specific 
organization  and  placement  of  structures. 

A  review  of  archaeological  data  from  two  contemporaneous  free 
trader's  posts  revealed  lesser  degrees  of  similarity.  Construction 
techniques  appear  to  have  been  similar  in  general,  but  different  in 
detail.    An  example  was  the  construction  and  employment  of  stockades  for 
defensive  purposes  and  to  house  livestock.    The  free  trader's  posts  also 
lacked  interior  fireplaces  or  any  other  evidence  for  heating,  although 
this  may  be  a  result  of  post-occupational  disturbance. 

Artifacts  from  the  posts  were  similar  to  those  from  Buffalo  Lake, 
but  with  much  less  emphasis  on  types  of  ceramics,  beads,  and  buttons  that 
would  be  indicative  of  household  activities  or  a  variety  of  clothing.  A 
higher  incidence  of  tinned  iron  cans,  coupled  with  a  smaller  sample  of 
faunal  remains,  suggested  a  much  higher  reliance  on  preserved  food 
supplies  than  was  evident  at  Buffalo  Lake. 


-  230  ~ 


Documentation  of  supplies  purchased  by  one  of  the  free  traders  for 
his  business  was  revealing.    When  compared  to  the  archaeological  record, 
it  suggested  that  many  of  the  goods  were  not  consumed  at  the  post.  It 
also  indicated  that  a  variety  of  goods  similar  to  those  found  at  Buffalo 
Lake  was  available  from  an  American  source  as  an  alternative  to  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company. 

Posts  built  and  operated  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  were 
architecturally  the  least  similar  to  the  structures  at  Buffalo  Lake 
excavated  to  date.    However,  the  archaeological  artifact  inventory  was 
more  similar  to  that  of  Buffalo  Lake  than  was  the  archaeological 
inventory  of  free-trader's  posts  in  the  Cypress  Hills  of  Saskatchewan. 
More  goods  that  formed  part  of  the  trading  inventory  were  consumed  on  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company  posts  themselves,  notably  household  items,  including 
Copeland-pattern  earthenware,  and  items  related  to  clothing  and 
ornament.    This  perhaps  suggests  more  female  activities  at  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  posts  and  the  wintering  sites. 

Where  archaeological  data  were  available,  all  three  groups  of  sites 
in  the  comparison  (with  the  exception  of  one  site)  had  three  specific 
types  of  artifacts  in  common:  .44  Henry  rimfire  cartridge  cases,  .44-40 
Winchester  centrefire  cartridge  cases,  and  sponge-stamped  earthenware. 
These  three  types,  therefore,  might  be  adopted  as  horizon-markers  to 
distinguish  late  nineteenth  century  sites  occupied  after  1870.  The 
single  exception  in  this  comparison  was  the  sample  from  site  15R,  Rocky 
Mountain  House,  which,  however,  was  abandoned  in  1861,  before  these  three 
types  of  artifacts  were  either  manufactured  or  in  common  use  in  the  Upper 
Saskatchewan  District. 


CHAPTER  XI 


CONCLUSIONS 


Archaeological  research  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  began  in  1970 
and  continued  until  1983.    During  that  time,  considerable  changes  took 
place  in  the  paradigms  under  which  historical  archaeology  was 
accomplished,  and  also  in  the  historical  perception  of  the  western  Metis. 

Initially,  the  Buffalo  Lake  project  was  seen  primarily  in 
chronological  terms:  as  an  attempt  to  fill  "gaps"  in  the  history  of 
western  Canadian  peoples  subsequent  to  the  fur  trade  period.    The  Metis 
were  selected  partly  owing  to  the  fact  that  fur  trade  sites  in  the  period 
between  1821  and  1870  were  not  easy  to  isolate  archaeological ly.  The 
several  protracted  occupations  that  followed  the  amalgamation  of  the 
Hudson's  Bay  and  North  West  Companies  did  not  promise  the  same  relatively 
short,  "tight"  components  that  the  more  mobile  "early"  fur  trade  period 
had  provided. 

A  second  problem  that  motivated  the  early  phases  of  historic 
archaeology  in  Alberta  was  the  identification  of  sites,  along  with  the 
determination  of  their  boundaries  and  the  distribution  of  habitations. 
In  particular,  this  problem  was  related  to  ongoing  concerns  for  potential 
site  marking  and  reconstructive  development,  public  education,  and 
tourism. 

These  problems,  although  comparatively  simple,  are  significant,  and 
in  fact  their  essential  resolution  represents  a  notable  success  of  the 
Buffalo  Lake  project.    The  boundaries,  size,  and  length  of  occupation  of 
the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  are  now  relatively  well  known,  setting  in 
perspective  one  group  of  myths  (for  example,  the  often  presumed  superior 
size  and  importance  of  an  early  Tail  Creek  Metis  site). 

To  these  considerations,  however,  others  have  been  added.  Notably, 
as  archaeological  work  progressed  in  the  area  north  of  Stettler,  the 
Metis  occupation  was  seen  increasingly  in  terms  of  the  general  ecology  of 
the  Buffalo  Lake  region  and  an  emerging  chronology  that  now  goes  back 
some  8,000  years.    Undoubtedly,  some  of  the  considerations  that  led  to 
the  Metis  settlement  in  the  late  ISOO's  were  operative  over  this  much 
larger  time-span  as  well,  and  clearly  the  expanded  spatial  and  temporal 
picture  would  illuminate  the  smaller  and  vice-versa. 

Admittedly,  even  the  chronological  interpretations  at  Buffalo  Lake 
are  derived  more  from  the  historic  data  than  the  archaeological,  although 
the  former  are  generally  supported  by  the  latter.    There  is  as  yet 
insufficient  archaeological  information  related  to  social  structure, 
status,  community  organization,  and  the  like,  and  for  this,  too,  we  must 
presently  draw  on  the  historic  record,  particularly  the  voluminous 
archives  of  the  Oblate  fathers. 

In  the  interpretation  of  these  historical  data,  however,  there  are 
some  differences  of  opinion.    Among  the  present  authors,  for  example,  Day 
emphasizes  an  earlier  settlement  in  the  Buffalo  Lake  area  than  Doll  would 
infer.    In  part,  this  is  perhaps  a  difference  of  specificity.  Clearly, 


-  232 


activity  took  place  in  the  neighbourhood  of  northeastern  Buffalo  Lake 
long  before  1872.    However,  as  Day  further  suggests,  it  is  frequently 
very  difficult  to  focus  on  precise  land  locations  at  this  time,  since  the 
records  often  refer  only  to  broad  geographical  areas  such  as  the  Battle 
River  system. 

The  newer  archaeological  methodologies  or  paradigms  mentioned  have 
only  touched  on  these  problems  in  the  present  case,  but  perhaps  have 
considerable  potential  in  addressing  them  through  the  archaeological  as 
distinct  from  the  historical  data.    Stanley  South's  system  of  "pattern 
recognition"  has  already  been  applied  to  the  early  fur  trade  period  in 
Alberta,  with  at  least  some  success.    The  outcome  of  studies  by  Forsman 
and  Gallo  (1979)  is  an  "Early  Fur  Trade  Pattern"  that  can  be  used  in 
direct  comparisons  from  site  to  site  or  can  be  combined  with  a  sort  of 
"chi  square"  analysis  to  derive  chronological  inferences.    This  method  is 
suggested  for  future  consideration,  but  has  not  been  applied  here  for 
several  reasons.    The  Metis  occupation  at  Buffalo  Lake  is  relatively 
remote  in  time  from  any  of  the  components  compared  by  South  (1977a)  or 
Forsman  and  Gallo  (1979).    It  may  be  difficult  to  obtain  quantified 
artifact  data  on  enough  other  Metis  or  contemporaneous  sites  in  western 
Canada  to  bear  this  analysis.    Finally,  we  are  somewhat  doubtful  of  the 
ultimate  logic  of  some  categories  set  up  by  South,  for  example  his 
residual  "Activities"  category  that  would  seem  to  overlap  with  several  we 
would  identify. 

Secondly,  we  have  made  some  forays  into  the  taxonomy  of  primary, 
secondary,  de  facto,  and  other  sorts  of  refuse  disposal  (Schiffer  1977), 
and  to  the  whole  matter  of  defining  activity  areas.    Certainly,  Kooyman 
has  made  intriguing  suggestions  with  regards  to  Metis  ethnicity  and 
relationship  to  the  hunt  based  on  the  faunal  contents  of  specific  Buffalo 
Lake  cabins.    On  the  whole,  however,  for  optimum  advantage,  the 
methodology  would  perhaps  require  a  greater  exposure  or  larger  sampling 
of  the  site,  notably  of  areas  between  or  separated  from  known 
structures.    Certainly  the  richness  of  the  resource  is  hinted  at  in  the 
present  study,  and  this  activity  area  approach  would  presumably  be 
encouraged  by  the  relatively  good  chronological  control  and  the  spatial 
constraints  (the  virtually  insular  location)  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  site. 

A  definition  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  community  has  been  addressed 
by  Day,  who  emphasizes  the  difference  between  this  site  and  other 
wintering  settlements  of  the  period.    He  suggests  that  Buffalo  Lake 
approached  typicality  only  as  time  went  on,  but  that  initially  it  was  a 
commercial  centre  rather  than  a  wintering  site  in  the  usual  sense  of  the 
word.    Doll,  on  the  other  hand,  argues  that  both  the  architectural  data 
that  can  be  obtained  (largely  lacking  on  superstructure,  except  for 
historical  records  from  other  sites),  and  the  archaeological  inventory  of 
portable  artifacts  are  essentially  consistent  within  as  well  as  between 
sites,  and  can  be  considered  typical  of  the  hi verement  (wintering) 
occupations  of  the  1870' s.    Because  of  the  complexity  of  the  community  at 
Buffalo  Lake,  as  indicated  by  the  historical  record  and  suggested  by  part 
of  the  archaeological  record,  we  are  inevitably  forced  to  expand  our 
definition  of  hi vernement  and  its  implications  for  the  various  people  who 
formed  the  community.    Surely  this  task  has  just  begun. 


-  233  - 


Again,  such  differences  in  historical  interpretion  may  reflect 
primarily  a  society  itself  somewhat  ambivalent,  in  terms  of  the  various 
strong  impinging  forces  discussed  in  Chapters  II,  III,  and  below. 
Although  sites  like  Buffalo  Lake  or  the  Cypress  Hills  are  perhaps  best 
viewed  as  primarily  commercial  operations,  yet  they  still  retain  a  good 
deal  of  the  "cultural  baggage"  that  would  be  more  typical  of  settlelments 
such  as  St.  Albert  or  Lac  Ste.  Anne.    Furthermore,  in  spite  of  their 
relative  isolation  and  the  differences  in  political  and  other 
self-identification  from  Red  River,  as  emphasized  by  Day,  they 
nevertheless  manifest  some  orientation  to  a  larger  sphere  that  may  be 
generalized  as  a  Metis  "nation"  or  "experience." 

This  orientation  to  the  broader  sphere,  though  clearly  not  identical 
to  the  Red  River  experience  under  Louis  Riel,  is  reflected  in  Day's 
emphasis  on  the  sophi stication  of  Upper  Saskatchewan  society,  the 
evidence  for  substantial  scale,  coherence,  organization, 
role-differentiation,  and  concern  for  social  welfare  within  the  mobile 
community  that  constituted  the  Metis  hunt.    This  sophistication  is  also 
reflected  in  the  Metis  technology.    Doll  suggests,  on  the  basis  of 
archaeological  recovery  of  a  variety  of  ammunition  and  ignition 
components,  that  hi vernant  society  had  the  most  highly  developed  firearms 
technology  in  the  Canadian  northwest  at  this  time.    This  further  evidence 
of  sophistication  was  of  course  supported  by  the  highly  developed,  mobile 
commercial  supply  system,  the  many  traders  who  converged  on  the  Buffalo 
Lake  site  from  various  directions.    As  well  as  independents,  these 
traders  represented  major  companies.    In  addition,  there  is  some 
archaeological  evidence  to  suggest  that  a  cash  economy  existed  here  at 
least  a  decade  before  it  became  established  in  settlements  such  as 
Edmonton,  where  it  appeared  in  1885  accompanying  a  contingent  of  troops 
from  Quebec  (Daoust  1982:101). 

Again,  in  the  matter  of  architecture,  interpretations  of  the 
historical  data  and  of  its  relationship  to  the  archaeological  record 
differ  somewhat.    Notably,  Day's  research  suggests  larger  structural 
units  and  the  presence  of  flooring,  not  reflected  up  to  this  time  in  the 
archaeological  excavations.    Again  much  of  this  historical  interpetation 
is  drawn  from  localities  separated  from  Buffalo  Lake,  and  on  the  other 
hand,  the  archaeological  sample  may  not  yet  reflect  the  once-existing 
diversity  of  styles.    Certainly  variations,  for  example  from  south  to 
north,  are  historically  documented,  and  Buffalo  Lake  seems  to  some  extent 
to  have  constituted  a  meeting  ground  for  people  of  diverse  origins. 
There  is  agreement  by  Doll,  however,  that  more  sophisticated  architecture 
should  exist  at  Buffalo  Lake,  given  the  rather  complex  nature  of  the 
community  that  occupied  the  site  and  the  styles  documented  by  Day  in  the 
general  area.    Architectural  complexity  is  surely  exhibited  in  the 
archaeological  remains  of  Cabin  5.    Field  work  was  discontinued,  however, 
before  sufficient  excavation  would  allow  any  accurate  interpretation  of 
these  remains.    Surely  this  must  be  one  question  to  be  resolved  by  future 
work  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Archaeological  evidence  is  again  silent  in  the  matter  of  household 
size  and  composition,  but  historical  data  suggest  the  adoption  of  an 
essentially  nuclear  family  residence  after  the  smallpox  epidemic  of 
1870.    This  is  contradictory  to  some  previous  assumptions. 


-  234 


Considerable  attention  has  focused  on  the  abandonment  of  the  Buffalo 
Lake  site.    Doll  suggests  it  took  place  in  1878,  although  Day  argues  for 
a  slightly  later  date,  and  again  there  is  some  difference  of  opinion  as 
to  cause.    It  seems  likely,  at  any  rate,  that  the  cause  was  not  singular 
and  that  in  fact  a  number  of  elements  may  have  been  variously  involved. 
Certainly  the  rapid  decline  of  the  bison  and  even  earlier  demise  of  the 
buffalo  robe  trade  were  prime  factors,  particularly  in  consideration  of 
Buffalo  Lake's  early  and  significant  commercial  focus.    It  is  suggested, 
however,  that  the  hunt  was  actually  prolonged  by  climatic  factors  that 
delayed  the  shift  into  a  primary  agricultural  economy,  or  abandonment 
might  have  taken  place  even  earlier.    Other  likely  factors  were  flooding, 
the  growing  importance  of  nearby  communities,  and  perhaps  (despite  Day's 
doubts)  a  growing  shortage  of  firewood,  small  game,  and  forage. 

As  has  been  recently  observed  by  various  scholars,  a  great  deal  of 
"mythology"  attaches  to  the  study  of  the  southern  and  western  Metis.  In 
this  context,  the  Red  River  "paradigm"  has  been  dominant.    As  suggested 
above,  there  are  unquestionably  shared  ethnic  attributes,  but  there  are 
also  important  differences  relating  to  origins,  technology,  associations, 
political  structures,  and  self-identification. 

The  Buffalo  Lake  site  provides  an  excellent  case-study  of  culture 
change,  the  study  of  a  social  structure  impinged  upon  by  a  variety  of 
crises  identified  in  the  historical  record.    These  include  the  attack  of 
a  disease  of  unprecedented  severity,  the  disappearance  of  the  major 
subsistence  resource  (as  well  as  a  major  "trade"  item),  severe  climatic 
fluctuations,  and  broad  governmental  and  societal  changes. 

In  the  older  "mythologies,"  the  southern  and  western  Metis  were  too 
frequently  perceived  either  as  a  leftover  from  the  fur  trade  or  as  a 
satellite  of  Red  River.    Through  continuing  problem-oriented  historical 
and  archaeological  studies,  a  better  understanding  of  these  varying 
"mythologies"  will  emerge.    The  combined  study  of  the  Buffalo  Lake 
archaeological  site  and  of  the  relevant  documents  will  focus  on  the 
western  Metis  as  a  discrete  community  with  a  particular  ecological  and 
economic  base,  and  a  material  record  of  sophisticated  adaptations. 


REFERENCES  CITED 


Allan,  John  A.  and  J.  0.  G.  Sanderson 

1945    Geology  of  the  Red  Deer  and  Rosebud  Sheets,  Alberta.  Research 
Council  of  Alberta  Report,  No.  13.    King's  Printer,  Edmonton. 

Alyluia,  Jeanne 

1973    Nineteenth-Century  Glassware  from  the  Roma  Site,  P.E.I. 
Manuscript  Report  No.  120.    National  Historic  Parks  and  Sites 
Branch,  Ottawa. 

Andre,  Rev.  Alexis,  OMI 

1870-  1884    Petite  Chronique  de  St.  Laurent.    Parish  Series,  St.  Laurent, 
Box  1,  Item  5.    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial 
Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton.    (Some  corrections  by  the  Reverend 
J.-  Vital  Fourmond  are  included.) 

Anonymous 

1963    Fifty  Years  on  the  Coulee  Rim;  A  Factual  History  of  Donalda  and 
District.    Donalda  [Stettler  Independent]. 

Anonymous 

1966    Munsell  Book  of  Color,  Glossy  Finish  Collection,  Removable 
Samples  in  Two  Binders.    Munsell  Color  Company  Inc.,  Baltimore. 

Archibald,  Adams  G. 

1871-  1872    Papers.    Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg.  Copies 
in  Interior  Department  Papers,  Vol.  228,  National  Archives  of 
Canada,  Ottawa. 

Baldwin  Neil 

Nd  [1973]    Patent  and  Pharmaceutical  Medicines  at  Fort  Edmonton.  Ms. 
on  file,  City  of  Edmonton  Archives,  Edmonton. 

Beal,  Robert,  John  Foster,  and  Louise  Zuk 

1986    Buffalo  Lake  Research  Project,  Selected  Annotated  Bibliography. 
Ms.  on  file,  Department  of  History,  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Bellevaire,  Rev.  Hippolyte 

1885    Papiers  Personnel,  other  (non-Oblate)  clergy,  Bellevaire, 
Personal,  Box  1,  Item  11,  Letters  to  J.-  M.  Bellevaire,  April 
22-June  15,  1885.    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provinical 
Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Benolt,  Rev.  Paul,  O.F.M. 

1904    Vie  de  Monseigneur  Tache.  Vol.  1.    Beauchemin,  Montreal. 


-  236  - 


Blanchet,  Rev.  Alexandre-Marie,  et  al. 

1886    Codex  Historicus  de  Riviere  Qui  Barre,  1886-1889.    Parish  Series, 
Riviere  Qui  Barre,  Box  1,  Item  1.    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate 
Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Bonnichsen,  Robson 

1967    Men  and  Mistresses:  A  Study  of  the  Late  Historic  Period  in  the 
Cypress  Hills.    Archaeological  Society  of  Alberta  Newsletter 
(15): 2-8. 

Bonnichsen,  Robson,  Roy  Horan,  Maurice  Doll,  and  Stuart  J.  Baldwin 
1973    A  Metis  Community  in  the  Cypress  Hills  of  Alberta:  An 
Archaeological  Investigation.    Ms.  on  file,  Department  of 
Anthropology,  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Borgstede,  Arlene  (editor) 

1986    The  Black  Robe's  Vision:  A  History  of  St,  Albert  and  District. 
St.  Albert  Historical  Association,  St.  Albert,  2  Vols. 

Bragonier,  Reginald  and  David  Fisher 

1981    What's  What:  A  Visual  Glossary  of  the  Physical  World.  Ballantyne 
Books,  New  York. 

Burrard,  Major  Sir  Gerald 

1950    The  Modern  Shotgun;  Vol.  I,  The  Gun;  Vol.  II,  The  Cartridge. 
Herbert  Jenkins,  London 

Butler,  W.  F. 

1872    The  Great  Lone  Land.    Sampson,  Low,  Marston,  Low,  and  Searle, 
London. 

Callihoo,  Victoria 

1953    Early  Life  in  Lac  Ste.  Anne  and  St.  Albert  in  the  Eighteen 
Seventies.    The  Alberta  Historical  Review  1  (4) : 21 -26. 

Campbell,  J.  Duncan 

1965    Military  Buttons  Long-Lost  Heralds  of  Fort  Mackinac's  Past. 

Mackinac  History  Leaflet,  No.  7  (5  pp.),  Mackinac  Island  State  Park 
Commission,  Mackinac  Island,  Michigan. 

Campbell,  Rev.  Peter 

1870  Letter  from  Woodville,  April  13  and  May  19,  1870.    In  Annual 
Reports  of  the  Missionary  Society  of  the  Wesleyan  Methodist  Church 
in  Canada,  in  Connexion  with  the  English  Conference,  45:xiv-xix,  The 
Society's  Offices,  Toronto. 

1871  Letter  from  Woodville,  May  10,  1871.    In  Annual  Reports  of  the 
Missionary  Society  of  the  Wesleyan  Methodist  Church  in  Canada,  in 
Connexion  with  the  English  Conference.  46:xiv,  The  Society's 
Offices,  Toronto. 


-  237  - 


Campbell,  Rev.  Peter 

1872    Letter,  April  10,  1872,  Woodville.    In  Wesleyan  Missionary 
Notices,  2  (16) : 244-246. 

Carillo,  Richard  F. 

1977    Archaeological  Variability  -  Sociocul tural  Variability.  In 
Research  Strategies  in  Historical  Archeology,  edited  by  Stanley 
South,  pp.  73-89.    Academic  Press,  New  York. 

Carpenter,  Jock  [believed  to  be  a  pseudonym  for  a  daughter  of  Marie 
Delorme  Smith] 

1977    Fifty  Dollar  Bride.    Gray's  Publishing,  Sidney,  British  Columbia. 

Census  Enumeration 

1881    Interior  Department  Papers.    Record  Group  15,  Microfilm  Reel 
13285,  National  Archives  of  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Charette,  Guillaume 

1976    L'Espace  de  Louis  Goulet.    Metis  Federation  Press,  Winnipeg. 

Cheadle,  Walter  B. 

1971    Journal  of  a  Trip  Across  Canada,  1862-3.    Hurtig,  Edmonton. 
[See  also  Milton. ] 

Christie,  William  J. 

1871    Circular  to  Chief  Factors  and  Chief  Traders,  Northern  Department 
Brief  sketch  of  the  origin  and  the  Spread  of  the  Small  Pox  in  the 
Saskatchewan  District.    Handwritten  Ms.  in  Hardisty  Papers.  Item  82, 
Glenbow  Archives,  Calgary. 

1872-1873    Outgoing  Correspondence.    Hudson's  Bay  Company  Archives, 
E.23  Series,  Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

Clark,  Edith  L. 

1967    Trails  of  Tail  Creek  Country.    Lamerton  Historical  Society, 
Mirror,  Alberta. 

Codex  Historicus  de  St.  Albert 

1874-1885    Parish  Series,  St.  Albert,  Box  1,  Items  7  (1874-1881)  and 
8  (1880-1894).    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial 
Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton.    (A  daily  handwritten  journal  of 
events  maintained  at  the  St.  Albert  Mission.    Individuals  who  wrote 
entries  for  the  1874-1880  period  have  been  identified  as  Reverend 
Alexandre  Blanchet,  Henri  Grandin,  Hippolyte  Leduc,  J.-  J.-  M. 
Lestanc,  and  Rene  Remas.) 

Commissioners  of  the  Royal  North-West  Mounted  Police 

1973    Opening  Up  the  West:  Being  the  Official  Reports  to  Parliament 
of  the  Activities  of  the  Royal  North-West  Mounted  Police  Force  from 
1874-1881 .    Facsimile  Edition,  Coles  Publishing  Company,  Toronto. 


-  238  - 


Conn,  Richard  G. 

1968  Progress  and  Problems  in  Recent  Trade  Bead  Research.  Paper 
Presented  at  the  First  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Canadian  Archaeological 
Association,  Winnipeg,  Manitoba. 

1969  The  Pony  Bead  Period:  A  Cultural  Problem  of  Western  North  America 
Paper  Presented  at  the  Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Society  for 
Historical  Archaeology,  Tucson. 

Coues,  Elliott  (editor) 

1897    New  Light  on  the  Early  History  of  the  Greater  Northwest;  The 
Manuscript  Journals  of  Alexander  Henry,  Fur  Trader  of  the  Northwest 
Company,  and  of  David  Thompson,  Official  Geographer  and  Explorer  of 
the  Same  Company,  1799-1814,  Vol.  II,  The  Saskatchewan  and  Columbia 
Rivers .    Francis  P.  Harper,  New  York. 

Cushion,  J.  P. 

1980  British  Ceramic  Marks.  Coles  Publishing  Company  Limited,  Toronto. 
Daoust,  Charles-R. 

1982    One  Hundred  Days  of  Active  Service.    (English  Translation  of  1886 
French  Edition).    Privately  Printed,  Wetaskiwin,  Alberta. 

D'Artigue,  Jean 

1882    Six  Years  in  the  Canadian  North-West.    Hunter,  Rose  and  Co., 
Toronto.    (Facsimile  edition  printed  by  Mika  Publishing,  Belleville, 
Ontario,  1973.) 

Day,  John  Patrick 

1982    The  Hudson's  Bay  Company  in  an  Age  of  Transition:  Commercial 
Empire  of  the  Upper  Saskatchewan.    Ms.  on  file  (Draft  of  Proposed 
Thesis,  Chapter  3)  with  Author. 

1985  Metis  Scrip  Application  Summaries  and  Analysis.    Ms.  on  file, 
Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1986  Dumont,  Munro,  and  Salois  Geneologies.    Ms.  on  file,  Provincial 
Museum  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Dempsey,  Hugh  A. 

1965    A  Blackfoot  Winter  Count.    Glenbow-Alberta  Institute  Occasional 
Paper  No.  1,  Calgary.    (Reprinted  1970.) 

1972    Sotai-na.    Dictionary  of  Canadian  Biography  10:661-662.  The 
University  of  Toronto  Press,  Toronto,  L'Universite  de  Laval,  Quebec. 

1984    Big  Bear:  The  End  of  Freedom.    Douglas  and  Mclntyre,  Vancouver. 

Dempsey,  Hugh  A.  (editor) 

1961    Robertson-Ross  Diary:  Fort  Edmonton  to  Wildhorse,  B.  C,  1872. 
Alberta  Historical  Review  9(3): 7-1 3 . 


-  239  - 


Dempsey,  Hugh  A.  (editor) 

1967    The  Last  Letters  of  George  McDougall.    Alberta  Historical 
Review  15(2):  20-30. 

Dol 1 ,  Maurice  F.  V. 

1977    Report  on  Project  76-15,  Field  Season  1976:    The  Boss  Hill  Site 
(FdPe  4)  Locality  2,  The  Boss  Hill  Site  (FdPe  4)  Locality  1,  The 
Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site  (FdPe  1).    Ms.  on  file,  Alberta  Culture, 
Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1979    Report  on  Project  78-36,  Field  Season  1978:    The  Boss  Hill  Site 
(FdPe  4)  Locality  2,  The  Boss  Hill  Site  (FdPe  4)  Locality  1,  The 
Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site  (FdPe  1).    Ms.  on  file,  Alberta  Culture, 
Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1982  The  Boss  Hill  Site  (FdPe  4)  Locality  2:    Pre-Archaic  Manifes- 
tations in  the  Parkland  of  Central  Alberta,  Canada.    Human  History 
Occasional  Paper  No.  2,  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1983  The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site  (FdPe  1),  Report  on  Project  82-27, 
Field  Season  of  1982.    Ms.  on  file,  Alberta  Culture,  Provincial 
Museum  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1985    The  Archaeology  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Settlement, 

Approximately  1872  to  1878.    Paper  Presented  at  the  15th  Western 
Canadian  Studies  Conference,  November  8-9,  1985,  Edmonton,  Alberta. 
(In  Press,  University  of  Alberta  Press.) 

Doll,  Maurice  F.  V.  and  Robert  S.  Kidd 

1976  The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site  (FdPe  1),  Report  on  Project  75-26, 
Field  Season  1975.    Ms  on  file,  Alberta  Culture,  Provincial  Museum 
of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Donahue,  Paul  F. 

1977  Archaeological  Investigations  at  Batoche  National  Historic  Park: 
1976  Season.    Manuscript  Report  No.  394,    Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Donahue,  Paul  F.,  Valerie  Hall,  and  Neal  Putt 

1978  Batoche  Archaeological  Project:  1977  Structural  and  Survey 
Report.    Manuscript  Report  No.  359,  Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Doucet,  Leon 

1868-  1926    Chronigues.    Papiers  Personnel,  Box  15,  Item  4,  2  vols. 
Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta, 
Edmonton. 

1869-  1875    Journals.    Papiers  Personnel,  Box  15,  Item  5,  Oblates 
of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta, 
Edmonton . 


-  240  - 


Doucet,  Leon 

1869-1877    Notes.    Papiers  Personnel,  Box  15,  Item  3,  Oblates 
of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta, 
Edmonton . 

Dumont,  Sam  Baptiste 

1896    Papiers  Personnel,  Box  22,  Item  38  (Lacombe),  Letter  to  Reverend 
Albert  Lacombe,  Buffalo  Lake,  February  9,  1896.    Oblates  of  Mary 
Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Edmonton  Bulletin,  1880-1888.    Frank  Oliver,  Publisher. 

Edmonton  Post  Journals,  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Archives,  B.60/e  Series, 
1819-1821;  1825-1836;  1857-1873;  1876-1879;  1883-1886.  Provincial 
Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg 

Elliott,  W.  J. 

1971  Hivernant  Archaeology  in  the  Cypress  Hills.  Unpublished 
Master's  Thesis,  Department  of  Archaeology,  University  of  Calgary. 

1973    Tradition  and  Fact:  Archaeological  Examination  of  the  Cypress 
Hills  Massacre.    Manuscript  Report  No.  92,  National  Historic  Parks 
and  Sites  Branch,  Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Erasmus,  Peter 

1976    Buffalo  Days  and  Nights:  As  Told  To  H.  Thompson,  edited  by  Irene 
Spry.    Glenbow-Alberta  Institute,  Calgary. 

Finlayson,  R.  W. 

1972  Portneuf  Pottery  and  Other  Early  Wares.    Longman  Canada,  Don 
Mills. 

Forsman,  Michael  R.  A. 

1980a    Historic  Sites  Investigations  in  Alberta,  Permit  Numbers  79-48, 
49,  50,  51,  61,  62,  101,  102.    In  Archaeology  in  Alberta  1979. 
edited  by  Paul  F.  Donahue,  pp.  42-51.    Occasional  Paper  No.  15, 
Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1980b    Final  Report:  Historical  Resources  Impact  Assessment  for  the 
Green  Wintering  Site,  El Pg  2.    A.S.A.  Permit  79-102.    Ms  on  file, 
Alberta  Culture,  Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1985    The  Archaeology  of  Victoria  Post  1864-1897.  Archaeological 
Survey  of  Alberta  Manuscript  Series  No.  6.    Alberta  Culture, 
Edmonton. 

Forsman,  Michael  R.  A.  and  Joseph  G.  Gallo 

1979  Approaches  to  Fur  Trade  Archaeology.  In  Archaeology  in  Alberta 
1980,  edited  by  J.  M.  Hillerud,  pp.  159-192.  Occasional  Paper  No. 
14,  Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 


-  241  - 


Fourmond,  Rev.  J. -Vital 

1871-1879    Letters  to  Mere  Marie -Colombe  Cox,  Superior  General  of  the 
Daughters  of  St.  Francis  and  Our  Lady's  Visitiation.    Dossiers  du 
Personnel,  Box  8,  Item  375,  Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives, 
Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Frison,  George 

1978    Prehistoric  Hunters  of  the  High  Plains.    Academic  Press,  New 
York. 


Fryer,  Harold 

1982  (ca.)    Ghost  Towns  of  Southern  Alberta.  2  vols.    Heritage  House 
Publications,  Surrey,  British  Columbia. 

Giraud,  Marcel 

1945    Le  Metis  Canadien.    Institut  d'Ethnologie  de  l'Universite  de 
Paris,  Paris. 

1954    Metis  Settlement  in  the  North-West  Territories.  Saskatchewan 
History  7(1):1-16. 

Grandin,  Right  Reverend  Vital-J. 

1837-1902    Transcripts,  prepared  and  edited  by  the  Reverend  Emile  Tardif 
(cited  by  volume,  part,  correspondent,  and  date).    Oblates  of  Mary 
Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 


Vols.  1-3,  Diary,  January  1,  1875  to  1902. 
Vol.  4,  Memoirs,  1854  to  October,  1887. 


Vol.  5,  Part  7,  Notes  Privees  sur  les  Missions  et  les  Missionaries, 
1868-1884. 


Vol.  6,  Part  5,  Notes  sur  le  diocese  de  St.  Albert,  1868.  (Copied 
June,  1884.) 

Vol.  6,  Part  6,  Notes  intimes  sur  les  commencements  du  diocese  de 

St.  Albert.  (Revised  version,  written  after  recopying  of  Part  5  in 

June,  1884.  Updated  to  1876-1877  treaties.) 


Vol.  6,  Part  8,  Notes  1864-1872. 


Vol.  6,  Part  11,  Notes  sur  les  Populations  du  Diocese  de  Saint- 
Albert  (Winter  1872-1873). 

Vol.  7,  Part  12,  Letters  to  Cardinals.    Includes  1877  report  on  "The 
State  of  the  Diocese"  to  Cardinal  Simeoni  and  Answer  to  general 
questionnaire  sent  to  Bishops,  October  20,  1880,  St.  Albert. 

Vol.  9,  Letters  to  Alexandre-Antonin  Tache,  Bishop  of  St.  Boniface 
to  1868;  Archbishop,  1868-1894;  1867-1876.  [Includes  some  letters 
to  Lacombe,  then  Tache 's  Vicar-General.] 


-  242  - 


Grandin,  Right  Reverend  Vital-J. 

1837-1902    Transcripts,  prepared  and  edited  by  the  Reverend  Emile  Tardif 
(cited  by  volume,  part,  correspondent,  and  date).    Oblates  of  Mary 
Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Vol.  11,  Letters  to  Bishops  of  the  Oblate  Order. 

Vol.  14,  Part  3,  Letters  to  other  Oblate  Order  Superiors,  Very  Rev. 
Joseph  Pierre  Blaise  Aubert. 

Vol.  15,  Part  1,  Letters  to  other  Oblate  Order  Superiors,  Sardou, 
Tambourini . 

Vol.  15,  Part  3,  Minutes  of  the  Council  of  the  Vicarate-General  of 
St.  Albert,  1868-1872,  and  of  the  Diocese  of  St.  Albert,  1872-1888. 

Vol.  15,  Part  5,  Letters  to  the  Reverend  Father  Albert  Lacombe. 

Vol.  17,  Part  2,  Circular  Letter  to  Oblates  of  the  St.  Albert 
Diocese,  1868-1894. 

Vol.  19,  Letters  to  Oblates  in  St.  Albert,  A-G 
Vol.  22,  Letters  to  Laymen,  D-W. 

Vol.  23,  Letters  to  his  Family:    Jean  Grandin  (father  and  family); 
Sister  Melanie  Grandin  (Soeurs  Grises). 

Vol.  26,  Part  2,  Correspondence  from  Cardinals  and  Bishops, 
including  letter  from  College  of  Cardinals,  December  9,  1874, 
regarding  marriage  habits. 

1854-1957    Manuscripts.    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives, 
Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Grant,  George  M. 

1873    Ocean  to  Ocean.    James  Campbell  and  Son,  Toronto. 

Grovenor,  C.  P.  and  W.  0.  Kupsch 

1959    Ice  Disintegration  Features  in  Western  Canada.    Journal  of 
Geology  67(l):48-64. 

Greener,  W.  W. 

1910    The  Gun  and  its  Development.    Cassell  and  Company  Ltd.,  London, 
New  York,  Toronto  and  Melbourne  (9  ed.). 

Griesbach,  W.  A.  (editor) 

1958a    The  Narrative  of  James  Gibbons,  Part  1.    The  Alberta  Historical 
Review.  6(3): 1-6. 


1958b    The  Narrative  of  James  Gibbons,  Part  2.    The  Alberta  Historical 
Review.  6(4) : 1 0-1 5 .  ~ 


-  243  - 


Hamilton,  Robert 

1875    Letter  to  James  A.  Grahame.    Hudson's  Bay  Company  Archives, 

D.20/3,  f.  545,  December  24,  1875,  Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba, 
Winnipeg. 

Hamilton,  Jennifer  F.  A. 

1979    The  Interpretation  of  Ceramic  Artifacts  from  Fort  Walsh,  a  Late 
Nineteenth  Century  North  West  Mounted  Police  Post.  Manuscript 
Report  No.  409,  Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Hardisty,  Richard,  Papers,  Glenbow-Alberta  Institute  Archives,  M477. 

Organized  by  Box  and  File,  but  numbered  consecutively  in  Item  order. 

Item  82,  see  Christie  1871 

Item  140,  Adams  G.  Archibald  to  W.  J.  Christie,  Fort  Garry,  January  11, 
1872. 

Item  143,  "A.  Blaireau,"  Minutes  of  a  Meeting  of  Metis  Winterers  at  St. 
Lawrence  Mission,  December  31,  1872.    (Although  some  scholars  identify 
"Blaireau"  as  a  pen  name  used  by  Lawrence  Clarke,  this  appears  improbable 
to  J.  P.  Day.) 

Items  145-150,  Census  Enumeration,  1872. 

Item  230,  William  McKay,  Fort  Pitt,  November  17,  1872. 

Item  285,  Lawrence  Clarke,  Carlton,  to  Hardisty,  June  27,  1873. 

Item  291,  Donald  A.  Smith  to  Hardisty,  Carlton,  October  8,  1873. 

Item  314,  Donald  A.  Smith  to  Hardisty,  Philadelphia,  March  21,  1873. 

Item  315,  W.  J.  Christie  to  Hardisty,  Fort  Garry,  March  21,  1873. 

Item  352,  William  McKay  to  Hardisty,  Fort  Pitt,  July  1,  1873. 

Item  362,  John  Sinclair  to  Hardisty,  Buffalo  Lake,  February  18,  1873. 

Item  363,  John  Sinclair  to  Hardisty,  Buffalo  Lake,  March  20,  1873. 

Item  369,  Sinclair  to  Hardisty,  Buffalo  Lake,  October  25,  1873. 

Item  419,  John  Bunn  to  Richard  Hardisty,  Ghost  River,  October  26,  1874. 

Item  420,  List  of  goods  supplied  to  the  Rev.  George  McDougall  at 
Buffalo  Lake  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company. 

Item  421,  Francis  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty,  Buffalo  Lake,  November  2, 
1874. 


-  244  - 

Hardisty,  Richard,  Papers,  Glenbow-Alberta  Institute  Archives,  M477. 

Organized  by  Box  and  File,  but  numbered  consecutively  in  Item  order. 

Item  422,  Francis  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty,  Bulls  Lake  [Buffalo  Lake] 
December  1 ,  1874. 

Item  423,  F.  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty,  Bulls  Lake  [Buffalo  Lake], 
December  16,  1874. 

Item  428,  Lawrence  Clarke  to  Hardisty,  Carlton,  March  20,  1874. 

Item  443,  W.  L.  Wood  to  Hardisty,  Fort  Pitt,  July  11,  1874. 

Item  459,  James  A.  Grahame  to  Hardisty,  Fort  Garry,  December  24,  1874. 

Item  473,  Angus  Fraser  to  Hardisty,  Rocky  Mountain  House,  March  16, 
1874. 

Item  507,  John  Bunn  to  Hardisty,  Victoria,  April  6,  1874. 

Item  550,  John  McDougall  to  Alexander  Morris  (draft),  Morleyville 
Missions,  Bow  River,  [late  August  or  September,  1874]. 

Items  556-564,  Census  Enumeration,  1874. 

Item  574,  Reverend  H.  Leduc  to  R.  Hardisty,  July  25,  1874. 

Item  576,  Donald  A.  Smith  to  Hardisty,  Fort  Garry,  January  2,  1874. 

Item  580,  W.  L.  Wood  to  Hardisty,  Spitsea  Post,  July  22,  1875. 

Item  595,  W.  L.  Wood  to  Hardisty,  Bow  River  [Ghost  River  P.J.], 

September  12,  1875. 

Item  604,  W.  L.  Wood  to  R.  Hardisty,  Bow  River,  December  14,  1875 

Item  605,  W.  L.  Wood  to  R.  Hardisty,  Spitsea  Post,  December  15,  1875. 

Item  608,  F.  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty,  Bulls  Lake  [Buffalo  Lake], 
February  26,  1875 

Item  609,  F.  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty  [Tail  Creek],  March  18,  1875. 

Item  610,  Francis  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty,  Bulls  Lake  [Buffalo  Lake], 
September  12,  1875. 

Item  611,  F.  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty  [Buffalo  Lake],  October  29,  1875. 
Item  612,  F.  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty,  Tail  Creek,  November  1,  1875. 
Item  613,  F.  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty  [Tail  Creek],  November  6,  1875. 


-  245  - 

Hardisty,  Richard,  Papers,  Glenbow-Alberta  Institute  Archives,  M477. 

Organized  by  Box  and  File,  but  numbered  consecutively  in  Item  order. 

Item  614,  F .  Whitford  to  R.  Hardisty,  Tail  Creek,  December  21,  1875. 

Item  629,  Clarke  to  Hardisty,  Carlton,  May  1,  1875. 

Item  709,  Statement  of  Goods,  Jaspers  House,  Outfit  1874. 

Item  737,  William  McKay  to  Hardisty,  Fort  Pitt,  January  2,  1876. 

Item  772,  Sinclair  to  Hardisty,  "Big  Gully,"  January  7,  1876. 

Item  773,  Sinclair  to  Hardisty,  Bulls  Lake  [Buffalo  Lake],  January  22, 
1876. 

Item  845,  [Lesser]  Slave  Lake  Returns,  1876  Outfit. 

Item  887,  J.  Bunn  to  R.  Hardisty,  Elbow  Post,  July  23,  1877. 

Item  928,  Edmonton  District  List  of  Supplies,  Outfit  of  1876. 

Item  936,  Clarke  to  Hardisty,  June  18,  1877. 

Item  938,  Clarke  to  Hardisty,  August  29,  1877. 

Item  1098,  Lawrence  Clarke  to  Richard  Hardisty,  Carlton,  July  27,  1878. 

Item  1013,  Peter  Pambrun  to  Hardisty,  Fort  Pitt,  February  26,  1878. 

Item  1015,  Peter  Pambrun  to  Hardisty,  Fort  Pitt,  March  26,  1878. 

Item  1077,  Roderick  MacFarlane,  Chief  Factor,  Athabasca  District,  to 
Richard  Hardisty,  Fort  Chipewyan,  February  28,  1878. 

Item  1209,  Hardisty  to  David  Laird,  Edmonton,  March  7,  1878 

Horrall,  S.  W. 

1975  A  Chronicle  of  the  Canadian  West,  North-West  Mounted  Police  for 
1875.    Historical  Society  of  Alberta,  Calgary. 

Hudson's  Bay  Company 

1870-1893    Accounts.    Hudson's  Bay  Company  Archives,  D.30/a/176. 
Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

1821-1885    Hudson's  Bay  Company  Post  Journals.    Provincial  Archives  of 
Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

Indian  Department 

1878-1889  Black  Volume  Papers,  Record  Group  10,  National  Archives  of 
Canada,  Ottawa.  (Some  references  cited  from  Kenneth  Tyler,  Thesis 
Notes.) 


-  246  - 


Indian  Department 
1879-1898    Annual  Reports  of  the  Superintendant  of  Indian  Affairs. 
Queen's  Printer,  Ottawa.    [Published  separately,  but  more  readily 
available  in  the  Sessional  Papers  of  the  House  of  Commons.  Queen's 
Printer,  Ottawa,  1867  and  following.] 

Interior  Department 
Nd    Papers.    Record  Group  15,  National  Archives  of  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Jamieson,  Col.  Frederick  C. 

1953    The  Edmonton  Hunt.    The  Alberta  Historical  Review  1(1): 21 -33. 

Johnson,  Alice  M.  (editor) 

1967  Saskatchewan  Journals  and  Correspondence:  Edmonton  House 
1795-1800,  Chesterfield  House  1800-1802.    Hudson's  Bay  Record 
Society,  London. 

Jones,  Olive 

1970    Glassware  Excavated  at  Yuquot,  B.  C.    Manuscript  Report  No.  12, 
National  Historic  Sites  Service,  National  Historic  Parks  and  Sites 
Branch,  Department  of  Indian  Affairs  and  Northern  Development, 
Ottawa . 

Jones,  Olive  and  Catherine  Sullivan 

1985    The  Parks  Canada  Glass  Glossary  for  the  Description  of  Containers, 
Tableware,  Flat  Glass,  and  Closures.    Studies  in  Archaeology, 
Architecture  and  History,  National  Historic  Parks  and  Sites  Branch, 
Parks  Canada,  Environment  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Kane,  Paul 

1968  Wanderings  of  an  Artist  among  the  Indians  of  North  America  from 
Canada  to  Vancouver's  Island  and  Oregon  through  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company's  Territory  and  back  again.    Hurtig  (reprint),  Edmonton. 

Ketchum,  William  C.  Jr. 

1983    Pottery  and  Porcelain.    The  Knopf  Collectors'  Guides  to  American 
Antiques.    Alfred  A.  Knopf,  New  York. 

Kendrew,  W.  G.  and  B.  W.  Currie 

1955    The  Climate  of  Central  Canada:  Manitoba.  Saskatchewan,  Alberta 
and  the  Districts  of  Mackenzie  and  Keewatin.    Queen's  Printer, 
Ottawa . 

Kidd,  Robert  S. 

1970    Fort  George  and  the  Early  Fur  Trade  in  Alberta.    Publication  No. 
2,  Provincial  Museum  and  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1987    Archaeological  Excavations  at  the  Probable  Site  of  the  First  Fort 
Edmonton  or  Fort  Augustus,  1795  to  Early  1800s.    Human  History 
Occasional  Paper  No.  3,  Provincial  Museum  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 


-  247  - 


Klimko,  Olga 

1983    The  Archaeology  and  History  of  Fort  Pellv  1.  1824-1856.  Pastlog, 
No.  5,  Saskatchewan  Cultura  and  Recreation,  Regina. 

Krause,  Chester  L.  and  Clifford  Mishler 

1985    Standard  Catalog  of  World  Coins,  edited  by  Colin  R.  Bruce  II. 
Krause  Publications,  Iola,  Wisconsin. 

Laboucane,  Jerboam 

1883    Declaration  Regarding  River  Lot  Claims,  September,  1883. 

Interior  Department  Papers,  Record  Group  15,  Vol.  318,  File  73489, 
National  Archives  of  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Lacombe,  Rev.  Albert,  OMI 

1865  Letter  from  Lacombe  to  Tache,  St.  Paul  des  Cris,  May  20,  1865. 
Papiers  Personnel,  Box  21,  Item  16,  Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate 
Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1866  Letter  from  Lacombe  to  Tache,  St.  Albert,  April  11,  1866. 
Papiers  Personnel,  Box  21,  Item  16,  Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate 
Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1869    Relations  d'un  voyage  fait  aux  Etats-Unis,  1869.  Papiers 
Personnel,  Box  24,  Item  84,  Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives, 
Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1883    Diary  entry  for  September  3,  1883.    Papiers  Personnel,  Box  22, 
Item  48  (Lacombe).    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial 
Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1890    Papiers  Personnel,  Box  23,  Item  58,  Lacombe,  Memoirs.  Oblates 
of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta, 
Edmonton.    (Memoirs  in  the  form  of  letters  written  to  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Forest  of  L ' Assomption,  Quebec,  for  publication  in  Les  Annales  de  la 
Societe  pour  la  Propagation  du  Foi.  Montreal.    English  typescript. 
Although  attempts  were  made  to  number  and  date  these  letters,  the 
effort  eventually  gave  way.    The  English  is  very  much  Lacombe's  own, 
and  he  apparently  wrote  the  letters  in  both  languages  simultaneously.) 

[1896    See  Dumont,  Sam  Baptiste] 

Lac  Ste  Anne 

1842-1859    Liber  Animarum.    Parish  Series,  Box  1,  Item  3.    Oblates  of 
Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 
(Compilers  include  the  Reverend  Rene  Remas  and  Valentin  Vegreville. 
A  few  1860  entries  exist,  but  are  very  incomplete.) 

Lafleche,  Andre 

1979    Hudson's  Bay  Company  Suppliers,  Volume  III.    A  List  of  British 
Suppliers  of  Goods  and  Services  to  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  1820-75. 
Manuscript  Report  No.  381,  Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 


-  248  - 


Legal,  Right  Reverend  Emile-J. 

1875-1885    Codex  Historicus  de  Fort  Macleod.    Parish  Series,  Fort 
Macleod,  Box  1,  Item  1.    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives, 
Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Lestanc,  Rev.  Jean-Joseph-Marie,  OMI. 

1874-1879    Notes  Privees,  Actes  de  Baptemes,  Marriages,  etc. 

Papiers  Personnel,  Box  34,  Item  2,    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate 
Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton.  (Handwritten 
notes  in  a  small  booklet.) 

1876    Letter  to  Tache,  April  10.    Tache  Papers,  1865-1878,  T17294, 
Archives  of  the  Archdiocese  of  St.  Boniface,  Provincial  Archives  of 
Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

1910    Souvenirs  de  1860  a  1880,  rediges  en  1910  (Edmonton,  December 
9,  1910).    Papiers  Personnel,  Box  34,  Item  2,  Oblates  of  Mary 
Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 
(Much  of  the  work  is  in  English,  and  may  equally  be  called  "Memoirs, 
1860-1880,  dictated  in  1910.") 

Logan,  Herschel  C. 

1959    Cartridges  -  A  Pictorial  Digest  of  Small  Arms  Ammunition. 
Bonanza  Books,  New  York. 

Longley,  Richard  W. 

1972    The  Climate  of  the  Prairie  Provinces.    CI imatological  Series  No. 
13,  Atmospheric  Enironment  Service,  Environment  Canada. 

Losey,  Timothy  C. 

1978    Archaeological  Investigations:    Fort  George,  1977.  Project 
77-23.    In  Archaeology  in  Alberta  1977.  edited  by  W.  J.  Byrne,  pp. 
55-66.    Occasional  Paper  No  5,    Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta, 
Edmonton. 

Losey,  Timothy  C,  J.  Roderick  Vickers,  Janice  Douglas,  Gail  Gerhart, 
Gabriella  Prager,  Heinz  Pyszczyk,  and  David  Lubell 

1977a    Archaeological  Investigations:  Fort  Victoria,  1974.  Occasional 
Paper  No.  2,  Alberta  Historic  Sites  Service,  Edmonton. 

Losey,  Timothy  C,  Janice  Douglas,  Gail  Gerhart,  Jane  Wilson,  Heinz 
Pyszczyk,  and  Virginia  McGowan 
1977b    Archaeological  Investigations:  Fort  Victoria,  1975.  Occasional 
Paper  No.  3,  Alberta  Historic  Sites  Service,  Edmonton. 

Losey,    Timothy  C,  Heinz  W.  Pyszczyk,  Peter  T.  Bobrowsky,  Lan  W.  Chan, 
Karie  Hardie,  and  Peter  Seto. 

1978    Archaeological  Investigations  Fort  George,  1977.    Ms.  on  file, 
Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 


-  249  - 


Lyster,  Jeanne,  Marie  McKay,  Beth  Lawson,  Etta  Kline,  Viola  Stanvik, 
Dagny  Norman,  Beth  Schmidt  (editors) 

1980    Donalda's  Roots  and  Branches.    U-Go  Weavers  History  Book 
Committee,  Donalda,  Alberta. 

Macleod,  James 

1876    Official  Correspondence  of  the  Comptroller,  Incoming,  Vol.  6, 

File  283.    North-West  Mounted  Police  Papers,  Record  Group  18,  A.l, 
National  Archives  of  Canada,  Ottawa 

Magrath,  Charles.  A. 

1883    Field  Book  3651,  Accession  83.376,  Item  661,  Provincial 
Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1930    Letter  to  F.  H.  Peters,  Washington,  D.C.,  January  24,  1930.  Box 
D,  Item  38,  Correspondence  of  Dominion  Land  Surveyors,  Acc.  85.34, 
Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

McDougall,  Rev.  George 

1872a    Letter,  December  27,  1871,  Edmonton.    In  Wesleyan  Missionary 
Notices,  2(16):242-244. 

1872b    Letter,  May  20,  1872,  Edmonton.    In  Wesleyan  Missionary  Notices, 
2(16):246-247. 

1873a    Letter,  April  25,  1873,  Edmonton.    In  Wesleyan  Missionary 
Notices,  2(20):310-311 . 

1873b    Letter,  May  28,  1873,  Edmonton.    In  Wesleyan  Missionary  Notices, 
2(20) :31 1 -313. 

McDougall,  Rev.  John 

1870    Letter,  January  5,  1870,  Victoria.    In  Wesleyan  Missionary 
Notices,  2(7):104-106. 

1875a    Saskatchewan  District  Report.    In  Annual  Reports  of  the 
Missionary  Society  of  the  Methodist  Church  in  Canada,  "51" 
[50]:xix-xx,  The  Society's  Offices,  Toronto. 

1875b    Letter  from  Morleyville  [March,  1875?].    In  Annual  Reports  of  the 
Missionary  Society  of  the  Methodist  Church  in  Canada,  "51" 
[50] :xxi i-xxv,  The  Society's  Offices,  Toronto. 

1876a    Letter  from  Morleyville  [July,  1876].    In  Annual  Reports  of  the 
Missionary  Society  of  the  Methodist  Church  in  Canada,  "52" 
[51]:xv-xvi,  The  Society's  Offices,  Toronto.  (Reference  to  three 
marriages  at  Buffalo  Lake.) 


-  250  - 


McDougal  1 ,  Rev.  John 

1876b    Letter  from  Morleyvi "I le  [May  14,  1876].    In  Annual  Reports  of  the 
Missionary  Society  of  the  Methodist  Church  in  Canada,  "52" 
[51]:xvi-xx,  The  Society's  Offices,  Toronto. 

1877    Letter  from  Morleyville  [May,  1876].    In  Annual  Reports  of  the 
Missionary  Society  of  the  Methodist  Church  in  Canada,  "53" 
[52] :xi i i -xi v,  The  Society's  Offices,  Toronto. 

1973    Opening  the  Great  West:    Experiences  of  a  Missionary  in  1875-76, 
edited  by  John  E.  Nix.    Glenbow  Alberta  Institute,  Calgary. 

MacFarlane,  Roderick 

Nd.    Papers.    Manuscript  Group  29,  A. 11.    National  Archives  of  Canada 
Ottawa . 

McMicking,  Thomas 

1966    The  Overlanders  in  Alberta,  1862.    Alberta  Historical  Review  14 
(6):  1-7. 

Miles,  Charles  F. 

1884    Field  Book  No.  4369,  Acc.  83.376,  Item  947,  Provincial  Archives 
of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Milton,  Viscount,  and  Cheadle,  W.  B. 

1865    The  North-West  Passage  by  Land:    Being  the  Narrative  of  an 
expedition  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  Undertaken  with  the 
view  of  exploring  a  route  across  the  continent  through  British 
Territory,  by  one  of  the  Northern  Passes  in  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
Coles,  Toronto  (reprint). 

Moat,  Gordon  R. 

1978    Metal  Artifacts  and  the  1879  Barracks  at  Fort  Walsh,  Saskatchewan. 
Manuscript  Report  No.  374,  Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Morris,  Alexander 

1880    The  Treaties  of  Canada  with  the  Indians  of  Manitoba  and  the 
North-West  Territories.    Belfords,  Clark,  and  Co.,  Toronto. 

Morton,  William  Lewis 

1969    A  Century  of  Plain  and  Parkland.    Alberta  Historical  Review 
17(1):1~10. 

Nelson,  Lee  H. 

1968  Nail  Chronology  as  an  Aid  to  Dating  Old  Buildings.  Technical 
Leaflet  No.  48,  American  Association  for  State  and  Local  History. 

Nicks,  Gertrude  C. 

1969  The  Archaeology  of  Two  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Posts:  Buckingham 
House  (1792-1800)  and  Edmonton  House  III  (1810-1813).  Unpublished 
Master's  Thesis,  Department  of  Anthropology,  University  of  Alberta, 
Edmonton 


-251  - 


Nicks,  Gertrude  C. 

1970    Toward  a  Trait  List  for  the  North  Saskatchewan  River  in  the  Late 
Eighteenth  and  Early  Nineteenth  Centuries.    Western  Canadian  Journal 
of  Anthropology  1(2): 35-53 .  Edmonton. 

Northern  Department  Council 

1868-1880    Minutes  of  Annual  Outfit  Meetings,  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
Archives,  B.60/f/l,  Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

North-West  Territories  Legislative  Council 

1873-1875    Minutes  of  the  North-West  Territories  Legislative  Council. 
Mss.  Grp.  9,  F.I.,  National  Archives  of  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  (OMI) 

1869    Missions  de  la  Congregation  des  Oblats  de  Marie  Immaculee, 
Volume  VIII,  Hennuyer,  Paris.  [No  volume  appeared  for  1871.  This 
and  similar  following  volumes  are  cited  as  OMI  Missions . ] 


1872 

Missions  de  la  Conqreqation, 

Volume 

X 

1873 

Missions  de  la  Conqreqation, 

Volume 

XI 

1874 

Missions  de  la  Conqreqation, 

Volume 

XII 

1875 

Missions  de  la  Conqreqation, 

Volume 

XIII 

1876 

Missions  de  la  Conqreqation, 

Volume 

XIV 

1877 

Missions  de  la  Conqreqation, 

Volume 

XV 

1878 

Missions  de  la  Conqreqation, 

Volume 

XVI 

1880 

Missions  de  la  Conqreqation, 

Volume 

XVIII 

Oleson, 

Charles  W.,  M.  D. 

1891    Secret  Nostrums  and  Systems  of  Medicine:  A  Book  of  Formulas. 
2nd  ed.    Oleson  and  Company,  Chicago. 

Olsen,  Stanley  J.  and  J.  Duncan  Campbell 

1962    Uniform  Buttons  as  Aids  in  the  Interpretation  of  Military  Sites. 
Curator  5:346-352. 

Osol,  A  and  G.  E.  Farrer  (editors) 

1955    Dispensatory  of  the  United  States  of  America,  25th  ed.  Lippincott 
and  Company,  Philadelphia. 

Owram,  Doug 

1980    Promise  of  Eden:  the  Canadian  Expansionist  Movement  and  the  Idea 
of  the  West,  1856-1900.    University  of  Toronto  Press,  Toronto. 


-  252  - 


Palliser,  John 

1859-  60    Explorations  -  British  North  America:  Papers  Relative  to  the 
Exploration  by  Captain  Palliser  of  that  Portion  of  British  North 
America  which  lies  between  the  Northern  Branch  of  the  River 
Saskatchewan  and  the  Frontier  of  the  United  States.    Eyre  and 
Spottiswood,  London  (rep.  1969,  Greenwood  Press,  New  York). 

Peacock,  Primrose 

1978    Discovering  Old  Buttons.    Shire  Publications,  Aylesbury. 

Phi  1 1 i pot ,  Rev.  Aristide,  OMI 

1947-1948    Mission  du  Lac  Ste.  Anne,  Premiere  Mission  du  Nord-Ouest. 
Parishes,  Lac  Ste.  Anne,  Box  1,  Item  7.    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate 
Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Phillips,  Roger  F.  and  Donald  J.  Klancher 

1982    Arms  &  Accoutrements  of  the  Mounted  Police  1873-1973.  Museum 
Restoration  Service,  Bloomfied,  Ontario. 

Pollard,  Major  H.  B.  C. 

1926    A  History  of  Firearms.    Geoffrey  Bles,  London. 

Putt,  Neal 

1977    A  Preliminary  Analysis  of  Historic  Settlement  Patterns  at  Batoche 
National  Historic  Park.  Saskatchewan.    Manuscript  Report  No.  394, 
Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Ray,  Arthur  J. 

1981    Factors  in  the  Fur  Trade  Promoting  a  Welfare  System.  Unpublished 
Lecture,  University  of  Alberta,  November,  1981. 

Remas,  Rev.  Rene 

1860-  1868    Dossiers  du  Personnel,  Item  1055.    Oblates  of  Mary 
Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Roe,  Frank  Gilbert 

1951  The  North  American  Buffalo.  A  Critical  Study  of  the  Species  in 
its  Wild  State.    University  of  Toronto  Press,  Toronto. 

Rundle,  Rev.  Robert  T. 

1977  The  Rundle  Journals.  1840-48,  edited  by  H.  A.  Dempsey  and  G.  M. 
Hutchinson.  Alberta  Records  Publication  Board,  Historical  Society 
of  Alberta,  Calgary. 

Saskatchewan  District 

1823-1854    Annual  Reports,  London,  Incoming  Correspondence.  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  Archives,  A. 12/1,  Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba, 
Winnipeg. 

1874-1892    Annual  Reports.    Hudsons  Bay  Company  Archives,  B.60/e  Series, 
Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg.  (Also  located  in  various 
D.20  Series  volumes.) 


-  253  - 


Schiff,  Stefan  0. 

1979    Buttons:  Art  In  Miniature.    Lancaster-Miller,  Berkeley, 
Cal ifornia . 

Schiffer,  Michael  B. 

1977    Towards  a  Unified  Science  of  the  Cultural  Past.    In  Research 
Strategies  in  Historical  Archeology,  edited  by  Stanley  South, 
pp. 13-40.    Academic  Press,  New  York. 

Sciscenti,  James  V.,  Anita  Campbell,  Boughdan  Hromadiuk,  Shelagh  MacLeod, 

Jeffery  S.  Murry,  and  M.  Alison  Wylie 

1976    Archaeological  Investigations  at  a  Late  Nineteenth  Century 
Northwest  Mounted  Police  Post  Fort  Walsh,  Saskatchewan,  1973-74 
Field  Season.    Manuscript  Report  No.  200,  Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Scollen,  Constantine,  OMI 

1862-1864    Transcription  des  lettres  .  .  .provenant  des  archives  de 
l'Archeveche  de  Saint-Boniface.    Papiers  Personnel,  Box  51,  Item  1, 
Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta, 
Edmonton. 

1872a    Letter  to  Joseph  Fabre,  January  4,  1872.    Papiers  Personnel, 
Box  51,  Item  1,  Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial 
Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1872b    Letter  to  Mere  Marie-Colombe  Cox.    Papiers  Personnel,  Box  51, 
Item  2,  Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of 
Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Scrip  Applications  (North-West  Half  Breed  Scrip  Applications) 

1885-86    Interior  Department  Papers.    Record  Group  15,  Vols.  1327-1332, 
National  Archives  of  Canada,  Ottawa.    (These  are  listed 
alphabetically  and  referred  to  in  text  as  "Scrip  Applications."  An 
additional  series  for  the  1886-1901  period,  Vols.  1333-1370,  was  not 
examined,  but  notes  from  the  Record  Group's  finding  aid  are  on  file.) 

Shalka,  R.  J. 

1973    Reports  on  Fort  Edmonton  Reconstruction,  1973.    Ms.  on  file,  City 
of  Edmonton  Archives,  Edmonton. 

Sharpe,  Philip  B. 

1938    The  Rifle  in  America.    William  Morrow  and  Company,  New  York. 

Simpson,  George 

1821-1854    Correspondence  from  John  Rowand.    In  Incoming 
Correspondence,  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Archives,  D.5  Series, 
Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

1823-1859    Correspondence  with  the  Governor  and  Committee.    In  London 
Correspondence,  Incoming.    Hudson's  Bay  Company  Archives,  A. 12/1 
Series,  Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 


-  254  - 


Simpson,  George 

1845-1859    Correspondence  with  the  Governor  and  Committee.    In  London 
Correspondence,  Miscellaneous.    Hudson's  Bay  Company  Archives, 
A. 12/2  Series,  Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

Sissons,  Constance  Kerr 

1946    John  Kerr.    Oxford  University  Press,  Toronto. 

Smith,  Marie-Rose  Delorme 

1948-1949    Eighty  Years  on  the  Plains.    Canadian  Cattleman,  Continuing 
Narrative  in  nine  parts,  11(1)  to  12(5). 

South,  Stanley 

1977a  Method  and  Theory  in  Historical  Archeology.    Academic  Press 
New  York. 

1977b  Research  Strategies  in  Historical  Archeology:  The  Scientific 
Paradigm.    In  Research  Strategies  in  Historical  Archeology,  edited 
by  Stanley  South,  pp.  1-12.    Academic  Press,  New  York. 

Southesk,  Earl  of 

1875  Saskatchewan  and  the  Rocky  Mountains.  A  diary  and  narrative  of 
travel,  sport,  and  adventure  during  a  journey  through  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  territories  in  1859  and  I860.  James  Campbell  and  Son, 
Toronto. 

Spry,  Irene  M.  (editor) 

1968    The  Papers  of  the  Palliser  Expedition  1857-1860.  The  Champlain 
Society,  Toronto. 

Stalker,  A.  Mac  S. 

1960    Surficial  Geology  of  the  Red  Deer  -  Stettler  Map-Area,  Alberta. 
Geological  Survey  of  Alberta  Memoir  No.  306.    Department  of  Mines 
and  Technical  Surveys,  Queen's  Printer,  Ottawa. 

Stanley,  George  F.  G. 

1936    The  Birth  of  Western  Canada:  A  History  of  the  Riel  Rebellions. 
Longmans,  Green,  Toronto. 

Steele,  Samuel  B. 

1915  Forty  Years  in  Canada.  McClelland,  Goodchild  and  Steward  Ltd., 
Toronto  (1972  reprint  by  McGraw-Hill  Ryerson). 

Steer,  Donald  N. 

1977    The  History  and  Archaeology  of  a  North  West  Company  Trading 
Post  and  a  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Transport  Depot,  Lac  la  Roche, 
Saskatchewan.    Manuscript  Report  No.  280,  National  Historic  Parks 
and  Sites  Branch,  Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 


-  255  - 


Steer,  Donald  N. ,  Harvey  J.  Rogers,  and  Gregory  J.  Lutick 

1979  Archaeological  Investigations  at  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Rocky 
Mountain  House,  1835-61,  2  vols.  Manuscript  Report  No.  445,  Parks 
Canada,  Ottawa. 

Sussman,  Lynne 

1972  The  Ceramics  of  Lower  Fort  Gary.  Manuscript  Report  No.  87, 
Vols.  1  and  2,  National  Historic  Parks  and  Sites  Branch,  Parks 
Canada,  Ottawa. 

1979a  Spode/Copeland  and  Transfer-Printed  Patterns  Found  at  20 
Hudson's  Bay  Company  Sites.    Canadian  Historic  Sites  Occasional 
Papers  in  Archaeology  and  History  No.  22,  Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 

1979b  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Suppliers,  Volume  II.    A  Directory  of  the 
British  Commercial  Suppiers  who  Provided  Goods  and  Services  to  York 
Factory  and  Red  River,  1821-53.    Manuscript  Report  No.  381,  Vol.  2, 
Parks  Canada,  Ottawa. 

Sutherland,  Rev.  A. 

1880    Special  Report  of  a  Tour  of  Inspection  among  the  Missions  in  the 
North-West  Territories  Manitoba.    Missionary  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Church  of  Canada,  Vol.  "56"  [55],  The  Society,  Toronto. 

Tache,  Right  Reverend  Alexandre-Antonin . 

1866    Vingt  Annees  des  Missions  dans  le  Nord-Ouest  d'Amerique. 
Senecal,  Montreal. 

1869    Equisse  sur  le  Nord-Ouest.    In  Missions  de  la  Congregation  des 
Missionnaires  Oblats  de  Marie  Immaculee  (OMI  Missions),  Volume  9. 

Taylor,  Rev.  Dr.  Lachlin 

1874    Journey  of  the  Reverend  Lachlin  Taylor,  D.D.,  on  a  Tour  of 

Inspection  to  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Stations  in  the  Red  River  and 
Saskatchewan  Districts,  May  5  -  July  ?  1873.    In  Annual  Reports  of 
the  Missionary  Society  of  the  Wesleyan  Methodist  Church  in  Canada, 
"50"[49]:xcviii-ciii ,  The  Society's  Offices,  Toronto. 

Thibault,  Rev.  Jean-Baptiste 

1841-1850    Archives  of  the  Archdiocese  of  St.  Boniface,  Provencher 
Papers,  p.  2574-2575,  Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 
[See  Phi  1 1 i pot ,  Rev.  Aristide.] 

Thomas,  Lewis  H. 

1956    The  Struggle  for  Responsible  Government  in  the  North-West 
Territories,  1870-1897.  University  of  Toronto  Press,  Toronto. 
(Reprinted  1978.) 

Thomas,  Lewis  H.  et  al.  editors 

1967    Atlas  of  Alberta.    University  of  Alberta  Press,  Edmonton. 


-  256  - 


Trade  Commissioner,  Hudson's  Bay  Company 

1874-1893    Incoming  Correspondence,  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Archives,  D.20 
Series,  Provincial  Archives  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg.    (These  are 
arranged  by  volume  and  folio  numbers,  but  those  cited  were  examined 
in  1981  and  they  may  have  been  altered  since.    See  also,  Smith, 
Donald  A.  and  Grahame,  James  A.) 

Vegreville,  Rev.  Valentin 

1883-1893    State  of  the  Population.    Parish  Series,  St.  Albert,  Box  1, 
Item  2.    Oblates  of  Mary  Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of 
Alberta,  Edmonton. 

1894    A  Census  of  Catholics  in  Townships  53  to  56,  Ranges  24  to  26  W  4, 
1894.    Parish  Series,  St.  Albert,  Box  1,  Item  3,  Oblates  of  Mary 
Immaculate  Archives,  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Wade,  Mark  Sweeton 

1931    The  Overlanders  of  '62.    Archives  of  British  Columbia,  Victoria. 

Weekes,  Mary 

1939    The  Last  Buffalo  Hunter.    Thomas  Nelson  and  Sons,  New  York. 
West,  Bill 

1969    Winchester  for  Over  a  Century.    Volume  4:  Winchester  Cartridges 
and  History.    Published  by  the  Author,  Azusa,  California. 

Woodward,  Arthur 

1982    Some  Notes  on  Gunflints.    In  Indian  Trade  Guns,  edited  by  T.  M. 
Hamilton,  pp.  135-146.    Pioneer  Press,  Union  City,  Tennesee. 

Woolsey,  Rev.  Thomas  and  Rev.  George  McDougall 

1855-1872    Baptisms  Solemnized  at  the  Wesleyan -Methodist  Chapel  at 

Edmonton.  Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  Accession  83.285,  Box  13, 
Item  960.    (Original  In  Glenbow  Alberta  Institute  Archives.) 


-  257  - 


FIGURES 


-  258  - 


-  259  - 


-  260  - 


Figure  2.  Present  extent  of  Aspen  Parkland  and  the  location  of  the 
Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  Alberta. 


-  261  - 


Figure  3.  Map  of  Buffalo  Lake,  showing  the  locations  of  wintering  sites 
and  related  settlements. 


-  262  - 


Figure  4.  Map  of  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site,  showing  locations  of  excavated 
and  unexcavated  cabins. 


-  263  - 


Figure  5b.  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  to  the  east.  The  wooded  ridge  in  the 
background  contains  many  of  the  cabin  locations. 


-  264 


Figure  6a.    "Hal f -breed"  house,  Wood  Mountain  Settlement,  Saskatchewan. 
This  is  a  typical  house  used  in  areas  occupied  by  the  peoples  of  the 
Lower  Saskatchewan  south  of  the  fertile  belt.    Successive  extensions, 
forming  a  multiple-dwelling  unit,  are  known  to  have  been  employed  at  St. 
Albert  prior  to  the  smallpox  of  1870.    St.  Albert  houses,  however,  used 
post-on-sill  construction  with  logs  squared  by  broad-axe.  National 
Archives  of  Canada,  C -81781,  1975-122  (G.  M.  Dawson,  Case  42,  No.  169, 
Album  2,  p.  45) . 


Figure  6b.    Dawson  City,  June  1898.    Permanent  buildings  erected  in  1896 
or  earlier  are  interspersed  with  uncompleted  buildings  and  tents.  This 
is  a  good  example  of  the  typical  development  of  a  very  rapidly  growing 
settlement  within  geographical  constraints  similar  to  those  at  Buffalo 
Lake.    National  Archives  of  Canada,  C-16872,  1948-98  (Mines  and 
Resources) . 


-  265  - 


Figure  7a.    Mrs.  Michel  Vivier,  resident  of  Buffalo  Lake,  1873-1878,  with 
cayuse,  tent,  and  Red  River  cart.    Provincial  Archives  of  Alberta,  B.1042, 
t.  Brown  Collection. 


Figure  7b.    School-chapel  of  ca.  1876,  showing  a  style  of  construction 
perhaps  comparable  to  that  at  Buffalo  Lake.    Provincial  Archives  of 
Alberta,  Ob. 2004,  Oblate  Collection. 


-  266  - 


Figure  8a.    Original  home  of  the  Brelands,  built  ca.  1874,  from  Battle 
River  Country:  The  History  of  Duhamel  and  Area.    Photograph  courtesy  of 
the  Duhamel  Historical  Society. 


Figure  8b.    The  Jerome  Laboucane  House,  identified  as  being  built  around 
1860  (actually  about  1875).    The  picture  was  taken  about  1909.  From 
Battle  River  Country:  the  History  of  Duhamel  and  Area.  Photograph 
courtesy  of  the  Duhamel  Historical  Society. 


-  267  - 


Figure  9b.    Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site,  excavations  at  Cabin  3,  to  northwest. 


-  268  - 


Figure  10.    Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site.    Cabin  3,  plan  view. 


-  269  - 


Figure  lib.    Fireplace,  from  above. 


-  270  - 


Figure  12a.  Cabin  3.  Fireplace  (Feature  1 ) ,  to  west-northwest,  showing 
the  uppermost  ash  layer. 


Figure  12b.    Fireplace,  to  west,  showing  the  second  ash  layer. 


Figure  13a.  Cabin  3.  Fireplace  (Feature  1),  to  west 
ash  layer  and  contiguous  occupation  level. 


showing  the  second 


Figure  13b.  Fireplace,  to  southeast,  showing  detail  of  the  second  ash 
layer  and  contiguous  occupation  level. 


-  272  - 


Figure  14b.  Fireplace.  Profile  of  south  wall,  showing  clay  apron  and 
ash  layers. 


-  273  - 


Figure  15.    Chimney  formerly  located  in  Chimney  Coulee,  northwest  of 
Eastend,  Saskatchewan.    The  site  was  occupied  in  approximately 
1880-1890.    This  chimney  may  generally  resemble  those  built  at  Buffalo 
Lake.    Photos  (ca.  1910-1913)  courtesy  of  Eric  A.  Holmes. 


-274- 


Figure  16.  Cabin  3.  Interior  Storage  and  Refuse  Pit  (Feature  2), 
profile  of  east  wall . 


Figure 


17a. 


Cabin  3. 


Interior  Refuse  Pit  (Feature  3),  to  east. 


35N  10E 


centimetres 

'  \ 


Humus 

Backdirt  from  potting 
Fill -Grey-black  sandy  silt 
Slump  -  Tan-clayey  sand 
Charcoal  and  wood  dust  lens 
Till 


Figure 


17b. 


Cabin  3. 


Interior  Refuse  Pit,  east  wall  profile. 


-  276  - 


0  2 


Figure  18.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting,    a,  brass  ramrod 
ferrule;  b,  gunflint;  c,  percussion  cap;  d,  round  ball;  e,  lead  shot;  f, 
rimfire  cartridge  case;  g,  centrefire  cartridge  case;  h,  centrefire  shot 
shell. 


-  277  - 


b 


0  5 

p  _™*~~~»~_™ — — r  i  » 

 J  inches 

Figure  19.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting,    a,  Henry  repeating 
rifle  (not  to  included  scale),  Glenbow  Collection;  photograph  courtesy  of 
Glenbow  Museum;  b,  iron  projectile  point;  c,  knife  blade  tip;  d,  modified 
knife  blade  fragment. 


-  278  - 


Mill  lr 

inches 

Figure  20.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Construction,  Blacksmi thing, 
and  Crafts,    a,  triangular  file;  b,  rose-head  forged  nail  fragment;  c, 
gable-head  forged  nail  fragment;  d,  gable-head  cut  nail  fragment;  e,  f, 
flat-head  cut  nails,  Group  1;  g,  h  flat-head  cut  nails,  Group  2;  i,  j, 
flat-head  cut  nails,  Group  3;  k  cut  nail  shank  fragment;  1,  wire  nail;  m, 
iron  wood  screw;  n,  copper  rivet;  o,  iron  pintle  or  hook  fragment;  p, 
iron  sheet  staple. 


-  279  - 


Figure  21.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance.    Ceramics,    a,  plain  white  glazed  earthenware, 
possible  bowl  sherd;  b,  cup  or  small  bowl  sherd;  c,  dinner  plate  sherd; 
d,  bowl  sherd;  e  dinner  plate  bottom;  f,  creamware  cup  sherd. 


-  280  - 


Figure  22.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance.    Ceramics,    a,  monochrome  underglaze  transfer- 
printed  ware  cup  sherds;  b,  possible  cup  or  bowl  sherd;  c,  shallow  bowl 
or  saucer  sherd;  d,  possible  cup  or  bowl  sherds;  e  bowl  sherd;  f,  shallow 
bowl  or  saucer  sherd;  g,  cup  or  small  bowl  sherd. 


-  281  - 


Figure  23.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance,    a,  monochrome  underglaze  transfer-printed  ware, 
small  bowl  sherd;  b,  saucer  or  shallow  bowl  sherd;  c,  bowl  sherd;  d,  bowl 
sherd;  e,  polychrome  underglaze  sponge-stamped  ware,  cup  sherd;  f,  red 
stoneware,  cup  sherd. 


-  282  - 


V 


hi?  >  *i,  5>'/y  4 

O  S 

f  j       1  cm, 

inch** 

0  2 

Figure  24.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance.    Glassware,    a,  transparent  bottle  glass  sherds;  b, 
Perry  Davis  Vegetable  Pain  Killer  bottle  sherds;  c,  medicine  or 
druggist's  bottle  sherds;  d,  scotch-style  whisky  bottle  sherds;  e, 
multiple  dose  medicine  bottle  sherds;  f,  mirror  glass;  g,  window  glass. 


-  283  - 


Figure  25.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance,    a,  iron  strapping;  b  iron  keg  or  barrel  hoop 
fragment;  c  ferrous  metal  container  lid;  d,  iron  can;  e,  iron  can 
fragment;  f,  brass  metal  ring;  g,  lead  foil;  h,  perforated  zink  alloy 
sheet  fragments. 


-  284  - 


Figure  26.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance,    a,  wire  handle;  b,  c,  iron  hooks;  d,  metal 
straight  pins;  e,  stamped  metal  spoon;  f,  tin-plated  cup;  g, 
strike-a-light  fragment;  h  rectangular  brass  object;  i,  silver  United 
States  half  dime  (not  to  included  scale);  j,  hard  rubber  comb  tooth. 


-  285  - 


d  e 


9  h 

0  5 

^  " "      | c m. 

—    I  inches 

0  2 

j  .mmm     'Wmmmm.  • 

Figure  27.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Transportation,    a,  horseshoe 
nails;  b,  base  of  harness  stud  or  bell;  c,  leather  harness  strap 
fragment;  d,  e,  harness  buckles  with  rounded  end;  f,  harness  buckle  with 
straight  end;  g,  h,  harness  rings. 


-  286  - 


e 


Figure  28.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation. 
Buttons,    a,  Type  la  glass  button;  b,  Type  lb  glass  button;  c,  Type  2 
glass  button;  d,  Type  3  glass  button;  e,  Type  4  glass  button;  f,  Type  5a, 
plain  white  glass  button;  g,  Type  5b,  quilted  or  cross-hatched  overglaze 
transfer  design  glass  button;  h,  Type  5c,  pale  blue  glass  button;  i,  Type 
5d,  branch  and  leaves  design  glass  button;  j,  Type  6  glass  button. 


-  287  - 


0  5 

cm. 
Inches 

0  2 

Figure  29.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation. 
Buttons,    a,  Type  1  shell  button;  b,  Type  2  shell  button;  c,  Type  3  sh 
button;  d,  Type  4  shell  button;  e,  Tupe  1  bone  button;  f,  Type  2  bone 
button;  g,  Type  1  two-piece  military  button  with  wire  shank. 


-  288  - 


0  5 

cm. 
™J  inches 

0    —  2 

Figure  30.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation. 
Buttons,    a,  Type  2  one-piece,  spun-back  cast  metal  button;  b,  Type  3 
metal  button;  c,  Type  4,  Variety  a  metal  button;  d,  Type  4,  Variety  b 
metal  button;  e,  Type  5,  Variety  a  metal  button;  f,  Type  5,  Variety  b 
metal  button;  g,  Type  6  metal  button;  h,  Type  7  metal  button;  i,  Type  8, 
Variety  a  metal  button;  j,  Type  8,  Variety  b  metal  button. 


-  289  - 


a 


cm, 
inches 


Figure  31.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation. 
Beads  and  Ornaments,    a,  monochrome  drawn  tubular  beads;  b,  bichrome 
drawn  tubular  beads;  c,  transparent  wound  bead;  d,  translucent  wound 
bead;  e,  facetted  wound  bead;  f,  transparent  green  pressed  glass  bead;  g, 
transparent  yellow  pressed  glass  bead;  h,  i,  metal  beads;  j,  pendant;  k, 
glass  object. 


-  290  - 


-  291  - 


0  5 

cm. 
inches 

0  2 

Figure  33.    Cabin  3.    Artifacts  related  to  Native  Industries,    a,  ceramic 
fragment;  b,  side-notched  projectile  point  fragment;  c,  d,  triangular 
projectile  point  fragments;  e,  f,  end-scrapers;  gt  retouched  flake;  h, 
utilized  flake. 


-  292  - 


Figure  34a.  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site.  Cabin  1,  to  north,  showing  general 
location  and  nature  of  vegetation. 


Figure  34b.    Excavations  at  Cabin  1,  1971,  to  east. 


-  293  - 


LEGEND 


Profile 


Figure  35.    Cabin  1,  plan  view,  showing  wall  lines,  Fireplace  (Feature 
1),  and  Ash  Concentration  (Feature  2).    A-B  on  plan  shows  location  of 
profile  of  Ash  Concentration  (inset). 


-  294  - 


Figure  36b.    View  of  same  ridge  from  above,  to  southwes 


-  295  - 


Figure  37a.  Cabin  1.  Northeast  corner  of  cabin,  represented  by  traces 
of  timber  in  the  earth,  to  north. 


Figure  37b.  Cabin  1.  Fireplace  (Feature  1 ) ,  to  west.  Probable  firebox 
is  in  the  foreground. 


-  296  - 


Figure  38.    Cabin  1.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting  and  to  Construction, 
Blacksmi thing,  and  Crafts,    a,  rimfire  cartridge  case;  b,  percussion  cap; 
c,  cap  box  lid;  d,  rose-head  forged  nail;  e,  gable-head  forged  nail;  f,  L 
or  T-head  forged  nail;  g,  flat-head  forged  nail;  h,  i,  forged  nail 
fragments;  j,  forged  or  cut  iron  nail;  k,  rose-head  cut  nail;  1, 
gable-head  cut  nail;  m,  n,  flat-head  cut  nails,  Group  1;  o,  p.  flat-head 
cut  nails,  Group  2;  q,  r,  flat-head  cut  nails,  Group  3;  s,  cut  nail 
fragment  with  pounded  end;  t,  iron  wire. 


-  297  - 


b 


d 


cm. 
Inches 


Figure  39.    Cabin  1.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance.    Ceramics,    a,  plain  white  glazed  earthenware 
sherd;  b,  Copeland  earthenware  sherd  with  blue  geometric  "Turco"  pattern 
c,  d,  Copeland  earthenware  sherds  with  blue  "Grapevine"  pattern;  e,  f, 
Copeland  earthenware  plate  fragment  with  blue  transfer-printed  "Beverly" 
pattern. 


-  298  - 


Figure  40.    Cabin  1.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance,  to  Transportation,  and  to  Recreation  and  Smoking. 

a,  earthenware  sherd  with  "flowed"  blue  transfer-printed  pattern  B  772; 

b,  "Portneuf"  earthenware  sherd  with  brown  and  green  flower  pattern;  c, 
earthenware  sherd  with  pink,  green,  and  purple  leaf -and-f lower  design;  d, 
green  glass  bottle  fragment;  e,  perforated  metal  object;  f,  tin-plate  box 
fragment;  g,  corrugated  tin-plate  fragment;  h,  irregular  perforated  iron 
sheet;  i,  horseshoe  nail;  j,  pipe  bowl  fragment. 


-  299  - 


:        ■  ,  ! 


cm. 
inches 


Figure  41.    Cabin  1.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation, 
a,  Type  1  shell  button;  b,  Type  1  bone  button  fragment;  c,  d,  Type  2 
one-piece  spun-back  cast  buttons;  e,  Type  4,  Variety  a,  "birdcage"  brass 
button;  f,  Type  5a  decorated  hollow  two-piece  brass  and  iron  button;  g, 
Type  5d  decorated  hollow  two-piece  brass  and  iron  button;  h,  Type  5? 
plain  hollow  two-piece  brass  button;  i,  small  blue  glass  bead;  j,  small 
pink  glass  bead;  k,  large  amber  glass  bead. 


-  300  - 


Figure  42a.  Cabin  2.  Near  cabin  location,  to  north,  showing  type  of 
vegetation  on  top  of  the  ridge. 


Figure  42b.    Excavations  in  1971,  to  west. 


Figure  43.  Cabin  2,  plan  view,  showing  wall  lines,  Fireplace  (Feature 
1),  and  Refuse  Pit  (Feature  2). 


-  302  - 


Figure  44a.  Cabin  2.  Timber  representing  north  wall  of  cabin,  from 
above. 


Figure  44b.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit  (Feature  2),  to  north. 


-  303  - 


b 


r 


d 


\ 


cm. 
inches 


Figure  45.    Cabin  2.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting  and  to  Construction, 
Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts,    a,  round  ball;  b,  lead  shot;  c,  forged  nail 
fragment;  d,  forged  or  cut  iron  nail;  e,  flat-head  cut  nail,  Group  1;  f, 
flat-head  cut  nail,  Group  2;  g,  flat-head  cut  nail,  Group  3;  h,  cut  nail 
with  reinforced  head;  i,  cut  nail  fragment  with  pounded  end;  j,  cut  nail 
fragment;  k,  key. 


-  304  - 


a 


e 

c 


Figure  46.    Cabin  2.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance,  to  Transportation,  and  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation, 
a,  plain  white  glazed  earthenware  sherd;  b,  c,  earthenware  sherds  with 
"flowed"  blue  transfer-printed  pattern  B  772;  d,  light  green  glass  bottle 
fragment;  e,  window  or  mirror  glass  fragment;  f,  g,  iron  strapping;  h, 
tin-plate  box  rim  fragment;  i,  elongated,  parallel-sided  metal  sheet;  j, 
lead  foil;  k,  pencil  lead;  1,  hard  rubber  comb  fragment;  m,  horseshoe 
nail,  n,  Type  1  shell  button;  o,  small  blue  glass  bead;  p,  small  pink 
glass  bead. 


-  305  - 


f  g 


0  5 


o  y 

Figure  47.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit  (Feature  2).    Artifacts  related  to 
Hunting  and  to  Construction,  Blacksmi thing,  and  Crafts,    a,  gunflint;  b, 
round  ball;  c,  lead  shot;  d,  sprue  fragments?;  e,  lead  bullet;  f,  file 
tang;  g,  gable-head  forged  nail;  h,  i,  forged  or  cut  iron  nails. 


-  306 


1 


e 


rnz: 

Figure  48.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit.    Artifacts  related  to  Construction, 
Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts,    a,  gable-head  cut  nail;  b,  flat-head  cut 
nail,  Group  1;  c,  d,  flat-head  cut  nails,  Group  2;  e,  flat-head  cut  nail, 
Group  3;  f,  cut  nail  fragment;  g,  wire  (round)  nail;  h,  washer  and  tack?; 
i,  screw;  j,  washer  or  finial  fragment;  k,  metal  clasp  or  retainer. 


-  307  - 


0  5  I  -\ 

|         [        ]  c  m 

J  n  iches 

If"""  """""  — 2 

Figure  49.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance,    a,  plain  white  glazed  earthenware 
sherd;  b,  Copeland  earthenware  sherd  with  blue  "Grapevine"  pattern;  c, 
Copeland  earthenware  sherd  with  blue  "Flower  Vase"?  pattern;  d,  Copeland 
earthenware  sherd  with  blue  "B  700"?  pattern;  e,  Copeland  earthenware 
with  blue  "Meander"  pattern;  f,  green  glass  bottle  fragment;  g,  mirror  or 
window  glass  fragment  (outlined);  h,  tin  can  lid;  i,  tin-plate  or  iron 
fragment;  j,  metal  foil. 


-  308  - 


Figure  50.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance,  to  Transportation,  and  to  Dress  and 
Ornamentation,    a,  bone  shaving  brush  handle;  b,  knife  inlay  fragment?; 
c,  hard  rubber  comb  fragment;  d,  leather  fragment;  e,  f,  cloth  fragments; 
g,  Type  4,  glass  button;  h,  Type  5  shell  button;  i,  Type  6  shell  buttons; 
j,  k,  Type  1  bone  buttons;  1,  Type  5  bone  button;  m,  Type  4a  "birdcage" 
button  (small). 


-  309  - 


f 


O  v 

9  h 


[  inches 


Figure  51.    Cabin  2.    Refuse  Pit.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and 
Ornamentation  and  to  Native  Industries,    a,  Cornaline  d'Aleppo  bead;  b, 
small  blue  glass  beads;  c,  small  green  glass  bead;  c,  dark  blue  glass 
spherical  bead;  e,  blue  glass  spherical  bead  fragment;  f,  robin's  egg 
blue  glass  spherical  bead;  g,  blue  glass  facetted  bead  fragment;  h,  green 
glass  facetted  bead  fragment;  i,  clear  glass  facetted  bead;  j,  ring 
stone;  k,  projectile  point;  1,  projectile  point  fragment? 


Figure  52.    Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site.    Cabin  4,  general  view  to  east, 
looking  along  the  north  wall  of  the  cabin.    The  Fireplace  (Feature  2)  is 
under  the  tree  stump  in  the  background. 


-  311  - 


Figure  53.    Cabin  4,  plan  view,  showing  wall  lines  and  features. 


-  312  - 


-  313  - 


Figure  55a.  Cabin  4.  External  Pit  (Feature  3),  showing  bark  lining  in 
prof i le  of  west  wal 1 . 


Figure  55b.  Cabin  4.  Detail  of  bark  lining  in  plan  view,  to  west  and 
from  above. 


-314  - 


1 


Figure  56.    Cabin  4.    Artifacts  related  to  all  Categories,    a,  cut  nails; 
b,  cut  T-head  brad;  c,  monochrome  underglaze  transfer-printed  ware  sherd, 
saucer  or  shallow  bowl;  d,  small  bowl  sherd;  e,  transparent  bottle  glass 
fragment  (outlined);  f,  facetted  glass  pendant;  g,  metal  handle;  h  metal 
strap  fragments;  i,  Type  1  shell  button;  j,  Type  1  bone  button;  k,  Type  5 
metal  button;  1,  hard  rubber  comb;  m,  clasp  fragment. 


315 


«ltr 


g 


cm, 
inches 


Figure  57.    Cabin  4.    Refuse  Area.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting  and  to 
Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts,    a,  gunflint;  b,  rimfire 
cartridge  case;  c,  lead  bullet;  d,  file  tang;  e,  rose-head  forged  nail; 
f,  flat-head  cut  nails;  g,  cut  sprig;  h,  staples;  i,  rivet. 


-  316  - 


Figure  58.    Cabin  4.    Refuse  Area.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Businesss,  and  Personal  Maintenance,    a,  monochrome  underglaze 
transfer-printed  ware,  bowl  sherds;  b,  bowl  sherds;  c,  cup  sherds;  d, 
light  green  transparent  glass  bottle  fragment;  e,  transparent  sunburst 
amethyst  glass  bottle  fragment;  f,  small  patent  medicine  bottle 
fragment?;  g,  wine  or  beer  bottle  fragment;  h,  tumbler  fragments;  i,  lamp 
chimney  fragment. 


317  - 


Figure  59.    Cabin  4.    Refuse  Area.    Artifacts  related  to  Household, 
Business,  and  Personal  Maintenance,  to  Transportation,  to  Dress  and 
Ornamentation,  to  Recreation  and  Smoking,  and  to  Native  Industries,  a, 
b,  metal  strapping;  c,  iron  container  fragment;  d,  fork;  e,  horseshoe 
nails;  f,  leather  heel  fragment;  g,  Type  5a  glass  buttons;  h,  smoking 
pipe  fragment. 


-  318  - 


Figure  60b.  Cabin  5.  Plan  view,  showing  excavations,  wall  lines,  and 
features,  plotted  largely  from  surface  indications. 


-  319- 


4S  2E  West  wall  North  wall 


Figure  61.  Cabin  5.  Large  Depression  (Feature  6),  profile  of  west  and 
north  walls. 


-  320  - 


-  321  - 


Figure  63.    Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting  and  to  Construction, 
Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts,    a,  trigger;  b,  percussion  caps;  c,  percussion 
cap  box  lid;  d,  lead  shot;  e,  rimfire  cartridge  case;  f,  centrefire 
cartridges  from  cellar;  g,  axe  head;  h,  half-round  file  fragment;  i, 
possible  tool  handle  fragments;  j,  forged  iron  nail  shank;  k,  machine-cut 
iron  nail;  1,  cut  sprig;  m,  cut  tack;  n,  wire  nail  fragment;  o  staple 
fragment;  p,  heavy  barrel  hoop  fragment  (not  to  included  scale). 


322 


\ 


h 


m 

k 


5 

Hem. 
inches 


Figure  64.    Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance.    Ceramics,    a,  monochrome  underglaze 
transfer-printed  ware  sherd,  plate;  b,  plate  sherd?;  c,  d,  undetermined 
vessel  sherds;  e,  polychrome  underglaze  sponge-stamped  ware,  saucer 
sherd;  f,  saucer  sherd;  g,  cup  sherd;  h,  undetermined  vessel  sherd;  i, 
hard  paste  earthenware  or  stoneware,  possible  cup  sherds;  j,  possible 
teapot  sherd;  k,  soft-paste  earthenware,  undetermined  vessel  sherd. 


-  323  - 


inches 


Figure  65.    Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance  and  to  Transportation,    a,  clear  bottle  glass 
fragment;  b,  amber  bottle  glass  fragment;  c,  pale  green  bottle  glass 
fragment;  d,  mirror  glass;  e,  lead  foil;  f,  g,  food  container  seals;  n, 
straight  pins;  i,  sewing  needle;  j,  horseshoe  nail. 


-  324  - 


a 


Figure  66.    Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation. 
Buttons,    a,  Type  3,  glass  button  fragment;  b,  Type  5a  glass  button-  c 

alals  on'  fUtT°n:  d0'  Tyf.^  91355  ^tton; 'e.  Type  8?  lain  wh He  ' 
glass  button;  f,  Type  8,  mland  polychrome  glass  button;  g.  Type  2  shell 

hut  rVh'rTyPVkShe'!  bU"0n:  Type  5  she11  """on  j  Type  3  bone 
button;  k,  Type  4  bone  button. 


-  325  - 


0  5 


— 

"   I    1  T  1 

L  1 

  1 

0 "  2 


Figure  67.    Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation. 
Buttons,    a,  Type  2  metal  button;  b,  Type  4a  metal  button;  c,  Type  5b 
metal  button;  d,  Type  5c  metal  button;  e,  Type  5d  metal  button;  f,  Type 
8a  metal  button;  g,  Type  9  metal  button;  h,  Type  10  metal  button;  i, 
miscellaneous  button  back. 


0  5 

cm, 
,  inches 
0  2 

Figure  68.    Cabin  5.    Artifacts  related  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation  and 
Miscellaneous  Unidentified  Objects,    a,  leather  heel;  b  leather  fragment; 
c,  hook-and-eye  clothing  fastener;  d,  shoelace  eye;  e,  hat  pin  fragment; 
f,  earring;  g,  drawn  tubular  "seed"  beads;  h,  "intermediate"  bead;  i, 
"pony"  bead;  j,  hexagonal  bead;  k,  1,  wound  glass  "pony"  beads;  m, 
pressed  glass  bead;  n,  metal  beads;  o,  plastic  ring. 


-  327  - 


a 


b 


Figure  69.    Cabins  6  to  12.    Artifacts  related  to  Hunting,  to 
Construction,  Blacksmithing,  and  Crafts,  and  to  Household,  Business,  and 
Personal  Maintenance,    a,  gun  barrel  and  breech  (not  to  included  scale); 
b,  spade  blade  fragment;  c,  forged  iron  hinge  fragment. 


-  328  - 


Figure  70.    Cabins  6  to  12.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business, 
and  Personal  Maintenance.    Ceramics,    a,  Copeland  patterns,  Cabin  6;  b, 
Copeland  patterns  Cabin  7;  c,  Copeland  patterns  Cabin  9;  d,  Copeland 
patterns  Cabin  9  and  10  (mixed  sample);  e,  Copeland  patterns  Cabin  11; 
f,  Copeland  pattern  Cabin  12. 


-  329  - 


f 


Figure  71.    Cabins  6  to  12.    Artifacts  related  to  Household,  Business, 
and  Personal  Maintenance  and  to  Dress  and  Ornamentation,  a, 
sponge-stamped  ware  sherd;  b,  stoneware  sherd;  c,  Perry  Davis  Vegetable 
Pain  Killer  sherds;  d,  iron  can  fragment;  e,  rectangular  ferrous  metal 
container  fragment;  f,  Type  3  glass  button;  g,  Type  3  bone  button;  h, 
large  wound  cobalt-blue  glass  bead;  i,  brass  ornament. 


-  330  - 


APPENDIX  I 


THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE  TEXTILES 

Barbara  F.  Schweger 
Boreal  Institute  for  Northern  Studies 
University  of  Alberta 
Edmonton,  Alberta  T6G  2E9 


This  descriptive  study  of  1870's  textile  fragments  recovered  from  the 
Metis  site  at  Buffalo  Lake,  Alberta,  documents  the  attributes  of  the 
fabrics  through  the  use  of  standard  textile  procedures  and  employs 
standard  textile  terminology.    It  also  offers  comments  on  facets  of 
deterioration  and  biodegradation  that  are  in  evidence,  since  the 
understanding  of  the  process  of  degradation,  in  itself,  can  aid  greatly 
in  the  interpretation  of  material  remains  from  a  site. 

Many  researchers  recognize  that  textiles  found  in  archaeological 
excavations  provide  information  on  the  types  of  fabrics  in  use  at  a 
particular  time  and  in  a  particular  location,  as  well  as  on  the 
technology  of  cloth  manufacture,  its  tools,  and  its  techniques.    Even  so, 
there  has  been  little  emphasis  on  the  recovery  and  analysis  of  textiles 
from  western  Canadian  sites.    The  textiles  that  have  been  recovered  in 
Alberta  (for  example,  Baldwin  1978:43)  have  yet  to  be  studied  in  detail. 
In  other  instances,  it  may  be  that  unfami 1 iari ty  with  the  potential  value 
of  textile  evidence  has  discouraged  archaeologists  from  field  collection 
of  these  poorly  preserved  organic  materials.    As  a  result,  no  data  set  on 
archaeological  textile  finds  in  Alberta  exists,  and  sources  for 
comparison  of  materials  from  one  site  to  another  are  non-existent. 

The  following  characterization  of  the  small  number  of  textile 
fragments  from  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  is  an  initial  step  in  making 
available  textile  data,  and  one  hopes  it  will  encourage  the  future 
inclusion  of  textile  evidence  in  Alberta  archaeological  studies.    As  data 
are  amassed,  both  on  the  textile  artifacts  themselves  and  the  degree  and 
type  of  biodegradation  that  has  affected  these  artifacts,  archaeological 
fabrics  will  come  to  offer  another  tool  for  interpretation  of  site 
history. 


CHARACTERIZATION  OF  THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  TEXTILE  ARTIFACTS 

The  description  and  analysis  of  the  fabrics  from  the  Buffalo  Lake 
Metis  site  are  based  upon  the  same  concepts  generally  employed  in  textile 
studies.    These  include  determination  of  staple  and  filament  fibers, 
singles  and  plied  yarns,  fiber  and  yarn  diameter,  warp  and  weft  elements, 
weave  structure  and  thread  counts,  and  the  presence  of  selvage  edges. 
The  ease  with  which  these  characteristics  can  be  documented  for 
archaeological  textiles  depends  on  the  degree  of  degradation  on  the 
fibers  and  yarns. 


-  332  - 


Cotton  is  a  cellulose  staple  fiber  which  shows  regular  twists  under 
low  magnification;  under  higher  magnification,  the  cotton  fiber  is  seen 
to  be  composed  of  cuticle,  primary  wall,  secondary  wall,  and  lumen.  Bast 
fibers  include  linen,  jute,  and  hemp.    They  are  derived  from  the  stems 
and  leaves  of  plants,  and  have  a  higher  lignin  content  than  does  cotton. 
Wool  is  a  protein  fiber  which  is  high  in  keratin;  it  is  composed  of 
cuticle,  cortex,  and  medulla.    Under  magnification,  the  cuticle  is  seen 
to  be  formed  of  overlapping  scales;  these  are  important  in  the 
characterization  of  the  wool  fiber.    Silk  is  a  filament  formed  from  the 
solidification  of  fluid  excreted  from  the  silkworm  and  a  few  other 
invertebrates.    Under  magnification,  raw  silk  appears  as  two  cylindrical 
structureless  threads  and  is  triangular  in  cross-section.    Along  with 
observations  made  of  physical  properties,  fiber  identification  generally 
is  based  upon  chemical  and  "burn"  tests.    These  are  of  less  use  for  small 
archaeological  textiles  due  to  the  destructive  nature  of  the  testing. 

Fibers  of  short  length  are  twisted  together  (spun)  to  make  a 
continuous  yarn;  singles,  single-ply  and  1 -pi y  yarn  are  synonyms  for  this 
yarn  structure.    A  combined  yarn  is  composed  of  two  or  more  spun  yarns 
but  not  twisted  together.    If  two  or  more  single  yarns  are  twisted 
together  the  process  is  called  plying  and  the  number  of  components 
determines  whether  it  is  2-ply,  3-ply,  etc.    The  direction  of  the  twist 
is  called  S  or  Z,  depending  on  whether  the  spiral  of  the  spun  element 
conforms  to  the  slant  of  the  central  portion  of  the  letter  S  or  the 
letter  Z.    The  angle  of  twist  refers  to  the  angle  that  the  slant  of  the 
twist  makes  with  the  vertical  axis  of  the  yarn  (Emery  1966:11). 
Tightness  of  twist  is  the  number  of  twists  per  lineal  measurment. 

A  single  yarn  refers  to  the  simplest  usable  unit;  thus,  it  is  either 
a  yarn  composed  of  short  staple  fibers  with  a  sufficient  twist  to  hold  it 
together,  or  it  is  a  yarn  composed  of  several  filaments  generally  held 
together  with  some  amount  of  twist.    Staple  fibers  are  short  fibers  that 
are  measured  in  inches  or  less,  compared  to  filiments  which  are  long 
fibers  that  can  be  measured  in  yards  or  even  kilometers.    Since  the  silk 
filament  is  too  fine  to  be  used  alone,  the  term  single,  in  reference  to 
silk  threads,  usually  denotes  a  group  of  three  to  ten  pairs  of  silk 
filaments,  whether  twisted  together  or  simply  combined  (Emery  1966:8). 

Measurement  of  yarn  diameter  is  easy  for  single  yarns  but  becomes 
more  difficult  with  plied  yarns,  especially  when  they  are  very  loosely 
twisted.    It  is  even  more  difficult  when  the  yarns  in  a  fabric  are  being 
measured,  since  original  characteristics  may  be  hidden  or  distorted  so 
that  even  the  same  yarn  used  in  the  same  fabric  will  not  provide  the  same 
measurements.    Even  so,  such  approximate  measurements  are  a  necessary 
part  of  the  full  description  and  comparison  of  fabric  samples  (Emery 
1966:10-11). 

The  characterization  of  the  structural  makeup  of  elements  of  fabric 
construction  and  the  interworking  of  these  elements  to  produce  fabric  is 
based,  by  most  North  American  researchers,  upon  the  descriptive 
classification  scheme  and  terminology  published  by  Emery  (1966).  Woven 
fabrics  have  at  least  two  sets  of  elements:  (1)  the  warp  yarns  which  run 
longitudinally  on  a  threaded  loom  during  fabric  manufacture,  and  (2)  the 
weft  yarns  which  cross  and  interwork  with  the  warp  elements  at  more  or 
less  right  angles.    In  a  woven  fabric,  warp  and  weft  threads  can  be 


-  333  - 


distinguished  with  certainty  only  when  the  selvage,  that  finished  edge  on 
a  woven  piece  of  fabric  where  the  weft  reverses  direction,  is  present. 
Non-woven  fabrics  such  as  knits,  twined  work,  rope,  or  cordage  do  not 
have  selvage  edges  as  defined  here. 

In  a  plain  weave  fabric,  each  weft  unit  passes  alternately  over  and 
under  successive  warp  units.    All  warps  that  lie  above  one  passage  of 
weft  lie  below  the  next,  above  the  third,  below  the  fourth,  etc. 
Therefore,  both  sides  of  a  plain  weave  fabric  appear  structurally 
identical.    If  the  warp  and  weft  yarns  are  equally  spaced  and 
approximately  equal  in  size,  the  plain  weave  is  said  to  be  "balanced." 
The  thread  count  refers  to  the  number  of  warp  and  weft  yarns  present  in  a 
given  linear  unit  of  measurement.    For  example,  if  there  are  30  warp 
yarns  and  30  weft  yarns  per  centimeter,  the  count  is  said  to  be 
"square."    If  warp  and  weft  differ  in  diameter,  even  a  square  count  will 
result  in  unequal  spaces  between  elements  and  the  weave  will  not  be 
balanced.    Thread  count  is  not  used,  as  such,  for  non-woven  textiles. 

A  float  is  any  portion  of  a  warp  or  weft  element  that  extends  over 
two  or  more  units  of  the  opposite  set  on  either  side  of  the  fabric. 
Float  weaves  are  distinguished  by  differences  in  the  basic  system  of  the 
organization  of  the  floats  (Emery  1966:92).    Twill  weaves  have 
progressive  successions  of  floats  in  diagonal  alignment;  satin  weaves 
have  a  progression  of  floats  but  do  not  show  diagonal  alignment.  Twills 
are  called  "even"  if  they  have  the  diagonal  allignment  of  floats 
remaining  consistent  throughout  and  the  numerically  designated  order  of 
interlacing  is  maintained  both  by  warp  and  weft  throughout;  front  and 
back  of  the  even  twill  fabric  is  similar.    Uneven  twills  are  interlaced 
so  that  no  element  passes  over  the  same  number  of  elements  that  it  passes 
under;  therefore,  the  front  and  back  of  the  uneven  twill  fabric  is 
structurally  dissimilar.    Satin  weave  is  also  dissimilar  on  front  and 
back,  but  differs  from  an  uneven  twill  in  that  the  diagonal  alignment  of 
the  floats  is  intermittent. 

Degradation  of  fibers  and  fabrics  can  be  either  by  mechanical  damage, 
such  as  insect  attack,  abrasion,  tension  breaks,  cuts  and  punctures,  or 
by  chemical  damage,  such  as  by  enzymes  secreted  by  microorganisms,  acids, 
oxidizing  agents,  light,  and  heat.    Various  chemical  tests  are  available 
to  establish  specific  types  of  damage  (Martin  1968).    Matthews  (1936:554) 
discusses  particular  observations  that  pertain  to  cotton,  while  Trottman 
(1970:105)  considers  the  detection  of  damage  to  silk.    Among  the 
microscopic  observations  that  indicate  fiber  degradation  are  the  presence 
of  fungal  mycelia,  loss  of  scales  on  wool  fibers,  and  the  rupturing  of 
silk  fibers  so  that  individual  fibrils  project  in  little  tufts  from  the 
fiber  surface. 

It  is  these  concepts  that  have  been  utilized  in  the  study  of  the 
Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  textile  artifacts. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

The  very  small  size  and  the  fragility  of  the  textile  artifacts  have 
determined  the  manner  in  which  they  were  analyzed.    Since  they  range  in 
size  from  smaller  than  1  cm  x  1  cm  to  a  maximum  of  32.5  cm  x  1.9  cm,  only 
minute  specimens  were  taken  from  the  artifact  edge  for  microscopic 


-  334  - 


examination.    All  study  was  conducted  using  magnification,  from  low  power 
through  500x;  no  chemical  testing  or  burn  tests  were  attempted  due  to  the 
small  size  of  the  artifacts  and  the  amount  of  debris  attached  to  the 
fibers  and  lodged  in  the  spaces  between  yarns. 

All  artifacts  were  first  photographed  on  graph  paper.    Those  textile 
fragments  that  were  very  small  and  had  been  collected  and  stored  in  soil 
matrix  were  photographed  in  this  state,  in  the  plastic  petri  dish  in 
which  they  have  been  stored.    In  these  cases,  the  textile  itself  is  not 
visible  in  the  photograph. 

The  textile  fragments,  whether  in  reasonably  "clean"  form  or 
encrusted  with  organic  sediment,  were  studied  under  low  magnification  to 
determine  whether  fabric  structure  was  visible  and  if  warp  and  weft 
threads  could  be  distinguished  from  each  other.    If  this  was  possible, 
warp  and  weft  yarns  were  removed  for  study.    For  each  accessioned 
artifact,  recognizing  that  some  accession  numbers  represent  a  number  of 
small  textile  fragments  rather  than  a  single  fragment,  a  decision  was 
made  as  to  whether  the  fragment  would  be  washed.    The  decision  took  into 
consideration  whether  or  not  washing  would  disturb  other  potentially 
useful  information  and  whether  washing  was  needed  to  make  fiber  and 
fabric  characteristics  more  visible  for  purposes  of  identification. 
Artifacts  were  only  washed  in  those  instances  where  the  size  and  strength 
were  considered  sufficient.    The  question  of  whether  organic 
archaeological  artifacts  should  be  washed  and  stored  in  a  clean  condition 
or  whether  adhering  soil  should  be  considered  as  a  portion  of  the 
information  available  for  artifact/microenvi ronmental  humification 
studies  is  not  being  addressed  in  the  present  report. 

Larger  specimens  were  encased  in  netting  before  washing;  this  was 
unnecessary  for  the  smaller,  more  square-shaped  specimens.    In  all  cases, 
where  the  "artifact"  consisted  of  several  fragments,  some  were  left 
unwashed.    Most  artifacts  were  merely  rinsed  gently,  first  with  tap  water 
and  then  with  distilled  water,  and  dried  flat  on  mylar  film.  Several 
pieces  would  not  "wet  out"  without  the  addition  of  detergent;  later 
analysis  showed  these  textiles  to  be  made  of  wool.    The  dried  textile 
fragments  were  measured  and  then  stored  individually  in  cotton 
muslin-lined  plastic  petri  dishes. 

All  meassurements  and  sketches  were  made  after  washing  since  the 
unwashed  fragments  were  curled,  rolled,  and  virtually  impossible  to 
measure  beforehand.    Thread  counts  were  done  with  the  aid  of  a  dissecting 
microscope;  fiber  and  yarn  diameter  measurements  were  made  using  the 
micrometer  on  a  Leitz  light  microscope.    Due  to  the  small  size  of  the 
textile  fragment  artifacts,  single  measurements  have  been  used  in  the 
table  rather  than  averaging  a  series  of  measurements.    It  must  be 
stressed,  therefore,  that  variation  in  relative  humidity  can  affect 
measurment  consistency  and  that  yarn  counts  can  vary  in  a  fabric  due  to 
inconsistencies  in  the  weaving  process. 

Unwashed  fabric  fragments  were  not  measured,  although  fibers  and 
yarns  from  unwashed  specimens  were  sampled  in  some  cases.    Slides  were 
made  of  fibers,  warp  and  weft  yarns,  and  small  (2  mm  x  2  mm  or  less) 
fabric  specimens  were  taken  from  the  edge  of  the  artifact.    No  stains 
were  added.    The  fibers,  yarns,  and  fabrics  were  first  studied  in  a  water 


-  335  - 


mount,  then  allowed  to  dry,  and  the  corners  of  the  glass  coverslip  were 
tacked  down  with  clear  nail  polish. 

The  many  examples  of  fungal  activity  in  relation  to  the  fabric 
specimens  were  noted.    No  attempts  were  made  to  culture  the 
microorganisms  for  positive  identification.    Although  this  could  be  done, 
too  many  years  of  "undocumented"  handling  of  the  artifacts  has  occurred 
to  permit  meaningful  results. 


RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

A  summary  of  the  fiber,  yarn,  and  fabric  characteristics  of  textile 
artifacts  recovered  from  Cabin  2  and  Cabin  3  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis 
site  is  presented  in  Table  1  (page  340).    Textile  artifacts  recovered 
from  Cabin  5  are  not  included  in  the  table.    The  reason  for  this  is 
explained  below. 

Cabin  2,  Refuse  Pit 

The  two  textile  specimens  located  in  the  refuse  pit  in  Cabin  2, 
H73.140.34  and  H73.140.35,  are  made  of  silk  and  show  identical  yarn  and 
fabric  structure.    Warp  and  weft  yarns  can  be  positively  identified  due 
to  the  presence  of  selvage  edges  on  one  edge.    Before  washing  these  two 
artifacts,  distinct  fold  lines  were  noted;  care  was  taken  to  see  that 
these  were  not  totally  obliterated  in  washing  and  drying. 

The  fold  lines  indicate  that  the  one-inch-wide  fabric  strip,  ribbon, 
or  seam  binding  was  folded  twice  so  as  to  be  a  4-layered  1/4"  wide  fabric 
strip.    It  was  folded  on  the  length-wise  grain,  that  is,  in  the  direction 
of  the  warp  yarns.    The  fabric  was  knotted  after  it  was  folded.  The 
knots  that  remain  are  of  particular  interest,  since  the  knots  are  the 
means  of  holding  the  fabric  in  the  thick,  four-layered  narrow  strip. 
That  each  of  the  two  specimens  contains  these  knots  leads  one  to  suggest 
that  these  fragments  originally  came  from  one  textile  object  that  was 
placed  in  the  refuse  pile.    Since  only  one  selvage  can  be  located,  it 
cannot  be  definitely  stated  whether  the  1"  fabric  strip  is  a  ribbon  or 
tape  or  actually  a  fabric  strip  ripped  an  inch  from  a  selvage  edge. 

The  warp  yarns  are  2-ply  brown  (at  least  at  present)  yarn  made  up  of 
10  to  12  silk  fibers,  5  to  6  fibers  making  up  each  singles  yarn.  This 
silk  warp  yarn  may  be  equivalent  to  the  yarns  today  called  "organzin." 
Organzin  is  a  silk  yarn,  manufactured  for  use  as  warp,  which  is  made  up 
of  two  or  more  threads  of  silk  that  have  been  lightly  twisted  together 
(Trottman  1979:102;  Matthews  1936:179). 

The  weft  yarns  are  green  and  of  larger  diameter.    They  appear  to  be 
single  ply.    While  one  could  speculate  that  the  weft  is  of  "tram"  (a 
common  silk  weft  yarn  that  unites  two  or  more  singles  but  is  very  loosely 
spun),  this  cannot  be  the  case  if  the  weft  yarn  is  only  single  ply. 
Further  investigation  could  demonstrate  whether  the  weft  is  what  is 
called  "thrown  silk"  or  "grege,"  two  terms  that  are  applied  when  two  or 
more  filaments  of  raw  silk  are  reeled  together  and  given  a  slight  twist. 


-  336  - 


The  fabrics  are  plain,  unbalanced  weaves  with  65-68  threads  per  cm  in 
the  warp  and  34  threads  per  cm  in  the  weft.    This  evidence  could  aid 
future  researchers  in  determining  whether  these  two  fabric  artifacts 
represent  a  commercial  type  of  narrow  tape  or  braid  that  was  available 
for  use  at  Buffalo  Lake. 

Cabin  3,  Feature  2 

The  eight  textile  fragments  recovered  from  the  large  interior  cellar 
(Feature  2)  in  Cabin  3  are  characterized  in  Table  1,  page  340. 

The  fiber  identification,  yarn  structure,  and  fabric  structure 
indicate  that  H75.101.412,  H75.101.595,  H75. 100.600  and  H76.89.26, 
H76.89.146,  H76.89.247,  and  H76.89.263  are,  again,  a  narrow  silk  fabric, 
tape,  or  ribbon.    These  seven  fragments  have  both  2-ply  warp  and  1 -pi y 
weft.    The  warp  is  made  of  two  singles  yarns,  each  of  which  has  about  6 
silk  filaments;  the  1 -ply  weft  is  a  heavier  yarn  made  of  about  16  silk 
filaments.    The  interlacing  of  warp  and  weft  create  a  plain,  unbalanced 
weave. 

Selvage  edges  are  visible.    In  fact,  H75.101.412  clearly  shows  two 
selvage  edges.    This  is  extremely  important,  for  it  indicates  that  this 
specimen,  and  quite  possibly  all  of  these  2-ply  warp/l-ply  weft  silk 
fragments,  are  derived  from  narrow  woven  tape  and  not  a  wider  fabric  that 
has  been  torn  into  strips. 

The  weft  yarns  of  H74.101.600  are  definitely  green  in  color,  more 
intensely  so  than  is  the  case  with  some  of  the  other  specimens.  For 
example,  fibers  from  H75.101.412  appear  brown  but  are  slightly  greenish 
at  the  edges.    It  remains  to  be  seen  whether  this  character  is  of 
signf icance. 

In  contrast  to  the  artifacts  discussed  so  far,  H76.89.263  is  not 
silk,  wool,  or  cotton.    It  appears  to  be  made  of  bast  fiber.  The 
degraded  nature  of  the  specimen  makes  it  unlikely  that  the  plant  genus 
can  be  identified  in  the  future.    The  artifact  appears  to  be  a  remnant  of 
rope  or  cordage,  and  may  include  several  different  yarn  types.  No 
selvage  is  visible;  in  fact  the  lay  of  the  fibers  suggests  that  it  is  not 
woven,  but  merely  plyed.    This  is  the  structural  arrangement  that  would 
be  expected  for  rope,  cordage,  or  twine. 

Additional  study  of  H76,89.263  is  recommended.    It  would  be  of 
interest  to  understand  aspects  of  the  preservation  of  a  textile  artifact 
from  a  plant-derived  source  that  has  a  higher  lignin  content  that 
cotton.    One  expects  that  few  bast  fiber  textile  artifacts  have  been 
recovered  from  Alberta  sites. 


Cabin  3,  Feature  3, 
Small  Interior  Cellar 

The  three  textile  specimens  collected  from  Feature  3  in  Cabin  3  are 
characterized  in  Table  1,  page  340.    Fabrics  H75. 101 .132a,  .132b,  and 
.266  appear  to  be  similar,  since  each  exhibits  warp  and  weft  of  silk,  a 
2-ply  warp,  a  1 -ply  weft,  and  yarn  diameters  that  are  similar.  Whereas 
the  fabrics  from  Cabin  2  suggest  the  presence  of  a  blue  or  green  weft, 


-  337  - 


these  fabrics  show  both  warp  and  weft  to  be  a  golden  brown  color.  This 
may  be  the  result  of  different  site  soil  conditions.    Testing  of  the 
fabric  for  the  presence  of  blue  dye  could  determine  whether  the  original 
color  was  brown,  since  one  wonders  whether  both  warp  and  weft  of  all 
these  silk  fabrics  were  not  originally  blue  or  blue-green. 

It  is  common  for  archaeological  textiles  to  show  little  evidence  of 
dyes  and  to  appear  brown  or  black.    Spectroscopic  and  chromotographic 
techniques,  however,  are  a  means  to  verify  the  presence  of  dye,  unless 
the  dye  is  one  of  the  rare  types  that  decompose  in  a  way  that  leaves  no 
evidence.    Blue  dyes  from  the  nineteenth  century  are  generally  based  on 
indigotin,  which  comes  from  the  two  plant  sources  woad  and  indigo.    It  is 
not  possible  to  chemically  determine  from  which  of  the  two  sources  a  blue 
dye  is  derived,  since  indigotin  is  chemically  identical  from  either 
source. 

Dyeing  can  be  carried  out  either  before  spinning,  after  the  yarn  is 
spun,  or  after  the  material  is  woven.    Sometimes,  by  studying  fibers  in 
cross-section,  it  is  possible  to  distinguish  fibers  from  fabric-dyed 
material  from  those  of  fiber  or  yarn-dyed  material.    This  is  because  the 
fiber  core  may  be  lighter  in  color  than  the  outer  edges.    Some  broken 
fibers  from  the  blue  colored  silks  appeared  to  show  a  lighter  core,  but 
due  to  the  small  size  of  the  textile  artifacts  it  was  decided  not  to  make 
slides  specifically  of  fiber  cross-sections.    More  research  would  need  to 
be  conducted  to  determine  if  the  lighter  core  is  evidence  that  the 
light-weight  silk  fabric  was  dyed  after  being  woven  rather  than  in  the 
fiber  or  yarn  stage  of  manufacture. 

The  two  knots  tied  in  the  narrow  strips  of  fabric  in  H75. 101, 132b  are 
similar  to  the  knotting  of  the  textiles  found  in  the  refuse  pit  of  Cabin 
2.    Fold  lines  and  the  presence  of  a  selvage  edge  on  H75. 101. 132a  suggest 
the  same  narrow  fabric  folded  to  make  a  1/4",  4  layer  fabric  strip. 

By  contrast,  H75.101.267  is  a  wool  fabric.    The  fibers  are  staple 
rather  than  filament.    Though  no  characteristic  scales  are  present  on  the 
fibers,  this  is  not  surprising  for  such  a  highly  degraded  specimen.  A 
fiber  diameter  of  25  microns,  compared  to  the  16  micron  diameter  of  the 
silk  fibers  in  the  specimens  already  discussed,  is  typical  of  medium  wool 
fibers.    No  selvage  is  present,  so  warp  and  weft  are  not  distinguishable 
from  each  other.    However,  both  elements  are  1 -ply  and  S-spun.    The  even 
twill  weave  has  approximately  14  yarns  per  cm  for  both  warp  and  weft  and 
thus  is  a  balanced  weave. 

Cabin  5,  Feature  6. 
Interior  of  Cabin 

The  textile  specimens  accessioned  as  H82.78.313a,  H82.78.313b, 
H82.78.314,  and  H82.78.786  are  more  complex  than  the  previously  discussed 
textile  artifacts.    The  presence  of  concretions,  probable  fabric 
impressions,  and  probable  composites  of  different  fabric  types 
contributed  to  the  decision  to  refrain  from  altering  these  artifacts  in 
any  way. 

The  four  specimens  are  each  made  up  of  numerous  small  fragments 
rather  than  one  or  two  pieces.    Observations  conducted  on  minute  sections 
taken  from  the  edge*  of  several  textile  fragments  included  in  H82.78.313a 


-  338  - 


indicated  blue  warp  and  weft,  yet  the  variation  in  fiber  diameter  made  it 
diffcult  to  characterize  the  plain  woven  textile  as  being  made  of  silk  or 
wool.    Intermixed  with  the  blue  fibers  were  translucent  to  tan-colored 
cotton  fibers. 

H82 .78.313b  is  composed  of  at  least  two  separate  fabrics  and  two  of 
these  are  adhering  tightly  together.    Yarn  counts  are  not  presently 
possible  because  the  conformation  of  the  fabric  "concretion"  is  not 
flat.    One  suspects  that  there  are  study  techniques  used  by 
paleobotanists  that  could  facilitate  the  analysis  of  composite  textile 
artifacts  of  this  sort.    It  can  be  determined  that  one  of  these  fabrics 
is  plain  weave;  however,  it  cannot  be  separated  from  the  other  fabric 
upon  which  it  rests  without  fracturing  of  the  fibers.    This  prevents  even 
the  removal  of  single  yarns  for  completion  of  fiber  identification  and 
yarn  analysis.    The  fabric  underneath  has  a  "woolly"  appearance  under  low 
magnification,  has  a  definite  blue  color,  and  has  a  fiber  diameter  of  20 
microns  which  could  indicate  a  fine  wool. 

H82.78.314  consists  primarily  of  four  small  pieces  of  fabric.    One  of 
these  was  soaked  in  tap  water  for  three  hours  to  soften  it  so  that 
adhering  debris  could  be  mechanically  removed.    This  plain  weave  fabric 
has  a  preponderance  of  tan-colored  fibers,  showing  no  evidence  of  blue  or 
green  color.    However,  additional  slide  preparations  from  a  different 
section  showed  small  quantities  of  16  micron-wide  blue  fibers,  suggesting 
silk,  and  24  micron-wide  fibers,  suggesting  a  medium  wool.    No  scales 
were  visible  on  any  fibers. 

Between  the  time  of  cleaning  the  fabric  specimen,  mounting  a  minute 
section  on  a  slide  in  tap  water  as  a  "water-mounted"  slide,  and  making 
observations  some  time  later,  fungal  mycelia  developed  and  grew  in  the 
spaces  between  yarns.    One  can  suggest  contamination  of  the  sample  from 
handling  or  from  the  use  of  tap  water  instead  of  distilled  water. 
Nonetheless,  because  this  fungal  genus  definitely  differs  from  genera 
observed  on  other  slide  preparations  made  for  this  study,  one  is  led  to 
suggest  that  viable  spores  remain  from  the  soil  on  textile  fragments 
collected  from  Feature  6  of  Cabin  5. 


SUMMARY 

Microscopic  examination  of  textile  fragments  found  in  Cabin  2,  Cabin 
3  Feature  2,  Cabin  3  Feature  3,  and  Cabin  5  Feature  6  of  the  1870*s 
Buffalo  Lake  Metis  site  has  been  conducted  in  order  to  characterize  these 
artifacts.    Presence  or  absence  of  selvage  edges,  type  of  weave,  thread 
count,  ply,  yarn  diameter,  fiber  identification,  fiber  diameter,  and 
fabric  color  were  considered.    Observations  are  presented  in  Table  1 
(page  340)  and  discussed  in  the  text.    Aspects  that  require  further  study 
are  noted.    The  purpose  of  the  study  has  been  to  record  technical  aspects 
of  textiles  located  in  this  Alberta  archaeological  site  in  hopes  that 
this  small  project  will  encourage  further  archaeological  textile  analyses 
in  Alberta. 


-  339  - 


REFERENCES  CITED 


Baldwin,  Stuart  J. 

1978    The  Elk  Point  Burial .  Occasional  Paper  No.  11,  Archaeological 
Survey  of  Alberta,  Alberta  Culture  Historical  Resources,  Edmonton. 

Emery,  Irene 

1966    The  Primary  Structure  of  Fabrics,  The  Textile  Museum,  Washington, 
D.C. 

Martin,  William  H. 

1968    Methods  to  Detect  Damaged  Textile  Materials.  In  Analytical  Methods 
for  a  Textile  Laboratory,  2nd  Ed.,  edited  by  J.W.  Weaver.  Monograph 
No.  3,  pp.  219-238.    American  Association  of  Textile  Chemists  and 
Colorists . 

Matthews,  J.  Merritt 

1936    The  Textile  Fibers.    Their  Physical,  Microscopical  and  Chemical 
Properties .    John  Wiley  and  Son,  New  York. 

Trotman,  E.  R. 

1970    Dyeing  and  Chemical  Technology  of  Textile  Fibers.    Charles  Griffen 
and  Co.  Ltd . ,  London. 


-  340  - 
TABLE  1 


Cabin  2 

H73 

140.34 

PR 

P 

68x34 

2 

124.8 

374.4 

S  B 

S 

G 

- 

H73 

140.35 

PR(?) 

P 

65x34 

- 

- 

- 

16.6 

- 

- 

16.6 

Cabin  3 
Feature  3 

H75 

101.132a 

PR 

P 

64x36 

2 

129.8 

259.7 

S             B  13.2 

S 

B 

- 

H75 

101.132b 

PR(?) 

P 

62x36 

2 

S             -  16.6 

H75 

101.266 

PR 

P 

66x34 

2 

181.2 

VB  16.6 

H75 

101.267 

AB 

TW 

14x14 

1 

624.0 

624.0 

W            VB  25.1 

U 

VB 

25.1 

Cabin  3 
Feature  2 

H75 

101.412 

PR 

P 

56x30 

K?) 

291.2 

291.2 

S             G  16.6 

s 

G 

16.8 

H75 

101.595 

PR 

P 

60x40 

2 

228 

S  - 

s 

G 

H75 

101.600 

PR 

P 

60x40 

2 

S             -  - 

s 

G 

12-16 

H76.89.26 

PR 

P 

64x36 

(?) 

208.0 

S  B 

s 

B 

H76 

89.146 

PR 

P 

62x44 

2 

166.4 

187.2 

S  B 

s 

B 

H76 

89.247 

PR 

P 

62x40 

2 

S             B  - 

s 

B 

H76.89.263 

NA 

NA 

NA 

Unidentified  bast  fibers 

Key:  PR  =  selvage  present 

AB  =  selvage  absent 
NA  =  not  applicable 
P  =  plain  weave 
TW  =  twill  weave 
S  silk 
W  =  wool 

Note:  diameters  are  measured  in  microns 


G  =  green 
B  =  brown 
YB  =  yellow-brown 

Fabric  count  =  warp  threads  x  weft  threads 
per  centimeter 

-  =  observation  not  made 

?  =  cannot  be  determined 
with  certainty 


APPENDIX  II 


FAUNAL  REMAINS  AT  THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE 

Brian  P.  Kooyman 
Department  of  Archaeology 
University  of  Calgary 
Calgary,  Alberta 


This  appendix  discusses  the  significance  of  the  large  ungulate 
faunal  remains  recovered  from  the  excavations  at  the  Buffalo  Lake  Metis 
site  (FdPe  1).    Over  5,000  such  bone  fragments  were  recovered.  Some 
basic  data  concerning  these  remains  are  presented  in  Table  1  (page  351), 
including  (by  column):  (1)  the  number  of  large  ungulate  bone  fragments 
representing  each  bone  element  recovered  from  each  cabin;  (2)  the  minimum 
number  of  each  element  recovered  (MNE),  this  being  the  sum  of  the  left 
and  right  elements  recovered  for  paired  bones  (eg.  the  leg  bones)  and  the 
number  of  elements  for  unpaired  bones  (eg.  vertebrae);  (3)  the  minimum 
number  of  individual  animals  represented  for  each  bone  (MNI),  as 
determined  from  the  MNE  counts;  and  (4)  the  standardized    MNI  value, 
which  ranks  the  frequency  of  each  bone  element  as  a  percentage  of  the 
most  common  element  and  so  makes  it  possible  readily  to  compare  element 
frequencies  from  one  cabin  to  another  regardless  of  the  actual  number  of 
animals  represented  (Binford  1978:20).    With  a  single  exception,  all 
material  that  could  be  identified  to  species  was  Bison  bison  (buffalo). 
The  single  exception,  a  rib  fragment  from  Cabin  3,  has  been  identified  as 
Alces  alces  (moose).    The  remains  included  under  "unidentified"  represent 
bone  fragments  of  a  size  indicating  that  they  might  have  been  from  large 
ungulates,  but  where  a  positive  identification  could  not  be  made. 

Before  beginning  the  discussion  of  the  remains,  it  should  be  noted 
that  the  samples  from  some  of  the  cabins  are  so  small  that  they  are 
difficult  to  interpret  on  their  own  (especially  Cabin  1,  with  only  21 
diagnostic  fragments,  and  Cabin  2  with  only  36  diagnostic  fragments). 
The  absence  of  a  particular  element  may  mean  little,  and  similarly  the 
presence  of  a  single  fragment  of  a  particular  element  may  be  given 
exaggerated  importance.    For  Cabins  5  and  6  (Cabin  6  actually  comprising 
the  surface-collected  material  bulldozed  from  one,  or  possibly  2, 
cabins),  a  sufficiently  large  number  of  individual  animals  was  recovered 
in  the  remains  to  allow  some  differentiation  in  the  frequencies  of  the 
various  bone  elements.    For  Cabins  1  to  4,  however,  the  standard  MNI  has 
been  reduced  to  little  more  than  a  presence/absence  indicator  due  to  the 
recovery  of  remains  from  only  a  single  animal  in  each  case.    Variation  in 
frequency  is  very  difficult  to  interpret  in  such  circumstances.  These 
problems  will  be  discussed  in  the  following  analysis,  and  an  attempt  will 
be  made  to  resolve  them. 


-  342  - 


Rib  fragments  are  common  in  all  six  cabins,  hence  their  relative 
frequency  as  measured  by  the  standardized  MNI  value  should  be  reliable. 
In  this  regard,  Cabins  5  and  6  have  a  low  rib  frequency  and  clearly  stand 
out  from  Cabins  1  to  4,  which  have  a  very  high  frequency.    The  thoracic 
vertebrae  are  also  reasonably  well  represented  in  the  fragment  totals  of 
all  six  cabins,  and  once  again  the  low  relative  frequency  of  these  in 
Cabins  5  and  6,  as  opposed  to  the  other  four  cabins,  is  noteworthy. 
Scapulae  are  another  element  that  may  be  employed  in  these  terms.  Here 
the  low  frequency  in  Cabin  6  constrasts  with  the  high  frequency  in  the 
other  five  cabins.    The  final  element  frequency  that  may  be  employed  is 
that  for  the  tibiae,  with  Cabins  4  and  6  having  a  lower  frequency  than 
the  other  cabins.    The  absence  of  tibia  remains  in  Cabin  4  may  be  a 
reflection  of  the  small  sample  and  may  not  be  reliable.    What  this 
evidence  seems  to  indicate  is  that  Cabins  1  to  4  are  basically  similar  in 
the  patterns  of  their  remains  and  may  be  considered  as  representing  a 
single  pattern.    Cabins  5  and  6  are  different  from  this  pattern,  and  they 
also  differ  from  each  other.    Closer  examination  of  the  Cabin  6  remains 
shows  a  pattern  essentially  dominated  by  two  elements,  the  humerus  and 
radius.    Overall,  three  basic  patterns  are  observed  in  the  faunal 
remains.    In  view  of  the  similarity  of  the  remains  from  Cabins  1  to  4, 
the  problem  of  poor  sample  size  for  these  four  cabins  might  be  overcome 
by  pooling  their  material  and  treating  it  as  a  single  unit.    This  has 
been  done  in  Table  2  (page  354). 

The  broad  patterning  in  the  placement  of  butchering  marks  on  bones 
also  lends  support  to  the  perceived  similarity  of  the  butchering  in 
Cabins  1  to  3  (as  will  be  explained  in  a  later  portion  of  this  appendix, 
Cabin  4  could  not  be  included  in  this  aspect  of  the  analysis).    Only  two 
elements  had  enough  cut  marks  preserved  to  allow  a  valid  comparison,  the 
ribs  and  the  thoracic  vertebrae.    In  the  remains  from  all  three  cabins, 
the  main  rib  cut-mark  concentration  was  in  the  midshaft  area.    A  second 
major  concentration  was  present  in  the  proximal  portion  of  the  ribs  from 
Cabins  1  and  3.    Only  Cabins  2  and  3  had  cut  marks  preserved  on  the 
thoracic  vertebrae.    In  both  cabins  the  only  concentration  of  cut  marks 
was  on  the  dorsal  spine.    As  can  best  be  defined  from  the  remains,  the 
grouping  of  Cabins  1  to  4  into  a  single  pattern  appears  valid.  Some 
details  of  the  cut  mark  patterning  will  be  examined  later  in  this 
appendix. 


BONE  FREQUENCY,  ETHNICITY,  AND  STATUS 

Examination  of  the  three  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  cabin  groupings,  with 
respect  to  the  meat  value  of  each  element,  as  shown  in  Table  2  (page 
354),  shows  that  the  elements  with  essentially  no  meat  on  them  nave  a  low 
frequency  in  all  cabins  (metapodials,  carpals,  tarsals,  and  phalanges). 
Aside  from  this,  there  is  no  meat  value  relationship  that  consistently 
holds  for  all  cabins.    Clearly  meat  value  is  not  the  sole  factor  in  the 
observed  frequencies.    Historic  evidence  concerning  the  Buffalo  Lake  site 
documents  that  the  community  was  complex  in  nature,  with  a  variety  of 
social  and  ethnic  groups  in  residence.    It  is  highly  probable  that  some 
of  the  variation  in  bone  element  frequency  evident  in  the  remains  is  due 


-  343  - 


to  variation  in  the  ethnic  origin  and  social  position  of  the  residents  in 
the  various  cabins. 

In  an  earlier  work  (Kooyman  1981:25-27,  49-51,  105-107),  I  discussed 
various  lines  of  evidence  suggestive  of  the  meat  preferences  of  the  three 
main  ethnic  groups  resident  in  the  Parkland  at  the  time  the  Buffalo  Lake 
site  was  occupied:  the  Metis,  Europeans,  and  Plains  Indians.  Indian 
preferences  included  the  tongue  (the  mandible  being  the  corresponding 
bone  element),  the  hump  ribs  (the  spinous  processes  of  the  thoracic 
vertebrae),  the  marrow  bones  (humerus,  radius,  and  ulna,  femur,  tibia  and 
metapodials),  and  the  ribs.    The  back  (thoracic  and  lumbar  vertebrae)  and 
brisket  (sternebrae  and  distal  ribs)  were  also  valued  by  some  groups. 
Metis  preferences  also  included  the  tongue,  hump,  and  brisket,  and 
probably  generally  parallelled  Indian  preferences.    European  preferences 
included  the  short  loin  and  tenderloin  (lumbar  vertebrae),  the  sirloin 
(sacrum  and  ilium  of  pelvis),  the  round  and  upper  hindquarter  (femur), 
the  shoulder  (humerus  and  anterior  ribs),  and  the  primal  ribs  (thoracic 
vertebrae  and  posterior  ribs).    Of  these,  the  round  and  primal  ribs  were 
of  variable  importance,  depending  on  locality.    The  short  loin, 
tenderloin,  and  sirloin  were  generally  ranked  highest.    Although  there  is 
much  overlap  in  the  bone  elements  indicative  of  each  ethnic  group's 
preferences,  some  use  of  bone  frequency  can  be  made  in  assessing 
ethnicity.    High  frequencies  of  the  mandible,  thoracic  vertebrae,  ribs, 
radius  and  ulna,  tibia,  metapodials,  and  sternebrae/distal  ribs  probably 
indicate  Indian  or  Metis  ethnicity  (sternebrae  preserve  poorly 
archaeologically  and  cannot  be  used).    High  frequencies  of  the  sacrum  and 
pelvis  would  be  good  indicators  of  European  ethnicity,  with  high 
frequencies  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae,  humerus,  and  femur  possibly  being 
relevant.    A  particular  problem  with  using  the  femur  is  that  it  is  also 
the  highest  ranked  bone  based  on  meat  value  alone.    It  is  essentially 
impossible  to  distinguish  between  high  frequency  due  to  meat  value  or 
European  ethnicity. 

A  further  complication  when  studying  Metis  material  is  that  although 
the  Metis  are  certainly  a  separate  ethnic  group  (particularly  those  of 
French  extraction  —  see  Sprenger  1972:15-25),  they  had  their  origin  in 
the  fusion  of  Indian  and  European  lifestyles  and  can  be  expected  to 
evidence  aspects  of  both.    Metis  society  probably  generally  ascribed  to  a 
European  value  system  in  the  past  (Kooyman  1981:197-198),  though  probably 
to  a  lesser  degree  among  the  hi vernant  hunters.    In  a  previous  analysis 
of  faunal  remains  from  the  Metis  sites,  clear  evidence  was  found  to 
indicate  that  a  European  value  system  had  influenced  the  remains  at  the 
settlement  of  Batoche.    In  contrast,  at  the  Cypress  Hills  site  (a 
hivernant  site)  Indian  values  were  in  evidence  (Kooyman  1981:85-88, 
105-108,  198-200).    In  studying  the  Buffalo  Lake  material,  a  complex 
pattern  is  to  be  expected. 

It  is  worth  noting  here  that  there  are  in  fact  two  different  facets 
of  the  hivernant  subsistence  pattern.  For  some  hivernant  groups,  the 
buffalo  hunt  provided  the  basis  of  subsistence  throughout  the  year.  The 
people  who  inhabited  the  Cypress  Hills,  mentioned  above,  were  an  example 
of  such  a  group.  Others  relied  on  the  hunt  only  during  particular  times 
of  the  year.  As  will  be  seen,  it  is  probable  that  the  Buffalo  Lake 
people  would  be  included  in  this  category. 


-  344  - 


Table  3  (page  356)  illustrates  how  the  various  Buffalo  Lake  cabins 
conform  to  the  ideals  of  European  and  Indian/Metis  ethnicity.    The  most 
obvious  aspect  to  this  table  is  that  Cabins  1  to  4  show  strong  evidence 
for  Indian/Metis  ethnicity.    It  can  be  added  that  Cabin  3  also  has  a  high 
incidence  of  the  mandible  (see  Table  1,  page  351),  although  based  on  only 
one  fragment.    All  three  provenience  groupings  demonstrate  both  European 
and  Indian/Metis  ethnic  patterns,  although  the  Cabin  6  humerus  remains 
probably  do  not  show  a  high  enough  incidence  given  the  underestimation  of 
the  tabled  humerus  meat  value  (see  Kooyman  1981:22).    Similarly,  the 
Cabins  1  to  4  pelvis  remains  are  probably  not  sufficiently  frequent  to  be 
indicative  of  European  ethnicity.    It  was  also  noted  that  the  frequency 
of  distal  rib  ends  might  be  a  useful  indicator  of  Indian/Metis 
ethnicity.    The  percentage  of  rib  fragments  from  each  cabin  that  have  the 
distal  end  present  are  as  follows:    Cabin  1,  0%;  Cabin  2,  11%;  Cabin 
3,7%;  Cabin  4,  2%;  Cabin  5,  8%;  Cabin  6,  0%  (Cabin  1  to  4  average  is 
5%).    All  these  frequencies  seem  quite  low,  although  Cabin  2  may  have  a 
sufficiently  high  frequency.    It  is,  however,  based  on  only  a  single 
fragment.    The  overall  element  representation  pattern  shows  a  combination 
of  European  and  Indian/Metis  food  preferences,  suggesting  that  all  six 
cabins  represent  people  of  Metis  ethnicity.    At  the  same  time,  the 
remains  from  Cabins  1  to  4  are  significantly  different  from  the  remains 
in  Cabins  5  and  6.    The  remains  from  Cabins  1  to  4  are  similar  to  what 
one  might  expect  from  hi vernant  Metis. 

As  already  mentioned,  an  earlier  study  of  Metis  faunal  remains 
revealed  a  distinct  difference  between  faunal  remains  from  the 
settlements  of  Batoche  and  Cypress  Hills  (Kooyman  1981).    These  were  in 
part  interpreted  as  being  indicative  of  differences  in  social  position  or 
status,  both  terms  here  being  used  in  their  most  general  sense  to  denote 
perceived  or  ascribed  ranks  within  a  culture  that  need  not  necessarily  be 
associated  with  any  explicit  or  obvious  symbols  of  this  standing.  In 
Table  2  (page  354),  figures  from  Cabins  B  and  E  at  the  Cypress  Hills  site 
have  been  included  as  an  example  of  the  hi vernant  pattern  focussed  solely 
on  the  hunt  for  subsistence.    The  results  from  the  analysis  of  the 
Batoche  and  Fisher  houses  at  Batoche  have  been  included  as  an  example  of 
the  more  Europeani zed ,  entrepreneurial  Metis  (for  a  discussion  of  these 
cabin  and  house  localities,  see  Kooyman  1981:75-79).    There  are  a  number 
of  differences  between  the  Batoche  and  Cypress  Hills  patterns.    These  are 
summarized  in  Table  4  (page  356),  along  with  how  these  differences  are 
reflected  in  the  Buffalo  Lake  remains.    Once  again,  the  Buffalo  Lake 
cabin  groups  each  contain  a  mixture  of  both  patterns.    The  Cabin  1  to  4 
group  is  seen  as  more  similar  to  the  Batoche  remains  and  Cabins  5  and  6 
as  more  similar  to  the  Cypress  Hills  remains. 

One  last  aspect  of  relative  element  representation  is  worthy  of 
examination  concerning  the  ethnicity  of  the  occupants  of  the  various 
Buffalo  Lake  cabins.    The  standardized  MNI  values  in  Table  2  (page  354) 
allow  one  to  define  the  major  portion(s)  of  the  animal  carcass  used  in 
each  cabin  or  cabin  group;  these  probably  representing  butchering  units 
of  some  type.    These  are  as  follows: 


-  345  - 


Cabins  1  to  4 


(a)  ribs  (100),  thoracic  vertebrae  (100),  lumbar 
vertebrae  (75),  and  scapula  (100). 


(b)  pelvis  (50),  femur  (75),  and  tibia  (75). 


(c)  skull  (50). 


Cabin  5 


(a)  scapula  (100)  and  humerus  (60). 


(b)  tibia  (80). 


Cabin  6 


(a)  radius  (100)  and  humerus  (50). 


Cypress  Hills 


(a)  ulna  (100)  and  radius  (60). 


(b)  tibia  (70). 


Batoche 


(a)  pelvis  (80)  and  femur  (80). 


(b)  lumbar  vertebrae  (60). 


(c)  skull  (60). 


It  has  been  suggested  previously  that  a  high  representation  of  the 
skull  is  due  to  transportation  and  proximity  to  kill  factors  (Kooyman 
1981:82),  but  the  importance  of  the  buffalo  robe  trade  suggests  that  the 
skull  may  have  also  been  brought  to  the  site  so  that  the  brain  could  be 
extracted  for  use  in  hide  tanning.    In  either  case,  the  skull  frequency 
has  no  bearing  on  the  question  of  ethnicity.    The  high  incidence  of 
lumbar  vertebrae,  pelvis,  and  femur  seen  at  Batoche,  representative  of 
more  Europeani zed  Metis  occupation,  is  clearly  evident  in  the  Buffalo 
Lake  Cabins  1  to  4  grouping.    An  interesting  aspect  of  this  pattern  is 
that  it  is  only  Cabin  3  that  contains  all  three  of  these  elements  (see 
Table  1,  page  351).    It  may  be  that  it  is  Cabin  3  specifically  that 
represents  a  more  Europeanized  Metis  occupation. 

A  distinctive  facet  of  the  Cypress  Hills  pattern,  representative  of 
the  hunt-oriented  hi vernant  Metis,  is  a  high  incidence  of  the  less  meaty, 
middle  leg  portions  (radius  and  ulna  of  the  front  leg,  tibia  of  the 
rear).    Presumably  this  is  due  to  their  value  as  marrow  bones.    The  three 
Buffalo  Lake  cabin  groupings  demonstrate  this  pattern,  in  contrast  to  the 
Batoche  material,  suggesting  that  the  inhabitants  of  the  Buffalo  Lake 
site  were  not  members  of  the  most  Europeanized  segment  of  Metis  society. 

As  has  already  been  noted  one  of  the  preferred  European  meat  cuts, 
based  on  documentary  evidence,  was  the  shoulder,  consisting  of  the 
humerus  and  anterior  ribs.    Although  the  difference  is  not  great,  there 
is  an  increased  incidence  of  the  humerus  at  Batoche  relative  to  the 
Cypress  Hills  site  (see  Table  2,  page  354),  and  it  may  be  inferrred  that 
Cabins  5  and  6  at  Buffalo  Lake  also  demonstrate  this  pattern.  Of 
particular  interest  in  this  regard  is  that  the  Carriere  complex  at 
Batoche  -  not  included  in  the  Table  2  figures,  but  believed  to  be 
occupied  by  lower  status  hired  employees  of  Batoche  (Kooyman  1981:76-77; 


-  346  - 


Payment  1977:39)  -  has  an  even  higher  incidence  of  the  humerus  in  its 
remains  (standardized  MNI  of  66  —  Kooyman,  unpublished  data).  The 
shoulder  was  not  the  most  highly  valued  cut  in  European  terms  (at  least 
the  short  loin,  tenderloin,  and  sirloin  were  more  highly  valued),  hence  a 
high  incidence  of  the  humerus  may  be  indicative  of  a  more  middle  eschelon 
status  within  Metis  society.    Here  it  is  also  worthy  of  note  that  within 
the  Cabin  1  to  4  groupings  at  Buffalo  Lake,  Cabin  3  was  the  only  cabin  to 
have  humerus  remains  in  it.    Once  again,  then,  it  is  possible  that  Cabin 
3  should  be  included  with  Cabins  5  and  6  in  a  grouping  somewhat  removed 
in  status  from  the  hi vernant-1 ike  pattern  evidenced  by  Cabins  1,  2,  and  4. 

The  high  incidence  of  the  scapula  in  Cabins  1  to  5  is  a  pattern 
unique  to  these  cabins  at  Buffalo  Lake.    The  remains  are  particularly 
frequent  (in  terms  of  number  of  fragments)  in  Cabins  3  and  5.    In  Cabins 
3  and  5  this  high  incidence  may  be  due  in  part  to  the  scapula 
accompanying  the  humerus  in  a  butchering  unit,  although  this  cannot  be 
the  sole  explanation.    Similarly,  a  butchering  unit  consisting  of  the 
scapula,  ribs,  and  thoracic  vertebrae  might  particularly  explain  its 
frequency  in  Cabins  1  to  4.    A  fuller  explanation  must  await  further  work. 

In  summary,  the  element  representation  data  indicate  that  Cabins  1, 
2,  and  4  resulted  from  occupation  by  lower  status,  possibly 
hunt-oriented,  hi vernant t  Metis.    The  other  three  cabins  were  probably 
occupied  by  Metis  from  more  of  a  middle  eschelon  of  Metis  society, 
although  the  evidence  from  Cabin  6  is  not  as  good  as  for  Cabins  3  and  5. 
It  is  unlikely  that  any  of  the  cabins  were  occupied  by  Metis  merchants 
that  had  been  highly  influenced  by  European  values. 


BUTCHERING  PATTERNS,  ETHNICITY,  AND  STATUS 

Cut-mark  location  and  bone  fragmentation  patterns  have  been  shown 
to  be  good  indicators  of  status  and  ethnicity  (eg.  Kooyman  1981,  Otto 
1975,  Schulz  1979).    As  well  as  specific  butchering  practices  in  carcass 
segmentation  and  processing  of  the  individual  bones,  in  the  present 
context  this  would  include  the  use  of  saws  and  individual-sized  cuts  of 
meat  as  an  indication  of  European  ethnicity  and  higher  status,  the 
longitudinal  splitting  of  the  vertebral  column  as  an  indication  of 
European  ethnicity,  and  the  presence  of  marrow  extraction  as  an 
indication  of  Indian  or  Metis  ethnicity  (Kooyman  1981:  17-19,  31-53). 

None  of  the  Buffalo  Lake  cabins  contained  any  sawn  bone,  individual 
cuts  of  meat,  or  longitudinally  split  vertebrae,  and  hence  it  is  probable 
that  they  were  not  occupied  by  Europeans.    The  absence  of  sawn  bone  and 
evidence  of  individual  meat  cuts  also  suggests  that  the  occupants  of 
these  cabins  were  not  of  high  social  status  within  Metis  society,  in 
contrast  to  those  who  occupied  the  Batoche  and  Fisher  houses  at  Batoche 
(Kooyman  1981:  199-200).    Bone  fragments  having  long  spiral  fracture 
breaks  indicative  of  marrow  extraction  were  rare  in  the  Buffalo  Lake 
remains.    Only  four  elements  had  a  frequency  of  35%  or  more  long  spiral 
fractures  and  hence  might  be  postulated  as  having  been  split  to  extract 
marrow  (Kooyman  1981:217):  Cabin  4,  radius  (100%)  and  femur  (100%);  Cabin 
5,  mandible  (33%)  and  tibia  (60%);  Cabin  6,  mandible  (100%)  and  tibia 
(33%).    The  Cabin  4  frequencies  are  each  based  on  a  single  fragment,  the 


-  347  - 


Cabin  5  mandible  frequency  on  three  fragments,  and  the  Cabin  6  remains  on 
only  one  (mandible)  and  three  (tibia)  fragments.    These  long  spiral 
fracture  incidences  cannot  be  viewed  as  reliable.    The  tibia  remains  from 
Cabin  5  consisted  of  ten  fragments,  however,  and  can  be  reliably 
postulated  as  being  evidence  of  marrow  extraction.    This  is  further 
evidence  that  the  occupants  of  Cabin  5  were  either  Indian  or  Metis  and 
that  those  in  Cabins  1,  2,  3,  4  and  6  were  almost  certainly  not  Indian. 
The  rarity  of  marrow  extraction  in  the  Cabin  5  remains  also  argues 
against  the  possibility  of  its  occupants  being  Indian,  while  its  presence 
may  show  the  occupants  were  not  high-status  Metis  (Kooyman  1981:  199-200). 

It  is  beyond  the  scope  of  this  analysis  to  discuss  all  the  details 
of  the  butchering  patterns  for  the  Buffalo  Lake  cabins,  but  data  on  this 
scale  for  Cabins  1  to  3  can  be  found  in  Kooyman  (1981:110-190).  Instead, 
I  will  enumerate  some  of  the  major  patterns  observed  and  discuss  how 
these  might  be  relevant  to  questions  of  ethnicity.    The  archaeological 
basis  for  defining  ethnicity  relies  largely  on  the  Fort  Walsh  report 
(Cumbaa  1978)  for  a  Euro-Canadian  pattern  and  the  Stott  (Hamilton  et  al. 
1980)  and  Hartell  Creek  (Murray  et  al.  1976)  sites  for  an  Indian  pattern. 

All  the  skull  fragments  appeared  to  have  resulted  from 
post-deposi tional  breakage  and  hence  no  cultural  inferences  can  be  made 
concerning  the  butchering  of  the  skull.    The  only  point  of  interest 
concerning  the  mandible  remains  is  the  possibility  that  marrow  was 
extracted  from  the  horzontal  ramus  in  Cabins  5  and  6,  but  as  already 
mentioned  this  is  based  on  too  few  fragments  to  be  reliable.    If  this 
were  the  case,  it  would  indicate  that  the  occupants  of  these  two  cabins 
were  not  European.    Since  no  cervical  vertebrae  were  recovered,  nothing 
can  be  said  about  butchering  in  this  region  of  the  animal. 

The  major  aspect  to  butchering  for  the  thoracic  vertebrae  was  the 
removal  of  the  spinous  processes  to  remove  the  hump  meat.  Seventy-four 
percent  of  the  thoracic  vertebrae  fragments  from  the  six  cabins  were 
solely  spine  fragments.    Indicative  of  this  is  that  although  a  large 
number  of  cut  marks  were  preserved  on  thoracic  vertebrae  fragments,  only 
one  cut  mark  was  not  located  on  the  spinous  process  (for  Cabins  4  to  6, 
done  separately  from  the  1981  analysis  of  Cabins  1  to  3,  no  cut  mark  data 
was  recorded  for  axial  fragments.    However,  all  thoracic  vertebrae 
fragments  recovered  from  Cabins  4  to  6  were  spinous  process  fragments). 
The  removal  of  the  spinous  process  is  a  common  pattern  at  Metis  and 
Indian  sites,  but  is  in  marked  contrast  to  European  sites  and  to  an 
extent  of  Batoche  (Kooyman  1981:100,  108-109,  116-122,  191-192).    At  the 
Northwest  Mounted  Police  post  of  Fort  Walsh,  for  example,  only 
one-quarter  to  one-third  of  the  thoracic  vertebrae  remains  had  had  the 
spinous  process  damaged  (Cumbaa  1978) 

In  butchering  the  lumbar  vertebrae,  the  residents  of  Buffalo  Lake 
clearly  valued  the  meat  of  the  transverse  processes  highly,  as  only 
Cabins  1  and  4  lacked  such  fragments  (Cabin  1  had  no  lumbar  vertebrae 
fragments  at  all).    This  focus  appears  to  be  common  in  all  Metis  sites 
(Kooyman  1981:122-123)  but  is  not  a  feature  of  Euro-Canadian  sites 
(1981:192).    Although  Indian  sites  do  show  removal  of  the  transverse 
process,  the  substantial  further  fragmentation  of  the  process  evident  in 
the  remains  from  Cabins  2,  3,  5,  and  6  illustrates  a  butchering  pattern 


-  348  - 


that  appears  to  be  unique  to  the  Metis  (Kooyman  1981:  192).  This  is 
further  evidence  that  the  occupants  of  these  four  cabins  were  Metis. 

Only  three  sacrum  fragments  were  recovered  at  Buffalo  Lake,  one  in 
Cabin  5  and  two  in  Cabin  3.    These  fragments  all  evidenced  removal  of  the 
transverse  process,  a  procedure  common  to  Metis  and  Indian  butchering 
procedures  (probably  resulting  from  meat  removal)  but  absent  in 
Euro-Canadian  butchering  (Kooyman  1981:128,  130,  192). 

A  common  aspect  of  rib  processing  in  all  six  cabins  was  the 
segmentation  of  the  rib  shaft  into  a  number  of  small-  to  moderate-sized 
fragments,  a  pattern  common  to  Metis  and  Indian  sites  but  apparently  not 
Euro-Canadian  sites  (Kooyman  1981:130-136,  192).    The  most  common  means 
of  removing  the  ribs  from  the  thoracic  vertebrae  was  by  severing  the  bone 
just  distal  to  the  articulations  with  the  thoracics,  a  pattern  seen  in 
the  remains  from  all  six  cabins  but  one  apparently  uncommon  in 
Euro-Canadian  sites  (1981:192).    In  addition,  Cabin  3  showed  evidence  for 
occasional  removal  through  the  articulations,  once  again  a  pattern  not 
common  in  European  sites. 

In  contrast  to  the  more  common  pattern  of  severance  through  the 
glenoid  fossa  of  the  scapula  in  removing  the  front  leg  in  Metis 
butchering  (Kooyman  1981:147-153),  four  of  the  six  Cabin  5  scapula 
fragments  that  had  portions  of  the  fossa  had  the  fossa  intact.  Although 
such  a  procedure  is  not  unique  to  European  butchering,  it  is  the  only 
procedure  generally  employed  in  European  butchering  and  may  lend  some 
support  to  the  contention  that  the  residents  of  Cabin  5  were  not 
hunt-oriented  hi vernant  Metis.    The  processing  of  the  scapula  at  Buffalo 
Lake  varied  considerably,  but  the  large  segments  consisting  of 
one-quarter  to  one-third  of  the  element  which  typify  European  butchering 
(Kooyman  1981:  193)  were  not  present. 

Humerus  remains  were  present  only  in  Cabins  3,  5,  and  6,  but  the 
Cabin  3  remains  show  the  severance  through  the  proximal  end  that  is 
apparently  common  in  Metis  butchering  but  absent  in  Euro-Canadian 
(Kooyman  1981:158,  193).    As  with  the  scapula,  this  probably  relates  to 
removing  the  front  leg  from  the  carcass.    Material  from  both  the  Cypress 
Hills  and  Batoche  sites  showed  extensive  fragmentation  of  the  distal  end 
of  the  humerus  (1981:154-158),  yet  all  distal  end  fragments  from  Cabin  6 
(two  of  the  three  humerus  fragments  present)  were  complete.    This  may  be 
viewed  as  indicative  of  some  European  influence  in  Cabin  6,  particularly 
since  five  of  the  six  distal  ends  present  in  the  Cabin  5  remains  are 
fragmentary. 

The  radius,  carpal,  and  phalanx  remains  do  not  show  any  patterns 
useful  for  ethnic  identification,  and  there  are  too  few  ulna  and 
metacarpal  remains  to  make  any  meaningful  statements. 

The  Metis  pattern  of  butchering  the  pelvis  has  a  unique  ethnic 
feature,  this  being  the  considerable  subdivision  of  the  ilium  shaft 
between  the  hip  joint  (acetabulum)  and  the  sacrum  articulation  (Kooyman 
1981:193).    Only  Cabin  3  at  Buffalo  Lake  showed  this  pattern,  but  this 
clearly  defines  its  occupation  as  Metis. 

There  are  too  few  femur  and  patella  fragments  to  provide  any  useful 
data  on  ethnicity. 


-  349  - 


Aside  from  the  evidence  for  marrow  extraction  previously  discussed, 
the  tibia  remains  offer  little  information  about  ethnicity.    A  single 
example  of  a  small  proximal  end  fragment  from  Cabin  3  appears  to  be  a 
butchering  unit  that  has  no  counterpart  in  Euro-Canadian  sites  (Kooyman 
1981 : 184-1 85,  194). 

No  metatarsal  remains  were  recovered  at  Buffalo  Lake,  this  absence 
being  reasonable  evidence  that  the  cabins  were  not  occupied  by  Indians. 
The  tarsal  remains  provide  no  insight  on  ethnicity. 

The  butchering  pattern  data  provide  considerable  evidence  that  the 
residents  of  the  six  Buffalo  Lake  cabins  here  considered  were  not 
Europeans.    The  rarity  of  marrow  extraction  and  the  absence  of  metatarsal 
remains  (and  virtual  absence  of  metacarpal  remains)  are  reasonable 
grounds  for  rejecting  suggestions  of  Indian  ethnicity.    Since  the 
evidence  for  marrow  extraction  was  good  for  the  hunt-oriented  hi vernant 
occupation  at  the  Cypress  Hills  site  (Kooyman  1981:86),  its  virtual 
absence  in  all  cabin  remains  suggests  that  none  of  the  cabins  were 
occupied  by  hunt-oriented  hi vernant  Metis. 

Based  on  lumbar  vertebrae  and  pelvis  remains,  Cabins  2,  3,  5,  and  6 
were  specifically  identified  as  having  Metis  occupations.    The  absence  of 
sawn  bone  and  individual-sized  cuts  of  meat  was  seen  as  an  indication 
that  the  residents  of  the  six  cabins  were  not  high  status  Metis.  This 
was  also  suggested  for  Cabin  5,  based  on  the  presence  of  some  marrow 
extraction.    The  general  completeness  of  the  humerus  distal  ends  in  the 
Cabin  6  remains  was  seen  as  confirming  that  its  occupation  probably  was 
not  the  result  of  hunt-oriented  hi vernant  Metis. 


CONCLUSIONS 

The  fauna!  remains  show  that  the  six  Buffalo  Lake  cabins  considered 
in  the  analysis  were  occupied  by  people  of  Metis  ethnicity.  The 
residents  of  Cabins  1,  2,  and  4  were  lower  status,  but  not  hunt-oriented 
hi vernant  Metis.    The  other  cabins  were  occupied  by  people  from  the 
middle  class  of  Metis  society. 


-  350  - 


REFERENCES  CITED 


Binford,  Lewis  R. 

1978    Nunamiut  Ethnoarchaeology .    Academic  Press,  New  York. 

Cumbaa,  Stephen  L . 

1978  Fort  Walsh:  A  Study  of  Late  19th  Century  Mounted  Police  Diet. 
Parks  Canada,  National  Historic  Parks  and  Sites  Branch,  Manuscript 
Report  No.  286,  Ottawa. 

Hamilton,  Scott,  William  Ferris,  Sharon  Hallgrimson,  Gary  McNeely, 

Katherine  Sammons,  Eric  Simonds,  and  Keith  Toplinka 

1980.  1979  Excavations  at  the  Stott  Site  (D1Ma-1):  with 
Interpretations  of  Cultural  Stratigraphy.  Brandon  Area 
Archaeological  Research  Project,  Brandon  University,  Brandon. 

Kooyman,  Brian  P. 

1981    Metis  Faunal  Remains  and  Variables  in  Archaeological  Butchering 
Pattern  Analysis.    Unpublished  M.  A.  Thesis,  Department  of 
Archaeology,  The  University  of  Calgary,  Calgary. 

Murray,  E.  M. ,  T.  Smith,  and  B.  0.  K.  Reeves 

1976    Archaeological  Salvage  Investigations  Alberta  Highways  and 
Iransportation  Construction  Projects  Hwy  1,  Hartell  Creek  Site.  Ms. 
on  file,  Archaeological  Survey  of  Alberta,  Edmonton. 

Otto,  John  Solomon 

1975    Status  Differences  and  the  Archaeological  Record  —  A  Comparison 
of  Planter,  Overseer,  and  Slave  Sites  from  Cannon's  Point  Plantation 
(1894-1861)  St.  Simmon's  Island.  Georgia.    PhD.  Dissertation, 
Department  of  Anthropology,  University  of  Florida.  University 
Microfilms,  Ann  Arbor. 

Payment,  Diane 

197  7    Structural  and  Settlement  History  of  Batoche  Village.  Parks 
Canada,  National  Historic  Parks  and  Sites  Branch,  Manuscript  Report 
No.  248,  Ottawa. 

Schulz,  Peter  D. 

1979  Historic  Faunal  Remains  from  Panamint  City:  Notes  of  Diet  and 
Status  in  a  California  Boom  Town.    Pacific  Coast  Archaeological 
Quarterly  15(4):55-63. 

Sprenger,  G.  Herman 

1972    An  Analysis  of  Selective  Aspects  of  Metis  Society,  1810-1870. 
Unpublished  M.A.  Thesis,  Department  of  Anthropology,  University  of 
Manitoba,  Winnipeg 


-  351 


TABLE  1 

FAUNAL  REMAINS,  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE 


Element  Cabin  1  Cabin  2  Cabin  3 


Skull 

0* 

_ 

_ 

0 

0 

._ 

0 

3 

1 

1 

100 

Mandible 

0 

_ 

._ 

0 

0 

.._ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

100 

Vertebrae: 

Cervical 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Thoracic 

1 

1 

1 

100 

7 

3 

1 

100 

22 

6 

1 

100 

Lumbar 

0 

0 

2 

1 

1 

100 

11 

2 

1 

100 

Sacrum 

0 

- 

- 

0 

0 

0 

2 

1 

1 

100 

Caudal 

0 

0 

2 

1 

1 

100 

0 

0 

General 

1 

_ 

- 

1 

8 

_ 

... 

Sternebrae 

0 

o 

o 

0 

1 

1 

] 

1 00 

Rib 

1 3 

2 

1 

1 00 

9 

2 

1 00 

1  \J\J 

1  OR 

j 

1  00 

Sranul a 

0 
c 

i 
i 

1 

i  on 

9 

c 

1 
i 

l 
i 

C  D 

i 

i 

1  00 

Humerus 

0 

- 

- 

0 

0 

- 

0 

2 

1 

1 

100 

Radius 

0 

_ 

_ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

_ 

— 

0 

Ulna 

0 

_ 

- 

0 

1 

1 

1 

100 

3 

1 

1 

100 

Carpals : 

Magnum 

0 

0 

0 

- 

0 

0 

0 

Cuniform 

0 

_ 

: 

0 

0 

_ 

0 

0 

_ 

_ 

0 

Scaphoid 

0 

- 

- 

0 

1 

1 

1 

100 

0 

- 

- 

0 

LUIId  It? 

u 

n 
u 

u 

u 

U 

u 

U  n  c  i  f  o  rm 

Ull  V     1    1    VI  III 

o 

n 
\j 

n 
\j 

n 

u 

n 

o 

Pisiform 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

100 

Metacarpal 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

100 

First  Phalanges 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

100 

Second  Phalanges 

0 

0 

0 

0 

2 

2 

1 

100 

Third  Phalanges 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Proximal 

Sesamoids 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

100 

*    See  text  page  341  for  headings  (identification)  of  columns. 


-  352  - 


Element  Cabin  1  Cabin  2  Cabin  3 


Distal  Sesamoids  0  -  -  0  0  0  0  -  -  0 

Pelvis  1  1  1  100  0  -  0  8  1  1  100 

Femur  0  -  -  0  1  1      1  100  1  1  1  100 

Patella  0  -  -  0  0  -  0  0  -  -  0 

Tibia  1  1  1  100  3  1  1  100  5  2  1  100 
larsal s : 

Astragalus  0  -  -  0  0  -  0  1  1  1  100 

Calcaneum  0  -  -  0  0  -  0  0  -  -  0 
Navicular 

Cuboid  0  -  -  0  0  -  0  1  1  1  100 

First  Tarsal  0  -  -  0  0  -  0  0  -  -  0 
Lateral 

Malleolus  0  -  -  0  0  -  0  1  1  1  100 

Cuniform  Pes  0  -  -  0  0  -      -  0  0  -  -  0 

Metatarsal  0  -  -  0  0  -  0  0  -  -  0 

Metapodial  0  -  -  -  0  ■  1 

Long  Bone  2  7  -  12  -  - 

Unidentified  24  -  626    -  2824  -  - 

TOTAL  45  (1)  662  (1)  3045  (1) 


TABLE  1,  CONTINUED 


Element  Cabin  4  Cabin  5  Cabin  6 


Skull 

7 

1 

1 

100 

7 

1 

1 

20 

1 

1 

1 

25 

Mandible 

0 

0 

3 

2 

1 

20 

1 

1 

25 

Vertebrae: 

Cervical 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Thoracic 

15 

5 

1 

100 

5 

1 

1 

20 

4 

1 

i 

25 

Lumbar 

2 

2 

1 

100 

3 

2 

1 

20 

1 

1 

i 

25 

Sacrum 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

20 

0 

0 

Caudal 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

General 

3 

2 

0 

Sternebrae 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Element 


-  353  - 
Cabin  4  Cabin  5 


Cabin  6 


Rib 

81 

14 

1 

100 

26 

7 

1 

20 

25 

3 

1 

25 

Scapula 

2 

2 

1 

100 

15 

6 

5 

100 

5 

2 

1 

25 

nulllc  rub 

n 
u 

n 
u 

i  i 

c 
J 

o 
o 

DU 

o 
O 

9 
C 

c 

DU 

Rad 1  US 

i 

i 

i 
i 

i 

i  nn 

u 

u 

Q 
O 

c 
D 

A 
H 

1  uu 

111  na 

u  i  na 

u 

n 
u 

u 

u 

1 

1 

1 
1 

9  K 

Carpal s : 

Magnum 

0 

_ 

_ 

0 

0 

_  ' 

_ 

0 

0 

_ 

_ 

0 

Cuniform 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

l 

1 

25 

Scaphoid 

0 

_ 

_ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

20 

0 

0 

Lunate 

0 

— 

— 

0 

0 

0 

0 

— 

0 

Unciform 

0 

0 

0 

_ 

0 

0 

0 

Pisiform 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

— 

0 

Metacarpal 

0 

- 

- 

0 

0 

~ 

- 

0 

0 

- 

- 

0 

First  Phalanges 

0 

- 

_ 

0 

4 

3 

1 

20 

0 

_ 

._ 

0 

Second  Phalanges 

0 

_ 

_ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

20 

0 

0 

Third  Phalanges 

0 

_ 

_ 

0 

0 

. 

0 

0 

0 

Proximal 

Sesamoids 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

20 

0 

■- 

- 

0 

Distal  Sesamoids 

0 

— 

0 

0 

- 

- 

0 

0 

- 

0 

Pelvis 

0 

- 

- 

0 

2 

1 

1 

20 

2 

1 

1 

25 

r  ClliU  l 

1 
1 

i 
i 

i 

i  nn 
1  uu 

i 

I 

1 
1 

on 

n 
U 

u 

ra xe  i  i  a 

1 

1 

i 
\ 

1  UU 

2 

2 

2 

40 

0 

0 

i  i  d  i  a 

u 

u 

10 

5 

4 

80 

3 

1 

1 

25 

T 

i  a  rsa 1 s  t 

A^1"  rana  1 

n 

n 
u 

u 

u 

u 

u 

Calcaneum 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

25 

Navicular 

Cuboid 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

First  Tarsal 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Lateral 

Malleolus 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Cuniform  Pes 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

-  354  - 


Element 

Cabin  4 

Cabin  5 

Cabin  6 

Metatarsal 

0     -  - 

0 

0 

-  0 

0 

-     -  0 

we lapoa i a i 

u 

u 

0  - 

-  0 

n 
u 

u 

Long  Bone 

9      -  - 

12  - 

16 

Unidentified 

451  -  - 

399  - 

- 

131 

TOTAL 

573  (1) 

506 

(5) 

203 

(4) 

TABLE 

2 

STANDARDIZED  MNI 

VALUES 

AND  MEAT  VALUES 

FOR 

BUFFALO  LAKE.  CYPRESS 

HILLS. 

AND  BAT0CHE 

Buffalo 

Lake 

Cypress 

Meat  Value 

Element 

Cabins  1  -4@  Cabin  5    Cabin  6 

Hills@ 

Batoche@  (see  note) 

^kiil  1 

OK  U  1  1 

50 

20 

25 

30 

60 

18 

Ma  nH  i  h 1 d 

25 

20 

25 

40 

20 

31 

Vertebrae: 

Cervical 

0 

0 

0 

20 

20 

37 

Thoracic 

100 

20 

25 

30 

40 

47* 

Lumbar 

75 

20 

25 

20 

60 

33 

Sacrum 

25 

20 

0 

10 

40 

49 

Caudal 

25 

0 

0 

10 

0 

Ribs 

100 

20 

25 

20 

40 

51 

Scapula 

100 

100 

25 

40 

40 

45 

Humerus 

25 

60 

50 

30 

40 

29* 

Rari  i  ii^ 

i\  a  vj  i  u  j 

25 

0 

100 

60 

20 

15 

Ulna 

U  1  1 1 Q 

50 

0 

25 

100 

40 

15 

La  r  jJa  1  b  . 

Ma  nn  1 1  m 
nay  n  uni 

0 

0 

0 

10 

0 

Cuniform 

0 

0 

25 

30 

40 

Scaphoid 

25 

20 

0 

30 

20 

Lunate 

0 

0 

0 

20 

20 

Unciform 

0 

0 

0 

10 

20 

Pisiform 

25 

0 

0 

10 

0 

-  355  - 


Buffalo  Lake  Cypress  Meat  Value 


Element        Cabins  1-4    Cabin  5    Cabin  6    Hills      Batoche    (see  note) 


Metacarpal 

25 

0 

0 

10 

20 

5 

First  Phalanges 

25 

20 

0 

10 

20 

2 

Second  Phalanges 

25 

20 

0 

10 

20 

2 

Third  Phalanges 

0 

0 

0 

10 

20 

2 

Pelvis 

50 

20 

25 

20 

80 

49 

Fpimi  r 

i  emu  i 

75 

20 

0 

40 

80 

100 

ru  LC  1  10 

C  J 

40 

0 

40 

o 

i  i  u  id 

7S 

80 

C  J 

70 

20 

26 

l d  i  bo  I  j  o 

Astragalus 

25 

0 

0 

30 

20 



Calcaneum 

0 

0 

25 

40 

20 

Navicular 

U  UUU  1  u 

?S 

C  J 

n 

u 

SO 

n 

w 

First  Tarsal 

0 

0 

0 

10 

0 



Lateral 

Ma  1  1  ort  1 1 1  c 
nd I 1 cU 1 Ub 

c  □ 

n 

u 

n 

so 

?0 

Cuniform  Pes 

0 

0 

0 

20 

0 

Metatarsal 

0 

0 

0 

40 

20 

1 1 

TOTAL  MNI 

4 

5 

4 

10 

5 

Note:    Meat  value 

taken 

from  Binford 

(1978:21) 

*    Probably  underestimates  Bison  value. 

@  Values  derived  by  adding  together  the  MNI  values  from  each  cabin  or 
house  at  the  site. 


-  356  - 


TABLE  3 


ETHNICITY  OF  BUFFALO  LAKE  REMAINS 

BASED  ON  STANDARDIZED  MNI  VALUES 

Cabins  1  to 

4       Cabin  5 

LdU  1  n  0 

turopean  cxnnicity 

h i ah  dp  1  vi 

? 

- 

high  sacrum 

- 

II  I  y  II    I  uiiiua  r 

* 

high  humerus 

* 

* 

net is/inaian 

ii  i  y ii  iiiaiiu  id  ic 

— 

Ethnicity 

high  thoracic 

* 

- 

high  rib 

* 

high  radius  and 

ulna 

* 

* 

h  i  ah  tibia 

* 

* 

high  metacarpal 

* 

- 

high  metatarsal 

*    Trait  present 

i      niyil    relative  LO 

other  proveniences. 

but  not 

relative  to  meat 

va 1 ue . 

TABLE 

4 

COMPARISON  BETWEEN 

BUFFALO 

LAKE. 

BAT0CHE,  AND  CYPRESS  HILLS 

SITES 

Buffalo  Lake  Cabins 

* 

Batoche/Cypress  Hills  Difference  1 

to  4 

5 

6 

Skull:  B  =  60,  C  =  30 

B 

C 

C 

Mandible:  B  =  20,  C 

=  40 

B 

B 

B 

Lumbar:  B  =  60,  C  = 

20 

B 

C 

r 

Sacrum:  B  =  40,  C  = 

10 

C 

C 

Sternum:  B  =  0,  C  = 

20 

C 

B 

B 

Rib:  B  =  40,  C  =  20 

B 

C 

C 

Radius:  B  =  40,  C  = 

100 

B 

B 

C 

-  357  - 

Buffalo  Lake  Cabins* 


Batoche/Cypress  Hills  Difference  1  to  4  5  6 

Ulna:  B  =  20,  C  =  60  B  B  B 

Pelvis:  B  =  80,  C  -  20  -  C  C 

Femur:  B  =  80,  C  =  40  B  C  C 

Tibia:  B  =  20,  C  =  70  C  C  B 

Metatarsal:  B  =  20,  C  =  40  B  B  B 


B  =  as  Batoche;  C  =  as  Cypress  Hills;  —  =  Uncertain. 


-  358  - 


-  359  - 


APPENDIX    III,  ARTIFACT  AND  FAUNAL  TABLES 


-  360  - 


-  361  - 


TABLE 

6 

FLAT-HEAD 

CUT  NAILS. 

CABIN  3, 

GROUP  1 

Cat.  Number 

L 

W 

Th 

Feature  No. 

Complete  Incomplete 

H75.101 .525 

38.63 

4.68 

3.25 

2 

X 

528 

38.68 

3.90 

2.65 

2 

X 

374 

33.81 

3.74 

2.86 

2 

X 

139 

50.46+ 

4.40 

3.97 

2 

x  Clinched  - 

1432 

49.18 

3.93 

3.63 

2 

X 

1433 

31  .15 

3.28 

3.18 

2 

X 

?71 

32.59 

3.85 

2.83 

1 

X 

70 

28.69 

3.33 

2.87 

1 

X 

892 

29.31 

4.36 

3.23 

2 

X 

H76.89.236 

28.49 

4.85 

3.58 

2 

X 

142 

10.68 

4.82 

3.80 

2 

X 

9 

10.75 

2.57 

2.35 

2 

X 

75 

20.58 

4.15 

3.75 

2 

X 

H75.101 .12 

29.31 

4.07 

3.43 

3 

X 

L=      N  = 

7 

W= 

N  = 

7 

T=     N  =  7 

Max 

=  50.46 

Max 

=  4. 

68 

Max  =  3.97 

Min 

=  31  .15 

Min 

=  3. 

28 

Min  =  2.35 

R  = 

19.31 

R  = 

1 . 

,40 

R  =  1.32 

x  = 

39.21 

x  = 

3. 

,96 

x  =  3.24 

q  = 

7.21 

q  = 

,42 

q  =  .43 

-  362  - 


TABLE  7 

FLAT-HEAD  CUT  NAILS.  CABIN  3.  GROUP  2 


Cat.  Number 

L 

W 

Th 

Feature  No. 

Complete 

Incomplete 

H75.101 .151 

64.11 

5.18 

3.65 

1 

X 

146 

33.88 

3.83 

2.44 

Test  Tr.  B 

X 

— 

373 

32.70 

3.27 

2.04 

2 

X 

520 

25.38 

2.23 

2.19 

2 

X 

- 

536 

25.97 

3.13 

2.56 

2 

X 

372 

50.52 

4.66 

3.22 

2 

X 

— 

79 

64.12 

5.19 

3.67 

1 

X 

378 

48.01 

3.91 

3.76 

2 

X 

530 

46.69 

3.86 

3.56 

2 

X 

531 

49.75 

3.90 

3.48 

s 

X 

— 

271 

33.15 

4.07 

2.32 

2 

X 

— 

32 

39.33 

3.46 

3.41 

2 

X 

— 

331B 

26.48 

3.71 

2.85 

2 

X 

— 

3?? 

41  .51 

4.12 

3.40 

2 

X 

— 

H76.89.50 

39.89 

4.21 

3.46 

2 

X 

- 

74 

26.70 

3.38 

2.62 

2 

X 

49 

54.40 

4.44 

4.08 

2 

X 

24 

25.88 

3.44 

3.22 

2 

X 

51 

26.15 

2.74 

1  .88 

2 

X 

H75.101 .317 

23.16 

2.69 

2.15 

2 

X 

52 

39.71 

4.21 

3.99 

1 

X 

Cat.  Number  L  W 


-  363  - 

Th      Feature  No.    Complete  Incomplete 


519 

58. 

,69 

7.66 

5. 

27 

2 

- 

X 

312 

54. 

,16 

6.85 

4. 

,18 

2 

— 

X 

60 

52. 

,87 

5.88 

3. 

,60 

1 

— 

X 

440 

39. 

74 

3.96 

3. 

,41 

2 

X 

524 

29. 

,58 

6.41 

4. 

,00 

2 

- 

X 

307 

20. 

,33 

5.91 

3. 

,95 

2 

- 

X 

522 

36. 

,10 

4.21 

3. 

,76 

2 

X 

537 

18. 

,06 

4.26 

1  . 

,79 

2 

— 

X 

110 

40. 

.29 

3.66 

3. 

.64 

1 

X 

923 

33. 

.40 

3.76 

3. 

.70 

2 

X 

438 

19. 

,41 

3.86 

3. 

,26 

2 

— 

X 

375 

26, 

,02 

3.89 

3. 

,78 

2 

- 

X 

534 

27. 

.25 

4.02 

3, 

,13 

2 

X 

532 

21  , 

.96 

2.89 

2. 

.54 

2 

- 

X 

143 

13, 

.24 

4.66 

3, 

,04 

2 

X 

156 

33. 

.92 

6.22 

4. 

,26 

2 

X 

178 

36 

.08 

3.56 

3, 

.39 

2 

X 

331A 

23 

.09 

7.00 

2 

X 

-  364  - 
TABLE  8 


Cat.  Number 

FLAP 

-HEAD  CUT 

NAILS. 

CABIN 

3, 

GROUP  3 

Incomplete 

L 

W 

Th  Feature 

No 

.  Complete 

H75.101 .441 

33.51 

3.71 

2.76 

2 

X 

H76.89.114 

31  .42 

3.60 

3.54 

2 

X 

_ 

235 

32.70 

3.86 

2.38 

2 

X 

_ 

H75.101 .516 

25.25 

3.64 

2.76 

2 

_ 

X 

535 

29.56 

3.74 

2.19 

2 

_ 

X 

377 

27.41 

3.64 

2.65 

2 

_ 

X 

H75.101 .521 

25.26 

3.91 

2.80 

2 

_ 

X 

533 

29.13 

3.04 

2.93 

2 

_ 

X 

529 

21  .91 

4.75 

2.81 

2 

_ 

X 

437 

21  .12 

3.39 

c 

_ 

X 

H76.89.104 

28.98 

3.92 

3.05 

2 

_ 

X 

1  o  1 

O  1  .  3  O 

o  .  1  o 

3.06 

2 

X 

177 

25.38 

3.53 

3.52 

2 

X 

250 

38.31 

3.43 

3.21 

2 

X 

144 

17.63 

4.17 

1  .89 

2 

X 

H75.101 .371 

30.48 

4.23 

2.03 

2 

X 

-  365  - 
TABLE  9 

MACHINE-CUT  NAIL  SHANKS,  CABIN  3 


Cat. 

Number 

L 

W 

Th 

Feature 

H75. 

101 .538 

31  .24 

4.27 

3.34 

2 

526 

27.17 

4.45 

3.03 

2 

48 

45.05 

4.05 

2.98 

1 

442 

46.96 

4.48 

4.20 

2 

129 

23.75 

4.59 

3.32 

1 

138 

56.38 

4.80 

4.54 

2 

54 

20.45 

2.53 

1  .83 

1 

331C 

31,50 

4.80 

4.16 

2 

No.    Complete  Incomplete 


-  366  - 
TABLE  10 

DRAWN  TUBULAR  BEAD  ANALYSIS.  CABIN  3 


Colour 

0 

Seed 
TL 

TP 

Intermediate 
0       TL  TP 

0 

Pony 
TL 

Totals 
TP     0  TL 

TP 

Sum 

Colourless 

15 

15 

15 

N  9.0/ 

51 

5 

7 

63 

63 

N  1  .0/ 

1 

1 

1 

2.5RP  6/6 

2 

5 

5 

2 

10 

12 

2.5RP  6/8 

1 

1 

1 

5RP  6/2 

2 

2 

2 

5RP  7/4 

4 

16 

20  1 

24 

17 

41 

10RP  7/6 

8 

4 

2 

6 

14 

4 

2 

20 

2.5R  7/6 

1 

2 

1 

2 

3 

2.5R  5/8 

1 

1 

1 

5R  4/6 

1 

1 

1 

5R  5/12 

2 

2 

7.5R  8/2 

1 

i 

1 

7.5R  4/4 

1 

1 

1 

7.5R  8/4 

2 

1 

2 

1 

7.5R  3/8 

774 

1 

774 

1 

775 

7.5R  4/10 

1 

1 

7.5R  6/10 

1 

1 

7.5R  4/12 

1 

1 

0  =  Opaque  TL  =  Translucent  TP  =  Transparent  Numerical  counts 
are  of  each  color  by  bead  type. 


367 


Colour 


Seed  Intermediate  Pony  Totals 

0      TL      TP      0       TL      TP      0       TL      TP      0       TL  TP 


Sum 


7.5R  5/14 

10YR  4/6 

10YR  5/6 

10YR  6/6 

10YR  6/10 

2.5Y  7/4 

2.5Y  7/8 


17 


1 
1 

12  414 


1 
1 

12  414 


1200 


18  18 
1 


1200 


1 

426 

2 

4 

1203 


5Y  7/8 
5Y  8/10 
10Y  3/2 
5GY 

7.5GY  5/6 
10GY  6/8 
2.5G  6/4 
2.5G  7/10 
5G  6/4 
10G  4/6 
10G  4/10 
2.5BG  3/8 
7.5B  9/2 
7.5B  8/4 
7.5B  7/4 
7.5B  5/6 


1 

5/4  2 
2 


11 

11  1 
52  1 


30  1 
1  2 
3 

3  6 


TL/O 
4*  3 


195  3 


80 


55 
2 


4 

30  1 


11 

11  1 


1  5 
4  4 
1 
6 
3 

6  6 
13 
4 

32 
3 
4 
9 
11 
12 

TL/O 
4*  60 


275  3 


280 


*    Four  seed  beads  possessed  TL  cores  and  opaque  outer  walls. 


-  368  - 


Colour 

0 

Seed 
TL 

TP 

Intermediate 
0       TL  TP 

Pony  Totals 
0       TL      TP     0  TL 

TP 

Sum 

7.5B  6/6 

2 

2 

2 

7.5B  7/6 

12 

1 

18  30 

1 

31 

7.5B  5/8 

4 

6 

1 

4 

6 

1 

11 

7.5B  6/8 

2 

3 

2 

3 

5 

7.5B  6/10 

1 

1 

1 

10B  8/6 

2 

2 

2 

10B  4/8 

13 

13 

13 

7.5PB  2/6 

1 

1 

1 

7.5PB  2/10 

1 

4 

1 

1 

5 

6 

7.5PB  4/10 

1  1 

1 

7.5PB  3/12 

1 

1 

1 

10PB  3/10 

5 

1 

6 

6 

2.5P  5/4 

1 

1 

1 

Ext.5R  7/4 
Core  N9.0/ 

25 

25 

25 

Cornal ine 
a  m  i  eppo 

43 

14 

57 

57 

Striped 
Blue/White 
5PB  4/8  and 
5PB  9/1 

2 

2 

2 

TOTALS 


1071  2012  131  3218 


-  369  - 


TABLE  11 
ARTIFACTS  FROM  CABIN  1 

ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C16  CI  W  FP    AC    CI  E 

HUNTING 


Rimfire  Car-  H70.109.113  23.4  13.6  —  Surface  1 
tridge  Case  (Trail  near  Cabin) 


Percussion 
Cap 

H71 . 

107 

.13 

6.3 

5.3 
5.0 

5.5S,26.2E 

Cap  Box  Lid 

H70. 

.109 

.60 

40.7 
Diam 

5.9 
Rim 

0. 

.6 

5.2SJ1.2E 

1 

CONSTRUCTION 
BLACKSMITHING 

• 

r u r  «-jcu  1 1  uii 

Nails 

Rose-Head 
Forged  Nail 

H70. 

.109 

.14 

47.9 
9.6 

4.2 
8.4 

3. 
3. 

.9 
,9 

5S.5E.E1/2 

1 

H70. 

,109 

.21 

43.9 
8.8 

4.0 
7.5 

3, 
3. 

.9 
.1 

10S.5E, 
E  1/2 

1 

ii 

H71  . 

.107 

.30 

62.1 
5.1 

3.7 
4.7 

3. 
1  . 

.2 
.6 

4.7S,0.7E 

1 

H71  , 

.107 

.8 

60.5 
6.6 

4.1 
5.6 

3. 
2. 

.9 
.0 

10SJ0E, 
NW  1/4 

1 

Fragment 

H71  , 

.107 

.2 

48. 3x 
9.0 

4.4 
7.3 

4, 
2 

.3 
.0 

10. 6S, 
10. 8E 

1 

H70 

.109 

.76 

22. 6x 
9.4 

4.4 
8.6 

3. 
3, 

.5 
.1 

10S,9.8E 

1 

Gable-Head 
Forged  Nail 

H71 

.107 

.9 

70.0 
6.8 

4.3 
3.6 

3, 
1  , 

.8 
.8 

10SJ0E, 
SW  1/4 

1 

L  or  T-Head 
Forged  Nail 

H71 

.107 

.53 

59.2 
9.4 

4.9 
5.7 

4, 
2 

.5 
.6 

5S,15E, 
Dist. 

Flat-Head 
Forged  Nail 

H71 

.107 

.36 

18.1 
7.9 

2.5 
7.2 

2 
1  . 

.0 
.2 

5S,15E, 
S  1/2 

-  370  - 


ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C1G  C1W  FP    AC  C1E 


Flat-Head 
Forged  Nail 

No  Number 

26.7 
5.2 

2.5 
4.4 

1  .9 
0.8 

  1 

Forged  Nail 
Fragment 

H71 .107.55 

57. Ox 

5.3 

5.2 

5.2S.5.8E 

1 

H70.109.15 

52. 9x 

4.4 

4.1 

1 .7S.5.0E 

1 

ii 

H70. 109.88 

44. 6x 

4.1 

4.0 

70SJ4.2E 
Dist. 

1 

H 

H71 .107.18 

30. 7x 

4.9 

3.7 

11 .OS, 
15. 6E 

1 

H 

H71 .107.39 

60. 6x 

4.8 

4.8 

4.0S,5.3E 

1 

ii 

H71 .107.15 

24.  Ox 

6.4 

4.6 

5.2S,5.0E 

1 

Forged  or 
Cut  Iron 
Nail 

H70. 109.89 

18.9 
7.1 

2.8 
6.6 

2.8 
1  .8 

7.3SJ4.4E 

1 

ii 

H71 .107.29 

13. 3x 
4.6 

2.5 
3.7 

2.4 
0.6 

4.6S.4.8E 

1 

ii 

H71 .107.17 

9. Ox 
7.9 

2.5 
7.1 

2.2 
1.5 

11 .OS, 
15. 6E 

1 

Machine  Cut 
Iron  Nails 

Rose-Head 
Cut  Nail 

H70.109.94 

37.6 
6.0 

3.4 

5.7 

3.2 
2.1 

8.4S.13.4E 

1 

ii 

H71 .107.32 

40. 8x 
6.4 

3.8 
6.4 

2.9 
2.9 

4.9S,5.7E 

1 

Gable-Head 
Cut  Nail 

H70.109.40 

63. 9x 
9.9 

5.5 
6.3 

5.3 
3.2 

12. 6S, 
11  .5E 

1 

ii 

H70.109.71 

48. 8x 
6  7 

4.0 
4  Q 

3.6 

c  .  c 

10. 9S, 
Q  RF 

1 

H 

H71 .107.6 

68.7 
7.4 

4.3 
4.5 

3.7 
1  .9 

0N,5E 

1 

H 

H71 .107.54 

66.5 
6.5 

4.2 
5.2 

3.2 
2.3 

5.0S,5.4E 

1 

-  371  - 


ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C16  CI W  FP    AC    CI  E 


Gab  I  e-Head 

lit  n 
H  /U 

.  12 

D  / 

c 
.  0 

4 .  o 

6 .  / 

i  i    nc  o  nr 
i 1 . Uo , o . Ut 

I 

Cut  Nail 

7, 

.6 

5.7 

3.7 

LIT  f\ 
H  /U 

i  no 

.  CO  \ 

/I  n 
4U  . 

.  2 

c  o 
D  .  O 

D  .  U 

Balk  along 

1 

9 

.  9 

t  o 
0  .  9 

o  c 
J  .  0 

Last  Wa 1 1 

i  nc  cc 

1 Uo , DL 

H70. 

.109 

.12 

26, 

.Ox 

4.8 

3.6 

ON, 0E, El/2, 

1 

8. 

,3 

4.2 

4.2 

0N,5E,Wl/2 

Flat-Head 

H70. 

.109 

.49 

65, 

.0 

4.6 

4.2 

12. 5S, 

1 

Cut  Nail, 

7. 

,7 

4.6 

2.8 

10. 7E 

C  ^  a  1 1  n  1 

uroup  1 

II 

H70. 

.109 

.90 

49, 

.9 

3.6 

3.4 

11 .0S.9.9E 

7, 

.6 

7.3 

1  .3 

II 

H71  . 

,107 

.3 

40, 

.2 

3.2 

3.1 

13. 6S, 

1 

6. 

.7 

6.5 

1  .4 

11  .0E 

II 

H71  . 

107 

.58 

31  , 

.4 

3.3 

3.0 

5.5S,4.5E 

1 

6. 

.3 

5.4 

1.2 

II 

H71  . 

,107 

.40 

31  . 

,1 

3.2 

2.7 

12. 6S, 

1 

5. 

,7 

5.5 

1.2 

11  .5E 

II 

H71  . 

107 

.34 

31  , 

,4 

2.9 

2.9 

4.7S.5.4E 

1 

5. 

2 

4.2 

1.3 

II 

H70. 

109 

.67 

31  . 

.5 

3.4 

3.2 

12.4S,8.8E 

1 

6. 

.8 

5.5 

1.1 

II 

H70. 

109 

.59 

26. 

,6 

2.1 

1  .8 

12. 8S,  1 

3. 

,4 

2.8 

0.5 

12. 8E 

II 

n  /  1  . 

1 U  / 

.  o  1 

on 

.8 

2 . 5 

2.4 

1 0. 5S, 

1 

6. 

,0 

5.1 

1  .0 

10. IE 

r  r  ayiiici!  u 

H70, 
n  /  u . 

1  HQ 

.  oy 

oD  . 

0  v 

,  CA 

A  1 

O.  A 

i  nc  c  r 

1 

/  . 

"1 

,  / 

D  .  1 

o  n 
o .  U 

Nt  1/4 

Flat-Head 

H70. 

,109 

.96 

70. 

0 

5.2 

3.4 

10.4S,8.3- 

1 

Cut  Nail 

8. 

6 

7.9 

2.5 

8.6E 

Group  2 

H71 . 

.107 

.22 

61  . 

2 

4.0 

2.8 

3.0S,23.5E 

6. 

2 

5.9 

1.7 

-  372  - 

ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C1G  CI W  FP    AC    CI E 


Flat-Head 
Cut  Nail 
Group  2 

H71 .107 

.46 

47.6 
6.8 

4.4 
6.7 

3.3 
2.4 

0S.5E, 
SW  1/4 

1 

H71 .107 

.35 

38.4 
5.8 

4.0 
4.9 

2.5 
1.2 

5S.15E, 
S  1/2 

ii 

H70.109 

.246 

38.3 
5.4 

3.3 
5.1 

2.4 
1  .6 

5S,5W,El/2 

1 

ii 

H71 .107 

.45 

39.3 
6.3 

3.7 
6.3 

2.2 
1  .5 

0S,5E, 
SW  1/4 

1 

H 

H70.109 

.44 

37.5 

3.7 

2.4 

12. 7S, 
11  .OE 

1 

Fragment 

H70.109 

.69 

27. 9x 
5.1 

3.6 
5.0 

2.4 
1.1 

10S,5E, 
NW  1/4 

1 

ii 

H70.109 

.98 

31  .8x 
7.5 

3.4 
6.3 

3.1 
1  .0 

10S,5E,  1 
Balk  along 
wall 

H70.109 

.50 

30. 2x 
8.6 

5.6 
7.3 

3.9 
2.5 

10S.10E, 
Wl/2 

1 

ii 

H70.109 

.87 

25. 4x 
6.0 

3.5 
5.8 

2.2 
1  .6 

6.6SJ4.6E 

H 

H70.109 

.41 

35. 2x 
8.2 

5.7 
7.9 

3.6 
2.0 

12. IS, 
10. 8E 

1 

H 

H71 .107 

.44 

28. 7x 
8.0 

5.7 
6.9 

3.4 
2.6 

4.9S.5.4E 

1 

ii 

H71 .107 

.51 

26. 6x 
7.8 

5  2 

•J  .  c 

7.4 

3.9 
2.2 

H 

H70.109 

.68 

25. 9x 
6.5 

5.0 
5.6 

3.5 
2.2 

No  Prov.  1 
Cat? 

H 

H70.109 

.11 

25. 9x 
5.8 

4.6 
5.6 

3.5 
1  .8 

ON, OE, El/2, 
ON, 5E, Wl/2 

1 

H71.107.25      27. 4x  4.0      3.2  2N,15E, 
7.0    7.0      3.3  Dist. 


-  373  - 


ARTIFACT 

NUMBER 

L 

W 

TH 

GRID  LOC  C1G 

CTW  FP 

AC  C1E 

Fragment 

H70.109 

.82 

18 
4 

.7x 
.0 

3.2 
3.4 

3.2 
2.3 

ONJOE, 
SW  1/4 

1 

ii 

H70.109 

.47 

23 
8 

.7x 
.4 

4.5 
5.4 

4.2 
2.1 

12.3S, 
11  .4E 

1 

ii 

H70.109 

.112 

17. 
6. 

.2x 
.2 

4.6 
5.5 

2.6 
2.1 

5S,10E, 
Nl/2 

1 

Flat-Head 
Cut  Nail, 
Group  3 

H70.109 

.72 

20 
6 

.2 
.0 

2.7 
5.0 

2.5 
1  .4 

11 .0S.8.0E 

1 

H 

H70.109 

.101 

31  , 
6 

.9 
.9 

3.2 
6.0 

2.9 
1  .4 

1 .9S,1 .8W, 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

H 

H71 .107 

.11 

17. 
5. 

,5 
.7 

2.6 
5.1 

1  .9 
1  .0 

5S,10E,  1 
Dist. 

ii 

H70.109 

.262 

30. 
8, 

Ox 
.1 

3.6 
7.4 

2.9 
1  .3 

10S,5E 

1 

H71 .107 

.4 

29. 
7, 

,lx 
,7 

3.2 
7.1 

3.2 
1.2 

12. 4S, 
11  .OE 

1 

Cut  Nail 
Fragment  w. 
Pounded  End 

H71 .107 

.50 

35. 
4. 

,7 
.4 

3.3 
3.7 

2.2 
1  .0 

7.0S,0.5E 

1 

Cut  Nail 
Tip  Frag. 

H70.109 

.74A 

32. 

8x 

7.4 

5.2 

10S,5E, 

1 

it 

H70.109 

.6A 

36. 

,6x 

4.3 

3.4 

0N,5E 

1 

H 

H70.109 

.57 

48. 

.7x 

4.3 

3.1 

11 .IS, 
10. 2E 

1 

ii 

H70.109 

.245 

47, 

.3x 

3.4 

3.1 

5S,5W,El/2 

1 

H 

H70.109 

.247 

42, 

.5x 

3.8 

3.3 

5S,5W,El/2 

1 

ii 

H70.109 

.248 

28, 

.8x 

4.1 

3.9 

5S,5W,El/2 

1 

ii 

H71 .107 

.57 

34, 

,5x 

4.2 

3.8 

5S,5E, 
NW  1/4 

1 

H70.109 

.10 

25, 

.Ox 

3.6 

3.2 

OS, OE, El/2 

1 

0S,5E,Wl/2 


-  374  - 

ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    CI G  C1W  FP    AC    CI E 


Cut  Nail         H71.107.23      16.1x3.4      2.9  2N,15E 
Tip  Frag.  Dist. 

H71.107.7       28.7x  3.4      3.4  10S,10E, 

NW  1/4 

H70.109.56      20. 7x  3.9      3.2      10. 7S, 

14. 5E 

H70. 109.97      24. 2x  3.0      2.8  10.3S.8.1E 

Cut  Nail         H70.109.75      17. 8x  2.3      2.0  12.7S,9.7E 
Tip  Frag. 

Cut  Nail         H70. 109.8       40. Ox  4.0     3.6  10S,10E, 
Tip  Frag.,  NW  1/4 

Bent 

H70.109.79      33. Ox  3.9      3.3  10S,5E, 

NE  1/4, 
Dist. 

Fragment,       H70.109.70     38. 3x  4.4     3.0     10S,5E,  1 

Bent  and  NE  1/4 

Broken 

H71.107.49      43. Ox  4.0      2.7      4.2S,4.8E  1 

Cut  Nail         H70.109.74B  32. 8x  7.4  5.2      10S.5E,  1 

Medial  NE  1/4 

Fragment 

Nail  Frag.?    H71.107.41  29.0x4.0  3.7     4.5S,0.4E  1 
Chisel  Tip 

Nail  Frag.?    H71.107.38  24. Ox  3.6  3.6  5S,15E, 

Sl/2 

H71.107.33  16. 9x  3.1  2.6      4. OS. 5. IE  1 


FORGED  NAIL  DISTRIBUTION  14      2      5  4 

CUT  NAIL  DISTRIBUTION  5      17    6      29  6 

GABLE-HEAD  CUT  NAIL  DISTRIBUTION  2      1  4 


-  375  - 


ARTIFACT  NUMBER 

L         W  TH 

GRID  LOC  C1G 

C1W 

FP 

AC 

FLAT-HEAD  CUT  NAIL,  GROUP 

1,  DISTRIBUTION 

1 

1 

1 

6 

FLAT-HEAD  CUT  NAIL,  GROUP 

2,  DISTRIBUTION 

3 

6 

2 

5 

FLAT-HEAD  CUT  NAIL,  GROUP 

3,  DISTRIBUTION 

1 

1 

3 

TOTAL  NAILS,  DISTRIBUTION 

(82  Nails) 

6 

21 

9 

34 

Iron  Wire       H70.109.80     61.7    4.0     —       Backfill  1 

DOMESTIC. 
HOUSEHOLD 

Plain  White    H70.109.16A    71.7x75.5    6.3  0.0S,3.5E 
Earthenware,  and  B 
Rim  Sherd 

Body  Sherd     H70. 109.30     34. Ox  27. 9x  4.5  7.0S,9.7E 


H70. 109.83      21. 5x  18. 2x  4.2  0S,10E, 

SW  1/4 

H70.109.32      15. 8x  12. 5x  3.2  5S.10E 

NW  1/4 

"Turco"  Pat-  H70.109.116    43. 9x  69. 8x  3.8  7.3S,9.8E 
tern  Earth-  Ht. 
enware  Rim 

Sherd.  (Conjoining  next  specimen) 

H70.109.20  5S,10E 

H70. 109.1        69. Ox  54. 5x  6.5  0N,5E, 
Ht.  E  1/2 

(Conjoining  next  3  specimens) 

H70.109.31A  0.6SJ0.2E 

H70.109.31B  0.6SJ0.2E 

H70. 109.28  24. 7x  19. 2x  3.3x    6. OS, 11. IE 

H70.109.278  9.0      7.0    3.2  0S,5W 

Body  Sherd     H70.109.24     18. Ox  15. 3x  3.1      7. IS, 12. IE 

Ht. 


-  376  - 


ARTIFACT 


NUMBER 


TH 


GRID  LOC    C1G  C1W  FP    AC  C1E 


"Grapevine" 
Pattern 
Earthenware 
Rim  Sherd 

Body  Sherd 


H71 .107.59 

H70. 109.5 

H70.109.22 

H70.109.25 

H70.109.93 


14.6  16.8  3.6 

27. 2x  24. 8x  3.6 

19.3x  18.4x  5.1 

25. 2x  16. 4x  4.6 


0N,0E, 
SW  1/4 


6.6S,7.8E 
9.4S.10.4E 


5SJ0E 
D  1/2 


9.7x    4.3x  3.2  7.1S.14.8E 


"Beverly" 
Pattern 
Earthenware 
Rim  Sherd 


H70.109.45A    93. lx  47. 3x  5.4  12.4SJ0.8E 


Body  Sherd 


"B  772" 
Pattern  Ear 
thenware 
Body  Sherd 


(Conjoining  next 
H70.109.45B 
H70.109.48 
H70.109.43 
H70. 109.39 

H71 .107.48      71  . 7x  58 
(Conjoining  next 

H70. 109.4 

H70.109.5       108.6  41 
x 

(Conjoining  next 
H70.109.42 
H70.109.38A 
H70.109.38B 
H70.109.55 

H70.109.19      27. 5x  22 


four  specimens) 

12.45, 10. 8E 

12.4SJ0.7E 

12.55,11 .0E 

12.45,11 .0E 

.6x  4.8  0.2S.9.4E 
specimen) 

3.7S,6.4E 

.Ox  5.8      13.75,11. 5E 

4  specimens) 

12. OS, 11. 0E 

12. OS, 11. 2E 

12.05,11 .2E 

10SJ0E 

.Ox  4.2  5S,10E, 
NW  1/4 


(Conjoining  next  specimen) 


-  377  - 

ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    CI  G  CI  W  FP    AC    CI  E 


"B  772"  H70.109.27  5S,10E,  1 

Pattern  Ear-  NW  1/4 

thenware 

Body  Sherd  (Conjoining  previous  specimen) 

H70.109.263    16. Ix  15. 8x  3.6x    0S,0E  1 

H70.109.68       7.6x    7.3    1 .Ox    5S.10E,  1 

NW  1/4 

"Portneuf"      71.107.20       68.2    56.8    3.8      5N,25E,  1 
Earthenware  El/2,  Out- 

Rim  side  NE 

Corner 

Painted  H70.109.117    24. Ix  17. 5x  5.9      7.3S,9.8E  1 

Earthenware  with  foot 

Painted  H70.109.13      18. 9x  16. 6x  5.7  5S,5E,El/2 

Earthenware 

H70.109.53      14. 3x  12. 9x  3.7      5.2SJ0.6E  1 


EARTHENWARE,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  1      24    1      10  1 


Glass  Bottle  H70. 109.65  31. 6x  25.4  27.0  11.35S.8.5E 
Fragment  (Conjoining  next  specimen) 


H70.109.66 


11 .7S,8.5E 


Perf.  Metal    H70.109.280    87. 8x  43.4    0.6  0S.5W 


Object 


Out.  Wall 


Tin-Plate       H70.109.77C    57.3x11.9x0.8?  4.4SJ0.7 


Box  Frag. 


to  11. 3E 


H70.109.77A    62. 7x    9.2x  0.8?  4.4SJ0.7 

to  11. 3E 

H70.109.52      68. Ox    8.4x  4.5  5.4S,10.6 

Fold    to  10.85E 


H70.109.77B    59. Ix    8.5x  0.4  4.4SJ0.7 

to  11. 3E 


-  378  - 


ARTIFACT 

NUMBER 

L 

IaI 

TH 

GRID  LOC  C1G 

C1W  FP 

Tin  Plate 
Box  Frag. 

H70. 

109 

29 

45. 5x 

8.4 

0.6 

5S.10E, 
NW  1/4 

1 

"? 

H70. 

109 

85 

21. Ix 

8.0 

0.5 

7.05J3.0E 

1 

"? 

H70. 

109 

241 

Frags 

0.7 

2.5S,3.4W 

1 

H70. 

109 

242 

Frags 

0.8 

2.5S,3.4W 

1 

Corrugated 

Tin-Plate 

Fragment 

H70. 

109 

26 

38. 6x 

32.6 

0.7 

5S,10E, 
NW  1/4 

1 

ii 

H70. 

109 

36 

41  .lx 

30.2 

0.8 

6. IS, 10. IE 

1 

Irrregular 
Perf.  Iron 
Sheet 

H71  . 

107 

42 

25. Ox 

14. 7x 

0.2 

4.5S,5.4E 

1 

Tin-Plate 
or  Iron 
Fragments 

H70. 

109 

102 

3  frags. 

0.5 

1 .OS, 3. 7 
to  3.8W 

1 

ii 

H70. 

109 

111 

3  frags. 

0.5 

7.9SJ4.5E 

it 

H70. 

109 

279 

22. 5x 

9.5x 

1.2 

0S,5W 

1 

H 

H70. 

109 

110 

30. 6x 

17. 4x 

0.1 

5.8SJ2.7E 

1 

H 

H70. 

109 

78 

16. 8x 

14. 7x 

1  .3 

3.8SJ0.4E 

1 

H 

H70. 

109 

51 

16. 8x 

16. 3x 

1  .9 

5.55SJ0.6E 
10. 6E 

1 

TRANSPORTATION 

Horseshoe 
Nail 

H70. 

109 

58 

53.3 
8.4 

4.5 
4.9 

2.1 
7.5 

11  .7SJ0.7 
to  10.9DE 

H70. 

109 

21 

50.2 
8.4 

3.7 
4.0 

2.4 
7.9 

9.8S,6.0E 

1 

RECREATION 

Pipe  8owl 
Fragment 

H71 

107 

63 

Ht. 
20. 8x 

Diam. 
25.0 

1  .6 
2.0 

10S.5E, 
NE  1/4 

ii 

H70 

109 

62 

10S,5E, 
NW  1/4 

Chip 

-  379  - 


ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LQC    C16  CI  W  FP    AC    CI  E 

CLOTHING  AND 
ORNAMENTATION 

Buttons 

Diam.  Loop 

Shell  But-      H70.109.18      11.8    --      1.7      0S,0E  1 
ton, Type  1 

Bone  Button    H71.107.37      16.8*.-—      2.6      5S.15E,  1 
Fragment,  S  1/2 

Type  1 

Cast  But-       H71.107.26      22.7    5.4      1.5      10S,15E,  1 
ton,  Type  2  N  1/2 

H71.107.10      20.7    5.5      1.2      7.0S,25.7E  1 


"Birdcage  H71.107.60  17.1  8.0  1.0  0N,0E, 
Brass  But-  SW  1/4 

ton,  Type  4 

Decorated       H70.109.240    17.1    5.0     4.6  4.0S,3.2W 
Hoi  low 
Brass,  Type 
5a 

Type  5d  H70.107.16      16.6    5.6      3.8  8.0S.2.0E 

Loop 

Diam.  Outer  Band 
Plain  Hoi-      H70.109.23      12.9    4.2      2.9  8.1SJ0.4E 
low  Brass, 
Type  5? 


BUTTONS,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION 


Beads 

Diam.  Perf. 

Small  Blue      H71.107.12      1.4      1.7      <1 .0  11. IS, 

Glass  Bead  8.6E 

H71.107.52      1.0      1.5      <1 .0  8.7S, 

16. 2E 

Small  Pink      H70.109.177    1.4      1.5     <1.0  10S,20E 

Glass  Bead  Out.  Wall 


-  380  - 

ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    CI G  C1W  FP    AC    CI E 

Diam.  Perf. 

Large  Amber    H71.107.56       8.9    10.1    3.4     5SJ5E,  1 
Glass  Bead  Dist. 

NATIVE  INDUS- 
TRIES 

Chipped  H70.109.107    27.9    13.3    5.5      5S,5W  1 

Stone  Flake 


DISTRIBUTION  BY  FUNCTIONAL  CATEGORY 

HUNTING  1      1  1 

CONSTRUCTION  AND  BLACKSMITHING  9      21    9      34  13 

DOMESTIC  AND  HOUSEHOLD  1      38    4      13  1 

TRANSPORTATION  1  1 

RECREATION  2 

CLOTHING  AND  ORNAMENT  5  1  6 

NATIVE  INDUSTRIES  1 


TOTALS  (163  Items) 


11     67    13    51  21 


-  381  - 


TABLE  12 


FAUNAL  MATERIAL  FROM  CABIN  1 


Species  &  Element  Portion  R/L  Cut  Tth  Brn  Grid  Lo  C1G  C1W  FP  AC  C1E 
Unit  No.   Mk  


LARGE  MAMMALS 

Unid.  May  be 
Bison  (Bison 
bison) 

H71 .107.19 

H70.109.81C 

Various  No. 


H70.109.92D 
H70.109.35I 
H71 .107.28 

H70.109.109C 
H70. 109. 2351 
Various  No. 


Spinous  Complete 
Medial 

Rib  Fg.  Prox. 

Medial 
Distal 

Scapula  Prox.  I 
Medial 
Distal  I 


5NJ0E 

10S.5E, 
E  1/2 

Various 


Long  B  Medial 
Frags . 


10 


0S,10E 

5S.10E 

Balk  10S, 
15E-5SJ5E 

OS.OE 

10N,5W 

Various 


3 

10 

1 
1 


52 


TOTAL  LARGE  MAMMALS  (BISON?) 


1      69  10 


SMALL  MAMMALS 

Showshoe 
Hare  ( Lepus 
americanus) 


H70.109.34B     Mandible    Body  R 


0S.10E 


-  382  - 


Species  &  Element  Portion  R/L  Cut  Tth  Brn  Grid  Lo  C1G  C1W  FP  AC  C1E 
Unit  No.  Mk 


Showshoe 
Hare  ( Lepus 
americanus) 

H70.109.109D  Mand. 

H70.109.64D  Femur 

Muskrat 

(Ondatra 

zibethicus) 

H71.107.27A  Femur 


Body 
Medial 


H70.109.239C  libia 

Fibular 


Med .  + 
Dist. 

Prox . 


H70.109.105C    Meta-  Comp. 
podial 


H70.109.239B 

Small  Mam- 
mal Unid. 
Sn.  Hare? 

H70.109.34E 

H70.109.19 

H70.109.7A 
H70.109.105D 


Comp. 


Rib  Fr.  Medial 

Long  B  Medial 
Frag 


0S,0E 
5S.5E 


10S,5E 
W  1/2 

0S,5W 
0S,5W 
0S,5W 


OS.lOE 
0S,0E 

5S,5E 
0S.5W 


TOTAL  SMALL  MAMMALS 


-  9 


BIRDS 

Gadwall 
Anas  stre- 
pera 

H71 .107.43A 


Radius    Distal  L 


5SJ5E 


-  383  - 


Species  &  Element  Portion  R/L  Cut  Tth  Brn  Grid  Lo  C1G  C1W  FP  AC  C1E 
Unit  No.  Mk  

T  rumpeter 
Swan  (Qlor 
buccinator) 

H71.107.43B      Corocoid    Prox.  L  5S,15E  1 


Unid.,  Bird, 
Crow  Size 
Passeri- 
f ormes) 

H71.107.62       Tibio-    Medial  5S,15E 
tarus 

Same,  or 
Larger 

H71.107.47A      Tibio-    Prox.  5S,15E 
tarsus 

Unid .Bi rd 

H70.109.9A-I    Thor.      Medial  x  0S,0E 

Vert.  0S,5E 


TOTAL  BIRDS 
FISH 

Unid.  Fish 

H70. 109. 63-1    Scale     Complete  10S,10E, 

E  1/2 

H70. 109. 63-2        "  "  10S.10E, 

E  1/2 

TOTAL  FISH 


TOTAL  BONE  DISTRIBUTION 


1      80      12      -  8 


-  384  - 


TABLE  13 


ARTIFACTS  FROM  CABIN  2 


ARTIFACT  NUMBER 


TH 


GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 


HUNTING 
Gunf 1 int 
Fragment 


H73.140.116    26.4    20.5    8.0      Cut  C 


H73. 140.44 
H73. 140.45 


Round  Lead  H70.109.192 
Ball 

H73.140.14 
H73. 140.46 
Lead  Shot  Various 


— -  Cut  B 

—      —    Cut  B 

Diam.  Wt. 

15.0  19.73  3.36S,2.55E 

14.45  16.79  Cut  A 

14.45  16.44  Cut  B 

Diam  2.75  -  4.8  Various 
Diam. 


Sprue  Frags.  H73.140.126    6.2-  2.6 

8.4  3.3 


Cut  C 


Lead  Bullet    H73.140.117    10.7x11.2    12.95  Cut  C 

CONSTRUCTION  AND 
BLACKSMITHING 

File  Tang       H73.140.225    96.0    15.0    5.5     Cut  C 

Forged  Iron 
Nails 

Gable-Head      H73J40.28      73.6    5.2     4.0     Cut  B 
Forged  Nail  6.8    5.4  3.5 

H73.140.141     70.75  5.9      4.3      Cut  C 
7.8    5.1  4.3 

Forged  Frag.  H70.109.122    55. 4x  5.8      5.4      2.8  to  3. OS, 


Flat  Tip 

Forged 
Frag.,  Tip 


2.0E 

H70.109.165    45.9x6.9      6.6  1.4N7.25E 


1 
1 

13  441 


-  385  - 


ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 


Forged  or 
Cut  Iron 
Nail 

H73 

140.36 

34.0 
9.6 

3.7 
8.4 

3.5 
2.5 

Cut  B 

1 

H 

H73 

140.209 

29.3 
9.1 

3.4 
6.7 

2.5 
2.8 

Cut  C 

n 

H73 

140.207 

34.4 
6.0 

3.0 
4.0 

2.4 
3.1 

Cut  C 

n 

H73 

140.210 

21  .4 
6.7 

3.0 
5.8 

2.2 
2.6 

Cut  C 

ii 

H73 

140.27 

21  .0 
7.6 

3.3 
6.7 

3.1 
2.0 

Cut  B 

H 

H73 

140.216 

22.0 
7.8 

3.4 
7.3 

2.1 
2.7 

Cut  C 

H 

H73. 

140.213 

20.0 
7.3 

2.9 
6.2 

2.5 
3.2 

Cut  C 

H 

H73. 

140.193 

26.0 
8.4 

4.0 
7.9 

2.4 
3.3 

Cut  C 

H 

H73. 

140.215 

17.0 
6.1 

2.3 
5.1 

2.1 
1  .4 

Cut  C 

H 

H70. 

109.211 

20.9 
6.5 

2.4 
6.2 

2.1 
1  .0 

14.9S.5.1E 
Out.  S.Wall 

1 

Forged  or 
Cut  Frag. 

H70. 

109.161 

19. 8x 
8.1 

3.7 
7.0 

3.2 
1.7 

2.4S,1 .5E 
2.4SJ  .5E 

1 

Machine-Cut 
Iron  Nails 

Gable-Head 
Cut  Nail 

H73. 

140.5 

82.65 
9.9 

6.3 
7.9 

5.8 
4.5 

Cut  A 

1 

H 

H73. 

140.41 

56.0 

7  7 
/  .  / 

6.4 

0  .  D 

4.6 

A  0 

Cut  B 

1 

H 

H73. 

140.6 

78.4 
11.5 

6.3 
7.6 

6.3 
4.7 

Cut  A 

1 

a 

H73. 

140.3 

68.0 
6.6 

4.1 
5.1 

4.3 
3.3 

Cut  A 

1 

-  386  - 

ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 


Gable-Head 
Cut  Nail 
Fragment 

H73. 

140. 

182 

44.  Ox 
7.2 

4.6 
5.1 

3.9 
3.7 

Cut  C 

1 

Flat-Head 
Cut  Nail, 
Group  1 

H73. 

140. 

218 

71.0 
9.6 

5.5 
6.4 

5.0 
2.9 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H70. 

109. 

208 

57.7 
7.2 

4.2 
5.0 

3.8 
2.0 

12.75S,2.6E 

1 

H 

H73. 

140. 

7 

54.3 
8.4 

5.1 
6.2 

4.6 
3.5 

Cut  A 

1 

H 

H73. 

140. 

203 

45.25 
7.6 

4.0 
7.4 

4.0 
2.2 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H70. 

109. 

267 

45.1 
6.4 

3.9 
5.6 

3.4 
1.2 

15S,0E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

H 

H73. 

140. 

206 

39.0 
6.0 

3.1 
3.6 

1  .8 
2.5 

Cut  C 

1 

it 

H73. 

140. 

189 

25.0 
6.1 

3.6 
5.0 

3.4 
2.0 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H70. 

109, 

195 

22.6 
4.8 

2.9 
3.9 

2.9 
1.1 

3.77  to 
3.84S,2.21E 

1 

H 

H70. 

109. 

271 

47.4 
7.3 

3.8 
5.5 

4.5 
1  .8 

15S,0E, 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

ii 

Sit.  Frag. 

H70. 

109. 

,196 

52. Ox 
7.1 

4.4 
4.3 

4.0 
2.1 

3.25S, 
2.65E 

1 

Group  1 , 
Fragment 

H71  . 

107. 

,64 

38. Ix 
9.1 

5.4 
6.6 

3.8 
2.8 

6.7SJ8.3E 

H73. 

140. 

,40 

32. Ox 
7.7 

5.0 
5.7 

5.0 
2.8 

Cut  B 

1 

H 

n  /  1  . 

1  u  / . 

.  0  / 

ou .  yx 
7.7 

A  Q 

4 .  y 
4.8 

0  Q 
J  .  O 

2.0 

H70. 

109, 

.158 

22. 7x 
6.4 

4.0 
3.5 

4.1 
1  .3 

11 .35S,1 .0E 

1 

H 

H70. 

,109, 

.273 

24. 4x 
5.6 

3.8 
4.1 

3.0 
1.0 

2.5N,20E 
Dist. 

-  387  - 


ARTIFACT 

NUMBER 

L 

W 

TH 

GRID  LOC  C2G 

C2W  RP 

Group  1 , 
Fragment 

H73.140. 

131 

21  .8x 
7.4 

4.3 
4.5 

3.8 
2.6 

Cut  C 

1 

n 

H73.140. 

186 

30. 4x 
8.1 

4.6 
5.4 

4.3 
3.0 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H73.140. 

190 

20. 5x 
9.7 

4.9 
5.6x 

4.7 
2.8 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H73.140. 

188 

25. Ox 
7.1 

4.7 
5.6 

4.4 
2.5 

Cut  C 

1 

Flat-Head 
Cut  Nail, 
Group  2 

H70.109. 

119 

75.4 
8.0 

5.2 
7.6 

3.4 
2.5 

1  .6SJ7.0E 

H 

H73.140. 

221 

65.0 
8.0 

5.4 
7.3 

4.0 
2.3 

Cut  C 

1 

H73.140. 

1 

55.0 
8.5 

5.5 
8.3 

4.05 
2.5 

Cut  A 

1 

H 

H73.140. 

140 

50.0 
6.8 

4.6 
6.3 

3.4 
1  .9 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H73.140. 

138 

53.2 
7.2 

5.4 
6.7 

3.9 
2.3 

Cut  C 

1 

ii 

H73.140. 

220 

56.0 
6.8 

5.0 
5.6 

4.0 
2.7 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H73.140. 

217 

67.1 
7.3 

5.6 
6.5 

4.3 
2.6 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H70.109. 

212 

51  .5 
6.2 

4.1 
5.5 

2.5 
1.7 

12.0S,5.35E 

1 

ii 

n  /  o  .  i  m-u  . 

cull 

D  1  .  U 

7.7 

D  .  u 
6.7 

a  a 
3.8 

tUt  L 

1 

H 

H73.140. 

205 

49.6 
6.3 

4.0 
6.2 

3.2 
2.5 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H70.109. 

221 

45.0 
6.4 

4.2 
6.2 

3.1 
1  .6 

17.65SJ  .5E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

-  388  - 


ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 


Flat-Head 
Cut  Nail, 
Group  2 

H73. 

140. 

132 

25 
5 

.6 
.8 

3.3 
4.9 

2.8 
1.6 

Cut  C 
MisCat.? 

H70. 

109. 

187 

37 
5 

.9 
.8 

3.7 
4.0 

2.5 
1.2 

2.48-2.62S, 
2.12-2.24E 

1 

ii 

H70. 

109. 

148 

38 
5 

.2 
.8 

3.6 
4.4 

2.2 
1.2 

0.54S,3.91E 

M 

H73. 

140. 

133 

26 
5 

.2 
.3 

3.4 
4.9 

2.8 
1.7 

Cut  C 

ii 

H73. 

140. 

135 

26 
4 

.2 
.7 

3.0 
4.5 

3.0 
1  .8 

Cut  C 

n 

H73. 

140. 

202 

40 

4, 

.3 
.7 

2.85 
4.7 

2.85 
2.7 

Cut  C 

H 

H70. 

109. 

219 

28 

6, 

.2 
.6 

3.0 
5.2 

2.5 
1.5 

18.69SJ  .24E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

„ 

H70. 

109. 

189 

24. 
5, 

,1 
,7 

2.6 
5.2 

2.2 
1.1 

2.83S.2.48 
to  2.58E 

1 

n 

H70. 

109. 

138 

25, 
5. 

A 
.6 

2.6 
4.0 

2.1 
1.5 

1 .65S,0.78E 

1 

H 

Split 

H73. 

140. 

222 

66. 
10. 

.0 
.1 

5.0 
7.6 

5.0 
3.0 

Cut  C 

Slight 
Frag. 

H70. 

109. 

151 

25, 
6, 

.4x 
.1 

3.6 
6.0 

2.6 
1.7 

12.52SJ  .45E 

1 

Split 

H73. 

140. 

4 

35, 
7, 

.4 
.4 

5.9 
3.8x 

2.4x 
2.7 

Cut  A 

1 

Fragment 

H70. 

109. 

268 

49, 
8, 

,6x 
.4 

6.0 
7.7 

3.4 
2.0 

15S,0E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

n  /  u . 

1  HQ 

8, 

A  v 

.0 

D  .  1 

6.6 

0  .  D 

2.4 

1  O . COO , H . Ot 

i 

M 

H70. 

109. 

233 

35, 
6, 

.Ox 
.4 

4.4 
6.2 

3.5 
2.2 

15.94S, 
0.87E 

1 

H73. 

140. 

191 

29 

8, 

,8x 
.3 

6.8 
6.6 

4.3 
4.0 

Cut  C 

-  389  - 


ADTTCAPT 

Arc  1 1 r AL  1 

Ml  IMD  C  D 

IMUMbtK 

i 

L 

w 

TU 

1  H 

r d  t  n  i  r\r 
brclU  LUL 

pop    pou    DD       CD  fir 

Ldh  Levi  KP     rP  Ldt 

Fragment 

H70.109.173 

24. 5x 

5.6 

3.6 

12.8S,8.7E 

1 

o .  U 

C  9 
D  .  O 

1  .  b 

H70.109.287 

24. 6x 

4.8 

3.2 

5N,20E 

b .  d 

C  Q 
D  .  O 

H70.109.285 

20. 5x 

5.6 

4.0 

0S,5W 

1 

1  Q 

b .  y 

9  R 

H73.140.183 

20. 4x 

6.3 

3.1 

Cut  C 

1 

Q  1 
O  .  1 

£  9 

b .  o 

6  .  1 

H73.140.136 

19. 8x 

4.8 

3.6 

Cut  C 

1 

0  .  D 

D  .  0 

9  9 
£  .  C 

X 

H 

UTJ    1/10    1  QA 

1  Q  9C 

c  9 

9  Q 

^ .  y 

LUt  L 

1 

7.8 

6.3 

1  .9 

•i 

H70.109.284 

16. 6x 

3.6 

3.2 

0S,5W 

1 

5.9 

4.8 

1  .4 

H71 .107.69 

13.3x 

3.3 

3.0 

5.9S.19.1E 

1 

6.6 

4.4 

1  .4 

Flat-Head 

H73.140.219 

66.0 

4.0 

4.0 

Cut  C 

1 

Cut  Nail, 

7.2 

6.3 

3.5 

urOLip  O 

II 

H70.109.141 

63.4 

4.5 

3.8 

2.5N.23.0E 

0  .  OX 

b .  1 

9  A 
C  .  H 

II 

No  Number 

44.6 

4.5 

4.1 

1 .3S,6.8E 

1 

D  .  D 

b .  u 

9  C 

II 

H70.109.274 

39.9 

2.4 

2.3 

0N,5W 

1 

b .  1 

Q  A 

D  .  4 

u .  y 

II 

H70.109.254 

38.9 

2.9 

2.7 

3.6S,3.0W 

1 

/  .  c 

b .  4 

9  n 

II 

H73.140.208 

30.4 

3.3 

3.1 

Cut  C 

1 

1  Q 
1  .  O 

9  "J 

II 

H73.140.201 

27.4 

3.0 

3.0 

Cut  C 

1 

7.2 

6.0 

2.3 

II 

H73.140.134 

25.3 

3.0 

2.9 

Cut  C 

1 

5.6 

4.8 

1  .4 

-  390  - 


ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 


Flat-Head 
Cut  Nai  1 , 
Group  3 

H73 

140. 

39 

24 
5 

3 
1 

3.1 
4.6 

2 
1 

6 
6 

Cut  B 

H73 

140. 

43 

26 
6 

0 
3 

2.9 
6.3 

2 
1 

5 
8 

Cut  B 

Fragment 

H73 

140. 

16 

29 
8 

lx 
3 

4.55 
6.1 

4 
3 

55 
6 

Cut  A 

ii 

H73 

140. 

187 

41 
8 

Ox 
8 

6.0 
7.2 

5 
4 

0 
2 

Cut  C 

ii 

H73 

140. 

195 

25 
9 

4 

2 

5.8 
8.2 

5 
3 

3 
3 

Cut  C 

H 

H73. 

140. 

199 

26 
7 

5x 
1 

4.0 
6.6 

3 
2 

5 
8 

Cut  C 

H 

H73. 

140. 

192 

12 
6 

Ox 
6 

4.4 
5.0 

4 
2 

1 

5 

Cut  C 

Cut  Nail  w. 

Reinforced 

Head 

H70. 

109. 

176 

88 
10 

3 
2 

7.1 
9.4 

5 
3 

0 
5 

2.6S,2.9E 

Cut  Fragment 
with  Pounded 
End 

H70. 

109. 

236 

21 
3 

8 
8 

2.0 
3.2 

1 
1 

6 
6 

17.30W.1 .651 
Out. S. Wall 

ii 

H70. 

109. 

217 

19 
3 

8 
9 

2.0 
2.7 

1 
1 

4 
4 

17.22S.1 .OE 
Out. S. Wall 

ii 

H70. 

109. 

145 

20 
2 

0 
7 

2.0 
1.7 

1 
0 

6 
6 

2.1N.22.4E 

Cut  Nail 
w.  Indet. 
Head 

H73. 

140. 

198 

37 
5 

6x 
8 

4.5 
5.7 

4 
3 

3 
1 

Cut  C 

H73 

140. 

181 

28 

7x 

4.3 

3 

7 

Cut  C 

Cut  Nail 
Med.  Frag. 

H73 

140. 

38 

42 

8x 

3.9 

3 

9 

Cut  B 

H70 

109. 

152 

30 

9x 

3.7 

3 

3 

11 .21S, 

1  .35E 


■-  391  - 


ARTIFACT 

NUMBER 

L 

W 

TH 

GRID  LOC  C2G 

C2W 

RP 

Cut  Nail 
Med.  Frag. 

H71  . 

,107. 

.66 

25 

.7x 

3.9 

3.4 

6.4SJ4.5E 

ii 

H73. 

140. 

.42? 

20, 

.9x 

5.0 

4.0 

Cut  B 

1 

H73. 

140. 

.197 

29, 

.3x 

5.7 

4.7 

Cut  C 

1 

ii 

H70. 

109. 

,129 

13, 

.9x 

3.6 

2.8 

10S.3.4E 

1 

Cut  Nail 
Tip  Frag. 

H73. 

140. 

,185? 

50. 

.Ox 

4.3 

5.2 

Cut  C 

1 

M 

H70. 

109. 

,286 

49, 

.4x 

4.3 

3.1 

5N.20E 

ii 

H71  . 

107. 

,65 

40. 

,5x 

3.4 

2.9 

7.0S.15.6E 

H 

H70. 

109. 

,210? 

29, 

8x 

3.3 

3.2 

13.3S,3.0E 

1 

ii 

H73, 

140. 

196 

29. 

.Ox 

4.0 

3.5 

Cut  C 

1 

H73. 

140. 

,204 

39. 

Ox 

2.9 

2.7 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H73. 

140. 

194 

37. 

Ox 

4.6 

4.6 

Cut  C 

1 

ii 

H70. 

109. 

275 

28. 

4x 

2.9 

2.3 

ON,OE, 
Out. Wall? 

1 

ii 

H70. 

109. 

,216 

22. 

,6x 

3.0 

2.9 

11 .21S,9.5E 

1 

ii 

H70. 

109. 

,215 

13. 

Ox 

2.3 

2.1 

16.8S,1 .OE 
Out. S. Wall? 

1 

Nail  Frag.? 

H70. 

109. 

218 

21  . 

lx 

3.6 

3.2 

17.45SJ  .85E 
Out. S. Wall? 

1 

H70. 

109. 

.127 

38. 

.6x 

2.6 

2.4 

1.3S,29.0E  1 

Wire  (Round) 
Nails 

Wire  Nail 

H73. 

,140. 

.139 

54. 
7. 

.0 
.5 

2.85 
7.3 

2.85 
2.2 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H73. 

,140. 

.137 

54. 
8. 

.6 
.1 

3.3 
6.1x 

3.3 
2.5 

Cut  C 

1 

n 

H73. 

,140. 

.211 

50. 

6. 

.0 

.7 

2.8 
5.2x 

2.8 
2.4 

Cut  C 

1 

-  392  - 


ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 

Wire  Nail       H73.140.212    52.0    2.6      2.6      Cut  C  1 

6.1x  5.7x  2.2 


FORGED  NAIL  DISTRIBUTION  —  1  2  1   

FORGED  OR  CUT  NAIL  DISTRIBUTION  —  2  9  —   

CUT  NAIL  DISTRIBUTION  —  31  52  1  5  7 

FLAT-HEAD  CUT  NAIL,  GROUP  1,  DISTRIBUTION  -  6  10  —  2  1 

FLAT-HEAD  CUT  NAIL,  GROUP  2,  DISTRIBUTION  —  14  17  —  2  2 

FLAT-HEAD  CUT  NAIL,  GROUP  3,  DISTRIBUTION  —  2  111  —  1 

WIRE  (ROUND)  NAIL,  DISTRIBUTION  —  —  4  —   


TOTAL  NAILS,  DISTRIBUTION  (115  Nails)  —    34    67    2      5  7 


Washer  and 

H73. 

140. 

179 

9 

5x 

9.4 

1 .6 

Cut  C  1 

Tack 

Head 

Thread 

Screw 

H73. 

140. 

180 

25 

4 

8.3 

5.2 

Cut  C  1 

Diam. 

Washer  or 

H73. 

140. 

177 

23.8 

1 .8 

Cut  C  1 

Finial  Frag. 

5.25 

Iron  Rivet 

H73. 

140. 

8 

14.9 

4.0 

Cut  A,  1 

Head? 

18S,3.5E 

Metal  Clasp 

H73. 

140. 

178 

16 

2 

16.7 

1.0 

Cut  C  1 

or  Retainer 

Key 

H70 

109. 

188 

92 

3 

28.3 

Shaft 

2.74  to  2.98S,  1 

17.1 

9.6 

2.41  to  2.18E 

Diam. 

Iron  Wire 

H70 

109 

282 

11 

5 

1 .2 

0S,5W  1 

DOMESTIC  AND 
HOUSEHOLD 

Earthenware 

Ht. 

Plain  White  H70.109.162  13. 2x  15. 4x  4.5x  2.45SJ.5E 
Rim  Sherd 


-  393  - 


ARTIFACT 

NUMBER 

L 

W 

TH 

GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP 

Plain  White 
Body  Sherd 

H70.109. 

232 

19. 

.8x 

17. 

3x 

4.4 

3.82S.2.2W  1 

H73.140. 

33 

20 

.Ox 

20. 

Ox 

5.7 

Cut  B  1 

ii 

H73.140. 

.227 

19 

,6x 

10. 

4x 

5.2 

Surface  1 

"Grapevine" 

H73.140. 

.122 

12 

.5x 

14. 

2 

4.3 

Cut  C  1 

Pattern 
Earthenware 

"Flower  H73.140.124    32. Ox  29. Ox  5.0      Cut  C  1 

Vase"  Pat- 
tern Rim 
Sherd 

Ht. 

"B  772"  Pat-  H70.109.222    15. 2x  22. 3x  3.9      18.5SJ.4E  1 
tern  Rim  Out. Wall? 

Sherd 

"B  700"  Pat-  H73.140.123     9.7x  5. Ox    3.0     Cut  C  1 

tern  Rim 

Sherd 

Blue  Trans-    H70.109.132    37. 5x  32. 4x  5.7      18S,26.5E  1 
fer  Print 
Body  Sherd 

H73.140.121    42. 5x  16. lx  5.0     Cut  C  1 

"Meander"       H73.140.125    47. Ox  30. Ox  6.4     Cut  C  1 

Pattern 

Rim  Sherd 


EARTHENWARE,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  ! 

_ 

Green  Glass    H70.109.224A  16. 7x  35. 4x  3.0  15.10S, 
Bottle  Rim  5.0     4.4      1 .25E 

Fragment  Rim  Rim 

"  Body  Sherd  H70.109.224B  65. 3x  27. Ox  3.4  15.10SJ.25E 
(conjoining  next  two  specimens) 

H70.109.234  17.6S.1.35E 


H70.109.223 


17.9SJ.6E  1 


ARTIFACT  NUMBER 


-  394  - 

L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 


Med.  Green     H73.14.107      37. 3x  18. Ox  5.8     Cut  C 

Bottle  Glass 

Fragment 


Mirror  or 
Window  Frag. 

H70. 

109.266 

32. 5x 

27. lx 

2.3 

15S.0E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

H70. 

109.252 

44. 8x 

25. 6x 

2.5 

17. 60S, 1 .2E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

ii 

H71 . 

107.71 

33. 5x 

21  .8x 

2.5 

3.4S.7.5W 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

H 

H70. 

109.251 

24. 8x 

24. 4x 

2.5 

16.10S.1 .89E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

H 

H70. 

109.225 

21  .lx 

16. 7x 

1 .6 

11  .8SJ7.5E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

H 

H70. 

109.264 

18. 4x 

10. 6x 

2.6 

15S,0E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

H 
H 

H70. 
n  /  o . 

109.265 
l an  in 

20. 4x 

17 

1  /  .  OA 

17. 8x 

1  J.CA 

2.5 

15S,0E 
Out. S. Wall 

Put  A 

1 

1 
1 

H73. 

140.106 

20.  Ox 

23.  Ox 

1 .7x 

Cut  C 

1 

ii 

H71  . 

107.72 

18. 8x 

10. 2x 

1.7 

3.7S,8.9W 
Out. N. Wall 

1 

H71  . 

107.73 

12. 3x 

8.5x 

2.5 

4.0S.6.3W 
Out. N. Wall? 

1 

H70. 

109.172 

9.9x 

8.5x 

1.7 

2.0S,4.2E 

1 

MIRROR 

OR  WINDOW 

GLASS  GENERAL 

DISTRIBUTION 

Q 

9 
c 

—  1 

Glass 

Frag. 

H70 

107.277 

0N,0E 

1 

H70 

109.249 

15S,0E 
Out. S. Wall 

1 

Tin  Can  Lid 

H73 

140.223 

Diam. 
79.2 

3.7 

Cut  C 

1 

H73 

140.224 

80.0 

2.0 

Cut  C 

1 

-  395  - 

ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 


Iron  Strap- 
ping Frag. 

H70 

109. 

230 

330.0 

X 

24.3 

0.9 

12.25S,  1 
28. 5-29. OE 
S.E.  of  Cabin 

H70 

109. 

153 

335.0 

X 

21  .8 

1.2 

12. 02-12. 4S 
1 .6-2. 5E 

1 

Tin-Plate 
Box  Frag. 

H70 

109. 

270 

38.  lx 

16. 4x 

0.2- 
0.5 

10S.0E 

1 

Tin-Plate 
or  Iron 
Fragments 

H70 

140. 

226 

59.  Ox 

35. lx 

2.9 

Cut  C 

1 

H73 

140. 

2 

55. 7x 

27. 2x 

0.7 

Cut  A 

1 

H73 

140. 

29 

21  .3x 

11  .7x 

2.4 

Cut  B 

1 

„ 

H70 

109. 

250? 

38. 7x 

15. 9x 

0.9 

5N,20E 

H73 

140. 

214 

23. 2x 

6.1x 

1.7 

Cut  C 

1 

H70 

109. 

276 

24. 3x 

14. 5x 

1  .6 

ON.OE, 
SE  1/4 

1 

H73 

140. 

176 

12.6 

13.9 

1  .8 

Cut  C 

1 

H73 

140.101 

22.6 

18.0 

0.9 

Cut  C 

1 

H70 

109. 

135 

Shattered 

2.0 
Rust 

1 .35S, 
1  .65E 

1 

Elongated 
Metal  Sheet 

H70 

109. 

164 

160.0 

54.8 

0.5 

0N,5E, 
SW  1/4 

Sheet  Cop- 
per Frag. 

H70 

109. 

183 

22. 3x 

10. 8x 

0.3 

3.15S,2.4E 

1 

ii 

H70 

109. 

184 

10. 7x 

5.5x 

0.3 

2.5S,2.4E 

1 

H70 

109. 

174 

38. 7x 
ca. 

22. 4x 
av. 

0.3 
av. 

2.07S,2.7E 

1 

Lead  Foil 

H73 

140. 

130 

108.9 

X 

56. 5x 

0.3 

Cut  C 

1 

H70 

109. 

121 

47. 5x 

45. 5x 

0.3 

3.3  to  3.4S 

1 

0.4  to  0.55E 


-  396  - 


ARTIFACT 

NUMBER 

L 

IaI 

TH 

GRID  L0C  C2G 

C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 

Lead  Foil 

H73.140.103 

43. 9x 

27. 9x 

0.2 

Cut  C 

1 

H70.109.120 

40. 3x 

27. 5x 

0.3 

22. 9-23. OS 
1  .1-1  .2E 

1 

H 

H70.109.175 

Frags 

0.2 

2.8S,2.95E 

1 

ii 

H70.109.124 

33. 7x 

21  .7x 

0.3 

4.6SJ  .2 
to  1.3E 

1 

ii 

H70.109.227 

57. 2x 

15.5x 

0.3 

2.8-4.15S, 
0.83W 

1 

M 

H73.140.15 

24. 5x 

11  .7x 

0.2 

Cut  A 

1 

H 

H73.140.12 

Frags 

0.2 

Cut  A 

1 

H 

H73.140.19 

23. 3x 

16. 7x 

0.3 

Cut  A 

1 

ii 
M 

H73.140.105 
H73.140.104 

Frags 
24. 8x 

16. lx 

0.3 

Fold 

2.3 

Cut  C 
Cut  C 

1 

1 

ii 

mto  in1) 

3d  .UX 

1  9  .  1  X 

U .  3 

LUt  L 

1 

H 

H73.140.100 

27. 8x 

12. 7x 

0.2 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H73. 140.99 

37. 6x 

15. 7x 

0.2 

Cut  C 

1 

LEAD  FOIL, 

GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION 



5  10  

Pencil  Lead 

H70.109.160 

8.8x 

Diam. 
2.0 

1 .83S,1 .62E 

1 

Bone  Sha- 
ving Brush 
Handle 

H73.140.228 

18.0 

18.0 

2.0 

Cut  A 

1 

Knife  Inlay 

H73.140.118 

22.7 

10.0 

1  .0 

Cut  C 

1 

Comb  Frag. 

H70.109.134 

26. 8x 

5.0 

0.8 

1 .45S,1 .45E 

1 

ii 

H70.109.191 

27. 5x 

5.0 

0.7 

2.64S,2.55E 

1 

H70.109.140 

21  .Ox 

5.0 

0.8 

1 .65S.1 .09E 

1 

ii 

H73.140.27 

26. lx 

4.9 

0.6 

Cut  A 

1 

-  397  - 


ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W  TH  GRID  LOC    C26  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 

Comb  Frag.      H73. 140.108    21.5x3.0  0.8  Cut  C  1 

H70.109.209    14. 4x  2.9  0.8  12.75S,2.4E  1 

COMB  FRAGMENTS,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  —    4  2   


TRANSPORTATION 

Horseshoe       H70.109.220    61.2    5.1      2.8  17.23S, 
Nail  9.3    6.7     8.1      1 .62E,  Out. 

S.  Wall 


Leather 
Fragment 

H73. 

.140. 

21 

146.6  20.1 

X 

4. 

.0 

Cut  A 

1 

ii 

H73. 

140. 

22 

61. 8x  21.1 

3, 

.4 

Cut  A 

1 

ii 

H73. 

.140. 

23 

72. lx  16.3 

3. 

.2 

Cut  A 

1 

H 

H73. 

140. 

24 

33. 7x  16.3 

3, 

,5 

Cut  A 

1 

n 

H73. 

140. 

25 

Fragments 

Cut  A 

1 

CLOTHING  AND 
ORNAMENTATION 

Cloth  Frag. 

H73. 

,140. 

34 

Treated 

Cut  B 

1 

ii 

H73. 

.140. 

35 

Treated 

Cut  B 

1 

Buttons 

Glass  Button 
Type  4 

H73. 

.140. 

113 

11.4 

4, 

.8 

Cut  C 

1 

Shell  Button 
Type  1 

H70. 

.109. 

253 

10.9 

1  . 

.8 

17.87S, 
2.27E,  Out. 
S.  Wall 

1 

Shell  Button 
Type  5 

H73, 

.140. 

112 

13.3 

3. 

.3 

Cut  C 

1 

Shell  Button 
Type  6 

H73 

.140. 

18 

8.3 

1  , 

.6 

Cut  A 

1 

Bone  Button 

H73 

.140. 

110 

19.2 

2, 

.4 

Cut  C 

1 

Type  1 


-  398  - 


ARTIFACT  NUMBER  L  W       TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 

Bone  Button  H73. 140.49  17.0    2.2      Cut  B  1 
Type  1 

Bone  Button  H73.140.lll  18.0    2.0      Cut  C  1 
Type  5 

Diam. 

"Birdcage"  H73.140.109  12.8    1.2      Cut  C  1 
Metal  But- 
ton, Type  4a 


BUTTONS,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  —    1      7  —   


Beads 

Diam. 


Cornal ine 
d 'Aleppo 
Beads 

H73.140. 

167 

1 

.8 

3.1 

Cut  C 

1 

H 

H73.140. 

168 

1 

.8 

2.7 

Cut  C 

1 

H73.140. 

169 

2 

.6 

2.9 

Cut  C 

1 

ii 

H73.140. 

170 

1 

.5 

2.8 

Cut  C 

1 

Small  Blue 
Glass  Beads 

Various 

0 

2 

.9- 
.2 

Diam. 
1 .4- 
3.0 

Perf. 

0.9- 

1.2 

Various 

14  46 

Small  Green 
Glass  Bead 

H73.140. 

60 

1 

.0 

1 .6 

<1 .0 

Cut  B 

1 

Small  Pink 
Glass  Bead 

H70.109. 

157 

1 

.3 

1 .4 

<1  .0 

11 .33S, 
0.91E 

1 

Dark  Blue 
Spherical 
Bead 

H73.140. 

175 

7 

.5 

9.4 

2.2 

Cut  C 

1 

Blue  Spheri- 
cal Frag. 

H73.140. 

20 

6 

.0 

7.4 

1  .4? 

Cut  A 

1 

Robin's  Egg 

H73.140. 

,171 

5 

.0 

5.8? 

1  .6 

Cut  C 

1 

Blue  Spheri- 
cal Bead 


-  399  - 


ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W       TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 


Blue-Green 

H73. 

,140.172 

.__ 

— 

.__ 

Cut 

C 

1 

Spherical 

r  r  dyiHcii  l 

u  i  am . 

Pprf 
rci  i 

Blue  Glass 

H73. 

140.173 

5.6 

5.7 

3.1 

Cut 

C 

1 

Facetted 

DtruU 

Green  Glass 

H73. 

140.174 

14.0 

10.0 

>1  .0? 

Cut 

C 

1 

Fa  r  pt  t pd 
race  l  l cr u 

Fragment 

Clear  Glass 

H73. 

140.17 

7.4 

8.4 

2.6 

Cut 

A 

1 

Facetted 

Bead 

CORNALINE  D'ALEPPO  BEADS,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  —  —  4 

SMALL  (SEED)  BEADS,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  -  15  47 

LARGE  BEADS,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  —  —  7 

BEADS,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  15  58 


Diam.  Th. 

Ring  Stone     H73.140.ll  14.5    6.4     Cut  A 

NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 

Projectile     H73.140.115    16.5    12.3    3.7      Cut  C 
Point 

Projectile     H73. 140.47      15. 5x  13.7    4.4     Cut  B 
Point 

Quartz  Flk.  H70.109.114  58.0  38.8  17.8  6.0N,4.7W  1 
or  Core 

Quartzite       H73.140.114    18.0    17.0    4.5     Cut  B 
Flake 

Quartz  Core?  H73. 140.48      67.7    44.6    26.4    Cut  B 

Flake?  H70.109.171A  15.3    6.8      2.0  2.84S, 

4.32E 


-  400  - 

ARTIFACT       NUMBER  L         W  TH         GRID  LOC    C2G  C2W  RP    FP  C2E  D 

Flake?            H70. 109. 1 71 B  10.1    6.3  1.0      2.84S,  1 

4.32E 

H73.140.129    15.1     12.3  2.9      Cut  C  1 

H73. 140.44?    13.5    8.7  5.5      Cut  B  1 

H73. 140.45?    12.8    8.3  3.7      Cut  B  1 

CHIPPED  STONE,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  1      2      7  —   

DISTRIBUTION  BY  FUNCTIONAL  CATEGORY 

HUNTING  —    14    453  —   

CONSTRUCTION  AND  BLACKSMITHING  1      37    73    2      5  7 

DOMESTIC  AND  HOUSEHOLD  3      34    32    1  11 

TRANSPORTATION  —    1      5  —   

RECREATION  —    —    —  —  

CLOTHING  AND  ORNAMENT  —    16    67  —  

NATIVE  INDUSTRIES  1      2      7  —   


TOTALS  (763  Items) 


5      104  637  3      6  8 


-  401  - 


TABLE  14 


FAUNAL  MATERIAL  FROM  CABIN  2 


Species  &  Element  Portion  R/L  Cut  Tth  Brn  Grid  Lo  C2G  C2W  RP  FP  C2E  D 
Unit  No.  Mk  

LARGE 
MAMMALS 

Bison  (Bison 
bison) 


H73.140.C 

Caudal 
Vert. 

Comp. 

Cut 

C 

2 

(fetal)? 
(bison?) 

Thor. 
Vert. 

In  4  Epi- 
pheses 

Cut 

C 

1 

H73.140.A 

Rib 

Frags. 

Cut 

A 

3 

H73.140.C 

Femur 

Distal  R 

Cut 

C 

1 

ii 

Ulna 

Prox.  L 

Cut 

C 

1 

ii 

Ulnar 
Carpal 

Distal  ? 

Cut 

C 

1 

BISON,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION 


Large  Unid. 

Mammals 

(Bison?) 

H70.109.144C    Spin.  Distal 
Proc . 

H70.109.200  "  Prox. 

H70.109.229A,D      "  Prox. 
H70.109.214C         "  Distal 
H70.109.214D         "  Distal 
H71.107.70       Rib  Medial 


-    x  x 

X 

X  X 


ON.OE 


0N,0E  1 
10S,25E  1 
15S.0E  1 
15S.0E  1 
10NJ0E  1 


-  402  - 


Species  &        Element  Portion  R/L  Cut  Tth  Brn    Grid  Lo    C2G  C2W    RP    FP    C2E  D 

Unit  No.  Mk  

Large  Unid. 

Mammals 

(Bison?) 

H70.109.229J    Rib  Medial  x  10S,25E  1 

H70.  109.228B    "  Medial  0S,5W  1 

H70.109.156B    Scapula  Medial  10S,0E  1 

231A           "  Medial  15S,0E  1 

H70.109.144B    Long  B  Epiph  x      OS.OE  1 

Various               "  Medial  6     2      5     Various       19    47  2 

7 

Numbers 

Ephiph.  1  1  1 

H73.140.A         B. Frags  ?  ?      12    6      7      Cut  A  142 

H73.140.B              "  ?  ?      8  13    Cut  B  130 

H73.140.C              "  ?  ?      22    8      24    Cut  C  445 


TOTALS,  LARGE  MAMMALS,  UNIDENTIFIED  (BISON?)  23    56  717 

7 


Large~Med . 
Mammals , 
Unid. 

H73.140.C        Vert.      Frags.  Cut  C 

(Deer  Size) 

H73.140.C         Rib         Prox.  Cut  C 

(Dog  Size) 

SMALL  MAMMALS 

Snowshoe  Hare 
( Lepus  ameri- 
canus) 

H73.140.A        Nasal         ?         —  Cut  A 


-  403  - 


Species  &        Element  Portion  R/L  Cut  Tth  Brn    Grid  Lo    C2G  C2W    RP    FP    C2E  D 

Unit  No.  Mk  

Snowshoe  Hare 
( Lepus  ameri- 
canus) 

H73.140.C            "  Comp.  ?  Cut  C  1 

H73.140.A         Mand.  Distal  R  Cut  A  1 

H73.140.C            "  Prox.  R  Cut  C  1 

H73.140.C         Crania  Cut  C  5 

Frags . 

H73.140.A         Vert.  Comp.  Cut  A  1 

H73.140.B         Vert.  Comp.  Cut  B  1 

H73.140.C             "  "  Cut  C  5 

H73.140.C         Ribs  [?]  Cut  C  5 

H73.140.C         Inomi-  Frag.  ?  Cut  C  1 

nate 

H73.140.C        Scap.  [?]  L  Cut  C  1 

H73.140.C           "  [?]  R  Cut  C  1 

H73.140.C           "  [?]  R  Cut  C  1 

H73.140.C         Femur  Ball  ?  Cut  C  1 

H73.140.C        Humerus  Frag.  ?  Cut  C  1 

H73.140.C        Carpal  Frag.  ?  Cut  C  1 

SNOWSHOE  HARE,  GENERAL  DISTRIBUTION  —      -      28  -   


Muskrat 

(Ondatra 

zibethicus) 

H73.140.C         Inomi-    Medial    R  Cut  C 

nate 

H73.140.A        Scapula  Prox.      R  Cut  A 


-  404  - 


Species  &  Element  Portion  R/L  Cut  Tth  Brn  Grid  Lo  C2G  C2W  RP  FP  C2E  D 
Unit  No.  Mk  

Muskrat 

(Ondatra 

zibethicus) 

H73.140.C         Femur     Prox.      R  Cut  C  1 

H73.140.C         Femur      Epiph.    R  Cut  C  1 

H73.140.A        Humerus  Distal    R  Cut  A  1 

Small  Mammals 
Unid.  (Snow- 
shoe  Hare?) 

H70.109.213E  Long  B.  Medial                              10S,5E  1 

[?] 

H70.109.170A  Long  B.  Medial    R                          0N,5W  1 

H70.109.156A  "             "                                     10S,0E  1 

Slightly 
Larger 

H70. 109. 178.1  Occip.    Distal      L  0N,0E,  1 

Condyle  SE  1/4 

Unid. 

H70. 109. 118.1  Scapula  Medial  0NJ5E  1 

H73.140.A         Bone  ?  ?  Cut  A  3 
Frags. 

H73.140.B  "  ?  ?  Cut  B  12 

H73.140.C  "  ?  ?  Cut  C  23 

TOTAL,  SMALL  MAMMALS,  UNIDENTIFIED  -    5       39  -   


BIRDS 

Canada  Goose 

(Branta 

canadensis) 

H73.140.C         Vert.      Comp.      —  Cut  C 


-  405  - 


Species  &  Element  Portion  R/L  Cut  Tth  Brn  Grid  Lo  C2G  C2W  RP  FP  C2E  D 
Unit  No.  Mk  

Canada  Goose 

(Branta 

canadensis) 

H73.140.C         Furcula  Near.  Cut  C  1 

or  Clav  Comp. 

Snow  Goose 
(Chen  caeru- 
lescens) 

H70.109.213A    Humerus  Prox.      R  10S,5E  &  1 

10E 

Sharp-Tai led 
Grouse  ( Pedio- 
cetes  phasia- 
nel lus)  (Pos- 
sible) 

H73.140.B        Carina    Distal  Cut  B  1 

of 

Sternum 

H73.140.B        Femur     Distal    ?  Cut  B  1 

Unid.  Bird, 
ca.  Yellow- 
Headed  Black- 
Bird  Size 
(Order  Pas- 
serif  ormes  , 
Family  Icteri- 
dae) 

H70.109.281D    Tarsal    Comp.  0N.25E  1 

Unid.  Birds 

H73.140.A        Frag.         ?         ?  Cut  A  1 

H73.140.C         Frags.        ?         ?  Cut  C  25 


TOTAL  BIRDS  1      1  30 


~  406  - 


Species  &  Element  Portion  R/L  Cut  Tth  Brn  Grid  Lo  C2G  C2W  RP  FP  C2E  D 
Unit  No.  Mk  

AMPHIBIANS 

Wood  Frog? 

H70.109.214      Scapula  Prox.      R  15S,0E  1 


TOTAL  BONE  DISTRIBUTION 


23    63      828   -    2  7 


-  407  - 
TABLE  15 
DISTRIBUTION  OF  SHOT  SIZES,  CABIN  2 


Distribution  by  .05  mm  Increments  Clustering 


Si  ze 

Mn 
IMO  . 

Size 

Mn 

O  1  Z.C 

o  1  Lk:   Rally  c 

IMU  . 

7  70 

1 
1 

0  .  H- J 

n 

U 

a  ?o 

1  D 

?     70-?  AO 

C  .  /  U    t.  .  OU 

7 

7  7S 

7 
c 

1  SO 

o 

4  ?S 

1 
1 

?  RS-2  Q5 

1  5 

7  ftO 
c  .  ou 

A 
*+ 

1  ss 

J.  JJ 

n 
u 

4  TO 

"  .  ou 

Q 

j 

1  00-1  10 

«J  .  UU     Ji  IU 

1  1  9 

7  AS 

A 
t 

O  .  DU 

1 

4  ?S 

1 
I 

1  7? 
i  /  -j 

2.90 

8 

3.65 

0 

4.40 

3 

3.30-3.40 

61 

2.95 

3 

3.70 

2 

4.45 

2 

3.45-355 

3 

^  oo 

1  75 

o 

u 

4  50 

o 

q  fiO-l  70 

O  •  UU    U  .  f  u 

«j 

3.05 

21 

3.80 

4 

4.55 

4 

3.75-3.85 

4 

3.10 

66 

3.85 

0 

4.60 

5 

3.90-4.00 

2 

3.15 

26 

3.90 

0 

4.65 

2 

4.05-4.15 

9 

3.20 

105 

3.95 

0 

4.70 

3 

4.20-4.30 

25 

3.25 

42 

4.00 

2 

4.75 

0 

4.35-4.45 

6 

3.30 

51 

4.05 

1 

4.80 

1 

4.50-4.60 

12 

3.35 

4 

4.10 

7 

4.65-4.75 

5 

3.40 

6 

4.15 

1 

Total 

445 

4.80-4.90 

1 

Total  Shot 

445* 

Note  that  total  varies  slightly  from  figure  in  text. 


TABLE  16 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  SHOT  BY  STANDARD  SIZES,  CABIN  2 


Montreal  Rolling  Mill  Co.  Sizes  (Greener  1910;  Logan  1959  

Size  Diameter  (mm)  Pellets/Ounce  Number 


Total  Shot  444 


-  408  - 


TABLE  17 

RANKING  OF  FUNCTIONAL  CATEGORIES, 
CABIN  1  AND  CABIN  2 


RANK         CABIN  1 


CABIN  2 


CABIN  1  AND  2  NUMBERS 


1  Construction  and 
Blacksmithing 

2  Domestic,  House- 
hold Activities 

3  Clothing  and 
Ornament 

4  Hunting 

5  Transportation  * 

6  Recreation  * 

7  Native  Industries 


Hunting 

Construction  and 
Blacksmithing 

Clothing  and 
Ornament 

Domestic  House- 
hold Activities 

Native  Industries 

Transportation 

Recreation 


Hunting 


Clothing  and 
Ornament 


470 


Construction  and  211 
Blacksmithing 

Domestic,  House-  129 
hold  Activities 


95 


Native  Industries  11 
Transportation  8 
Recreation  2 


TOTAL  926 


Numbers  are  equal . 


-  409  - 
TABLE  18 

COMPARISON  OF  FREQUENCY  OF  CERTAIN  COPELAND  PATTERNS  IN 
NINETEENTH  CENTURY  WESTERN  CANADIAN  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  SITES 

Sites 


00 

o 

o 

i— 

SO 

SO 

-n 

n 

T) 

OO 

i- 

1 

cr 

-z. 

"D 

SO 

c 

*< 

*< 

0J 

O 

o 

o 

o 

O 

0J 

OJ 

o 

■o 

c 

CD 

QJ 

-h 

■o 

■o 

o 

r> 

o 

-5 

-5 

ri- 

oo 

s: 

■a 

3 

-5 

3 

-n 

~5 

"1 

7T 

7T 

rt 

c+ 

rt 

ft 

rt 

n> 

cr 

O 

7T 

Oj 

CD 

0> 

i — 

*< 

< 

t 

-J 

-5 

fD 

(D 

_j. 

— i 

00 

00 

0J 

< 

-D 

O 

CD 

~s 

3 

3 

O 

00 

00 

!2 

3 

OJ 

-h 

O 

-n 

r+ 

0Q 

00 

O 

o 

o 

rt 

"5 

O 

d 

O 

o 

o 

OJ 

r— 

3: 

c 

c 

rt 

rt 

"5 

3 

-5 

"3 

-h 

oQ 

OJ 

— 

o 

3 

O 

rt 

CL 

r+ 

r+ 

r+ 

CD 

7T 

3" 

c+ 

rt 

~5 

O 

0J 

CO 

0> 

fl> 

DJ 

0J 

—la 

3 

 i. 

CP 

CD 

—1. 

00 

00 

0J 

00 

3 

OJ 

0J 

c+ 

ro 

00 

-5 

"5 

a> 

O 

O 

O 

O 

00 

-J 

3C 

-J 

oo 

QJ 

CD 

0J 

OJ 

=C 

n: 

3> 

00 

o> 

O 

«< 

<< 

CT 

o- 

o 

o 

rt 

c 

— 

c 

c 

cr 

O 

o 

rt 

00 

=3 

3 

— 1 

00 

00 

<x> 

O 

n> 

00 

00 

00 

a> 

~i 

rt 

00 

00 

-5 

—J 

3> 

—J 

rt 

00 

O 

CO 

CO 

<D 

oo 

00 

o 

•— i 

1—4 

0J 

00 

00 

o 

o 

on 

CD 

_i 

00 

0J 

-h 

r+ 

OJ 

o 

00 

1— 1 

00 

on 

r+ 

rt 

O 

O 

3 

0J 

00 

O 

O 

a. 

U1 

3 

00 

00 

00 

CL 

00 

m 

CO 

00 

CT> 

00 

00 

-J 

00 

0/1 

CT> 

-P» 

oO 

00 

00 

00 

i\J 

o 

o 

c+ 

rt 

r+ 

0J 

O 

rt 

O 

O 

r+ 

O 

O 

—j 

00 

00 

00 

00 

_j 

00 

00 

-J 

00 

• — I 

-«J 

O 

00 

U1 

en 

rt 

O 


00 
00 

on 


Alhambra  x  x                 xx  xx6    46  5 

Beverly  x  x  2    15  9 

British  x  x  xxx  xx7  54  4 
Flowers 

B  700  x  x            xxx  xxx8    62  3 

B772  xxxxx  x      x      x  x      x      x      x  12921 

Continental  x  xxxxxxxxxxl!85  2 
Views 

Corinthian  x  x  2     5  9 


-  410  - 


Sites 


00 
CO 


Flower  Vase  xxxx  xxxxxxxxl2  92  1 

Grapevine  x  xxxx  5  38  6 

Honeysuckle  x  x            xxxxx  x             8  62  3 

Ivy  xx  x           x     x     x     x     x  x     x     x     1185  2 

Meander  x     x  x  3  23  8 

Osborne  x  x  x             3  23  8 

Pagoda  x  xx                 xxxx  x             8  62  3 

Pergola  x  x     x     x  4  31  7 

Ruins  xx  xx            x  xxx8  62  3 


-411  - 


Sites 


Turco 
Violet 


xxx 
x 


4  31  7 
3      23  8 


No.  of  Simi-  18    5      3      6      5      6      12    14    15    6      6      13  8 
lar  Patterns 

Comparative    100  28    17    33    28    33    67    78    83    33    33    72  44 

Frequency 

in  per  cent 


THE  BUFFALO  LAKE  METIS  SITE  -  ERRATA 


Siiiili 


U    U    O  CD  CD 


fJs«!siii 


If.         1  x     i  AA 

Lik  IIlLliiyibiili" 

slllllfifJ»iissliill5p=ssl=-M 
}  * 

i  L  -  I 

Lit  Msilli  =3is 


IlEiIJiJ 


1 


National  Library  of  Canada 
Bibliotheque  nationale  du  Canada 


3  3286  52332289  5 


PROVINCIAL  MUSEUM  OF  ALBERTA 
HUMAN  HISTORY  OCCASIONAL  PAPERS 


1.  Faunal  remains  from  Fort  White  Earth,  NWCo.  (1810-1813).  Prepared  by 
Isobel  Hurlburt,  pp.  107,  1977. 

2.  The  Boss  Hill  Site  (FdPe  4)  Locality  2:  Pre-Archaic  Manifestations  in  The 
Parkland  of  Central  Alberta,  Canada.  Prepared  by  Maurice  F.V.  Doll,  pp.  225, 
1982. 

3.  Archaeological  Excavations  at  the  Probable  Site  of  the  First  Fort  Edmonton  or 
Fort  Augustus,  1 795  to  Early  1 800s.  Prepared  by  Robert  S.  Kidd,  pp.  1 49, 1 987. 

4.  The  Buffalo  Lake  Metis  Site:  A  Late  Nineteenth  Century  Settlement  in  the 
Parkland  of  Central  Alberta.  Prepared  by  Maurice  F.V.  Doll,  Robert  S.  Kidd,  and 
John  P.  Day,  pp.  411,  1988.